Ld Ook

OF THE

COUNCIL

AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON,

1901.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 29th, 1901.)

His Grace Tue Duke ov Beprorp, K.G., President,

Wirtram Barrsoy, Esq., F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Wittmmu T. Branvoxp, lsq.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Georcu A. Bovurrnerr, Esq..

F.R.S.

Witutam E, pe Wryzon, Esq.

Herserr Druce, Esa.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T'rea-

SUrer.

Sin Josepu Farrer, Bt., F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Dr. Cuartes H. Garry, LL.D.

roressor Grorck B. Howes.

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Lr.-Con, Leonanp H. Inpy.

PRINCIPAL

Sie Huen Low, G.C.M.G.

GrorRGE 5. Mackenzie,

C.B.

Toe Lorp Mepway.

Ksq..

‘P. Coatmers Mrrenerr, Ksq.,

D.Sc.

Srk Tuomas Pate,

Howanrp Saunpers, Esq., F.L.S.,

Vice-President.

Poinie Lurpey Scrarer, Esq.,

M.A., D.Sc., F.RAS., Secretary.

Dr. Davin Suanrr, F.RS.

O_priety Tomas, Esq., BRAS.

Dr. Henry Woonwann, F.RS.,

Vice-President.

OFFICELS.

P. L. Scrarer, Esq., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary.

Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Seerelary aud

Prosector.

Mr. Crarence Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.

Mr. Arrnur Tuomson, Head-Keeper and Assistant Super-

intendent.

Mn. F. H. Warernousy, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H. Core, Chief Clerk.

Mr. Groner Antuvr Dovarepay, Clerk of Publications.

LIST OF CONTENTS

May 7, 1901.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's

Wgamerie aie A tl, LO 2 dn winiacels wince 5 sheen ingens ah

Mr. Sclater. Notice of a Zebra (apparently Equus grevyi)

taken from Ludolphus’s work on Abyssinia ..........

Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F.Z.8. Remarks on the progress

Brine ladon Animalumny” ty mrt sap nents even ys

Dr. W. G. Ridewood, F.Z.8. | Exhibition of, and remarks

Mr.

upon, some microscopic preparations of the hairs of

Amtoiopes, Giratte, and Zebra... 6.6. ot isle bee tew ans

Selater. Exhibition of an original water-colour painting

by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., and remarks upon the

newly-discovered African Mammal, the Okapi, (Plate I.)

On Spiders of the Family Attide found in Jamaica, By

G. W. PeckuaM and E.G. Peckuam. (Plates [I.-LY.)

On the Hymenoptera collected durmg the “Skeat Ex-

pedition” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By

Ce GE A eee oe ee re ee

On the Arachnida collected during the “Skeat Expedition ”

to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By M. Eveine

Spraon, President of the Entomological Society of France.

May 21, 1901.

. kK. 1. Pocock, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

nests of a tree Trap-door Spider from Rio Janeiro

Page

]

IT134 47

Page

1. On the more notable Mainmals obtained by Sir Harry

Johnston in the Uganda Protectorate. By OLDFIELD

HOM AG, PCE IGRG.N 2)! ceat-<'. ergy eta gia Rebate F 6ce SN 85

2. On some Arctic Nemerteans. By R. C. Punyert, B.A.

Perates, Vice yciey 5 2h Rea agers seed nents jl Ca aaa 90

> 3. On the Anatomy of Cogia breviceps. By W. BuaxtanD

Bennam, M.A., D.Se., F.Z.S., Professor of Biology in

the University of Otago, New Zealand. (Plates VIIL—

: oh AEE PE iGo seen, 107

4. Descriptions of two new Chameleons from Mount Rawen-

zori, British East Africa. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

(Plates X11. & XU) | oh. Ween = eo apes ates 135

A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained by Mr. A.

Blayney Percival in Southern Arabia. By the late Dr.

~ J. Anperson, LU.D., F.R.S. With Notes by the Collector.

(Plates ck Vy Moe Ve) ane: cues 50k oe eee oe 137

6. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Gobius obtained

by Mr. A. Blayney Percival in South Arabia. By G. A.

BOULENGMR, ole tos. ute 5. o o9-5 aR Re ee 152

June 4, 190].

1, Notes on the T'vpe Specimen of Rhinoceros lusiotis Sclater ;

with Remarks on the Generic Position of the Living

Species of Rhinoceros. By OLprrerp Tnomas........ 154

2. On a small Collection of Fishes from Lake Victoria made

by order of Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B. By G. A.

% Betas awn, AGG 2 ss Pee 0 ae eee eee 158

‘ 3. On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon. By R.

Broom, M.D., B.Sc. (Plates XVIL-—XVIII.) ........ 162

4, On some Species of Earthworms of the Genus Benhamia

from Tropical Africa, By Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S. &e. 190

5. On the Second Occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat ( Vespertilio

bechsteini) in Great Britain. By J. G. Mituats, F.Z.8S. 216

6. On Australian and New Zealand Spiders of the Suborder

Mygalomorphe. By H. R. Hoge, M.A., F.Z.8. ...... 218

June 18, 190].

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's

Merapene in May 1901... . ces 279

Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.R.S. Exhibition o!, and remarks

upon, two skulls and a skin of the newly-discovered

African Mammal (Okapia johnstont) .......6.5. 0.005 :

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and

remarks upon, specimens of the Ibex of Abyssinia

Pee MEO LMT: )ioipts «5 Re Ns se eae ease wes

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. Exhibition ot, and

remarks upon, a specimen of the Abyssinian Wolf (Canis

SORMICME UU Stas Xi 58 cat Mapes peed eed LTA

Mr, Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

a peculiar Stag’s frontlet and horns from Borneo ......

Mr. R. Shelford, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of lantern-

slides illustrative of mimicry amongst Bornean Insects. .

—

. Ona new Hedgehog from Transcaucasia; with a Revision

of the Species of the Genus Erinaceus of the Russian

Empire. By Constantin Saruntn, C.M.Z.S. ........

. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the White Nile. By

ROR TERMS Nr DUN tse os ents eas cde ce Cae ss a :

3. On a Collection of Birds made by Dr. Donaldson Smith in

Northern Somali-land. By R. Bowpier Suarrve, LL.D.,

MME eo ae re ee Ree ee yt tT a Lod Wiese

4. On the Evolution of Pattern in Feathers. By J. L. Bon-

HoTB, M.A., F.Z.8. (Plates XIX. & XX.) ..........

5. ‘The Mollusea of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and

Arabian Sea, as evidenced mainly through the Collections

of Mr. F. W. Townsend, 1893-1900; with Descriptions

of new Species. By James CosMo Moe viuy, M.A.,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Ropert Sranppy, Assist.- -Keeper,

Manchester Museum.—Part I. (Plates XXI.-XXTV.)

6. Further Researches concerning the Molluscs of the a

African Lakes. By J. E.S. Moorn. (Plates XXV.

De et tat a MS el art so eR

November 19, 1901.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's

Menagerie in June, July, August, September, and

October, 1901 ....,. SET SEE £3’: ss eee de were

The Secretary. Announcement of the offer of a pair of young

Giraffes to the Society by Col. B, Mahon ............ 47

28]

283

284

234

=U.

327

470)

The Secretary. Exhibition of a small collection of Mammals

presented to the Society by M. C. Satunin ........-.

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some heads

of Antelopes obtained by Sir W. Garstin in the Egyptian

RAE cea es on eee pe RV Va oe eee

Mr. Lydekker. Exhibition of, on behalf of the President,

and remarks npee a photograph of shed horns of Pére

POV Ed 6 GEN a +s on a ooh, sans eee ge eres Toe

Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.RS. Notice of a Memoir on

Okapia, a new Genus of Giraffide, from Central Africa.

1. On the Five-horned Giraffe obtained by Sir Harry

Johnston near Mount Elgon. By Oxprirenp THoMas,

EVR. PDB scion 01394 sins Lap aes ee eee

2. On the Male Genito-Urinary Organs of the Lepidosiren

and Protopterus. By J.GranamM Kerr. (Plates XXVII.

eR VATA eas. 529 oP te ats ke ee

Nad

. Field-notes on the Antelopes obtained during a Journey in

Somaliland and Southern Abyssinia in 1900-1901. By

Aten ; Pease, MPs PB. isos Uae eee

December 3, 1901.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's

474

484

Menagerie in November 1901. (Plate XXIX.) ...... 50:

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the herd of Prjevalsky’s Horse at

Wobtre Abbey iii ineig ss O55 ven Game ee

Mr. W. E. de Winton, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, a large specimen of the Grey Mullet ....-.....

1. On the Myriapoda collected during the “ Skeat Expedition”

to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By F. G. Srvciain

(formerly I. G. Hrarncore), M.A., F.LS., Trinity

College, Cambridge. (Plates XXX. -XXXIL) :

2. On the Crustacea collected during the “Skeat Expedition ”

to the Malay Peninsula, together with a Note on the

Genus Act@opsis. By W.F. Lancuestrr, M.A., King’s

Coilege, Cambridge. — Part 1. (Plates XXXII. &

XXXIV.)

Sere e OO Pasle Bp se de ems 8 0.6 0e eae pie ew eee ee eee oe

vii

. List of a Collection of Snakes, Crocodiles, and Chelonians

from the Malay Peninsula, made by Members of the

*Skeat Expedition,” 1899-1900. By F. F. Larpnaw,

B.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator at Owens

College. With au Appendix containing a list of the

names of the places visited by the “ Skeat Expedition.”

LR a a CRD ag Ee. 5. 9)

4. Notes upon the Anatomy and Systematic Position of

Rhynchea. By Frank E. Bupparp, M.A,, I’. R.S., Vice-

Secretary and Prosector to the Society ..............

5. On some Anatomical Differences between the Common

Snipe (Gallinago celestis) and the Jack Snipe (Gallinago

gallinula), By Frank E. Bepparn, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-

Secretary and Prosector to the Society niente aes ee a

6. On the Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson

Smith on his last Expedition to Lake Rudolf and the

Nile. Ry R. Bowpter SHanren, LL.D. F.ZS., &e.

RO RAN NN Cs CRs oa! Oa hay... eagtae hee Mere

. Descriptions of two new Fishes discovered by Dr. W. J.

Ansorge in Southern Nigeria. By G. A. Botrencer,

EUGENES OK RRS Pg 0G. dows vs ois’ haw eee wha

December 17, 1901.

Mr. G. Metcalfe and Mr. O. Thomas. Remarks on the repro-

Quem er he TIMER DIL). ef ne wk os Cle Me wee wees

Dr. C. 1. Forsyth*Major, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, the skull of a new Fossil Mammal ( Enhiydrictis

OSS OE ERO Foy Se... ee ae

Mr. J. 8. Budgett. Notice of a Memoir on the Structure

Se ae Meat ial FU gtOres ine eosin e es es “—

1, Onthe Anatomy of Gruiform Birds ; with special reference

to the Correlation of Modifications. By P. Ciatmurs

Mirene tr, M.A., D.Sc.Oxon., F.Z.8., Lecturer on Biology

at the London Hospital Medical College, University of

ION En ie a Nile OWS bbe ens. SOW eo a odie it

2. On the Muscles of the Ungulata. By Brrrram C. A

Wrinprp, D.Se., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of

Anatomy in the University of Birmingh: un; and F, G.

Parsons, F.R.C.S., .2Z.8., F.L.S., Lecturer on Human

and Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital, and

Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons,

oS ge Pr a a a

Page

59G

602

625

624

625

. 628

629

ee)

)

viii

. On the Spermatophores of the Earthworms of the Genus

Benhamia. By Frank E. Baevparp, M.A., F.R.S. ..

. Further Notes on the African Batrachians Tvrichohatrachus

and Gampsostconyx. By G. A. Bounmnenr, F.R.S.

(Plate XXXVIIT.)

We 0p te So) eo see 6 aLw eo tay wad ey Oh oe ea

. On Butterflies from St. Lucia, W. Indies, collected by

Major A. H. Cowie. By Artuur G. Butter, Ph.D.,

ES PE iS Xe, - «cw Hi eae eae whee a ee

. On the Spawn and Young of a Polychete Worm of the

Genus Marphysa. By L. A. Borrapaite, M.A., F.ZS.,

Lecturer in Natural Sciences of Selwyn College,

Cambridge. (Plate XXXI1X.)

Cae Pow 56s A Pate Aide ae

is age

Preah)

709

71]

AGPRHABETLICAL LIES

OF THE

CONT RLEBY TOES.

With Leferences to the several Articles contributed by cach,

Page

Awnperson, Dr. Joun (the late), LL.D., F.R.S.

A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained by

Mr. A. Blayney Percival in Southern Arabia. With Notes

by the Collector. (Plates XIV. & XV.)...........4.. 137

Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and

Prosector to the Society.

On some Species of Earthworms of the Genus Benhamia

ROOM rOCME atin these yen eis oon oh pes nk sey oes 190

Notes upon the Anatomy and Systematic Position of

BSE See Dre 2 er ae Oe ee ar tbh ahd nee 587

On some Anatomical Differences between the Common

Snipe (Gallinago celestis) and the Jack Snipe (Gallinago

TUE FN tae ee ly ee bd a ok es ee See Wan 596

On the Spermatophores of the Earthworins of the Genus

Benhamia 704

ee * Se eee ee ee eee ce 6 ke ee 8 ee ee eee Ta rs ee Ss

Bena, Prof. W. Buaxtann, D.Sc., M.A., F.Z.S., Otago

University.

On the Anatomy of Cogia breviceps. (Plates VIII.—XI.)

Bonnort, J. Luwis, M.A., F.ZS.

On the Evolution of Pattern in Feathers. (Plates

PE OKs. Yas e's, on og 4 0

Borravdainb, L. A., M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural

Sciences of Selwyn College, Cambridge.

On the Spawn and Young of a Polychete Worm of the

Genus Marphysa: (Plate XXXUX,) ©2203 es eae

BouLrencur, GrorGrE ALBERT, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of two new Chameleons from Mount

Ruwenzori, British East Africa. (Plates XII. & XIIT.).

Description of a new Fish of the Genus Gohius obtained

by Mr. A. Blayney Percival in South Arabia ..........

On asmall Collection of Fishes from Lake Victoria made

by order of Sir H. H. Johnston, KCB. 22 ian. vison es we

Description of two new Fishes discovered by Dr. W. J.

Ansorge in Southern Nigeria. (Plate XXXVII.)......

Further Notes on the African Batrachians 7'richohatra-

chus and Gampsosteonyx. (Plate XXXVIIT.) ........

Broom, Dr. R., B.Sc., Pearstown, 8, Africa.

On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon. (Plates

VLA A VEL oe ied ce ye ees See ee

Bupeert, J. 8., M.A., F.Z.8.

Notice of a Memoir on the Structure of the Larval

POPU os oa od aeteBewale sb) -mi a = 8 i

Page

107

316

714

135

162

Burrer, Artaur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On Butterflies from St. Lucia, W. Indies, collected by

Major A. H. Cowie

CG Cit ee eS Sie eee ee Ww a Rk ee ea Bl

CaMBERON, PETER.

On the Hymenoptera collected during the “Skeat

Expedition * tothe Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900

Dz Winston, W. E., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a large specimen of

the Grey Mullet

ne le ele he awe we ee ee ee ae hee tes be et ile yo

Duyn, Huynry N., Capt. Egyptian Army.

Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the White Nile

Hoge, H. R., M.A., F.Z.S.

On Australian and New Zealand Spiders of the Sub-

Demet, NigmamMOr pie yc ob pees wee es ieee ae oe hs

Kure, J. Grauam, F.ZS.

On the Male Genito-Urinary Organs of the Lepidosiren

and Protopterus. (Plates XXVIII. & XXVIII.) ........

Laiwiaw, F. F., B.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator

at Owens College.

List of a Collection of Snakes, Crocodiles, and Chelonians

from the Malay Peninsula, made by Members of the

“Skeat Expedition,” 1899-1900. With an Appendix

containing a list of the names of the places visited by the

‘“Skeat Expedition.” By W. W.Sxkrar. (Plate XXXYV.)

Lancurstur, W. F., M.A., King’s College, Cambridge.

On the Crustacea collected during the “ Skeat Expedi-

tion’? to the Malay Peninsula, together with a Note

on the Genus Actwopsis—Part 1. (Plates XXXIIT. &

RU e) is aisls MIME a SRL kd I LAI A

Page

“LE

D05

291

218

484

LanKrster, E. Ray, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Director

of the Natural History Departments of the British

Museum.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two skulls and a skin

of the newly-discovered African Mammal (Okapia

BORWBTONE) 5. 05). le OLD, Sa ee a eee eee ees

Notice of a Memoir on Okapia,a new Genus of Giraffidee,

arom Oentral Africa... «4.01 sitimee sep eee

LypexkKer, R., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, on behalf of the President, and remarks

upon, a photograph of shed horns of Pére Dayid’s Deer. .

Magsor, Dr. C. 1. Forsyru, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a new

Fossil Mammal (ELnhydrictis galictoides) .......4 2.005.

Menviuy, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,and Sranpen,

Roser, Assistant-Keeper, Manchester Museum.

The Mollusca of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and

Arabian Sea, as evidenced inainly through the Collections

of Mr, I’. W. Townsend, 1893-1900 ; with Descriptions

Part’l, (Plates XX1.—XE1YV.) 54...

of new Species.

Mercars, G., of Sydney, N.S.W.

Remarks on the reproduction of the Duckbill........

Miuzais, J. G., F.Z.8.

On theSecond Occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat ( Vespertilio

bechsteint) in/Great, Britain: -.,.)) sf. abl... snitentmees te

Mironett, P. Caarmers, M.A., D.Sc. Oxon., F.ZS.,

Lecturer on Biology at the London Hospital Medical

College, University of London.

On the Anatomy of Gruiform Birds; with special

reference to the Correlation of Modifications ....,....-.

472

216

xiii

Moors, J. E.8., Royal College of Science, South Kensington,

Further Researches concerning the Molluses of the

Great African Lakes. (Plates XXV.& XXVI.) ......

Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.8., F.0.8S., Lecturer on Human

and Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital,

and Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of

Surgeons, England; and Winputz, Borrram C. A.,

D.S8e., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Anatomy

in the University of Birmingham.

On the Muscles of the Ungulata.—Part lL. ...... sen

Prasn, AtFrup E., M.P., F.Z.8.

Field-notes on the Antelopes obtained during a Journey

in Somaliland and Southern Abyssinia in 1900-1901....

Peckuam, G. W., and PeckHam, Evizapuru G.

On Spiders of the Family Atti’? found in Jamaica.

ak 8 9 OY Ol ea ae om ORE De ae Aa a

Pocock, R. L., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, nests of a tree ‘T'rap-

goo Spider rom Hig PANE) sce th Ao. ea ttre ame

Punnett, R. C., B.A., F.Z.8.

On some Arctic Nemerteans. (Plates VI. & VII.)

Ripewoop, W.G., D.Se., F.L.8., F.Z.8., Lecturer on Biology

at the Medical School of St. Mary’s Hospital.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some microscopic

preparations of the hair of Antelopes, Giraffe, and Zebra.

RorascuiLp, The Hon. L. Water, M.P., Ph.D., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the [bex

of Abyssinia (Capra walie Riipp.).........0seceeesees

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the

Abyssinian Wolf (Canis stmensis Riipp.) .... 6.0.60 .5 6.

Page

46]

499

xiv

SATUNIN, Constantin, C.M.ZS.

On a new Hedgehog trom Transcaucasia; with a Revi-

sion of the Species of the Genus Hrinaceus of the Russian

BORON Yor 0G eorkatae ia e ¢ a ten ARR RCL RS Ee

ScnaTer, Painie Luruny, M.A., D.Se., Ph.D., F.RBS.,

Secretary to the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Apr TOU ie GS Oe ee eee Seale

Notice of a Zebra (apparently Aquus grevyi) taken from

Ludolphus’s work on Abyssinia.............00..eeeee

Exhibition of an original water-colour painting by

Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., and remarks upon the

newly-discovered African Mammal, the Okapi. (Plate I.)

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Day CD Aen on ascdiae ot wre wes ites eee te eg Cae ae

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

June, July, August, September, and October, 1901

Announcement of the offer of a pair of young Girattes

tothe Society by Col. Bo Mahoa ry octane ess oe

Exhibition of a small collection of Mammals presented

to the Society by Mi CO. Satumin 0s ieee es

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some heads of Ante-

lopes obtained by Sir W. Garstin in the Egyptian Sudan.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

November 1901... (Plate X12. A... saree wee ees

Remarks on the herd of Prjevalsky’s Horse at Woburn

ADDOY «5 i-syf.ny ce lemte tee Seb oe eae ee

SHarpe, R. Bowpier, LL.D., F.Z.8., British Museum,

Natural History, South Kensington.

On a Collection of Birds made by Dr. Donaldson Smith

in Northern Somali-land "702... 3.5. oe ss

On the Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson

Smith on his last Expedition to Lake Rudolf and the

Nile. (Plate RAAV IG, is is a ee

Pace

Page

284

298

602

SiupLrorb, R.,C.M.Z.8., Curator, Sarawak Museum.

Exhibition of a series of Jantern-slides illustrative of

mimicry amongst Bornean Insects

Suerzory, C. Davins, F.Z.S.

Remarks on the progress of the ‘ Index Animalium’ ..

Simon, M. Evekne, President of the Entomological Society

of France.

On the Arachnida collected during the “ Skeat Hxpedi-

tion” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900

Srncratr, F. G. (formerly F. G. Hearucors), M.A., F.L.S.,

Trinity College, Cambridge.

On the Myriapoda collected during the “ Skeat Expedi-

tion” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900, (Plates XXX.

8.2. @.0N hy area Boe acer

Sxuar, W. W.

List of Place-names in the Siamese Malay States visited

by Members of the “ Skeat Expedition ”

vet a) wm Sieee Mem we

Sxanppn, Ropert, Assistant-Keeper, Manchester Museum,

and Mervin, JaMus Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

The Mollusca of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and

Arabian Sea, as evidenced mainly through the Collections

of Mr. F. W. Townsend, 1893-1900 ; with Descriptions

of new Species.—Part I. (Plates XXI.-XXIV.)

THomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.N., F.Z.S.

On the more notable Mammals obtained by Sir Harry

Johnston in the Uganda Protectorate. (Plate V.)......

Notes on the Type Specimen of Lhinoceros lasiolis

Sclater ; with Remarks on the Generic Position of the

Living Species of Rhinoceros

LCC See Oe ee ee ee ey le

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a peculiar Stag’s

frontlet and horns from Borneo

On the Five-horned Giraffe obtained by Sir Harry

Johnston near Mount Elgon

Feet. 2 he Me wD OS ek eee ee le

AOD

xVl

Page

Winpiz, Bartram C. A., D.Sc., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Pro-

fessor of Anatomy in the University of Birmingham ;

and Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.8., Lec-

turer on Human and Comparative Anatomy at

St. Thomas’s Hospital, and Hunterian Professor in

the Royal College of Surgeons, England.

On the Muscles of the Ungulata.—Part I. .......... 656

XIX.

XXV.

XX VI.

XXVII.

XXVIII.

XXIX.

XXX.

XXXI.

XXXII.

; New Attidz from Jamaica

{

LIST OF PLATES,

1901.—VoL.. II.

The Okapi (Okapia johnstoni) ........sseeceeees

AMatOMy- OF COG: 6 isn ccc cnan ess

Chameleon xenovhinus ..seeecccees

Chameleon johnstont ..... 60.00 eee

1. Bunopus spatalura, 2. Agamodon

OUST CONE Sg nrc ges = we ees es

Skeleton of Udenodon gracilis ......

Skull, Vertebra, & Hind Limb of Uden

Limb-bones & Sternum of Udenodon

Evolution of Pattern in Feathers....

Tad wteve Cres ae Foe a 8 ow

be ev 6 Ca e.us « ©

arabicus ....

ROOTES kets

Mollusea of the Persian Gulf and Arabian Sea ....

Mollusca of Tanganyika (Neothauma and Vivipara).

Mollusca of Tanganyika (Neothauma and Kytra) ..

Genito-Urinary Organs of Male Lepidosiren ......

Genito-Urinary Organs of Male Lepidosiren and

FEQUOPICRGE iawn sds cs scees

ee eee eereeees

EQUHS TOMER CCC aa ee kdkeinccccccsewneerasdpune

Myriapoda from the Malay Peninsula

XVill

Plate Page

aes Crustaceans from the Malay Peninsula .......... 534

XXXV. Snakes from the Malay Peninsula .............. 575

XXXVI. 1. Cossypha omoensis. 2, Ploceipasser donaldsoni.. 602

XXXVII. New West-African Fishes. 1. Phractwra ansorgit.

2. Fundulus gent male. 3. Fundulusgularis,> 623

zemple ira c.e'tels pieix's\6.8, «dieters ees a

LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES.

1901.—Vot. II.

Page

. Diagram of anterior part of vascular system of Amphiporus

TOTP OIE 5 = sin Sim sis uo oo Ne ahs pT Oe eA 91

. Drepanophorus borealis. Section through the commissural

region of the brain showing the opening of the cerebral

SRSQA Saath eraceve ata Sia a Ke este Madi ea eA aah zn, sib oMnlhiphdus may eiee 97

3. Drepanophorus boreals. Section Slahaly behind the preceding

one, showing the expansions of the rhynchoccelomic diverti-

cula over the cerebral organ ............ dé eahases bata ss Xs 98

A amphiporyay Ces occas Us ies Bales ote er Cee 105

OU 017 27 Ma A habe « Sentaehee = divin 103

6. Malacobdelia according to Burger disci. cis ainda civnas 103

7. Muscles of penis of Risso’s Grampus, seen from below........ 128

8. Muscles of penis of Greenland Right Whale, seen from below. 12

et Ea OIE RICA GUIAER Ss ex orcts es Sik oiahdad > Gels riled sera! senl ais EDe ocqim ty shateieciate) kepe

10. A composite figure of the Skull of Udenodon ............4.. 165

11. Skull of a primitive Theriodont, Ictidosuchus primevus ...... 165

12. Ventral view of the anterior segments of Benhamia moore?.... 193

13, Spermatheca of Benhamia mooret ..... ccc scence e cues Marwae SLOe

14, Two setze of Benhamia johnstont .....cccsceescccevecenes 200

15. Ventral surface of clitellar segments of Benhamia johnstont .. 200

16. Penial sete of Benhamia ...... SY Eee DRE ie) 206

174 Penial seta of Benhamig Qeatent vii cities cisee casey woes 208

18. Extremity of penial seta of Benhamia gambiana ............ 212

19, Penial seta of Benhamia michaelsent ..... 0. cece cece eee 214

Dre CETTE TILEIATEUIG inten loin di pre da ie. iy) 8 6 sie p.9.9 0 0 wa, 9 oR I 217

21. Eriodon rugosum. Male palp. EE. insigne. Eyes,male palp.. 223

22, Eriodon incertum., Tyes, male palp ..... 1 i. sional CAE TL ge 224

23, Eriodon rubrocapitatum. yes of male, eyes of female, left

SUG Sih GIS PM nae sie dviesy ase» erin Wave shen mmpie 226

. Arbanitis gilliesti, Fyes, rear tarsal claws. Supposed A.

PHATOTE an SeCADUAREA CLE CR R50 oiyi5)pcs ein! v:0 sve we abedatete civ aden, ote 234

25, Maoriana dendyt. Eyes, protile, lip, and sternum showing

PUD, | oo, nein, kA ee en ee nas ne coploels vow ies 237

Page

26. Eyes of Idioctis helva. I. palmarum, TLyes of I. palmarum., 242

27. Selenocosmia stirlingi. Male palpal organ, extremity enlarged

from upper and under sides, eyeS ........ceececeeecees . 245

28. Selenocosmia vulpina. Papal bulb from above and beneath,

whole of palp, eyes, profile ...... POON ee at eee 247

29. Selenviypus plumipes. Hiyes ........ceenudssene» ee ee 249

30. Aname grisea. Fyes........... Pe re Sere ae OF Rae 253

Sl, Anamearpored.. “WYOS . vc ic cue es evig ase sve eee ais, isis creee 204

a2. Aname pellucida, Wiyes ...6.ss00susecgarine reer ee 0 256

33. Ivamatus gregort. Male palp, eyes ...... ee RT Te eS 259

34. Ivamatus broomt, Male palp, tibial joint of ae pair of legs,

YES J Male gy elalete stan pias = byeiaws Ste eee inte dials oink alee a 260

35. Chenistonia maculata, Tibial and metatarsal joints of first

pair of legs of male, end of palp, eyes ...... eee es 262

SG. Chenistonia major. yee: in: sive ns 050 hata eal os eee oe:

37. Porrhothele simont. Hyes, profile ............000+ ais MECC 269

38. Stenygrocercus broomt, Hyes, profile ...........eeeereeee rt a

39. Atrax robustus. “iyes, tareal clawa'>.. . Sisds ic bao eee 27:

40. Hadronyche cerberea. yes, right and left male palp ...... 275

41, Hexathele hochstetteri. yes, male palp, tibia, and metatarsus

of male, underside of abdomen, profile ......... Perk.” 277

42. Head of old male Five-horned Giraffe, showing the position of

the anizen HGS + raiers secs eee s bates ot ee a Pele aad sae vs 476

43, Posterior part of the skull of an old Five-horned Giraffe... .. .

44, Postero-external view of the occipital region of a young

5. Occipital view of the skull of an old male Vive-horned Giraffe. 479

Giraffe, showing the swelling which represents the mizen

BOER «oc TVG EPR Ee tole stk PCAN Tact eae Mae 478

46. Young Okapi. Postero-external view of the occipital crest .. 480

47. Bramatherium perimense. Diagrammatic side-view of the

skull, showing the position of the horns .........5,..66. 481

48. Bramatherium perimense. Diagrammatic back-view of the

Ch stat cNwlate nttate wa VATE PEs pee datiles .'; | 288

49, The genito-urinary apparatus of the male Eepilesth Cn we aes . 485

54). Transv erse section of the genito-urinary apparatus of Lepido-

7) ahaa arco tetgahass’ ahubacatatshc oy Ate Dla os Sala eke as 488

51. Section through the Malpighian capsule of Lepidosiren ...... 489

52. Transverse section through the genito-urinary organs of the

male Lepidosiren ........ nents Meat Oe es re ae Pith 490

53. The genito-urinary apparatus of Protopterus.......... ate Sos

54, Diagrammatic sketch of the genito-urinary system in certain

Fishes: «+, jata'siatetbsteivterete ele ya oe Pesle’s water diate APE Py Fh 496

55. Grant's Zebid oct deee teres ee ewe Prete hts 15°) SOE

56. Portion of windpipe of eke capensis, 2. ot CR 589

57. Portion of windpipe of Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula) ...... 589

58. Portion of windpipe of Common Snipe (Gallinago celestis).... 589

59. Skull of Rhynchea capensis, ventral aspect........... 00s ts OO

60, Skull of Rhynchea capensis, dorsal aspect ..... 000. c eee eee 591

ec!

Page

61. Extremity of bony bill of Scolopax rusticula .........0..0004 593

62. Extremity of bony bill of Tringa canutus ........-.....005. 593

3. Extremity of bony bill of Rhynchea capensis ........ 0.0405 593

64, Base of skull of Common Snipe (Gallinago celestis) ........ 597

65. Base of skull of Jack Snipe (Gallinago gallinula) .......... 597

66. Skull of Common Snipe (G. celestis), lateral aspect.......... 598

67. Skull of Jack Snipe (G@. gallinula), lateral aspect ............ 598

68. Syrinx of Gallinago gallinula g, front VieW ......0. eens 600

69. Syrinx of G. gallinula g, lateral view .........0..0eeeeees 600

70. Wing-structure of Radius longtrostris.......06 cece eee 631

71. Wing-structure of Psophia obscura .....00 6.00 c ee Te cee 633

72.) Wine-structure of Otte tarda. ois vice sans ant ina bea « Rea Ones

73. Wing-structure of Rhinochetus yubatus ... 0... cee ees 634

74, Shoulder-muscles of Rallus longirostris ......0 0. c eee 637

75. Shoulder-muscles of Psophia obscura ......0 06 ccc ccc ee 637

76, Alar muscles of Rhinochetus gubatus ........ 0. cece een cones 640

Zt. Alar muscles of Rallus longirostris. o. is sails oa poste ele me oka 640

5 PR EAE SHOSGLES Of EL CIGPIES FURIE Os 3.5.).S. aiaraeti as: nile hk 640

79. Thigh-muscles of Psophia leucoptera ........0se cece scans 646

80. Thigh-muscles of Aramus scolopaceus «6... ee eee ee 648

81. Knee-muscles of Rallus longirostris....6.0. 00 ce eee 650

2. Knee-muscles of Aramus scolopaceus... 0... cece cece esac 650

See, Kenpo AEP Les: GE OLE TATE, (os iecin expose aie wie es a pistes some 651

G4, Knee-museles of Fehkornis fulted. icin. .ccje es cece tvees coder 651

85. Deep plantar tendons of Gruiformes ...................0. 654

36. Facial muscles of the Duiker-hok 2.0... cs ecient eee 662

B/. Pacial muscles of the Monon ig sfc dices a dale led i dae eee’ 663

88. Hyoid muscles of the Duiker-bok .............0. cece eee 669

89. Hyoid apparatus of the Duiker-bok..................00000 671

aU. upiider-muscles Of GRECEPVTAX 1s pieeincsiney nko aed weno 680

91. Arm and shoulder-muscles of the Hyrax ...............4.. 682

92. Spermatheca of Benhamia austent .......6. 2. cece cece nee 705

93. Spermatheca of Benhamia austeni, with an incompletely

AOTC MYCN UIREO MATE Jietiin Asipisiesnls = dis wale Cadi dew kw 8 705

. Longitudinal section through duct of spermatheca of Benhamia

austent, to show portion of spermatophore in position 707

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (1901. vol. I1.).

Page

Actites (Crustacea) ............... 574

Argyropeza (Moll.) ...........066 371

Atanyjoppa (Hymenopt.) ...... 37

Chenistonia (Arachn.)...... 251, 261

Enhydrictis (Mamm.) ............ 627

Maoriana (Arachn.) ...... 230, 236

Nilakantha (Arachn.) ............ 8

Page

Okapia (Mamm.).................. 280

Panysinus (Arachn.) ............ 74

Skeatia (Hymenopt.) ............ 39

Taurongia (Arachn.) ............ 279

Vagenatha (Hymenopt.).... ... 41

Verpulus (Arachn.)...... ........ 84

Zygometis (Arachn.) ............ 63

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1901, Vol. II. (May to December).

May 7, 1901.

Prof. G. B. Howzs, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1901:—

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the

month of April were 200 in number. Of these 52 were acquired

by presentation, 51 by purchase, 2 were born in the Gardens, and

95 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 156.

His Majesty The King has ordered some animals, lately kept at

Windsor, to be transferred to the Society’s Gardens and placed

under our care. Amongst these is the beautiful female Grévy’s

Zebra (Equus grevyi) which was presented (along with a male of

the same animal) to Her late Majesty Queen Victoria in August

1899, and was subsequently removed from the Gardens (where

they were temporarily deposited) to Windsor. This animal is now

in most perfect health and condition, and through the kind efforts

of Lt.-Col. Harrington, H.B.M. Representative in Abyssinia,

we are hoping to obtain a young male of the same species.

I may also call attention to two beautiful birds—a Rufous-

necked Scimitar Babbler (Pomatorhinus rujficollis) and a Golden-

backed Woodpecker (Brachypternus aurantius)—presented on

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1901, Vou. II. No. I. ]

MR. C. D. SHERBORN ON THE ‘INDEX ANIMALIUM. [May 7,

April 11th by Mr. W. H. Harper, F.Z.S., who continues to send

us most interesting additions to our collection of Indian Birds;

and to a fine young male Eiand, bred at Woburn, and presented to

us on April 26th by H.G. the Duke of Bedford, which will make

an excellent match for our young female purchased in April 1899.

Mr. Sclater stated that Mr. E. Bidwell had kindly pointed out

to him the following passage in Ludolphus’s work’ on Abyssinia,

published in 1682, which apparently referred to Grévy’s Zebra

(Equus grevyt) :—

“But there is a beast which is called Zecora, which for beauty

exceeds all the four-footed creatures in the World. They of Congo

give it the name of Zebra. This creature is about the bigness of

a Mule, and is brought out of the woods of Habessinia, and the

countries possessed by the Galans, and easily tam’d. A present

of great esteem and frequently given to the Kings of Habessinia.

Tellez briefly describes him thus,—‘A Circle of black colour

encompasses his Loyns like a girdle; adjoining to which, Nature

has pencilled out several others, some broader, some narrower,

some black, and some of a bright shining Ash-colour; with so

much Elegancy and order, as no Painter’s Art can equalize. His

ears are the only thing that disfigures him; being of a dispro-

portionable length: for which reason he is called by the Portugals

* Burro do Matto” (though improperly) the wild Ass.’ But you

may guess at bis beauty, by his price, for King Susneus having

given one of these beasts to the Turkish Basha of Suaqena, he

sold the same for Two thousand Venetian Pieces, to a certain

Indian, that bought him for a present to the great Mogul.”

Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F.Z.S., remarked that it had been his

privilege to bring before the Society, from time to time, the

progress of the ‘Index Animalium.’ He had now to inform the

Society that the Index was completed from the Ist of January,

1758, to the 3lst of December, 1800. This portion of the manu-

script was ready for press, and negotiations with the Cambridge

University Press were in progress for printing it.

One of the chief difficulties that the compiler had to contend

with was the inaccessibility of much of the literature. With the

exception of about twenty books, which from their titles might

possibly contain specific names, this difficulty had been successfully

grappled with, either with the help of those interested in the work

or by purchase. He alluded to the impossibility of accurate com-

parison of various editions, copies of which were in different

institutions, and lamented the fact that even in the British

Museum (Nat. Hist.), where the collection of books was very com-

plete, this matter of editions had not been fully grasped. He had

1 Lupo.rnus, J. A New History of Ethiopia, being a full and Accurate

Description of the Kingdom of Abyssinia... . called the Empire of Prester

John. By the Learned Job Ludolphus. Made English by J. P. Gent,

Plates. Folio. London, 1682.

EEE

OKAPIA ¢

alf from Sir Har

OKAPI.

JOHNSTON!)

ry Johnston's original painting )

“A

Mantern.B

ros.

Imp

1901.] ON A NEW AFRICAN MAMMAL, 3

himself been instrumental in purchasing many hundreds of volumes

dealing with systematic zoology, published before 1800, and these

were now in public libraries and therefore accessible to zoologists.

Instancing Buffon’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle,’ Mr. Sherborn said that

he had purchased no less than six editions, published before the

close of the eighteenth century, all of which included specific

names of importance to systematists, and none of which had

previously been seen in this country. These and many other

books were essential to proper work.

A great deal of manuscript had been accumulated towards the

1801-1900 portion of the Index, but as it was beyond the powers

of one man to deal with the vast literature of the last hundred

years, progress would necessarily be slow unless further assistance

were forthcoming. Mr. Sherborn hoped that the first volume

would be of service to zoologists, as that would no doubt be an

incentive to the further support desirable. This part 1, 1758-

1800, had taken him over eight years to compile, arrange, and get

ready for press.

Dr. W. G. Ridewood, F.Z.8., exhibited and made remarks on

a series of microscopic preparations of the hairs of Antelopes,

Giraffe, Zebra, and the so-called Hguwus johnstoni, pointing out

that the hairs of the last-named animal were similar to those of

the Giraffe as well as those of the Zebra, but differed from those

of the Antelopes.

Mr. Sclater exhibited an original water-colour painting (Plate I.)

made by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.S., of the new Mammal’,

which he had discovered in the forest on the west side of the Semliki

River, on the south-western boundary of Uganda, and portions of

the skin of which had been already laid before the Society (see

P. Z.S. 1900, pp. 774, 950; 1901, vol. i. p. 50).

Mr. Sclater read the following extracts from a letter addressed

to him by Sir Harry Johnston on the subject, dated Eldama

Ravine, Uganda Protectorate, 31st March, 1901 :—

“7 am sending you by this mail a water-colour painting I have

made of the new animal. I have done this painting with the

utmost care from the skin while it was in a fresh condition. I

have used the skull to assist me in delineating the exact shape of

the head. I have also questioned various Congo natives who are

with me as to the shape and appearance of the animal, and the

result is this drawing, which I think will be found to be a fairly

faithful representation of this wonderful new creature.

“J wish to impress on you this, that the colours in the drawing

are absolutely not exaggerated in any way in brightness. I say

this, because the skin may have a dulled and faded appearance

when it reaches England. I scarcely remember ever coming

! See below (June 18th) for the origin of the scientific name now applied

to this animal,—P. L. 8, ‘

4 MR, P. L, SCLATER ON A [May 7,

across the skin of a mammal which came so near to having actual

bright red in it, I think you will agree with me that the general

coloration is of the most extraordinary kind, and that if the skin

were not there as evidence, it would be thought to be an in-

vention of my imagination. If you examine the skin, however,

you will see that my drawing is correct in the tiniest details of

the stripes. In my drawing I have made the tail a trifle longer,

because from information received I gathered that the tail of

the specimen had suffered a little at its extremity. I am also

told that the animal having been roughly skinned, some of the

skin on the inner side of the legs and belly is absent.

“These missing portions are not considerable, and were of a

creamy-white colour, except in regard to the stomach and chest,

of which the fur is blackish-brown. The missing hoofs were

bluish-black.”

Mr. Sclater remarked that there could now be no doubt that

Sir Harry Johnston had made a most important discovery. The

animal portrayed in the drawing (Plate I.) was, of course, not

a Zebra, nor even a member of the family Kquide. What should

be its proper position it would only be possible to say when the

skin and two skulls, recently obtained by Sir Harry, were received

in this country. It was probable, however, that Sir Harry was

not far wrong when, in one of his letters, he called it a Hellado-

theriwm, and that it would be found to be allied to that or to one

of the other extinct forms of Mammals allied to the Giraffe.

The leading facts as yet known concerning this new and extra-

ordinary discovery had been fully given in an article published in

‘The Times’ of this day, from which the following extracts were

read :—

«“ After sending home incomplete fragments of skin which he

obtained in situ from the natives of the Congo forest near the

Semliki River (fragments of which were considered to indicate

the existence of a new species of Horse, which was tentatively

named by Mr. Sclater Lqguus johnstoni), Sir Harry Johnston has

at last secured, through the kindness of the Belgian authorities at

the frontier post of Fort Mbeni, a complete skin and two skulls

of this animal, which is now shown to be not at all a horse, but a

cloven-hoofed ruminant of extraordinary coloration and appear-

ance, which seemingly is either of the extinct genus Helladotherium,

or is some closely-allied creature belonging to that somewhat

vaguely-defined group of which the Giraffe isan exemplar. The

skin and the skulls which have been forwarded by Sir Harry

Johnston to the British Museum were obtained by native soldiers

of the Congo Free State, in the vicinity of Fort Mbeni, and were

very kindly presented to Sir Harry Johnston by Mr. K. Eriksson,

a Swedish officer in the service of that State, who has until recently

been the Commandant of Fort Mbeni. It is to be hoped that

these invaluable specimens will reach London safely.

“ Weare informed that the complete skin sent home now shows

the animal to be coloured in the most extraordinary manner. The

1901.] NEW AFRIOAN MAMMAL. 5

cheeks of the rather large head are yellowish-white, and the

tapering muzzle is blackish-brown. The forehead is a most vivid

red, narrowing down into a thin black line continued along the

ridge of the nose to the nostrils. The long ass-like ears are of a

deep reddish-brown, with silky black fringes. The neck, shoulders,

stomach, and back are a deep reddish-brown, which in parts has

almost a crimson tinge, and in others becomes blackish. The hind-

quarters and hind legs, down to the hocks, and the front legs from

the elbow to the wrist-joint are boldly striped in purplish-black

and white, the white having here and there faint touches of orange.

The hind legs from the hock downwards are of a creamy colour.

The front legs are also cream-colour, but a bold black line runs

down the front of the leg in an oblique manner. The fetlocks of

all four feet are black andcream-colour. The tail is bright reddish-

brown, with a black tuft at the end. There are no horns, but it

may be seen from the skulls that far back in its history this

creature possessed three horn-cores similar to those of the Giraffe,

but that by long disuse these horn-cores have degenerated into

rounded bumps on the skull, two of them being situated a little

above the eyes, and one at the beginning of the nasal bones. On

the skin, just over the two bigger bumps, are two tiny and comical

little twists of hair, which represent all that remains outwardly

of horns or horn-cores. The animal stands slightly higher at the

withers than at the hindquarters, but its neck is not proportionately

longer than that of a horse. The head is rather large in propor-

tion to the body, and in outline slightly resembles the head of a

Tapir. The nostrils are two long slits, completely covered with

hair, and resembling the nostrils of the Giraffe. The lips apparently

taper to a point. There are, of course, no front teeth in the

upper jaw, as the animal isa true Ruminant. The front teeth in

the lower jaw are so small and feeble as to suggest the idea that

the creature, like the Giraffe, must possess a prehensile tongue for

furnishing food for the molar teeth to grind. If this is not the

case, then the rather long and prehensile lips secure most of the

animal’s nutriment, which consists of leaves. Other particulars

will, no doubt, be furnished to us before long by the authorities of

the British Museum, when they are able to examine the specimens.

The build of the animal is rather heavy in the case of the male.

The female is said to be much more lightly built, and her skull is

considerably smaller than that of the male. It is not yet known

whether any difference of coloration exists between the male and

female; the natives say that they differ only in size. The same

authorities state that the creature is found only in the densest

parts of the forest, and that it goes about in pairs of male and

female. It would seem to be quite inoffensive, and very easily

killed. It is ordinarily captured in pitfalls, and from what Sir

Harry Johnston ascertained on the spot its extinction is being

rapidly carried out by the natives of the Congo Free State. Now

that this discovery has been made by joint action on the part of

British and Belgian officials, we may look with confidence to King

6 MR, AND MRS, PECKHAM ON [May 7,

Leopold to issue stringent orders for the protection of this

remarkable creature. Its flesh is said to be excellent eating, and

there is no reason why an attempt should not be made to domesti-

cate it.

“ At the present time the known habitat of the Okapi (as this

animal is called by the natives) consists of the forests of the Ituri

and the western banks of the Semliki in the Congo Free State,

and the adjoining district of Mboga in the Uganda Protectorate.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On Spiders of the Family Attide found in Jamaica.

By G. W. Pecxuam and E. G. Peckuam’.

[Received April 12, 1901.]

(Plates II.-IV.”)

Most of the Spiders described in this paper were collected

by us some years ago. We have also received some specimens

from Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, and from Mr. Taylor of Kingston.

Other Attide that have been described from Jamaica are :—

Marptusa melanognathus Lucas ; Saitis anne Cockerell, ‘ Canadian

Entomologist,’ p. 843, 1894; Anoka peckhami, Cockerell, ‘ Journal

of Institute of Jamaica,’ vol. ii. p. 221, 1893; Zygoballus suavis

Peckham, “Spiders of the Homalattus Group,” Occ. Papers

Nat. Hist. Soc. of Wisconsin, vol. 1. p. 173. Anoka moneagua

Peckham, “Spiders of the Marptusa Group,’ Occ. Papers

Nat. Hist. Soc. of Wisconsin, vol. ii. p. 127, 1894, is identical

with Anoka peckhamit Cockerell. The thirteen species now

described probably give a fair idea of the Attid fauna of the

island. The genera are like those of Central and North America,

excepting Cybele, which we have from St. Vincent, and Nilakantha,

which is new.

Key to the Attidee of Jamaica.

Males.

( Legs of the first, third, and fourth pairs nearly equal; cephalo-

| thorax with red hairs and white bands on the thoracic slope

1 and lower sides; length 5°5-6°5 mm. ..............-..000 Cybele grisea.

| First and fourth, or first and third, or third and fourth legs

\ plainly longer than the others ..5....5 .sc0s<0 «<b a-0<see seek vbsbetentare 2

( Legs 1342; palpus blackish, with a fringe of very long white

2 hairs on each side to the end of tarsus ............... Cybele albopalpis.

eae and fourth legs longer than the others ..........cccseeceeeseeeeeeeeeees 3

Third and fourth legs longer than the others ...........:scseeececseceeesenees 4

1 Communicated by R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S.

* For the explanation of the Plates, see pp. 15, 16.

15) 74 Sie AUS OMS Skee) MIPAG Ik

NA,

vi oh alae

Wil |

NEW ATTIDA FROM JAMAICA.

BZS 1901) Vor ores

«% ee ss

= ~ = . = . —Y i : SS

{| {\ = ; |

wil Ga.

we \ wv ;

\ y)

NEW ATTIDA, FROM JAMAICA.

Rae. 2901; vol Wek ay

| it

, ui 1

/ f

Bale «Danielsson L\4

NEW ATTIDA FROM JAMAICA.

ses

7 Pn 3

ee.

1901.] SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA.

(Legs 1 432; spiders small (45 mm.), and pale yellow in colour,

with four square black spots on the eye-region..................

Nilakantha cockerelli.

Legs 143 2; small spiders (2-3 mm.); palpus brown, with a

narrow white line on the outer side ............... Prostheclina viaria.

Legs 1423; small spiders (45 mm.) ; cephalothorax brown,

with white bands on sides and red down on upper surface

AUGSAMOMMONAVON: 11.2. «ingucccounerunemmrans ietestasasenae Anoka peckhami.

34 Legs 1423; small spiders (35 mm.); abdomen brown, en-

circled with white, with three or four pairs of white spots ..

Dend -yphantes prudens.

Legs 1 4.23; small spiders (4-5 mm.); cephalothorax and abdo-

men bronze-brown encircled with white ...... Dendryphantes taylori.

Legs 14 23; medium-sized spiders (8 mm.) ; abdomen with

median band of dark rufous and white sides............0:0+0-+-.

Marptusa melanognathus.

Legs 1 423; falces long, oblique; quadrangle of eyes occupying

more than one-half cephalothorax .............s6:0006 Zygoballus suavis.

(Legs 3412; length about 45 mm.; cephalothorax fawn-

coloured, with light bands on sides, curving backwards over

thorax to dorsal BOR o vcgunaainaraspansenee nine neice Pellenes translatus.

Legs 3412; body and legs with crimson and green iridescent

MES acdyneecn ans ncqsiup sepa nananauraen prren sas as> ees Prostheclina perpleaa,

Legs 3 4 1 2; abdomen iridescent, with four velvety black

BPOtS .scaceseeesesecnssccnsesccccreecrenesceesecoeeres Prostheclina morgani.

44 Legs 34 1 2; abdomen brown, with longitudinal, median, yellow

PRI aoe cS alee og nade praanan ganeagnat <addsodendae Prostheclina venatoria.

Legs 43 21; cephalothorax with red hairs and white bands on

BURBS oe ote canes oe co Ramee tat Rc hat eaccnissaasceaates Saitis (?) inutilis.

Legs 4312; length about 3-5 mm.; cephalothorax and abdo-

men each with a V-shaped black mark ; palpus with terminal

portion red-brown, becoming black at end; middle portion

L with tuft of CLI VES BANS! asus eho es sbsrean'ens dan aes Saitis anne,

Females,

1 { Legs 1423 _tnsenecnsonsecnenceeseceseeseuossestnsrensnaseneeasees Anoka peckhami.

MgO ARP ital ht VRE a tage sete caevesa rang seksaaiecsiwevachria decane secesbares ang sgane 2

a seca e = pay Bev ca tae oompacnagtaknt asigacsacedecagtnsana vie Case devedussuues 3

area tree EA AR oc 13g an es tn bv dada dnes antecisa sieve ccenon@hias 4

( Quadrangle occupying plainly more than one-half of the cephalo-

thorax ; cephalothorax plainly widest at the dorsal eyes;

34 aye eh aie Edit es a Zygoballu suavis.

| Quadrangle occupying less than one-half of the cephalothorax ;

[ cephalothorax not widest at dorsal eyes; legs 4123 ......

Dendryphantes prudens.

(Legs 43120r4312 Fees aN eI PS cine bcs ve aid boscvsn dai «b> Oem NAd SuaDlew ol 5

Liat eA a ce sc «von Indaivendateantbnedoabaaea 6

Spiders small (45 mm.), pale yellow, with four square black

Pp pale ¥ q

spots on eye-region ; legs 4312 ........:c.006 Nilakantha cockerelli.

| Spiders large (9°5 mm.); dorsum of abdomen grey, with wavy

outlines; dark bands on sides; legs 43 1 2......ssscseeeeeeeeee

{ Marptusa melanognathus.

Spiders small (45 mm.) ; cephalothorax with golden iridescent

scales except a white band on thorax; legs 481 2............

\ Saitis defloccatus.

8 MR. AND MRS, PECKHAM ON [May :,

Spiders covered with light brown hairs and a few longer black

| sfep hepa eb a ee A Nee it Se as at, ghar i Pellenes banks.

Abdomen brown, with a longitudinal, median, yellow band ;

ed Nags VAP aE, Pee ei axle «cies ss nce eeeneees Prostheclina venatoria.

| Abdomen iridescent, with four velvety black spots; legs 341 2.

Prostheclina morgant.

| Green and crimson iridescent scales on cephalothorax, abdomen,

L BIN BLS Fi iaats' Ses aisla psc s'ase serves t's Saceieteldetmoaminns eee Prostheclina perplexa,

NILAKANTHA, n. gen.

Small, pale spiders.

The cephalothorax is moderately high and is widest and highest

behind the dorsal eyes. The sides are slightly contracted in front

and behind. The cephalic part is a little inclined, and the thorax

falls steeply from just behind the dorsal eyes. The quadrangle

of the eyes is one-third wider than long, is a little wider behind

than in front, and occupies one-half of the cephalothorax. The

first row of eyes is plainly curved downward, the eyes being all

close together, with the middle twice and a half as large as the

lateral. The second row is nearer the first than the third, and

the third row is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place. The

legs in the male are 1 4 3 2, and in the female 4 3 1 2.

This genus resembles, in a general way, our Plewippus puerperus

Hentz (Attide of North America, p. 33), but the spiders are

smaller, the curve of the first row is different, and the middle

eyes of this row are larger.

NILAKANTHA COCKERELLI, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 1-19.)

3. Length 45 mm. Legs 1 4 3 2, first a little stoutest.

2. Length 4:5-5'5 mm. Legs 43 1 2, first stoutest.

This is a small, pale, yellow species, with four square black

spots on the eye-region. The lateral eyes of the first row and

the small eyes of the second row are upon the front pair of spots,

and the dorsal eyes on those that are further back. The clypeus

and the sides of the cephalothorax are covered with light yellow

hairs, which are found also in the spaces between the four black

spots. The abdomen is marked with black specks, which form,

more or less distinctly, lines of chevrons over the dorsum. The

male has a band of yellow hairs around the front end and the

sides. The falees, palpi, and legs are yellow, a little darker in

the male.

We have one male and three females from Moneague and

Kingston, Jamaica.

This species is named after Mr. 'T. D. A. Cockerell, of Las

Cruces, New Mexico.

CYBELE GRISHA, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 2-2.)

Length, ¢ 5°5-6°5 mm., 2 6-7 mm.

Legs, ¢ 1842; 9 431 2, not very unequal.

The cephalothorax is high, with the cephalic part inclined,

1901.] SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA, 9

while the thoracic falls very slightly in the first third, and then

abruptly. The sides are vertical and nearly parallel, there being

a very slight widening behind the dorsal eyes. The anterior eyes

are close together in a straight row. They are large, the lateral

being two-thirds the size of the middle. The second row is about

halfway between the first and the third, and the third is about as

wide as the cephalothorax. The quadrangle of the eyes is one-

fourth wider than long, occupies one-half of the cephalothorax,

and is equally wide in front and behind.

In the male, the cephalothorax is covered with red hairs,

excepting bands of white hairs on the lower sides, and a white

median band on the thoracic slope, running backward from the

third row of eyes. On the abdomen the hairs are golden-yellow ;

down the middle, in the anterior half, is a narrow white band,

which changes, in the posterior half, into a band of white chevrons.

A narrow white band runs around the anterior end and onto the

sides, curving upward and inward opposite the point at which

the chevrons begin. The legs are pale, with the femur dark in

some specimens. The palpus has the patella much elongated,

nearly equalling the tibia and tarsus. The patella and tibia

are flattened and rugose on the dorsal surface, and there is an

apophysis on the inner distal end of the patella. There is a

fringe of white hairs throughout the whole length of the palpus,

on the inner side. The falces are as wide as the middle eyes

and are transversely rugose. In the middle, on the outer edge,

is a small apophysis which is edged with minute notches, and

below this, near the insertion of the fang, there is a longer,

pointed apophysis. The lip is narrow, and only half as long as

the maxillz, which are notched on the middle of the outer edge

and project at the outer corner. The female has golden-yellow

hairs on the cephalic plate, and has the eyes on dark spots.

There are indistinct bands of a lighter colour on the sides and

down the median line of the thoracic part. On the abdomen the

hairs are red, and there is a yellowish band which passes around

the front end onto the sides, from which a short projection runs

backward in the middle line. On the middle dorsum there is a

white region with wavy outlines, which is mottled with red.

We have numerous examples of both sexes.

CYBELE ALBOPALPIS, n. sp. (Plate II. figs. 3-3 d.)

3. Length 55 mm. Legs 13 4 2, the first plainly stoutest,

and longer than the second by the tarsus and half the metatarsus.

The cephalothorax is rather high, and slants in both directions

from the dorsal eyes, the hinder slope being almost continuous,

The anterior eyes are large, and form a slightly curved row, the

middle ones touching, and the lateral a little separated from them.

The middle are less than twice as large as the lateral. The second

row is about halfway between the first and the third. The dorsal

eyes are large, and form a row which is as wide as the cephalo-

10 MR. AND MRS. PECKHAM ON [May 7,

thorax at that place. The sides of the vephalothorax are vertical,

and are nearly parallel, widening a little in the middle. The

quadrangle of the eyes is plainly wider in front than behind, is

one-fifth wider than long, and occupies one-half of the cephalo-

thorax.

In our specimen the hairs are all rubbed from the abdomen.

The cephalothorax is blackish, with red hairs on the eye-region, a

white band down the middle of the thoracic slope, and white bands

low on the sides. Under alcohol the pattern appears as in the

drawing. The palpus is blackish, with a fringe of very long white

hairs on each side, extending to the end of the tarsus. The tibia

is flattened. The first leg has the femur and tibia reddish, but

otherwise the legs are pale, with many fine black spines. The

falces are vertical and moderately stout. This species differs from

C. grisea in having no apophyses on the falces, in the maxille,

which are rounded and short, and in having the patella of the

palpus shorter than the tibia, instead of much longer.

We have a single male of this species.

Sarvis (?) INUTILIS, n. sp. (Plate ILI. figs. 4-4 b.)

6. Length 35 mm. Legs 43 21, all slender, and decreasing

very gradually in length from the fourth to the first. Second

longer than first by tarsus.

The cephalothorax is rather high, and falls distinctly, in both

directions, from the dorsal eyes. Its widest point is plainly at

the front end, the sides contracting gradually behind. The quad-

rangle of the eyes occupies about one-half of the cephalothorax.

It is only one-fifth wider than long, and is a very little wider in

front than behind. The anterior eyes are all large, and are placed

close together in a plainly curved row, the middle being less than

twice as large as the lateral. The eyes of the second row are

about halfway between the lateral and the dorsal, and the third

row is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place.

When under alcohol the cephalothorax is brown above, with a

pale scalloped band down the middle, and is pale on the sides.

The abdomen has the sides brown speckled with white, and a pale

central band, which has an enlargement at the middle point, and

which is crossed by a number of short pale bars, which form

chevrons. In onespecimen there is, on each of the anterior sides,

a pale spot, and further back there is a short curved pale band, of

which only the extremities are visible from above. When dry the

upper part of the cephalothorax is seen to be covered with red,

and the sides with white hairs. The red hairs grow a little longer

above the eyes of the first row, and below them the clypeus is

covered with white or yellowish-white hairs. On the abdomen

the dark parts are covered with red, and the pale with white hairs.

The legs are brown, flecked with pale, the first and second being

darker than the third and fourth. The palpus is brown, with

rather long white hairs on the tibia and tarsus. The falces are

small, vertical, and brown.

We have two males of this spider.

1901.] SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA. 11

SAITIS DEFLOCCATUS, n. sp. (Plate ITI. figs. 5, 5a.)

@. Length 45 mm. Legs 431 2, all slender. The first is

almost as long as the third and fourth, but the second is distinctly

shorter, the first exceeding it by the length of the tarsus.

The cephalothorax is high at the dorsal eyes, from which point

it is strongly inclined in both directions. The upper surface is

rounded. The sides are widest at the dorsal eyes, narrowing

before and behind, and widening again at the front end. The

anterior eyes are close together, the middle being nearly twice as

large as the lateral, and form a row which is a little curved down-

ward. The clypeus is narrow. The quadrangle of the eyes is

wider in front than behind, is one-fourth wider than long, and

occupies nearly one-half of the cephalothorax.

Under alcohol the spider appears as in Mr. Emerton’s drawing,

but when dry the cephalothorax is seen to be covered with light,

golden, iridescent scales, excepting a central white band on the

thoracic part. The abdomen has a white band around the front

end, but is otherwise covered with silvery iridescent scales, there

being some wary black lines and spots on the posterior part of the

dorsum. The legs and palpi are pale brown, ringed with darker

brown. ‘The falces are small and brown.

We have one female from Kingston.

PELLENES TRANSLATUS, n. sp. (Plate ILI. figs. 6-6 c.)

3. Length 45mm. Legs3412. The first and second are

considerably shorter than the third and fourth, and the third is

longer than the fourth by the length of the tarsus ; first stoutest.

The cephalothorax is moderately high. The cephalic plate

slants forward ; the upper surface and sides are normal for the

genus. The anterior legs are close together in a straight row;

the middle are not twice as large as the lateral. The quad-

rangle is a little wider behind, and nearly one-fourth wider than

long. The second row is halfway between the outer two, and

the third row is as wide as the cephalothorax at that place. One

specimen is a good deal rubbed, and under alcohol it appears as in

Mr. Emerton’s drawing ; but when dry, the upper surface of the

cephalic part is covered with fawn-coloured hairs, and on each

side of the head and thorax there is a wide band of white hairs.

These bands are on the lower edge, and unite behind with a wide

white band that runs back, on each side, from just behind the

dorsal eye, down the posterior slope of the thorax. ‘The space

between the two white bands on the posterior slope of the thorax

is dark-coloured. The lower white bands, as they pass forward,

do not unite in front on the clypeus, but turn down and end ina

narrow point on the front face of each falx. ‘The space thus left,

under the middle eyes of the first row, is dark-coloured. There

are a very few red hairs around the first row of eyes. The abdo-

men is dark above, nearly surrounded by a wide white band which

passes very far down on the sides and stops at the spinnerets.

There is a central longitudinal white band from base to apex of

12 MR. AND MRS. PECKHAM ON [May 7,

the abdomen. The femora of all the legs are pale, darker at the

distal ends, and the first and second pairs have black bands on the

front faces, running obliquely from end to end. This band is

much less distinct on the second pair. The other parts of the

legs are darker, and all have many white hairs. The palpi have

pale femora and patellz, covered with white hairs, while the other

joints are dark. The dark spot on the clypeus, just under the

large middle eyes, is characteristic, and serves to distinguish this

from all other spiders thus far found in Jamaica.

Found by Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell at Mandeville.

PELLENES BANKSI, n. sp. (Plate III. figs. 7, 7 a.)

@. Length 5 mm. Legs 3 4 1 2: first and second much

shorter than third and fourth; second is shorter than third by

the length of the metatarsus and tarsus ; the length of the third

is due to the elongation of the femur; the first and second

stoutest.

The quadrangle is one-fourth wider than long, is a little wider

behind than in front, and occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax.

The anterior eyes are close together and are a little curved. The

middle are not twice as large as the lateral. The second row is

halfway between the others, and the third is as wide as the

cephalothorax at that place. The whole body and the legs are

covered by short hairs, light brown in colour, with a few longer

black hairs. Under alcohol the pattern appears as in the drawing.

We have a single female from Kingston.

PROSTHECLINA PERPLEXA, n. sp. (Plate III. figs. 8-8 d.)

A brilliantly iridescent species.

3 9. Length 5 mm. Legs 3 4 1 2, the third and fourth

decidedly longer than the first and second.

The quadrangle of the eyes is wider in front than behind,

occupies two-fifths of the cephalothorax, and is one-fourth wider

than long. The anterior eyes project forward and form a slightly

curved row, all four being close together, and the middle being

plainly less than twice as large as the lateral. The second row

is about halfway between the first and third, and the third is

narrower than the cephalothorax at that place.

Although we have a good many specimens of this beautiful little

spider, they are all more or less rubbed. Under alcohol it appears

as in the drawing, with brown background and pale bands. When

dry it shows iridescent scales of bright green and crimson on the

cephalothorax, and around the front end of and down the middle

line of the abdomen, which is otherwise covered with fawn-

coloured or golden hair. The clypeus is covered with long

iridescent hairs, and the front surface of the falces with iridescent

scales. The same scales appear on all of the legs, and on the tibia

and tarsus of the palpus. The males are darker than the females,

1901.] SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA. 13

and have at the end of the femur, and on the patella of the palpus,

a bunch of long snow-white hairs.

We have numerous examples from Mandeville.

PROSTHECLINA MORGANI, nu. sp. (Plate LV. figs. 9-9 d.)

Length, ¢é 4mm., 9 43mm. Legs, d 3412; 9 3412;

the first andsecond are slightly the stoutest and are plainly shorter

than the others.

The quadrangle of the eyes is one-fourth wider than long, is a

little wider in front than behind, and occupies nearly one-half of

the cephalothorax. The anterior eyes are close together in a

straight row, the lateral being nearly three-fourths as large as the

middle. The second row is halfway between the first and the

third, and the third is nearly as wide as the cephalothorax at that

lace.

: The cephalothorax is covered with a mixture of white and irides-

cent scales. The abdomen is also iridescent with the exception of

four large velvety, black spots. The legs are pale brown with

white scales. The palpus has iridescent scales mixed with white

hairs on the patella and tibia, and with dark hairs on the tarsus.

The white hairs are long and conspicuous inthe male. The clypeus

and falces have white scales in the female, and iridescent scales in

the male.

The apophysis on the palpus of the male is notched along the

inner edge, like a saw.

We have six specimens from Kingston.

PROSTHECLINA VENATORIA, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 10-10 d.)

3 2. Length 35mm. Legs 341 2, the third being longest

through the elongation of the femur, and exceeding the second by

the length of the tarsus. The first and second are the stoutest.

The cephalothorax is moderately high. The sides are parallelin

the female, but widen a little toward the front in the male; they

are nearly vertical. The cephalic part is rounded and inclined

forward. The thorax falls but little in the first half, and is

narrowed and rounded above, widening out a little below. The

quadrangle of the eyes is one-fifth wider than long, is plainly wider

in front than behind, and occupies a little more than two-fifths of

the cephalothorax. The anterior eyes are close together in a

straight row, the lateral being nearly two-thirds as large as the

middle. They are rather large for the size of the spider. The

second row is plainly nearer the third than the first, especially in

the male. The third is about as wide as the cephalothorax at that

place.

Our specimens are rubbed. The male shows some metallic scales

on the eye-region, and has, on each side, a band of yellow hairs,

starting from the lateral eye, and widening as it passes backward

to join the one of the opposite side beyond the dorsal eyes. The

cephalothorax is otherwise dark brown. The abdomen is brown

14 MR. AND MRS, PECKHAM ON [May 7,

and has, down the median line, a yellow band which becomes in-

distinct behind. The anterior sides show some greenish metallic

scales. The legs are brown excepting the tarsal and the proximal

ends of the femoral joints, which are pale. The palpus has black

hairs on the femur, and yellow bairs on the patella, tibia, and tarsus,

most marked on the patella, and on all the joints there is a scat-

tering of metallic scales. The female shows no hairs nor scales,

but is brown with a yellow, median, longitudinal band on the

abdomen. The legs are pale.

We have one male and one female from Port Antonio.

PROSTHECLINA VIARIA, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 11-114.)

3. Length 2-5-3 mm. Legs 1 4 3 2, femur slightly enlarged

in first and second ; the first and fourth are nearly equal, and are

longer than the third by only a part of the tarsus; the first is

longer than the second by the tarsus and a part of the metatarsus.

The cephalothorax is moderately high. The sides are a very

little wider in front and are nearly vertical. The highest point is

at the dorsal eyes, the cephalic plate being inclined, while the

thoracic part falls but little for about one-third of its length, and

then abruptly, the upper surface not being so much narrowed and

rounded as is usual in Prostheclina. The clypeus is narrow. The

anterior eyes are close together in a straight row, the lateral being

two-thirds as large as the middle. The second row is much nearer

the third than the first, and the third is nearly as wide as the

cephalothorax at that place. The quadrangle of the eyes is very

slightly wider in front than behind, is one-fourth wider than

long, and occupies one-half of the cephalothorax.

Our specimens are badly rubbed. Under alcohol the pattern

appears as in the drawing, but when dry the whole body looks dark,

with a covering of light brown hairs. In the first and second legs the

femur has the proximal end pale, and the distal end dark. Other-

wise the legs are pale with darker rings. The palpus is brown,

with a narrow line of white hairs running along the outer side of

all the joints.

We have two males from Moneague.

DENDRYPHANTES TAYLORI, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 12-12 6.)

3. Length 45 mm. Legs 1 4 2 3, the first a very little the

stoutest, all being rather slender; the first and fourth do not

differ greatly in length, but these two are plainly longer than the

second and third. The coxa of the first leg is twice as long as that

of the second.

The quadrangle of the eyes is one-third wider than long, is wider

behind than in front, and occupies one-half of the cephalothorax,

approaching, in this respect, the genus Hris. The first row is

straight, with the middle eyes subteuching and about twice as large

as the lateral, which are a little separated fromthem. The second

row is a little nearer to the first than to the third. The abdomen

1901. } SPIDERS FROM JAMAICA, 15

is bronze-brown, with a white band around the front end, which

runs, on the sides, nearly to the spinnerets, with a break at about

the middle point. There are two pairs of white spots or transverse

bars on the dorsum, one pair across the middle, and the other

further back. ‘The cephalothorax is bronze-brown, with a white

band across the clypeus which runs back on to the sides. The legs

are dark brown, with the tarsi and the proximal ends of the meta-

tarsi lighter. The palpi are long, curving over the falces, aud have

the femur and patella covered, above, with white hairs. The falces

are brown in colour, and are long, oblique, and divergent, with a

long fang.

We have a single male.

DENDRYPHANTES PRUDENS, n. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 13-13 0.)

Length, ¢ 35mm., 9 45mm. Legs, gd 1423, 9 4123,

the first stoutest.

The quadrangle of the eyes occupies two-fifths of the cephalo-

thorax, is one-fourth wider than long, and is a little wider behind

than in front. The first row is curved, with the middle eyes sub-

touching and less than twice as large as the lateral, which are a little

separated from them. Inthe male, the cephalothorax is bronze-

brown with white bands on the sides. Theabdomenis brown with

an encircling band of white, and three or four pairs of white spots

on the dorsum. The legs are barred with lighter and darker brown.

The female has the cephalothorax brown with tawny hairs, the

abdomen pale with some brown chevrons, and the legs yellow.

The falces are brown, short, and vertical. The male has an

apophysis on the tibia of the palpus.

We have two males and one female from Kingston.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puats II,

Fig. 1. Nilakantha cockerelli (p. 8), dorsal view of female; 1a, dorsal view

of male; 1, side view of cephalothorax of female ; 1c, face of male ;

1d, epigynum ; 1 e¢, dorsal view of palpus; 1 f, side view of palpus ;

1 g, ventral view of palpus.

. Cybele grisea (p. 8), dorsal view of male; 2, dorsal view of female ;

26, epigynum ; 2c, ventral view of palpus; 2d, side view of palpus ;

2, face and falces of male.

Fig. 3. Cybele albopalpis (p. 9), dorsal view of male; 3a, ventral view of

palpus; 3 4, side view of palpus.

Fig.

Puare III,

Fig. 4. Switis (?) inutilis (p. 10), dorsal view of male; 4a, ventral view of

palpus; 44, side view of palpus.

Fig. 5. Saitis defloccatus (p. 11), dorsal view of female; 5a, epigynum.

Fig. 6. Pellenes translatus (p. 11), dorsal view of male; 6 a, ventral view of

Sa pus ; 64, dorsal view of palpus; 6c, side view of palpus.

Fig. 7. Pellenes banksi (p. 12), dorsal view of female; 7 @, epigynum,

Fig. 8. Prostheclina perpleca (p. 12), dorsal view of male; 8 a, dorsal view of

female ; 8, ventral view of palpus; 8c, side view of palpus; 8d,

epigynum,

16 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

Prare lV.

Fig. 9. Prostheclina morgani (p. 13), dorsal view of male; 9a, dorsal view

of female; 94, ventral view of palpus; 9c, side view of palpus;

9d, epigynum.

Fig. 10. Prostheclina venatoria (p. 13), dorsal view of male; 10a, dorsal view

of female ; 104, ventral view of palpus; 10c, side view of palpus;

10 d, dorsal view of palpus.

Fig. 11. Prostheclina viaria (p. 14), dorsal view of male; 11 a, ventral view of

alpus ; 114, side view of palpus.

Dencreekantes taylori (p. 14), dorsal view of male; 12a, ventral view

of palpus; 12%, side view of palpus.

Fig. 13. Dendryphantes prudens (p. 15), dorsal view of male; 13 a, ventral view

of palpus ; 154, side view of palpus.

2. On the Hymenoptera collected during the “ Skeat

Expedition ” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By

P. CAMERON’.

[Received April 15, 1901.]

The Hymenoptera of the Malay Peninsula are far from well

known. In addition to the species of Aculeata from Tenasserim

mentioned in Bingham’s ‘ Fauna of British India, Hymenoptera,’

our chief, almost our sole, authority on the subject is the late

F. Smith, who in 1858 described (Journ. Linn. Soc. ii. pp. 42-130)

the species found by Dr. A. R. Wallace at Malacca and Singapore.

Including Ants (which are not dealt with in this paper) Mr. Smith

enumerated 136 species from the Peninsula. The collection on

which this paper is based was formed by Messrs. Annandale, Evans,

and Laidlaw, members of the Skeat Expedition, chiefly on the eastern

side of the Peninsula, which entomologically is the least known part.

Though small, the collection contains examples of several new and

interesting forms.

In Bingham’s ‘ Hymenoptera of British India,’ out of a total

of 995 species of Aculeata (other than Ants) no less than 376 are

recorded from Tenasserim, the extreme northern district of the

Malay Peninsula; and there can be no doubt that if the Peninsula

were adequately explored it would prove to be extremely rich in

Hymenoptera.

T have included a few species that were not found by the members

of the Skeat Expedition, and also some allied forms from neigh-

bouring regions. As a matter of convenience these are placed in

their proper positions and are distinguished by square brackets.

MUTILLIDE.

MUTILLA MALAYANA, sp. 0.

Nigra, abdomine ferrugineo, basi apiceque nigris ; capite thoracequ

dense albo-pilosis ; alis violaceis. ¢.

Long. 20 mm.

' Communicated by Dr. D. Suarp, F.Z.8.

1901.) HYMENOPTERA OF THE “‘SKEAT BXPEDITION.” 17

Hab, Bukit Besar, Jalor (District of Patani State), Malay

Peninsula.

Antenne black ; the flagellum opaque, covered with a pale dull

down ; the scape on the upperside is covered with pale pubescence ;

the underside is bare, hollowed in the middle, the outer sides more

acutely pointed and narrower than the inner. Front and vertex

strongly punctured and thickly covered with white hair, the front

being much more thickly covered than the vertex. Face smooth

and shining, stoutly keeled down the middle. Over the clypeus

are 6 fovex, close to each other in a row, the outer is the largest ;

the sides are furrowed. Mandibles aciculated, and not very sharply

pointed at the apex. Thorax thickly covered with silvery pubes-

cence ; there is a broad band of depressed pubescence on the hinder

edge of the pronotum. Mesonotum shining, coarsely, but not very

closely, punctured ; there is a keel down the centre and a furrow

on either side of it; the hair is close and deep black. Scutellum

pyramidal ; rugosely punctured, except the upper two-thirds of the

base in the centre; the base has an oblique, straight slope, as has

also the apex from below the smooth top, which slightly projects ;

the smooth part of the basal slope projects and is clearly separated ;

the top is almost transverse ; below the centre are two small fovee.

Median segment closely reticulated ; its base thickly covered with

depressed silvery pubescence, the apical slope with long white hair ;

the basal area reaches to the top of the apical slope; its basal third

is dilated ; the base of the dilated part has the sides straight, the

. apex has them obliquely narrowed; the segment has the sides

broadly and roundly dilated ; the outer side on the basal half is

bordered by a smooth keel. The base of the propleurz is rugosely

punctured, the punctured portion being bordered by a row of

elongated fovez, which are narrowed obliquely at the apex on

either side and are there clearly separated from each other.

Mesopleure, except behind, coarsely punctured and densely covered

in the middle with silvery pubescence. Mesosternum densely

covered with silvery pubescence. Metapleure reticulated.

MUTrILLA SKEATI, sp. n.

Nigra, thorace femoribusque rufis; abdomine pallide aureo

piloso. &.

Long. 13-14 mm.

Hab. Kuala Aring, State of Kelantan, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne entirely black, short and stout; the scape thickly

covered with white hair; the flagellum with white pubescence ;

the 3rd joint is as long as the 4th and 5th united. Head as wide

as the thorax, coarsely rugosely punctured, sparsely covered with

long black hair; the upper part of the front bears shorter golden

hair, the lower is more thickly covered with longer white hair.

Antennal tubercles black, the part between them obscure rufous.

Eyes oval. Mandibles longish, becoming gradually narrowed

towards the apex ; the upperside at the middle grooved. Thorax

of nearly uniform width, only very slightly and broadly narrowed

Proc, Zoo. Soc.—1901, Vou, Il. No. Ll. 2

18 MR, P, CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

in the middle ; above coarsely, uniformly, and rugosely punctured ;

the punctation on the lower half of the apical slope is much

weaker and the apex itself is almost impunctate. Pleurz smooth

and shiwing. Legs black, thickly covered with white hair; the

spines the tibize are black, on the tarsi bright rufous; the

calcaria of a paler rufous colour. Abdomen black ; its base bears

longish white hair; the basal segment is rather broad at the base

and projects laterally in a bluntly triangular smooth and shining

tooth ; behind the middle of the 2nd segment are two oval

marks of pale golden pubescence ; the 3rd segment has the apical

two-thirds covered with similar pubescence ; the 4th has a similar

band, but widely interrupted in the middle; the last is thickly

fringed on the sides with long pale fulvous hair; it is closely

rugose. ‘The ventral keel on the basal segment becomes gradually

raised to the apex, which projects roundly, the lower slope being

oblique. The ventral segments are all fringed with pale fulvous

hair; on the sides of the 2nd segment is a longish longitudinal

furrow, covered with pale rufous pubescence. The thorax is fully

twice longer than broad; it is rounded in front, transverse

behind.

ScoLiiIDaA.

Scotia PROCERA Ill.

One example of this fine species from Patalung State.

Scotia SPECIOSA Smith.

Bukit Besar.

The male has not been described. Its head is reddish yellow,

except behind between the antenne and at the ocelli, where it is

black ; above it is smooth and shining ; the clypeus is strongly, but

not very closely, punctured. Thorax thickly covered with short

black pubescence ; the mesonotum is closely punctured, except the

space on either side of the centre; the scutellum is similarly

punctured except at the apex, where it is smooth; the median

segment is more closely punctured, and if anything more strongly,

the hair, too, on it is longer and thicker. It has the base of the

3rd abdominal segment reddish yellow, as in the female 3 this yellow

line may be interrupted in the centre and is covered with rufous

hair.

S. speciosa has hitherto only been recorded from Borneo.

ScoLIA RUBIGINOSA Fab.

One example: Eastern Malay Peninsula, without exact station.

SCOLIA LATHONA, sp. D.

Nigra, thorace abdomineque opalina pulcherrime lavatis ; alis

fusco-violaceis. oo.

Long. 22 mm.

Hab, Kuala Aring, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne much shorter than usual, distinctly shorter than the

1901. } HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 19

thorax; black, stout; the scape strongly punctured, sparsely

haired; the flagellum opaque. The lower part of the front

broadly depressed; the basal part clearly separated, broadly

rounded above; the apex transverse, with the sides broadly

rounded; the upper third is smooth, impunctate ; the lower strongly

punctured, except in the middle and at the apex. The front is

distinctly keeled ; the sides of the keel oblique and punctured ;

the top smooth. The upper half of the clypeus is deeply punc-

tured ; the lower smooth, opaque, except at the apex, which is

depressed and shining. Except very slightly on the vertex, the

head wants the violaceous tint. Thorax very shining; it has all

over very brilliant violaceous and blue shining reflections, and is

covered with black pubescence ; the upper part is closely and uni-

formly punctured all over, as is also the upper part of the propleure

and the greater part of the mesopleurz ; the metapleurz punctured

on the upperedges. The apex of the median segment is transverse

in the middle; the sides are oblique. The legs have the violaceous

tints of the body ; they are thickly covered with black hair; the

front tibize and the tarsi bear dark fuscous pubescence behind ;

the calcaria black, except the anterior, which are dark piceous

and curved. Wings dark fuscous, with a slight violaceous tint,

rather dull, without brilliant reflections. Abdomen black, with

brilliant violet and blue micaceous reflections and thickly covered

with black hair, which is longer and denser on the apex and ventral

surface ; the basal segment has a distinct neck at the base; the last

dorsal segment is smooth and bare on the apex.

Comes near to S. opalina Smith, from Borneo. No mention is

made of the form of the head in Smith’s description, and presumably

the front is not depressed : it is said to have only a few scattered

punctures, not strongly punctured as in the present species; the

dise of the mesothorax has a smooth space, which is not the case

here.

Eis (Dreris) raoracica Klug.

This species is in the collection from Singora and from Kota

Bharu in Raman (District of Patani). All belong to the form with

the pubescence on the collar and mesonotum red, this being also the

case with all the specimens I have seen from Singapore and Java.

In India the red-haired form is very rare compared with the white.

Exis (DI£11s) AGLABA, sp. n.

Nigra, flavo-maculata ; femoribus tibusque anterioribus femori-

busque posticis subtus flavis ; alis fusco-violaceis. ¢.

Long. 20 mm.

Hab. Biserat in Jalor, Malay Peninsula.

Head covered with pale hair; black, the clypeus yellow, except the

middle at the apex, where it is black; the lower part of the front is

strongly and closely punctured ; the vertex below and on either side

of the ocelli sparsely punctured; the eye-incisions are more closely

but not so strongly punctured ; the part above the antenne has

20 MR. P, CAMERON ON 'THE [May 7,

an oblique slope. Clypeus smooth and shining; the base of the

mandibles is broadly yellow : they are fringed with long pale hair.

Thorax black; the edge of the pronotum broadly, two large marks

in the centre of the scutellum, anda mark in the centre of the post-

scutellum—transyerse in front, rounded behind—yellow. Meso-

notum minutely and not very closely punctured all over; this is

also the case with the scutellum, except behind, where it is smooth

and impunctate. Median segment closely, strongly, and uniformly

punctured and thickly covered with long white hair and with a

silvery down. Pleure thickly covered with long pale hair; the

hinder part of the meso- and the metapleure are thickly covered

with silvery pubescence. Legs black; the front coxe below, the

four front femora broadly towards the apex, the four front tibiz

except at the apex in front, and the hinder femora below, yellow ;

the legs are thickly covered with long white hair; the calcaria

black; the tarsal spines pale. Wings fuscous, darker in the

middle, where they have a violaceous tinge. Abdomen black, thickly

covered with white hair ; the basal three segments are banded with

yellow at the apex ; the band on the basal segment is broader than

the others.

PoMPILID4.

| PSEUDAGENIA MALAYANA, sp. 0.

Nigra, femoribus posticis rufis ; alis hyalinis. @.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Singapore (Mr. George Lewis).

Resembles P. arethusa Cam.', but is a smaller species, has only

the hinder femora red; the wings are clearer; the apex of the

clypeus rounded, not transverse ; the 2nd transverse cubital nervure

is roundly and distinctly curved ; the transverse anal nervure in the

hind wings is not interstitial, but received distinctly in front of

the transverse cubital. It also resembles P. tincta Smith; but that

is a larger and stouter species, has the head more hairy, the hair

being longer and thicker, and the hinder tarsi are shorter compared

} [Pseudagenia arethusa Cam., above alluded to, is an undescribed species from

Khasia represented in Mr. Rothney’s collection.

Nigra, femoribus tibiisque anterioribus late rufis; abdominis apice supra albo ;

alis hyalinis. CG.

Long. 8 mm.

Comes into Bingham’s Section “C” (Fauna of India, Hymenopt. i. p. 108):

“Wings clear hyaline”; and 4, '. Scape of antenne densely clothed with

short white hair; the flagellum with a close, black, microscopic down. Vertex

closely punctured and sparsely covered with longish fuscous hair; the front

more strongly punctured than the vertex and obscurely transversely striated ;

it projects immediately over the antennx ; the projection is keeled down the

middle ; the keel becomes wider towards the apex. The cheeks, the part below

the antennz, and the clypeus thickly covered with silvery pubescence ; the

clypeus strongly and closely punctured ; roundly dilated, the sides at the apex

oblique ; the apex transverse; the silvery hair is mixed with some longer golden

hair; on either side near the middle is an obscure yellowish-white spot; palpi

pale testaceous ; the mandibles reddish before the middle. Pronotum rounded

1901. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ‘‘ SKHAT EXPEDITION,” 21

with the length of the tibiz ; the tarsi, too, in tincta are distinctly

spined, which is not the case with P. malayana,

Head opaque; the cheeks and clypeus covered with silvery pubes-

cence, the front and vertex sparsely covered with longish pale hair ;

the apex of the clypeus rounded, the sides at the base not sharply

oblique ; the palpi testaceous ; the hinder ocelliare separated from

the eyes byadistinctly greaterdistance than they are from each other.

Thorax thickly covered with a silvery pile; the scutellumand median

segment more sparsely with fuscous hair. The median segment

has a gradually rounded slope, is closely obscurely transversely

striated in the middle; the oblique furrow on the mesopleure is

narrow but distinct; its lower part at the base is depressed, clearly

separated from the rest, and more strongly punctured. Legs

pruinose, the four anterior femora more or less obscure reddish

beneath, the hinder femora bright ferruginous, except at the

extreme apex; the hinder tarsi are much longer than the tibie,

which are almost spineless. Wings clear hyaline; the stigma

fuscous ; the nervures darker; the 2nd cubital cellule at the top

and bottom is distinctly, but not much, shorter than the third;

the first and second transverse cubital nervures are roundly curved,

the first is distinctly, the second scarcely oblique; the first recurrent

nervure is received in the middle, the second distinctly in front of

the middle of the cellule; in the hind wings the transverse anal

neryure is received distinctly in front of the cubital. Abdomen

pruinose, shining ; the segments are testaceous at the apex. |

[ PoOMPILUS SINGAPORENSIS, sp. n.

Niger, dense argenteo-pruimosus ; alis hyalinis, apice fumato. 2.

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Antenne densely pruinose, like the body. The eyes distinctly

converge above, where they are separated by nearly the length of

the 3rd antennal joint ; the hinder ocelli are separated from each

other by the same distance as they are from the eyes; the front

thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Mesonotum closely punctured, the

middle in front slightly raised; from the base of the tegulae runs an oblique

narrow furrow. he postscutellar region is closely and finely, at the base

towards the apex more strongly transversely striated. Median segment with a

gradually rounded slope ; opaque, finely transversely granular ; the middle and

apex thickly covered with long white hair. The middle of the propleurs raised ;

the lower part triangularly depressed ; the mesopleurse granular, opaque ; the

apex on the lower part and the sternum thickly covered with long white hair ;

the base of the metapleure: obscurely obliquely striated. Legs longish ; the

apex of the fore femora, the fore tibix, and the greater part of the tarsi, the

apical two-thirds of the middle femora except at the extreme apex, the middle

tibise except behind, the binder femora except at the base, and toa less extent

at the apex, red. Wings hyaline, but with a uniform fuscous tinge ; the 2nd

and 3rd cubital cellules are subequal at the base and apex above and beneath ;

the first recurrent nervure is received near the middle, the second shortly before

the basal third of the cellule. Abdomen pruinose; the apical segment above

white, fuscous at the apex. |

22 MR, P. CAMERON ON TIE [May 7,

has a narrow furrow down the centre. Clypeus transverse in the

middle; its sides broadly rounded. Mandibles black; the base

thickly covered with greyish pile ; the middle rufous. Palpi black,

covered with a grey pile. The sides of the pronotum behind are

straight and oblique. ‘The median segment is distinctly furrowed

down the middle. The cloud in the fore wings commences at the

end of the radial cellule; the radial cellule is wide in the middle ;

the apical abscissa of the radius is oblique; the apical half has a

different angle from the basal. The spines on the tibie and

_tarsi are black; the calcaria are two-thirds the length of the

metatarsus. The first and third transverse cubital nervures are

roundly curved; the second straight and slightly oblique; at the

top the second cubital cellule is not quite half the length of

the first.

Comes near to P. pulverosus Sm., which may be known from it

by the cloud commencing “ beyond the first submarginal cell,” and

the calcaria are nearly as long as the metatarsus. The description

of P. pulverosus is not very complete. <A revision of the Hymeno-

ptera collected by Dr. A. R. Wallace in the Malay region, and now

in the Hope Museum, Oxford, is a great desideratum. At present

the determination of many of the species from the description is

mere guesswork. With the Larridw, for example, one is never

certain whether the species described belongs to Larra, Notogonia,

Tachysphex, or Tachytes. |

[SALIUS MISERUS, sp. n.

Niger, capite, pronoto, apice mesonoti scutelloque flavo-testaceis ;

pedibus rufo-testaceis ; cowvis posticis mgris ; alis fusco-flavis,

apice fusco-violuceis. C.

Long. 22 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Antenne rufous; the scape hollowed on the underside; the

outer edge is much sharper than the inner; the apical joints are

roundly curved above. The head fulvous; the face pale yellow ;

the vertex (especially at the ocelli) fuscous black. Eyes large,

slightly converging above; the lower part parallel; the ocelli

large, placed in a triangle, the hinder are separated from each

other by a slightly greater distance than they are from the eyes ;

there is a narrow shallow furrow in the middle of the front. Pro-

thorax rufo-fulvous ; the lower and hinder parts of the pleure

darker coloured. The apical half of the mesonotum, the scutellum,

and postscutellum are rufo-fulvous; the black on the mesonotum

is triangularly narrowed at the apex. Median segment, except at

the apex, transversely striated ; it is covered with a golden down

and some longish pale fulvous hairs. The scutellum is thickly

covered with long pale fulvous hair. Legs rufo-fulvous; the

hinder cox black ; the inner tooth of the claws is half the length

of the outer. Wings fulvo-hyaline at the base; the apex with an

obscure violaceous-fuscous tinge, which is deeper in the radial and

cubital cellules ; the discoidal cellule is hyaline, with an elongated

1$01.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 23

fuscous cloud in the centre ; this cloud is sharply narrowed towards

the apex; the apical abscissa of the radius is curved; the first

cubital cellule is shortly but distinctly shorter than the second ; the

third transverse cubital nervure is roundly curved. Abdomen

black ; the apical dorsal segment rufous.

Belongs to Bingham’s Section B a (Fauna of India, p. 124).]

[SALIUS TAPBROBANA, sp. 0.

Niger, antennis, pedibus, apice pronoti, mesonoto, scutello post-

scutelloque rufis; cowis trochanteribusque nigris ; alis flavis,

apice fumatis. Q.

Long. 25 min.

Hab. Trincomali, Holraputtana, Ceylon (Colonel Yerbury).

Belongs to the section with one tooth on the claws, and comes

near to S. flavus.

Antenne stout, bare, ferruginous; the scape darker. Head

ferruginous, sparsely covered with long black hair; the vertex

thickly covered with depressed golden pile. The apex of the

clypeus is almost transverse in the middle ; the apex of the labrum

is slightly rounded and is densely fringed with reddish hair. Thorax

black ; the apical half of the pronotum, the mesonotum, scutellum,

and postscutellum densely covered with silky depressed golden

pubescence. The depressed belt behind the postscutellum is dark

testaceous, is furrowed down the middle, and is transversely but

not closely striated. The median segment is coarsely transversely

striated, except on the apical third ; the striz have a brownish hue.

The upper part of the metapleure is obliquely striated; the apex

of the propleurz is brownish above. Legs ferruginous; the coxe

and trochanters are black. Wings yellowish; the apical margin

distinctly smoky all round. Abdomen entirely black, shining ; the

pygidium and the epipygium velvety and thickly covered with long

black hairs. |

SALIUS SYCOPHANTA Grib.

An example from Patalung (vans) is the usual form ; one from

Kuala Aring has the wings much darker, the fulvous tinge being

much darker at the apex ; the apex itself is not clouded, and the

darker colour of the basal region extends nearer to the apex; the

hind wings want the basal tint entirely.

SALIUS MALAYENSIS, sp. n.

Long. 16 mm.

Hab. Kuala Aring.

This species has the coloration of the body and wings of S. pere-

grinus Sm., with which it is closely related. S. peregrinus may

readily be known from it by the 3rd cubital cellule on the top being,

if anything, longer than the 2nd, whereas in the present species it

is not much more than one-half its length ; theré is also a marked

distinction in the shape of the 2nd transverse cubital nervure,

which in peregrinus is straight, whereas in malayensis it is, on the

24 MR. P, CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

lower side, obliquely bent backwards towards the base of the wing,

while the upper two-thirds are roundly curved towards the apex.

The same character separates it from the closely-allied Khasia

species, S. subfervens Cam.

Head fulvous, yellowish along the eye-orbits ; the ocellar region

and the middle of the front are black; this black mark extends

behind the ocelli to the end of the eyes, where it is roundly

narrowed ; it is roundly incised at the sides of the ocelli, below

which it is roundly and broadly dilated; the lower part is incised.

The eyes distinctly converge above ; the hinder ocelli are separated

from each other by about the same distance they are from the eyes.

The clypeus is broadly rounded at the apex; the labrum is broadly

black in the middle, its apex fringed with bright fulvous hair.

Mandibles broadly black at their apices. Thorax black; the

prothorax (except the lower half of the pleurz), the sides of the

mesonotum, its centre largely from near the base to the apex,

the scutellum, and postscutellum, rufo-fulvous. The apical two-

thirds of the pronotum are furrowed in the centre ; this furrow is

widest at the base. Wings uniformly fuscous-violaceous; the

stigma is pale fulvous in the middle; the first cubital cellule is

about twice the length of the second ; the first and third transverse

cubital nervures are oblique and roundly curved, the second is

straight and oblique on the lower third, the rest roundly curved

towards the upper apex of the cellule; the first recurrent nervure

is received near the base of the apical fourth, the second near the

base of the apical third of the cellule. Legs coloured like the

thorax ; all the coxe and trochanters, the base of the four anterior

femora, and almost the basal half of the hinder pair black; the

apical joint of all the tarsi black. Abdomen black, except the upper

part of the last segment, which is pale fulvous.

PoMPILUS ANALIS Fab.

One example, without special locality, of this widely distributed

Eastern species.

SPHEGIDA,

SPHEX LOBATUS Fab.

Patalung, Biserat, Gunong Inas (Perak), and Bukit Besar.

A common Indian species.

SPHEX UMBROSUS Christ.

Bukit Besar.

SPHEX AURULENTUS Fab.

The form of this species agrees with the description of Sphea

flavo-vestita Sm., a species placed by Kohl, in his monograph of

the genus, among the unidentified species. According to some

specimens in the Cambridge Museum from North Borneo, it stores

its nests with young grasshoppers, and spins a cocoon, which is

1901.] HYMENOPTHRA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 25

smooth, bare, brown, and shining on the inner side; on the outer

side it is thickly covered with pale, long, woolly yellow hair.

AMMOPHILA ATRIPES Smith.

The female example is very large and has bright red legs; the

males are not much more than halt its size and have the legs

almost entirely black. Special locality not stated.

SCELIPHRON JAVANUM Lep.

Singora. Several examples of this fine species.

SCELIPHRON MADRASPATANUM Fab.

Singora. One example.

[ BEMBEX LACTRA, sp. n.

Long. 22 nun.

Hab. Khasia (coll. Rothney).

This species wants the U-shaped yellow mark on the mesonotum,

and comes into Bingham’s Section B near to B. latitarsis (Fauna of

India, Hymenopt. p. 285).

2. Antenne black; the scape of the antenne yellow, except the

apical half above, the 2nd joint, and the base of the 3rd beneath,

which are black. ‘he yellow colour has a distinct pale olive tint ;

on the head, the clypeus, the labrum, the front, except for two large

oblique marks on the top continued from the black on the vertex,

the inner orbits to near the ocelli, the outer orbits more narrowly

from near the top, and the mandibles are yellow. The eyes slightly

diverge below ; the front and vertex are thickly covered with long

fuscous hair; the front is broadly keeled; on the top of the

clypeus are two oblique, large, irregular black marks. Mesonotum

black ; the scutellum black, except for a large transverse line in the

centre, which is dilated behind at the sides; the base of the post-

scutellum is broadly yellow at the base. Median segment yellow,

except broadly in the middle at the base and two oblique lines—

broad at the base, becoming gradually narrowed towards the apex

—across the middle and one across the apex, black. The base of

the pronotum, an irregular mark on the propleure behind, the

upper two-thirds of the mesopleure at the base, the sutures

narrowly, and au irregular large mark on the apex of the meta-

pleurv, black. Legs of the yellow colour of the body; the femora

and tibiz broadly lined with black—the former in front and behind,

the latter behind only. ‘The ventral surface of the abdomen

entirely, the basal segment except for a large oblique line on either

side extending near to the middle of the segment and becoming

gradually narrowed from the outer to the inner side, black; the

second and third segments are broadly black at the apex, the black

bands triangularly dilated in the middle at the apex; near the

centre of these segments are two transverse black marks ; on the

base of the fourth segment is a large black mark, which projects

obliquely broadly at the apex and to a less extent on the inner

26 MR. P. CAMBRON ON THE [May 7,

side ; the black band between these marks triangularly projects

in the middle; two larger black marks, not projecting at the

sides, are on the fifth segment; the sixth is entirely black.

The male is similarly coloured to the female, except that the

black marks on the clypeus are much smaller, the yellow line on

the scutellum is narrower and is interrupted in the middle, the

abdominal segments have only their apices narrowly black, and

the marks on the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th segments are much narrower ;

the last segment is yellow, black round the edges, and more

broadly and irregularly at the base, where the black band projects

broadly in the middle. The 8th, 9th, and 10th joints project and

are minutely spined below; the 11th and 12th joints are broadly

hollowed, smooth, bare, and brownish below; the last has the apex

obliquely rounded. ‘The anterior tarsi are broader than usual ;

the metatarsus is of almost uniform width and has its lower edge

slightly irregularly waved; the 2nd joint is not much narrowed

at the base; the 3rd and 4th become gradually wider towards the

apex; the middle femora are irregularly, minutely, and closely

spined or serrate on the lower edge, the outer two serrations are

wider, more regularly rounded than the others. The spine on the

2nd ventral segment is large, becomes gradually wider from the

base to the top; its apex has an oblique slope; on the penultimate

segment is a distinct rounded tubercle.

A distinct species related to B. pinguis and B. latitarsis. |

BEMBEX MELANCHOLICA Sm.

Except that the yellow lines on the mesonotum are indistinct

and very short, an example from Singapore agrees very well with

the description of this species. In the male the incised apex of

the last abdominal segment is a characteristic feature.

[BEMBEX BORNEANA, Sp. 0D.

Long. 22mm. ¢.

Hab. Borneo.

This species has the pale lacteous colour of B. melancholica, and

is closely related to it; but it may be at once separated by the fact

that the last abdominal segment is not incised in the middle.

Antenne black; the scape yellow below; the apical two joints

are hollowed below; the last has its apex obliquely truncated and

is broadly, roundly incised; the 12th is more obliquely and

slightly incised ; the 11th is obliquely narrowed at the base; the

10th is slightly spinose in the middle; the 9th is sharply spinose ;

the 8th hasa less distinct spine. Head thickly covered with long,

soft, white hair; black, the inner orbits to near the top, the

clypeus, labrum, and mandibles, except at the apex, livid yellow ;

below the antenne are two black marks, longer than broad,

rounded above, obliquely narrowed on the inner side. Mesonotum

black; an interrupted U-shaped yellow mark in its centre, and

there is a wider line alongside the tegule. Scutellum black,

yellow round the apex ; postscutellum for the greater part yellow.

Median segment yellow; a somewhat triangular black mark on

1901.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE “‘ SKHAT BXPEDITION.” 27

either side at the base: on the inner side they are produced nar-

rowly and obliquely to the middle of the segment and outwardly

down the metapleure, where they become much narrowed on the

lower end. On the pleure there is an elongated pyriform black

mark near the tubercles. Legs coloured like the body ; the femora

and tibie lined with black above; the front tarsi are broadly

dilated; the 2nd joint is roundly dilated on the outer side, the

dilated part is clearly separated ; the base of the joint is not con-

tracted ; the middle femora are not toothed beneath; near the

apex on the lower side is a shallow incision. The apical slope of

the basal segment and the apical third of the others ave black ;

the black bands are dilated broadly and irregularly backwards in

the middle; behind the middle of the segments are two narrow,

transverse, short lines; the apical segment is black, with two

large, somewhat triangular yellow marks in the middle; its apex

is broadly, bluntly rounded. |

| PISON FUSCIPALPIS, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, dense argenteo-pilosus ; alis hyalinis, stigmate

nervisque nigris, Q.

Long. 6 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Scape and pedicle of antennze densely covered with silvery

pubescence; the flagellum less densely with a pale pile. The

lower part of the front and of the eye-incision, the face, and the

clypeus are densely covered with silvery pubescence; the upper

part of the front and the vertex with short silvery pubescence ;

the front and vertex are shagreened and can hardly be called

punctured ; the front has a shallow but distinct furrow down its

centre. The mandibles are broadly rufous in the centre; the

palpi are fuscous. Thorax shagreened and thickly covered with

silvery pubescence. Pronotum clearly separated behind. The

basal part of the median segment has a distinct keel down the

middle; a stout keel runs from the spiracles to the apex of the

segment; the apex of the segment has an oblique slope; on the

upper half is a deep furrow; on either side of this are five curved

strie. Wings clear hyaline; the apex slightly infuscated; the

nervures and stigma are black; the pedicle is longer than the

lower two transverse cubital nervures, which are roundly curved ;

the second recurrent nervure is received almost in the middle of

the cellule; the first recurrent about the length of the top of the

apical cubital cellule from the transverse cubital nervure. Legs

densely pruinose ; the calcaria pale. The basal segment of the

abdomen is as long as the second segment; the two are clearly

separated,

The tegulz are piceous on the outer side ; the basal two segments

of the abdomen have their margins depressed ; the anterior part

of the pronotum is distinctly separated from the larger posterior

part ; both have oblique slopes.

A distinct species from P. suspiciosus Sm., which is also from

Singapore. |

28 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

CRABBONIDS.

[CRABRO IMPETUOSUS, Sp. nN.

Niger, abdomine maculis flavis sex; geniculis tibiisque flavo-

lineatis ; alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. ©.

Long. 6-7 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Head black ; the front and vertex almost bare, alutaceous ; the

ocelli are in a curve, the hinder are separated from each other by

a slightly less distance than they are from the eyes, which, on the

inner side above, are obliquely narrowed. The sides of the clypeus

are thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the middle has a

distinct keel. The basal half of the mandibles is yellow. Thorax

black, opaque; yellow are two lines on the pronotum, two marks

on the scutellum, and the tubercles. The postscutellum is longi-

tudinally striated. The base of the median segment is depressed

and bears stout keels ; the basal area is defined by a wide furrow,

which is traversed by the striz ; the apical half has a deep furrow

in the centre ; the sides of the segmeuts are bounded by a stout

keel, at the base of which, on the inner side, are two small aree.

Propleure strongly aciculated ; the hinder part is striated. Meso-

pleure alutaceous; the furrow is crenulated ; the apex is obliquely

narrowed, with a keel at the base, behind which is a narrow crenu-

lated furrow. Metapleure closely and minutely striated, except

at the base above, where there is a strongly striated part, bordered

behind by a furrow. Wings clear hyaline; the nervures black ;

the radial cellule is slightly infuscated. Legs black; the four

anterior knees, the tibize (except broadly behind), the hinder tibize

behind (except at the apex), and the calcaria yellow. The petiole

is nearly as long as the following three segments united; it is

opaque and dilated at the apex; there are two yellow oblique

lines in the middle of the 2nd segment, two longer ones on the

base of the 3rd, and a broad one on the base of the 4th ; the latter

is slightly incised in the middle at the apex. }

[TRYPOXYLON VARIPILOSUM, sp. n.

Nigrum, abdomine rufo, petiolo nigro; pedibus testaceis, tarsis

posticis nigris ; facie clypeoque dense aureo-pilosis ; alis hyalinis,

nervis mgris, stigmate fusco. 2.

Long. 16 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Antenne testaceous, paler towards the base. The front and

eye-incisions are covered with golden pubescence ; on the face and

clypeus the pubescence is denser and more silvery in hue. The

apex of the clypeus is rufo-testaceous ; its middle broadly but not

very much projects, the projection is slightly waved in the centre.

Maudibles testaceous, paler, more yellowish towards the apex.

The upper part of the front is broadly but not deeply furrowed ;

the lower is stoutly keeled. The hinder part of the head is

thickly covered with golden-silvery pubescence. Thorax smooth

1901.) ITYMENOPTERA OF THE ** SKDAT EXPRDITION,” 29

and shining, thickly covered with longish silvery hair; on the

mesonotum the hair has a golden tinge. The basal half of the

median segment has a wide shallow furrow, which becomes

gradually wider towards the apex; the furrow on the apical slope

is wide on the basal two-thirds, much narrower and shallower on

the apical. Legs testaceous: the four front femora are more

rufous in colour; the posterior darker in tint and are lined with

black on the inner and outer sides; the apex of the hinder tibize and

the hinder tarsi black. Abdomen ferruginous ; the petiole, except

at its apex, black.

Comes nearest, apparently, to 7. coloratum Smith. The legs

probably vary in tint; the hinder coxe are black at the base

behind. The pleure have a plumbeous tint. There are curved

lateral furrows on the base of the median segment, but they are

not deep or very distinct. }

VESPIDG.

VESPA crncta Fab.

Biserat. The common Indian form, not the Malayan var.

affinis. In most of the workers the rufous colour of the abdomen

extends on to the basal segment.

POLISTES SAGITTARIUS Sauss.

One specimen of this common species from Biserat.

IcARIA LEPTOGASTER, sp. 1.

Flava, capite supra, mesonoto medioque pronoti nigris; alis

hyalinis, nervis stigmateque testaceis. 9.

Long. 14-15 mm.

Hab. Patalung, Malay Peninsula.

2. Antenne dark rufous ; the scape darker in colour. On the

head the vertex, the front (except near the eyes and immediately

above the antennz), and the part below the antenne and above

the clypeus, and bordered on the outer side by the sutures, are

black ; there is an obscure line down the clypeus, which does not

extend quite to the apex. The mandibular teeth are black. Meso-

notum black. On the apex of the scutellum is a triangular black

wark ; its central furrow is deep, and does not extend to the base.

The furrow on the median segment is narrow at the base; the rest

of it is much wider, with the sides obliquely sloped; the centre

has a narrow keel. Legs coloured like the body; the apices of the

four posterior tibize and their tarsi black. Abdomen elongate,

without black; the petiole is nearly as long as the 2nd and 3rd

segments united.

This is a larger species than S. sulciscutis ; the femora want

entirely the black colour so conspicuous in the last-named species ;

the abdomen is distinctly longer compared with the thorax, and

the rest of the abdomen is clearly longer compared with the

petiole; the second segment itself is longer compared with its

width at the apex,

30 MR. P, CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

(ICARLA SULCISCUTIS, sp. 0.

Pallide flava, supra late nigro-maculata ; pedibus pallide flavis,

tarsis nigris ; scutello sulcato ; als hyalinis, stigmate nervisque

nigro-fuscis. %.

Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Bukit Tomah, Singapore.

Antenne deep black, stout; the joints of the flagellum clearly

separated. Head pale yellow; brownish black are the front, ex-

cept the orbits of the ocelli and a mark above the antenne, the

outer orbits broadly, and the clypeus, except for a black line down

its middle on the basal two-thirds, the lme becoming wider towards -

the apex. The black mark on the front is dilated outwardly on

the lower edges ; there is a narrow but distinct furrow extending

from the ocelli to the antenne; on the black mark between the

antenn are two small yellow marks. The apex of the clypeus is

acutely pointed in the middle. Mandibles pallid yellow, except

that the teeth are black. The prothorax is black, except the hinder

edges narrowly, the upper edges and a broader, more irregular line

before the middle. The scutellum is broadly furrowed down the

middle ; it is yellow, except the middle, narrowly behind, and a large

triangular mark behind. The median segment is edged with brown

behind and more narrowly down the centre; this central line is

much narrowed on the top. The basal line extends obliquely to

the spiracles ; the pleural furrows are clearly defined; the furrow on

the centre of the median segment is keeled. The middle femora

are brownish on the basal two-thirds above; the hinder are

entirely black, as are also the four hinder tarsi and the apices of

the four hinder tibie. The petiole is brown, its apex and sides

pallid yellow ; the other segments are brownish, with the apices

and the ventral surface pallid yellow. |

EUMENES CIRCINALIS Fab.

Hab. Patalung, Singora, Malay Peninsula,

The three examples are very dark-coloured, and all differ from

each other in coloration.

[ODYNERUS MEPHITIS, sp. n.

Niger, flavo-maculatus ; abdominis basi rufa; pedibus flavis,

femoribus rufis, tibiis posticis nigris; alis hyalinis, stigmate

fusco. 2.

Long. 6 min.

Hab, Ceylon.

Belongs to the section without a suture on the petiole, and

comes close to O. miniatus and O. diffinis.

Scape of antenne bright yellow below ; the base of the flagellum

rufous. Head closely and uniformly punctured; black; the oblique

sides of the clypeus, a mark above the antenne, roundly dilated on

either side below the middle, the lateral, the upper, and lower

portions being not clearly separated, the end of the eye-incisions,

1901.) HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 31

and the outer upper half of the eye-orbits, pale yellow. The

central part of the clypeus is flat and strongly punctured ; the

sides are oblique; the apex tramsverse. Pro- and mesothorax

closely and strongly punctured, as are also the scutellum and

postseutellum ; the postscutellum has an oblique slope, and does

not project at the apex. Median segment opaque, rugose, and

thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Legs pallid yellow; the

femora rufous ; the middle tibie are lined behind with black; the

posterior are entirely black. On the thorax there are two yellow

marks on the pronotum, which become gradually wider outwardly :

the tegule are yellow at the base and apex; the sides of the

scutellum and of the postscutellum more widely are also yellow.

Wings clear hyaline, the stigma fuscous ; the nervures are darker

coloured. The basal half of the petiole is rufous; its apex and

the apex of the second segment are yellow; the apical three

segments are marked with yellow in the middle; on the sides of

the second segment behind the middle is a small yellow mark. |

[RHYNCHIUM TAPROBANS, sp. n.

Nigrum, abdomine flavo-lineato ; femoribus rufis ; alis violaceo-

hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. &.

Long. 9 mm.

Hab. Ceylon.

Antenne black, brownish beneath. Head black, a line on the

lower side of the eye-incision, a small triangular mark over the

antennz, and a large curved mark on either side of the top of the

clypeus, yellow. Front and vertex closely and strongly punctured ;

the lower part of the front, of the eye-incision, and the face and

clypeus covered with silvery pubescence; there is a stout keel

between the antenne. Clypeus obliquely narrowed towards the

apex, where it is roundly but not deeply incised ; the sides are

triangular. Pro- and mesothorax closely and strongly punctured ;

the median segment is more deeply, more rugosely, punctured ;

the postscutellum has a sharp edge behind and is slightly depressed

in the centre there; the sides of the median segment, seen from

above, are straight and oblique. The base of the thorax is trans-

verse ; in the centre are two small yellow marks; the tegule are

black. Wings fuscous-violaceous ; the violaceous tint is more

distinct at the apex and base; the nervures and stigma are deep

black. Legs black; the four posterior femora are rufous; the

anterior and the anterior tibize in front are of a darker rufous

colour. The abdomen is closely and rather strongly punctured ;

the basal segment is cup-shaped, and behind is clearly separated

from the 2nd, which becomes distinctly narrowed towards the

base; the basal two segments are banded with yellow all round;

the 3rd is banded with yellow above; the transverse suture on

the base of the second ventral segment has a blistered appearance

and is not punctured. The sides of the median segment are

broadly rounded, not angular or toothed; the postscutellum is

more distinctly raised than usual and is broadly rounded behind.

32 MR. P, CAMERON ON THF [ May 7,

This species looks not unlike, at first sight, a small example of

R. flavomarginatum, but is abundantly distinct; e.g. the sides of the

median segment do not angularly project. |

APIDE.

[ XYLOCOPA MALAYANA, sp. 0D.

Nigra, thorace supra abdominisque basi dense fulvo-pilosis ; tarsis

anterioribus longe albo-pilosis ; alis fusco-violaceis. 3.

Long. 25-26 mm,

Hab. Singapore.

Antenne black; the scape and the fourth and following joints

rufous beneath ; the scape is only rufous in the middle. Head

distinctly narrower than the thorax ; black, closely punctured ; the

vertex behind is covered with yellowish-fulvous pubescence ; the

sides of the face to the middle of the clypeus with shorter white

pubescence ; the hair on the upper part of the outer orbits is black,

on the lower piceous. In the middle of the clypeus is a pale yellow

streak, which reaches near to the apex, which is smooth and shining

and is clearly separated ; below it is fringed with rufous hair. The

mandibles are widely grooved above, narrowly below ; the tooth is

long and becomes gradually narrowed towards the apex; there is

no subapical or upper tooth ; the space above the lower tooth is

roundly curved. The entire upper part of the thorax is thickly

covered with bright yellow pubescence; the pro- and metapleure

are shining and only sparsely haired ; the mesopleure black, closely

punctured and thickly covered with black, mixed with pale, hair ;

the hair on the breast is much shorter ; the apex of the metapleure

may be piceous. The four anterior tarsi are thickly fringed with

very long white hair; the hair on the four front tibie is black,

white on the top in front and on the apex behind; on the posterior

legs the hair is entirely black. The hair on the basal segment of

the abdomen is yellow, passing gradually on the 2nd and 3rd

segments into olive colour; on the other segments it is black. The

basal ventral segments are more or less rufous; the sides of the

2nd segment bear yellowish hair; those of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th

white, the others black hair ; the hair on the last segments is long

and black. The wings are uniformly deep fuscous-violaceous ; the

stigma and nervures are deep black.

The ocelli are in a curve *.*; the hinder are separated from

each other by about the same distance they are from the eyes. |

[ XYLOCOPA CEYLONICA, sp. n.

Dense ferrugineo-pilosa, thorace supra abdominisque basi olivaceo-

pilosis ; alis fusco-violaceis. ¢.

Long. 27-28 mm.

Hab. Ceylon.

This species closely resembles X. rufescens, but is more slenderly

built; the head is narrower compared with the mesothorax, it wants

entirely the yellow markings on the face and clypeus; the hair on

1901. ] HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 33

the top of the thorax and base of abdomen has a distinct olive

tint ; the 2nd recurrent nervure is not broadly and roundly curved,

but has the upper and lower parts straight and oblique, and the

face and clypeus are much more densely covered with rufous hair.

The underside of the scape is pale yellowish ; the lower part of

the flagellum rufous; the third joint darker coloured than the

others. Head densely covered with rufous pubescence, which is

shorter on the face and clypeus than on the front and vertex. The

clypeus is closely and distinctly punctured, except in the centre,

where it is smooth, which is also the case with the apex, where

it is very smooth and shining; the labrum is more projecting

than usual and is keeled in the middle. The ocelli are in a curve;

the hinder are separated from each other by a distinctly greater

distance than they are from the eyes. Thorax covered with olive-

yellow pubescence ; the olive tint is more noticeable above than on

the pleuree. The pubescence on the base of the abdomen has a

slight olive tint ; on the rest it is bright rufous above and below.

The pubescence on the legs is long, dense and bright rufous; the

apices of the tarsi are piceous. Wings fuscous, with bronzy tints.

The anterior femora are brownish in front ; the front trochanters

triangularly project at the apex. |

XYLOCOPA COLLARIS Linn.

XYLOCOPA PICTIFRONS Smith.

3. One example of what agrees fairly well with Bingham’s

description of this species in his Fauna of India, Hymenop.

p- 538 ; but not with Smith’s original description, Trans. Ent. Soe.

i. (1852) p. 42, and in his Monograph of the genus, Trans. Ent.

Soc. 1874, p. 275.

XYLOCOPA GRANDICEPS, sp. n.

Nigra, dense fulvo-pilosa ; tarsis ferrugineo-pilosis ; alis fulvo-

hyalinis, nervis nigris. &.

Lony. 20 mm.

Hab. Singapore.

Head large, nearly as wide as the thorax. Ocelli larger than

usual, they are placed in a triangle; the hinder are separated from

the eyes by one-half the distance they are from each other.

Clypeus closely and strongly punctured; its apex has a depressed

margin; in the centre is a stout, shining, smooth tooth. The apical

tooth of the mandibles is large, triangular; the subapical distinctly

projects, is large and ronnded at the apex. The front distinctly

projects between the antenne; it is, as is also the vertex, closely,

uniformly, and distinctly punctured. The thorax is thickly covered

with long rufo-fulvous hair; the mesonotum is smooth and shining ;

the scutellum is strongly, but not very closely punctured, as is also

the median segment, except the basal area, which is alutaceous ;

the segment has a semiperpendicular slope and is rounded at the

top. Wings fulvo-hyaline; rufous in tint along the fore margin ;

Proc, Zoon, Soo.—1901, Vou, LU. No. LI. 3

B4 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7

the 1st recurrent nervure is not interstitial, but is received shortly

beyond the 2nd transverse cubital. Tegulze rufous, black round

the inner edges. The hair on the legs is dense, long and bright

rufous; the tooth on the apex of the fore tibize is short, blunt, and

hollowed on the outer side. The hair on the abdomen is similarly

coloured to that on the thorax; it is sparse on the back ; the ven-

tral segments are fringed with long hair; unless the segments are

distor ted, the 4th is distinctly longer than the 3rd.

A distinct species; the rufous colour of the pubescence makes it

resemble rufescens Smith; but, apart from other differences, that

species is a Koptorthosoma, whereas the present species is a Xylocopa

s. str. It is a well-marked species, through its head being larger

and more particularly wider, compared with the thorax, than usual,

most of the species having the head very perceptibly narrower than

the mesothorax; the ocelli too are larger and are placed ina

triangle, while with most of the species, e. g. rufescens, they are

placed in a curve; they are also placed nearer to the eyes than in

the typical species of Xylocopa. |

KoprorTHOSOMA CHRULEUM Fab.

One example from Kuala Aring.

KopPrortTHOSOMA ZSTUANS Linn.

Common, as elsewhere in the Oriental Region.

KoprorrHosoMA LATIPES Drury.

Common.

MuGACHILE ERYTHROPODA, sp. 0.

Nigra, pedibus rufis ; capite dorsoque thoracis dense rufo-pilosis ;

scapo antennarum rufo ; alis fulvo-hyalinis, apice fere fumatis,

stigmate nervisque fulvis. °.

Long. 14-15 mm.

Hab, Singapore.

The scape of the antenne rufous; the flagellum black, brownish

beneath. Except on the clypeus the head is thickly covered with

bright fulvo-rufous hair; the face is strongly punctured: the

clypeus is more closely rugosely punctured and is strongly keeled

on the upper two-thirds ; it is covered (but not so thickly as the

front) with longish dark rufous hair; on its sides there is a patch

of thick fulvous hair, which is obliquely narrowed towards the

apex. The apical tooth of the mandibles is bluntly rounded; the

subapical tooth is short, broad, bluntly rounded, and is furrowed

broadly, but not deeply, in the middle. The entire upper part of

the thorax is thickly covered with bright rufous hair, except in the

centre of the median segment. The pleure are also thickly covered

with similar pubescence. Mesosternum closely rugosely punc-

tured and covered with pale fulvous hair. Legs rufous; the coxe

and the four anterior trochanters black ; the hair is thick, stiff, and

dark rufous; the tarsi are darker in colour, especially towards the

apex, Wings fulvo-hyaline, the apex slightly smoky ; the stigma

1901.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 35

and nervures are fulvous. The base of the basal segment of the

abdomen and its sides are covered with fulvous pubescence ; its

apex and the apex of the second are fringed with similarly coloured

hair; the hair on the rest of the segment and the ventral scopa

deep black. Tegule rufous.

The apex of the clypeus is transverse in the middle and has the

sides rounded ; the central part has an irregular margin, almost

toothed on the outer side ; the hinder ocelli are separated from each

other by twice the distance they are from the eyes.

Comes near to WM. dimidiata Sm.

MEGACHILE FREDERICI, sp. n.

Long. 21mm. 9.

Hab. Kuala Aring, Malay Peninsula.

This species closely resembles one from Borneo which is also

undescribed. They both agree in being large, in having the pubes-

cence black, except on the apex of the abdomen (where it is pale)

and the scopa (which is bright red), The differences between the

two may be expressed thus :—

Head and thorax closely and strongly punctured; the apical

segment of the abdomen clothed with pale pubescence; the

mesonotum not furrowed laterally. Length21 mm. _ frederici.

Head and thorax sparsely punctured; the apical two seg-

ments of the abdomen clothed with pale pubescence; the

mesonotum with a wide, deep furrow on either side. Length

EERE, gustdio ofa cia a depo’ cache « eehste worse bicanaliculata.

Head strongly and closely punctured ; the face is not so strongly

or regularly punctured and in the middle is shagreened only ; it is

distinctly separated from the face. The inner part of the man-

dibles is irregularly punctured; the outer side has the punctures

smaller and more widely separated ; the apical tooth is bluntly

triangular; the subapical is a bluntly rounded small tubercle.

Mesonotum with the seutellum closely, uniformly, and strongly

punctured ; the postscutellum is closely and minutely punctured :

the basal area of the median segment is smooth and shining; the

rest of it is closely and minutely punctured; the base of the seg-

ment is fringed with long white hair, Pro- and mesopleure closely

punctured, the metapleura coarsely shagreened. Legs deep black,

with deep black pubescence ; the pubescence on the underside of

the basal joint of the tarsi is bright rufous ; the calcaria dull

red, almost brown. Wings hyaline, slightly suffused with fulvous

tints ; the nervures are fuscous black, the stigma darker coloured.

Abdomen black; the kack almost bare to the last segment, which is

thickly covered with greyish-white pubescence ; the segments are

sparsely punctured at the base and apex ; the scopais bright rufous ;

the basal ventral segment is for the greater part reddish brown.

[MnGaCHILD BICANALICULATA, sp. 0.

Long. 23-24 mm.

Hab. Borneo, Matang, 3000 feet (Shelford).

36 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

Vertex shining, sparsely punctured; the punctures shallow,

irregular. Below the anterior ocellus is a Y-shaped hollow, bordered

with stout keels; the sides have an oblique slope. ‘The part of the

face below the antenne is roundly convex and bordered on its

lower edge by a keel ; the clypeus is keeled down the middle and

is more strongly and regularly punctured than the face, its apex is

alutaceous, opaque, and impunctate, its sides are roundly, but not

very much, dilated. Mandibles opaque, their basal half sparsely

punctured ; their apical tooth is bluntly rounded, the subapical is

indistinct and rounded. Mesonotum shining, sparsely punctured,

and having a blistered appearance ; its central part is bordered by

two shallow, wide furrows ; outside these is a narrow, deeper, and

more clearly defined one ; the outer edge is distinctly and sharply

raised and furrowed on the inner side. The scutellum is irregularly

punctured like the mesonotum. Median segment closely, distinctly,

but not very strongly, punctured; the basal area is smooth and

shining, except at the edges (where it is opaque) and at the base on

the outer side (where it is punctured); the middle is furrowed ; the

sides are thickly covered with long white hair. Pleurz and sternum

rugosely punctured; under the wings, below the tegule, is a

thick patch of white pubescence. Wings hyaline, the apex slightly

smoky; the nervures and stigma black. Legs black, thickly

covered with stiff black hair. Abdomen black ; the dorsal segments

closely and minutely punctured ; the basal slope is covered with

longish, white, soft hair ; the apices of the basal four segments are

fringed with white hair; the apical two are thickly covered with

short white pubascence and with longer white hair; the ventral

scopa is bright rufous. ]

TRIGONA COLLINA Sm.

Patalung. Described by Smith from Mount Ophir, Malacca.

TRIGONA TESTACEITARSIS, sp. 0.

Nigra, capite thoraceque dense albo-pilosis; scapo antennarum

apiceque tarsorum testaceis; alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque

pres. 8.

Long. fere 4 mm.

Hab. Patani, Malay Peninsula.

Scape of antenne and the second joint testaceous; the

flagellum dark testaceous, black on the upperside. Head smooth

and shining; densely covered with short white pubescence ; the

edge of the clypeus is testaceous; the labrum dark testaceous.

Mandibles obscure testaceous, darker in the middle. Thorax

densely covered with short pale pubescence, ¢xcept on the median

segment ; on the pleure and sternum it is denser and Jonger than

it is on the mesonotum. Legs black, the tarsi testaceous, the

basal joint of the hinder black ; the hair on the legs is black, paler

on the apical joints of the tarsi. Wings hyaline, higiily iridescent ;

the stigma and nervures are testaceous or piceous. Abdomen

smooth and shining ; the basal segment may be brownish.

Patani. Several workers.

1901.) HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 37

IcHNEUMONIDG.

J OPPINTI.

ATANYJOPPA, gen. nov.

Antenne short, distinctly shorter than the abdomen, thickened

and compressed beyond the middle. Clypeus not separated from

the face by a suture; a fovea on either side of it above; its apex

slightly and roundly incurved in the middle ; the labrum distinctly

projecting. Face flat. Mandibles bidentate at the apex ; the lower

tooth much smaller than the upper. Occiput margined, roundly

incised. Scutellum flat, broader than long, its sides keeled.

Median segment depressed in the middle at the base ; itis distinctly

areolated. Gastrocceli not very distinct, elongate, narrowed towards

the apex. Areolet 5-angled, narrowed above, the recurrent nervure

is received in its centre; the apical abscissa of the radius is curved

upwards at the base. Legs stout; the base of the front tibize

deeply incised ; the claws are simple. Abdomen long, three times

the length of the thorax, which is not much longer than the basal

two segments united. Petiole curved at the apex; its spiracles

are placed near the base of its apical fourth; the ventral fold

extends to the apex of the 4th segment ; the segments are produced

laterally at the apex; there are 7 segments, the last two are large

and form a sharp, somewhat triangular point. Ovipositor short.

The middle segments of the abdomen are longitudinally striated.

In Ashmead’s classification of the Joppini (Proc. U.S. Nat.

Museum, xxiii. p. 13) this genus comes nearest to the American

genus Lindigia, Kreichbaumer, which is, however, very different

in form. The characteristics of the genus are the very short,

strongly dilated antennz, the very long abdomen, with its middle

segments sharply dilated at the apex, projecting labrum, and flat,

strougly keeled scutellum.

[ATANYJOPPA FLAVOMACULATA, sp. 0.

Nigra, promesothoraceque albo-maculatis ; metathorace rufo; abdo-

mine late albo-lineato ; pedibus anterioribus albis, posticis nigris,

basi tibiarwm late alba; alis hyalinis, stigmate testaceo. @.

Long. 17-18 mm.

Hab. Borneo (Shelford).

Antenne short, scarcely longer than the thorax. Thorax and

basal two segments of the abdomen black ; the scape beneath, the

basal joints of the flagellum at the apex, and the 7th to 15th more or

less white; the scape smooth, thickly covered with long pale hair.

Head large ; the face, labrum, clypeus, mandibles, palpi, the inner

orbits (widest in the middle and behind the ocelli), and the outer

orbits (narrow above and becoming wider towards the bottom)

yellow; the black on the front and vertex has a plumbeous hue ;

the front and vertex are very smooth and shining; the face is

obscurely punctured in the middle, the clypeus at the base.

Labrum thickly fringed with long hair. Thorax: the edge of the

38 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

pronotum all round above and slightly wider at the apex, a short

line on either side of the mesonotum, the sides of the scutellum

broadly, its apex more narrowly, the postscutellum, the edge of

the propleure broadly, the lower half of the mesopleure, the

tubercles, the edge of the apex of the mesopleurx, and the sides of

the metanotum at the apex, yellow. The mesonotum at the base

and sides obscurely punctured; the middle with large deep

punctures : it is thickly covered with short black hairs, especially

at the base. Scutellum flat, large, slightly narrowed towards the

apex; the sides with a stout keel, which extends from the base

to near the apex; except along its edges it bears large deep

punctures ; the apex is longitudinally striated ; the depression at

the base is narrow and shallow. Postscutellum smooth and

shining. The base of the median segment is coarsely shagreened ;

the rest strongly punctured ; the arez are not distinctly indicated,

the keels being taint; the supramedian is longer than broad, and

obliquely narrowed at the base ; there are no teeth; the apex in

the middle is depressed, shining, and finely transversely striated ;

the keels on the apex of the segment are more distinct than they

are on the base; the posterior median area is triangularly nar-

rowed at the base. Propleurz shining; the upper part strongly

obliquely striated ; the apex furrowed ; the mesopleure punctured,

more strongly below than above; the middle behind smooth,

plumbeous; the apex is crenulated. Metapleure strongly and

closely punctured. Legs stout, thickly covered with white hair ;

the four anterior tibiz and the femora are lined above with black ;

the hinder coxze are black, except in the middle behind; the basal

joint of the trochanters and the basal half of the hinder tibie

yellow ; the tarsi spinose ; the metatarsus and the base of the 2nd

joint are testaceous. Wings hyaline, the nervures blackish ; the

areolet narrowed above, being there somewhat less in length than

the space bounded by the first transverse cubital and the recurrent

nervures ; the latter is received nearly in the middle; the wings

are rather short, and hardly reach to the apex of the 4th abdominal

segment. The petiole becomes gradually widened from the middle

to the apex; yellow, the dilated part blackish, and obscurely

longitudinally shagreened ; the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th segments are

broadly yellowish at the base; the apical three are entirely white ;

the 2nd and 3rd segments punctured and longitudinally striolated

in the middle; the gastroceeli are shallow, and not very clearly

indicated ; the ovipositor projects, its sheath is black. ]

[ATANYJOPPA RUFOMACULATA, sp. n.

Long. 22 mm. °.

Hab. Khasia (Rothney).

Agrees closely with the preceding species, from which it may

be known by the median segment being broadly black at the base

and in the middle, while the metapleure are also broadly black at

the base.

Antennz black; the scape beneath and the 7th joint to the

1901.] HYNENOPTHRA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 39

commencement of the dilatation white; the dilated apex has a

brownish hue. Head pale yellow; the middle of the front and of

the vertex broadly, the occiput, and the hinder part of the outer

orbits to shortly below the middle, black. Face and clypeus shining,

flat, sparsely and indistinctly punctured ; the face is covered with

short, the clypeus with longer pale, hair; the apex of the clypeus

is more distinctly punctured than the rest; the projecting labrum

is smooth and is fringed with long hair. Mandibles yellow, black

at the apex. Thorax black; the edge of the pronotum, two short

marks, narrowed at the base and apex, the sides of the scutellum

broadly and of its apex more narrowly, the postscutellum, an

irregular mark behind the metathoracic spiracles, the apex of the

segment from behind the middle and extending obliquely on to the

pleure, the lower edge of the propleure and slightly less than

the lower half of the mesopleure, yellow. Mesonotum smooth,

closely punctured in the middle, where the yellow spots are.

Scutellum strongly, but not very closely, punctured. Post-

scutellum sparsely punctured. Propleure closely and distinctly

punctured; in the middle are some curved keels, at the apex

short strie; the yellow, lower part of the mesopleure closely

punctured. Median segment closely, rugosely punctured all over ;

the posterior median area coarsely, closely, transversely striated.

The four front legs are yellow; the femora and tibie are black

behind ; the hinder coxe are yellow, black below and at the base

above ; the hinder femora entirely, and the apical part to near the

middle and the base narrowly, black ; the hinder tarsi are blackish

behind. Wings clear hyaline; the stigma testaceous ; the apical

nervures fuscous. Abdomen black; the basal four segments to

near the middle and the apical two segments entirely yellow ; the

postpetiole is closely shagreened and closely striated ; the middle

segments are closely punctured ; the 2nd and 3rd segments are

longitudinally striated at the base. ]

MnsostEninti.

SKEATIA, gen. nov.

g. Antenne shorter than the body; the basal joints of the

flagellum elongated, the middle ones roundly and broadly dilated

on the lower side; the apical ones dilated, about three times

broader than long. ‘Thorax three times longer than broad; the

parapsidal furrows deep, reaching to shortly beyond the middle.

Median segment, except at the base, coarsely, irregularly reticu-

lated ; the basal smooth part is bounded by a stout transverse

keel; in its centre is a small square area. Metapleural keel

distinct, long. Areolet small, square ; the apical nervure is faint ;

the transverse median nervure is received behind the transverse

basal; the hind wings as in Mesostenus. Legs slender, long; the

fore tarsi nearly twice the length of the tibie ; their claws are

sinall; the hinder coxie elongate, about three times longer than

40 MR. P. CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

wide. Petiole of abdomen long, slender, curved, not much dilated

towards the apex.

The malar space is moderate ; the eyes reaching to the end of

the clypeal fovez, which are deep. Clypeus roundly convex; not

separated by a suture above. Mandibles large, bidentate ; the

upper tooth is slightly smaller than the lower. Mesopleural

furrow wide and deep. Scutellum roundly convex, only keeled at

the base; postscutellum bifurcate at the base. Median segment

urmed with two long teeth; it is moderately long. Palpi long;

the second joint of the maxillary is dilated towards theapex. The

propleure are stoutly keeled laterally in front. The head is

wider than the thorax ; it is obliquely narrowed behind the eyes ;

the occiput is sharply keeled. The scutellar depression is large,

deep, and bears two keels in the middle.

The female has the antenne stouter than in the male, and they

are slightly thickened beyond the middle; the abdominal petiole is

shorter and broader towards the apex; the apex of the abdomen

is bluntly pointed; the last segment (the 8th) is very short

above, below it is much more largely developed ; the ovipositor

is not one-half the length of the abdomen.

The metathoracic spiracles are small, oval, about twice longer

than they are broad; the median segment is depressed at the

base, the scutellar and postscutellar furrows are deep and crenu-

lated. The last joint of the hinder tarsi is about equal in length

to the third.

SKEATIA ALBISPINA, sp. n.

Nigra, facie, clypeo, mandibulis tarsisque albis; cowis trochanter-

tbusque anterioribus pallide flavis; alis fere hyalinis, nervis

stigmateque nigris. ¢.

Long. 13 mm.

Hab, Bukit Besar, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne black; the 7th to 24th joints white beneath; the

scape pale yellow in the middle below; the scape is covered with

short pale pubescence. Head smooth and shining; black; the

face, clypeus, mandibles, and palpi pale yellow. Ocelli large.

Front depressed ; astout keel runs down its centre from the ocelli.

Eyes large, parallel. Mesonotum and scutellum smooth and

shining. Propleure stoutly longitudinally keeled behind. Meso-

pleurz opaque and closely longitudinally striated, except on the

upper part behind. Metapleurz above closely, below more

stoutly, irregularly, and not so closely, reticulated. The meso-

sternal furrow is wide and deep, especially at the base, and is

closely striated. The base of the median segment is smooth and

shining ; there are a few narrow irregular strie on either side of

the central area; the basal keels in the middle are curved and end

in a squarish area, which is stoutly keeled down the middle; the

rest of the segment is stoutly reticulated ; the spines are long,

curved, and white. All the coxe are pale yellow (actually they

are testaceous yellow, but this may be owing to discoloration) ;

ade as ho)

1901.] HYMENOPTHRA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 41

the front legs, the middle femora at the base, and the greater part

of the middle tibiew are testaceous; the basal joint of the middle

tarsi and the basal third of the posterior and the hinder tro-

chanters, the femora, tibize, and calearia are black. Abdomen

black, except the apical segment, which is white.

SKBATIA NIGRISPINA, sp. n.

Nigra, coxis, trochanteribus et femoribus anterioribus, basi

femorum posticorum late tarsisque posticis flavis ; alis hyalinis,

nervis stigmateque ngris. 2.

Long. 13, terebra 3 mm.

Hab. Bukit Besar, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne as long as the body, thickened towards the apex;

the 6th to 13th joints white, except above. Front and vertex

shining; the front below the ocelli stoutly, irregularly longitudinally

striated; the lower part excavated, smooth except for a stout

keel down the middle. Face coarsely aciculated, slightly and

broadly projecting in the centre, where it is yellow; clypeus

broadly, roundly convex; its lower part projecting and slightly

oblique. Mandibles dark testaceous ; their lower border keeled.

Mesonotum aciculated ; the scutellum is more shining, the post-

scutellum still more so. The basal region of the median segment

has two keels in the centre, which converge towards the apex ;

the parts nearest to them are smooth and shining; the rest

opaque, with some thin oblique striz on the inner portion. The

middle part of the propleure is stoutly striated. Mesopleure

closely striated, except above. Except at the base above, the

metapleure are closely, stoutly, obliquely striated. The meso-

pleural keel is curved, deep, not very wide, and striated. Meso-

sternum smooth and shining. The median segment behind the

transverse keel is closely reticulated; the apical slope is irregu-

larly transversely striated ; the teeth are stout, curved, black, dull

testaceous towards the apex. Legs black; the four anterior coxe,

trochanters. and femora, the hinder cox, basal two-thirds of the

femora, and the hinder tarsi except the extreme base, yellow.

Abdomen black; the apical two segments lemon-yellow above ;

the 2nd and 3rd segments are shagreened, the others smooth and

shining.

VAGENATHA, gen. DOV.

Edges of pronotum and median segment stoutly spined. Para-

psidal furrows distinct; the first joint of the flagellum distinctly

longer than the second. Median segment with one incomplete

transverse keel. Middle segments of the abdomen distinctiy

separated and narrowed at the base; the edges of the second,

third, and fourth on the lower edges at the apex projecting into

spines. Petiole broadly dilated at the apex, the postpetiole

clearly defined ; the spiracles are nearer to each other than to the

apex ; on the lower side at the base are two sharp, oblique teeth,

42 MR. P, CAMERON ON THE [May 7,

Metapleural keel complete. Head wider than the mesothorax ;

its front and vertex reticulated, without spines or keels. Scutellar

depression large, shallow, and bearing longitudinal keels. Areolet

large, about twice longer than wide; the transverse cubital ner-

vures are parallel and only slightly oblique; the recurrent nervure

is received near the base of the apical fourth of the cellule; the

transverse median nervure is received behind the transverse basal.

Both the transverse cubital nervures are distinct.

The eyes largely project; the head behind them is obliquely

narrowed and is well-developed there; the occiput is sharply

margined ; the scutellum is flat and has the sides keeled ; on the

basal half of the second segment are two oblique, wide, shallow

furrows, which enclose a triangular space ; at the apex of this is a

narrow transverse furrow ; there is a similar, but not quite so

distinct, furrow on the third segment. The legs are long; the

tarsi are spinose, the anterior are twice the length of the tibie ;

the median segment is coarsely, irregularly reticulated; the

spiracles are about three times longer than wide; in the hind

wings the transverse median nervure is angularly broken by the

subdiscoidal nervure shortly below the middle.

In Ashmead’s system (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiii. p. 44) this

genus comes near Mesostenoideus and Christolia. Characteristic

are the clearly separated middle abdominal segments, spined at

their apices, and the spines on the basal ventral segment.

[ VAGENATHA SPINOSA, sp. nL.

Nigra, flavo-maculata, spinis flavis ; pedibus flavis, cowis posticrs,

apiece femorum posticorum apiceque tibiarum posticarum nigris ;

alis hyalinis, nervis stiginateque nigris. 3.

Long. 16 mn,

Hab. Borneo (Shelford).

Autenne as long as the body; black, the scape beneath and the

middle of the flagellum broadly white. Head black; the clypeus

yellow. Front and vertex smooth and shining, except the front,

which is irregularly reticulated in the middle—more broadly above

than below. The face is opaque, coarsely shagreened, and sparsely

haired; the outer orbits are thickly covered with longish ‘white

pubescence. The spines on the pronotum are large. Mesonotum

closely, rugosely punctured, opaque; the parapsidal furrows are

irregularly striated. The scutellar depression is large; in the

centre are two stout longitudinal keels, with a thinner one between

them; on their outer side is another narrow keel. Scutellum

sparsely punctured at the base. Median segment strongly, closely,

rugosely reticulated. Propleure obliquely, stoutly striated; the

striz distinct and clearly separated. Mesopleure on the base and

lower side closely, rugosely punctured; the middle obliquely

striated ; the apex behind smooth and shining above. Metapleure

strongly, obliquely striated ; below thickly covered with white

pubescence. Legs yellow ; the femora with a more fulvous hue ; :

1901.] HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKUAT BXPEDITION.” 43

the hinder coxz, except above, the base of the trochanters, the

apex of the hinder femora and of the hinder tibiz, black. Abdomen

black; the base and apex of the petiole and the apical third of the

other segments yellow; they are closely and distinctly punctured,

the petiole more coarsely than the others.

There is a short broad tubercle on the centre of the median

segment; it is joined to the teeth by an oblique broad yellow

band; all the thoracic spines are yellow, as are also the tegule,

scutellum, and tubercle. |

BRACONIDA.

[PHIAULAX MALAYANUS, sp. n.

Luteus, capite, antennis tarsisque posticis nigris ; facre clypeoque

pallide flavis ; alis fusco-violaceis, ad basin late flavis. Q.

Long. 12, terebra 4 mm.

Hab. Singora, Malay Peninsula.

Antenne entirely black, as long as the body; the scape smooth

and thickly covered with long fuscous hair; it is more shining

than the flagellum. Head black,.shining; the face from shortly

below the antenne, the oral region, and the malar space pale

yellow. Face smooth ; in its centre, below the antenne, is a deep

furrow with oblique sides. The clypeus is surrounded by a keel,

which is more distinct on the top, where it formms a semicircle.

Thorax smooth and shining; above, and on the sternum, it is

thickly covered with long pale hair. The meso- and metapleural

furrows are smooth, wide, and deep. Legs coloured like the body,

thickly covered with white hair; the hinder tarsi are deep black.

Wings to shortly beyond the transverse median nervure yellowish

hyaline ; the rest deep fuscous, with a violaceous tinge, except the

base of the stigma broadly and a narrow oblique mark on the base

of the first cubital cellule. Petiole smooth, except the raised

central part, which bears large, deep, elongated punctures. The

second segment is closely, rugosely punctured ; the central basal

part is smooth and is not prolonged into a keel; the basal depres-

sion is deep ; the basal branch is striated in the bottom, the wider

apical one is smooth ; at its apex are four narrow keels. Securi-

form articulation deep, wide, stoutly, but not very closely, longi-

tudinally striated; the apical furrow on the segment is narrow,

deep, and smooth ; the 2nd and 3rd furrows are deep and closely

striated, those on the apices of the segments are smooth and

deep.

EVANIIDS.

[ EVANIA SHELFORDI, sp. n.

Nigra, basi flagelli antennarum, trochanteribus anterioribus, basi

tibiarum posticarum basique tarsorum posticorum late, albis ;

alis fusco-violaceis. 2.

Long. 12 mm.

44° ON THE HYMENOPTERA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [ May 7,

Hab. Borneo (Shelford).

Antenne black; the 3rd joint, except at the apex, white. The

front and vertex are stoutly, acutely, longitudinally striated; the

face is similarly, but more obliquely, striated ; the outer parts of

the head are obliquely, and not quite so strongly, striated. The

hinder ocelli are separated from each other by about the same

distance as they are from the eyes. The lower tooth of the

mandibles is rufous before the apex; the palpi are dark fuscous.

The base of the pronotum is raised; the raised part slightly

projects laterally; the sides are oblique; the base is not quite

transverse, the edges being rounded; it bears round, deep, clearly

separated punctures. The central part of the mesonotum is

alutaceous and impunctate at the base; the rest of it irregularly,

deeply, but not very closely punctured; this punctured part is

bordered by a deep furrow; outside this it is opaque and aluta-

ceous, and bears two thin keels on the outer side. Scutellum in

the middle strongly, irregularly punctured ; the centre has a

longitudinal keel; the sides are stoutly, obliquely striated ; on the

postscutellum are two stout keels. Propleure alutaceous and

bearing some scattered, shallow punctures. The upper two-thirds

of the mesopleure are smooth and shining, except for an oblique,

clearly defined, depressed area; this has the bordering keels more

distinct in front than behind and bears, except at the base and

apex, some stout keels; the lower part is closely, but not very

deeply punctured. Sternum smooth. Median segment closely

reticulated; the central portion more closely, rugosely, and ir-

regularly than the rest. The basal part of the wings is fuscous,

with a distinct violaceous tinge; the apical part below the radial

and second cubital cellules is similarly, but more lightly, clouded.

The metasternal fork is short and stout, and obliquely diverges at

the apex: behind it is a stout, smooth keel. The front tibize and

tarsi are fuscous ; the four anterior trochanters are broadly white

at the base, as is also the base of the hinder tibie narrowly, the

basal joint of the hinder tarsi, and the second joint broadly in the

middle. Petiole smooth at the base: its sides bear stout, oblique

strie ; the apical half above is irregularly, coarsely punctured.

The hinder tibiz and tarsi are shortly spmed. The sides of the

median segment are broadly rounded; the middle transverse ; the

abdomen is very smooth, shining, and piceous.

This comes nearest, of the known species, to the Australian

E. princeps West. |

1901.] ON THE ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘‘SKBEAT EXPED!ITION,” 45

3. On the Arachnida collected during the “ Skeat Expedi-

tion” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By M.

Eucene Srmon, President of the Entomological Society

of France’.

[Received April 15, 1901.]

(This collection of Arachnida contains examples of 129 species,

of which 48 are described as new, and there are also 4 new sub-

species. Three new genera are characterized. A few species of

Acarina—chiefly Lxodide—were obtained, but have not been de-

termined. Not one of the members of the Skeat Expedition was a

specialist in Arachnida, so that the large percentage of novelties

in this collection indicates that a great deal of work still remains

to be done at this class of animals in the region in question.—

D. 8.)

Ordo ARANEZ.

Familia AVICULARIDA,

1. SpLpnocosMIA JAVANENSIS (Walckenaer).

Mygale javanensis Walck., Apt. i. 1837, p. 216.

M. monstrosa C. Koch, Arachn. vy, 1839, p. 14, f. 346.

Biserat in Jalor (District of Patani).

En tout semblable aux exemplaires de Java auxquels je Vai

compare,

Connu de Java, de Sumatra, de Celebes et des Iles Nicobars.

2. OMOTHYMUS THORELLI, sp. nov.

Ceph.th. long. 19 mm., lat. 18. Ped. max. 44 mm. Ped. i.

81 mm. ; ii. 70 mm. 3; ii. 63 mm. ; iv. 76 mm.

Cephalothorax nigricans, crebre et longe flavidd-pubescens, humilis,

non multo longior quam latior sed antice valde attenuatus, fronte

sat angusta, fovea thoracica recte transversa, sat profunda sed

tuherculo oculorum fere duplo anqustiore, impressionibus radi-

antibus distinctis. Tuberculum oculorum modice altwm, ovato-

transversum et fere duplo latius quam longius. Oculi quatuor

antici in lineam leviter procurvam, inter se fere wequidistantes

(spatiis interocularibus diametro minore oculi lateralis non

latioribus), medii rotundi, laterales longe ovati atque obliqui

mediis saltem 4 minores. Oculi medii postici albi, parvi, obtuse

triquetri, oculi laterales postict ovati et obliqui, mediis posticis

majores sed lateralibus anticis multo minores. Clypeus sub

oculis mediis convenus, diametro majore oculi lateralis paulo

latior. Chele nigricantes, flavido-pubescentes, supra setis

longissimis fulvo-rufulis hirsute, extus crebre scopulate, subtus

marginibus sulet cum margine imnteriore covarum pedum-

‘ Communicated by Dr, D, Suarv, F.Z.8,

46 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

maxillarium crebre coccineo-crinitis. Abdomen breve, setis

lonyissimis et erectis, ad busin fuscis ad apicem pallide ferru-

gineis crebre vestitum. Pars lalnalis sternum pedesque nigella,

flavido vel cinereo-flavido crebre pubescentia. Pars labiahs

crebre et minute granulosa. Pedes setis validis fuscis vel nigris

hirsute et setis fulvo-rufulis multo longioribus conspersi, tarsis

cunctis, metatarsis 1* purrs usque ad tertiam partem basilarem,

metatarsis 2' paris usque in medio, metatarsis posticis tantum ad

apicem late et crebre nigro-cinereo-scopulatis. Tibia 1' paris

apophyst brevi crassa leviter incurva, apice late ct obtuse truncata,

spinulis nigris incurvis creberrime vestita, intus ad apicem

instructa. Pedes-mawillares longissimi, bulbo ad basin nigro,

preterea fusco-rufulo, piriformi, spina intus directa, attenuata

sed obtusa, subtiliter striata et supra acute carinata,

Ab Omothymo schiceedtei Thorell, cui verisimiliter affinis est, differt

imprimis tuberculo oculorum duplo (haud triplo) latiore quam

longiore et oculis lateralibus posticis anticis multo minoribus.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

Nora.—lI] est 4 noter que le sternum est assez fortement atténué

en avant, caractcre attribué par R. I. Pocock au genre Phormingo-

chilus.

3. CHILOBRACHYS ANNANDALEI, sp. nov.

Q. Ceph.th. long. 16°3 mm., lat. 13°5. Pedes i. 47°5 mm. ; ii.

40°5 mm.; i. 39°5 mm.; iv. 48 mm.

Cephalothorax fuscus, cinereo-fulvo-pubescens, sat humilis, evidenter

longior quam latior, antice modice attenuatus, fovea thoracica

profunda sat magna, tuberculo oculorum non multo angustiore,

valde procurva semilunari. Tuberculum oculorum ovato-

transversum, saltem duplo latius quam longius. Oculi quatuor

antici, superne visi, in lineam via procurvam, medii inter se

quam a lateralibus vie remotiores (spatio inter oculum medium

et lateralem utrinque diametro minore lateralis minore), medi

rotundi, laterales longe ovati et obliqui mediis paulo minores,

oculi medi postici albi, parvi, ovate, recti et leviter angulosi,

laterales ovati et obliqui meduis majores sed lateralibus anticis

evidenter minores. Clypeus diametro majore oculorum lateralium

latior. Abdomen oblongum, fuscum, fulvo-ferrugineo-pubescens

et hirsutum. Chel fusce, supra fulvo-ferrugineo-pubescentes et

longe hirsute, eatus fere glabre et nitide sed prope marginem

inferiorem minute et creberrime spinulose, marginibus sulci

cum margine interiore coxarum pedum-maaillariun crasse

coccinco-ciliate. Partes oris, cove sternumque obscure fusca,

sat breviter nigro-setosa. Pars labialis apice convexa, minutissime

et crebre granulosa. Coxw pedum-maxillarium intus aculeis

pronis bacilliformibus biseriatis, inferioribus longioribus, in-

structe. Pedes sat longi, robusti, sed metatarsis tarsisque

posticis sat gracilibus, fusci, fulvo-rufulo pubescentes et hirsuti,

aculeis parvis apicalibus metatarsorum posticorum exceptis,

mutici, tarsis metatarsisque quatuor anticis usque ad basin crasse

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 47

scopulatis, tarsis posticis scopulatis sed scopulis tarsorum 4° paris

linea parce setosa subdivisis. Ungues tarsorum (saltem posti-

corum) dentibus paucis parvis et remotis, ir medio muniti.

Jalor: from floor of cave.

Familia PsncuRrip «a,

4, PsECHRUS ARGENTATUS (Doleschall).

Jalor: Biserat. Ligeh: Belimbing.

Trouvé pour la premicre fois dans la presqu’ile Malaise, espece

répandue dans ’Austro-Malaisie et la Nouvelle-Guinée.

5. (?) Psecurus stINGAPORENSIS Thorell.

Psechrus singaporensis Thorell, Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. xxvi. 1894,

at.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

Détermination incertaine, les individus recueillis étant tous

jeunes.

Familia ULOBORID &.

6. ULOBORUS GENICULATUS (Olivier).

U1. zozis Walck., Apt. ii. 1841, p. 197.

U1. latreillei Thorell, Vet. Ak. Forh. xv. 1858, p. 197.

Orithyia williami Blackwall, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. u.

1858, p. 331.

Ul. domesticus Doleschall, Tweede Bijdr. ete. 1859, p. 46.

U1. borbonicus Vinson, Aran. Réun. etc. 1863, p. 258, pl. 1. f. 3.

Jalor: Biserat. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Espéce répandue dans toutes les régions tropicales du monde.

7. Unozorvs prerorvs (Thorell).

Philoponus pteropus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxv. 1887,

p- 128.

Patalung.

Décrit de Birmanie.

Familia SICA RIID &.

8. Scyroprs MARMORATA L. Koch,

Seytodes marmorata Li. Koch, Ar. Austr. i. 1872, p. 292, tab.

xxiv. f. 4.

Jalor: Biserat.

Espéce trés répandue dans toute l’Asie tropicale, la Malaisie et

la Polynésie.

Familia ZODARI1ID &,

9, SroRENA PSELIOPHORA Thorell.

St. pseliophora Thorell, Bib. t. K, Sv. Handl, xx. 1894, p..5.

48 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE {May 7,

St. annulipes Thorell, Bull. Soc. ent. Ital. xxiv. 1892, p. 209

(non L, Koch).

Perak : Ulu Selama.

Décrit de Singapore.

10, SvTORENA OBNUBILA, sp. noy.

2. Long. 65 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, valde convexus, fronte

obtusa, nigro-witidus et glaber. Ocul cuncti parvi et subequales,

lineas binas validissime et fere wqualiter procurvas desiqnantes,

medii antici et postici a sese subcontigui sed a lateralibus

latissime distantes, arean parallelam fere duplo longiorem quam

latiorem occupantes. Clypeuslatus. Abdomen breviter ovatum,

supra duriusculum, nigro-nitidum et glabrum, sed postice, supra

mamillas, minute albo-testaceo, notatum, subtus confuse dilutius.

Mamilie albo-testaceew. Chelw sternumque fusco-rufula sub-

levia. Pedes, presertim antici, sat breves et robusti, lutei,

tibits ad basin late olivaceis, pedes quatuor antici femoribus

supra parce aculeatis, tibia 1' paris subtus aculeis binis parvis

setiformibus uniseriatis, metatarso aculeo basali aculeisque

apicalibus binis similibus, tibia 2' paris subtus aculeis trinis

uniseriatis aculeisque binis interioribus, metatarso aculeis binis

subbasilaribus aculeisque apicalibus binis, cunctis parvis et

debilibus, armatis. Pedes postici aculzis validioribus numerosis

munitt. Metatarst antict usque ad basin, postici ad apicem

crasse nigro-pilosi. Pedes-maaillares fulvo-rufuli, robusti, tarso

acuminato. Legio epigasteris leviter coriacea, rufula, spostice

tenuiter nigro-marginata et plagula media rufula minutissima

notata.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

Species fere inter Storenam et Ascewam.

11. SToRENA SCIOPHANA, sp. nov.

g. Long. 8 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, modice convexus, fronte

obtusa, nigro-piceus, omnino subtilissime coriaceus, opacus et

glaber. Oculi quatuor postici in lineam validissime procurvam

semicircularem, medii a lateralibus quam inter se saltem % re-

motiores, quatuor antici in lineam minus procurvam, inter se

anguste et fere wque separati, oculi medir antici cum lateralibus

posticis lineam leviter recurvam desiqnantes, oculi quatuor medii

arcam subquadratam occupantes, antici reliquis oculis, inter se

subaequalibus, imulto majores. Clypeus altissimus. Abdomen

ovatum, supra nigrum, immaculatum, sed postice, supra mamillas,

minute testaceo-notatum, subtus obscure fulvo-testaceum et vittis

trinis parallelis sat angustis nigricantibus notatum, regione

epigasteris leviter coriacea rufula, mamillis fulvis. Chele

robust, subtiliter coriacee, nigro-picee, apice leviter dilutiores.

Sternum fusco-rufulum, subtiliter coriaceum, parce nigro-

setosum. Partes oris fusce apice dilutiores et testacew. Pedes

longt fulvo-rufuli, covis trochanteribusque dilutioribus, femoribus

1961.] ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 49

infuscatis et olivaceis. Fovea genitalis semicircularis, plagulam

rufulam transversam leviter procurvam includens.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

Familia HERSILIIDS.

12. Hersriia savienyi Lucas.

Hersilia savignyi Lucas, Mag. Zool. 6° Ann. 1836, cl. viii. p. 10,

tab. xiii. f. 1.

? H. calcuttensis Stoliczka, J. A. 8. Beng. xxxviii. 1869, p. 216,

Teh, Seer, 2.

Perak: Ulu Selama. Raman: Kota Bharu.

Espéce trés répandue dans l’Inde et la Birmanie.

Familia PHOLCID4.

13. PHoLtcus oprtionorpeEs (Schrank).

Perak: Gunong Inas.

Espéce répandue en Europe, dans |’Asie centrale et en Chine.

Trouvée sur le Mt. Inas (environ 6000 pieds).

14. PuHoxucus v-notatus Thorell.

Pholcus v-notatus Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. etc. 1878, p. 163 (300).

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Décrit d’Amboine, indiqué depuis de Birmanie (Bhamo) par

Thorell.

15. PHOLCUS VESCULUS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 4:5 mm.—Cephalothorax fere orbiculatus, pallide luteus,

parte thoracica macula fusca media magna postice ampliata et

subtriquetra, linea media pallida divisa, notata, parte cephalica

thoracica viv altiore, clypeo leviter infuscato sed linea media

pallida notato. Oculi ordinarii, quatuor antici apicibus in

lineam rectam, medii parvi, nigri, a sese contigui a lateralibus

spatio oculo laterali non majore distantes. Oculi laterales

utrinque a sese contiqui, anticus reliquis paulo major. Abdomen

sat longe ovatum, supra convewum, postice longe declive, nec

truncatum nec angulosum, albidum, supra in dimidio basali,

linea longitudinali fusca angusta et leviter lanceolata notatum,

subtus viltis binis obscurioribus parum eapressis, postice valde

divaricatis et leviter ampliatis ornatum. Chele, partes oris,

sternum pedesque lutea, patellis fuscis, tibiis annulo apicali fusco

parvo notatis. Tuberculum genitale magnum, altum et sub-

globosum, albidum sed postice, in declivitate, rima transversa

fusco-rufula coriacea notatum,

Perak : Gunong Inas.

16, PHOLCUS DIOPSIS, sp. NOV.

3. Long. 5-6 mm.—Cephalothorax fere orbiculatus, luteo-

rufescens, parte thoracica in medio confuse infuscata, cephalica

hrevi, late truncata, in medio setis erectis tnordinatis munita,

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. LV. 4

‘ Ld

M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

utringue tuberculo longo (parte cephalica haud breviore)

divaricato, luteo apice nigro, gracili, versus basin sensim anyustiore,

apice minute mucronato, oculos laterales gerente, insigniter

instructa. Oculi medii antici minutissimi fere obsoleti, ocult

laterales utrinque mediocres, longissime pediculati. Abdomen

longum, teretiusculum, apice leviter convecum, omnino albido-

testaceum. Chele debiles, rufule, intus prope apicem tuberculo

nigro, obtuso, cariniformi et granuloso munite, Partes oris,

sternum pedesque longissimi pallide lutea, patellis leviter

infuscatis, tibiis ad apicem minute fuscis. Pedes-maaillares

mavimi ; trochantere parvo, subtus ad apicem apophysi lutea,

erecta, acuta et sat longa armato; tibia longe et late ovata ;

tarso brevi, supra apice acuminato ; apophysi fusco-rufula,

longa, leviter sinvosa.

@. Long. 6-7 mm.—Cephalothorax pallide luteus, paulo latior

quam longior, utrinque ample rotundus. Ocul antici in lineam

rectum, medit a sese contigui, minutissemt et punctiformes, a

lateralibus late distantes (spatio interoculari oculo laterali multo

latiore). Oculi laterales utrinque contigui, interior reliquis

paulo minor. Tuberculum genitale magnum, latum sed apice

acuminatum, postice verticale, triquetrum, planum, testaceum sed

utrinque rufulum et leviter coriaceum.

Gua Glap (“‘ Dark Cave”), Biserat, Jalor.

A P. podophthalmo B. Sim. (ex ins. Taprobane), cui sat affinis est,

mmprimis differt, tuberculis oculiferis apice mimute ampliatis haud

truncatis sed minute et acute mucronatis, tarso pedum-maxillarium

apice acuminato, haud truncato, ete.

17. SPERMOPHORA TESSELLATA, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorax pallide luteus, parte cephalica

clypeoque infuscatis fere nigris, brevis, latior quam longior,

utrinque ample rotundus, parte cephahica « thoracica suleo

profundo semicirculari discreta, antice leviter elevata et latissime

truncata, thoracica convexa, sulco longitudinali profundo secta.

Oculi in turmas duas, inter se late remotas, ordinati, utrinque

tres, duo eateriores inter se contigui, alter interior a reliquis

leviter sejunctus, paulo minor et ovatus. Abdomen valde con-

vecum et postice subverticale, albido-testaceum, maculis nigris

miquis, medianis majoribus et subquadratis, parum regulariter

seriatis, supra ornatum, subtus late mgricants - plagiatum,

mamille prominentes. Chele debiles, fusce, antice opace et

leviter ineequales. Sternum latius quam longius, nigrum,

subleve. Partes oris et pedes-maxillares minutissimi, fuser.

Pedes tenues et longi, minutissime rugosi, luter, femoribus,

presertim posticis, pr ope apicem leviter infuscatis et subannulatis.

Plaga genitals maxima, medium ventris occupans, rufula et

convewa sed in medio depressa, latior quam longior, utrinque

oblique truncata, postice leviter prominula.

Jalor: Biserat.

A S. maculata Thorell, cui verisimiliter affinis est, differt parte

thoracica haud vittata, tibiis pedum haud annulatis, ete.

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” ol

Genus Ururna E. Simon.

Uthina Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. 2° éd. t. i. p. 476.

Belisana Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. 2s, xix. 1898, p. 278.

18, UTHINA ATRIGULARIS, sp. nov.

2. Long. 3 mm.—Cephalothorax haud longior quam latior,

utringue ample rotundus, parte cephalica brevi, lata et convexa,

sulco semicirculart profundo discreta, luteo-testaceus nitidus,

regione oculart clypeoque (margine excepto) niqgris, parte

thoracica area vvata longitudinalc fusco-marginata notata.

Oculi utringue valde prominuli et pediculati a sese contigui,

anticus reliquis major, spatio inter tubercula sat angusto, leviter

convero, a& clypeo, leviter proclivi, stria transversa discreto.

Abdomen angustum et longissinum, utrinque leviter bisinuosum,

albido-testaceum, supra tenuiter albido-pubescens sed vitta media

glabra et postice maculis nigris biseriatis, parvis, longis et

obliquis ornatum, subtus glabrum, duriusculum, et nitidum.

Chele et partes oris nigricantes, hw testaceo- margurate. Sternum

pedesque pallide lutea, patellis cunctis nigris, tibis ad apicem

minute nigris. Area genitalis subrotunda, magna, latitudinem

epigasteris totam occupuns, antice CONVENE, nigricans, levis et

semicircularis, preetered rufula, depressa et transversim ru gata.

Ab U. luzonica E, Sim. imprimis ditfert oculis utrinque longius

pediculatis, clypeo nigro, femoribus annulo fusco subapicali

carentibus, etc.

19. MicroMERYS VERMIFORMIS E. Simon.

Calapnita vermiformis E. Simon, Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1892, p. 42

Determination incertaine, le seul individu recueilli étant en

mauyais état.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Familia THERIDIID&.

20. ARIAMNES FLAGELLUM (Dol.) NicRITUs, subsp. nov.

2. Long. 29 mm.— Cephalothorax nigricans, prope marginem

viv dilutior. Abdomen longissimum et vermiforme, obscure

fusco-testaceum, vitta dorsal lata et integra nigricanti et utrinque

punctis nigris inordinatis notatum. Sternum fuscum, utrinque

Julvo-marginatum. Pedes obscure jJusci, ercbre nigricanti-

punctali, cowis trochanteribusque anticis luteis, femoribus anticis

prope Lasin luteis et subvittatis. Pedes-maaillares nigricants.

Patalong.

21. ArGyRropEs M1IN1ACEUS (Doleschall).

Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak. Raman: Kota-Bharu.

Vit en parasite sur la toile de Nephila imperialis Doleschall.

22, AnGyropEs Fissirrons O, P. Cambridge.

A. fissifrons O. P. Cambr. in Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool, x. 1869,

p. 380, tab. xi. ff. 51-38.

52 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

A. inguinalis et fissifrons Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. ii. 1878,

pp. 145-148.

A, procrastinans O. P. Cambr. in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1880,

p- 330, tab. xxix. f. 9.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Vit en parasite sur Ja toile des Nephila.

Espéce trés répandue dans |’Inde et la Malaisie.

23. PHoroncipiA LYGEANA ( Walckenaer).

Plectana lygeana Walck. Apt. ii. 1841, p. 11.

Phor. acrosomoides V. Hasselt, Midd.-Sum. ete., Ar. 1882, p. 30,

tab. 1. f. 7.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring. Perak: Gunong Inas.

Décrit de Sumatra.

24, EPIsINOPSIS RHOMBOIDALIS EK. Simon.

Episinopsis rhomboidalis Simon, in Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 1895,

p- 1386.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Décrit de Singapore.

25. THERIDION RUFIPES Lucas.

Jalor: Biserat.

Espéce répandue dans toutes les régions tropicales du monde.

26. THERIDION MUNDULUM L. Koch.

Th. mundulum Koch. Ar. Austr. i. 1872, p. 263, tab. xxii. f. 3.

Th. amenum Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. i. 1877, p. 463.

Ligeh.

Decrit d’Australie, trouvé depuis 4 Celebes, en Birmanie et a

Penang.

27. THERIDION NIGRUM (O. P. Cambridge).

Argyrodes nigra O. P. Cambr. in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1880,

p- 341, tab. xxx. f. 20.

? Theridion oxyurum Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. etc. iv. i. 1889,

p. 265.

Nawng-Chik.

Décrit de Ceylan, indiqué depuis de Java.

28. THERIDION SUBRADIATUM, sp. nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax niger postice sensim dilutior et

rufescens. Oculi quatuor antici in lineam leviter procurvam,

inter se anguste et fere aque separati, medi lateralibus paulo

majores. Ocwli postici minores, inter se equi, in lineam leviter

procurvam, medi a lateralibus quam inter se vie remotiores.

Area quatuor mediorum subquadrata. Clypeus area oculorum

non multo latior, chelis multo brevior, sub oculis depressus, dein

convecus. Abdomen breviter ovatum, convexum, supra nigrum,

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 5g

linea media longitudinali integra, sat angusta, sed postice in

declivitate valde ampliata et maculam magnam triquetram

formante, prope medium linea transversa simili recta angusta

sed utrinqgue abrupte et valde dilatatu et maculam subrotundam

formante, albis, decoratum, subtus fulvo-testaceum, sed vitta

media latissima mamillas includente et antice ad rimam vitta

transversa angustiore nigris notatum. Mamille fulvo-rufule.

Chele et partes oris fusco-ferruginee, lamine longe et anguste.

Slernum nigrum, opacum. DPedes longi et robusti, inter se valde

inequales, pallide lutei, rufulo nigroque annulati, femoribus

l' paris annulo medio rufulo annuloque apicali nigro ornatis,

reliquis femoribus ummaculatis, patellis (3 exceptis) rufuls,

tibiis 1' paris et 4' paris apice nigro-annulatis, reliquis tibiis

apice rufulo-annulatis, metatarsis tenuibus immaculatis, setis

longis, in annulis nigris densioribus, conspersi, patellis ad

apicem seta spiniformi erecta et longa, tibiis setis similibus

binis supra instructis. Tuberculum genitale magnum, ovato

transversum, foveola postice lobata marginata et septo triquetro

divisa, impressum.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

A T. plumipedi V. Hasselt et saropodi Thorell, cui versimiliter

affine est, differt cephalothorace sternoque fere nigris, metatarsis

pedum concoloribus, haud annulatis.

29, STEATODA PERAKENSIS, sp. nov.

3. Long. 6 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, postice sat abrupte

angustior et breviter productus, parte cephalica elevata, sulcis

profundis discreta, niger, valde coriaceus, granulis parvis

setiferis conspersus, in processu postico transversim striatus.

Oculi magni, inter se subcequales, postici albi, in lineam sub-

rectam, inter se fere equidistantes (spatiis interocularibus oculis

saltem duplo minoribus), antict in lineam sat procurvam, inter

se eque et anguste distantes, medi nigri lateralibus albis saltem

haud majores. Area quatuor mediorum subquadrata, antice

conveca, Clypeus area oculorum saltem haud angustior, sub

oculis depressus, ad marginem valde convecus. Chele anguste

et sat longa, fusco-picee, nitide, prope basin minute et parce

rugose. Lamine inclinate, picee, in medio late depresse.

Pars labialis nigra, latior quam longior, transversim plicata.

Sternum postice acuminatum, nigrum, antice parce postice crebre

arcuato-rugosum et subvermiculatum. Abdomen subglobosum,

supra duriusculum, opacum et parcissime setosum, nigr um,

lineolis paucis transversis exilibus testaceis via expressis seg-

mentatum, ad marginem anticum, supra processum ¢ cephalo-

thoracis, prominulum et obtuse emarginatum, subtus regione

epigusteris convexa, subleevi et ferrugineo-tincta. Pedes longi,

parum robusti, parce tenuiter et sat longe setosi, femoribus

anticis subtus subtiliter rugosis, nigri, metatarsis tarsisque

cunctis fusco-piceis, cowvis et presertim trochanteribus posticis

dilutiovibus. — Pedes-mawillares fusco-picei vel nigricantes ;

54 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7;

femore longo, recto apicem versus sensim et levissime ampliato ;

patella convexa ; tibia patella longiore, ad basin angustiore sed

anicem versus sensim et valde ampliata ; tarso magno, ovato,

apice acuminato, bulbo magno.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

Espéce de classification incertaine, différant des Steatoda typi-

ques par ses yeux antérieurs égaux; des Teutana par ses yeux

antérieurs en Jigne fortement procurvée; des Crustulina par son

sternum acuminé en arricre.

Familia MIMETID &.

30. MIMETUS MARGARITIFER, sp. Nov.

2. Long. 4 mm. — Cephalothorax pallide fulvus, levis, nitidus

et glaber, sed setis nig gris longissimis et erectis biseriatis (5-5

vel 6-6) supra munitus, converus, antice longe attenuatus.

Oculi medit, preesertim postici, a lateralibus quam inter se

multo remotiores, aream paulo lonaorem quam luatiorem

et antice quam postice latiorem occupantes, antic: prominuli,

postuts vie 4 majores. Oculi laterales utrinque parvi, equi,

contigui et prominuli, Clypeus oculis mediis anticis via latior.

Abdomen sat longum, ovatum et convewum, fulvo-testaceum,

utrinque, presertim antice late, et fere inordinate albo-opaco

plagiatum, supra tuberculis vufulis et nitidis subglobosis sed

longe setiferis, quadriseriatis, medianis majoribus, insigniter

ornatum, subtus parce et minute albido-punctatum. Chele

fulvo-rufule, anguste et longissime, a partibus oris sat late

distantes, antice fere plane, subtus, presertim ad basin, convexe.

Partes oris, sternum pedesque lutea, tibiis metatarsisque anticis

rufulo tinctis late et confuse annulatis, pedes cuncti numerose et

longissime aculeati, tibiis et metatarsis anticis (valde curvatis)

antus aculeis erectis longissimis aculeisque parvis et uncatis

numerosissimis et uniseriatis armatis, Tuberculum genitale

nigrum, transversum.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Espéce trés remarquable qui pourrait devenir le type d’un genre

spécial.

Familia ARGIOPIDS.

Subfamilia LInyPHimn ®.

31. SPHECOZONE DENTIMANUS (E. Simon).

Nematogmus dentimanus KE. Simon, in Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xl.

1886 (p. 21).

Perak : Gunong Inas.

Répandu dans l’Indo-Chine et 4 Ceylan.

32. LINYPHIA PASSERCULA, Sp. nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax subtilissime coriaceus et opacus,

rufescens, regione oculorum leviter infuscata et oculis, preesertim

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEA‘T EXPEDITION.” 55

mediis posticis, singulariter nigro-cinctis. Oculi quatuor antici

in lineam leviter procurvam, parvi et inter se subcequales, medir

nigri a sese appropinquati a lateralibus plus triplo remotiores.

Oculi postici in lineam fere equaliter procurvam, sed inter se

fere equidistantes et medit reliquis oculis evidenter majores.

Oculi quatuor medi aream haud longriorem quam latiorem et

postice quam antice fere duplo latiorem occupantes. Oculi

laterales utrinque parvi equi et contigui. Clypeus area

oculorum latior, antice oblique proclivis. Abdomen sat longe

oblongum, antice rotundum, postice leviter ampliatum, obtusum

et convewum, antice fusco-olivaceum, postice nigro-nitidum, in

medio cingulo dilutiore albido cinctum. Chele longe et paral-

lele, fulvo-rufule, fere leves, maryine inferiore sulci dentibus 6

(4 et 5 reliquis paulo minoribus), margine superiore dentibus

minutissimis 7 vel 8, lineam sinuosam designantibus, armatis.

Sternum fusco-rufescens, subtilissime coriaceum et opacum,

parcissime setosum. Pedes graciles et lonyi, minute et parce

aculeati, obscure olivacei, coais cunctis, femoribus quatuor anticis

usque ad apicem, posticis ad basin dilutioribus et flavido-

aurantiacis. Pedes-maxillares obscure fusci vel nigri, femore

tereti ad basin dilutiore, patella parva convexa et nodosu, tibia

majore, cequaliter convera mutica sed superne longe nigro-

crinita, turso bulboque maximis late ovatis, reliquis articulis

simul sumptis haud vel vie brevioribus.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Nora.—Le genre Linyphia est représenté dans |’ Asie tropicale et

dans la Malaisie par des espéces analogues aux nétres mais confinées

dans les régions les plus élevées des montagnes, ot elles trouvent

sans doute des conditions de vie analogues 4 celles d'Europe.

Thorell en a décrit deux (L. beccearii et L. phyllophora) du Mont

Singalang 4 Sumatra.

Subfamilia TarraGNaTHIN®.

33. TeETRAGNATHA MANDIBULATA Walckenaer.

Tetragnatha mandibulata Walckenaer, Apt. 1. 1841, p. 211.

T. minatoria E. Simon, in Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1877, p. 83.

T. leptognatha Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. i. 1877, p. 441 (101).

Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

Espéce Jargement distribuée en Asie, en Malaisie et eu Poly-

nésie.

34, TETRAGNATHA NOVIA, Sp. nov.

3. Long. 7-10 mm.—Cephalothorax angustus et longus, obscure

fulvus, plus minus olivaceo fuscove reticulatus, fovea thoracica

profunda, transversa sulcisque cephalicis impressa, fronte lata,

parte thoraciwa view an gustiore, Oculi: singulariter migro-cinett,

quatuor postici, superne visi, in lineam sat recurvam, inter se

aque et aquidistantes, quatuor antici, antice visi, in lineam

paulo angustiorem, validissime recurvam, medi lateralibus

M, EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

plus triplo majores et a lateralibus quam inter se plus triplo

remotiores. Oculi quatuor medit aream saltem haud longiorem

quam postice latiorem et antice quam postice multo angustiorem

occupantes, antici posticis vix majores. Oculi laterales utrinque

a sese appropinquati (spatio wmteroculari oculo spostico non

majore), anticus postico plus duplo minor. Abdomen angustum

et longissimum, omnino fuluum. Chele cephalothorace haud vel

vie breviores, proclives, fulvo-rufule, leaves, supra in parte

apicali extus apophysi longa, gracili, arcuata apice minute

bifida, et supra dente minore nigro et conico armate, margine

superiore sulci dente 1° mediocra recto vel leviter uncato, ad

radicem unguis sat remoto, dente 2° minutissimo et uncato

(spe obsoleto), dente 3° maximo recto et acuto (reliquis dentibus

multo majore) et prope basin dentibus seriatis 6—7, versus basin

sensim minoribus, margine inferiore dente 1°, prope radicem

unguis sito, parvo, dente 2° fere duplo majore antice oblique

directo, dente 3° valde remoto minore et prope basin dentibus

parvis 4 vel 5, versus basin sensim minoribus, armatis, unque

longo, simplici haud dentato. Pars labialis sternumque fusco-

testacea, lamine pedesque fulvi. Pedes longissimi, tibiis anticis

utringue aculeis quatuor aculeisque dorsalibus binis, metatarsis

aculeis basilaribus binis aculeisque exterioribus binis (rarius

trinis), altero subbasilari altero submedio, armatis. Pedes-

maxillares ordinarii.

Q. Long. 10 mm.—A mari, cui subsimilis est, differt chelis

brevioribus et validioribus, apophysi denteque superioribus

carentibus, margine superiore sulci dentibus 1, 2 et 3, inter se

subsimilibus, sat late et fere eque distantibus, 1° antice oblique

directo, dein dentibus minoribus et inter se appropinquatis

4 vel 5, margine inferiore dente 1° parvo, dente 2° reliquis

dentibus majore, dente 3° paulo minore, reliquis dentibus 3 vel 4

multo minoribus. Pedes-maxillares lutei, tarso infuscato,

patella seta apicali longa supra munita sed tibia mutica.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

35. Evora isipis E. Simon.

Espéce commune a |’Egypte et a l’Inde.

36. ORSINOME PHRYGIANA, sp. Nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax fusco-olivaceus, parte thoracica

late dilutiore sed vitta media fusca notata et versus marginem

sensim infuscata. Oculi antici in lineam leviter recurvam,

inter se fere aque et non late distantes, medii prominuli, late-

ralibus circiter 3 majores. Oculi postici in lineam fere equaliter

recurvam, medi majores et a lateralibus quam inter se remotiores.

Oculi quatuor medvi magni, avream haud vel via longiorem quam

latiorem et antice quam postice paulo latiorem, occupantes, Oculi

laterales utrinque valde prominuli et subcontiqui, anticus postico

major. Clypeus oculis mediis anticis paulo angustior. -Abdo-

men breviter ovatum, supra obscure fuluum, utringue et postice

1901.) ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 57

albido-testaceum et grosse argenteo-punctatum, area fulva dorsali,

in dimidio basali vitta nigra flecuosa marginata et maculis

mediis binis magnis et subrotundis lete argenteo-punctatis, in

dimidio apicali maculis parvis nigris sex biseriatis ornatum,

subtus atrum sed utrinque dilutius. Chele fulvo-rufule, leves,

longe, apicem versus attenuate et leviter divaricate. Partes

oris sternumque fusco-olivacea, levia. Pedes longi, aculeis

nigris ordinarvis longissimis instructi, lutei, femoribus tibiisque

annulo medio annuloque apicali olivaceis vel niyricantibus

notatis, patellis cunctis, cova trochantereque 1’ paris fuscis.

Pedes-mawillares pallide lutei, tarso nigro, bulbo olivaceo ;

femore gracili apicem versus sensim et leviter ampliato atque

arcuato ; patella convexa seta longissima supra munita ; tibia

patella paulo lonyiore ; tarso ovato, intus ad basin apophysi

dwaricata, gracili, recta sed apwe wneata armato; bulbo

maximo, simpli et nitido, subgloboso, leviter reniformi.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

37. ARGYROEPEIRA ELEGANS (Thorell).

Meta elegans Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. i, 1877, p. 416.

Callinethis elegans Thorell, in Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 2* ser. v.

1887, p. 134.

Jalor: Biserat.

Décrit de Celebes, trouvé depuis en Birmanie.

38. ARGYROEPEIRA FASTIGATA (EH. Simon).

Meta fastigata EK. Simon, in Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 1877, p. 79,

t. ili. fig. 10.

Ligeh.

Répandu dans une grande partie de la Malaisie et aux Iles

Philippines.

39. ARGYROEPEIRA GEMMEA (V. Hasselt).

Meta gemmea VY. Hasselt, Midd.-Sum. etc., Aran. 1882, p. 26,

Ga: The Torts

Perak: Ulu Selama. Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Connu de Sumatra, de Singapore et de Pinang.

40. ARGYRONPEIRA TESSELLATA (Thorell).

Callinethis tessellata Thorell, in Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen, xxy. 1887,

p. 135,

Jalor: Bukit Besar,

Décrit de Birmanie.

41, ARGYROEPEIRA VENTRALIS (Thorell).

Meta ventralis Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. i, 1877, p. 423.

Nawng-Chik, Raman,

58 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7.

Décrit de Celebes, indiqué depuis de Birmanie et des iles

Nicobars. Se trouve aussi 4 Java et 4 Sumatra.

Nora.—Répond 4 la description du Dr. T. Thorell, sauf pour

la taille qui est plus forte (8 4 9 mill.).

Subfamilia NEPHILIN 2,

42, Nepuiis IMPERIALIS (Doleschall).

Nephila flagellans Li. Koch, Ar. Austr. i. 1872, p. 153, t. xii.

5-6.

NY. baeri E. Simon, in Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1877, p. 82.

N. holmere Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. ii. 1881, p. 141.

Patalung. Jalor. Raman.

Trouvé en grand nombre.

43. NEPHILA MACULATA (Fabricius).

Forma typica.

Patalung. Nawng-Chik.

44, NepuHita MacuLata (Fabr.) JALORENSIS, subsp. nov.

Q (subadulta). A typo differt pedibus nigricantibus coxis luteis,

femoribus subtus tibiis metatarsisque crebrius et longius nigro-

pilosis sed tibiis 1' paris et 4° paris annulo subbasilari et meta-

tarsis 4° paris annulo angustiore subbasilari fulvis, brevius et

parcius pilosis ornatis, abdomine swpra olivaceo, in medio

lineolis longitudinalibus parallelis subcontiguis 3 vel 4, in

lateribus lineolis numerosis sinuosis et inordinatis dilutioribus et

breviter albo-argenteo pilosis ornato, prope marginem anticum

vitta transversa lata albida, dein zonis transveris fuscis leviter

procurvis quatuor fuscis notato.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

45, NEPHILA MALABARENSIS (Walckenaer).

Perak: Ulu Selama. Raman. Ligeh. Kelantan.

Espéce répandue dans presque toutes les régions tropicales.

Subfamilia AnRGIOPIN &,

46. ARGIOPE PULCHELLA Thorell.

Argiope pulchella Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. ii. 1881, p. 74.

Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

Répandu en Birmanie, dans le Siam, etc.

47. Gea DECORATA Thorell.

Gea decorata Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. etc. iv. i. 1890, p. 105.

Perak: Gunong Inas. Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Décrit de Sumatra.

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘“‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 59

48. Gua restiva (Thorell) NIGRIFRONS, subsp. nov.

A typo differt cephalothoracis regione frontali nigra.

Jalor: Bukit Besar

Le type est décrit de Birmanie et indiqué de Singapore.

49. Gea nocticotor Thorell.

Gea nocticolor Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. xxv. 1887,

p. 170:

Ligeh.

Decrit de Birmanie.

50. CrrropHora crcaTrosa (Stoliczka).

Epeira (Nephila) cicatrosa Stoliczka, in Journ. Asiat. Soc.

Bengal, xxxvili. p. 11, no. iv. 1869, p. 242, pl. xx. f. 5.

Epeira salebrosa Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. ii. 1878, p. 49.

Jalor: Biserat.

Répandu dans |’Inde, I’Indo-Chine et la Malaisie.

51. CyrroPHoRA UNICOLOR (Doleschall).

Epeira unicclor Dol., in Nat. Tijdr. Neder]. Ind. xiii. 1857,

p. 419.

Epeira stigmatisata Karsch, in Zeitschr. f. g. Naturw. li. 1878,

p- 326,

Epeira serrata Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. iv. i. 1890, p. 33.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

52, ARACHNURA MELANURA KE. Simon.

Arachnura melanura E. Simon, in Rey. et Mag. de Zoologie,

1867 (p. 3).

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Connu de |’Inde et de Java.

53. ARANEUS CAPUT-LUPI (Doleschall).

Jalor: Biserat.

Indiqué de Sumatra, des Moluques, de N.-Guinée, etc.

54. ARANEUS SUBMUCRONATUS (E. Simon).

Epeira submucronata E. Simon, in Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,

lvi. p. 11, no. 1, 1887, p. 106.

Nora.—Cette espéce a été réunie 4 tort, par le Dr. Thorell, &

lA. de haani Dol.; elle en différe par les tubercules des yeux

latéraux plus longs et plus acuminés, le sternum garni de granula-

tions beaucoup plus grosses, inégales et irréguliéres. Son abdomen

est pourvu A l’angle apical de trois tubercules contigus dont le

médian est plus gros, ce qui s’observe quelquefois aussi chez

A, de haani.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

60 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

55. ARANEUS LAGLAIZEI (E. Simon).

Epeira thomisoides Doleschall, Bijdr. ete. 1857, p. 422.

Epeira laglaizei EK. Simon, in Ann. Soe. ent. Fr. 1877, p. 65.

Epeira thelura Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ii. 1878, p. 84 (273-293).

Ligeh.

Trés répandu en Malaisie, en Océanie et dans |’Indo-Chine.

56. ARANEUS NavTIcUS (L. Koch).

Perak : Ulu Selama.

Répandu dans presque toutes les régions tropicales du monde.

57. Cycnosa BIF1pA (Dol.) Macrura Thorell.

Epetra macrura Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. i. 1877, p. 404.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

58. CycLosa INSULANA (Costa).

Jalor: Biserat. Ligeh. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

59, Ca&RrosTRris PARADOXA (Doleschall).

Patalung : Ban-Kong-Rak.

60. GASTERACANTHA FORNICATA (Fabr.) JALORENSIS, subsp. nov.

Q. Abd. long. 8:5 mm., lat. 18°5 mm.—A typo differt magni-

tudine majore, aculeis lateralibus principalibus longioribus sed

aculeis posticis minoribus,

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

61. GASTERACANTHA ARCUATA (Fabricius).

Patalung. Nawng-Chik.: Kelantan.

62. GASTERACANTHA HASSELTI (C. Koch).

Jalor: Bukit Besar. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

63. GASTERACANTHA PERAKENSIS, sp. nov.

2. Scutum abd. long. 7 mm., lat. 9°5 mm. Acul. angul. long.

4:7 mm.— Cephalothorax niger, margine clypei anguste testaceo,

parte cephalica obtuse sulcata, albido-pilosa, apice minute et

parce granulosa. Ocult pedit inter se subcequales (antici via

majores), aream paulo latiorem quam longiorem et antice quam

postice angustiorem, occupantes. Oculi laterales utrinque valde

prominuli, Abdomen viv 1 latius quam longius, antice trun-

catum, postice valde ampliatum et late truncatum (fere ut m

G. hasselti C. K.), supra nitidum, flavum, utringue in sigillis

nigro-bimaculatum, aculers sex niyris armatum, utrinque aculeis

binis, ad angulum anticum quam a sese plus duplo remotroribus,

antico mediocrt, gracilt, recto, acutissimo et antice oblique directo,

altero, an gulari fere triplo longiore, in parte basali crasso subtus

convexo et granuloso, i parte apicali abrupte angustiore, levi,

recto et acuto,ad marginem posticum aculeis binis, lateralibus

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 61

anticis fere duplo longioribus, rectis et acutis, sed ad basin

leviter incrassatis et granulosis ; sigillis anticis quatuor parvis

longis et rectis, in lineam rectam, utrinque, in declivitate, sigillis

trinis paulo majoribus, antico ovato alteris subrotundis, sigillis

posticis sew in lineam rectam, lateral ovato et obliquo, alteris

minutissimis, sigillis medians quatuor sat parvis, aream trapezi-

formem haud longiorem quam latiorem occupantibus, subtus sat

crebre granulosum, im medio convecum haud tuberculatum,

nigrum, maculis flavis sat parvis et niquis conspersum. Sternum

valde et crebre granulosum sed antice tuberculo parvo humillimo

leviore et rufulo notatum, mgrum, utringue ad marginem

maculis parvis flavis trinis ornatum. Chele nigro-nitide.

Pedes fulvo-rufuli, versus extremitates sensim obscuriores, meta-

tarsis tarsisque anticis fere nigris.

A G. globulata Walckenaer, cui valde affinis et subsimilis est,

differt imprimis sigillis abdominis, presertim anticis, multo

minoribus, aculeis angularibus in parte basali minus globosis, in

parte apicali gracilibus et divaricatis haud erectis.

Perak: Ulu Selama. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

64, GASTERACANTHA LEUCOMELAS (Doleschall).

Gasteracantha annamita E. Simon, in Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xl.

1886, p. 14.

Jalor. Ligeh. Raman.

Espéce trés répandue dans |’Indo-Chine et la Malaisie.

65. ANBEPSIA FUSCOLIMBATA, sp. nov.

2. Long. 3 mm.— Ab A. depressa Thorell, cui affinis est, differt

magnitudine saltem duplo minore, cephalothorace levi et nitido,

pallide luteo sed regione frontali et clypei infuscata, sterno luteo

(haud nigro), abdomine breviore, subrotundo, supra plano,

nitido, grosse sed parce impresso-punctato, sigillis medianis

obsoletis, supra pallide luteo sed utrinque late fusco-marginato,

subtus, pone plicam genitalem, vitta media fusca sat angusta et

confusa notato, mamillis fusco-marginatis, pedibus fere nvuticis,

obscurioribus, fusco-oliwaceis, femoribus quatuor anticis fere

nigris, covis cunctis femoribusque posticis, preesertim subtus,

dilutioribus, unco vulvee fulvo obtusiore.

Perak : Gunong Inas (6000 ft.).

66. AnppstA DEPRESSA (Thorell).

Paraplectana depressa Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. i. 1877, p. 14

(354).

Jalor: Biserat.

Décrit de Celebes.

67. PRONOUS AFFINIS, sp. NOV.

2. Long. 38 mm.—Cephalothorax parce et minute rugosus, parce

et longe albo-setosus, fusco-rufescens, regione frontali sensim

nigra. Arca oculorum mediorum magna, leviter prominula,

62 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

haud longior quam latior et antice quam postice via angustior,

oculi medit postici anticis saltem 3 majores. Clypeus sub-

verticalis, area oculorum mediorum circiter equilatus. Abdomen

convecum, breviter oblongum, antice leviter attenuatum atque

obtusum, postice paululum ampliatum, obtusum sed supra

tuberculis duobus latis et humillimis notatum, fusco-lividum,

nitidum, fere glabrum, antice linea longitudinali abbreviata

alba, utringue, prope medium, macula parva et postice macula

majore nigris, notatum, subtus atro-purpureum. Chele

rufescentes, glalre et leves. Sternum fusco-pupureum, inequale

et valde coriaceo-granulosum. Pedes fusco-olivacet, femoribus

dilutioribus et luteis sed fusco-vittatis. Tuberculum genitale

simplea, breve, ovato-transversum, nigro-nitidum.

A P. taprobanico E, Sim., cui ‘affinis est, imprimis differt

tuberculo genitali altiore et minus transverso, subrotunde,

pictura corporis obscuriore sed sterno rufulo haud nigro.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

68. THERIDIOSOMA NEBULOSUM, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 2 mm.—Cephalothorac levis et nitidus, fulvo-olivaceus,

parte cephalica confuse infuscata, regione oculorum nigra.

Oculi medit postict a sese subcontiqui. Oculi quatuor antici a

sese subcontiqui, medi nigri, lateralibus albis viv majores.

Area quatuor mediorum subdirecta, longior quam latior et

subparallela, ocult medit antict posticis, minores. Abdomen

magnum, subglobosum, atro-olivaceum, zonis transversis paulo

dilutioribus via expressis atque antice maculis maynis obliquis

bin’s convergentibus albo-punctatis supra notatum, subtus atrum.

Sternum nigrum, in medio late dilutius et rufescens. Chele

pedesque obscure olivacei, coais femoribusque (apice excepto)

dilutioribus et testacers. Pedes breves, parce sed longe setesi.

Tuberculum genitale mavimum fere Theridiosomatis gemmosi

L. K., transversim ovatum, antice leve et rufulum, postice Sovea

magna testacea semicirculari, marginata et apice minute excisa,

notatum.

Jalor: Biserat.

A T. picteti E. Sim. (ex Java) et fasciato Workman (ex Singa-

pore) presertim differt abdomine cingulo argenteo carente.

69. ANDASTA CYCLOSINA, sp. nov.

2. Long. 3:5 mm.—Cephalothorax levis et nitidus, atro-olivaceus,

parte thoracica vitta media lata fulvo-rufula notata, cephalica

angusta et longa, antice leviter attenuata, postice a thoracica

sulco tenui semicirculari discreta, fronte angusta, regione oculari

postice leviter depressa. Oculi quatuor postict, presertim medii,

macini, inter sé anguste et fere aque distantes (spatiis inter-

ocularibus oculis mediis triplo ninoribus). Oculi antici in

lineam rectam, inter se subcontiqui, medii nigri lateralibus albis

majores. Arca quatuor mediorum subquadrata, antice valde

prominula, superne convera. Clypeus oculis mediis anticis

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘“* SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 63

latior, sub oculis leviter depressus. Abdomen longius quam

latius, supra deplanatum, antice rotundum, postice sensim

attenuatum et pone mamillas in tuberculum obtusum pro-

ductum, supra parce et longe albido-pilosum, nigrum, antice

macula maxima testacea, utrinque lobata et vittam mediam albo-

punctatam includente, notatum, subtus atrum vel testaceum et

vitta fusca lata notatum, mamille inferiores rufule extus

fusco-vittate, relique testacece. Sternum fusco-rufescens, nigri-

canti-marginatum, Pedes breves et robusta, sat longe setosi haul

aculeati, lutei, femoribus tibisque anticis apice late nigris,

reliquis minute fusco-notatis, covis sepe maculatis. Plaga

genitalis parva, rufula, unco nigro gracili et brevi recto sed

apice minute uncato munita. Chelarum margo superior dentibus

quatuor valde iniquis, 1° et 2° parvis, 38° multo longiore et

acuto, ultimo mediocri, margo inferior dentibus binis validis et

subaequis instructi.

Perak: Gunong Inas.

Ab A. semiargentea E. Sim. (ex ins. Taprobane) imprimis differt

magnitudine multo majore, abdomine postice acuminato et pro-

ducto, oculis quatuor posticis inter se equidistantibus, et plaga

genitalis unco munita.

Familia THOMISID &.

70. Amycrza FortIcEPs (O. P. Cambridge).

Amycle forticeps O. P. Cambr., in Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873,

p- 122.

Nawng-Chik.

Espéce trés commune a Ceylan, indiquée aussi de Singapore, de

Birmanie et de Java.

ZYGOMETIS, nov. gen.

A Runcinia cui affinis est imprimis differt cephalothorace plano,

haud longiore quam latiore, utringue ample rotundo, oculis

mediis posticis et anticis a lateralibus quam inter se multo

remotioribus, oculis quatuor anticis in lineam rectam, tibis

quatuor anticis omnino muticis, metatarsis aculeis 4—4 tantum

armatis, abdomine brevi, antice posticeque recte truncato, postice

ampliato fere Thomisi.

71. ZYGOMETIS CRISTULATA, sp. nov.

2 (pullus). Long. 5 mm.—Cephalothorax latus, utrinque ample

rotundus, planus, fronte late truncata subcarinata, utrinque

ante oculum lateralem posticum minute turbinata, subtilissime

coriaceus et granulis nigris minutissimis, in parte thoracica

lineas radiantes abbreviatas designantibus, ornatus, pallide

flavus, regione oculorum alba sed antice linea evili fusca, oculos

anticos includente, limitata, parte cephalica lineis binis flecuosis,

thoracica maculis submarginalibus iniquis et laciniosis albo-

opacis ornatis. Abdomen paulo latius quam longius, postice

M, EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

valde ampliatum, antice posticeque recte sectum, supra fulvo-

cinereo-testaceum leviter albido-variegatum et postice in declivitate

vitta transversa lata fusca notatum, granulis nigris paucis

conspersum, subtus albidum. Chelw, partes oris, sternum

pedesque pallide flavida, patellis quatuor anticis superne macula

obliqua, tibits subtus annulo submedio, metatarsis tarsisque

subtus vitta obliqua fusco-olivaceis notatis, tibiis muticis, meta-

tarsis 1' paris aculeis inferioribus 4—4 interioribus (superioribus)

minoribus, metatarsis 2* paris aculeis 4-4, exterioribus (inferi-

oribus) minoribus, instructis.

Perak: Gunong Inas.

Familia CLUBIONID&.

Subfamilia SELENOPIN &.

72, SELENOPS ACULEATUS, sp. noy.

Q. Long. 7 mm. — Cephalothorax planissimus, latior quam longior,

pallide fulvus, tenuiter fusco-marginatus, mar gine frontali ad

oculos nigra, flavido-sericeo pubescens, ad marginem longe et

valde crinitus. Ocult quatuor antict a sese contigut, in lincam

subrectam vix recurvum, medii lateralibus evidenter minores.

Oculi exteriores minutissimi albi et ovati a lateralibus anticis

parum distantes. Oculi postici utrinque prominuli reliquis

oculis majores. Abdomen planissimumn, longius quam latius,

pallide fuluum, flavido-sericeo pubescens, postice anguste fusco-

marginatum. Sternum pedesque lutea, femoribus 1' paris subtus

usque ad basin, femoribus 2' paris ad apicem late nigricanti-

plagiatis, tibiis metatarsisque superne minute, parce et inordinate

fusco-variatis, tibiis quatuor anticis aculeis 7-7 (interioribus

longioribus), metatarsis aculeis 5-5 subtus armatis. Plaga

genitalis nigra, fovea testacea magna, postice amplata, truncata

et tubercula mainuta ovata et obliqua includente, impressa.

Perak : Gunong Inas.

A S. montigena E. Sim., cui presertim affinis est, imprimis

differt magnitudine minore, tibiis metatarsisque auticis aculeis

numerosioribus instructis (in S. montigena metatarsis anticis

3-3 aculeatis).

Subfamilia SPARASSIN®.

73. Hereropopa recta (Fabr.).

Heteropoda venatoria auct. (non Aranea venatoria L.).

Perak. Kelantan. Raman. Patalung.

Répandu dans les régions tropicales du monde entier.

74. Hurnropopa LEPROSA EF. Simon.

Heteropoda leprosa E. Simon, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. xx. 1884,

336.

Perak: Ulu Selama. Kelantan: Kuala Aring. Jalor: Bukit

Besar.

Décrit de Birmanie.

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 65

75. HEreROPODA SEXPUNCTATA FE. Simon.

Heteropoda sexpunctata E. Simon, in Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. x.

1885 (p. 14).

Ligeh.

Deécrit de l’Inde Centrale.

76. SPARIOLENUS TIGRIS E, Simon.

Spariolenus tigris E. Simon, Rev. Sparass. 1880, p. 61.

Jalor: Biserat.

Décrit du Bengale.

77. SPARASSUS ANNANDALEI, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 11 min.—Cephalothorax convevus, vie longior quam

latior, fronte lata, fulvus, albido-sericeo pubescens, regione

frontali leviter obscuriore et rufescenti-tincta, Oculi quatuor

antici in lineam plane rectam, inter se fere cequidistantes

(spatiis interocularibus oculis paulo minoribus), medit lateralibus

paulo majores. Oculi quatuor postici multo minores et inter se

subcequales, in lineam latiorem via procurvum, a sese late et fere

aque separati. Area quatuor mediorum circiter ceque longa ac

lata et postice quam antice angustior, medi antici posticis saltem

duplo majores. Clypeus oculis medits anticis angustior. Abdo-

men oblongum, fulvum, crebre et longe sericeo-pubescens, supra

in dimidio apicali linea media fusca exili notatum, subtus

concolor. Chele valide et conveaw, nigro-rufescentes, leves et

parce crinite, margine inferiore sulci dentibus validis quatuor

contiguis, ultimo reliquis paulo minore, armato. Partes oris

castanee. Pars labialis convexa, pines latior quam longior.

Sternum, pedes-maaillares pedesque lutea, tarso pedum- -maxil-

larium metatarsis tarsisque pedum, preesertim anticis, obscurt-

oribus et rufulo-tinctis, tarsis cunctis, metatarsis anticis usque

ad basin, meiatarsis 4' paris ad apicem, longe et crebre cinereo-

scopulatis, aculeis ordinartis longis. Plaga genitalis magna,

fulva et nitida, parallela, postice truncata, im parte secunda

sulco longitudinali divisa.

Nawng-Chik: Ban.

Trouvé dans une coque de tissu trés résistant logée dans une

feuille roulée et contenant un cocon ovigére globuleux de tissu

simple et assez mince appliqué sur les wufs.

78. RHITYMNA XANTHOPUS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 21 mm.—Cephalothorax latior quam longior, nigro-

pweus, postice in declivitate paulo dilutior et rufescens, albido-

luteo-pubescens et longe hirsutus. Oculi medii antici lateralibus

paulo majores et a lateralibus quam inter se circiter 4 remotiores.

Abdomen ovatum, antice leviter emarginatum, supra crebre

flavido-pubescens et setis erectis longissimis pallide flavidis

conspersum, antice lineolis binis convergentibus, dein macula

Proo, Zoou, Soc.—1901, Vou, II. No. V. 5

M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

ovata vel subrotunda, postice urcubus transversis seriatis tenuibus

et utringue evanescentibus, nigricantibus supra ornatum, subtus

crebre fulvo-pubescens, regione ventrali lineis nigricantibus binis

leviter incurvis notata. Chele validissime et convex, nigra,

nitide et glabra, sed marginibus sulci longe et crasse rubro-

pilosis, inferiore dentibus trinis subcontiguis, 1° paulo minore

armato. Partes oris nigre ad marginem erasse rubro-pilose.

Sternum cowcaque nigra, nigro-setosa. Pedes crassi et longi,

fusco-picet, supra fulvo-pilosi et longe hirsuti, subtus patellis

nigris, femoribus tibusque crebre et longe flavo-pilosis et hirsutis,

sed femoribus cunctis annulo apical, tibiis 1’ paris annulo sub-

apicali, reliquis tibiis annulis binis nigris ornatis, netatarsis

tarsisque usque ad basin crasse nigro-scopulatis. Pedes-maail-

lares nigri, nigro-pilost. Plaga genitalis subrotunda, rubro-

nitida, costis parvis trinis, lateralibus antice divergentibus,

notata.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

A R. ingenti E, Sim. (ex Java), cui affinis est, imprimis differt

oculis mediis anticis a sese minus distantibus, femoribus tibiisque

subtus flavo (haud albido) pilosis, tibiis 1‘ paris annulo nigro

singulo notatis et plaga genitali rubra haud nigra.

79. SERAMBA PENNATA, sp. Noy.

3. Long. 9 mm.—Cephalothorax late ovatus, antice valde attenu-

atus, fronte sat angusta, fulvo-rufescens, levis, parce albido-

pilosus, linea marginali vittisque dorsalibus binis latis et dentatis,

tenuiter fusco-reticulatis parum expressis notatus. Oculi antici

in lineam leviter procurvam, inter se ceque et sat anguste distantes

(spatiis interocularibus oculis minoribus), medii lateralibus

majores. Oculi postici multo minores, in lineam latiorem leviter

procurvam, inter se subcequales et fere wquidistantes. Area

quatuor mediorum latior quam longior, medii antici posticis fere

duplo majores. Abdomen sat anguste ovatum, postice attenuatum,

testaceum, supra utrinque valde nigricanti-maculatum, wntice

vitta longitudinali, postice arcubus transversis fuscis seriatis,

apicem versus sensim minoribus et sepe confluentibus, supra

ornatum, subtus parce fusco-punctatum. Mamille inferiores

testacew, superiores fusce. Chele, sternum pedesque fulvo-

rufescentia, Chele sat debiles, margine inferiore sulci dentibus

minutissimis 6 armato. Tibiw antice aculeis inferioribus longis

(apicalibus minoribus) 6-6 et utrinque lateralibus minoribus

binis, metutarsis aculeis inferioribus longissimis 2-2, lateralibus

exterioribus trinis interioribus binis instructis. Pedes-maaillares

lutei, tibia rufescenti, tarso bulboque fuscis nigrisve; tibia

patella breviore et latiore, supra et extus valde ampliata et

apophysibus nigris inigquis armata, apophysi superiore subrecta,

crassa apice leviter arcuata et truncata, media paululum sinuosa

et acutlissima, inferiore minore et dentiformi ; tarso late ovato,

extus anple rotundo, intus subrecto ; bulbo magno.

Nawng-Chik.

1901,] ARACHNIDA OF THB ‘‘ SKEAT BXPEDITION.” 67

Subfamilia CLUBIONIN#.

80. (?) CHIRACANTHIUM MELANOoSTOMA (Thorell).

Entittha melanostoma Thorell, Descr. Cat. Spid. Burma, 1895,

p- 44.

Jalor: Biserat. .

Décrit de Birmanie.

81, CHIRACANTHIUM CAUDATUM (Thorell).

Entittha caudata Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. xxv. 1887,

p- 58.

Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

Décrit de Birmanie.

82. Marrpra apria E, Simon.

Matidia aeria KE. Simon, in Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 1896, p. 503.

Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

Espéce trés répandue, décrite de Jolo (Philippines).

Subfamilia Crpenin 2.

83. CrENUS VALVULARIS V. Hasselt.

Ctenus valvularis V. Hasselt, in Midd.-Sum. etec., Ar. 1882,

p. 45, tab. v. f. 12.

Ctenus valvularis Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. iv. 2, 1891-92,

p- 135,

Jalor: Biserat.

Décrit de Sumatra, indiqué depuis de Java.

84, CaLOCTENUS OREUS, sp. nov.

2. Long. 10 mm.—Cephalothorax ovatus, parte cephalica attenuata

et antice leviter acclivi, thoracica convexa, sulco profundo et

longo secta, fusco-olivaceus, vitta media integra et fere parallela,

lineaque submarginali ungustiore et flecuosa dilutioribus albo

fulvoque pilosis ornatus. Oculi medi aream haud longiorem

quam latiorem et antice quam postice multo angustiorem

oceupantes, antici posticis Ffere duplo minores. Oculi laterales

antut parvi ovati et albi prope marginem inferiorem oculorum

mediorum posticorum siti, Clypeus verticalis planus, ared

oculorum mediorum circiter equilatus, fuscus, utrinque dilutior.

Abdomen oblongum, supra atrum, obscure cervino-cinereo-

pubescens, vitta media sat angusta, antice acuminata, postice

leviter ampliata et dentata albido-fulvoque pilosa et utrinque

punctis migris seriatis 4-5 notatum, subtus paulo dilutius et

obscure cinerco-pubescens. Chelw longe, cylindrate, fusco-

rufulee, eves et nitide, margine inferiore sulci quinquedentato.

Partes ovis fulvo-rufule, pars labialis infuscata, convewa,

circiter weque longa ac lata, dimidium laminarum haud attingens

et upice truncata. Sternum pedesque fuluva. Pedes longissimi

68 M. BUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

et gracillimi, tibiis anticis aculeis pronis longissimis (apicalibus

minoribus) 8-8 vel 9-9, metatarsis aculeis similibus 4-4 subtus

instructis. Tuberculum genitale paulo latius quam longus,

rufulum, in medio valde crinitum utrinque incisura vel fovea

parva impressum.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

Subfamilia LIocRANIN”,

85, TruramMus poxitus Thorell.

Teutamus politus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. 2 ser. x.

(1890), p. 281.

Perak: Gunong Inas, Ulu Selama.

Déecrit de Pinang.

Familia PISAURID 2,

86. HyGRopoDA LONGIMANUS (Stoliczka).

Dolomedes longimanus Stoliczka, in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxviil.

pt. 2, p. 218, tab. xx. f. 3.

Raman: Kota Bharu.

Décrit du Bengale.

87. THALASSIUS ALBocINOTUS (Doleschall).

Dolomedes albocinctus Dol., in Verh. N. V. Ned. Ind. v. 1859,

p- 9.

Titurius marginellus KE. Simon, Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. xx. 1884,

p. 329.

Raman: Kota Bharu. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Répandu dans l’Indo-Chine, la Birmanie et une partie de la

Malaisie.

88. DoLOMEDES PAROCULUS, sp. nov.

2 (subadulta). Long. 18 mm.—Cephalothorax fusco-olivaceus,

breviter cervino-pubescens, utrinque, prope marginem et antice

in clypeo, maculis parvis, iniquis et inmordinatis albo-pilosis,

vittam latam confusam designantibus, in medio vitta longitudinali

flavido-pilosa, in parte cephalica lata et linea media exili secta,

in parte thoracica abrupte angustiore, ornatus. Oculi quatuor

antici inter se equi et fere wquidistantes, medi leviter prominulr,

Oculi quatuor postict maximt in lineam valde recurvam,

laterales prominuli, medit a lateralibus quam inter se remotiores

(spatio interoculart oculo plus duplo minore) et spatium

transversum oculorum linea antica tota non multo angustius

occupantes. Area quatuor mediorum circiter cwque longa ac

lata et antice quam postice multo angustior, medii antici

posticis plus triplo minores. Clypeus subverticalis, area

oculorum mediorum latior. Abdomen magnum, ovatum, obscure

fuluum, cervino-pubescens, antice linea media angusta dilutiore,

1901.) ARACHNIDA OF THE ‘*SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 69

utringue et preesertim postice maculis parvis lineolisque flexuosis

albo-pilosis ornatum, subtus concolor. Chele long, parallele,

fusco-rufule, crebre et longe albido-hirsute, marginibus sulci

longis, inferiore dentibus quatuor, 1° reliquis paulo majore,

armato. Sternum, partes oris pedesque olivacea. Pedes versus

extremitates sensii obscuriores, cervino-pubescentes, maculis

albis purvis conspersi ct subannulati, aculeis ordinariis, validis

et longis armati, tarsis yracilibus subtus setosis utrinque

anguste scopulatis.

Raman: Kota Bharu.

Species fere inter Dolomedem et Anoteropem, oculis posticis

insiguiter magnis, eximie distincta.

Familia LYCOSID4.

89. Parposa IRRETITA E. Simon.

Pardosa irrvetita E. Simon, in Act. Soc. Linn, Bord. xl. 1886

(p. 6).

Ligeh.

Décrit du Cambodge, retrouvé depuis 4 Saigon, a Singapore et a

Borneo.

90. PARDOSA LAIDLAWI, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 6 mm.—Cephalothorax nigellus, vitta media lata,

antice oculos haud attingente, in parte thoracica leviter dentata

atque attenuata fulvo-rufula, antice fulvo-rufulo postice albido-

pulosa, lineaque submarginali fulva eaih et dentata ornatus,

clypeo in medio nigro utrinque dilutiore. Ocult antici in

lineam procurvam, medi evidenter majores et a sese quam a

lateralibus remotiores (spatio interoculari oculo haud angustiore),

laterales a margine clypei quam ab oculis maynis ser. 2¢ plus

duplo remotiores. Area oculorum quatuor posticorum postice

quam antice latior. Abdomen oblongum, nigellum, area media

vel vitta latissima dilutiore, antice albido postice fulvo-pilosa,

antice lineolis binis ngris figuram acute lanceolatam desiqnantibus,

postice arcubus transversis fuscis seriatis albo-pilosis ornata,

supra notatum, subtus dilutius, obscure testacewm albido-cinerco-

pubescens. Chel nigra vel fuscee, parce albo-pilose. Sternum

nigrum, albo-pilosum, swpe antice minute testaceo-maculatum.

Pedes longi, obscure fulvo -rufescentes, metatarsis tarsisque

dilutioribus, coais infuscatis, femoribus annulis nigris quatuor

valde sinuosis, tibiis valde, metatarsis viw distincte fusco- vel

olivaceo-annulatis, tibiis metatarsisque anticis aculeis tenuibus et

longis 2-2 aculeisque apicalibus binis multo minoribus subtus

armatis, Plaga genitalis ovato transversa, utrinque nigra sed

pilis crassis niveis convergentibus munita, in medio depressa,

late foveolata et carinula fulva tenui et integra divisa.

Perak : Ulu Selama.

A P. birmanica Thorell verisimiliter affinis,

70 M, EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

Familia OXYOPID &.

91. Oxyopus LINBATIPES (C. Koch).

Sphasus lineatipes, C. Koch, Arachn. xy. 1848, p. 55, fig. 1455,

Oxyopes lineatipes Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. etc. iv. 2, 1891-92,

p. 190.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Espéce trés répandue en Birmanie et en Malaisie.

2. OXYOPES PATALONGENSIS, sp. nov.

3. Long. 10 mn.—Cephalothorax altus sat brevis, fronte lata et

obtusa, fusco-ferrugineus, pilis simplicibus pronis fuscis, versus

marginem, presertim postice, nigricantibus, vestitus, sed zona

marginal inequali paulo dilutiore et subglabra cinctus, regione

clypet leviter obscure reticulata (haud lineata), regione oculorum

mgra et flavido-pilosa, Oculi ordinarii. Abdomen sat an-

gustum, antice rotundum, postice valde attenuatum et cylin-

draccum, supra nigrum, obscure olivaceo-pubescens sed utrinque

vitta niveo-pilosa, laciniosa, extremitates haud attingente, mar-

ginatum, subtus antice fuluum et aurantiaco-pubescens, preeterea

nigrum et lineis tenuibus trinis, media abbreviata, albo-pilosis,

ornatum. Manuille nigra. Chele fusco-ferruginee, leviter

reticulate. Sternumn fuluum. Pedum cove, trochanteres femo-

raque lutea, antica, subtus, usque ad basin, infuscata et

subvittata, femora postica apice infuscata, reiqui articuli nigri-

cantes supra parce albo-pilosi, sed tarsi (presertim antici)

dilutiores et subluter, aculeis ordinariis longissimis nigris armati,

Pedes-mawillares sat breves et robusti, nigri, femore utrinque

dilutiore, tibia supra ad apicem minute albo-pilosa; tibia

patella haud longiore, extus ad apicem minute dentata, subtus

depressa et apophyst nigro-nitida crassa obtusissima et oblique

costiformi munita ; tarso magno, supra valde convexo, ad

apicem breviter acuminato, extus ad basin breviter prominenti et

angutloso.

Patalung.

Familia SALTICID &.

1°. Salticide pluridentati.

93. Linus rrmBriatus (Doleschall).

Salticus fimbriatus Dol., in Verh. N. V. Ned. Ind. v. 1859, p. 22.

Sinis fimbriatus Thorell, St. Rag. Mal. ete. ii. 1878, p. 270.

Jalor: Biserat.

Espéce largement distribuée, commune dans la Malaisie et la

Papuasie, 4 Ceylan et 4 Madagascar.

Genus PADILLOTHORAX E. Simon.

A Bavia differt cephalothorace humiliore et multo longiore ovato,

porte thoracica quadrangulo oculorum fere duplo longiore,

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “* SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 71

impressione transversa parva suleoque remotis submediis munita,

oculis anticis inter se contiquis et validissime iniquis, clypco

angustissimo glabro, oculis lateralibus anticis et posticis

minoribus.

94, PADILLOTHORAX SEMIOSIRINUS, sp. NOV.

do. Long. 75 mm.—Cephalothorax humilis, longus et ovatus,

rubro-castaneus versus marginem infuscatus, valde coriaceo-

vermiculatus sed parte thoracica im medio leviore, parte

cephalica antice et utrinque, sub oculis, pilis albo-argenters

ornata, thoracica vittis medianis binis latis subcontiguis, lineaque

marginali ewili, albo-argenteo-pilosis decorata. Pili oculorum

pauci albidi. Clypeus angustissimus nudus. Abdomen

angustum et longissimum, supra fusco-violaceum, vitta media

lata et wmtegra luteo-testacea, antice lineis postice maculis

seriatis albo-argenteo-pilosis marginata, ornatum, utringue in

lateribus antice linea recta postice linets obliquis binis albis,

notatum, subtus fuluum, mamille fusce. Chele nigro-nitide,

breves sed divaricate, extus convex, intus subcostate, margine

inferiore sulci depresso, dein valde elevato et dentibus seriutis,

contiguis, medianis majoribus, armato. Partes oris nigre,

lamine apice truncate, conveaw, sed angulo compresso et leviter

prominulo. Sternum luteum. Pedes 1' paris reliquis multo

longiores et crassiores, femore clavato, tibia longe ovata, fusco-

castanei, cova femoreque nigris, tarso luteo, tibia metatarsoque

subtus sat longe sed parum dense nigro-ciliatis. Reliqui spedes

pallide lutei, aculeis paucis et parvis, ut in Bavia ordinatis,

munitt. Pedes-mawillares sat parvi, pallide luter, crasse albo-

pilosi; tibia patella breviore, extus ad apicem apophysi sat

longa, antice directa, apice nigra et acuta, instructa.

Jalor: Biserat. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

95, CopRocrossa ' POLITIVENTRIS, Sp. nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.—Cephalothorax humilis et longus, leviter ovatus

«tro-purpureus, prope oculos niger, supra planus et glaber, in

medio crebre, antice sposticeque parcius impresso punctatus,

utrinque in declhitate parum dense albo-pilosus. Ocult antici

inter se validissime inequales et contigui, medii maxim, alti-

tudinem facier totam occupantes. Clypeus nullus. Chel

brevissime, nigra, reclinate et antice plane. Abdomen angustum

et longum, teretiusculum, supra nigro-nitidum, micanti-tinctum,

glabrum, sed in lateribus zonis obliquis abbreviatis albo-pilosis

ornatum, subtus atrum. Sternum et partes oris nigro-nitida,

lamine extus ad apicem prominule et divaricate sed obtuse.

Pedes \' paris longissimi, nigro-nitidi, cova in lateribus et subtus,

metatarso (basi excepta) tarsoque pallide luteis, femore comhpr e880

longo, patella sat parva, tibia longissime ovata, subtus, in

dimidio apicali, aculeis brevibus sed robustis et singulariter

' Coprocrossa=Stenodina BK. Simon (olim), nomen preeoccupatum,

72 M, EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

elevatis 3-3, armata, metatarso gracili sat longo, presertim ad

basin curvato, subtus aculeis minutissimis et erectis 2-2 munito.

Reliqui pedes pallide lutei, omnino niutici. Pedes-mawillares

parvi fusci, apice tarso bulboque luteis; tibia tereti, patella

paulo breviore, extus ad apicem apophysi parva acuta et leviter

curvata armata; tarso tibia multo longiore sed viw latiore ;

bulbo ad basin valde convevo et subgloboso, ad apicem stylo

valido nigro, circuluin magnum formante, munito.

Perak : Gunong Inas.

96. MYRMARACHNE ANNANDALEI, sp. nov.

3. Long. 65 mm.—Cephalothorax niger, opacus, parce et tenwiter

olivaceo alboque pubescens, in contractura linea fulva sat exil,

valde biangulosa atque im medio anterrupta, notatus, parte

cephalica alta superne plana, thoracica cephalica equilonga vel

paulo breviore, in medio conveaa, antice profunde et late depressa

nostice declivi. Oculi antici inter se valde inequales et contigui,

apicibus in lineam rectam, pilis albis longis cincti. Clypeus

angustus, fere glaber. Pediculum abdominale sat breve, superne

visum subquadratum. Abdomen breviter ovatum, supra scuto

duriusculo nitido et glabro nigro omnino obtectum, subtus atrum,

mamille testacee. Chele porrecte, cephalothorace paulo bre-

viores, superne plane et mutice, extus dilatato-arcuate, fusco-

rufule, valde rugose et parce albo-pilose, margine superiore

sulci, prope apicem, dentibus trinis subequis, 1° paulo validiore

et uncato, dente minore submedio, dentibusque parvis binis

remotis, margine inferiore dentibus minutissinis 6 vel 7, api-

calibus inter se distantibus, reliquis appropinquatis, instructis,

ungue ad basin atque ad apicem curvato, subtus carinato sed

mutico. Partes oris longissime, pars labialis fusca, lamine

dilutiores. Sternum angustum fusco- olivaceum. Pedes tenues,

obscure olivacei, patellis tibiisque anticis, tarsis posticis tro-

chanteribusque 4 paris dilutioribus ; pedes 1 paris, patella

longa, tibia subtus aculeis 7-7 longis et pronis (apicalibus

minoribus), metatarsis tibiis multo brevioribus, aculeis similibus

2-2 munitis ; pedes 2 paris tibiis aculeis Gehilineiae subtus

armatis sed pedes quatuor postict omnino mutici. Pedes-

macillares fusco-enei; femore compresso subtus carinato ; patella

tibia tarsoque superne deplanatis ; tibia patella longiore, versus

apicem sensim et valde ampliata subtriquetra, extus ad apicem

apophysi gracili sinuoso-arcuata armata ; bulbo ovato simplici.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

M. (Toxeo) maxilloso C. Koch et M. (Saltico) nemoreo Peckham

sat affinis.

2°. Salticide unidentati.

97. CHRYSILLA VERSICOLOR (C. Koch).

Plexippus versicolor C. Koch, Arachn. xiii. 1846, p. 103,

f. 1165 (3).

1901.) ARACHNIDA OF THR ‘* SKEAT UXPEDITION.” 73

Mevia picta C. Koch, Arachn. xiv. 1848, p. 72, f. 1328

(¢ jn.).

Chrysilla versicolor Thorell, K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. xxiv. 2,

1891, p. 117.

Jalor: Biserat. Ligeh.

Deécrit de Bintang, indiqué depuis de Singapore, de Pinang et de

Sumatra.

98. THIANIA BHAMOENSIS Thorell.

Thiania bhamoensis Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, xxv.

1887, p. 357.

Kelantan ; Kuala Aring.

Décrit de Birmanie.

99. THIANTA SUBSERENA, sp. nov.

9. Long. 8 mm.—Cephalothorax levis et nitidus, niger, parte

thoracica in medio vie dilutiore, utrinque et postice sat breviter

pallide luteo-pilosus, antice et in medio squamulis viridibus

parvis conspersus. Pili oculorum pallide lutei. Pili clypet

longissimi, albidi. Abdomen longe oblongum, supra nigro-

nitidum, squamulis parvis et longis viridi-micantibus conspersum

(fere omnino depile), subtus obscure testaceum, vitta media fusca

lata, postice attenuata et mamillas haud attingente notatum.

Mamille nigre. Chele nigre, antice deplanate, coriacee,

valde et inordinate transversim rugate. artes oris sternumque

nigro-nitida. Pedes 1' paris reliquis robustiores, fusco-castanet,

cova tarsoque luteis, femore ad basin, tibia patellaque in medio

paulo dilutioribus, reliqui pedes lutei femorihus ad apicem

infuscatis et subannulatis, tibiis 2' et 3' parium ad basin

atque ad apicem minute fuscis et tibiis 2' paris subtus nigro-

vittatis. Tibia 1' paris subtus aculeis validis et longis 3-8 et

utringue lateralibus minoribus binis, metatarsus aculeis in-

ferioribus longis et validis 3-3 aculeoque minore exteriore

apicali instructi. Tibia 2' paris similiter aculeata, sed meta-

tarsus aculeis inferioribus 2-2 et utrinque lateralibus binis,

basali longiore, armatus. Plaga genitalis magna rufula, antice

fovea testacea transversa, acute emarginata, impressa.

Perak: Ulu Selama,

100. BIANOR DIVERSIPES, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 4 min.—Cephalothorax niger, subtilissime coriaceus,

supra parce et tenuissime setosus, utringue, in declivitate, parum

dense luteo-pubescens, parte thoracica in medio pilis crassis

pronis niveis vestita, Pili oculorum et faciet luter. Pik elypei

longissimi decumbantes nivei. Oculi quatuor antici apicibus in

lineam rectam, inter se contiqui et valde imequales, medii

maxim viridi-enet. Abdomen oblongum, atrum, luteo-pubescens,

ad marginem anticum setis albis longis ornatum. Chel, partes

oris sternumque nigra, chele antice valde rugose et parce albo-

74 M, BUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

crinita. Pedes \' paris robustissimi, femore conpresso et late

clavato nigro sed supra fusco-rufulo et subvittato, patella nigra,

tibia ad basin fusco-rufula ad apicem nigra, metatarso pallide

fusco-rufulo, tarso luteo, patella tibiaque et subtus et intus

longissime et sat crebre ulbo-setosis, reliqui pedes omnino Luter,

aculeis ordinariis armati.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

101. Hynius 1anrurnus (C. Koch).

Plevippus ianthinus C. Koch, Arachn, xii, 1846, p. 97, f. 1160.

(2?) Pleaippus succinctus C. Koch, Arachn. xii, 1846, p. 98,

Pero.

Ligeh.

Répandu en Malaisie et en Birmanie.

102, PsEUDAMYCUS ALBOMACULATUS (V. Hasselt).

Amycus albomaculatus V. Hasselt, in Midden-Sumatra, ete.,

Aran. p. 52, tab. ii. f. 10.

Perak: Gunong Inas. Ligeh.

Connu de Sumatra.

103. Priexippus cunicrvorws (Doleschall).

Perak. Jalor. Rahman.

Trés répandu en Malaisie.

104. PLEXIPPuS PAYKULLI (Audouin).

Ligeh.

Répandu dans toutes les régions tropicales et subtropicales du

monde.

3°. Salticide fissidentati.

PANYSINUS, nov. gen.

Ab Hasario preeser tim differt metatarsis anticis aculeis inferioribus

et saltem intus aculeis lateralibus binis instructis, a Chapoda

Peckh. differt oculis quatuor anticis a sese subcontiguis et

lineam recta seu subrectam designantibus.—Typus P. niten

E. Stim.

105. PANYSINUS NITENS, sp. nov.

2. Long. 5 mm.—Cephalothorax niger, squamulis lanceolatis et

striatis viridi-aureis crebre vestitus, parte thoracica linea mar-

ginali exili alba, linea submarginali paulo latiore lutea et

utringue, pone oculos, macula parva alba, notata. Pili oculorum

densi et longi flavi. Clypeus subglaber, parce albo-setosus.

Abdomen oblongum, supra atrum et cupreo-squamulatum, zonis

transversis recurvis viridi-aureis et postice utrinque macula alba

supra ornatum, subtus luteum, argenteo-micanti-squamulatum.

Chelee convexer, ‘nitidee et glabree, sternum et partes oris fusco-

olivacea, chelarwm mar gine superiore dentibus principalibus

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “* SKBAT EXPEDITION.” "5

hinis wquis dentibusque minoribus binis, inferiore carinula sat

longa fere equaliter bifida, armatis. Pedes lutei, parce nitido-

squamulati, femoribus quatuor anticis subtus late nigricanti-

vittatis. Plaga genitalis fulvo-mitida, utrinqgue area magna

subrotunda, in medio carinula triquetra notata.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

106, LoLLIANUS PERAKENSIS, sp. noy.

3. Long. 5-6 mm.—Cephalothorax niger, subtaliter coriaceus et

opacus, pilis simplicibus sed crassis, obtusis et pronis, flavo-

nitidis parum dense vestitus. Pili oculorum flavi. Clypeus sub

oculis glaber, ad marginem pilis longissimis wuniseriatis pallide

flavidis munitus. Oculi antici magni et contigur, apicibus in

lineam vectam. Clypeus dimidio oculorum mediorum paulo

angustior. Abdomen breviter ovatum, supra fusco-piceum et

flavo-pilosum sed postice, supra mamillas, nigrum et subglabrum,

subtus paulo dilutius, mamille sat longe lutee. Chele valida,

glabre, nigro-virescentes, valde coriacce et intus, prope apicem,

valde rugate. Partes oris fusco-picee. Sternwn obscure

fuluum, leve et glabrum. Coxe trochanteresque lutet, antici

paulo obscuriores. Pedes 1' paris reliquis robustiores et paulo

longiores, nigricantes, tarso via dilutiore, patella tibiaque supra,

metatarso ad basin flavido-pilosis, subtus sat longe sed parcissime

nigro-setosis, tibia aculeis imferioribus mediocribus 3-3 et

lateralibus interioribus binis, metatarso aculeis multo longioribus

2-2 subtus armato sed aculeis lateralibus carente. Pedes 2'

paris fusci, femore ad basin, metatarso tarsoque luteis, subtus

similiter aculeatis sed tibia utringue aculeo laterali submedio,

metatarso aculeis lateralibus interioribus binis armatis. Pedes

quatuor postici longitudine fere equi (iv vie longiores), minute

et sat parce aculeati, metatarso 3' paris aculeis subbasilaribus

binis aculeisque apicalibus verticillatis munito, sed metatarso

4 paris, aculeis apicalibus parvis binis exceptis, mutico. Pedes-

maxillares fulvo-rufuli, breves et robusti ; femore crasso, curvato,

subtus ad basin obtuse prominulo ; patella convexa, haud longiore

quam latiore ; tibia patella breviore, extus ad apicem apophysi

gracili longissima, articulo plus duplo longiore, incurva et

antice, secundum tarsum directa, insigniter armata ; tarso longo,

cylindraceo ; bulbo maximo, ad basin valde prominulo et globoso,

ad apicem sensim atlenuato.

Perak: Ulu Selama.

107. SILER PULCHER, sp. nov.

3. Long. 4 mm.— Cephalothoraa niger, crebre olivaceo-pubescens,

versus marginem late cdilutior et coccineo-pilosus sed linea

marginals exili nigra pallide viridi-squamulata cinctus. Pili

oculorum albidi. Clypeus angustus fere nudus. Abdomen

angustum longum et teretiusculum, nigrum, supra in dimidio

hasali lete coceineo-pubescens et maculis quatuor pallide viridi-

micantibus, anticis longis obliquis et arcuatis alteris minoribus et

76 M. HUGENE SIMON ON THE [Mav 7,

ovatis decoratum, in parte altera violaceo-micanti: squamulatum,

subtus parce micanti-sguamulatum et pone plicam genitalem

albido-pilosum. Chele antice deplanate, valde coriaceo-granu-

lose, fusew apice sensim rufule, margine inferiore sulci carinula

longa tenuissime serrata et oblique secta cum angulo postico

prominulo armato. Partes oris sternumque obscure fulva,

albido-pilosa et parce squamulata, Pedes 1’ paris robusti,

fulvo-rufuli, patella et presertim tibia valde infuscatis, metatarso

tarsoque pallide luteis, patella lute violaceo-micanti-squamulata,

femore clavato subtus ad marginem exteriorem in dimidio apicali

tibia et subtus et supra longissime nigro-fimbriatis. Reliqui

pedes yraciliores, lutet, putellis tibiisque cunctis, metatarsisque

4 posticis utrinque tenuiter fusco-lineatis. Pedes-maxillares

lutei, crasse nigro-pilosi ; tibia patella breviore haud vel vie

longiore quam latiore, extus ad apicem apophysi nigra brevi,

compressa valde uncata atque acuta instructa, tarso longe ovato.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

108. HARMOCHIRUS MALACCENSIS E. Simon.

Harmochirus malaccensis FE. Simon, in Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 1885,

p- 441.

A typo differt magnitudine duplo majore.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Ordo PEDIPALPI.

Familia TARANTULID.

109, SrYGOPHRYNUS CERBERUS, sp. nov.

Long. 20-28 mm.— Fusco-piceus, abdomine paulo dilutiore, pedibus,

saltem sex posticis, fulvo-rufulis, teyumentis cephalothoracis et

pedum-macillarvwum subtiliter rugosis et granulis parvis mgris

conspersis, abdominis subtilius rugosis, pedum femoribus granulis

ninutlis ngris seriatis ornatis. Pedes-mavillares cephalothorace

fere triplo longtores, trochantere intus spinis mediocribus iniquis

plurimis atque ad marginem apicalem spina multo longiore

arcuata (non truncata) compressa et superne leviter et obtuse .

serrata armato ; femore subtus ad marginem superiorem spinis 5,

1° minore et obliquo a 2° fere contiguo, 3° reliquis longiore, 5°

minore, ad marginem inferiorem spinis 4, 2° reliquis longiore ;

tibia (brachio) ad marginem superiorem, in dimidio apicali,

leviter dilatata spinis longissimis et inter se subaquis trinis,

spinisque minoribus trinis, 1% ante spinas pr incipales, 2° leviter

uncata, inter spinas princ. 2" et 3°, 3% apicali, mai ‘gine inferiore

spinis 4 et inter eas spis parvis numerosis seriatis, spina

prince. 3° reliquis multo longiore, 4° apicali brevi sed crassa

et dentiformi; metatarso (manu) utr mque spinis parvis 4

(apicalibus longioribus) et prope basin spina longissima et

dwarwata, inferiore simplici, superiore subramosa subtus ad

basin dente brevi sat valido et leviter retro directa armata,

instructis.

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 77

AS. cavernicola Thorell presertim diftert tegumentis corporis

pedum-maxillarium femorumque subtiliter rugosis et parce granu-

losis, magnitudine multo majore, spina minore inter spinas

principales marginis superioris tibie pedum-maxillarium et ramulo

inferiore spine superiore metatarsi crassiore et divaricato.

Jalor: Caves (v.-vi. 1899), Gua Glap (‘‘ Dark Cave”), Biserat

(26 v. 1899).

110. CAaTaG.ZUS RIMOSUS, sp. nov.

Q. Long. 7 mm.—Fusco-piceus, subtus dilutior, céphalothorace

leviter rufulo-variegato, pedibus-mawillaribus chelisque rufescen-

tibus, pedibus versus apicem sensim fulvis. Cephalothorax

impressus et mcequals, subtiliter et crebre rugosus, pilis rufulis

brevibus, obtusis et subclaviformibus conspersus, margine frontali

anyusta, spins rufulis quatuor, medians longioribus, munita.

Segmenta abdominalia subtilissime rugosa. Pedes-maxillares

robusti, subtiliter coriacei, pilis spiniformibus rufulis cons pers? ;

trochantere intus spinis parvis 2 vel 3, ad mar ginem apicalem

subtus, spina vel apophyse majore, ad marginem infervorem

tridentato spinaque minore armato ; ‘femore subtus, ad mai “gunem

superiorem, spins + inter se fere cequidistantibus, basali paulo

longiore , apical minore, ad mar ‘ginem inferiorem spinis 3, basali

longiore ; tibia (brachio) ad marginem superiorem spinis 5 vel 6

(basali minutissimo vel obsoleto), apicali (6%) mediocri, sub-

apicali longissima apice acutissema et leviter curvata, 3° pre-

cedenti paulo breviore, reliquis basin versus sensim minoribus ;

metatarso (manu) ad marginem inferiorem spina unica submedia,

ad marginem superrorem aculers longis acutis et leviter curvatis,

imter se subsimalibus, armato ; tarso (ungque) ad marginem su-

periorem, prope basin, spinis minutissimis binis niunito.

A Catageo pusillo Thorell imprimis differs manu pedum-

maxillarium ad marginem superiorem aculeis binis, inter se wquis

armato (in C@. pusillo aculeo 2° 1° multo minore atque recto, sec.

Kraepelin, Rev. Tarant. fig. 34).

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Familia THEBLYPHONID GS.

111. Hypocronus KRABPELINI, sp. nov.

2. Long, 30-32 mm.—Cephalothorax segmentaque dorsalia ab-

dominis nigro-opaca, segmenta ventralia rufula et nitida, pedes-

maxillares (coxis exceptis) nigerrimi et nitidi, pedes 1! paris

obscure fusci, reliqui pedes rufi. Cephalothorawx antice sat grosse

et crebre, preterea tenuiter granulosus, antice, ante oculos

laterales, depressione media longitudinali leviter lanceolata,

minus granulosa et utringue costa lata obliqua et obtusissima

levi munita, Tuber oculorum mediorum leve et nitidum, inter

oculos leviter convewum et subcostatum, spatio inter oculos medios

oculo non multo latiore. Segmenta dorsalia abdominis opaca,

minute et parce granulosa, cuncta ad marginent posticum granulis

78 M, EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

minutissimis densioribus et uniseriatis munita, segmenta ventralia

nitida. Seqmentum anale nitidum, macula albida oculiformi

parva utringue munitum. Pedes-mavillares robusti, niti-

dissimi ; trochantere supra dente angulari sat valido et acuto,

ad marginem anteriorem dente simili, ad interiorem dentibus

trinis paulo minoribus, inter se wquis et equidistantibus armato ;

apophysi tibiali valida sed acuta, ad marginem interiorem

dentibus sat parvis 6-7 inter se equidistantibus (basalibus binis

minoribus), ad marginem exteriorem dente apicali minutissimo

denteque subbasilari paulo majore instructa. Pedes 1\' paris

tarsi articulo 2° plus triplo longiore quam latiore, 3° saltem

duplo longiore quam latiore, 4°, 5°, 6° paulo brevioribus inter

se subaquis. Pedes 3' paris tibia mutica. Pedes 4' paris tibia

aculeo medio-apicalr subtus armata.

Ab H. sawatili Oates, qui verisimiliter affinis est, differt imprimis

tibia 3' paris mutica.

Jalor: Biserat. Nawng-Chik: Bukit Grah.

112. THELYPHONUS LINGANUS CO. Koch.

Thelyphonus linganus C. Koch, Arachn. x. 1843, p. 31, f. 774.

Thelyphonus jahorensis Oates, in Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. lviii.

1889, p. 11.

Thelyphonus linganus Kraepelin, Rev. Uropygi, 1897, p. 25.

Perak: Ulu Selama. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Ordo SCORPIONES.

Familia BUTHID &.

113. ARcHIsoMErRUs scuratus (C. Koch).

Lychas scutatus (scutillus) C. Koch, Arachn. xi. 1845, p. 3,

Salpeane webert Karsch, in Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxvi. 1882

4 panes messor Ei. Simon, in Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, xx. 1884,

3 aa ee ¢ Oates, in J. Bombay Soc. iii. 1888, p. 248.

Archisometrus scutatus Kraepelin, in Tierr., Scorp. et Ped. 1899,

s 5 ae Bukit Besar, Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

Familia SCORPIONID&.

114, Patamynzus@oncimanvs (Herbst).

Forma angustimanus Thorell.

Patalung: Singgora.

Forma thorelli Pocock.

Jalor: Bukit Besar, Biserat, Patani. Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘ SKUAT EXPEDITION.” 79

115. HorMuRvs AUSIRALASIE (Fabricius).

Perak: Gunong Inas, Ulu Selama. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Jalor: Biserat, Bukit Besar. Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

116. Hormurvs cavpiouna (L. Koch).

Ligeh.

Familia CH ZRILID A.

117. CH#R1LvUs TRUNCATUS Karsch.

Cherilus truncatus Karsch, in Mitt. Minch. ent. Ver. iii. 1879,

p- 108; Kraepelin, Joc. cit. p. 163.

Jalor: Biserat. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Ordo CHERNETES.

Familia GARYPID A.

118. GARYPUS PERSONATUS, sp. nov.

Long. 3°5 mm.—NSat longus, postice sensim ampliatus, subtiliter et

uniformiter coriaceus, pilis carens (?). Cephalothorax evidenter

longior quam latior, antice, usque ad oculos, leviter attenuatus,

ante oculos abrupte angustior, longe productus, oblique proclivis

et leviter sulcatus, prope medium viv distincte transversim de-

pressus. Oculi utrinque bini, a sese jueta contigui, anticus

postico vie minor. Pedes-mawillares longi, sat graciles, subtiliter

coriaceo-rugosi, digitis setis tenuissimis paucis munitis; tro-

chantere brevissime pediculato, dein lato, convevo sed intus haud

producto, saltem haud longiore quam latiore; femore longo,

parallelo, haud pediculato ; tibia femore fere 3 breviore, circiter

equilata, basin versus sensim et longe attenuata ; manu tibia

circiter equilonga, haud duplo latiore, longe ovata, intus quam

extus paulo convewiore ; digitis tenwibus, leviter curvatis, manu

saltem haud brevioribus.—Truncus fulvo-testaceus, regione

frontali fusca, maculam postice laciniosam, formante, segimentis

‘abdominis maculis fuscis parvis quadriseriatis ornatis. Pedes-

macillares fusco-olivacei, digitis pallidioribus rufulis. Pedes

pallide lutet subpellucentes.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Familia CHELIF ERID &.

119. Capiireer (LAMPRocHERNES) JAVANUS Thorell.

Chelifer javanus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, xviii.

1882, p. 37, tab. v. f. 20-238,

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Espéce trés répandue en Malaisie.

120, CHELIFER COCOPHILUS, sp. nov.

Long. 4 min.—Sat depressus, cephalothorax anophthalmus (sed

80 M. EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

antice utrinque macula testacea oculiformi munitus) fusco-olivaceus

vel niger, minute et crebre rugosus, sed postice (pone suleum 2)

albo-testaceus atque in medio fusco-maculatus, sulcis transversis

binis tenuibus et rectis, 1° submedio, altero a sulco 1° atque ad

marginem posticum fere que remoto. Segmenta abdominalia

supra subtilissime cortacea, antica testacea, postica infuscata,

subtus levia, nitida et pallide testacea, pilis simplicibus tenu-

ibus et brevibus conspersa. Pedes-maaillares longi et robusti,

et supra et subtus leves et mitidi, nigri, digitis rufulis, pilis

simplicibus tenuibus et sat bi ‘evibus conspersi ; trochantere

breviter pediculato, vix longiore quam latiore, supra convexo

et obtusissimo ; femore crasso, intus recto, extus valde convexo,

ad basin brevissime et abrupte pediculuto; tibia femore

cireiter wque longa et lata (vel vie latiore), longe ovata, ad basin

atque ad apicem fere wqualiter attenuata, intus quam extus

convexiore, ad basin breviter pediculato; manu tibia latiore, ad

basin globosa, apwcem versus parum attenuata, digitis robustis,

curvatis, manu circiter equilongis. Pedes breves, luteo-olivacei,

subpellucentes.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Ordo OPILIONES.

1°. Opiliones plagiostethi. ;

Synopsis specierum.

1. Truncus supra muticus spina carens ......... Ze

Truncus supra spina media vel spinis duabus

AVIGETUCHUS 1. .220-1cunasepprasmee eee snacas wesdess 3.

2. Tuber oculorum humile. Pedum-maxil-

larium patella intus ad apicem ramulo

longo munita. Pedes nigricantes tibiis ad

COUT CA ES 7 Te .. Zaleptus festivus Th.

Tuber oculorum angustum et altum. Pedum-

maxillarium patella simplex ramulo

carens. Pedes nigricantes concolores ... Verpulus spumatus s. n.

3, Tuber oculorum supra, ante oculos, dentibus

sat longis binismunitum. Scutum abdo-

minale spinis duabus armatum. Patella

pedum-maxillarium intus ad apicem

ramulo longo MUNItA..........60++sseeeeeeeeees Gagrella bicornigera s. n.

Tuber oculoram muticum .vel minute bi-

seriatim dentatum. Scutum abdominale

spina unica armatum. Patella pedum-

maxillarium simplex ramulo carens ...... co

4, Tuber oculorum humillimum, saltem duplo

latius quam longius, ad basin haud angus-

tatum. Scutum abdominale antice parce

et inordinate granulosum, postice subti-

lissime coriaceum, spina crassa denticulis

Walidis seabroes .<ccspssgesecnso~ adds uGddeases Gagrella semigranosa 8. n.

Tuber oculorum sat altum, versus basin

angustatum, Scutum abdominale uni-

formiter granosum yel coriaceum, spina

praciliore armatum) "/ore.ssseerss- filet eens 5.

1901.] ARACHNIDA OF THE “ SKEAT BXPEDITION,.” 81

5. Tuber oculorum supra, inter oculos, dentibus

parvis biseriatis 4-4 munitum. Corpus

OMMINO NIQTUM .......eeee sees eeee neon neers: Gagrella patalungensis s. n.

Tuber oculorum Yeve | et eaatieurd nec denta-

tum nec spinulosum ............s0eseeeeeeeenee 6.

6. Tarsus pedum-maxillarium subtus in parte

basalilineaspinularum parvarumarmatus. Gagrel/a illusa s. n

Tarsus pedum-maxillarium muticus, linea

SPIER RCO pane coc canaa--s-n2s onnseem sunenee (é

7. Truncus niger, abdomine maculis albis

pulverulentis albis biseriatis ornato, spina

dorsali leviarmato ............... <axpanoease Gagrella biseriata s. n.

Truncus lete fulvo-rufescens, tubere oculo-

rum apice nigro-sneo, scuto abdominali

in medio late nigro-opaco, spina nigra

minute scabrosa armatoO ..........seeeeeeeees Gagrella atrorubra 3. n.

121. Zateptus Festivvs Thorell.

Zaleptus festivus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Gen. 2* ser. vii.

1889, p. 611.

Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

Décrit du Tenasserim.

122. GAGRELLA BICORNIGERA, sp. nov.

Long. 3 mm.—Truncus brevis, subrotundus, convexus, rufo-cocci-

neus, tubere oculorum spinisque abdominis nigris, crebre et

minute rugosus, spinis duabus gracilibus, acutissimis et subtilissime

rugosis, antica altera paulo minore, armatus, margine antico

cephalothoracis longe declhivi, tuberculis rugosis binis geminatis

munito. Tuber oculorum modice altum, antice visum multo latius

quam altius et basin versus angustius, supra, inter oculos pro-

funde suleatum, minute granosum et ante oculos tuberculis binis,

erectis, leviter divaricatis atque obtusis armatum. Truncus subtus

cum cowis subtiliter coriaceus et opacus. Chele lutea, laves et

nitide, articulo 2° (manu) cylindrato. Pedes-maxillares lutet,

graciles et longi, patella supra ad apicem convexa sed intus haud

producta ramulo carente ; tibia saltem quadruplo longiore quam

latiore. Pedes longissimi, mutici et parce dentati, obscure fusct,

cowis trochanteribusque dilutioribus sed femoribus ad basin

sensim infuscalis fere nigris.

Ligeh.

A G. bidentata Thorell, cui verisimiliter valde affinis et subsimilis

est, differt (sec. Thorell) corpore subtus coriaceo (haud leve) et

femoribus pedum ad basin fere nigris.

123. GAGRELLA ILLUSA, sp. nov.

Long. 43 mm.—Truneus niger, cephalothorace utrinque macula

magna subtr iquetra, scuto abdominali vittis binis longitudinalibus

angustis, sinwosis, seepe extus dentatis et antice abbreviatis albis

et pulverulentis ornatus, breviter ovatus, convewus, crebre et sat

minute granulosus, spina media erecta, gracili et acutissima

omnino levi (haud granulosa) armatus. Tuber oculorum

Proc, Zoot, Soc,—1901, Von. II. No, VI. 6

M, EUGENE SIMON ON THE [May 7,

muticum, nec dentatum nec spinosum, altum, antice visum, haud

latius quam altius, versus basin angustius, supra, inter oculos,

profunde sulcatum, ante et pone oculos minute ct obtuse promi-

nulum. Regio ventralis coweque materia subcerea allida omnino

obtectw. Chele laves et nitide, fulvo-rufule, articulo basalt

infuscato, apicali cylindrato. Pedes-mawillares mediocres,

femore patellaque nigricantes, preterca fulvo-rufuli, femore subtus

minute et inordinate dentato, patella simplici ramulo carente,

tibia patella paulo longiore et graciliore sed non triplo longiore

quam latiore, subtus omnino levi et mutica, tarso subtus in

dimidio basali, prope marginem interiorem, linea spinularum

parvarum armato, Pedes longissimi, nigri, apicem versus via

dilutiores, minutissime et parce spinulosi.

Jalor: Bukit Besar, in silvis.

124. GAGRELLA BISERIATA, sp. nov.

Long. 45 mm.—Truncus niger, cephalothorace utrinque maculis

albis binis, antica subtriquetra, altera (prope tuber oculorum sita)

longa, obliqua et sepe arcuata, scuto abdominal utrinque ad

margiem plus minus testaceo plagiato, supra maculis parvis

albis biseriatis (5-5 vel 6-6) ornato. Tuber oculorum altum,

ad basin angustius, supra, inter oculos, profunde sulcatum, haud

prominulum, sed ante oculos sepe minute dentatum. Scutum

crebre granulosum, spina media, erecta, gracili et acutissima

levi, haud granulosa, armatum. Regio ventralis cowaeque

materia subcerea albida obtecte. Chela laves a nitide, fulvo-

rufule, articulo basalt infuscato, apicali cylindrato. Pedes-

maxillares mediocres, femore patellaque nigricantes, preterea

fulvo-rufuli, femore subtus sat minute inordinate et crebre

dentato, patella simplicit, ramulo carente, tibia patella paulo

longiore et graciliore sed non duplo longiore quam latiore, subtus

ad marginem exteriorem, presertim ad basin, spinulis parvis

armata, tarso omnino mutico, levi. Pedes longissimi, nigri,

apicem versus viv dilutiores, minutissime et parce spinulosi.

Perak: Gunong Inas.

A precedente, cui valde affinis est, imprimis differt tibia pedum-

maxillarum subtus spinulosa sed tarso mutico, linea granulosa

carente.

125. GAGRELLA PATALUNGENSIS, sp. noy.

Long. 45 mm.—Omnino niger. Truncus breviter ovatus, convexus,

cephalothorace segmentisque abdominis posticis sat subtiliter

coriaceis et opacis, scuto abdominis crehre et uniformiter coriaceo-

granuloso, spina media erecta sat gracili et acutissima, parce

granulosa, armato. Tuber oculorum sat altum, versus basin

angustatum, leve sed supra, inter oculos, denticulis parvis

biseriatis 4-4, duobus ante oculos reliquis a sese subcontiguis et

pone oculos sitis, armatum. Chele leves et nitide, articulo 2°

(manu) anguste cylindrato apicem versus paulo dilutiore. Pedes-

maxillares modice longi, fusei apice dilutiores, femore subtus

1901.) ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 83

minute et sat crebre denticulato, patella simplici ramulo carente,

tibia haud triplo longiore quam latiore subtus minutissime crebre

et inordinate spinulosa, tarso leviter curvato, compresso, apicem

versus levissime ampliato, tibia cum patella simul sumptis multo

longiore. Processus sternalis cowaque sat grosse sed parce

granosi, segmenta ventralia abdominis subtiliter coriaceis haud

granosis. Pedes nigricantes, longissimi, femoribus minutissime

mordinate et parce spinulosis.

Patalung: Ban-Kong-Rak.

A G. histrionica Thorell, cui presertim affinis est, differt trunco

sat grosse haud subtiliter coriaceo-granuloso, maculis albis carente,

pedibus-maxillaribus fuscis, patella simplici ramulo carente.

126. GAGRELLA SEMIGRANOSA, sp. NOV.

Long. 4:8 mm.—Truncus breviter ovatus, valde convexus, iter-

dum omnino niger, interdum fulvo-ferrugineo-variatus (cephalo-

thorace late marginato, scuto abdominali antice lineis binis

sinuosis postice convergentibus et postice vitta marginali latissima

et dentata), subtiliter coriaceus et opacus, parte abdominal

antice granulis transversim wniseriatis, scuto in dimidio anteriore

granulis similibus inordinatis sat parce consperso, spina media

erecta, crassa sed acuta, fere usque ad apicem granulis grossis

et mquis dentiformibus instructa. Tuber oculorum muticum,

nec spinesum nec dentatum, insigniter humile, saltem duplo latius

quam altius, ad basin haud angustatum et via sulcatum. Chelee

leves et nitide, fusco-rufule, articulo 2° (manu) cylindrato.

Pedes-maxillares modice longi, fusci apice dilutiores, femore subtus

minute et sat parce dentato, patella simplici, ramulo carente,

tibia haud triplo longiore quam latiore, subtus spinulis minu-

tissimis paucissimis munita, tarso leviter curvato, cumpresso,

apicem versus levissime ampliato, tibia cum patella simul

sumptis multo longiore. Processus sternalis coaeque sat grosse

sed parce granosi, segmenta ventralia abdominis subtiliter

coriacea et granulis parvis transversim seriatis munita. Pedes

lonyissimi, nigri, metatarsis tarsisque dilutioribus et obscure

fulvis, interdum pedes fusco-rufuli cum basi femorum patellisque

nigricantibus, femoribus minutissime “inordinate et parce

spinulosis.

Jalor: Biserat, Bukit Besar. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

A G. ephippiata Thorell (ex Sumatra) verisimiliter sat affinis.

127. GAGRELLA ATRORUBRA, sp. Nov.

Long. 45 mm.—Truncus brevis subrotundus, valde convexus,

fulvo-rufescens, scuto abdominali cum spina nigro, antice et

utrinque testaceo-marginato, maculam magnam subquadratam

formante, segmentis posticis dorsalibus nigris, ultimis binis

macula media albida notatis, cephalothorace fere levi, in

dechivitate anteriore minutissime via cistincte et parcissime rugoso,

scuto segmentisque posticis opacis, minutissime et requlariter

granulosis, spina dorsali erecta, longa, sat gracili et acutissima,

ON THE ARACHNIDA OF THE “‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [May 7,

sublevi, parce et minute scabra. Tuber oculorum ad basin

luteum ad apicem nigro-cwneum, longum, reclinatum, ad basin

valde angustatum, muticum, nitidissimum et profunde sulcatum.

Chele lutee, nitide, articulo 2° (manu) cylindrato. Pedes-

maxillares mediocres, fulvo-rufuli, tarso luteo, femore subtus in

medio denticulis parvis triseriatim ordinatis munito, patella

tibiaque utrinque minutissime et parce dentatis, patella simplici,

intus ad apicem leviter convexa, sed ramulo carente, tibia haud

triplo longiore quam latiore, tarso gracili compresso, tibia cum

patella longiore. Coxe minutissime et parce granose. Processus

sternalis segmentaque abdominis subtus haud granosa fere levia.

Pedes longissimi, fusco-rufuli, trochanteribus femoribusque

dilutioribus sed femoribus 4' paris ad basin infuscatis, spinulis

minutissimis et tnordinatis consperst.

Perak: Gunong Inas. Kelantan: Kuala Aring.

VERPULUS, noy. gen.

A Gagrella differt scuto abdominali dorsali: mutico, spinis tubercu-

lisque carente et tubere oculorum altiore quam latiore, ab Hypsi-

buno Thorell differt tubere oculorwm reclinato, angusto sed apice

leviter ampliato omnino nvutico et leve, et pedibus-maxillaribus

simplicibus, patella convexa intus haud producta ramulo carente

et tibia patella haud longiore.

128. VERPULUS SPUMATUS, sp. nov.

Long. 2°5—3 mm.—Truncus brevis, subrotundus, minute et

crebre rugosus, niger, cephalothorace materia subcerea flavida

crasse obtecto, tuberculo oculorum sat reclinato, levi et mutico,

altiore quam latiore, apice sensim incrassato et subrotundo, inter

oculos haud sulcato sed convexo, ad basinrufulo ad apicem nigro.

Chele leaves, articulo basal nigro, apicali fulvo-rufulo angusto,

teretiusculo, a basi haud prominulo, digitis apice wigris. Pedes-

maaillares simplices fusci, tarso fulvo, patella convewa, intus

haud prominula, tibia patella circiter equilonga, paulo angus-

tore, haud triplo longiore quam latiore. Pedes longissimi, nigri,

metatarsis tarsisque leviter dilutioribus. Processus sternalis,

cove segmentaque abdominis subtus coriacea et opaca.

Jalor: Bukit Besar.

2°, Opiliones mecostethi.

129. Oncopus TruNcATUS Thorell.

Oncopus truncatus Thorell, in Ann. Mus. civ. Genova, 2" ser. x.

1891, p. 764.

Perak: Gunong Inas.

Connu de Singapore et de Pinang.

en ee ee, eT

ene ee

- ~«

Beet

—=

—

*dutt' sorg Uta yyy

‘WlTeOLlIA VLIeENaD

UT FE “LEP FOS

‘AId ‘IL lO“* 1061'S 'Z°

1901.] ON MAMMALS FROM UGANDA, 85

May 21, 1901.

Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S., exhibited two nests of a tree Trap-

door Spider, brought by Mr. J. ‘[. Maury from Rio Janeiro,

as an instance of the perfection of the instinct displayed by

these animals in the construction of their domiciles on the trunks

of trees. One of these nests was still tenanted by a living Spider

with her family. It was suggested that the Spider probably

belonged to the species known as Pseudidiops rastratus, described

in the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1889, p. 250, specimens of which had been

kept alive in the Insect House of the Society’s Gardens.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the more notable Mammals obtained by Sir Harry

Johnston in the Uganda Protectorate. By OuprreLp

‘THOMAS.

[Received May 7, 1901.]

(Plate V.")

The valuable scientific exploring and collecting work which

Sir Harry Johnston did in Nyasaland, during his residence there,

he has continued while acting as Special Commissioner in the

Uganda Protectorate. With his usual generosity he has sent all

the specimens obtained by him to the National Museum, and

I have had the pleasure of working out the Mammals.

During the autumn of last year Sir Harry made an expedition

to investigate the Fauna and Flora of Mount Ruwenzori, and

obtained a number of interesting forms, by far the most remark-

able of which is the wonderful new Mammal, of which Mr. Sclater

gave us an account at the last meeting (see above, p. 3). Other

specimens obtained at the same time were exhibited to the Society

by Mr. Sclater on March 19th (see P. Z. 8. 1901, vol. i. p. 222),

but these he has been good enough to hand over to me, and an

account of them is included in the present paper.

On this oceasion it has not been thought worth while to record

all the mammals sent, and my notes are restricted to the rarer

and more remarkable forms.

CoLOBUS RUWENZORII, sp. n.

Two native skins ; Buamba Country, N.W. flank of Ruwenzori.

A black and white Colobus allied to C. palliatus and C. ango-

lensis.

Fur of back enormously long, longer than that of any known

' For explanation of the Plate, see p. 87.

86 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 21,

species, and wavy, so that it is very like that of a long-haired

Angora Goat, Over the shoulders the black hairs are 9 to 11

inches in length, isolated ones being found up to 13 inches long.

White cheek-tufts long and bushy. Distribution of black and

white very much as in C. palliatus, there being apparently a white

superciliary band, although this is cut away entirely in one

specimen, and there is only a faint indication of it in the other

(the type). In the anal region, however, the white is more

extended, for an area from 4 to 6 inches each way below the

callosities is either white or grizzled with white, while in C. palli-

atus only a small spot or streak in the middle line is white. The

tail differs markedly from that of the allied species by having

practically no white tuft at all, for the terminal 6 inches are

merely grizzled, more blackish than white, and it is only the hairs

at the extreme end (and these are only some 21 inches in length)

which are altogether white.

Type. B.M. No. 1.8.9.13.

This splendid monkey is probably the Colobus referred to

by Scott Elliot (P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 341) as seen by him in the

Yeria and Msonje valleys, near Butanuka, Ruwenzori, but he was

not able to obtain a specimen.

COLOBUS OCCIDENTALIS Rochebr.

2. Mpanga Forest, September 1900. “ Iris light hazel.”

A beautiful skin, with skull, of this rare species, which is as yet

very imperfectly represented in our collections.

The tail-tuft of this monkey is as well-developed as in

Rochebrune’s figure, and shows no approximation to the reduction

said to be characteristic of C. matschiei Neumann’.

CoLOBUS RUFOMITRATUS Peters.

Several specimens from the Ruahara River, altitude 4000 ft.,

August 1900.

“ Hyes bright hazel.”

The occurrence in the Uganda Protectorate of this remarkable

monkey, not hitherto represented in the Museum collections, is of

much interest. It was originally discovered by the German

traveller Dr. G. A. Fischer on the Tana River, and was described

and figured by Dr. Peters*. It does not appear to have since

been met with, and the present is therefore only its second recorded

occurrence.

So far as Dr. Peters’s figure and descriptions enable me to

Judge, there is no difference at all between the Tana and Ruahara

specimens.

CERCOPITHECUS STUHLMANNI Matsch.

3. Mpanga Forest, altitude 4000 ft., Sept. 1900.

The local representative of CO. pluto Gray.

? SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1899, p. 15.

? MB. Ak. Berl. 1879, p. 829, pl. Ta.

1901.] MAMMALS FROM UGANDA. 87

GENETTA VICTORIA, sp.n. (Plate V.)

A single skin from Entebbe.

Size nearly twice as great as in any known species of the genus,

and almost rivalling that of a Civet, to which at first sight there is

a general resemblance. Fur comparatively short, very close and

thick ; hairs of back about 23-26 mm. in length. Median dorsal

crest not or scarcely developed, though there is a black line in its

usual position. Markings throughout very strong and prominent.

Light ground-colour above yellowish white, the hairs smoky grey

basally, with a subterminal ring of yellowish white and a black tip.

Top of muzzle and centre of face between eyes whitish, with a

black median line commencing level with the anterior canthus.

Sides of muzzle and.a narrow orbital ring black; a prominent

white suborbital spot. Crown and nape with a very handsome

intensification of the usual Genet markings; the two dark

divergent bands which run backwards from behind the ears very

prominent and sharply defined, deep glossy black, contrasting with

the clear yellowish-white bands outside them ; outside these again,

on the sides of the neck, the usual dark blotches are deep glossy

black. Spots on body generally very numerous, well-defined,

black. Centre of posterior back with a black line, but its hairs

not lengthened into a crest. Under surface spotted black and

whitish, not defined from the dorsal colour. Shoulders spotted

like body; forearms and hands fuscous brown throughout, ob-

scurely spotted proximally. Hind limbs similar to fore. Tail

long, bushy, cylindrical, its hairs about 25-30 mm. in length ;

prominently and completely ringed with black and white, the

black bands about twice the breadth of the white ones, which

latter are six in number; the tip black.

Dimensions (approximate, taken on a badly made skin) :—

Head and body 540 mm.; tail 400 mm.; breadth of naked

rhinarium below nostrils 14 mm. (as compared with less than

10 mm. in a well-grown ordinary Genet).

Hab. Entebbe, Uganda.—Date and other particulars not

recorded,

Type. B.M. No. 1.8.9.29.

This fine animal, which appears to be nearly double the bulk of an

ordivary Genet, is quite distinct from any species hitherto known.

With its large size, conspicuous banding, and ringed tail, it has a

general resemblance to a Civet, but the character of its foot-pads

and other details of structure show that it is really a Genet.

Unfortunately no skull was obtained.

Hysrrix GALpata Thos.

A fine adult skull of this Porcupine, hitherto only represented

in the Museum by the immature type from Lamu, measures :—

Basilar length 149 mm.; greatest breadth 91; nasals 101 x 60 ;

frontal suture 27; parietal suture (measured to occiput) 39 ;

palate from henselion 84.

88 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 21,

PROCAVIA CRAWSHAYI Thos.

Three specimens from the Ruwenzori region.

This Dassie does not appear to be distinguishable from the

species which I described from Kenya and Roromo, from specimens

obtained respectively by Messrs. Mackinder and Crawshay.

It is evidently a variable species, as Sir H. Johnston’s three

specimens differ considerably among themselves.

Procavia (DENDROHYRAX) MARMOTA, sp. n.

Nearly allied and very similar externally to the West-African

P. dorsalis, but smaller and with some cranial differences.

Fur long and shaggy, hairs of back 40-50 mm. in length, a few

much longer hairs being intermixed. General colour dark fuscous

brown, very like that of specimens of P. dorsalis in faded fur.

Dorsal area rather darker, sides rather paler, the hairs being here

subterminally ringed with dull isabelline. Bases of hairs deep

brown on back, whitish brown on sides. Under surface dull brown,

but little paler than sides, the hairs tipped with dull buffy ; in the

inguinal region they are buffy throughout. Hands and feet

uniformly brown.

Naked part of dorsal gland about 35 mm. long by 12 mm. wide.

Hairs surrounding the gland black for their basal and dull white

for their terminal halves ; the resulting white line on the back

about 3 inches in length.

Skull, as compared with that of P. dorsalis, more slender in the

muzzle, the nasals narrower, and the zygomata more expanded

anteriorly, so that their broadest point is opposite the back of the

orbit. Postorbital bar complete. Malar bones feebler, their least

height (opposite the temporal fossa) about 5 instead of at least

7mm. Temporal crests less developed than in P. dorsalis, and the

fosse not running so far back on the skull, terminating 14 mm.

from the lambdoid edge.

Molar teeth smaller and lighter, the breadth of m’ 6-0 as against

6°6-6'8 in P. dorsalis.

Dimensions of the type, immature, measured in skin :—Head

and body 430 mm.; hind foot 70. Skull: basallength 85; greatest

breadth 50°5; nasals 24°3x17°'7; interorbital breadth 19°5 ;

distance between temporal fosse across parietals 22; diastema 16 ;

length of palate 46; length of tuoth-row (mp* to m*) 31°5.

Hab. Mengo, N. of Entebbe, Uganda.

Type. Immature female. B.M. No. 1.8.9.42. Collected

December 8, 1900.

“ Tris dark hazel.”

This Dassie is no doubt most closely allied to the West-African

P. dorsalis, which it appears to represent in Uganda.

The type is in Stage V. of my table of age-stages’*, but the skull

is neither so large, so stoutly built, nor so heavily ridged as that of

a P. dorsalis in Stage III.

1 P.Z.8, 1892, p. 53.

1901.] MAMMALS FROM UGANDA. 89

CEPHALOPHUS JOHNSTONI, Sp. 0.

Most closely allied to C. weynsit Thos.’, but fur thicker and

woollier, and general colour very much darker.

Size, so far as can be judged from a young specimen, about as

in C. weynsi. Hairs of middle line of nape reversed forwards

as in that species.

Forehead grizzled blackish brown ; coronal tufts uniform chest-

nut rufous (rather darker than Ridgway’s “ hazel”). Cheeks paler

brown. Anteorbital region dull buffy; an inconspicuous buffy-

orange supraorbital streak present. Outer side of ears blackish

brown. Neck and fore-quarters shining brown, gradually redden-

ing posteriorly until the whole rump and hind-quarters are a deep

reddish russet; middle line of back not markedly darker than

sides. Belly dull brownish. Fore limbs brown, darkening termi-

nally to black on the fetlocks ; hind limbs reddish to the hocks,

then brown darkening to black. Tail black along its upper surface

and white below.

Owing to the youth of the type, the only dimensions worth

giving are :—Hind foot, including hoof, 205; ear (contracted) 65.

Combined length of three milk-premolars 29.

This species is related on the one side to C. weynsi Thos., of the

Congo, and on the other to C. spadiw True, of Mt. Kilima-njaro.

From the former, of which one of the co-types is of just similar

age to the present specimen, it differs by its much thicker fur

and darker colour, being dark brown and dark rufous as compared

with pale brown and pale rufous ; it shares, however, with C. weynst

the characteristic reversal of the nuchal hairs. From C. spadia,

on the other hand, it differs by this reversal of the hairs, that

species having the neck-hairs all directed backwards, and also by

the more rufous colour of the posterior back, for Mr. Miller tells

me that the general colour of C. spadiv is “ Prouts brown,

darkening to nearly black along spine and on rump, buttocks, and

tail.’ The coronal tufts of OC. spadiv are partly black, and the

tail is only whitish at the tip, not throughout its length below.

Hab, Toro, east of Ruwenzori.

Type. Young female. B.M. No. 1.8.9.64. July 1900.

CEPHALOPHUS RUBIDUS, sp. n.

Fur thick, close and slightly woolly. General colour of

neck and body uniform rich chestnut-rutous, something between

“hazel” and “ cinnamon-rufous ” of Ridgway, but brighter and

richer than either; bases of the hairs rather greyer, and along

the middle line of the back, especially posteriorly, these greyer

bases are more decidedly grey-brown, and, showing through, give a

darker hue to the dorsal line. Hairs of neck directed backwards

as usual. Middle line of nape rather browner, probably in

continuation of a darker area on the head. Sides of neck particu-

larly bright rufous. Under surface paler rufous, not sharply

" Described for the Belgian Congo Museum, and now in the press. Co-types

in that collection and in the British Museum.

90 MR. BR. 0. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

defined ; axille and groins whitish. Shoulders darker rufous, this

colour darkening downwards on the fore limb until at the knee

(and probably thence to the hoof) it is blackish brown. Hind

limbs similarly deep chestnut rufous on the thighs, changing at the

hocks to black or blackish brown. Tail short, only about two

inches in length’; above black, more or less grizzled with rufous

and white, below and at the extreme tip grizzled white.

In all probability this handsome Duiker is most nearly related to

the West-African C. nigrifrons Gray, but differs in its thicker and

more woolly hair, deeper and more uniform general colour, and by

the greater extent of the black on the hind feet.

Hab. Ruwenzori district.

Type a flat skin, without head, purchased from the natives.

B.M. No. 1.8.9.65.

Kogsvus THomasti Scl. (?).

A single native skin from the Semliki Valley is marked in an

unusual and striking manner with grey, so symmetrically arranged

that it has been supposed to represent a new species.

But without further material I am not prepared to give in my

adhesion to this view, and would rather suggest that the grey marking

is due to senility, just as domestic dogs and other animals occasion-

ally turn grey in patches. I would freely admit that I know of no

such striking case as the present ; but as the skin agrees in all

other respects with one from approximately the same region

brought home by Mr. Scott Elliot, and of the usual fulvous colour,

I do not at present feel justified in describing Sir H. Johnston’s

specimen as a distinct species.

2. On some Arctic Nemerteans. By R. C. Punnert, B.A.’

[Received April 20, 1901.]

(Plates VI. & VII.’)

(Text-figures 1-6.)

The Nemerteans described below formed part of the collection

in the Museum of University College, Dundee, and were kindly

handed to me for examination by Prof. D’Arcy W. Thompson,

after whom I have much pleasure in naming one of the new forms.

I have been able to refer two to species already known, whilst five

other forms are new, viz.:—Aimphiporus thompsoni, A. arcticus,

A. paulinus, Drepanophorus borealis, and Cerebratulus greenlandicus.

It is worthy of note that whilst the Metanemerteans, and especially

the genus Amphiporus, are well represented, only two specimens

of Heteronemerteans, belonging to the same species, were found.

1 Although not obviously imperfect, it is possible that the tail has been

broken and healed in life.

2 Communicated by Dr. 8S. F. Harwmr, F.Z.8.

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 106.

Bale & Danielsson, LY!

ARCTIC NEMERTEANS.

P.Z.S.1901,vol.1-Pl.VIl.

Bale & Danielsson, Lt4

ARCTIC NEMERTEANS.

1901.] SOMD ARCTIO NEMERTEANS. 91

Tn the following paper I have first given an account of the new

species, and have added at the end some notes on such points of

more general interest as have arisen in connection with them.

1MBTANEMERTINI.,

AMPHIPORUS THOMPSONI, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 6 & Plate VII.

fig. 8.)

Numerous examples from three localities, 7. ¢. N. Greenland

(collected by Herr Lohmann), Upernavik, and Davis Strait.

ie Average length about 50 mm., with a breadth of 3 mm. when

not greatly contracted. Body rounded and tapering at either end.

One very large specimen measured 120 mm. in length and 6 mm.

in breadth. Colour dorsally: reddish brown, ventrally pale

yellowish buff, probably white in life. A darker streak occurs on

the snout dorsally (Plate VI. fig. 6), and behind this there are two

transverse white lines marking the position of the head-furrows.

The epithelium, which is devoid of unicellular glands, rests on

a basement-membrane of about one-half its thickness. In the

head-region the basement-membrane is pierced by numerous small

nerves. The muscular system is of the usual type. The circular

muscle-layer is of about one-third the thickness of the basement-

membrane (2. ¢. about 20 »). The longitudinal layer is about 5

times as thick as the circular. Dorso-ventral muscle-strands

occur in the cesophageal and intestinal regions. The vascular

system shows a well-marked cephalic loop. The limbs of this loop

converge to pass through the nervous ring, and as they lie upon

the ventral commissure the median dorsal vessel is given off from

either the right or the left,and not from both as is usually the case

where a median dorsal vessel exists. A similar arrangement was

observed by Dr. Willey in a small Amphiporid from New Britain.

Text-fig. 1.

median dorsal

vessel

4 lateral

vessel

OO von? aieenee

Diagram of anterior part of vascular system of Amphiporus thompsoni.

(For explanation, see text.)

cephalic loop

In the cesophageal region of A. thompsoni, where the excretory

tubules are present, the lateral vessels give off dorsal branches

which are united by a longitudinal vessel running for a short

distance along the side of the proboscis-sheath (vide text-fig. 1).

The dorsal blood-vessel leaves the proboscis-sheath very soon after

the brain ends, and before the level of the excretory pore

(Plate VII. fig. 8*).

* The classification given in Burger's Monograph (1895) has been followed,

92 MR, R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

The alimentary canal presents no peculiar features. The most

anterior pair of the blind-gut diverticula do not reach to the

brain. The cesophagus opens into the rhynchodzeum about half-

way between the tip of the snout and the commencement of the

brain. The proboscis-sheath extends back to the posterior

extremity of the body.

The proboscis is well developed. Its armature consists of a

central stylet 210 y in length attached to a rather shorter base,

185 » long. There are two pockets of reserve stylets each con-

taining 4. A somewhat remarkable variation’ occurs in the number

of the proboscis-nerves. Whilst the females show 12 nerves in the

proboscis, the males may have either 12, 17, or 18. The excretory

system resembles that usually found in the genus. The branched

tubules commence just behind the cerebral organ and extend

backwards for several mm. (Plate VII. fig. 8). There is a single

excretory pore on either side shortly behind the brain; it opens

laterally and somewhat ventrally.

The gonidial sacs are numerous and irregularly arranged. Both

ova and spermatozoa are almost or quite ripe.

The nervous system shows no marked peculiarities. Shortly

alter its commencement the dorsal ganglion gives off laterally a

nerve to the cerebral organ. A small median dorsal nerve is

present. There is a supra-anal nerve commissure posteriorly.

The cerebral organs are well developed and lie for the most part in

front of the brain. Seen in transverse section, their height some-

what exceeds their breadth (av. height 350 p, av. breadth 250 ,).

Their opening is in front of the brain about j of the distance

between the anterior extremity of the brain and the tip of the

snout (Plate VII. fig. 8).

Numerous eyes are present, amounting to about 40 on each side.

They are arranged as a row from the tip of the head to the anterior

brain-region, where they form a cluster.

Scanty head-glands are present opening ventrally.

AMPHIPORUS PAULINUS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 11.)

Several specimens collected by Prof. D’Arcy Thompson in the

Pribyloff Is., Behring Straits. In external form a long slender

species tapering at either end. The specimens varied in length

from about 50-90 mm. In a specimen 90 mm. long the greatest

breadth was 4 mm.—which proportions in the preserved state

point to this species being longer and more slender than most other

members of the genus. Colour after preservation a pale yellowish

brown dorsally and almost white yentrally. There are no distinctive

markings.

The epithelium is high, and rests upon a comparatively thin

basement-membrane (about 18 p thick).

The circular layer of the muscular system is rather thicker than

the basement-membrane. Ventrally there is a thin diagonal layer

1 See note on p. 104.

1901.] SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. 93

between the cireular and longitudinal layers. The last layer is not

very strongly developed.

On either side of the animal, and lying partly in the longitudinal

muscle-layer, partly in the gelatinous connective tissue within the

body of the animal, is a well-marked layer of gland-cells (Plate VII.

fir. 11, gll.). This layer stretches back to the intestinal region.

Their secretion does not stain with borax-carmine, picric acid, or

nigrosin, but takes an intense purple hue with thionin. The glands

pierce the circular muscle-layers and the basement-membrane to

open to the exterior. They are really the backward extensions of

the enormously developed head-glands, which in the snout-region

comprise the bulk of the tissue lying within the basement-

membrane. A similar arrangement is found in the genera

Prosadenoporus ' and Eunemertes* (some species), and also in one

other species of Amphiporus, viz. A. carinelloides*®. In the last-

named species the backward extent of these glands is not so great

as in A. paulinus.

The vascular system is of the normal Amphiporid type. The

median dorsal vessel is formed by both branches of the head loop.

The vessels are small throughout.

The blind gut does not reach nearly to the brain. Its anterior

limit is halfway between its point of origin and the tip of the

snout.

The proboscis-sheath does not extend to the end of the body,

being wanting in the posterior }th.

The proboscis is about ? of the total body length. It is found

coiled in the anterior 3 of the rhynchocelom. Behind this the

proboscis-sheath becomes much smaller. The proboscis contains

15 nerves. Its epithelium is raised into numerous large papille.

The armature consists of a central stylet and two pockets each

containing 4 reserve stylets. The stylet and base are of the

same length, viz. 130 p.

The excretory system commences shortly after the brain. The

tubules lie round the lateral nerve-cords, and are numerous and

fairly large (Plate VII. fig. 11, evt.). There is a single duct on

either side situated at the junction of the anterior 3 with the

rest of the system. The backward extent of the tubules is greater

than in A. thompsoni (Plate VII. fig. 8), and considerably greater

than in A, avcticus (Plate VII. fig. 9).

The brain is fairly well developed. The ventral commissure is

very short and straight ; the dorsal fine and curved. The median

dorsal nerve is very small. The side stems form a strong supra-

anal commissure.

The cerebral organs lie just in front of the brain. They are

small, and the greater part of their bulk consists of gland-cells.

The head-furrows are small, not encircling more than half the

' Birger, O.: ‘‘ Untersuchungen iiber die Anatomie und Histologie der

Nemertinen, u.s.w.,” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. 1890 (p. 30).

? Birger, O.: Naples Monograph, The Nemertines, 1895 (p. 126).

* Biirger, O.: ibid. (p. 559),

94 MR. R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

circumference of the head. The openings of the cerebral organ

are ventro-lateral and rather in front of the organ.

Numerous eyes are present.

AMPHIPORUS ARCTICUS, n. sp. (Plate VII. fig. 9.)

A single specimen from Davis Strait. Length 28 mm. and

greatest breadth 3-5 mm. The anterior end is slightly blunted ;

the posterior end tapers to a point. Colour a uniform pale buff

in preserved specimen. There is a well-marked groove round the

head.

The epithelium is about 70-80 mm. high, and contains a number

of small oval glandular concretions which take a brilliant yellow

stain with picric acid. The basement-membrane is about half the

thickness of the epithelium in the cesophageal region. The circular

muscle-layer is well developed, its thickness being about the same

as that of the basement-membrane. The longitudinal muscle-

layer is also well developed.

The vascular system is of the normal Amphiporid type. The

limbs of the cephalic loop lie closely apposed to the cerebral organ

in the region where this is present.

The alimentary canal is more complicated than the usual

arrangement in the genus. It closely resembles that figured by

Joubin for A. marmoratus’. The ventral unpaired diverticulum,

however, is longer than in this last species, extending past the

median portion of the true blind gut. The blind-gut pockets do

not reach forward as far as the brain.

The rhynchoccelom extends throughout the whole length of the

animal, being spacious even in its hinder portion. It reaches

backwards over the hind nerve commissure, a condition which is

apparently of rare occurrence according to Montgomery °.

The proboscis is large and contains only 10 nerves. The arma-

ture has unfortunately been dissolved out.

The excretory system extends forward past the brain to the

anterior level of the cerebral organ (Plate VII. fig. 9). The

backward extent of the tubules is, however, short. The excretory

duct is found on either side at the junction of the hindermost 4

of the system with the rest.

The genital sacs, which contain ova, are large and alternate

fairly regularly with the intestinal diverticula, a somewhat unusual

condition in the genus. They open just dorsally to the nervous

side-stems.

The brain is well developed.

The cerebral organ is small and is situated just in front of the

brain (Plate VII. fig. 9, corg.). Its greatest size in transverse

section is 150 » in breadth and 200 p in depth.

Numerous eyes are present.

The head-glands are well marked and extend backwards, though

1 Joubin, L.: Archiv. Zool. Exp. et Gén. 1890, p. 564.

? Montgomery, T. H.: Zoolog. Jahrb., Abt. Syst. 1897, p. 4.

1901.) SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS, 95

they are sometimes seantier here, to the side of the cerebral organs,

where many of them open.

AMPHTPORUS LEUCIODUS.

Ref. Coe, W.R. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc. 1901.

To this species I have referred several small white Nemerteans

labelled from ‘* Copper Island ’*97.” The largest specimen measured

not more than 18x15 mm. They agree as regards their anatomy

fairly closely with Coe’s description. Owing, however, to the

circumstance of their having been preserved in formalin the pro-

boscis armature is not present. For this reason it is impossible

to be absolutely certain that these specimens belong to the species

to which I have referred them. The excretory ducts are numerous,

being about 10-12 in number on either side. The posterior ones,

however, have not the dorsal position described by Coe (loe. cit.

p- 53) for his specimens. There are 12 nerves present in the

proboscis. In his account of A. lewciodus this feature is omitted

by Coe. All the specimens collected by Prof. D’Arey Thompson

were immature.

DREPANOPHORUS BORHALIS, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 4, 5, 7;

Plate VII. figs. 13-17 ; and text-figs. 2, p. 97, and 3, p. 98.)

Several specimens obtained from Davis Strait. Even making

allowance for the contracted state of the specimens, this is an

extremely broad form compared with its length. The following

are the dimensions in millimetres found in two entire specimens :

Length. Breadth. Depth.

QD) tiers er: 58 16 +

CAE fears tania I) 10 35

From this it will be seen that after preservation the breadth is

more than a quarter of the depth, making this the relatively

broadest Nemertean, with the possible exceptions of Pelagonemertes,

Nectonemertes, and Malacobdella.

Both anterior and posterior ends are somewhat blunted. The

colour and markings are characteristic. The dorsal surface is dark

reddish brown. Towards the tip of the head the colour is deep-

ened and there is a white band on either side, extending nearly to

the mid-dorsal line (Plate VI. fig. 7) and marking.the position of

the head-furrows. The lateral margins of the dorsal surface, and

the whole of the ventral surface, are nearly white. It is some-

what remarkable that the coloration and markings should so

closely resemble those of A. thompsoni, a representative of another

genus from a neighbouring region,

The epithelium is high and almost devoid of gland-cells. It

rests upon a strong basement-membrane which is considerably

thicker than the circular muscle-layer (Plate VI. fig. 5). The

relative thickness of the various body-layers is best seen in the

96 MR. RB. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

following table, which refers to the ventral surface in the middle

of the body :—

Fipihelimi... . 2 <r eee ee 110 p

Basement-membrane ............ 75 pb

Circularanuscle 0... op. tanks oe 30 pL

Longitudinal muscle ............ 185 pw

The epithelium is relatively somewhat higher dorsally. The

basement-membrane is considerably thinner below the epithelium

of the head-furrow. Powerful dorso-vyentral muscles occur

throughout the body behind the brain.

The vascular system shows the ordinary arrangement, such as

has been figured by Oudemans' for D. spectabilis (=rubrostriatus).

The alimentary canal offers no points of special interest. There

is a short well-marked proctodeum lined by comparatively low

epithelium. The first pair of blind-gut pouches reach forwards

and lie against the hinder portion of the cerebral organ.

The proboscis-sheath exhibits the peculiar basket-work arrange-

ment of the circular and Jongitudinal muscle-fibres characteristic

of the genus. It possesses also the peculiar diverticula. In this

species they are slender with a fine layer of muscle-fibres, and the

whole surrounded by a layer of parenchyma-cells (Plate VI. fig.

4, rd). The 1st two diverticula unite with one another anteriorly

(cf. D. lankesteri Hubrecht, Challenger Reports, vol. ix. p. 106).

They form an irregular network which extends anteriorly over the

brain and here gives off a number of large expansions (Plate VI.

fig. 4, rde) whose wall consists only of the rhynchoccelomic epi-

thelium—the muscular and parenchymatous layers disappearing.

Consequently in the cerebral region we meet with 4 distinct sets

of cavities lying in the gelatinous connective tissue, viz. :

(1) Blood-vessels.

(2) Excretory tubules.

(3) Rhynchocelomic diverticula and their expansions.

(4) Irregular spaces in the connective tissue (Plate VI.

fig. 4, cts.).

The proboscis is well developed and of about the same length

as the body. Its epithelium is raised up into large papille, and

through the extremely thick basement-membrane, upon which they

rest, may be traced strong nerves entering their bases. The pro-

boscis contains 14 nerves and is attached near the end of the body

to the ventral wall of the proboscis-sheath.

The excretory system reaches forward to the cerebral organ,

and backward some way along the posterior division of the

cesophagus (“‘ Magendarm ”). The duct is situated at the level of

the hind end of the cerebral organ. The tubules lie closely round

the lateral nerve-cords.

The gonads are large and arranged in three rows either side, which

all open on the dorsal surface. They take the form of elongated

Ee Loc, cit. ple. tiki,

1901.] SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. 97

tapering sacs, the widest portion of which is near the ducts (Plate

VI. fig. 5). A most interesting feature is that they show ova at

all the various stages of development. These are referred to in

more detail on p. 104. he brain is well developed. In shape

Text-fig. 2.

225°

20°

hie ua

Drepanophorus borealis, Section through the commissural region of the brain,

showing the opening of the cerebral organ. x 30.

hm., basement-membrane ; cc., ciliated canal of cerebral organ ; c/., cephalic

vascular loop; dc., dorsal nervous commissure; dg., dorsal ganglion ;

ep., epithelium ; gc?., gelatinous connective tissue; mec., circular muscle-

layer ; m/., longitudinal muscle-layer ; oes., cesophagus ; ps., proboscis-

sheath ; rd., rhynchocephalie diverticulum ; 7de., expansions of rhyncho-

ccelomie diverticula ; vc., ventral brain-commissure ; vg., ventral ganglia.

it is considerably flattened, so that the dorsal ganglion comes to lie

on the outer side of the ventral, and not above it as is usually the

case. The ventral commissure is short, straight, and strong; the

dorsal thinner and more curved. A single large neurochord-cell

occurs on either side. It is oval in shape, measuring about 83 p x

40 ». Its nucleus measures 25 p x 18 » and contains a well-marked

circular nucleolus 8 » in diameter.

The lateral nerve-cords lie ventrally, and each is situated at the

same distance from its fellow as it is from the lateral margin of

the body. They are united by ventral commissures at intervals.

Proc, Zoor. Soc,—1901, Vou. Il. No. VII. 7

MR. B,C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

There are no dorsal commissures. There is a well-marked supra-

anal commissure behind the termination of the proboscis-sheath

and the dorsal vascular commissure.

The cerebral organ is large. It begins shortly after the com-

mencement of the brain, to the outer side of which it lies. It

extends backwards behind the brain, where it lies dorsally and

slightly externally to the ventral nerve-cord. It is very large, 7. ¢.

about half as large again as the dorsal ganglion, and is richly clothed

with gland-cells, especially on the dorsal surface. The opening of

the ciliated canal is ventro-lateral, and is situated at the anterior

end of the organ. The organ is innervated by a single large nerve

which is given off from the hind end of the dorsal ganglion.

YS\\I

dbw. Gy YF Fal

‘SEA hs

Ocs..#f

Drepanophorus borealis.

8 oXo°2 off 2825,

. Sf 085505

Ga 0 68/2005?

=< SE

= a

——

——<—

——

Text-fig. 3.

lh i Bectase se

ieee.

Sis

a ae ai =

A YS

eee

Section slightly behind the preceding one, showing

the expansions of the rhynchoccelomic diverticula over the cerebral organ.

(The details of the cerebral organ are omitted.) x 30.

corg., cerebral organ ; cts., spaces in gelatinous connective-tissue ; dbv., median

dorsal blood-vessel ; ext., excretory tubules,

Other letters as in text-figure 2.

Portion marked by * enlarged on Pl. VI. fig. 4.

There is a well-marked transverse head-furrow on either side,

and the two furrows between them surround more than half the

circumference of the head.

1901.) SOME ARCTIC NEMERTHANS. 99

About 4 large eyes are present on each side just in front of the

brain. They are arranged in an irregular horizontal row. 'The

total number of eyes is smaller than in any other member of the

genus!, D. willeyanus coming next with a total of 16.

EUNEMERTEs NEESI ((Ersted, 1844).

Nemertes neesi, McIntosh, 1873-74.

Eunemertes neesi, Birger, 1895.

Fragments of a large specimen from Greenland, amounting to

35 cm. in length with a breadth of 7 mm. I have compared a

series of sections from this animal with a similar series from a

specimen of #. neesi procured at Plymouth. The Greenland speci-

men is typical both with regard to external colour and form and

also internal anatomy.

HEitrERONEMERTINI,

CEREBRATULUS GREENLANDICUS, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 1-3 and

Plate VII. figs. 10, 12.)

Portions of two specimens from Greenland and from North Green-

land (collected by Herr Lohmann), The anterior end was preserved

ineach case. The fragments from Greenland amounted to about

8 cm. in length and 7 mm. in width. The fragments from N.

Greenland belonged to a larger specimen and amounted to 44 cm.

in length and 8 mm. in breadth. The worms were of a pale dirty

brown hue, all traces of the original coloration having probably

been extracted by a 10 years’ sojourn in alcohol. The head-slits do

not extend so far as the mouth, which is very evident as a round

hole.

The epithelium is fairly high and contains a few unicellular

glands (Plate VII. fig. 12). It rests upon a fine basement-mem-

brane, beneath which is the delicate circular muscle-layer of the

cutis. The connective tissue is fairly well developed in the cutis.

Its more superficial portion contains small scattered bundles of

longitudinal muscle-fibres (Plate VII. fig. 12, mlc.). Beneath these

are the cutis-glands, which rest directly upon the outer longitudinal

muscle-layer of the body-wall.

In the esophageal region the outer muscle-layer is about 23 times

as thick as the circular layer. The last-named layer is of the same

thickness as the inner longitudinal layer. The three muscle-

layers preserve approximately the same proportions in the intestinal

region. There is no well-marked layer of horizontal muscles over

the mouth. No diagonal muscle-layer.

The vascular system in the head-region presents some slight

points of divergence from that usually found in the Lineide. In

front of the brain there is a single lacuna which is not divided up

by muscle-strands (Plate VII. fig. 10, cla.). It possesses a longi-

tudinal muscle-coat which, together with the rhynchodeum, is

' Punnett; Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. v. p. 571.

100 MR. R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

surrounded by a fine circular muscle-layer. Just in front of the

brain this lacuna divides into two limbs which almost immediately

reunite. From this junction is given off the median dorsal vessel,

which at once enters the proboscis-sheath. A little more pos-

teriorly the main lacuna gives off two large trunks—the lateral

lacune, which extend over the cerebral organ and surround its

hinder portion. Almost immediately after giving off the lateral

lacune to the cerebral organ, the median lacuna ends by giving off

two lateral branches—the buccal lacune, which at once fuse with

the lateral lacune in the region of the cerebral organ. The chief

points of divergence from the usual arrangement lie in the single

head-lacuna, and in the short course and large size of the buccal

lacune. A similar cephalic lacuna has, so far as I am aware, only

been described among the Lineide for LZ. sanguineus'.

The backward extent of the rhynchocelom relative to the body-

length cannot, owing to the imperfection of the specimen, be

given. The proboscis is slender, measuring in the smaller indi-

vidual not more than °75 mm. in cross-section. Its layers are

arranged in the following order—proboscis epithelium, nervous

layer, circular muscles, longitudinal muscles, rhynchoccelomic

epithelium. ‘There are two ill-defined muscle crosses.

The excretory system is extensive and possesses numerous ducts

on either side (Plate VII. fig. 10, evd.). Most of these make an

angle of about 45° with a line joining the nervous side-stems.

Some open nearer the level of the side-stems, though none open

more dorsally. The excretory tubules do not extend ventral to

the level of the nervous side-stems. Many of them project as long

tufts into the lateral lacune, which here are easily distinguished

from the cesophageal lacune.

The brain is fairly well developed, the dorsal ganglia being half

as large again as the ventral. The dorsal commissure is very short,

and the ganglion-cells of the two dorsal ganglia here almost meet.

dorsally over the proboscis-sheath. The dorsal lobe of the dorsal

ganglion does not reach as far as the commencement of the cerebral

organ. No neurochord-cells are present.

The cerebral organ is not large. It lies directly over the side-

stems (Plate VI. figs. 1,2,3). It is rounded in transverse section,

and is almost completely sheathed in gland-cells.

The head-slits are deep and end before the level where the

cerebral organ starts (Plate VII. fig. 10). The head-glands are

well marked dorsally and ventrally. Before the level of the brain

they merge into the cutis-glands.

A small frontal organ of the typical Lineid form is present.

Eyes are absent.

Synopsis of the Genus Amphiporus.

By adding new species to the genus Amphiporus this paper raises

the total of the named species referred to that genus to over 40.

* Oudemans, A, O.: loc. cit. p. 45.

Proo. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou, I.

I, Arctic

Circumpolar,

| 4

eek

bes

Position of Position of Hy Relative

cerebral my wit 1st blind- epee lengths of

organ sates gut pockets) Eyes. see stylet (8) Peculiar features.

relative to i relative to “ket and its

ate nerves. bane pockets. | pase (B).

Mel.

pulcher .........| Behind. 14 Not to br. | Many. 2 s>B

Pe Mel. O.

lactifloreus .....| In front. 14 To br. Many. 2 S=B_ | Many exeretory ducts.

12 Te iP Te. ie Pe PB:

arcticus.........| In front. 10 Not to br. | Many. ? ? Qsophagus with dorsal and

ventral unpaired diverticula.

1e 1s Pp: 12) 12 FP. dee

geal region.

Pulcher cosas eit Si (See jabove)

marmoratus ...| Beside. 16 Not to br. | Many. 2 S=B_ | Qisophagus with dorsal and

ventral unpaired diverticula.

lactifloreus .. : ce (See jabove)

Mel.

: P ‘ ‘ 5 5 tl eee

bioculatus ...... ty ? i 2 2 | S=5

- —_——-+} r — eee) oe | ro it ry -oxtreorury umes :—~—~—

2 C.| Cc, C.) C. C. C.

A CUMS) apocaeecncel| dbal ifort, if To brain. | Many. | 6-12 S<B_ | Many excretory ducts opening

| dorsally,

A. amboinensis ...| Beside. ? Not to br. Paes ? ? | Diagonal muscle-layer.

( A. pulcher aeheeec| ne ate (See |above) 10 proboseis-nerves. S=B. |

l A, reticulatus....... Behind. 10 ? Many. 2 S=B | Opening of cerebral organ in |

| front of brain.

A, glandulosus ..., Behind. ? To brain. | 12 2 S=B |

[To face p. 101,

UTR

| JO quouz ut avy TRSIO [eAQo.10.)

‘uTeAq JO WWOIT

UL ULS.O TRIQe190 Jo Sutusdg

"T=Q ‘soAdou-stosoqoud QT

*coART-apOSN MU [VUOSLIC(]

*AT[est0p

Suruodo syoup 10jo.10xe AULT

ze)

re)

“UOTSIL

Teaseqdose ut spuvls jesozeT

‘sjonp Auojaaoxe ATTA

‘sjonp Arojeaoxo Jo aed

euo uri} etout AT[eMOIsvD0G

{o.

me eran

SO]UT 0} Tovar spuv]s-pvofy

‘dooy Jo preys

-Ul wuNox] Aernaseva oipeydep

‘O

“e[NOIVAEATp pa.redun eayuaa

pues [esiop TIM snseydosyp

“NO1sad Teas

-eydosa ul yromjou ae[nose A.

‘d

“eTNoTyAaATp poaredun peaquoa

pur Tesiop YA snseydosqy

‘d

‘O

‘sgonp Axojoroxe Aue py

‘sornqvoy reln0eg

‘LOL “d a0nf o7 |

TPN

Ss)

q 8

‘PW

a=s

lic

ad=s

a<s

(a) aseq

S}I pur

(S) 91448

JO sycuU9T

OATYL IO,

‘PW

“syoyood

-ya[Aqs

OALOSO.L FO

aq uN \T

“UIRAIG OF,

“Iq 1040

| UTREq OT,

“Iq 0} JON

epg) |

"UOJ uy

“quOd} UT

“yuoay Uy

“quody UT

ee OL “purqeg.

So Q Or | “paryeg

(aa0qu| 9aq) ve oes

d “Iq 0} JON é “OpIsag,

“Auvy, | ‘ureaq og, if *JUOL ul

Te) a) ‘9

“uv, | ‘arerq og, é “quay UE

O 0) ue)

“Aue | “ureaq Oo, Li “yUOoIy UT

aw) xe) fe) re)

‘Aueypy | “tq 0} JON é “quoIy UT

ze) ue) 76)

‘Aue | “ureaq oF, OI ‘episog:

ze) 0 ze) 0)

“Kueyy | “Uresq OF, | OS-AT | “9404 UT

‘Auvpy | AQ 0F9ON | GT | “quoay UT

‘a ‘ad ae tay

‘Mog | “UTeAq OF, Il ‘opisog,

W W W Ww

“Meg | “Ulead O7, TI ‘episod

W W W W.

“AUT “‘quody UT

7 _ br

‘Aueyy é é é

6 d d 4

(eAoqe| 998) 90D

“Auvypy | “tq 0} JON OT ‘opisag:

(aAoqe| 999) x nee

‘avy | tq 03 90N | ST-OL | “UO UT

‘d ‘d ‘d ‘d

Kuepy | tq 0} JON ay “qUOAZ UT

d ‘d ‘d ‘d

“Auv “Iq OF, FI “quOup UT

‘d

huey | 14 0}90N | FT “purged.

PW ar

“ureaq ; “TLRAq

0} OATIRTAL bea 0} OAIYLTOI

‘soe |syoyood yns| 9 ig jo ues.a0

-puryq 981

Jo WOIySOg

yeaqa.ted

TEQMON | 55 nomsog

““* snsopnpunph "yr

= gee

sete meee wayognd

“* SUStaULoquio

snpovnap

"9" snsojngai

sreeeeces onnshrg *[e010q

oplovd “TIT

“"* signmmanung "F

)

9" snannbup “Fe

Larsen snuynod “y

“9 snsounnph “7 >

co See

ss oumuUaoL “Fr

“* suppnunssip “7

“see sgn appspy “F

“"*" $70707N902Q °F

snaLopyfejan] “PF

“"* SNIDLOULLDUL “FF |

ve eeeeeee waygynd Da :

ooa000 awosduoyp vy

‘ ‘repodumo.1y,

sees onououn “pS ae

snaLoyfejon) “Fr

se veeeeee dayoynd Vv )

ee ae

[IT ‘TOA ‘TO6T—"008 "L007 00%d

queiyy pers

— it ‘= ye

ten ae ae

1901.] SOME ARCTIC NEMERTHANS,. 101

As descriptions of these species are scattered over numerous papers,

it has seemed worth while to collect them into a list and to give in

each case a brief diagnosis based upon such characters as have been

shown to exhibit marked and definite divergences among the various

species (see Table facing this page). The details necessary for

forming a complete list are not forthcoming in all the species, and

the list has in part been made with the idea of drawing to such

omissions the attention of those who may be able to remedy them.

In the original description of some species the external appearance

alone has been chronicled. The names of such species are given

in a footnote at the bottom of the table. The species have been

tabulated according to their geographical distribution. In the

nomenclature of the marine regions the classfication suggested by

Ortmann’ has beeu followed. The species found in the North

Atlantic and in the Mediterranean are fairly well known, though

perhaps the region for which our knowledge is most accurate is

the North Pacific, owing to the recent publication of a valuable

paper by Coe*. With the exception of a few South-Georgian

forms described by Birger, we have practically no knowledge of

the genus south of the Equator. Until our knowledge of Southern

and Tropical forms is somewhat more extensive, it is safest to

avoid any elaborate discussion on the affinities of the groups of

species inhabiting the various regions. A few points, however,

call for short notice. Numerous collections of Nemerteans have

now been worked out from the tropics—more particularly from

the Indian Ocean. A feature of such collections is the almost

total absence of species of Amphiporus. As nearly all the species

of the genus are of fair size, often very plentiful, and readily

found where they occur, it would appear that they are relatively

scarce in the tropics, where their place is taken by the genera

Drepanophorus and Prosadenoporus. Whethet the genus is well

represented or not in the South, itis not yet possible to say. The

few Antarctic species worked out by Biirger are interesting when

compared with those from other regions. A careful examination

of the table will bring out the fact, that whilst the species of

Amphiporus inhabiting the Arctic circumpolar, the Atlantic boreal,

and the Mediterranean respectively, show as groups considerable

amount of resemblance, they differ as much from the Pacific

boreal forms as these do from the Antarctic forms. In fact it

might be said that the Pacific boreal forms are more closely allied

to the Antarctic forms than to the North-Atlantic forms. In the

Pacifie boreal and Antarctic forms, as compared with the rest, the

cerebral organ is more often in front of the brain, the average

number of proboscis-nerves is a great deal higher (about 20 °/,),

the number of reserve stylet-pockets is much more frequently

greater than two, and lastly there is a greater tendency for the

central stylet to be shorter than its base. That there should be

' Ortmann, A. E.: ‘Grundziige der marinen Tiergeograpbie,’ Jena, 1896.

* Ooe, W. R.: “ Papers from the Harriman Alaska [Expedition : The Nemer-

teans,” Proc. Wash, Acad. Se. 1901.

102 MR. R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

this agreement in the features chiefly relied upon in classification,

would seem to point to a connection between the Amphiporids of

these two regions closer than that between those of either of them

and the Northern Atlantic forms. It is possible that the present

wave of Antarctic enterprise may bring to light fresh forms which

may help to settle an interesting point.

With the affinities of the new species other than Amphiporus

described in this paper, I hope to deal on some future occasion

when considering in detail the genus Drepanophorus and the family

of the Lineide.

Note on the Vascular System of Metanemerteans.

In the writings of several authors who have treated of this

group are to be found discrepancies with regard to the somewhat

important point of the relation of the lateral blood-vessels and

cephalic loop to the brain and the rhynchodeum. McIntosh’, in

his monograph on the British Nemerteans, states that ‘ At the

ganglionic region the vessels which go to form the cephalic arch

pass below the commissures (i.e. brain-commissures) and unite in

front beneath the channel of the snout (7. ¢. the rhynchodeum) ;”

and his conception of the arrangement is represented by a dia-

gram on p. 42 of the same work and by several figures of Amphi-

porus among the plates. On the other hand, the excellent figure

representing the anatomy of Tetrastemma candidum (pl. xiv.

fig. 1) shows the cephalic loop entirely above the rhynchodeum

and the lateral vessels passing through the nervous ring. This is

the condition described by Oudemans for the Metanemerteans, and

arrived at after studying nine members of various genera by the

method of serial sections. Oudemans®* finds “‘in the head two

vessels which communicate in front, forming a vascular loop above

the proboscidian sheath (=rhynchodeum). These vessels also

communicate within the cerebral ring, but now beneath it (i. e. the

rhynchodeum).” I have been unable to find any specific state-

ments for the Metanemerteans with regard to these points in

Biirger’s monograph. In a previous paper *, however, he mentions

that “Die Seitengefiisse vereinigt in der Kopfspitze vor dem

Gehirn tiber dem Rhynchodeum eine geriiumige Kopfschlinge,”

though here again he does not distinctly state whether the two

vessels are surrounded by the nervous ganglionic ring or pass

beneath it. Moreover, his figures are at variance with regard to

the last point. In his Naples monograph, Birger distinctly

represents the cephalic vessels of Tetrastemma coronatwm (pl. ix.

fig. 7) and of Amphiporus virgatus (pl. vii. fig. 16) as passing

beneath the ventral commissure of the brain; whilst in another

place (pl. xvi. fig. 16) he figures a section of the last-named

species showing these vessels lying upon the ventral brain-com-

Loe. cit. p. 80.

2 Loc. cit. p. 58.

* Zeitsch. fir wiss. Zool. 50 Bd. 1890, p. 204.

1901.] SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. 103

missure, within the nervous ring. This last arrangement, which

I take to be the true one, is also shown by Biirger in section for

other Metanemerteans, viz., for Hunemertes marioni (pl. xv.

fig. 10), for Drepanophorus albolineatus (pl. xvii. fig. 2), for

Tetrastemma cruciatum (pl. xvi. fig. 6), and for Ototyphlone-

mertes duplex (pl. xviii. fig. 17), On pl. xvii. fig. 3, however,

Biirger figures a seccion through the brain and its commissures

in Malacobdella grossa, where the lateral vessels are shown

lying entirely outside the nervous ring. In a series of sections

made through a specimen of this species, I have been unable

to confirm this arrangement. In my specimen the cephalic

loop divided just before the brain, and whilst one branch ran

along the lateral edge of the body, as in Biirger’s figure, the other

lay just over the ventral brain-commissure, and consequently

within the nervous ring. The vessels lying outside the nervous

ring are probably to be regarded as secondary. In many Metane-

merteans (esp. Amphiporus and Drepanophorus) the cephalic and

Text-figs. 4-6.

4. 5. 6.

cephalia

-"" loop ~~.

_herve ring. ae

dorsal

See ag ‘vessel

lateral

--* vessel ~-

Amphpiorus, &e. Malacobdelia. | Malacobdelia according

to Birger.

lateral vessels are strongly bent just before entering and just

after leaving the nervous ring (text-fig. 4). It is probably by the

confluence of these arches that the outer lateral vessels of Mala-

cobdella are formed (text-fig. 5). If now we suppose the portion

of the lateral vessels lying within the nervous ring, anterior to the

point of origin of the median dorsal vessel, to disappear, we arrive

at a condition similar to that described by Biirger (text-fig. 6).

Such a condition must, however, be regarded as secondary, and

derived from the normal Metanemertean type. The conclusion

then, I think, is justified, that in the Metanemerteans, as in all

the rest of the phylum, the lateral blood-vessels pass through the

nervous ring formed by the brain and its commissures, and that

the limbs of the cephalic loop unite at the tip of the snout above

the rhynchodeum.

I have laid upon this point partly because of its morphological

importance, and partly because erroneous statements on this head

tend to become perpetuated in text-books. Thus in the ‘ Cambridge

Natural History,’ vol. ii. p. 106, Miss Sheldon gives a diagram in

104 MR. R. C. PUNNETT ON [May 21,

which the relations of the vascular system on both these points

are entirely wrong. At the same time the account given in the

text is erroneous.

Note on a Secondary Sexual Character in a Nemertean,

Hitherto no instance of an anatomical difference between the

sexes of any species of Nemertean has been observed. Occasion-

ally during the breeding-season the male may be distinguished by

its colour from the female, but such differences are always directly

due to the hue of the gonads themselves. It has already been

mentioned (p. 92) that the number of proboscis-nerves in

A, thompsoni is subject to considerable variation. Fourteen speci-

mens taken at random were sectioned, and the number of their

proboscis-nerves and their sex noted. From the subjoined table

it will be seen that the sexes are in almost equal proportions.

All were collected together from the same locality, all were of

about the same size, and all were sexually mature.

No. of proboscis-nerves...... 10 Q0eaZ 13" 14 1b 16 17 as

poate _— 6 —- | | - —- =

: aver he Ee ee Se ee

From this it would appear that whilst the female has 12

nerves or less in the proboscis, the male has either 12 or else a

much greater number, z.¢. 17 or 18, though this proboscis itself

was in all cases of about the same size. If a considerably greater

number could be examined with regard to these points, it is not

improbable that we should obtain for the male a bimodal curve,

such as has been described by Bateson and Brindley * in the case

of certain earwigs and beetles. It is interesting to notice that we

have here a case of sexual dimorphism where the organ affected is,

so far as we know, in no way concerned with sexual functions.

That the proboscis has nothing to do with copulation may be

gathered from McIntosh’s* interesting account of the deposition

of the ova and spermatozoa in an allied form—Hunemertes gracilis,

where the individuals of either sex did not approach within three

inches of one another, and fertilization took place in the surround-

sea-water. Into the possible raison détre of such a phenomenon

as this it seems at present useless to enquire. It is sufficient

here to draw to such facts the attention of those who propound

theories concerning secondary sexual characters.

Development of the Ovum in Drepanophorus borealis.

That the ovary of Drepanophorus borealis contains eggs in

various stages has already been seen (p. 97). Throughout the

greater portion of the intestinal region the ovaries are large and

usually contain one almost or quite ripe ovum, and a number of

? Proc. Zool, Suc. 1892, p. 588.

2 Loe. ctt. p. 89.

1901. } SOME ARCTIC NEMERTBANS. 105

others in stages fairly well advanced (Plate VI. fig. 5). Towards

the hind end of the body, however, earlier stages in the formation

of the ovary may be found. At certain spots within the copious

gelatinous connective tissue surrounding the intestine may be seen

a very young ovum (Plate VII. fig. 13), around which a space is

commencing to appear. The connective-tissue nuclei around this

space are somewhat more plentiful than in other parts. The

ovum at this stage is surrounded by a small amount of yolk-

material, though whether this represents its own protoplasm or

has been derived from other cells which apply themselves to it, I

am unable for certain to say. At a somewhat later stage the

cavity in the connective tissue has become larger, with a more

definite outline, whilst at the same time the ovum has increased

in size and is seen to be surrounded by cells (Plate VII. fig. 14)

composed mainly of yolk-materiai. In some of these cells is to

be found a well-marked nucleus and a nucleolus of similar staining

reactions to those of the ovum itself. In others the large nucleolus

alone can be recognized, whilst in others again all traces of both

nucleus and nucleolus have disappeared. It seems reasonable to

suppose that these cells are in reality primitive ova which apply

themselves to the functional ovum and become converted into yolk-

material around it. The ovum now increases greatly in size, and

the ovarian cavity becomes lined with a flattened epithelium

derived from the cells of the gelatinous connective tissue. This

epithelium may be traced passing over and covering the ovum

(vide some of smallest ova in Plate VI. fig. 5), where it gives rise

to a peculiar coat of follicle-cells. The follicular layer takes the

form of a layer of irregular-shaped cells, with branched processes

on the outer side, forming delicate strands connecting the ovum

with the adjacent ovarian wall or other follicle-cells, whilst on the

inner side are more regular processes like little waterspouts pro-

jecting through the delicate limiting membrane of the ovum into

the sea of yolk beneath (Plate VII. figs. 15 & 16). As the

ovum nears the ripe condition it becomes coated with a shell-like

structure. On the ventral surface of the ovum (i. e. on the surface

furthest from the dorsal opening of the ovary) the follicular layer

degenerates into an undulating homogeneous deeply staining

covering to the ovum (Plate VII. fig. 15). At the same time the

surface of the ovum in this region takes on a similar appearance.

This process gradually spreads round the ovum. Between the

two layers are small spaces which subsequently disappear, though

the two layers can still be recognized by the fact that the outer

takes on a far deeper stain, owing probably to its containing more

chromatin derived from the nuclei of the follicle-cells (Plate VII.

fig. 17). The outer egg-covering is undoubtedly derived from the

follicle-cells ; the inner layer is formed within the fine limiting

membrane of the ovum, though the material which composes it

has probably been derived also from the follicle-cells. The largest

ova observed were irregularly oval in shape, measuring about

700 x 420 pu.

106 ON SOME ARCTIC NEMERTEANS. [May 21,

The foregoing account differs in several points from that given

by Burger’ for two other species of the genus, viz. D. crassus and

D. cerinus. In the former species, whilst the ova are still quite

small, an oval deeply staining body is found lying in close proximity

to each of them. These subsequently increase in number, surround

the ovum, and later become metamorphosed into yolk. At a

later stage, when the ova are already of considerable size, there is

developed around them a delicate follicular tissue like a network,

in the meshes of which the ova then lie. What the nature of the

coverings of the ova are, and whether the follicular epithelium

plays any part in their formation, Biirger does not state.

The process which occurs in D. borealis throws some light upon

the peculiar nuclear-like little bodies which give rise to the yolk

in D. crassus, and which have also been found by Hubrecht* in

Amphiporus marioni. They are probably to be regarded as

primitive ova in which the nucleolus has greatly increased in size

at the expense of the rest of the cell, and it seems plausible to

regard the enormous development of the nucleolus at the expense

of the rest of such primitive ova as a stage in their conversion

into yolk. The peculiar behaviour of the follicle-cells in D. borealis

is probably correlated with the relatively great size attained by

the ova in this species. Whilst in D. crassus the nearly ripe ova

measure 144 4X 100 uw, in D. borealis they attain the dimensions

of 700 UX 420 pe

Gatty Marine Laboratory,

St. Andrews, N.B.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Lettering in both Plates.

bm., basement-membrane. hs., head-slit.

ec., ciliated canal of cerebral dbv., lateral blood-vessel.

organ. li., lateral blood-lacuna.

cl,, cephalic vascular loop. m., mouth,

cla., cephalic lacuna. me., circular muscle-layer.

corg., cerebral organ. mec., circular muscle-layer of cutis.

cts., Spaces in gelatinous connective ml., longitudinal muscle-layer.

tissue. méc., longitudinal muscle-layer of

dbv., median dorsal blood-vessel. cutis.

de., dorsal neryous commissure. mlo., outer longitudinal muscle-

dg., dorsal ganglion. layer.

ep., epithelium. @s., oesophagus.

exd., excretory duct. ps., proboscis-sheath.

ext., excretory tubules. rd., rhynchoccelomic diverticulum.

fr., frontal organ. rde., expansions of rhynchocceelomic

gct., gelatinous connective tissue. diverticula,

glcorg., glands of cerebral organ. ss., nervous side-stem.

gll., lateral glands. ve., ventral brain commissure.

gs., gonidial sac. vg., ventral ganglion.

* marks point where the median blood-yessel leaves the proboscis-sheath.

' Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zool. 50 Bd. 1890, p. 245, and pl. x.

* «Challenger ’ Reports, vol. ix. (the Nemertea) p. 120.

an ae

TOin6s ab -|

‘ ae A:

BP. 4.3. 0b vol il PLyne

MP Parker hth. Parker & West imp.

ANATOMY OF (COGLA,

S. 1901, -vol II. P1.IX.

AEE Te

Parker & West imp.

VLE. Parker lith

COGIA.

ANATOMY OF

PP. 2. 8.1901, wel. Fie

Parker & West imp.

MP Parker lith.

ANATOMY OF COGIA.

oA as oy AA al ROS aad Co Ar

¥ i : a : ry i : har Pi ‘ vy ik iF i i _ a i‘ - > } Rin

: : J ae ; Oe RAs Rane. ; all he :

Py ye Rarer aK. ok iit C 7s ne in yt anne t mit a PN Ce, * ;

Ag OR SS a

/ ’ oon "7 4 iy ra Ny af Uy if i i‘ Hl + ; 2) A i

RE OO i

i is A

>» } i Law

she ts Pt

M ee 7

i a

wir.

P.Z.S. 1901, vol II. Pl. XI

Parker & West ump.

MP Parker lith

ANATOMY OF COGIA.

1901.} ON THE ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 107

Prats VI.

Figs. 1, 2, & 3, Cerebratulus greenlandicus (p. 99). Sections through cerebral

organ and neighbouring parts, taken at intervals of about 50. X 45.

Fig. 4. Drepanophorus borealis (p.95). Section through rhynchoccelomic diver-

ticulum at the point where it gives off an expansion. Enlarged view

of * in text-fig. 3, p. 98. x 85.

The minute structure of the cerebral organ is not shown.

. D. borealis. Section through a gonad. x 45.

. Amphiporus thompsoni (p. 97). Dorsal view of anterior end. x $.

. D. borealis. Dorsal yiew of anterior end, x 1.

“TS? Or

Puate VII.

Fig. 8. Amphiporus thompsoni. Schematic reconstruction of anterior end,

showing the relations of the various systems. The alimentary canal,

proboscis, and its sheath are omitted. The vascular system is more

arched than shown here (c/. text-fig. 1, p. 91). x 10.

9. A. arcticus (p. 94). Similar to fig. 8. x 10.

10. Cerebratulus greenlandicus. Similar to fig. 8. x 5.

1l. A. paulinus. Transverse section through cesophagus, just before the

first appearance of the blind gut. x 45.

12. C. greenlandicus. Section through skin of esophageal region. 85.

13. D. borealis. Very young stage of ovum. X 410.

14. D. borealis. Slightly later stage than fig. 13. The functional ovum

has become surrounded by several primitive ova, in one of which the

nucleus and its contained nucleolus are seen, whilst in others the large

nucleolus alone can be made out as a deeply staining body. x 410.

15. D. borealis. Older ovum, in which the greater part is surrounded by

waterspout follicle-cells. At the lower pole the follicle-cells and the

outer surface of the oyum are forming the egg-coverings. x 85.

16. D. borealis. Enlarged view of a few follicle-cells from the ovum shown

in preceding figure. x 410.

17. D. borealis. Portion of the outer wall of a nearly ripe ovum, showing

the two coverings of the egg enclosing the yolk (y). x 410.

3. On the Anatomy of Cogia breviceps. By W. Buaxtann

BrenuamM, M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.8., Professor of Biology in

the University of Otago, New Zealand.

[Received April 30, 1901.]

(Plates VIII.—XI.*)

(Text-figures 7 & 8.)

At the end of August, 1900, I received information that a “ young

Sperm-Whale” had come ashore at Parakanui, a spot about

12 miles north-east of Dunedin. Next morning, accompanied by

the museum taxidermist, I went down by train to the spot, where

I ascertained that the whale had been thrown ashore just a week

previously. We found the carcase at about high-water mark,

nearly entirely covered by sand, which had preserved the animal

from decomposition, so that the carcase did not present the

unpleasant odour usual to deceased whales. Unfortunately, how-

ever, the animal had been much cut about ; but I at once saw that

' For explanation of the Plates, see p. 152.

108 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

it was not a “ young Sperm-Whale,” but a full-grown “ Small

Cachalot,” or Cogia breviceps. The head had been most skilfully

disarticulated from the cervical vertebre, and remained close to

the body ; the lower jaw had been cut away and was missing. I

found, later, that it was in the possession of an old whaler, who

intended to keep it as a curio, but who parted with it for a small

consideration.

The “ flukes,” too, had been cut off and carried away by the

finder of the whale ; while much of the flesh of the head and trunk,

including the dorsal fin, had also been removed for the purpose of

extracting the oil. I subsequently obtained the flukes, but the

damage done to the carcase prevented me making any observations

of value on the contour of the body or its coloration, or accurate

measurements. This is the more to be regretted, as I gather from

Flower and Lydekker’s ‘ Mammals’ that some uncertainties exist

as to these matters.

The abdominal wall had been cut through and the viscera were

scattered about on the sand near the body; the thorax, also, had

been opened and the lungs and heart abstracted.

Thus I obtained the entire skeleton, which together with some

of the viscera were packed in barrels and taken to Dunedin. At

the time I was unaware of the rarity of Cogia, otherwise I should

have taken care to preserve all the viscera, and to have taken

fuller measurements, even though these would have been imperfect.

The only organs that I removed for study were the larynx,

stomach, and penis, while the narial canals remained adherent to

the skull.

An account of the larynx I have already presented to the

Society, it agrees closely with that of other Odontocetes. The

present contribution deals with the remaining organs.

I. External Features.

The general form of the body of Cogia has been described and

figured by Owen [7] for specimens from India, and Von Haast [2]

gave an account of a specimen from New Zealand seas. These

are the only accounts accessible to me.

The dorsal surface of the Parakanui specimen was black; the

under surface dirty white with a tinge of yellow in it, especially

noticeable on the under surface of the pectoral fin. Von Haast

says the “belly is greyish white”; Owen states (from Eliott’s

MS.) that the lower surface was “ pinkish.” Possibly these varia-

tions from pure white—which is usual in the Cetacea—are due to

postmortem changes. In a young Rorqual that reached me in a

perfectly fresh condition early in August, within 48 hours after

its death, the belly was pure snow-white, but after exposure to

the air for a couple of days the white took on a bluish tinge.

The total length of this specimen of Cogia, which is a full-

grown male, was 8 feet 9 inches, measured in a straight line from

the tip of the snout to the bottom of the notch in the fiukes.

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 109

This total is obtained by adding together the measurements of the

separated head (1 ft. 4 in.), trunk (5 ft. 10 in.), and tail (1 ft.

7 in.); it is, therefore, liable to a small error owing to shrinkage

of the flesh, and to the fact that the tape would follow slightly

different lines and curves in the three separate pieces, instead of

one line; but the error cannot be greater than an inch or two

one way or the other.

At any rate this specimen is considerably longer than the female

described by Von Haast, which was 7 ft. 2 in. long, and much

longer than Owen’s Indian male, which was only 6 ft. 8 in.

Flower and Lydekker state that the adult may attain a length of

10 feet, and the head is about one-sixth of the length of the body ;

from the above it is seen that the head is contained in the total

length 63 times, or in body alone 53 times.

This was the only measurement I took, for naturally the cir-

cumference &c. could not be measured with anything approaching

accuracy.

The pectoral fin measured 14 inches in a straight line from base

to tip, or 15 inches along the curved anterior margin; it was

5 inches across the oblique base of attachment, 54 across the

widest part.

The shape of the fin does not differ much from that usual in

the Cetacea ; its anterior margin is slightly convex; its posterior

margin is angulate, the rounded angle being enclosed by a short

proximal limb of 4 inches, and a longer distal limb of 8 inches,

which is slightly excavated.

The colour of the fin was very dark grey on the upper surface

—probably black in life; for in the young Rorqual the jet-black

of the fresh animal gave place to a dark grey after exposure to air

for a few days. The under surface of the flipper was yellowish

white; but the dark tint of the upper surface passes round the

margin and comes on to the lower surface, so that there is a narrow

black margin nearly all the way round.

The “ flukes” measured 2 ft. 3 in. from tip to tip; the notch

was 53 in. deep, 7. e. from a line joining the tips; and the distance

from the base of origin of the flukes across the lobe, parallel to

the long axis of the body, is 12 inches; the flukes are black below.

II. The Nasal Passages.

The top of the head had suffered like the other parts of the

body, and much of the flesh anterior to the blowhole had been cut

away. There is but a single blowhole as in other Odontocetes ;

it is not median in position nor symmetrical in shape.

It is a crescentic slit, situated just to the left of the median

line, with the horns of the crescent directed backwards and slightly

towards the middle line (Pl. VIII. fig. 1), so that its concavity is

backwards '.

' In the Porpoise, Grampus, and others, the blowhole, situated on the right

side of the top of the head, has its concavity forwards. In Physeter it is on

the left side, slightly sigmoid and near the anterior end of the snout.

110 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THB [May 21,

It is situated about 12 inches from the tip of the snout; but as

the measurement was made after the removal of skin and blubber,

it is probable that the fissure containing the blowhole has shrunk

backwards a little; for in Owen’s 6-foot specimen the blowhole is

only 5 inches from the tip of the snout.

The distance between the horns of the crescent is 24 inches; the

inner horn terminates (13 inch) further forwards than the outer.

The blowhole is the external opening of a “ vestibule” into

which open the two narial canals, of which the right is much the

smaller. The anterior wall of the opening has a sharply marked

edge or lip (Pl. VIII. fig. 2, a), especially well-marked towards the

left, where it overlaps the posterior lip or “‘ opercular fold” (d).

The hinder limit of the blowhole is, however, quite ill-defined ; the

surface of the head slopes gradually downward and disappears

behind the above lip, forming a kind of flap or operculum.

On a closer examination of this aperture, it is seen to be im-

perfectly divisible into two portions: a small portion on the right

(6) just above the median line, and a much longer curved slit (a)

forming the greater moiety of the crescent ; the separation is indi-

cated by an interruption in the lip, for over a short space (c) the

anterior limit of the blowhole slopes gradually forwards to pass

below the operculum (d).

On pressing apart the lip and operculum, or by cutting across

the lip, the crescentic blowhole is found to open into a shallow,

but wide chamber—the “ spiracular sac” as Von Baer termed it in

Dolphins, or the “vestibule” as I would term it here. This is

lined by a black-pigmented epithelium continuous with that

covering the head, and passing downwards into the narial canal

on the left side.

The greater part of this vestibule is, in reality, the upper end

of the large left narial canal, its floor is highly convex owing to

the existence of a very prominent fleshy “valve” (Pl. VILL. fig. 3, Z)

which is developed on the mesial wall of the canal, but which, as

it approaches the top of the head, assumes a transverse and nearly

horizontal position. This valve becomes less convex as it approaches

the surface of the head, with which it is continuous at the spot ¢,

where the above-mentioned interruption in the lip of the spiracle

occurs. This valve reduces the cavity of the vestibule to a horse-

shoe-shaped cleft, the limbs of which pass anteriorly and posteriorly

towards the right; the bend lying towards the left, where the cleft

deepens suddenly to form the left narial canal.

In the Delphinide this “ spiracular sac” or vestibule is described

by Murie [4] as possessing in its floor a pair of smooth, convex,

obliquely transverse cushions; the above-mentioned “ valve ”

appears to correspond with the left of these, but I find no mention,

in either of the works consulted, of the continuance of this con-

vexity down into, and along the wall of, the narial canal itself.

Indeed, in these papers, more attention has been paid to the

muscular arrangements than to details as to the dispositions of the

sacs and canals.

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. Lik GN

Turning our attention to the posterior cleft on the floor of the

vestibule, it is seen to be a groove between the convex floor (valve)

and the hinder lip of the blowhole (d), which here bends suddenly

downwards to form a vertical wall to the vestibule: on pressing it

backwards, a horizontally disposed furrow (g) is seen about half-

way down—a furrow which is about 3 inch deep and nearly co-

extensive with the length of the wall; it appears to be connected

with the working of the lip itself. At the extreme right corner

of the cleft is the small entrance to the right narial canal, having

the form of a horizontal slit, about 4 inch in length, bounded by

smooth, inconspicuous lips (fic. 4). The “ spiracular sac,” or

vestibule, then receives both right and left narial canals, which

are extremely disproportionate in size and are very different in

structure.

The /eft narial canal being the more conspicuous, and having a

simple course, may be considered first. From the vestibule it

passes outwards for a brief space, and then abruptly downwards

with a slightly inward bend towards the median line, to reach the

bones of the facial region of the skull; it passes through these to

open into the naso-palatine canal. The “ valve” which was seen

in the vestibule is continued throughout the entire length of the

canal as a well-marked convex, typhlosole-like ridge on its mesial

wall, and is visible at the lower opening of the canal into the naso-

palatine canal (Pl. VIII. fig. 5; Pl. IX. fig. 9).

This left narial canal, then, i is quite ater but it is otherwise

with the right canal, w shich is complicated by the existence of a

couple of dilatations to form “ spiracular chambers,” similar to

those occurring in the Delphinide, from which, however, they

differ in two or three particulars.

The right “ nostril” is a small slit-like orifice bounded by thin

muscular lips ; it leads into a short canal which passes across the

middle line, obliquely forwards, downwards, and to the right. It

terminates in a considerable chamber, but on its way gives rise to

branches that pass towards the left, and subdivide to form a number

of narrow, anastomosing tubules, lying in front of the left narial

canal (Pl. IX. fig. 9, x).

The chamber, or upper chamber (A) as it may be called to

distinguish it from a second one lower down, is irregularly ovoid

in shape, with its longer diameter transversely disposed; this

longer axis measures about 5 inches ; its shorter axis, or height, is

3 inches. The chamber is situated immediately below the fibro-

muscular dermis, and is lined by a smooth, greyish membrane ; its

wall is not muscular, and relatively thin, though it is embedded in

the muscles of this region.

Its roof is formed of a series of trabecule having, in general, a

transverse direction ; these, by lateral branches, connect with one

another, so as to form a kind of network, leaving shallow pits

between the trabecule. Some of these are deeper, and lead into

short cecal tubes projecting backwards ; whilst lower down on the

hinder wall are a few larger, circular apertures leading into similar

112 PROF, W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

tubes, most of which lie behind the chamber itself. These tubes,

as well as those that are in connection with the canal itself, are

similarly lined with a greyish membrane.

On the floor of the chamber, towards the median line, is a

prominent aperture, somewhat curved, and provided with raised

black lips. I took this, at first, for the true right nostril, but, for

reasons given below, this is probably not the correct interpretation.

This aperture leads into a short canal, curved towards the right,

and then bending backwards towards the left, which in its turn

opens into a lower and larger spiracular chamber’. This lower

chamber (PI. IX. fig. 7, B) rests, by its posterior wall and its sides,

against the bones of the cranial region of the skull; its anterior

wall (S), however, is soft, reddish, thick and muscular, and is

evidently capable of considerable movement. The chamber is

irregularly pyriform, the dorso-ventral diameter being much greater

than its transverse diameter; it is, too, wider near the dorsal than

at the ventral end. The longer axis is not truly dorso-ventral, but

is somewhat oblique, the lower end being slightly more forwards

than the upper, which is situated behind the upper chamber (see

diagram, P]. IX. fig. 9). The roof is concave and asymmetrical ; the

anterior and posterior walls meet below at an angle, where it is

apparently closed; but in the middle of the angular furrow the

reddish colour of the anterior wall becomes feebly pigmented with

black, and here, by closer inspection, is to be found a very small

aperture—about 7 inch in diameter—which leads by a short canal

into the nasopalatine canal (P]. VIII. fig. 5,7; Pl. IX. fig. 9, ¢).

It is stated by Owen, in his ‘ Comparative Anatomy,’ that the

right bony canal in the skull does not transmit a narial canal : this

is an error (which may probably have already been pointed out).

The right narial canal is perfectly evident, though much smaller

than the left one.

This lower chamber (PI. IX. figs. 7, 9, B) is about twice the size

of the upper chamber, or even greater; but I omitted to make a

note of the dimensions. It is lined by a membrane that differs in

character in the anterior and posterior walls. The former is lined

by a smooth, reddish ‘‘ mucous membrane,” the latter and the sides

and roof are covered by a shining, grey, tough membrane, covered

with small closely-set papille, which I at first mistook for some

kind of parasite.

These papille (Pl. IX. fig. 8) are vascular. Each is short and

somewhat club-shaped, measuring + inch in height by 4; inch

across. They are most numerous, and quite densely aggregated,

on the roof, and the upper part of the hind wall and sides: lower

down they become sparser (in the drawing they are not represented

in their true abundance).

The junction of the side walls with the back of the chamber

is crossed by a number of narrow tendinous strands, some

of which are covered with papilla. The microscopic structure of a

1 This short canal has been severed, but no part appears to have been

removed.

1901.1 ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS, 113

papilla is as follows:—it is more or less circular in transverse

section ; its epithelium consists of about three layers of cells, the

most superficial of which are well-defined, refringent, and somewhat

cuticular in aspect. The nuclei of these cells are not much more

flattened than those of the deeper cells, which are arranged with

the long axis parallel to the surface; the upper ones, however, are

smaller and take the stain less deeply than the others. The bulk

of the wall of the papilla is formed of concentric fibres of elastic

connective tissue, which is somewhat looser externally than

internally. Below this comes white fibrous tissue penetrated

by numerous capillaries and small blood-vessels. The centre of

the papilla is occupied by a cavity (?lymphatic) in which an

unstainable coagulum was noted: it is lined by a layer of flat

cells.

Towards the lower end of the papille the white fibrous tissue

becomes more abundant, and passes gradually into that of the

membrane lining the chamber, while the elastic tissue decreases.

I have no suggestions to make as to the functions of these

peculiar structures.

The muscles that act upon these chambers in the Delphinide

have been fully described by Sibson, Murie, and others: un-

fortunately the head of my specimen was too much injured to

allow me to trace them out in Cogia.

Remarks.—A comparison of the foregoing account of the

spiracular sacs in Cogia with that given by various authors for

members of the family Delphinide brings out several differences

which seem to be of importance.

In the Delphinide the single blowhole opens into a “ vestibule ”’

or spiracular cavity, which is in communication with (1) the two

narial canals, and (2) from four to seven diverticula, that are

known as “spiracular” pouches or sacs. (The nomenclature of

the parts is in need of revision.)

In Cogia the “ vestibule” is extremely reduced ; indeed it seems

rather to be represented by the upper, slightly dilated end of the

left narial canal, into which the small right narial canal has come

to open, having pushed its way across the middle line in order to

reach it. The “ spiracular chambers” are here dilatations in the

course of the right narial canal: they are unpaired and are not

diverticula.

This being the case, it seems impossible to homologise them

with the functionally similar pouches in the Delphinidw. At the

same time I must confess that the only accounts to which I have

access are those of Sibson [10], Murie [4, 5,6 }, and Struthers [12], in

addition to that by Huxley in his ‘ Manual.’ Of these, the first gives

a detailed description of the relations of the various sacs to the

‘“spiracular vestibule” and to the narial canals; and he gives

figures of actual dissections in illustration thereof. Maurie deals

chiefly with the muscular arrangements, and discusses the

homologies of the apparatus with structures present in other

mammals ; while Struthers’s account is in a footnote, and merely

Proc, Zoon, Soo,—1901, Vou, Il, No. VIII.

114 PROF, W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

enumerates the pouches present in the White Whale. Huxley’s

account is descriptive but not illustrated; and, unfortunately, his

account does not agree with Sibson’s in regard to the point of

origin of the sacs; so that I am in some doubt whether m

conclusions as to the interpretation of the “‘ upper chamber” (A)

are correct or not. In the Porpoise there are five pouches, two

pairs and an unpaired one; in the White Whale two pairs only ;

in the Grampus seven pouches in all.

According to Sibson the five pouches in the Porpoise all com-

municate with the “ vestibule” above the openings of the narial

canals into that cavity. He writes:—‘‘ Connected with the

channel [%.¢. vestibule] that leads from the external opening

[blowhole| down to the two bony conduits [7. é. narial canals] is a

series of pouches.”

His figures indicate, but do not show quite clearly, that the

pouches are outgrowths of the vestibule, with which they com-

municate above the entrance of the narial canals.

On the other hand, Huxley in his ‘ Manual’ describes for the

Porpoise the “ spiracular chamber” (7. ¢. vestibule) as receiving

the two nasal passages, the openings of which are guarded by

valves ; and then goes on to say that “‘ Each nasal passage, after

it ceases to be surrounded by bone, sends off two diverticula, one

forward and one backward.”

The accounts given by the other authors referred to do not aid

us in deciding which of these two accounts is correct. But,

apart from this point of disagreement, all accounts agree that the

various pouches are, in the Delphinide, not dilatations of the

canal but diverticula, either of the narial canal or of the

“ vestibule.”

With regard to the “‘ upper chamber” in the present Whale, it

is a possible view that it is the ‘“ vestibule,” asymmetrically

expanded towards the right side, receiving the large left narial

canal near the external “ blowhole,” and the small right narial

canal deeper down: in other words, that the slit carried by the

prominent papilla in the floor of the “upper chamber” is the

true right nostril. The chief facts that seem to me to be opposed

to this contention is that this “‘ upper chamber” has a thin, grey

wall, and is devoid of that black pigmentation that appears to

characterize the “ vestibule” im Delphinide; and, secondly, there

is no convex valve on the floor of the “upper chamber,” as we

should expect if it were a “ vestibule.”

But, however this may be, there is no uncertainty about the

lower one (B): it communicates below with the naso-palatine

canal, while above it opens, by a canal, into the upper chamber:

it is a dilatation in the course of the narial canal. So that, which-

ever view is taken as to the upper chamber, it is clear that in

Cogia there are two asymmetrically placed sacs, which though

physiologically, no doubt, corresponding with the series of paired

spiracular sacs in the Delphinide, are morphologically different.

I have therefore avoided the use of the descriptive terms

1901.) ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 115

“maxillary” and “ premaxillary,” that Murie uses in describing

the analogous chambers in that family.

III. The Buccal Cavity.

The lower jaw having been removed, the skull disarticulated,

and the larynx severed from its position, I am unable to make

any remarks upon the tongue or pharynx.

The tough gum on each side was provided with 13 shallow pits

for the reception of the 13 teeth borne by the corresponding

ramus of the lower jaw. Further, each premaxilla bears a tooth:

that on the right side was sufficiently long to project for ;4 inch

bevond the gum; but the left tooth could only be felt; it had

not been “cut.” This premaxillary tooth was about 14 inches

from the anterior end of the snout; it is conical and slightly

curved, with the point directed backwards.

In the lower jaw there are thirteen teeth on each side, of the

shape usual in the genus; that is, each is a rather slender cone,

curved, and sharply pointed. They are all so arranged that the

points are directed inwards, and, with the exception of the first,

slope slightly outwards; those in the middle of the series having

a greater slope than those at the ends.

The front tooth projects 2 inch, and the last 3 inch above the

(dried) gum, (The lower jaw had been removed and was

partially cleaned when I obtained it.) The series of teeth, or

“dental area,” measures 5} inches, and the individual teeth are

separated by a space of } inch, though the two hindmost are

nearer together.

The dental formula, then, for the Parakanui specimen is

1-1

In another skull in the Otago University Museum, obtained

from Napier, on the East coast of the North Island, in 1892, the

formula is —s It is true that the premaxillary teeth are

absent in the specimen, and that there are only 14 teeth

remaining on each side of the lower jaw, the tip of which has

been broken across at the level of the sockets of the front teeth;

the sockets are, however, quite visible at the fracture.

This skull is rather larger than that of the Parakanui specimen

(which I hope to describe in the future), and the teeth are longer

and stouter; the anterior teeth measuring 4 inch, the hinder ones

5 inch above the dried gum. ‘The dental area measures 63 inches,

allowing for the front teeth; and the dental interval is } inch,

except for the hinder 3 teeth, which are separated by a space of

only t inch; these last teeth have their points turned backwards,

though whether this is due to the shrinkage and distortion of

the gum in drying I am unable to say,

I have referred to this skull, since in Flower and Lydekker’s

‘Mammals’ it is stated that Coyia has 9 to 12 teeth in the lower

jaw. Owen gives 9 for the Indian specimen. L cael access

= 28, which is the same as that of von Haast’s specimen.

116 PROF, W. B, BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

to other accounts, but it is worthy of note that the three specimens

described from New Zealand have each more than the above

maximum. Moreover, Owen states (p. 41) that “the teeth are

small, straight, conical, obtuse, not exceeding 8 lines in length,”

&e. It is, | understand, generally believed that there is but one

species of this Small Cachalot; it is therefore worth noting these

small differences.

The soft palate had been partially cut away, and the broad naso-

palatal canal exposed. A short slit was all that was needed to

exhibit the lower ends of the narial canals, which are shown in

Pl. VIII. fig. 5.

IV. Alimentary Tract.

My observations are incomplete, as the gut had been cut across,

close to the stomach, and indeed across the narrow chamber of this

organ. When removing the viscera—which were buried in sand—

this fact was overlooked, and the intestine with the rest of the

stomach was left behind, so that I am unable to give measure-

ments of the entire canal.

The hindmost portion (about 7 feet) of the intestine remained

attached to the body; and at a point about 3 feet 6 inches from the

anus the intestine suddenly dilates to form a sac, filled with a very

dark-brown fluid, of considerable density, which, when smeared on

the paper of my note-book, left a dark sepia-coloured mark.

Sir W. Turner [15] describes a similar rich brown fluid in the

hind gut of Risso’s Grampus, and suggests that it is derived

from the sepia of the ink-sacs of the cuttles on which the

cetacean had fed; and further explains the absence of the dark

material in the stomach and anterior part of the intestine, by

supposing that the ink-bags pass uninjured into the posterior

region of the gut, where their walls become dissolved and the

fluid released. This seems to be the case in Cogia, for the small

intestine did not contain the dark fluid.

This specimen of Cogia contained in its stomach a great

quantity of cuttle-beaks, lenses of eyes, and the remains of the

pens of some Loligo-like species, probably Ommastrephes sloanii ;

also some partially digested red membranes which appear to have

been cylindrical. Each bears, near one end, a thick, firm, white

patch on which, and on the membrane, are horny, conical teeth-

like structures, recalling gizzard-teeth of Aplysia, but no dark

fluid.

Von Haast [2] states that in the specimen studied by him, “ the

contents of the stomach consisted of a dark slimy matter ;” and

noting the absence of cuttle-beaks, and the small size and the

position of the mouth, he concluded that Cogia is “ probably a

ground-feeder, perhaps on the smaller hydroid polyps.” This

view is, evidently, negatived by the presence of beaks in the

Parakanui specimen.

The stomach (Pl. LX. fig. 10), as I have said, is imperfect; but

I will describe so much as remains, for in some respects it confirms

1901.) ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. Eve

Turner's accounts (13, 14) of the organ in Odontocetes, though it

differs from that of Porpoise or Dolphin, and appears to agree

with that of the Sperm Whale. The cesophagus, which is 2

inches across (externally), is dilated below the entrance to the

true stomach, to form a large ovoid pouch or “ paunch ” 7 inches

in length and 5 in breadth’.

The true stomach arises from the side of the cesophagus just

above the commencement of the crop-like dilatation. It has the

form of a long wide sac, somewhat like a curved sausage, extending

beyond the end of the paunch, and measuring 15 inches in a

straight line taken from its anterior margin to the hindmost end.

This sac may be termed the “cardiac chamber.” It presents a

“ oreater curvature ” directed towards the right side, and a “ lesser

curvature,” facing the paunch. Along the lesser curvature there

are two slight constrictions, so that this chamber seems to be

subdivided; but in reality it is one great sac. The constrictions

are mere indentations of the wall, and there is no corresponding

fold of the mucous membrane internally. On the dorsal surface

of this cardiac chamber, at about midway along its length, and

close to the lesser curvature, there arises a small sac, which soon

becomes a distinct tube. Most unfortunately this had been cut

across. It is the second chamber of the true stomach; and we are

at present ignorant of how many chambers there are in Cogia,

though probably only these two. For convenience I will term it

the “pyloric chamber” for reasons that will become evident

later.

This pyloric chamber commences as a depressed, subcircular,

thin-walled swelling on the side of the cardiac chamber. It soon

becomes tubular; but for about 4 inches remains adherent to

the cardiac chamber, then leaves it as a free tube, one inch in

diameter; but only about one inch of this tube remains in the

specimen.

The hardened and distended stomach was opened by cutting

windows, of convenient size, in the walls. The cardiac orifice is

on the side wall of the esophagus. It is usually stated that in

Dolphins and other Cetacea in which a paunch is present, this

and the cardiac chamber communicate with the cesophagus “ at the

same point,” thereby inferring a sort of bifurcation of the cesophagus ;

but in Cogia the cardiac orifice (Pl. X. fig. 14) is a wide oval

aperture, about 4 inches long, on the side wall of the esophagus.

Itis surrounded by a very prominent rounded ridge (g), recalling a

sphincter muscle, though it is a fold of the mucous membrane and

the submucosa only,and the muscular coat is not involved. From

the margin of this orifice the lining (/) of the csophagus projects

! This and the following measurements were obtained from the preserved

and not from the fresh specimen. The stomach and paunch having been emptied

of their contents and thoroughly washed with water, were distended by filling

them with strong alcohol, the ends being tightened ; the alcohol was poured in

through a funnel, not injected, so that the distension is not exaggerated. The

whole was then laid in strong alcohol for about four months before I had time

to examine them.

118 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

into the stomach as an irregular fringe, or, as Huxley describes it

in the Porpoise, as a “‘ prominent rugose lip.”

The communication between cesophagus and paunch is by way

of a deep groove bounded by a couple of high and thick folds (d.d)

on the outer wall of the esophagus. It is similar to the groove

between the esophagus and psalterium in the Cow’s stomach. It

is evident that the paunch is a blind, downward prolongation

of the cesophagus, beyond the entrance of the latter to the

stomach.

The passage from the cardiac to the pyloric chamber is between

two stout curved folds of mucosa and submucosa, forming valves,

which only incompletely circumscribe the aperture. One valve,

the superior, is continuous with the surface of the cardiac

chamber, and its free edge is concave backwards; the other, or

inferior valve, is at a slightly different level, being the projection

forwards of the adherent wall of the pyloric chamber; this fold

is concave forwards, and its right end overlaps that of the superior

valve. Further, as part probably of the apparatus, there is a

strong rounded ridge (3 inches in length) in the ventral wall of

the pyloric chamber, passing forwards and curving over the

inferior valve.

The mucous membrane of these parts exhibit very characteristic

differences, both macroscopic and microscopic; these have been

described for some Cetacea by Sir W. Turner in some detail

(14).

The lining of the esophagus (Pl. [X. fig. 11), which in the

preserved specimen is whitish and hard to the touch, is thrown

into labyrinthine folds, the general trend of which is transverse.

In sections, the epithelium is seen to be “ stratified,” consisting

of some 6 or 7 layers of cells: the nuclei of the deepest layer are

oval and closely set ; the upper ones are more or less flattened, and

those on the free surface quite flat. These last take the stain

(hematoxylin) much more faintly than the deeper ones. The

surtace of the epithelium is very ill-defined and irregular, due

partly no doubt to the manipulation it had undergone; though,

partly, this seems to be a natural character, for even in the deep

pits formed by the above-mentioned foldings, where the tissue

would be less liable to disturbance, the epithelium is comparatively

thin. Moreover, it is everywhere of very irregular depth, as the

subumucosa rises up into it at intervals in such a way that the

epithelium seems to dip downwards in the form of solid columns ;

and I imagined that these were tangential sections of small pits; but

I failed even in thin sections to determine the existence of any-

thing of the kind. I find that Sir W. Turner notices the same

thing in the Porpoise, and suggests that they are “ in all probability

slender folds of the mucous membrane, which when vertically

divided look in sections as if separated by papille ” of the under-

lying connective tissue.

There are no glands, either macroscopic or microscopic, in the

wall of the cesophagus.

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 119

Opposite,the entrance to the cardiac chamber, the mucous mem-

brane is thrown into a few powerful longitudinal folds, two of

which are more prominent than the rest, about one inch in height,

and delimit the groove that leads to the paunch. Below the point

there are 10 well marked ridges, which radiate from the groove,

along the wall of the paunch ; some reach almost to the hinder end,

others die out half-way along. In addition to these longitudinal

folds, a few irregular ones originate from them and pass ina

transverse direction.

The mucous membrane (PI. X. fig. 12) is inthe paunch distinctly

yellow ; it is marked by irregularly arranged, straight, narrow, and

shallow furrows, appearing as lines crossing one another at

various angles, but there is nothing approaching the labyrinthine

character seen in the cesophagus.

Sections show that the epithelium is stratified; but it is much

thicker than in the cesophagus, and more closely resembles the

epidermis of a mammal than the epidermis of part of the gut. In

fact, it is from the character of this epithelium that this region is

recognized as being part of the cesophagus, and not part of the true

stomach.

The epithelium consists of very well marked stratum mal-

pightt and st. corneum, of about equal depth. The lowermost

nuclei of the st. malpighit are oval, closely set, with the long axis

vertical to the plane of the surface; the others are rounder, till

immediately below the st. cornewm the nuclei undergo sudden

degeneration, and are represented by small, horizontal, and almost

linear groups of deeply stained granules; two to four rows of

such cells exist, evidently the st. granulosum. There is a very

sharp line between them and the overlying st. cornewm, which is

coloured yellow (in the sections that were stained on the slide in

Delafield’s hematoxylin) except the outermost margin, which is

faintly purple ; the whole stratum is distinctly “ lamellate,” with

small linear groups of refringent, unstained granules interspersed

here and there between the lamelle.

The free surface is slightly irregular, the cells appear to be

dropping away, and are somewhat swollen.

In short the lining of the paunch is a typical epidermis.

The mucous membrane of the cardiac chamber (Pl. X. fig. 13) is

pinkish, even in the preserved stomach; it is thrown into more

or less pronounced and irregular folds, and the surface is furrowed,

marking out rounded gyri of larger size than those of the cesoph-

agus. ‘Towards the hinder end the membrane is smoother. A few

stray ridges start from the cardide orifice, but soon die down, giving

rise to the above-mentioned irregular folds. In sections, the

epithelium is seen to be typically “gastric ;” it is many times

thicker than that of the paunch, and consists of closely-set, long,

tubular and branched “ peptic glands.” The cells at the surface

had macerated off, but in the deeper parts of the glands they,

though displaced, remain ; and the two kinds of cells—* chief” or

“central” and oxyutic or parietal —are recognizable.

120 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

In the pyloric chamber “the mucous membrane is smooth, soft,

and of a darker red than in the preceding chamber. Sections show

that here, too, peptic glands occur; though of a different shape and

Jength. From the ill-preserved state it is difficult to give an

accurate detailed account, but it appears that the “ duct ” of each

gland is much longer, and the branching takes place deeper in the

epithelium than in the cardiac chamber. The mucous membrane is

not uniformly thick, but ina givensection the free surface describes

undulations ; in the thinner parts of the sections the glands consist

of one kind of cell only, recalling the pyloric glands of ordinary

mammals ; but in the thicker parts patches of glands occur which

show the oxyutic cells quite plainly, and even in greater numbers

than in the cardiac chamber.

Although figures are apt to be misleading, yet the following

atford an idea of the relative thickness of the mucous membrane in

these different parts :—

In esophagus it is 0°025 mm.

»» paunch it is 0°37 mm.

,, cardiac chamber it is 1-5 mm.

», pyloric chamber it is trom 0-4 to 0°75 mm.

Remarks.—It is well known that in the Cetacea the “ stomach ”

consists of several chambers, and Sir W. Turner (13, 14) has

given an account of the arrangements met with in different families

of the Order. It appears that in the majority of Odontocetes the

“first chamber” is in reality a dilatation of the cesophagus ; a

fact that was recognized more than 200 years ago by Edward

Tyson [16] who, according to Turner, recognized that this first

compartment is “ lined by a continuation of its inward tunic, which

we now know to be of squamous epithelium,” so that it seems to be

a sac-like dilatation of that tube; or, in short, a“ paunch.” Only

in the Ziphioids is this paunch absent; in them, notwithstanding

the many chambers, all are true gastric chambers, lined by

glandular epithelium. Although other authors, as for example

Murie [4] for the Caa’ing Whale, compares this first chamber to a

ruminant paunch, and Huxley in his Textbook (p. 395) also speaks

of the first chamber as “a kind of paunch lined by a thick epi-

thelium ” (see also Wiedersheim), yet it appears that Turner was

the first to investigate the character of the mucous membrane by

means of microscopic sections; the literature at my disposal is

sparse, but ‘Turner gives no reference to anyone who had previously

cut sections of the stomach-wall.

It seems necessary to insist on this fact that the first chamber is,

in the majority of Cetacea, a “ paunch” since in some English

textbooks, even of recent years, the complex of chambers is still ’

spoken of as “stomach.” Turner has pointed out, and no doubt

other workers on the group have done so, that this ‘‘ paunch”

serves not merely for receiving and holding food, in the way that the

paunch of the Ruminant does, but that there is abundant evidence

that the digestive juice is discharged from the true stomach into

1901.) ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 121

this chamber; for fish-bones, cuttle-beaks, and other indigestible

remains of the food are found in the paunch, and never in the

stomach : that, in fact, it is a ‘“ macerating chamber: ” that these

things are rejected through the mouth, just as owls reject the

undigested parts of their food.

In view of his own insistence on the cesophageal nature of this

first compartment, it is to be regretted that Turner does not,

in his memoirs, speak more definitely of it as a“ paunch” and thus

draw attention to it more strongly; in his figures, for instance,

he labels it “1” as he also does the first compartment of the

ziphioid stomach. It may be objected that “ paunch” is used for

a particular part of the ruminant stomach ; that in this no digestive

juice is poured on to the food while it is retained there ; that it is

a mere reservoir, and not a macerating chamber. But according to

Prot. Fleming (Chauveau’s Comp. Anat. 1891) both the paunch

and the reticulum are lined by “stratified epithelium,” and there-

fore are as much cesophageal dilatations as the 1st chamher of the

“ stomach ” in Cetacea; they are morphologically similar, even if

physiologically dissimilar.

In these days of ‘ precise nomenclature,’ it is strange that such

a word as “ stomach ” is so very vaguely employed for all sorts of

sacs: primarily used for the digestive chamber in man, the meaning

of the word has been extended to include a variety of dilated

portions of the alimentary system in different animals, ¢.g., the

gizzard of the Crayfish is nota “ stomach,” although frequently so

termed, nor is the paunch of Cetacea or Ruminants.

Messieurs Pilliet and Boulart [8] have pointed out that the

stomach of Cetacea cannot be compared in detail with that of

Ruminants; but it seems that, so far as this first compartment is

concerned, there is a morphological resemblance, and to some

degree a physiological one’.

The true‘‘stomach” consists,as we know, of a“ pars cardiaca” and

a “pars pylorica”; and while both these are present in the Cetacea

and Ruminant, there is in addition an cesophageal paunch. In the

whales, the pars pylorica and perhaps the pars cardiaca may be

further subdivided.

Returning, now, to Cogia; the mutilated condition of the

organ prevents us comparing it in detail, as I should have wished

to do, with that of other Odontocetes ; but so much as remains

indicates that it differs from the stomach of the Delphinide, in the

fact that the “ pyloric chamber” (=38rd chamber in the sense of

other authors) soon becomes free from the wall of the cardiac (or

2nd chamber), and is evidently the commencement of a tubular

region; whereas in Porpoise, Dolphin, &c., this “ 3rd chamber” is

totally adherent to wall of the “ 2nd” (as in Globicephalus, where

Murie calls it the ‘ burrowing passage”), or it is globular in form,

whilst additional chambers exist. Naturally one turns for elucidation

to Physeter macrocephalus, of which but little seems to be known.

! T have been unable to consult either this or Max Weber's valuable work

in the Morph. Jahrb. xiii. 1888, or Pouchet and Beauregard in the original.

122 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

I quote from Turner’s memoir [13], who summarizes the account

given by Dr. Jackson [3] of the stomach of the Sperm Whale.

“The first cavity is nearly globular, and is lined by a

continuation of the cuticle and cutis from the esophagus. The

2nd cavity opens freely into both cesophagus and the first cavity.

It is elongated, and the rug on its inner surface are nowhere

strongly marked. The 3rd cavity is elongated, narrow at its

commencement, but becomes dilated and curved upon itself. The

mucous coat is less rugose than in the 2nd cavity. There is no

small intermediate chamber between the 2nd and 3rd. The 3rd

cavity opens into a dilatation by an orifice j inch in diameter ; this

dilatation ends in the intestine.”

Of course by “ lst cavity” is meant what in his paper Turner

speaks of as “ paunch;” the “ 2nd cavity ” is the cardiac chamber,

and the 3rd cavity is the pyloric chamber. Unfortunately, this

summary does not enable us to form a very vivid picture of the

Sperm-whale’s stomach, as we are not told where the 3rd chamber

originates from the 2nd, nor the relative size of the parts; but, so

far as it goes, it appears that Cogia has a stomach of the same kind.

At any rate, we have the evidence, that Prof. Turner desired to

have, that in the Physeteride the 1st chamber is a paunch.

According to the account of the Cachalot’s stomach given by

Pouchet and Beauregard [9] the “ first chamber” is, in its upper

part, lined by a mucous membrane similar to that of the esophagus,

while in the lower part a “ gastric epithelium ” exists. Thus this

chamber is partly “ paunch,” partly cardiac region of stomach.

It appears that though the boundary between the two kinds of

mucous membrane is distinct, there is no constriction here.

The “ pyloric chamber” is separated from the two following or

“‘ duodenal chambers” by a short definite duct.

Of the two “ duodenal chambers,” the first is lined by a smooth

mucous membrane; while, in the second, valuule conniventes are

present’.

Without access to the original account, it is difficult to correlate

this description with Jackson’s with certainty. But it seems that

the “ narrow commencement” of the 3rd elongated chamber of his

account corresponds to the “true duct” of Pouchet and Beauregard,

and their “first duodenal chamber” with its smooth lining is

Jackson’s dilated part of the 3rd chamber.

There is one point in the above account that is of general

importance, viz.: the absence of any constriction between the

paunch and cardiac region of the stomach. Have we, here, a

commencement of the process by which a part of the stomach

becomes modified to serve as a receptacle for tood, by the down-

growth of the esophageal membrane? or, is an original paunch

being invaded by gastric epithelium ?

1 But it is not clear from the abstract in the Zool. Jahresher. whether the

2nd “cavité” is the pyloric, or whether a third ‘ chambre” (pyloric) also

exists.

1901.) ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICHPS. 123

No doubt this matter is dealt with by the French authors; but

in view of the condition of the “ stomach” in other Cetacea, that

of the Cachalot is rather puzzling.

It appears, then, that in the family Physeteride the apparatus is

simpler than in the Delphinide, and agrees with the Platanistide in

having only three chambers, viz.,a paunch, a cardiac chamber, and

a pyloric chamber.

V. The Penis.

The body-wall between the anus and the aperture of the peuial

sheath had been cut about, so that the position of these apertures

and their distance apart, with regard to the body-length, could not

be ascertained.

In the arrangement of the muscles at the base of the organ, and

some other matters, Cogia differs from the accounts given for the

Dolphin and the Right Whale (by Professors Turner and Struthers

respectively), so that it is worth while to put on record the arrange-

ments in the present whale. The total length of the apparatus, in

the fresh condition, was 28 inches, measured from the base of the

“‘ accelerator urine” muscles to the end of the penial sheath, but

more detailed measurements of the preserved material show that

a certain amount of shrinkage had occurrred.

In dealing with the penis, it will be convenient to distinguish

three regions :—

(1) A basal portion consisting of the crura penis, surrounded by

the muscles, which in Cogia are 4 in number, a pair of

medial acceleratores urine and a pair of lateral erectores penis,

This region measures, in the preserved specimen, 7 inches in

length and about 5 inches at the broadest.

(2) The middle region or ‘‘ body of the penis,” rather more than

6 inches in length, formed almost wholly by the single

corpus cavernosum.

And (3) the distal region of 12 inches, extending from the

insertion of the sheath or prepuce into the penis, up to the

external pore. The terminal region of the penis, enclosed

within the sheath, is 83 inches in length: this region may

be termed the ‘ glans,’ though it contains a continuation of

the corpus cavernosum.

We will consider the middle region or body of the penis first.

It consists of a single corpus cavyernosum, having the usual struc-

ure, with a thick tunic of fibrous tissue, and enveloped in a looser

connective tissue carrying blood-vessels and nerves (PI. X. fig. 16).

The body is not quite cylindrical, but is slightly higher than broad

(1? inch by 1} inch, in the measured specimen) ; it was not straight,

but somewhat undulating '.

The upper surface is convex. There is no dorsal furrow, such

as is described for Balenoptera, and the plexus of blood-vessels

' The only figure of transverse sections of a Cetacean penis that I have seen

is that given by Murie (4) for Lalenoptera, where it is broader than high.

124 PROF, W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

destined for the glans is not in the mid-dorsal line, but consists of

a right and left group of veins and arteries, lying on either side of

the upper surface of the penis. Only fora short space, just behind

the attachment of the penial sheath, do the two bunches of vessels

widen out so as to meet dorsally, but almost immediately they

separate again as the “glans” is entered, and take up a still more

distinctly lateral position (Pl. X. fig. 17, Bv).

The ventral surface of the c. cavernosum embraces, as usual, the

corpus spongiosum, in which the urethra is contained in a slightly

asymmetrical position.

In transverse section the ec. spongiosum is 7% inch in height by

z inch across.

While the tunic of the ec. cavernosum is very thick and dense,

that of the c. spongiosum is quite thin, and to the naked eye is not

distinguishable from the tissue of the spongy body itself.

As the distal region or glans is approached the relative sizes of

the parts change. The glans is an elongated cylindrical cone,

terminating ina blunt and slightly upturned point, the slit-like

urinogenital pore, which is } inch in length, being subterminal. In

the preserved specimen the skin of the glans has a yellowish tint, is

smooth but much wrinkled transversely, owing no doubt to shrinkage.

Soon after the c. cavernosum has entered the glans, it undergoes a

considerable reduction in size: thus, at a distance of 6 inches from

the tip (Pl. X. fig. 17) it is,in transverse section, circular in outline,

with a diameter of only 4 inch, while the c. spongiosum has

slightly increased in size. Further forwards, two inches from

the tip (Pl. X. fig. 18), the cavernous body has almost disappeared.

It is but } inch in diameter, while the spongy body is now 3 inch

across, and is practically circular. The rest of the substance of the

penis is now occupied by fibrous tissue with abundant vessels, chiefly

laterally placed, derived from the previously mentioned dorso-

lateral “ plexus.”

The urethra has enlarged, and here commences the usual dila-

tation to form the “ fossa navicularis.” Turning to the proximal

region, we find a very interesting condition of affairs. After

dissecting away the muscles—or rather by slicing them away—

the usual crura penis (c. c. spongiosi) are exposed (Pl. X. fig. 19),

each embedded in a muscle that appears to be the “ erector penis ”

(or M. ischio-cavernosus). But the c. spongiosum instead of

terminating posteriorly in the usual bulb at the angle of origin of

the crura, b¢furcates ; and each limb or the crus ¢. spongiosi is enclosed

in one of the “accelerator urine” muscles (or M. bulbo-cavernosus),

within which it enlarges to several times its former size (Pl. XI.

fig. 20). Each crus of the spongy body is 2# inches in length, and

is as long as the crus penis: it is here irregularly oval in section,

and measures 3 by 3 inch across.

The crus c. spongiosi lies ventrad and mediad of the crus c.

cavernosi of its side, and the upper and external face rests against

the tough tunic of the latter, while on the other three sides it is

enveloped in muscle.

1901. ] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 125

This forked character of the c. spongiosum in Cogia is readily

seen both in transverse sections and horizontal sections. So far

as I have been able to find out from textbooks, the Kangaroo (and

perhaps some other Marsupials) presents a similar condition

(according to Owen). In Cetacea no mention is made of the phe-

nomena, and generally a “ bulb ” is described and figured, as in the

majority of mammals.

It is, of course, in this basal region that the urethra enters the

penis, and in the general disposition of parts Coyia is quite

typical. The thick-walled, muscular urethra passes obliquely back-

wards and downwards towards the angle formed by the crura

penis; it dilates to form the thin-walled bulbus urethre, and here

the angulation of the tube occurs: it then enters the c. spongiosum,

through which it runs, slightly to the right side.

The prostate gland in Cogia agrees very closely with the account

given by previous authors (e.g. Turner, 15) for other Whales ;

it is a loose glandular and vascular tissue surrounding the lower

half of the bulbus urethre. Above the gland is a circular muscle,

the “‘compressor prostate” or ‘comp. urethre.” (Pl. XI. figs. 24,

25, C.u.)

The seminal ducts deserve a few words. For a considerable part

of their lower portion, each duct takes a straight course, as a wide,

thin-walled tube; the internal lining of which is raised into a

series of imperfectly transverse, thin membranous valves (Pl. XI.

fig. 21). They do not form a continuous spiral, as they do in the

Rorqual and the Dolphin, according to Beauregard and Boulart (1),

who compare the arrangement to the well-known spiral valve of the

Elasmobranch intestine.

Below the valves, for a distance of about an inch and a half, the

mucous membrane is thrown into a number of very fine, lamellose,

longitudinal ridges, which continue almost to the entrance of the

sperm duct into the urethra.

The verumontanum (Pl. XI. fig. 22) is a long, narrow, but well-

marked ridge, fading out anteriorly, and higher and broader

posteriorly. At this point, on the posterior ventral wall of the

“ bulbus urethre,” is a transversely oval aperture (a) situated on a

slight, rounded prominence. This aperture, which has a rounded

margin, leads into a shallow, but well-marked pit, into which, right

and left, the seminal ducts open by slightly curved slit-like pores,

guarded by distinct and whitish lips. These pores are quite below

the general level of the mucous membrane, and between them is a

yery slight recess, in the substance of the urethral wall, which no

doubt represents the uterus masculinus (cf. Beauregard and

Boulart).

The pores of the prostate gland (PI. XI. fig. 22, Pro.) open behind

this oval aperture; on each side of which, and behind it, a number

of delicate transversely dispersed ridges or lamelle occur. Most

of the prostate pores are placed between the outer ends of neigh-

bouring ridges: four on the left side, three on the right, but two

others on this side are at a different level, and lie at the side of

126 PROF. W. B, BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

the longitudinal ridge of the verumontanum, between it and a

smaller lateral ridge.

There appear, from the preliminary account by the above-

named authors, to be various differences in this arrangement

from the conditions in Dolphin and Rorqual.

The basal region of the penis is perhaps of the most interest,

as we shall find striking differences in the arrangement of the

muscles in Cogia, Balena, and Grampus.

In the whale under consideration there are, as I have said, two

pairs of muscles, to which I apply the older names “ accelerator

urine” and “ erectores penis.” The two accelerators lie side by

side on each side of the middle line, and have a length of 7 inches

on the ventral surface. (Pl. XI. figs. 20, 22, 24, 25, Ac, Hr.)

The fascicles of which the muscle is composed are strikingly large,

and have in general a transverse, 2. ¢. circular, disposition. At

the extreme anterior end, the fascicles of the right and left muscle

interdigitate; but for the most part they are separated by a

distinct median septum of connective tissue. (Fig. 20, 1.)

By the passage of the retractor penis, the accelerators are

divisible into a larger anterior moiety (Ac), and a smaller posterior

moiety (Ac’), where the fascicles are oblique, with their mediad

extremities directed slightly backwards.

The anterior moiety of the accelerator embraces and conceals

the crus corporis spongiosi of its side, and the fascicles are

arranged as follows. (See Pl. XI. fig. 20.)

Each muscle-fascicle is a broad band, thicker in the vertical than

in the horizontal direction (with regard to the surface of the

muscle), so that we may distinguish two faces and two edges, as

well as two ends.

The faces are pressed against the faces of neighbouring

fascicles ; one edge is directed outwards and forms the surface of

the muscle ; the other edge is fixed to the thin connective tissue-

sheath of the crus ¢. spongiosi. The ends are attached to the

vertical longitudinal septa, one of which separates the right

accelerator from the left (fig. 20, 7); the other separates the

accelerator from the erector of its side (fig. 20, 2); and in part

these outer ends are inserted in the crus corporis cavernosi, with

which this septum is continuous.

It is evident that the contraction of these circularly disposed

fibres must exert considerable pressure upon the spongy body.

The posterior moiety of the accelerator is marked off from

the anterior, by the passage of the retractor penis (Pl. XI.

fig. 23, Re.). On the ventral surface there appears to be a very

marked break in the muscle at this point; but this is less marked

on the dorsal surface (Pl. XI. fig. 25), where the transversely

disposed fascicles of the anterior moiety only gradually take on

an oblique direction ; the mediad ends are directed backwards, and

the last 3 or 4 fascicles enter the mass of muscle constituting

the “sphincter ani,” but do not mix with it. They are, here,

inserted in a semicircular septum or sheath, concave anteriorly,

1901.] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 127

which is continuous laterally with the longitudinal septa above

referred to.

The fascicles in this region are, then, attached only to the septa,

and are independent of the crus ec. spongiosi.

The erector penis (Fr.) is a plano-convex muscle, enclosing the

crus corporis cayernosi of its side. It is shorter than the acce-

lerator, being only 4 inches in length. It is made up of large

fascicles, the direction of which varies in different parts of its

extent; in fact, they radiate froma small circular tendinous patch

on the outer surface near the hinder end of the muscle (¢.).

From this area the most anterior fascicles pass directly forwards

to be inserted in the corpus cavernosum ; those in the middle of the

series pass directly inwards, and the most posterior ones backwards

and inwards. ‘The opposite ends of these fascicles are attached to

the fibrous tunic of the crus penis.

A small separate muscle (Pl. XI. figs. 24, 25, m.) arises from

this tendinous patch, the fibres of which pass backwards and enter

the sphine = ani. It seems probable that this represents the muscle

marked ‘‘ a” in Struthers’s figures 13 & 14, arising from the hinder

end of the , pelvic bone, and which he terms the caudal muscular

mass.”

Prof. Turner found no muscle attached to the hinder end of the

pelvic bone in the Grampus.

The retractor penis (Re.) is, as usual, a double muscle, though the

two are closely bound together. ach is band-like, and measured

2 inch across and 5%; inch in thickness. They are attached at one

end to the corpus cavernosum , immediately proximal to the insertion

of the penial sheath ; posteriorly they lie in the groove between

the two accelerators, and finally burrow upwards between the

anterior and posterior moieties of these muscles, to gain the dorsal

surface. They then pass behind the posterior margin of the

“pelvic fascia” and enter the muscle surrounding the rectum

(Pl. XI. fig. 25).

The retractors are 13 inches long, and they lie quite loosely

separated from the penis, except at the two ends.

The upper surface of the accelerator muscles is covered by a

tough, inextensible membrane, the margins of which had been cut.

But from its relation to the muscles and other structures, it

appears to be the “ pelvic fascia” (Pl. XI. fig. 24, 7.). Anteriorly, it

bears on its under surface the two seminal ducts; on each side is

seen an artery (ar.)—dipping downwards below it—the pudie

artery, and posteriorly it is slightly reflected on to the rectum.

A short distance behind the anterior, cut edge is a depression

caused by the origin, from its under surface, of a couple of muscles,

which pass forwards, diverge, and embrace the urethra, just above

the prostate gland. The muscle-fibres enter the muscular coat of

the urethra on its anterior face (Pl. XI. fig. 25, C.u.). This almost

circular muscle appears to be the “ compressor urethra” (=com-

pressor prostate of Turner), In the Grampus, however, it is

rather a sheet of muscle-fibres, covering the whole of the upper

128 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

surface of the prostate, and encircling also the seminal ducts and

the urethra; it arises, however, from the “ interpelvic ligament ”

(which represents the “ pelvic fascia”). I find that in Cogia

some of the fibres of this muscle originate from the inner and

upper faces of the crura penis.

Another muscle, though cut through, may be mentioned. On

each side, and immediately below the cut edge of the pelvic

fascia, is a fairly stout bundle of longitudinal fibres (Pl. XL.

fig. 24, lev.), which, passing backwards, loses itself in the mass of

muscle above referred to as “ sphincter ani”; this pair of muscles

appears to be the levatores ant.

Text-fig. 7.

Muscles of Penis of Risso’s Grampus, seen from below (copied from Turner).

A. M. accelerator urine.

A', Its posterior moiety.

B, M. erector penis.

pel. Pelvic bone.

Remarks.—If we compare the penial muscles of Cogia with

those in Grampus as described by Prof. Turner [15], and with

1901.) ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 129

those in the Greenland Right Whale as described by Prof.

Struthers [12], we shall find an interesting series of stages in

their arrangement.

For this purpose I reproduce the figures given by these authors

(see text-figs. 7 and 8).

In the Grampus (text-fig. 7, p. 128) there are two pairs of

distinct muscles; also a pair of accelerators (A), which only differ

from those in Cogia by their smaller size, for in the Small Cachalot

they extend much beyond the “ erectores ” and are, relatively, much

more conspicuous. No doubt this is in relation to the much

sreater development of the posterior end of the corpus spongiosum

and its bifurcation.

Text-fig. 8.

Muscles of Penis of Greenland Right Whale, seen from below (copied from

Struthers),

S, Horseshoe-shaped septum; other letters as in text-fig. 7, p. 128.

Compare text-figs. 7 & 8 with the figure of these muscles in Cogia (PI. XI. fig. 23).

Proo, Zoon, Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. LX.

130 PROF. W. B, BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

The retractor penis (B) is seen to have precisely the same

relation in both, and the hinder moiety of the accelerators (A’)

presents the same modification described above. But the muscles

for which I have used the name “ erectores penis” are in the

Grampus represented by a much larger pair (B), termed by Turner

(and others) the ‘ischio-cavernosi.” In this whale, each arises

from, and almost entirely conceals, the pelvic bone (pel.). Apart

from this, the relations are similar to those in Cogia.

When removing the viscera from Cogia, 1 sought for the pelvic

bone, and not finding it in the neighbourhood, imagined that

it would be concealed within the lateral erectores; but on dis-

secting these muscles I find no trace of it. I think, then, we may

conclude that there is no pelvic bone in Cogia. I cannot speak

with absolute certainty, since the body-wall was much cut about ;

but if it had been present it would have been connected with the

penis; and there is no trace of any muscle, other than I have

described, which would have been attached to it. We may take it,

then, that the pelvic bone is absent, and that the “ erectores ” are

homologous with the m. ischio-cavernosi.

At first sight, the account and figure given by Struthers from

the Greenland Right Whale differs considerably from the other

two Cetacea. On the ventral surface (text-fig. 8) there is a great

muscular mass consisting of a right and left half, separated by a

median raphe or septum. ‘This mass is subdivided into an anterior

(B) and a posterior (A) muscle by a “ horseshoe-shaped septum ”

(S). To this great muscle he gives the name ‘“ compressor.”

The anterior compressor consists of fibres with various origins,

but with in general an antero-external direction, as seen from

below. The hindmost fibres arise from the inner surface of the

hinder part of the pelvic bone (as in the case of the mus. ischio-

cavernosus in the Grampus); they pass forwards to be inserted,

on the dorsal surface, into the median septum or raphe: the

deeper fibres are inserted in the outer surface of the crus penis. A

second lot of fibres arise on the ventral surface from this septum

and pass round the corpus cavernosum to be inserted in its

dorsal surface: these, in fact, surround the base of the corpus

cavernosum.

On p. 306, the author goes on to say :—‘‘ This vast muscle in

Mysticetus corresponds to two muscles in human anatomy: the

part from the inner slope on both aspects of the [pelvic] bone to

the erector penis (ischio-cayernosus), enormously developed ; the

part from the mesial raphe, on the under surface, to the anterior

part of the accelerator urine (bulbo-cavernosus).”

Before giving reasons for controverting this view, I will continue

his account (p. 307) of the posterior part of the great compressor

(A) behind the horseshoe-shaped septum.

Its fibres are only visible from the ventral aspect; they arise

from the median raphe, pass forwards and outwards, towards the

horseshoe-shaped septum, and “are inserted into the whole fibrous

surface covered by this muscle: the deeper into the fibrous coat

ow ota

1901. ] ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS. 131

of the bulb*; the most superficial into the hinder surface of the

horseshoe-shaped septum; the intervening and greater part into

the hard fibrous coat of the crus.”

Behind this muscle he represents a group of curved fibres

(A’, fig. 2), the ends of which arise from the horseshoe-shaped

septum in front; the right and left by a median raphe. These

cross over behind the retractor penis. To this muscle he gives

the name—with some hesitation owing to the mutilation—“ levator

ant” (p. 308).

This “ horseshoe-shaped septum” is a vertical sheet of fibrous

tissue, attached to the lower faces of the crura penis and of the

bulbus spongiosi. “In sections the septum appears as a prolonga-

tion of the special fibrous stratum which thickens the under surface of

the crus‘, and may be regarded as a continuation of that stratum,

shelving to the surface in relation to the attachment and action

of the posterior compressor muscle” (p. 306).

From the relations of the “ anterior compressor ” (B)—that part

which hes in front of the norseshoe-shaped septum—it seems to

me that, not merely one part of it, but the whole is homologous

with the erector penis or ischio-cavernosus, while the “ posterior

compressor ” (A) is nothing else than a much reduced “accelerator

urine”; for, like it, it is related to the corp. spongiosum, and the

account of its attachments agrees with that given by Sir W. Turner.

Further, the so-called “ levator ani” (4’) has relations practically

identical with the “ posterior moiety” of the accelerator.

As to the horseshoe-shaped septum, it seems to correspond with

the longitudinal septum that, in Cogia, separates the acceleratores

from the erectores (Pl. XI. fig. 20, 2), which, owing to the short-

ening of the median muscle and the great development of the

lateral ones, has assumed this curved form.

A comparison of the arrangement in the three genera shows the

same two pairs of muscles in each, but an interesting disproportion

in the relative sizes. At one end of the series, Cogia, we find the

accelerators (A) relatively enormously developed, probably in re-

lation to the bifurcation of the corp. spongiosum; at the other

end of the series, in B. mysticetus, the accelerator is much reduced,

while the erectores (B) are enormously developed—no doubt in

relation to the great size of the pelvic bone and to the existence of a

rudiment of the hind limb, both of which are absent in Cogia.

The Grampus occupies a middle place in the series, in which a

pelvic bone is present, but with neither a hind limb nor crura c.

spongiosi.

List of Papers referred to in the text.

1. Buaurncarp & Bovutarr,—* Sur l’Utricule prostatique et les

Canaux déférents des Cétacés.” C.R. Ac. Se. vol. 119, 1895,

p. 596.

' Note.—The italics are mine.

132 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [May 21,

2. v. Haast.—* On the Occurrence of a new Species of Huphysetes

&c. on the N. Z. Coast.” Tr. N. Z. Inst. vi. 1873, p. 97, and

P. Z.8. 1874, p. 260.

3. Jackson, J. B.S., in Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. v. 1845.

4. Murie.— Anatomy of the Caa’ing Whale, Globicephalus

melas.” Tr. Zool. Soc. viii. 1867.

5. Murin.— Notes on the White-beaked Bottle-nose, Lageno-

rynchus albirostris.” Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) xi. 1870,

p. 141.

6. Murre—“On Risso’s Grampus.” Journ. Anat. Physiol.

(ser. 2) iv. 1871, p. 118.

7. Owen.—* On some Indian Cetacea.” Tr. Zool. Soc. vi. 1865,

kT.

8. ae & Bovutart.—* L’Estomac des Cétacés.” Journ. de

YAnat. et Physiol. xxxi. 1895, p. 250. [Abstract in Zool.

Jahresber. |

9. Povcnnr & Bravrecarp.—“ Sur Estomac du Cachalot.”

C.R. Biol. Soc. ix. 1889, p. 92. [Abstract in Zool. Jahresber. |

10. Srsson.—* On the Blowhole of the Porpoise.” Phil. Trans.

1848, p. 117.

11. SrrurHurs.—‘ On the Bones, Articulations and Muscles of

the Rudimentary Hind Limbs of the Right Whale (B. mystice-

tus).” Journ. Anat. Physiol. xv. 1881, p. 301.

12. SrrurHers.—“‘ Anatomy of Beluga.” Journ. Anat. Physiol.

(3rd ser.), x. 1893.

13. Turnrer.—“ Anatomy of Sowerby’s Whale.” Journ. Anat.

Physiol. xx. 1886, p. 144.

14. Turner.—“ Additional observations.” Journ. Anat. Physiol.

Xxlii, 1889.

15. TurNER.—‘ Notes on some of the Viscera of Risso’s Grampus.”

Journ. Anat. Physiol. xxvi. 1892, p. 258.

16. Tyson. “ Phocena, or the Anatomy of the Porpoise.”

London, 1680.

Dunedin, March 8, 1901.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VIII.-XI.

Anatomy of Cogia breviceps.

Puatz VIII.

Figs. 1-9 illustrate the structure of the Nasal Passages.

Fig. 1. Outline of the head, to show the position of the blowhole (reduced),

This is not absolutely correct, as the flesh of the head had been partially

removed.

2, Enlarged view of the blowhole (nat. size). a, 6, the anterior lip;

c, the interruption in the lip, where the lip becomes continuous with

the skin of the head ; d, posterior lip. mm, the median line of head.

x points to region that, in the next figure, has been cut across.

3. The spiracular vestibule, exposed by cutting across the anterior lip at

z,and turning backwards the hinder lip d (nat. size), 0, the right-hand

1901.]

Fig. 4.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 10.

Fig. 12.

13.

14,

ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICHPS. hares

corner of the blowhole. £, the valye, which is continued down the

left narial canal. f, vertical wall of the hind-lip of blowhole ; g, the

recess in this. /, left narial canal; h', probe passed into it. 7, probe

passed into the right narial canal, mm, median line of head. a, ¢, as

in fig. 2.

The right-hand corner of the foregoing figure, enlarged, showing the

right narial canal and its lips. Letters as in fig. 3.

. The naso-palatine canal exposed by slitting open the soft palate, seen

from behind. 4A, the lower end of left narial canal. 7, the lower end

of right narial canal. Z, valve. bsp., basisphenoid bone. péery., ptery-

goid. prs., presphenoid.

. Dissection of the head, exposing (4) the upper spiracular chamber,

the front wall of whichis laid open (nat. size). 0, the narial canal passing

to the lower spiracular chamber. /id., fibro-muscular dermis.

z, probe passes through the left nostril into the spiracular chamber.

m, another probe passed into the nostril and issuing through the cut

end of a branched canal similar to 2. muws., cut muscle.

Puate IX.

Further dissection exposing lower spiracular chamber, the front wall

of which is turned downwards (4 nat. size). A, posterior, inferior

face of the upper chamber. 3B, the opened lower chamber ; 1, its

posterior wall; S, its anterior wall. mus., muscles. fib:, fibrous

dermis, 7, right narial canal disappearing behind the surrounding

tissue. 5’, the lower end of a probe passed through the inter-cavity

canal (4) of the previous figure. 0" and 6'", another probe passed

through the dissevered part of this same canal; 6'", its entrance into

the lower chamber. ¢, probe passed down into the naso-palatine

canal,

. A group of papille from the wall of the lower chamber (x 4).

. Diagram of the nasal passages in the form of a projection seen from

in front. a, blowhole. 4, intercavitary portion of right narial canal.

c, lower end of right narial canal. £, longitudinal valve in the left

narial canal. h, left narial canal. J, upper end of right narial canal.

n, branching outgrowths of this right narial canal. gq, nasopalatine

canal. A, upper spiracular chamber. 2B, lower spiracular chamber,

the dotted outline indicates its dorsal extension behind 4, m.e.s., me-

dian line of the head.

Figs. 10-14 refer to the Alimentary Canal.

View of the dorsal surface of the paunch and stomach (4 nat. size).

a, esophagus. 6, paunch. c, cardiacchamber. d, commencement of

pyloric chamber which had been cut short.

Surface view of the lining of the cesophagus (slightly enlarged}, a,

section through the same.

Prats X.

Epithelial lining of the paunch (slightly enlarged).

Mucous membrane of the cardiac chamber (slightly enlarged).

A part of the wall of the cardiac chamber has been removed, and the

cardiac orifice thus exposed (4 nat. size). @, cesophagus. 4, paunch,

c, cardiac chamber. d, the two ridges bounding the furrow leading

from csophagus to paunch. /, probe passing from cesophagus.

J, probe passed along the furrow into the paunch. 4g, circular ridge

of mucosa and submucosa surrounding the orifice. 4, &, free fold of

cesophageal mucosa projecting through the orifice.

134

Fig.

ON THE ANATOMY OF COGIA BREVICEPS, [May 21,

Figures 15-25 refer to the Penis.

15. View of the entire penis from the right side (} nat. size): the penial

sheath is opened to show the tip of the glans. A portion of the abdo-

minal wall (B) is represented to show the connection of the muscles of

the sheath.

16. Transverse section of the body of the penis (nat. size).

17. Transverse section of penis about 6 inches from the tip (nat. size).

18. Transverse section of penis two inches below the tip (nat. size).

19. A dissection of the base of the penis (4 nat. size): the upper half of

the muscles and of the corp. cayernosum and corp. spongiosum has

been sliced away so as to expose the crura of these two bodies,

Piare XI,

20. Transverse section of the base of the penis at the point of bifurcation

of the erectile tissues ($ nat. size, somewhat diagrammatic). It

exhibits the relation of the muscles to the crura. J, 2, connective-

tissue septa.

21. A sperm-duct opened. a, its upper region ; 4, its lower region.

22. Internal surface of the hind wall of the bulbus urethre and the

commencement of the penial region of the urethra. a, the mouth of

shallow pit, which is drawn on an enlarged scale at the side to show

the apertures of the two sperm-ducts.

28, Ventral view of the base of the penis (4 nat. size).

24. Dorsal view of the base of the penis (4 nat. size), with the pelvic fascia

in situ, and a couple of lymphatic glands on the left. In the centre,

forwards, the origin of the compressor urethra (C.w.) in the under sur-

face of the fascia is indicated.

25. Dorsal view of the base of the penis after removal of the pelvic fascia

(3 nat. size). The “sphincter ani” has been turned backwards to

show the compressor urethrze and termination of the retractor penis

in the rectal muscles.

Explanation of the lettering.

Ac., accelerator urinze muscle. Ac.', its posterior division. a7., pudic

artery. Bv., blood-vessels on penis. Ca., corpus cavernosum.

Cr.ca., crus. corp. cavernosi. Cr.Sp., crus corp. spongiosi. ¢.7., cir-

cular musclesin sheath of penis. Cv¢., connective-tissue coat of penis.

C.u., compressor urethra muscle. ep., epidermis of glans penis.

Er., erector penis muscle. g, lymphatic gland. gi.p., glans penis.

l., pelvic ligament. J/ev., levatorani muscle. m., muscle of doubtful

homology. ., external aperture of penial sheath. Pro., prostate

gland or its pores. #., rectum. e., retractor penis muscle. 7, longi-

tudinal ridges iz sperm-duct. S.d., sperm-duct, or its opening into

urethra. Sh.,shcath of penis. Sp., corpus spongiosum. Sph., sphincter

ani muscle. ¢., tendinous patch on erector muscle. tw., tunic of corp.

cayernosum. U., urethra. v., valves in sperm-duct.

SON) Jae

‘SONIHUONSX NOWTHNVHO

‘dar soug usz97Uyy TAtLae TePp ses Cd

“TS “Te I 19* LOGY S52.ck

nt’

i? +

A¥

INOLSNHOC NOFTWNVHO

‘duar' so2g ite quyy ya 32a" [eP FUG Pg

EX id Ie (66r

1901.] ON NEW CHAMELEONS FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 135

4. Descriptions of two new Chameleons from Mount

Ruwenzori, British East Africa. By G. A. Bounencer,

F.R.S.

[Received May 6, 1901.]}

(Plates XII. & XIII.*)

The already long list of East-African Chameleons has recently

been enriched by the discovery of two most strikingly new species

represented in Sir Harry Johnston’s collection, which I have been

authorised to describe. Examples of these new species were

obtained on Mount Ruwenzori at an altitude of 6000 feet, together

with specimens of C. ellioti, Gthr. .

CHAMZLEON XENORHINUS. (Plate XII.)

Casque elevated posteriorly, very much in the male, with

strong, curved parietal crest; the distance between the commissure

of the mouth and the extremity of the casque equals the length

of the buccal cleft in the male, a little less in the female; lateral

crest distinct all round the head, strong and tubercular; upper

head-scales large, unequal in size; interorbital region concave;

the snout of the male terminating in two large compressed

bony processes directed forward and slightly upward, closely

appressed, fused together at the base, nearly twice as long as deep;

in the female, the processes replaced by two very small tubercular

knobs ; no trace of occipital lobes. Body covered with rather coarse

granules, intermixed with numerous feebly enlarged flat tubercles.

A feeble dorsal crest in the male, barely indicated in the female ;

no gular or ventral crest; enlarged flat tubercles on the side of

the throat. No tarsal process. ‘Tail longer than head and body,

not crested. Male uniform dark olive, the rostral appendage and

part of the tail lighter. Female purplish brown, with a large

blackish, light-edged blotch on each side of the body.

aoe &:

millim. millim.

Potil lometht eninge y ine ae «3 a og ex 240 197

From end of snout to extremity of

mandible (rostral process excluded).. 25 21

From end of snout to extremity of nk

ONINIC) Siew aa oe 0 ata y, tceteteevoeeat ge , °F 126

Length of rostral appendage ........ 14 —

Greatest width between lateral cranial

CROMER URN nn ieeieee sc hese 16 13

Depth of skull (mandible included).... 26 16

Widthgir Neda ees 6 eee sa eens oe 16°5 14

Bod ye We oa vd waned © SAT weedy ws 75 66

BOEING (5 ora anda edn: & epascheil xinia deotin'= ke 15

ME a whe FS 69 a0 < SOAU al dc ott at 140 110

Two specimens, male and female.

This species stands nearest to C. fischeri, Reichen.

' For an explanation of the Plates, see p. 136.

136 ON NEW CHAMELEONS FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. [May 21,

CHAMELEON JoHNstoNI. (Plate XIII.)

Casque feebly raised pesteriorly, with obtusely angular posterior

contour, with a short, feeble parietal crest ; the distance between

the commissure of the mouth and the extremity of the casque

equals the length of the buccal cleft; lateral crest strong and

tubercular, but absent on the snout; no canthus rostralis ; inter-

orbital region concave; male with three long, conical, smooth,

horn-like processes with circular strie, directed forward and

slightly upward, one in front of each orbit and the third on the

snout ; the rostral horn a little thicker, but not longer than the

orbitals ; no trace of such appendages in the female; scales on

upper surface of head unequal, moderately large; no trace of

occipital lobes. Body with angular spine, but without crest,

coarsely granular, with scattered small flat tubercles; no gular

or ventral crest. No tarsal process. Tail as long as head and

body, not crested. Uniform dark olive ; horns yellowish.

eye millim.

Motaliengthas sf ie see taly es ae oo 224 220

From end of snout to extremity of

ANATICUD Gee tote Stns ahaha erent ead 24 24

From end of snout to extremity of casque 33 33

HEOSPAL OM ee ue ee eit oe ee ae 16 eek

IPreeoriial Orn. heels Oe oe hehe Ay —

Greatest width between lateral cranial

CLOSUS eee eter ee he ce aes Pe cee a tae 13 13

Depth of skull (mandible included) .. 21 21

Wadthiit Rall}. fons: oe ee cae 17 1y

MSG es rig haters Goss. tse \ cine 88 80

AT eT tat a A Oh ia Eel RE CLeg ar Sou 0a Bd 22 20

ALTIUM SRG on ales VA era Sia SAA Me PSEA erie 112 LS

Three male specimens, one female and one young.

The Chameleon which I have the pleasure of naming after

Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., is most nearly related to the one

described by me as C. jacksoni, from which it is easily distinguished

by the more feeble occipital crest, the finer granulation of the

body, and the absence of large tubercles on the spine, forming a

dorsal crest.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratt XIT.

Chameleon xenorhinus, male, with upper view of head, and side view of head

of female.

Puatse XIII.

Chameleon johnstoni, male, with upper view of head, and side view of head of

female.

.1901,vol.II. Pl. XIV.

)

ELE

Ib.

i Ws Be

MirternBros imp.

2.AGAMODON ARABICUS.

del.et lth.

PJ.Suu

DePATALU RA.

1.BUNOPU

‘LLNAG@ XILSVNONN ate

? ouLo ty") ‘S otg Ute QuUryy

1901.] | ON REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 137

5. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained by

Mr. A. Blayney Percival in Southern Arabia. By the

late Dr. J. AnpErson, LL.D., F.R.S. With Notes by

the Collector.’

[Received May 14, 1901.]

(Plates XIV. & XV.’)

REPTILIA.

LACERTILIA.

GECKONID2.

1. STENODACTYLUS DORI® Blanf.

Three specimens from the Abian country. One, an adult

female, the largest of the species I have seen, measures 60 mm.

from the snout to the vent, and the tail 46 mm. The second

female is about half-grown ; the third is a male, also young. It

has two well-developed preanal pores. All three were collected

by Mr. Percival in the Abian country.

The adult female has well-defined large brown spots on the

back and much smaller whitish ocelli, margined with brown, inter-

mixed among the brown speckling. The other two individuals

have no large brown dorsal spots, but the pale brownish of the

back is marked by numerous round white spots, with a dark ring

encircling each, intermixed among the dark rings and dark brown

speckling. The coloration is much the same as that of the Egyptian

S. elegans, from which this form differs chiefly by the divided

character of the scales or plates on the under surface of the toes.

2. BUNOPUS SPATALURUS, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)

Head oval, flattened from between the eyes and backwards to

the occiput. Snout short and somewhat broad, its length equalling

once and a half the longitudinal diameter of the eye and one-third

the total length of the head on the upper surface. Forehead

convex ; a short depression behind each nostril. Eye rather large,

its longitudinal diameter equal to the distance between the hinder

border of the ear and external canthus. Ear a narrow oval

slit placed obliquely, from above downwards and forwards, about

half the long diameter of the eye. Body not depressed but

rather compressed, covered with somewhat imbricate or juxtaposed

scales of irregular size, the larger more numerous than the

' This paper had been prepared shortly before his death by the author, whose

MS., however, comprised no introduction. For an account of Mr. Percival’s

Expedition, see P, Z. 8. 1900, p. 909.

* For an explanation of the Plates, see p. 152.

138 DR, J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [May 21,

smaller scales, some of them on the middle of the back showing a

tendency to carination. Scales of the upper surface of the head

juxtaposed, flat, rounded, hexagonal. A few rounded tubercles

on the temporal and occipital regions. Rostral once and nearly

one half as broad as high, upper external angles rounded off, mesial

line cleft in its upper half. Nostril defined by the rostral, first

labial, and three nasals.. Ten upper and lower labials. Mental

nearly as broad as long, outer margin opposed to first labial, concave,

with another shorter concave margin behind it, against which lies a

small shield, the most anterior of the line of enlarged granules

which lies below the lower labials. Gular scales granular. Ventral

scales more or less pointed and feebly carinated. ‘Tail verticillate

throughout, cylindrical in its anterior half, and flattened from above

downwards in its posterior moiety, with the tip slightly laterally

expanded; no enlarged scales inferiorly. Limbs moderate ;

digits slender, with two or three of the distal phalanges

forming an angle with the base as in Gymnodactylus, covered with

transverse lamelle more or less spiny or tubercular. Four preanal

pores. General colour greyish, the head finely and obscurely

speckled irregularly with black. A broad black band passing

from side to side across the nape of the neck from behind the

temporal region, succeeded by five similar broad bands on the

trunk and eight on the tail, the intervening greyish areas being not

quite so broad as the black bands. The dark bands are continued

down on both sides of the trunk, but on the tail they form rings.

Underparts whitish.

From snout to vent 35 millimetres; tail 23.

This species is of considerable interest, as it seems somewhat to

connect the two genera Bunopus and Gymnodactylus together. Its

flattened tail somewhat expanded at the tip and the character of

the body-scales are its most striking features.

Only one specimen was collected by Mr. Percival, in the Wadi

Jimil.

3. PristuRUs FLAVIPUNCTATUS Riipp.

Numerous examples from the hills north of Lahej, towards

Jimil, and from the Jimil Valley.

4, PRISTURUS CRUCIFER Val.

Numerous examples from the same localities as the preceding,

and also from the hill-country east of Aden, from Wadis between

Lahej and the mountains and below Mount Manif.

5, PRISTURUS COLLARIS Steindachner.

Two specimens from the hills north of Lahej towards Jimil, and

one from the Wadis between Lahej and the mountains. These

specimens are exactly like those described from the Hadramut’.

This is the first time it has been recorded from Aden.

» Herpetology of Arabia (Anderson), 1806, p. 34.

1901.] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 139

These specimens do not throw any additional light on the

relation between this species and P. carteri (Gray)’.

[ We found these strange little beasts on the very hottest stony

deserts near Manif, and again amongst the black voleanic rocks in

the Abian country: they are extremely quick and are also very

fragile, tails breaking off without any provocation. I obtained

several with a pistol by shooting at the stone where they sat, the

splashes of lead from bullet killing them. When sitting on a stone

the tail is usually curled round, something like a chameleon’s.

They look almost white when alive. As I passed the stone on

which they were, they would move round it so that their head was

to be seen over the top.—A. B. P.]

6. HpMImDAcryLUs YERBURYI Anderson.

2 ¢. From the Bungalow at Lahej.

14,19. North of Lahej.

These specimens agree in all their details of structure and in their

coloration with the types.

[Very common on walls and roof of the Bah Bungalow at

Lahej ; also about the Sultan’s palace.—A. B. P.]

AGAMID 2.

7. AGAMA srnarrA Heyden.

1g &1 2. Wadis between Lahej and the mountains.

13 &1 2. Wadis below Mt. Manif, north of Lahej.

13g &1Q. Lahej.

These specimens resemble the examples of this species from the

Hadramut in their large dorsal scales. They consequently differ

from the Sinaitic and Egyptian lizards; but as this is the only

feature by which they can be distinguished, and as they have the

third digit the longest, possess an enlarged plate under each claw,

and have brown spines on the transverse plates of the digits, all

of which are characteristic of this species, the enlargement of the

dorsal scales is only a local variation which begins to show itself

to the north at Medina, where the species is traced to the south

from the Sinaitic Peninsula.

8. Uromastrx (APOROSCELIS) BENTI Anderson. (Plate XV.)

2g adnitand192. Between Mt. Manif and Jimil.

1 ¢. Abian Mountain.

This species, originally described from the Hadramut, was

obtained by Captain Nurse about four years ago from the hills 50

miles to the north of Aden *. The present specimens differ in no

' Conf. Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. 1896, p, 549.

* Herpetology of Aravia (Anderson), 1896, p, 63,

140 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [May 21,

respect from those obtained by Captain Nurse, nor from the

Hadramut type.

Mr. Percival has added the accompanying note regarding this

Lizard, which, as is well known, is a vegetable-feeder. He says

it is much hunted by the Beduins, who eat it.

[This fine lizard is fairly numerous in the hills of Southern

Arabia. It is a vegetable-feeder, and is much hunted by the

Beduins, who eatit. The specimens now in spirit in my collections

all contained small twigs and grassin stomach. The first specimen

was brought me at J. Manif cut to pieces by aspear. I impressed

upon the bringer that I did not want them in that state, and he

promised to get some more alive: next day he brought one alive

and in nice condition. Two days later at Jimil I got two more

specimens ; and on the last trip into the Abian country, to the east

of Aden, c got two more specimens, the live one I brought

home being one of them. It is a slow beast, and when seen is very

easily captured, unless, as happened to me, they get into a crack

in the rocks and so escape. There are, I think, one or two more

species, as the Beduins say that in Dethina there is a larger species

that is particularly good-eating. I did not try the lizard as an

article of food, much as some of the men wished me to. I was

told that they were particularly numerous along the sides of

W. Yeramis, but I saw only one and that one escaped me into a

crack in rocks; it was on the northern side.—A, B. P.]

The larger species referred to by the natives as occurring at

Dethina may probably prove to be U. ornatus.

The figure here given of this beautiful lizard is taken from the

living specimen brought home by Mr. Percival.

VARANIDE.

9, VARANUS GRisEUS Daud.

[Native name “ Waral.” I saw only one specimen of this fine

Lizard. They are not uncommon, as we often saw their spoor.

Seem to live in same holes as the large Jerboa Rats (Tuft-tail

Rats).—A. B. P.|

AMPHISBENID®.

10. AGAMODON ARABICUS, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.)

Body much compressed, its transverse breadth at the middle

being little more than one-half of its depth, whilst before the

vent it is less than half of the depth. Head very short, higher

than broad. Rostral considerably broader than long, triangular ;

the apex or labial border curved downwards and slightly back-

wards and nearly half the breadth of the base of the shield. Frontal

more or less concave from side to side, the lateral margins of this

shield, as well as of the rostral, projecting and raised above the

shields on the sides of the head. Nostril elongated, parallel to the

1901.) BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 141

outer border of the rostral, in a single shield resting on the 1st, 2nd,

and 3rd upper labials. Five upper labials, the fourth and fifth the

largest, the first lying below and close to the nostril. A large

quadrangular postnasal lying above the 3rd, 4th, and 5th labials

and below the anterior half of the ocular shield. Ocular plate

considerably longer than deep, partially divided about the middle

of the eye; a large postocular with three shields between

it and the hinder margin of the gape. A subocular, higher

than broad, lying between the postnasal and the shield below the

postocular. Three lower labials, the first only in contact with the

mental; the last very large and elongated from above downwards,

separated from its fellow of the opposite side by seven scales which

are shut off from the posterior end of the chin-shield and from the

first and second labials by seven other shields and scales, one or

two of the shields being in contact with all the lower labials.

Mental very elongate and ribbon-shaped, reaching as far back as

the posterior border of the second labial. 161 annulion the body,

18 on the tail. About 55 scales round the body, including the

irregular scales of the vertebral and ventral lines, in the former of

which there are about 7 and in the latter 3; each annulus containing

about 45 quadrangular segments.

Salmon-coloured in life, the majority of the segments of the

annuli being generally partially or wholly marked by a dark

brown spot, absent, however, from the lower half of the sides and

ventral aspect ; head-plates yellowish.

A single specimen, from the Abian country, measuring 144

millimetres.

This species is the first of the Emphyodont group of Amphis-

benide which has been recorded from the Asiatic Continent, but

Pachycalamus is found in Socotra.

Three species of Agamodon are known, viz., A. anqguliceps Peters },

the type of the genus, A. compressus Mocquard *, and A. arabicus

Anders. The first was described from a specimen obtained at

Barava, and the second also from Somaliland. They constitute

three well-defined species distinguished from one another by

the number of annuli round the body. In the first they do

not exceed 133. In <A, compressus there are as many as 147,

and in A. arabicus there are over 160. A. arabicus has a greater

number of upper labials than in the African forms, but it is

quite possible that with further materials the supposed dis-

tinction will vanish. It also differs from the other species in

the way in which the second lower labial is broadly excluded from

the mental.

A, arabicus has the compressed form of A. compressus, from

which it is at once distinguished by the shape of its fronto-parietal

in addition to the other characters here enumerated.

1 Peters, Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1882, p. 579, pl. x.

2 Mocquard, Mém. Cent, Soc. Philom. 1888, p. 121*, pl. xi. figs. 2, 2@ to 2c,

‘

[May 21,

DR, J, ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND

"4084 |

-u0od ut ATpro.tg

‘qoujuoo ut A~pwoaq

‘aRynoo pur

‘reTnoogns ‘pusvu

‘seiqet § YS

Tegoraed - 07U0I7

ERT

“BUyTTTEmog

‘boop

snssaiducoa

“yoRyUOD “'T

‘qorjuo 0 ur ATpro.aq

“AVTNIO “LVT

“noogns ‘s[BIqVy g

HY FZ ‘[esVu ‘[wrjsor

‘Teyatued - OJUOAy

‘sny UlpAogy

“BARIVG *S10}0q

*sdaoynbun

*‘popnpxe ATproaq

‘qouquoo ut ATpRoaq

*LB[NNO PUR IR]NIO

“qns ‘s[Vlqey ¢ YF

‘e ‘Tesea ‘[eaysot

‘Tejortvd - OFUOAT

‘CQ STCT66 WE

VIqUuay

‘Cagunoo weiqy

“SNOLQDLD “FF

“7084 |

-uoa ul ATproaq

*qouyuod ut AT pRorq

‘TBTNDO PUB VTNIO

“qus ‘speiquy $ YE

‘Tesvu *‘TBIJSOL

2ST ‘ "e'S'T

Gol

jos

TOrTs8 “Wa

*puxpipemog

‘sdaoynbun “7

*popnypoxe "Ty

‘JoupyUod “YY

jou} uo ut ATpRo.ig

ay putale)

pue «epnooqns “F

PST TL FA

‘Teseu Bsa

‘- ‘Our ‘-

EC % +f "I

Te See

‘CEOLSL68 “WA

*pury[ipemog

‘sdaoynbun 7

are Di

7084

-uoo ut ATproarg

*qouz W009 UT ATPRo.tg

‘Opis

YO WO spRIqey %

‘LeTNOO pure .epNd90

-(uS PUB sTVIqr] F

VY g ‘pesnu ‘Terjsot

‘Teqjorred - OFUOAy

Galen

‘OTFS'6'9G6 “WL

“pusrrearog

‘VARIVET

‘sdaoynbun *

c Apoq

Veeteeeees seeseeeeeees TpQTOUE

pue yerqep aoddn puoaog

esseeetetenereeeeeeeers TRVUQUH

pue yperqey aoddn = ysany

*UPUA JouzyMO. Ul AepNooArg

|.esteseseseesesseeseenss grBIgUT

pedde (JIA JORZTOO UL TVSBAT

“+ Yo Suey ‘Spporys-proxy

ween were eeneee prot] jo yysuery

see eeeeceeenees naeteeeeserTpT

queda 03 ynoug

soaod yeuvorg

eee eT CeCe eee

ee eee ee eeee

eee eee ne ewene

puUNnor sopkas puv s}MOTUdEg

ieee os 25's Srna punoa Tynuuy

crereeees: POG punod rpouTy

ceeeaeeeeaeeeeenetenses SPRIGUT

TOMOT JSUT WOEMJOG saTRAg

S[BIGR] IOMOTT

speiquy todd 4

eee eee ee

—_—_—_ —_—_———_—_

1901.] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 143

Peters’s definition of the genus is as follows :—‘ Dentes maxil-

larum tomiis innati. Caput superne scutis duobus, rostrali fronto-

parietalique, obtectum. Oculi distincti, superolaterales. Corpus

subbreve ; segmenta lateralia quadrangularia, dorsalia ventraliaque

media minora, squamiformia; sulcus lateralis nullus, spinalis

obsoletus, abdominalis medianus distinctus; pori preeanales distincti.

Cauda compressa, apice acuminato.” In his further explanation

of the generic characters he states that the nasal was sickle-formed,

and in his account of the specific characters he states that there

were three upper labials, but that in the type the first upper

labial had united with the nasal, separating only two labials, the

nasal entering the labial border, there, however, being in reality

3 upper labials.

Mocquard, who had 9 examples of A. anguliceps Peters under

observation, viz., 7 males and 2 females, states that they all had

4 upper labials instead of 3 as described by Peters, so that in

A, anguliceps these shields may vary from 2 to 4, the smaller of

these numbers being due to the first labial amalgamating with the

nasal. Four, however, would appear to be the prevalent number

in this species.

In the specimen 88.1.12.1 there are two well-developed and

prominent preanal pores, whereas in the individual 89.12.16.32

there are four small blackish orifices in the position of pores

exactly as figured by Peters. If these pores are confined to the

males, then the specimen 96.9.24.16 and the type of A. arabicus

are females.

(This burrowing reptile I obtained at Ai Khaur from a ploughed

field, it being thrown out by the plough just as I passed. It was

salmon-pink in colour when alive.—A. B. P.]

LACERTID ®.

11. ACANTHODACTYLUS CANTORIS Giinther.

{ ‘ =| nm

E : Be |g

E 5 . Ea a

| mx) | aS 4 2 oO S

eikoie SAR Se ley Fay ty ed 3

ee pers m= |‘ =a eee A

| 7 ek Md = a P oA

| Bow

TE Fe do | 622 162 | 82) 14 | 1 | 20°21

EL Meats Bt 3 | 6 ? $4 1°14 14 | 21 20

i enemas juv.9| 39 aN ee eae i 19 | 23 2

ie ey eas | 9 58 ? 32.) 14 | 12 | 21 20

| |

Hla ec ipaies jiuv. ¢ 36 ? | & | 14 12 | 21 20

Ve ee fe) 46 | 107 | 39 | 14 10. | 27" 20

| | |

— — a —— i :

' Measurements throughout in millimetres.

144 DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [May 21,

No. of

specimens,

1&2. 2. Wadis between Lahej and the mountains,

3. 1 juv. Wadi below Mount Manif north of Lahej.

4, 9. Hills north of Lahej towards Jimil.

5. Juv. Jimil Valley.

6. Abian hill-country east of Aden.

None of the examples of this species hitherto recorded from

Aden and its neighbourhood have had fewer than 38 scales trans-

versely and dorsally between the ventrals at the middle of the

body, but in some of the foregoing examples there are as few as

32, so that now the range of variation in the number of dorsal scales

in the region indicated is as much as 25, the highest number

occurring in Baluchistan, and the lowest in the Aden district,

where the variation may be as much as 13.

12, ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS Daud.

= i

3 2 8 5 |

: : Pie Nae

° 8 a 3B s of

= 3 ‘3 a .

3 i 8 & | 3 %p &

b4 — Lal [as] eal

a;/a@|/aleleiée | 8 f

Weeesetencs 2 72 ? 34 10 16 Ukr 20 ale

EA Picts 2 60 128 36 10 ily Ve |

eS ieeneneect ss of y 163 | 37 10 We) 12 | 2 28 |

1. 19. Wadi between Lahej and the mountains.

2. 19. Wadis below Mt. Manif.

3. 1. Abian country.

These specimens belong to the variety aspera, as is shown by the

small number of scales between the ventrals across the back.

Thirty-four is a lower number than has hitherto been recorded.

13. LATASTIA LONGICAUDATA Reuss.

1g. Shaikh Othman.

Snout to vent 98 mm., tail 320 mm.

The only distinction in which this male differs from African

specimens is in the greater number of its femoral pores. The

highest number yet recorded in Africa is 14, whereas in this South

Arabian specimen there are as many as 16. The following are

the numbers of plates and scales present in this individual :—

Ventrals from side to side 6. Ventrals between collar and

preanal region 31. Collar-plates 9. Upper labials 9 (6th below

eye), Scales round middle of body 58.

1901.) BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA, 145

This is the second occasion on which this species has been

recorded from Asia. In the first instance it was found at Tor on

the Sinaitic Peninsula, and these specimens constituted the types

of the species.

14, LaTastIA HARDEGGERI Steind.

Latastia hardeggeri, Steind. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vi. 1891,

p- 371, pl. xi.; Blgr. Zool. Rec. 1893, Rept. p. 23; id. Ann. & Mag.

N. H. (7) v. 1898, p. 130.

Eremias heterolepis, Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1893, pp. 115 & 193.

Philochortus neumanni, Matschie, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl,

1893, p. 30.

Latastia neumanni, Anders. P.Z.S. 1895, p. 643, pl. xxxvii.

fig. 1; id. Herpet. of Arabia, 1896, pp. 73, 80, 85, & 88.

1 g,1 Q,and 1 juv.

Berbera.

é. 9, Juv. Tava

Snout te vent) = s.sc-secs-s-s0e=-t 74 82 51 43

Vent'to tip of tail.........2:... 205 190 ? 122

Ventrals across body ......... 6 6 6 6

Ventrals, collar to preanal

WSRO hac. « caseeudtie esse er 2 31 31 30

Plates of collar...............4.. 8 8 9 8

Upper labials.......0.ccscc0.c0s.: 9—9 e&—8 9—9 9—9

Upper labials under eye ...... 6—7 5—d 6—6 6—6

Scales round middle of body...; 38 39 39 34

Hemoral pores <.....<..0.c000.- 16—15 | 15—14 | 16—15 12

The first specimen of this species from Aden which came under

my observation had 42 and 47 rows of scales across the middle of

the body between the ventrals. These recent specimens from

practically the same locality have only 38 and 39 rows of scales.

In an example in the British Museum from Berbera there are

only 34 rows of scales. Mr. Boulenger, in identifying this example

of L. hardeggeri in 1898", remarked that in fact “nothing but

a smaller number of scales across the body (about 30 exclusive of

the ventrals) distinguishes it” from LZ. newmanni, The specimen,

however, with which he dealt, he states had 34 rows. The

circumstance that there is only a difference of 4 rows of scales

between the recent acquisition from Aden and the Berbera lizard

referable to L. hardeggeri, causes the supposed distinction to break

down, and ZL. neumanni must be relegated as a synonym to

L. hardeggert. The range of scales exclusive of the ventrals has

now been ascertained to be from 30 to 47.

15. Eremias Gurrunata Licht.

19. Jimil valley.

19. Abian country east of Aden.

The palpebral disk of these specimens consists of two semitrans-

' Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) ii. 1898, p. 1380.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. X, 10

146

DR. J. ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND

[May 21,

parent plates, of about equal dimensions, as in Egyptian examples

of this species.

with the occipital.

Snout

vent.

"is Scales round | Mesial longitu-

| Tail. | body including | dinal line of

ventrals. ventrals.

73 49 30

? 56 30

Position of

subocular be-

tween labials.

L4&

R. 5 &

In both the interparietal is directly in contact

Femoral

pores.

Recently figured, see ‘Symbole Physice, seu Icones adhue

inedite,’ of Hemprich & Ehrenberg, Zool. i. Amph. pl. ii. fig. 1.

canthus of eye.

SCINCID.

16, Mapua BREVICOLLIS Wiegm.

1. Wadis between Lahej and the mountains.

ee 9 4 hs ” ” 39

3. @. Abian hill-country E. of Aden,

4. Juv. of foregoing specimen.

dD. 9 9 é 9 a

6. In membranes of foregoing specimen.

7. Abian country.

8. Jimil Valley.

: 5 | °

= = ire} aie! a= | *s q

Z\s|e|3]2 en. | @e | ee ele

= 3) = B As) S J a3 ro qa. | ea

5S = = a a= = n ey a es oS ~ °

> P| haa tn | Oe = a os of om | W]=

a Smee tor leo all te ZS ae oc ee Sail Seana

= Alaiagiala| 2 se 33 |2° \a ls

. = ee wis a0; 90} © a 6&8 ea Be = |S

Mw fo) = [=] “| =] =| a ~ —_—S ne @ a 5

SBl\al/alAl/El/8lalal| a fe Cy GH | 4 ia

aes

©.|121] 187 | 27 | 16 | 35 | 49 | 32 3 11,2,32&3 1 58 | 37

9.| 95) 150} 20 | 12 | 30 | 41 | 30 2 (2&8 2&3) 142 1 i d0 | dl

L. RB

Q.|122) ? | 25 | 16] 34} 49 | 32)3 2 2&3 |1&2 1&2) 1 59 | 3d

d-| 38} 50; 11] 7 | 13 | 16} 32 fy 2&3 1&2 1 16 | 18

d.| 38} 50) 11 13 | 16 | 32 2 2&3 1&2 1 16 | 18

¢.|125|170| 28 | 21 | 36 | 49 | 33 | 3 2&3 L& 2 ] 61 | 37

4A8| 2?) 138 | 8) 15) 2h) 82122 3 2&3 1&2 l 24 | 15

1901.] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 147

This lizard and the specifically identical Ewprepes pyrrhocephalus

Wiegm. have been figured in the recently published work entitled

‘Symbole Physicz, seu Icones adhuc inedite &c.,’ of Hemprich &

Ehrenberg, Zool. i. Amph. pl. v. figs. 1 & 2.

The large female, the mother of the young ones, is completely

devoid of white spots. The dark longitudinal lines are only feebly

indicated, but the small dark brown spots by which they are marked

are very distinct. The white lateral band is more or less distinct.

‘The specimen No. 2 has much the same characters, but there are

here and there faint traces of white spots. In the large female

No. 1 the dark lines and dark brown spots are present, and white

spots on the anterier part of the body. In the adult male the

general colour is pale brown, each scale having a dark brown

margin. A few white spots occur on the sides of the body. The

pale lateral band is present, and below it is a broadish dark band

extending back from the eye to the hind limb, blackish on the sides

of the head and neck, but becoming pale brown behind the axilla.

The sides of the body below the band are of a pale livid tint ex-

tending on to the throat, which is dark-spotted ; white spots on

the upper and lower labials.

. The young is marked dorsally by two broad, very pale brown

bands defined by a mesial and by a very narrow pale whitish band

externally. These three lines converge on the base of the tail.

There are six longitudinal lines, each consisting of 18 well-defined

black spots from the head to the interfemoral region, but beyond

that they are prolonged on to the tail. There are two transverse

sets of spots to each of the broad brownish areas, and another

somewhat more transversely elongated set of black spots along the

side on a somewhat pale brownish lateral band from the eye to

the hind limb, the sides of the body below it being also black-

spotted. The upper surface of the fore limbs is pale brownish with

obscure whitish spots, whereas the corresponding aspect of the

hind limb is markedly black-and-white spotted. Underparts pure

white. The mesial white longitudinal dorsal line disappears in the

adult, but the white lateral line of each side is more or less per-

sistent throughout life. In none of the very young which I have

examined are white spots associated with the dark spots as occur

in some adults. Young lizards with the foregoing coloration corre-

spond to M, pulchra Matschie.

In two of the foetuses the male generative organs are extruded.

17. Scrycus HEMPRIcHII Wiegm.

1 ¢. Shaikh Othman.

1 ¢. Lahej and south to Shaikh Othman.

This lizard has been recently figured in the part of the ‘ Symbols

Physicw’ entitled “ Lcones adhuc inedite &c.,” 1899, Zool. i. Amph.

pl. iv. figs. 1 & 1a.

The Aden specimen described by me in 1895 differed from

the type preserved in the Berlin Museum and ene Professor

148 DR. J, ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [May 21,

Beettger’s Aden example of the species in having 24 instead of 22

rows of scales round the body, whereas out of the three specimens

now recorded 22 is the prevailing number.

In all of these specimens the frontoparietals and frontal are

normal, also the supraorbitals.

3 ;

2 te oe

is S S| oa | ee bes |

— = i sa SO = Oo | .

2 s = =e Wie ice Locality.

; EB = SD Deletes WHORE SO aly tea (|

wn | = ees = | =

| a | a AS. OB als Taga ee

i. ssn | |

ue > |, 20% 48 | 27 18 29 33 22 (Shaikh Othman.

| g. | 140 | 82 | 42 | 29 | 41 | 44 | 22 Lahejtosouth of

‘Shaikh Othman.

2. 90 58 25 17 26 31 24 i a

18. CHALCIDES OCELLATUS Forsk4l.

1. Wadis between Lahej and the mountains.

1. Wadis below Mount Manif north of Lahe}j.

1 juy. Abian country.

| 2 Sp | i

: Le B=

— . -< So me

g se) errs ee ‘a he eae

& Bef he Sheed Bigeal SR al aly Bisel tosenem

Zz ° =| c = ms « id oop one

& Bich ey ote $e hee BeBe d ni Bleed ve. hve ie 8) 52 |

3 = aii “4 @ S oF co) Bro

Bote oll @ lta] athe blog) Salar es BG), tee bee

a SI Sa PS Vi = i i N= fa Pa <hh e Wen l Se eee Lee ee

AIH lia l& |4a1H] a } By Dn =) = DZ

cel iP zie) ; poem |

102|107| 7 | 19 |215) 27 | (. | 1&2 | 2 |R.8-6] 5 | 30 |

yr | : ee

lsuture of| labials. L. 8—7

124} 90 | 8 | 20 |23 | 29 | rostral | 1&2 Dike os eas 30

and lst L. 8—7

labial.

46) 43 | 4 | 95/11 | 145) 1&2 2 |R.7—6] 5 30

L. 8—6

In both the adults, the broken, more or less oblique or transverse

black dorsal bands, the breadth of a scale, are well-defined,

each dorsal and lateral scale included in the black band being

provided with the usual pure white narrow spot. In the smaller

of the two, the black bands with the white spots constitute

about 26 transverse dorsal bands, whereas in the larger specimen

they are nearly obliterated. In the young there are no black

bands, but many of the scales have a white spot margined with

blackish, but on the tail there are feebly indicated pale brown

dorsal bands with white spots, as in the last mentioned adult.

The coloration of these lizards thus conforms to that distinctive

of the typical form of this species.

1901.] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 149

The largest of the two adults is four millimetres longer than the

largest male yet recorded by me’.

[Not uncommon in desert between Lahej and Shaikh Othman:

only obtained at night by going out with a lantern and looking

for tracks in sand and by throwing the sand aside which indicated

where the animals had gone down, until they were thrown or had

come out again. Chaleides ocellatus was very common in and

around Lahej, and in fact everywhere we went.—A. B. P.]

RHIPTOGLOSSA.

CHAM ZLEONTID®.

19. CHAMZLEON CALCARIFER Peters.

13. Lahej.

2¢. Shaikh Othman.

1 juv. 2. Abian country.

Snout to end Angle ee Snout to Vent to tip

Sex. to summit of f

of casque. vent. of tail.

casque.

GiNneesees 74 54 230 265

‘SC Se 71 50 195 220

Ct atkeas 39 26 108 122

Yb eae 25 17 74 80

In the adult and semiadult the anterior border of the casque is

nearly straight, whereas in the other two much younger

specimens it is decidedly concave in its curvature. The occipital

lobes of the second specimen are somewhat more developed

relatively than in the adult,

OPHIDIA.

CoLUBRID®.

20. ZAMENIS RHODORHACHIS Jan.

1, Abian country.

Snout Upper Labials

to vent. Tail. Ye ok 0. Scales. labials. entering eye.

©... 655 245 221 i/1 i18il 19 9+9 5 & 6,

This snake is of a uniform greyish-blue or slate-colour along

two-thirds of the length of the trunk, whereas in the latter third

and on the upper surface of the tail it passes into purplish brown,

' Herpet. Arabia, 1896, p. 50; Zool, of Egypt, Rept. & Batr, 1808 p, 219.

150 DR. J, ANDERSON ON REPTILES AND [May 21,

On the neck there is a narrow interrupted blackish mesial line,

becoming more marked as it is traced backwards, and so broad at

the anterior fourth as to cover the greater part of the back,

ultimately extending over the whole of the dorsal surface and pro-

ducing the purplish-brown colour already referred to. Externally

to the dark area, about the middle of the body, there are a few black

scales on the sides and on the angles of the ventrals. ‘The upper

surface of the head olive-greyish. Upper lips pale greyish-yellow.

Under surface of neck anteriorly yellowish, passing into dusky,

which is the general colour of the ventrals, which have darker

borders, whereas the under surface of the terminal fourth of the

body is dark purplish-brown.

It recalls in its coloration the snake from Ogaden in Somaliland

described by Boettger’ under the name of Z. ladacensis var.

subnigra, but differs from it in some details, but of such little

importance that the type of coloration first indicated by Boettger

may be said to be common to individuals of Z. rhodorhachis from

both sides of the Red Sea in the latitude of Aden.

The type of Boettger’s var. subnigra had ventrals 213, anals 1/1,

caudals 118, and scales 19.

21. TARBOPHIS GUENTHERI Anderson.

1 @. Abian country.

Snout Upper Labials

to vent. ‘Tail. XN: A. C. Seales. _lubials. entering eye.

650 125. 22971 65 21 9+9 3, 4, & 5

Number of Relation of

dark dorsal preocular Post-

spots. Preeocular. to frontal. oculars. Temporals.

Ill-defined, not 1 In contact. vi R. 2+3,

sufficiently distinct L. 24-4.

to be counted.

The coloration of this specimen resembles that of the specimen

already recorded from Lahe}. The undivided anal, the number

of the scales round the body being less than 23, and the

arrangement of the labials entering the orbit, are all characters

distinctive of this form, which, however, is very closely allied to

7’. obtusus Reuss.

22. Ca&LOPELTIS MOILENSIS Reuss.

1 2. Abian country.

Snout to Upper Labials

vent. Tail. We A. C. Scales. labials. entering eye.

495 135 1671/1 69 17 8 4&5

Relation of

preocular and Post-

Preoculars, frontal, oculars, Temporals. Nasal. Loreal.

1 Widely separated. 242 24+3 1 1

' Zool, Anz. 1893, p. 118.

1961. ] BATRACHIANS FROM ARABIA. 151

This species was first recorded from Arabia by Riippell. In 1895

it was met with for the first time at Aden by Col. Yerbury *, and

in 1896 Bent brought it back with him from the Hadramut. In

the smallness of the dark spots the present example corresponds to

the Egyptian snakes. Those from Suakin are distinguished by large

black spots and more vivid colouring.

23, PSAMMOPHIS SCHOKARI Forskal.

1. Abian country.

Snout to vent. Tail. Ventrals. Anals. Caudals. Scales.

228 155 181 1/1 154 17

Relation of Temporals in

Upper Labials preocular contact with Number of

labials. | entering eye. to frontal. postoculars. nasals,

9 5&6 Broadly in 2 2

contact,

A dusky band from the nostril through the eye to the temporal

region. Upper parts pale greyish, under surface white, but with a

minute black spot generally present in the angle of each ventral.

The lineated form of this snake also occurs in the Aden district.

154 caudals is the highest number yet recorded in Arabia, in which

the individuals of this species are distinguished from those found

in Africa by the more numerous caudals.

VIPERID”.

24, CERASTES CoRNUYTUS Hasselq.

1 9. Abian country.

Snout Upper __ Scales between

to veut, “Tail, VW. ~ A... %O>-_ &e. labials. labials and eye. Horns.

335 42 139: Le 37. 28 Ls, B12 5 None.

The two extremes, or nearly so, of the range of variation in the

ventrals are met with in South-east Arabia, as this individual

possesses 139 ventrals, whereas in the Hadramut the highest

number of ventrals (164) hitherto recorded of the species is met

with. An Aden specimen obtained by Colonel Yerbury in 1895

bad as many as 159 ventrals.

25. Ecuis CARINATUS Schneider.

1 Q. Lahe}.

Snout to vent. Tail. Ventrals. Anal. Caudals. Scales.

610 52 167 1 27 29

Nasals and

Nasals. supranasals, Scales round eye. Upper labials.

2 In contact with L.19. 3B. 21. L. 12. RB, i,

rostral. Left supra-

nasal excluded,

! Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 656; Herpet. of Arabia, p, 52.

152

MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON A

[May 21,

Hitherto the specimens from South-east Arabia have had never

less than 30 subcaudals.

moo rF Ww

BATRACHIA.

. Rana cyanopuiyctis Schneider.

¢. Abian country.

. BuFro ANDERSONI Blgr.

. Shaikh Othman.

. Buro penronr Anderson.

. Wadis below Mount Manif north of Lahej.

. Abian country.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Piate XIV.

Bunopus spatalurus, p. 137.

la. Upper view of head. xX 2.

16 Bide 124,69 =

lc. Lower

” ”

2b. Side

2c. Lower

” ” ”?

PiatE XV.

Uromastix (Aporoscelis) benti, p. 109.

2. <Agamodon arabicus, p. 140.

2a. Upper view of head. X 3.

”» ” »

6. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Godius obtained

[Received May 14, 1901.]

(Text-figure 9.)

by Mr. A. Blayney Percival in South Arabia. By

G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

The collection made by Mr. Percival, the Mammals, Birds, and

Reptiles of which have been reported upon by Mr. O. Thomas,

Mr. W. R. O. Grant, and the late Dr. Anderson, contained

examples of only two species of Fishes, viz., the widely distributed

Cyprinid Discognathus lamta, and a fine Goby which I propose

to name

GoOBIUS PERCIVALI, sp. n.

(Text-fig. 9, p. 153.)

No canine teeth. Depth of body 4 times in total length, length

of head 33 times.

Head slightly longer than broad; diameter of

1901.) NEW FISH OF THE GENUS GOBIUS. 153

eye 63 times in length of head, twice in interocular width; snout

slightly shorter than postocular part of head; upper jaw extending

somewhat beyond the lower; maxillary not extending to below

anterior border of eye. First dorsal with 6 rays, the length of

which is ? that of head; its base 2 length of head; its distance

from the eye nearly equal to that between the end of the snout

and the border of the preoperculum. Second dorsal with 11 rays,

14 as long as and slightly deeper than the first. Anal as much

Text-fig. 9.

Gobius percivali.

developed as the second dorsal, with 11 rays. No silk-like

filaments to the pectoral. The extremity of the ventral halfway

between its base and the vent. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle

slightly longer than deep. 60 scales in a longitudinal series, 28

in a transverse series. Pale olive-brown above, white beneath ;

dorsal and caudal fins with numerous dark dots.

Total length 165 millim.

A single specimen from a Wadi (= stream) near Lahej, coming

down from the hills in the interior.

154 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [June 4,

This Gobius, which I have much pleasure in naming after

Mr. Percival, is closely allied to another large Arabian species,

described by me from specimens obtained at Muscat by Dr.

Jayakar, G. jayakari (P. Z.8. 1887, p. 663, pl. liv. fig. 2). It

differs from G. jayakari in the shorter mouth, not extending to

below the eye, in the broader interocular region, and in the

shorter caudal peduncle.

June 4, 1901.

Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Type Specimen of Rhinoceros lasiotis Sclater;

with Remarks on the Generic Position of the Living

Species of Rhinoceros. By Otprizitp Tuomas.

[Received May 7, 1901.]

On August 31st, 1900, there died in the Gardens of the Society

the famous temale Rhinoceros from Chittagong which has so often

been referred to in our ‘ Proceedings, and the characters of which

it is only fitting should be here noted, now that its skull and head-

skin have passed into the possession of the National Museum.

As the animal was captured in January 1868, its age at death

was more than 32 years.

The first reference to this specimen is an account of its external

characters given by the late Dr. Anderson, the Superintendent of

the Calcutta Museum (P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 129). Then followed

(t. c. p. 185) an announcement of its purchase for £1250. In

March of the same year (¢. ¢. p. 493, pl. xxiii.) our Secretary gave

the history of the specimen’s capture, and a figure of it, and in

a footnote assigned to it the name of &. lasiotis, given after

comparison with a Malaccan example of FR. sumatrensis which

arrived in August. In November (t, ¢. p. 790) he gave his full

reasons for separating the two forms, accompanied by figures of

the heads, and of the Malaccan specimen.

Dr. Gray, however (Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) x. p. 207, 1872), with

a total disregard to the geography of the question, considered that

it was the Chittagong animal that was the true 2. sumatrensis,

assigning the Malaccan animal first to his 2. crossii (P. Z. 8. 1854,

p- 250) and afterwards (Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xi. p. 357, 1873)

1901.] RHINOCEROS LASIOTIS. 155

giving it the special name of Ceratorhinus niger (nec Rhinoceros

niger, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 335, 1845).

In the latter paper Gray, perceiving (as I think rightly) that

the skulls figured in Blyth’s valuable paper of 1863, quoted below,

belonged to different forms, gave the name of Ceratorhinus blythia

to some of them, but so worded his remarks that it is not easy to

make out to which he applied the name. This point is, however,

of but little importance, as the term blythii is antedated by names

covering all the forms figured.

Other references bearing on the subject are as follows :—

Sclater, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) x. p. 298 (1872).

Blyth, ¢.c. p. 399; also J. A.S. B. xxxi. p. 151 (1863), and xliv.

Burmese Appx. p. 51 (1875

Flower, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 443, and 1878, p. 634.

As might have been expected, after so many years in confinement,

the animal had become very much diseased, and after its death it

was found that the skull and the head-skin were alone worth

preservation, and it is on these that my observations have been

taken.

For comparison I have had before me 13 skulls belonging to the

group of 2. swmatrensis, four of them having been kindly lent me by

Prof. Stewart from the College of Surgeons collection (Nos. 2142,

2143, 2145, and 2146 of the 1884 Catalogue), and the others being

those belonging to the British Museum.

In the first place, with regard to the external characters of

colour and hair development, a comparison of the head-skin of

R. lasiotis with the two specimens in the Museum of “ Ceratorhinus

niger” leads me to the conclusion that the differences described

were mainly due to age. For it will be remembered that the

“ OC. niger” (that is to say the specimen determined by Sclater as

sumatrensis and used by him for his comparison with Jasiotis) was

very old, while the type of Jasiotis was then quite young. In its old

age the latter has become practically quite like the former, for the

tufts on the ears do not exceed 13-2 inches in length, and are in

no way noticeably different from those of the Malaccan specimen.

In fact Dr. Anderson’s supposition (P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 130) that the

tufts on the ears might wear off with age, seems to me entirely

confirmed by the evidence, so far as can be judged from a mena-

gerie specimen.

Nor is there in colour any difference worthy of note, that

described by Sclater having apparently disappeared with advancing

age.

CSannthe to the skull, we find that in size the type of R. lasiotis

surpasses all the other thirteen skulls examined, but differs in

no other tangible character, so that the question of the validity of

R. lasiotis as a special form seems to depend purely on the matter

of size. The following are its measurements, given in inches for

comparison with those published by Sir W. Flower in 1878 :—

Length from occipital crest to end of nasals, in straight line 238,

with tape over curve of nasals 24:5; greatest zygomatic breadth

156 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [June 4,

122; interorbital breadth 8. [Teeth and palate too much diseased

for measurement. |

From these measurements it appears that FR. lasiotis exceeds

considerably the equally aged skull of “ C. niger” (Flower’s No. 2)

from Malacca, and is only approached by No. 5(R. C.S. No. 2142),

said to be from Sumatra.

Allowing for its much more youthful condition, the latter skull is

practically of the same size as the Chittagong one, and therefore,

if it really came from Sumatra, disposes at once of the claim of

R. lasiotis to distinction on the ground of size.

But I am not satisfied about the question of locality, for

Sir Stamford Raffles, as a collector of Natural History objects, and

a great Governor and Administrator, might easily have had

brought to him a skull from any part of the East Indies ; so that,

merely on the evidence of this skull only, I do not like to dismiss

the claims of R. lasiotis to distinction, since such dismissal would

carry with it the assumption, otherwise unsupported, that the

skulls of the Sumatran Rhinoceros vary in size to so considerable

an extent.

The Pegu skull (Theobald, B.M. No. 68.4.15.1, Flower’s No. 4)

is intermediate in size, as in locality ; while all the Malaccan and

other Sumatran skulls are comparatively small, as are those from

Borneo.

For the time being therefore, on the assumption that the Raffles

skull referred to was not really from Sumatra, I should consider

R. lasiotis as a tenable northern subspecies of R. sumatrensis,

characterized mainly by its greater size. As noted by Flower in

the case of the Pegu skull, and borne out by that from Chittagong,

the post-glenoid processes appear to be longer in proportion than

in the Malaccan and Sumatran Rhinoceros.

Of course it follows, from the tentative nature of this conclusion,

that further material is badly wanted, both from the North, to see if

the form found there is constantly larger, and from Sumatra, to see

if any such skull as R. C. 8. No, 2142 may really occur there.

Further material may also prove that the typical horn of Gray’s

“ Rhinoceros crossii”” belongs to the northern subspecies, in which

case the name crossit will have to supersede Jasiotis. But this

identification is as yet too doubtful to be definitely accepted.

Now with regard to the general question of the nomenclature of

Rhinoceroses and the genera in which the recent species should

be placed, I would draw attention to the recent important paper

by Prof. Osborn on the “ Phylogeny of the Rhinoceroses of

Europe ”’.

1 Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H. xiii. p. 229 (1900). I should demur to the charac-

terization of R. bicornis as a dolichocephalic form, for its short stumpy head is

one of its most marked distinctions from its long-headed congener F. simus, but

in all other respects Prof. Osborn’s conclusions seem justified. In conjunction

with Mr. Lydekker, I have compared the fine skull in the Museum of 2. platy-

rhinus, hitherto usually considered related to the simus group, and after careful

consideration we have come to the conclusion advocated by Osborn, that, in spite

of its tooth characters, it is really most nearly allied to the sumatrensis group.

1901.] RHINOCEROS LASIOTIS. 157

In this paper no less than six groups of the family are recognized,

distinguished mainly by the characters of the skull, those of the

teeth being considered to be of less phylogenetic value. Of these

six groups, which are treated by the author as subfamilies, three are

still existent, the “ Ceratorhine ” (swmatrensis), the ‘ Atelodine ”

(simus and bicornis), and the ‘“ Rhinocerotine” (unicorns and

sondaicus), groups which were also recognized by Flower as genera

in his paper of 1876.

Now if there is to be any sort of uniformity in the value of

genera as recognized among Mammals, it appears to me impossible

to continue to include such essentially different animals in one

genus Rhinoceros. Flower came to this conclusion in 1876,

although he did not carry it out in his later works ; and now that

Osborn arrives at alike opinion from the paleontological side,

I venture to think the generic groups should be accepted for

ordinary use.

But in so doing it would be advisable to start with the names

for them which have technical priority, so that no name-changing

may hereafter become necessary. Both Atelodus and Ceratorhinus,

used by Flower and Osborn, are antedated by earlier names, as the

following synonymy will show :—

I. RHINOCEROS.

Type.

Rhinoceros, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p.56 (1758)... = -B. unicornis.

Eurhinoceros, Gray, P. ZS. 1867, p. 1009...... AR. unicornis.

One-horned. Occipital plane much slanted forward. Meatus

closed in below by the junction of the post-tympanic and post-

glenoid processes. Functional incisors present above, and canines

below.

1. Rhinoceros unicornis L.

2. £. sondaicus Desm. Mamm. ii. p. 399 (1822).

Il. DicERORHINUS.

Type.

Dicerorhinus, Gloger, Naturg. p. 125 (1841).. D. suwmatrensis.

Ceratorhinus, Gray, P. Z.8. 1867, p.1021.... D. sumatrensis.

Two-horned. An open groove below the meatus. Incisors and

canines as in Rhinoceros.

1. Dicerorhinus sumatrensis G. Cuv.

la. D. sumatrensis lasiotis Sclater.

ITI. Dicrros.

Type.

Diceros, Gray, Med. Repos. xv. p. 306 (1821).. D. bicornis.

Colodonta, Bronn, Jahrb. Min. Geol. 1831, p. Br D, antiquitatis.

Opsiceros, Gloge r, Naturg. p. 125 (1841) .... Dz bicornis.

158 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON [June 4,

Type.

Atelodus, Pomel, Ann. Sci. Auvergne, xxvi.

Teel lt (1859), 0... es oem eine) = ss D. bicornis.

Rhinaster, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M.

pi oe (1862)... ee te ere es = D. bicornis.

Wesloa, Gray, 4%. ¢.p. Lcd eee. sp eees .* s D. bicornis.

Ceratothervum, td, 2. p: TORT. ss ete 35> . WD. simus.

Two-horned. Occipital plane slanted backward. Auditory

region as in Dicerorhinus. Incisors and canines rudimentary or

absent.

1. D. bicornis Linn.

2. D. simus Burch.

Should D. simus, on the ground of its much longer skull and

the different structure of its molars, be separated generically

or subgenerically from D. bicornis, it and its fossil allies would

have to bear the name of Calodonta, Bronn.

These conclusions are practically identical with those to which

Sir W. Flower came in his classical paper on the craniology of the

group (P. Z.S. 1876, p. 443), but unfortunately his study of

the nomenclature did not carry him back to the names now shown

to have priority.

2. On a small Collection of Fishes from Lake Victoria

made by order of Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B. By

G. A. Boutencsr, F.R.S.

[Received May 21, 1901.]

The Fishes which have reached the Natural History Museum

from the Victoria Nyanza through Sir H. H. Johnston are

referable to seven species only, four of which were previously un-

represented in the National Collection, two being besides new

to science.

1. Prororprrerus zrHropicus Heck.

Three specimens, two adult measuring 1 m. 35 and 1m. 10, and

a young one measuring 160 millim. The latter was taken from

the crop of a Baleniceps.

In the adult specimens the length of the head is contained 43

times in the length from snout to vent, the diameter of the eye

is 15 or 20 times in the length of the head and 44 or 54 times in

the interocular width ; dorsal fin originating nearer the vent than

the head ; pectoral fin twice length of head, ventral fin 12; vent

sinistral; 65 scales in a longitudinal series to above vent, 44 or 50

round middle of body; no traces of external gills. The scales

show very distinctly the punctulations of ganoine already noticed

by Kolliker.

1901.) FISHES FROM LAKE VICTORIA. 159

In the young the length of the head is 4 times in the length

from snout to vent, the diameter of the eye 8 times in the length

of the head and twice in the interocular width; dorsal fin origi-

nating a little nearer the vent than the head ; pectoral fin 25 length

of head, ventral fin 13; vent dextral; about 65 scales in a longi-

tudinal series to above vent and 40 round middle of body; no

traces of external gills.

2. MorMYRUS KANNUME Forsk.

3. LABEO VICTORIANUS, sp. n.

Body compressed, its depth equal to length of head and con-

tained 44 to 42 times in total length. Head 14 as long as broad ;

snout rounded, strongly projecting beyond the mouth, with small

horny warts ; eye perfectly lateral, in the middle or a little anterior

to the middle of the head, its diameter 6 to 64 times in length of

head, 3 to 34 times in width of interorbital region, which is slightly

convex; width of mouth, with lips, not much more than half greatest

width of head, 2} to 23 times in length of head; rostral flap and

anterior border ot lip not denticulated ; posterior border of lip very

indistinctly denticulated ; inner surface of lip with numerous

transverse plice, formed of closely-set obtuse papille ; a minute

barbel, hidden in the folds at the side of the mouth. Dorsal III

9-10, with notched upper border; the longest ray equals the

length of head; fin equally distant from the end of the snout and

the root of the caudal. Anal II 5; longest ray about } length of

head. Pectoral subfalciform, as long as head, not reaching base of

ventral. Ventral not reaching vent, its first ray falling under the

seventh (fourth branched) ray of the dorsal. Caudal deeply

forked, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle about 14 as long as

deep. Scales 38-39 — ; 4 or 5 series of scales between the

7-2 ?

lateral line and the root of the ventral. Olive above, whitish

beneath ; fins greyish.

Total length 285 millim.

Three specimens.

L. victorianus stands nearest to L. forskalit, from which the more

pertectly lateral eyes and the smaller mouth easily distinguish it.

4, DIscoGNATHUS JOHNSTONT, sp. n.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 5 times in total length.

Head moderately depressed, with nearly flat interorbital region ;

eye supero-lateral, in the second half of the head, its diameter 4}

times in length of head, twice in interorbital width; two very

short barbels on each side; width of mouth 4 length of head ;

upper lip moderately developed, lower large, semicircular; no

denticulate fringe to the lips. Dorsal Il 7, equally distant from

the nostrils and from the root of the caudal; first branched ray

longest, § length of head. Anal II 5; first branched ray longest,

% length of head. Pectoral # length of head, widely separated

160 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [June 4,

from the ventral, which is situated below the posterior half of the

dorsal. Caudal a little shorter than head, with deep ape >

emargination. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep. Scales 38 = ;

4 series between lateral line and aot of ventral. Upper parts and

fins blackish olive ; lips, gular and pectoral regions yellowish white,

belly brown.

Total length 110 millim.

A single specimen.

In its very minute barbels, this species is intermediate between

D. lamta and allies, in which they are well developed, and D. im-

berbis, in which they are altogether absent. A species from Syria,

Transcaspia, the Tigris, and Persia, D. variabilis Heckel, to which

I refer specimens from Kushk and the Helmand’, agrees in the very

small size of the posterior barbels, but differs in the total absence

of the anterior and also in the more backward position of the

dorsal, which is equally distant from the occiput and the root

of the caudal, the position of the eyes, which are nearly perfectly

lateral and occupy the middle of the length of the head, and the

longer caudal fin. The scales number 33 to 37 in the lateral line,

4 or 5 between the latter and the ventral fin.

In the Abyssinian and Erythrean specimens which have been

previously referred to D. lamta*, and for which I propose the

name D. blanfordi, the barbels are much longer, as in D. lamta, the

eye is perfectly lateral and a little anterior to the middle of the

head, the interorbital width is more than half the length of the

head, the dorsal is equally distant from the eye and the root of

the caudal, or a little nearer the latter, which is longer than the

head, the scales number 33-35 2 3 or 4 between the lateral line

62?

and ventral fin.

A third African species has been described by Vinciguerra * from

Shoan specimens, under the name of D. chiarinii. It has two pairs

of well-developed barbels, a larger eye (its diameter contained

only 3} times in the length of the head), a little anterior to the

middle of the head, and smaller scales (L. lat. 42).

I have recently received from Mr. Loat several small specimens,

measuring from 38 to 45 millim., obtained on the Nile in a pond

in the cataract country about 3 miles north of Kermeh, which

approach D. chiarinii in the size of the eye (33 diameters in length

of head), the length and number of the barbels, and the position

of the dorsal, but which may be distinguished from it by the

larger scales, numbering 37 or 38 in the Jateral line and 3 between

the Jatter and the ventral. For this new species 1 propose the

name D. vinciguerre.

2 Recorded by Giinther, Tr. Linn. Soc. (2) v. 1889, p. 107, under the name

of D. lamta. Recently described as D. rossicus by Nikolski, Ann. Mus, St.

Petersb. v. 1900, p. 259.

* Blanford, Zool. Abyss. p. 460; Vinciguerra, Ann, Mus. Genova, xviii, 1883,

p. 695, fig.

3 L.c. p. 696, fig.

1901.] FISHES FROM LAKE VICTORIA. 161

5. CLARIAS LAZERA C. et V.

6. SyNoDONTIS AFRO-FISCHERI Hilgend.

Hilgendorf, Sitzb. Ges. nat. i'r. Berl. 1888, p. 77; Pfeffer,

Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 37 (1896).

The following description is taken from the single specimen

sent by Sir Harry Johnston :—

Body compressed, its depth equal to the length of the head

and contained 32 times in the total length. Head little longer

than broad, granulate above, the granulate area extending on the

snout to half-way between nostrils and eyes; frontal fonta-

nelle large; snout rounded, a little shorter than postocular part

of head; interorbital region slightly convex, its width half length

ot head ; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 5 times in length of head,

twice in interorbital width; occipital region neither keeled nor

tectiform, simply convex. Lips moderately developed ; maxillary

barbel simple, a little longer than the head, extending to anterior

third of pectoral spine ; mandibular barbels inserted on a straight

transverse line, the outer 7 Jength of head and with slender simple

branches, the inner 4 length of head and with shorter but ramified

branches. Preemaxillary teeth small and numerous , forming a broad

band ; anterior mandibular teeth small, curved, 2 the diameter of

the eye, 44 in number. Gill-cleft not extending inferiorly beyond

the base of the pectoral fin. Nuchal shield convex, not keeled,

rugose and pitted, 14 as long as broad, ending in two sharp points,

which extend a little beyond the base of the dorsal spine. Humeral

process covered with granular asperities, about 1} as long as

broad, sharply pointed, not extending quite so far back as the

occipito-nuchal shield. Skin villose on the sides of the anterior

part of the body. Dorsal I 7; spine strong, 13 as long as the

base of the fin, nearly as long as head, striated and armed behind

with 11 retrorse serre. Adipose dorsal 34 times as long as deep,

13 as long as its distance from the rayed “dorsal, # the ‘length of

the head. Anal III 8. Pectoral spine very strong, as long as

that of the dorsal, striated, with 31 to 33 strong teeth on the

anterior border and 11 much stronger still and retrorse on the

posterior border. Ventral not reaching anal. Caudal very deeply

notched, crescentic. Dark brown above and beneath, with some

lighter, yellowish- -brown marblings; fins dark grey, with transverse

series of blackish spots having a tendency to form cross-bars.

Total length 135 millim.

7. PARATILAPIA SERRANUS.

Hemichromis serranus, Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p, 23

(1896).

Paratilapia serranus, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 143.

Adult specimens, measuring 125 millim., agree well with

Pfeffer’s description, drawn up from an example obtained by

Stuhlmann at Bukoba, a German station of L. Victoria at about

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1901, Vou, LL. No. XI. ii

162 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

1° 21'S. lat, except for the depth of the body, which is 4} to 42

times in the total length, the maxillary not extending quite to below

the anterior border of the eye, the diameter of which is 4} times

in the length of the head. 9 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior

arch. D. XV-XVI 9; A. IIL 8-9; Sq. 30-32 5 7.; Lat. 1. 20-21/

13-14. 6or7 scales between the first dorsal spine and the lateral

line.

Smaller specimens (85-95 millim.) differ in the smaller head,

the larger eye (34-4 times in length of head), and the lower jaw

not projecting beyond the upper. The dark longitudinal bands

are very indistinct and are traversed by 7 or 8 ill-defined dark

cross-bars.

In all the specimens the ventral fins are of a bright yellow.

3. On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon.

By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc."

[Received May 21, 1901.]

(Plates XVI.-XVIIT.) *

(Text-figures 10 & 11.)

A considerable number of skulls of Udenodon and of the closely

allied genus Dicynodon have long been known, and there have also

been found many other bones of the skeletons ; but as in almost all

the specimens the association of the skull and other bones has

been quite lost, it is at present impossible to refer limb-bones to

their proper species of which the skulls are the types, and it is

only with some doubt that they can be referred even to their

proper genera. In a few cases some bones of the skeleton have

been found in association with Dicynodon-skulls, but in the case

of Udenodon the post-cranial skeleton is quite unknown.

The most important specimen in which the Dicynodont skull is

in association with a considerable portion of this is the little form

which has been described by Seeley (1) as ‘* Keirognathus cordylus.”

In this specimen the skull, upper vertebra and ribs, front limbs,

shoulder-girdle, and sternum are shown, but all in a very bad

state of preservation. There is scarcely a doubt that the skeleton is

that of a young Dicynodon, and it is specially valuable as showing

the relations of the shoulder-girdle, sternum, and interclavicle.

Seeley’s restoration is unsatisfactory.

In the Lower Karroo beds of Pearston, 8. Africa, while the

remains of various species of Dicynodon are met with, the genus

which most commonly occurs is Udenodon and from the specimens

which I have recently discovered I am now in a position to give

an almost complete account of its skeleton.

1 Communicated by Prof. G. B. Hownzs, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S8.

? For an explanation of the Plates, see p. 190.

BRIA vas ISO); rol ies

Parker & West, top.

SKELETON OF UDENODON GRACILIS.

P.Z.S. 1901, vol. II.Pl.XVII.

—

Parker & West imp.

VERTEBRA, & HIND LIMB OF UDENODON.

SKULL,

P.Z.S. 190], -vol.JI.P1 XVII.

—= =

Mee ‘er lith. Parker & West imp.

LIMB-BONES & STERNUM OF UDENODON.

1901.} AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 163

When an endeavour is made to classify the specimens found, one

is beset with a number of difficulties. Almost every specimen

exhibits some degree of crushing ; and when two skulls of the same

species have been crushed in different directions, the appearances

would readily make one believe that he was dealing with two

species. One skull of Udenodon baini in my possession has the

maxilla of one side so crushed as to give an appearance very like

that in the specimen described by Owen (2) as ‘“ Udenodon

strigiceps.” Another difficulty is due to our ignorance of the

extent to which differences in specimens may be due to the sex

and age. The identification of any specimen therefore must in

the meantime be subject to some doubt.

The following is a list of the specimens which I have found

and on which my researches are based :—

1. An almost complete skull of a small form, which I regard as

new, and for which I propose the name of Udenodon

gracilis (Pl. XVII. figs. 2 & 3).

2. An almost perfect skeleton of apparently the same species.

The skull unfortunately has been so much weathered that

it is impossible to decide the species with certainty

(Er eye

3. A lower jaw of possibly the same species.

4. A fairly good skeleton of Udenodon baini.

5. A second very imperfect skeleton of presumably the same

species, but with the head missing.

6. A moderately complete skull of Udenodon baini, but much

crushed on one side.

7. A second imperfect and much crushed skull of the same

species.

8. A third imperfect skull, also probably of U. bainz.

9. A moderately complete but somewhat crushed skull of a

young animal, probably U. megalops. From a much higher

stratum than the other specimens.

10. An imperfect skull of a young animal, apparantly U. greyi.

11. The posterior portion of a skull referred to Udenodon, but

possibly belonging to a Dieynodon.

12. The mandible and front part of snout of a small Udenodon.

13. Imperfect middle region of a small Udenodon-skull.

14. A number of detached portions of mandibles, maxillz, humeri,

vertebrae, and other bones referred to Udenodon.

_ Of these specimens all have been discovered in the neighbour-

hood of Pearston, 8. Africa, with the exception of specimen 10,

which is from the Bedford district and was kindly presented to

me by Mr. D. D. Frazer, Junr.

Before beginning an account of the general structure of

Udenodon, 1 think it will be well to give a brief description of

specimens | and 2.

The small skull which I take as the type of Udenodon qracilis

(Pl, XVII. fig. 2) is somewhat crushed on the gi and

a ae

: x hel

164 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

on the same side the temporal arch and the lower jaw are missing,

but otherwise the skull is almost perfect. The skull is more

elongated than is usual in Udenodon, and differs from most

species in having the interorbital region very considerably

wider than the parietal region. The eyes are moderately

small and directed more outwards than upwards. The nostrils

(n.) are placed far forwards and rather small. The nasal bones

are prominent immediately behind the nostrils. The caniniform

ridges are flat and slender and directed well forwards. The

suborbital arch is moderately round and rather feeble. The

frontal region is broad and moderately flat, and is characterized

by a rather prominent median ridge (r.f.). Posteriorly, the

frontals are considerably wider than in front. The postfrontals,

where they join the frontals are flat and broad and to a considerable

extent roof over the orbits. Externally they are rather slender.

A distinct ridge runs from the posterior border of the postorbital

portion of the postfrontal bone inwards, then backwards along the

posterior part of the postfrontal. The parietal region is about

two-thirds the width of the frontal region, and is characterized

by the presence of two well-marked postfrontal ridges (r.p,f.),

with an intervening depressed parietal portion. The squamosals

are large, and the anterior portions which form the temporal arches

are developed considerably, horizontally outwards.

The second specimen (Pl. XVI. fig. 1) referred to is an almost

perfect skeleton of a small Udenodon, and it is especially valuable

in that the bones are scarcely at all displaced. The specimen was

found in an impure and fairly hard shale. The skull had evidently

been long exposed, and is so badly weathered that very little now

remains of the bones of the upper side of the head. The post-

orbital arches are quite lost, though evidences of their positions

are given by the underlying matrix. The squamosal, so far as it is

displayed, agrees very closely with that in Udenodon gracilis, and

nothing in the other parts of the head seems to oppose this

determination.

When the slab in which the skeleton lay was split, it was

found that this had been so arranged that the remains were

almost equally divided between the two sides. In the larger of

the two portions, which may be looked upon as the main slab, are

preserved the ulmos: perfect left fore-limb, the impressions of a

number of vertebre, a large number of ribs and impressions of ribs,

the sacrum and caudal region, the left ilium (7/.), and the left hind-

limb, which unfortunately is twisted and has not been fully

displayed, and the right ischium (is.) and pubis (pb.). In the

counterpart slab is seen the head, the right fore-limb, almost all

the vertebre and ribs, and the right ilium with the right hind-limb

extended and almost perfectly displayed. In the drawing (Plate

XVI.) the bones and impressions on the main slab are with the

skull figured and shaded in true relative position, while the bones

of the counterslab are in outline in proper relationship with those

of the main slab.

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 165

In the following account of the structure of Udenodon, that

part dealing with the skull is founded mainly on the skulls I have

obtained at Pearston, while the account of the post-cranial

skeleton is mainly based on the little skeleton of Udenodon

gracilis,

Skull.

The Dicynodont skull has been described by Owen (2), Cope (3),

Huxley (4), and others, but the fullest description is that given by

Seeley (5). Even Seeley’s account, however, leaves many points

in doubt, and a considerable number of his determinations are

very questionable. I have therefore thought it well to give an

independent description of the skull, dealing but briefly with those

elements whose structure is well known, and more fully with the

points open to dispute.

Text-fig. 10.

A composite figure of the skull of Udenodon (text-fig. 10) showing details from

the left side, for comparison with the skull of a primitive Theriodont,

Ictidosuchus primevus (text-fig. 11).

a., angulare ; ar., articulare ; d., dentary ; Jr., frontal ; 7u., jugal ; /e., lachrymal ;

mz., maxilla; na., nasal; pa., parietal; p,me., premaxilla; pof., per

frontal; pr.f., prefrontal ; g., quadrate ; s7., squamosal ; s.@., surangulare,

166 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

In Udenodon (text-fig. 10, p. 167) the whole beak has had a horny

covering, which in some species at least covers not only the

alveolar margin, but almost the whole of the facial surface of the

maxilla (mwv.) ; and in probably in all the species the horny layer

was specially developed over the caniniform development of the

maxilla,

The premaxilla in Udenodon and Dicynodon is better deve-

loped than in the majority of reptiles, having not only a well-

developed facial portion passing up between the two nostrils, but

also a large palatal portion. The two premaxille, as in the bird,

must have very early united into a single bone (ef. Pl. XVII.

fig. 2), as in even comparatively young specimens there is no trace

of a suture between the two elements. As I have elsewhere

shown (6), the premaxilla forms almost the whole of the bony

palate, including by far the greater part of the median ridge, which

has almost invariably been regarded as the vomer. In the paper

referred to, a section through the posterior part of the hard

palate of Udenodon truncatus is figured, and it is there shown that

though the maxille have internal plates which form a sort of

secondary palate, these are almost completely covered by the

great palatal development of the premaxilla. From the palatal

portion of the premaxilla there passes up internally a prominent

wedian ridge which runs from the facial portion of the.premaxilla

backwards to articulate with the vomer, and to a considerable

extent divides the nasal cavities.

The maxilla differs in shape greatly in different genera, and it

is highly probable that there is considerable difference in shape in

the two sexes of the same genus. In all, however, there is a

more or less well-marked caniniform development. In some

species a prominent external descending ridge gives the tusk-like

development a triangular shape; in others the descending process

is almost flat. ‘The maxilla resembles that of man in having a

large antrum mavillare. From the region of the antrum, which

may be regarded as the centre of the bone, the maxilla is

developed upwards, forming the greater part of the side of the

snout (cf. text-fig. 10, p. 165) and bounded by the nostril and the

nasal (na.), the prefrontal ( pr.f.) and the lachrymal (/e.) inwards,

forming part of the secondary palate ; and backwards, meeting the

jugal, are the palatine and the pterygoid bones. The caniniform

ridge is continued back into the ridge formed by the anterior bar

of the pterygoid and forms the border of the palate.

I can find no evidence of any ossified turbinal bones.

The nasals (na.) are moderate-sized bones irregularly triangular

in shape. They are joined to each other by a fairly long median

suture. ‘Their anterior sides are formed by the premaxilla (p.ma.),

the nostrils, and the maxilla. The posterior and outer side of

each nasal is bounded by the frontal (fr.), the prefrontal (pr-.f.),

and maxillary (m..).

The lachrymal (/c.) is quite mammalian in structure. It forms

a considerable part of the anterior wall of the orbit—fitting in

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 167

between the prefrontal above and the jugal (ju.) below. It has a

large lachrymal canal opening within the orbit.

The prefrontal (pr.f.) is a somewhat quadrate bone—three sides

being formed by the orbit, the frontal, and nasal respectively, and

the fourth side by the lachrymal and maxilla. It forms a con-

siderable portion of the anterior and upper wall of the orbit.

The frontals (fr.) lie between the orbits and are usually well

developed. In Udenodon greyi they are narrow; in U. gracilis

almost exactly as broad as long. They usually form the borders

of the upper sides of the orbits. Each frontal articulates with

the nasal and prefrontal in front, and with the parietal and post-

frontal behind.

The postfrontal (po.f.) forms, as in Dicynodon and many Therio-

donts,an outer limb which forms the postorbital arch, anda posterior

which runs backwards by the side of the parietal. The postorbital

arch varies considerably in different species, but is usually rather

broad above, forming a sort of roof to part of the orbit. In the

middle it is generally narrow and round; while inferiorly it

broadens out and articulates with the squamosal and the jugal.

From the upper end of the postorbital portion the posterior part

runs abruptly backwards, forming the greater part of the inner

wall of the temporal fossa, and to a great extent hiding the

parietal. Posteriorly it curves outwards a little and meets the

Squamosal (cf. text-fig. 10, p. 165).

The parietals early unite to form a single bone, which though

of moderate size is very largely hidden by the postfrontals. Near

the centre of the bone is a fairly large parietal foramen.

Posteriorly the parietal articulates in the middle with the inter-

parietal, and laterally with the squamosals (sq.).

The jugal is rather a small bone (jw.) which forms the greater

part of the infraorbital arch. Anteriorly it forms a considerable

part of the wall of the orbit at its anterior and lower side, meeting

the lachrymal and being clasped by the maxilla. Internally, the

anterior part meets the palatine. The squamosal (sq.), which lies

on the outer side of the jugal in its middle and posterior regions,

to a large extent hides it from view. Where the jugal meets the

postfrontal it is fairly deep in some species. but in others only

slightly increased in depth. Posteriorly it flattens out and lies on

the inner side of the squamosal, forming with it the temporal

arch.

The squamosal is by far the largest bone in the skull (¢/. sq., text-

fig. 10, p. 165). It comprises a large broad posterior portion which

descends from its union with the parietal and postfrontal, along

the outer border of the supra- and exoccipitals, to give articulation

to the quadrate, and an anterior branch, which springs from the

upper half of the posterior portion and passes forwards to form

with the jugal the temporal arch.

The quadrate (q7.) consists of a broad flat part which lies against

the front of the descending portion of the squamosal, and a large

articular head. ‘The articular face of the quadrate has a deep

168 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

antero-posterior groove running across it, which divides it into

an outer semicircular button-like portion and an inner very

prominent antero-posterior ridge. Both the outer and inner

portions of the articular face have an antero-posterior convexity

of fairly wide radius.

The structure of the palate I have elsewhere dealt with (6),

and I have little further so add to my previous description. The

pterygoids, as in the other Dicynodonts, are greatly developed,

meeting each other in the middle line and sending processes

forwards to the maxille and backwards to the quadrates. Between

the two anterior processes lie the palatines and the vomer. The

vyomer is quite mammalian in structure, and is present as a

median plate, extending from the fork formed by the anterior

branches of the pterygoids forwards to articulate with the palatal

median and internal median ridges of the premaxilla. Superiorly

the vomer articulates with the sphenoid, the mesethmoid, and

the ethmoid cartilage. Towards the posterior and upper part

it gives off a pair of small lateral wings which articulate with

the palatines, and with them form the roofs of the nasal passages.

The palatines pass outwards and downwards from the articu-

lations with the vomer, by the side of the anterior branches of the

pterygoids. Each palatine then sends a process forwards and

inwards to form a sort of rudimentary secondary palate, and a

second process outwards above the anterior lobe of the pterygoid

to meet the jugal.

Where the two pterygoids meet in the middle line they rest on,

and are articulated to, the basisphenoid. This latter bone shows

on the under surface of the skull to a considerable extent, sending

two plates backwards to clasp the large paroccipital processes.

From the region where the pterygoids meet, the basisphenoid sends

a comparatively narrow median plate upwards and_ forwards

resting on the vomer, and probably in adult specimens articulating

with the mesethmoid. This plate may be the presphenoid, but L

have not seen any specimens in which it is distinct from the basi-

sphenoid. The mesethmoid is a median plate which forms the

greater part of the interorbital septum. Above it is clasped by

the orbital plates of the frontals, and below it rests on the

vomer.

Immediately behind the point where the pterygoids meet, there

passes upwards from each pterygoid a slender columella cranii.

In forms with a deep narrow skull,e. g. U. greyi, the columella is long

and slender: in those species where the skull is broad and rather

flat, the columella is comparatively short. In all forms, however,

it is veryslender. It appears to articulate with the parietal above.

The periotic bones appear to form the lateral walls of the brain-

case in a manner very similar to that seen in lizards; but I have

not seen any specimens in which their exact limits could with

certainty be determined.

The occiput has long been well known in a number of Dicy-

nodonts, especially Ptychosiagum. A small occiput is figured by

1901.] AFFINITINS OF UDENODON. 169

Lydekker in the British Museum Catalogue of Fossil Reptiles,

which is probably that of a species of Udenodon. The supra- and

exoccipitals are bordered by the interparietal and the squamosals,

while the lower corners of the large exoccipital processes also

articulate with the quadrates.

Between the quadrate and the descending process formed by

the exoccipital and basioccipital, there lies a remarkable little

dumbbell-shaped bone, which with one end fits into a hollow of

the occipital process and with the other supports the quadrate.

As it is but loosely articulated, it is lost from the majority of

Dicynodon and Udenodon skulls discovered. This bone differs so

markedly from any bone found in the posterior region of the skull

in known Reptiles or Mammals, that one hesitates in giving an

interpretation. As, however, it forms with the notch in the

lower border of the exoccipital an oval aperture, and as the

columella auris lies in this same notch of the exoccipital, it seems

to me most probable that it is the homologue of the mammalian

tympanic.

Lower Jaw.

The lower jaw is almost typically reptilian in structure (cf. text-

fig. 10, p. 165). In front, the two large toothless dentaries (d.)

are anchylosed together as in the tortoise. Each dentary is con-

siderably deeper than in the tortoise, and differs in forming a

single edge above, instead of two ridges as in the Chelonian. In

U. greyt the outer surface of the dentary is moderately flat ; but

in U. gracilis there passes outwards from the posterior part of

the bone a very prominent horizontal ridge. On passing back-

wards the dentary divides into an upper and a lower lobe, which

meeting respectively the surangular (sa.) and the angular (a.)

encloses with these a fair-sized oval vacuity. The angular

is a rather large flat element which articulates with the dentary

in front, the surangular above, the splenial below, and the articular

(ar.) behind. The surangular is a fairly strong bone which fits

into a deep cavity in the posterior end of the upper part of the

dentary. The splenial extends along almost the whole length of

the jaw, from the articular behind to the symphysis in front.

Posteriorly it is fairly stout, but on passing forwards it becomes

a rather thin plate. The articular is a large thick bone, but, asin

Chelonians, short.

I am unable to give any account of the hyoid apparatus, as

though there are evidences of hyoid bones, they are disconnected

and their interpretation is quite uncertain.

Vertebre.

In the little skeleton of Udenodon gracilis (Pl. XVI.) most of

the yertebrze are preserved, but none are well displayed. The atlas

and axis are hidden by matrix, but from the 3rd cervical (4th ?)

there are indications of almost all the other vertebrw. The skeleton

does not show where the division hes between the cervical and

170 DR. R. BROOM ON THD STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

the thoracic series; and in Udenodon, as in most other Thero-

morphous reptiles, there is no division of the body vertebre into

thoracics and lumbars. Assuming that the first cervical vertebra

displayed is the 3rd cervical, then it is moderately certain that in

U. gracilis there are 27 presacral vertebre.

The vertebree which I take to be 3rd and 4th cervicals, so far as

displayed, agree fairly closely with the 3rd and 4th cervicals of

Tropidostoma dunni Seeley (5) [=according to Lydekker (7)

Ptychosiagum microtrema Seeley]. The bodies of the vertebre

have well-marked lateral processes arising from the anterior and

outer angles of the ventral surfaces, for articulation with the

cervical ribs.

In the skeleton of Udenodon gracilis, though most of the

vertebre of the thoraco-lumbar series are shown, unfortunately

only the bodies are displayed ; but in the imperfect skeleton of

U. baini (spec. 4) a number of presacral vertebrae are well

preserved.

As has long been known in other Dicynodonts, the vertebre

consist of deeply cupped bodies to which are articulated arches

closely resembling the arches in mammals. In the dorsal series

(cf. Plate XVII. fig. 4) the bodies are considerably elongated

and moderately constricted in the middle. On the body just

below the neuro-central suture in front is the articular surface

for the head of the rib. The pedicle is stout, and a ridge runs up

obliquely from near the front of the neuro-central suture to the

transverse process. The transverse processes (¢.) are short and

strong, directed outwards and slightly upwards, and lie well above

the level of the top of the neural canal. The spine (sp.) is quite

short, and situated well backwards over the posterior zygapo-

physes. Both the anterior and posterior zygapophyses are

’ situated fairly closely together, and the articular surfaces make

approximately a right angle with each other. A large opening is

formed between each pair of vertebre for the exit of the spinal

nerves.

The ribs in the thoracic region (cf. Plate XVI.) are long and

slender ; the anterior ones being, however, slightly stouter than the

others. The upper end of the rib is expanded so as to form a

distinct head for articulation with the centrum and a tubercle for

attachment to the transverse process. As the border of the rib

between the head and the tubercle is almost straight, and the

ridge on the vertebra between the articular surface and the

transverse process is only slightly concave, there must be but

little of a foramen left between the rib and the vertebra. The

ribs in the lumbar region have their upper ends less expanded

anil may possibly have been articulated to the transverse processes

alone.

The sacrum is very badly preserved in the skeleton of U. gracilis,

but appears to have been composed of 5 vertebra.

The tail has evidently been short, but it is impossible to say

of how many vertebra it may have been composed. Those that

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 171

are shown in the little skeleton have their centra about half the

length of those in the thoracic series. The vertebre are much

crushed and fractured, so that it is difficult to be certain of the

identification of the fragments. By the side of one of the vertebre

is a well-developed process, which may be a spine, but which I

am rather inclined to believe to be an autogenous transverse

process.

Shoulder-girdle and Sternum.

In the little skeleton of Udenodon gracilis the shoulder-girdle,

though present, is almost completely hidden by matrix and couid

not be displayed without injury to other parts. In the skeleton of

U. baini (spec. 4, Pl. XVIII. fig. 10) the scapula (sc.), precoracoid

(p.co. fig. 11) and coracoid (co.) are well preserved, and also in the

very imperfect skeleton (spec. 5), while in specimen 5 the sternum

is also shown.

The scapula, precoracoid and coracoid agree pretty closely with

the corresponding bones in the Dicynodont shoulder-girdle as

figured by Owen (2), Seeley (1), and Lydekker (7). ‘I'he scapula is

somewhat stouter than that figured by Lydekker, but on the whole

closely agrees with it. The upper part of the scapulais broad and

flat and only moderately curved inwards. The anterior border is

grooved for the lodgment of the cleithrum. A little below the

middle of the scapula there is a well-marked acromion process

(ac., Pl. XVIII. fig. 10) which passes forwards, upwards, and

slightly inwards as a fan-like expansion. The lower end of the

scapula has a large glenoid surface (gl.) which looks downwards

and a little outwards, and an anterior flattened continuation which

articulates with the precoracoid.

The coracoid (co.) is comparatively small, but has a large glenoid

surtace (y/.) which looks mainly outwards, and which is separated

from the outer surface of the bone by a very prominent bony border.

The precoracoid (p.co.) is a moderately flat bone, but slightly

larger than the coracoid. On its upper border is a deep notch ( fo.)

which closed by the lower border of the scapula becomes a large

oval foramen. The precoracoid articulates behind by a straight

suture with the coracoid, and above with the scapula. It appears

to furnish a small portion of the glenoid cavity.

I have failed to identify the interclavicle or cleithrum in any of

the specimens in my possession, but in the skeleton of U. gracilis

one of the clavicles is fairly complete (cl., Pl. XVI. & Pl. XVIII.

fig. 8). It is curved very much like the human clavicle. It

appears to have articulated with its neighbour in the middle line,

and to have rested on the anterior part of the interclavicle. The

inner half of the bone is flattened antero-posteriorly, and the outer

vertically.

The sternum, or perhaps more correctly presternum (PI.

XVIII. fig. 9), is a moderately large four-sided median plate, with

the angles pointing forwards, backwards, and to the sides. The

172 DR, R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

anterior angle is notched, probably for the lodgment of the inter-

clavicle; the outer angles are rounded and the posterior angle

truncated as if to give attachment to a cartilaginous meso- or

xiphisternum. For its lower two-thirds there is a well-marked

median ridge for the attachment of the pectoral muscles. The

bone is a little longer than broad.

Humerus.

In the little skeleton of Udenodon gracilis (Pl. XVI.) one of the

humeri (u.) is perfectly preserved and beautifully displayed; the

other though less perfect has the opposite sideshowing. In speci-

men 4 one humerus is fairly well preserved, and of the other the

lower half is almost perfect ; while in specimen 5 one humerus is

shown, but in bad condition. The difference between the humeri

in U. gracilis and U. baini is very striking, and much greater than

oue could have expected to find in two species apparently so closely

allied.

In Udenodon gracilis (P|. XVI.), the humerus, while constructed

on the well-known Dicynodont type, is characterized by a number

of peculiarities. The delto-pectoral crest (c.d.) is greatly developed,

its border curving forwards and downwards from the articular

surface and ending, as in ‘‘Platypodosaurus robustus,” in a somewhat

hooked process. The ento-tuberosity is developed to a greater

extent than is met with in the humerus of any 8. African reptile

hitherto discovered, and forms a long flattened tapering process

which ends in a rather sharp point. Near the middle of the bone on

its inner side is developed a very prominent tricipital ridge resem-

bling more that seen in Echidva than the rounded prominence on the

humerus of ‘*Platypodosaurus.’ The articular surface of the head

of the bone resembles greatly that in Ornithorhynchus and Echidna

in being considerably developed transversely, while it is but very

narrow. As in the Monotremes, a sharp ridge runs down from

the articular head to the external condyle; and this is very

peculiarly developed, in that while in the humeri hitherto dis-

covered though it may be very prominent it is generally slender, it

is here a markedly rounded boss (ce.). The internal condyle is

not very large. The entepicondylar foramen is only of moderate

size, and is situated a little more distally than is usually the case

in Dicynodonts. The ridge of bone which forms the bridge

over the foramen runs up to the base of the delto-pectoral crest.

In Udenodon baini the humerus varies much less from the

normal dicynodont type. The delto-pectoral crest is not developed

downwards to form a hooked process in front ; the tricipital ridge

appears to have been small; while the external condyle is not more

greatly developed than is the case in Ornithorhynchus.

Radius and Ulna.

ee radius and ulna are very mammal-like in form (cf. Plate

1...

The radius (7d.) is considerably shorter than the humerus. Its

1901.] AFFINITINS OF UDENODON. 173

upper half is moderately rounded, and from the head to a little

below the middle of the bone it steadily decreases in thickness, so

that at the middle the diameter is only about one-half that of the

head. In its lower third the bone becomes flattened out to give a

broad articulation to the radiale (ra.). The broad end of the bone

has a deep depression on both its upper and under sides. Its

articular surface looks downwards and slightly outwards.

The ulna (w.) is very nearly twice as long as the: radius, and

considerably longer than the humerus; its great length being due

tothe greatly developed olecranon process (0l.; ¢f. also Plate XVIIT.

fig.7). The upper half of the bone is very strongly developed, and

the olecranon extends about as far beyond the sigmoid articulation

as it does in such typical lowly mammals as the Wombat and the

Porcupine. The point of the olecranon is directed slightly out-

wards, but it is not dilated like that of the Monotremes. On the

outer side of the ulna a short prominent ridge is seen bordering

the sigmoid articulation. On the inner side the upper part of

the ulna is deeply excavated after the manner seen in that of

Echidna, but to a much greater extent, as the border of the bone

forms a much more prominentridge. The lower hal# of the ulna is

much flattened. Like the radius, the lower end is slightly expanded ;

while the articular surface looks slightly towards the radius.

Carpus (Plate XVI.).

In the skeleton of Udenodon gracilis the carpus is almost per-

fectly preserved, and the various bones composing it have scarcely

been at all disturbed in position. In the proximal row are four

bones—radiale (ra.) intermedium (7.), ulnare (w.), and pisiform

(pi.); in the distal row are five carpals; while in the middle is a

single centrale (c.).

The radiale or scaphoid (7a.) is a broad and considerably flattened

bone which occupies the greater part of the articular end of the

radius. Its dorsal surface shows a considerable depression

towards its outer end. Itarticulates with the radius, with the lst

carpale, the centrale and the intermedium.

The intermedium or lunar (2.) lies between the end of the radius

and the ulna and ulnare. On the upper side it has a fairly large

surface, but on the under it is ‘apparent as a slender plate fitting

in between the radius and the ulnare.

The ulnare or cuneiform (wn.) is considerably shorter in its

transverse diameter than the radiale, but of much greater length

antero-posteriorly. It articulates with the ulna, the intermedium,

the 4th and 5th carpalia, the pisiform, and probably with the cen-

trale. Bordering the side by which it articulates with the ulna

there is a prominent little oblique ridge, and at the distal and

inner corner of the bone is a little rounded eminence.

The pisiform (pi.) is a little bone which articulates with the

outer side of the ulnare, and curves outwards and upwards, forming

part of the articulation for the ulna.

174 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

The centrale (c.) is a rounded, moderate-sized element, which

occupies the centre of the carpus. It articulates with the radiale,

intermedium, and probably with ulnare of the proximal carpal bones,

and with the Ist, 3rd, and 4th carpalia of the distal series. It is

possible that a small second central element may have lain between

the centrale and the ulnare, but I regard this as improbable.

The 1st carpale is a short flattened bone which fits in between

the radiale and the 2nd carpale. On its outer end it gives an

articulation to the pollex. Its inner end articulates with the 3rd

carpale and the centrale.

The 2nd carpale is a very small bone which articulates with the Ist

and 3rd carpalia, and supports the metacarpal of the 2nd digit,

and possibly shares with the 1st carpale the support of the 1st

metacarpal. .

The 3rd carpale is a fair-sized element which fits in between the

2nd and 1st carpalia, the centrale, and the 4th carpale, and gives

articulation to the 3rd metacarpal.

The 4th carpale is a large quadrangular element. Distally it

gives articulation to the 4th metacarpal and to a slight extent to

the 3rd and Sti metacarpals. Proximally it articulates with the

ceatrale and the ulnare, and fits in between the 3rd and 5th carpalia.

The 5th carpale is very small, and is so closely articulated to the

4th carpale as to render it not improbable that the two elements may

be anchylosed as age advances. In the little skeleton, which is

probably immature but not very young, the two elements are quite

distinct. The little 5th carpale articulates also with the ulnare,

and gives articulation to the 5th metacarpal.

Metacarpals and Phalanges.

In the manus there are five well-formed digits, but I fail to

detect any trace of a prepollex. The three median digits are

somewhat stronger than the other two.

Of the pollex only the metacarpal and part of first phalanx are

preserved. The metacarpal is a small rectangular bone about as

broad as long. The 1st phalanx is probably very similar.

In the second digit, as in the first, only the metacarpal and a

portion of the Ist phalanx are preserved. The metacarpal is a fair-

sized element appreciably longer than broad. In the middle it is

somewhat constricted, and at its distal end considerably expanded.

The 1st phalanx was probably considerably smaller than the

metacarpal.

The third digit is complete except the ungual phalanx. The

metacarpal is very similar to that of the 2nd digit, but somewhat

larger. Like the latter, it is constricted in the middle and

expanded distally. The 1st phalanx is a quadrangular bone

only slightly longer than broad, and slightly constricted in the

middle. It is about one-half smaller than the metacarpal. The

2nd phalanx is very similar in shape to the 1st, but still smaller.

The fourth digit is almost perfect. ‘The metacarpal is about

equal in size to that of the 3rd digit, but is less constricted in the

1901.] AFFINITINS OF UDENODON. 175

middle. The 1st phalanx is a quadrangular bone slightly broader

than long and only slightly constricted in the middle. The 2nd

phalanx is a small bone very distinctly broader than it is long.

It gives articulation to a large claw. The terminal or ungual

phalanx is narrow, slightly curved, and almost as long as the meta-

carpal and the other two phalanges together.

The fifth digit has a small metacarpal, about as broad as long,

and but slightly narrowed in the middle. The lst and 2nd

phalanges are both small quadrangular bones, the 1st being

considerably smaller than the metacarpal, and the 2nd than the 1st.

The ungual phalanx is almost as large as that of the fourth

digit, and like it but slightly curved.

In Udenodon bain the metacarpals and phalanges appear to be

very like those in U. gracilis, but the ungual phalanges are much

shorter and broader, and the whole digits appear proportionally

stronger.

Pelvis.

In the skeleton of Udenodon gracilis (Plate XVI. and Plate

XVII. fig. 6) the almost perfect ilium (i/.) is displayed. On the

right side the ischium (¢s.) and pubis (p).), with a portion of the

ilium, are shown attached to the main slab, while the greater

portion of the right ium remains adherent to the counter slab.

The ilium resembles considerably the ilium of Ptychosiaguin

orientale figured by Lydekker (7) in being directed upwards and

forwards, and in being greatly expanded antero-posteriorly. As

the acetabulum (ac.) is fairly large, the lower end of the ilium

which articulates with the pubis and ischium is broad. On passing

upwards it becomes somewhat constricted into a short neck, from

which it again rapidly broadens into a large fan-like expansion.

The anterior part of the blade of the ilium lies much in advance of

the axis formed by the neck and the acetabulum, the anterior border

of the bone forming a graceful gentle curve forwards. The posterior

part of the blade is of much less size, and the posterior border

curves almost abruptly backwards from the neck and at right angles

to its axis. The iliac blades are moderately flat, being only slightly

concave antero-posteriorly on their outer side and with some

muscular ridges.

The pubis (p.) is peculiarly twisted, so that while the upper part

looks outward the lower looks mainly downward. The pubis forms

a little more than a quarter of the acetabulum, and bounds the

articular cavity by a prominent ridge. The outward facing portion

of the pubis is triangular in shape. In front of the acetabulum

is a little prominence—apparently the pectineal tubercle; while at

the lower and anterior angle of the triangular portion is another

small tubercle, which in position corresponds with the tubercle

which in Ornithorhynchus assists in thearticulation of the marsupial

bone. A ridge runs obliquely from this lower tubercle towards the

lower border of the acetabulum, and from it the pubis passes at

first directly inwards and then downwards and inwards. The

exact size of the obturator foramen (f.0b.) is not clearly shown

176 DR. R, BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

in this skeleton, but it is situated immediately below the oblique

ridge not far from the lower border of the acetabulum. The lower

part of the pubis is moderately flat, and does not extend farther

forward than the level of the lower tubercle. The anterior border

between the lower tubercle and the symphysis is straight, as if for

the articulation of a cartilaginous epipubic element. There is a

long articulation between the pubis and the ischium below the

obturator foramen.

The ischium (is.) in Udenodon gracilis is proportionally very

considerably smaller than in the Dicynodon pelvis figured by

Lydekker, and looks much less downwards than in that specimen.

From the point where the ischium meets the ilium the posterior

border curves downwardsand then backwards, ending abruptly at the

ischial tuberosity. From the tuberosity the lower border curves

gently round to meet the pubis. The lower part of the ischium is

flat except in being slightly concave in the neighbourhood of the

obturator foramen. Round the posterior border of the acetabulum

the ischium forms a prominent ridge, but the ridge formed by the

ischium is not continuous with that formed by the pubis, a gap

occurring at the ischio-pubic suture. From the acetabular border

a prominent thickening or ridge runs backwards to the upper end

of the ischial tuberosity.

There is no evidence of any marsupial bones, and from the con-

dition of the skeleton this may almost be taken as conclusive proof

that such bones did not exist in Udenodon. There is evidence,

however, in favour of there having been a cartilaginous epipubis.

In Udenorion baini the ilium is very similar to that in U. gracilis,

but the ischium is proportionally considerably larger though its

general characters are very similar. The obturator foramen ( f.0b.)

is oval with the long axis directed antero-posteriorly and situated

close under the border of the acetabulum. The long axis of the

foramen measures about half the diameter of the neck of the ilium.

Fenur.

In Udenodon gracilis the right femur has its posterior side well-

displayed, and as its upper half has been broken loose its anterior

side can also be examined with the exception of the head.

In its general proportions the femur (Plate XVII. fig. 5, fm.)

agrees with that of the Monotremes, though in its characters it

differs somewhat. It is much flattened throughoutits whole length,

and considerably broadened out both at its upper and lower ends.

From the head to the greater trochanter the measurement is nearly

three times as great as that across the middle of the shaft. From

a little below the middle of the bone, the outer border forms an

almost straight line to the top of the great trochanter. The inner

border curves very markedly inwards to the head, and the curve is

interrupted by the presence of the small trochanter, which forms a

small but very distinct inwardly directed ridge. On the anterior

surface of the bone so far as displayed is a small vertical groove a

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 177

little to the outside of the middle line; while to the inside of the

great trochanter is a distinct but shallow concavity. On the pos-

terior side of the bone there is a fairly deep concavity below the

head and on the inner side of the small trochanter. On the outer

edge of the posterior side there runs down, from a little below the

great trochanter to beyond the middle of the shaft, a small sharp

backwardly directed ridge. In the middle of the shaft a section is

almost oval, showing a small but distinct medullary cavity. The

lower end of the femur resembles very considerably the lower part

of the bone in Echidna or Ornithorhynchus. The condyles are small

and rather widely apart, and, as in the Monotremes, the whole lower

end of the femur is much flatter than in the Eutherians. From the

neighbourhood of the inner condyle an oblique ridge runs upwards

and outwards towards the outer side of the middle of the shaft,

apparently corresponding to the oblique ridge ou the back of the

lower end of the femur of Echidna.

In the skeleton of Udenodon baini (spec. 4) both femora are

shown but in rather bad preservation, having been much crushed.

The chief differences in this species are in the bone being propor-

tionally stronger, in the greater development of the great trochanter,

and in the small trochanter being less marked.

Tibia and Fibula.

In the skeleton of Udenodon gracilis (Pl. XVI.) both tibiz and

fibule are shown, but those of the left leg are not well displayed,

and those of the right only show the posterior surface and have

been slightly injured in clearing off the matrix.

The tibia (¢b. Plate XVII. fig. 5) is considerably shorter than the

femur, and resembles closely the tibia in Echidna. It is a moder-

ately straight bone with a large flat head, a shaft tapering down to

between the middle and lower thirds, and a distal end moderately

dilated and with an oblique articular surface. It has a distinct

though small medullary cavity.

The fibula (fd.) is a longer though more slender bone. As in

Monotremes and most Marsupials the head is large, giving an

articulation to the femur and having a portion passing up beyond

the head of the tibia to give attachment to some of the leg-

muscles, On passing downwards the fibula is directed slightly

upwards, and it then curves inwards so as to form a wide inter-

osseous space. At its lower end the bone is dilated considerably,

and its articular surface is directed slightly inwards.

In Udenodon baini the tibia, like the femur, is proportionally

a much stronger bone than in JU. gracilis, and it is also propor-

tionally shorter. The head is very large, and from it there runs

down the front of the bone a very prominent crest. The fibula,

as if to compensate for the greater strength of the tibia, is propor-

tionally more slender than in the small species. It gives an

articulation to the femur, but the head is much smaller and is

scarcely extended beyond the level of the head of the tibia. It is

Proc, Zoot, Soo.—1901, Vou, Il. No, XII. 12

178 DR, R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

more curved than in U. gracilis, and there is thus formed a larger

interosseous space.

There does not seem to have been anossified patella in Udenodon.

Tarsus.

The tarsus of the right side (P]. XVI.) has its under surface

well shown, and though a dorsal view would have been more

satisfactory, a good idea is obtained of the structure of the joint

even though a little doubt may remain on one or two points. The

tarsus of the left side is so twisted that it is difficult to be sure of

some of the elements.

Articulating with the tibia and fibula respectively (Pl. XVII.

fig. 5) are two large elements—manifestly the tibiale (¢.) and the

fibulare (/l.), with a small bone lying between, doubtless the inter-

medium (7.). The distal row of the tarsus is formed by five

tarsalia: while in the centre, between the distal row and the

tibiale and fibulare, is a centrale (c.), small as displayed on the under

surface, but probably of much larger size on the upper.

The tibiale, or astragalus, as displayed, is a fair-sized somewhat

pentagonal bone with the upper and outer angle sharp and pro-

duced. By its proximal and probably its inner face it articulates

with the tibia. On its outer face the little intermedium comes

between it and the fibulare, but it is probable that an articulation

between the two large elements takes place above and distally to

the intermedium. On the distal border of the tibiale lies the small

centrale. It is probable that the tibiale does not articulate with

any other element. As the tarsus is displayed in the specimen,

there appears to be no element between the Ist tarsale and the

tibiale, and one might infer that the tarsale had articulated with

the tibiale, and that these elements are slightly displaced ; but it

seems much more probable that what appears to be a very small

centrale is merely a projection, showing on the under side, from

a moderately large centrale which fits in between the 1st tarsale

and the tibiale, as does the navicular in mammals.

The intermedium (7.) is a very small element, at least so far as

displayed, fitting in between the tibiale and the fibulare, and

articulating with these two elements and with the fibula. It is

possible that the element may not be a true intermedium, but a

small sesamoid bone ; its being deeply implanted, however, between

the other tarsal elements, and its occupying the exact position

where an intermedium would be looked for, leads me to believe

that I have rightly interpreted it as that.

The fibulare is a large, elongated, four-sided element, nearly as

large as all the other tarsal elements together. Its proximal side,

by which it articulates with the fibula, is the shortest of the

four. The inner side, which is half as long again as the proximal,

articulates with the intermedium, the tibiale, and the centrale.

The distal end of the element, which is a little shorter than the

inner side, but much broader than the proximal end, articulates

with the fourth and fifth tarsalia and with the fifth metatarsal,

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 179

The centrale, as seen in the specimen, would appear to be a

small element fitted in between the tibiale, the fibulare, and the

third tarsale, but it seems probable that the dorsal view of the

tarsus would show it to be a much larger element. Thisis rendered

highly probable by the fact that there appears to be an unoccupied

gap between the first tarsale and the tibiale. This must either

have been occupied by the centrale or the 1st tarsale must have

articulated with the tibiale, and in the specimen has been displaced.

The positions occupied by the other tarsal elements lead me to

favour the former alternative.

The Ist tarsale (¢s. 1, Plate XVII. fig. 5)is a large element much

resembling a metatarsal in shape. Its proximal end is expanded,

and, assuming that it is in an undisturbed position in the specimen,

the outer side of this end articulates with the 2nd tarsale. The

proximal end must either articulate with the tibiale direct, or a

portion of the centrale was interposed.

The 2nd tarsale is a very small element, articulating laterally

with the lst and 3rd tarsalia, and most probably with the centrale

proximally. It gives support to the 2nd digit.

The 3rd tarsale is about twice as large as the 2nd. It articu-

lates with the 2nd and 4th tarsalia and with the centrale, and

gives support to the 3rd toe.

The 4th and 5th tarsalia (ts. 4,5) are so closely united that

there is some doubt as to whether the element present may not be

entirely the 4th tarsale. The element is a somewhat oval-shaped

bone with the distal side slightly concave. It fits in between the

fibulare and the 3rd tarsale, and possibly articulates with the

centrale. It gives support to the 3rd, 4th, and 5th metatarsals.

Near its outer end there is an indication of a transverse suture,

which seems to point to there being a small 5th tarsale closely

united to, if not anchylosed with, the 4th. In dealing, however,

with so small a structure, where the bones so closely resemble the

matrix in colour that it is difficult at times to decide what is bone

and what matrix, one cannot place much reliance on an indication

so minute.

The hallux has a short quadrangular metatarsal (mt. 1) and a

phalanx (ph.) almost exactly similar in shape and size, and a short

ungual phalanx less than twice the length of the 1st phalanx.

The 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th toes are so similar in all respects

that a description of any one would suit, with very slight modifica-

tions, any of the others. In all four the metatarsals are elongated

bones with rounded proximal ends, flattened distal ends, and with

their shafts constricted in the middle. The first phalanx in all

four toes is a quadrangular bone slightly longer than broad. In

the fourth toe the phalanx is somewhat stouter than in the others.

The second phalanx is a little shorter than the first, and very

similar in all four toes. The ungual or terminal phalanx has in

all five toes been provided with a short claw, only slightly curved.

Though the fore and hind limbs are fairly equal in length, the

pes is very much smaller than the manus. All the digits are much

180 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND {June 4,

more feeble, and the claws have been only about one-third the

size of those in the manus.

“ PLATYPODOSAURUS ROBUSTUS, Owen.”

In 1880 and 1881 Owen (8, 9) described in two papers parts of

the skeleton of a large Anomodont reptile to which he gave the

name of Platypodosaurus robustus. The remains comprised a

number of vertebra, a scapula, a humerus, the sternum, the greater

part of the pelvis with the sacrum, a portion of one femur, and

some phalanges. Unfortunately the head was missing. Owen

recognized a number of affinities between the bones and those of

Dicynodon, but was chiefly impressed by the many Mammal-like

characters displayed, and particularly by the striking resemblances

many of the bones showed to those corresponding in the Mono-

tremes; and he suggests that the Monotremes may be the de-

scendants of reptiles closely resembling Platypodosaurus.

Lydekker (7), in the ‘ British Museum Catalogue of Fossil

Reptiles,’ places Platypodosaurus among the Dicynodontia as a

doubtful species, and expresses his opinion that from the general

Dicynodont character of the specimens, the remains “ are referable

either to Udenodon or Eudothiodon.”

As nothing has hitherto been known for certain of any of the

bones of either Udenodon or Eudothiodon except the skull, no

advance beyond Lydekker’s position has been possible. Now,

however, that the limb-bones of at least two species of Udenodon

are known, it is possible to come nearer a solution of the Platypo-

dosaurus-problem.

The chief distinctive features of the Platypodosaurus specimens

are the great development in the humerus of the delto-pectoral

crest which forms a downward projection, and the presence of a

marked tricipital prominence. In Udenodon gracilis both of these

characters are found, and the general proportions of the humerus

are strikingly similar to those in Platypodosaurus. The sternum

of Platypodosaurus does not differ greatly from that of Udenodon

baint. The scapula agrees so closely with that of U. baini that

had that of the latter been found alone it would almost certainly

have been referred to a young specimen of Platypodosaurus.

The femur of Platypodosaurus, so far as is known, differs somewhat

from that of U. gracilis, especially in the greater development

of the great trochanter, and in the less development of the small

trochanter; but it agrees closely with the femur of JU. haini.

The pelvis of the larger anomodont, so far as it is preserved,

agrees very closely with that of U. gracilis in its general

proportions, and, if allowance be made for imperfections, probably

also in its contours. The vertebre differ very considerably

from those of U. baini which I have figured. This is probably

due to their belonging to different regions of the column in the

two species.

From the close agreement between the bones of Platypodosaurus

and those of Udenodon gracilis and U. baini, there seems to be

1901.) AFFINITINS OF UDENODON. 181

very little doubt that the Platypodosaurus robustus remains are the

bones of a large species of Udenodon. The large skull figured by

Owen (2) as Udenodon magnus bears almost the same proportion to

the limb-bones of “ Platypodosaurus robustus” that the skull of

Udenodon gracilis does to its limb-bones. It seems, therefore, very

probable that the bones described as Platypodosaurus robustus are

parts of the post-cranial skeleton of Udenodon magnus, Owen.

Lydekker (7), in his British Museum Catalogue, holds that

Udenodon magnus is a synonym of Udenodon prognathus Owen.

It is impossible for one away from the original specimens to offer

an opinion on the subject, and though the figures seem to show

a number of distinctive characters, Lydekker’s work among the

Anomodonts has been so carefully and conscientiously done, that

any opinion expressed by him must always carry very great

weight.

AFFINITINS OF UDENODON.

The genus most nearly allied to Udenodon is Dicynodon; in

fact so great is the resemblance between the two genera that it

has been suggested that Udenodon was the female of Dicynodon.,

The discovery of the limb-bones shows that the two genera are

distinct though very closely related ; and there seems to be very

little doubt that Udenodon is merely a slightly modified Dicynodon

in which the tusks have ceased to develop.

When the bones of Udenodon or Dicynodon are compared with

those of other Vertebrates, we find that the group has many marked

affinities with the Theriodonts and the Mammals ; some affinities,

but less marked, with the primitive reptilian types such as Paria-

saurus, and even with the Rhynchocephalians, Plesiosaurs, and

Chelonians; but that the relationships with the more highly

specialized reptiles, such as the Crocodiles, Dinosaurs, and Ptero-

dactyles, are rather remote.

In Udenodon the anterior half of the skull i is so greatly modified

in connection with the toothless beak that the affinities are

masked. There is little doubt, however, that the beak is derived

from that of a Theriodont type, intermediate stages being found in

Cryptocynodon and Dicynodon.

In the structure of the posterior part of the skull Udenodon

agrees closely with the Theriodonts and Mammals; and differs

markedly from all the regular Reptilian types.

In the majority of typical reptiles the temporal region of the

skull is protected by two bony arches—a supra-lateral arch formed

by the postfrontal or postorbital and the squamosal or supra-

temporal, and an infra-lateral formed by the jugal and quadrato-

jugal. This arrangement, or a modification of it, occurs in the

Rhynchocephalians, Pelycosaurians, Crocodilians, Dinosaurs, and

other groups. The more primitive lizards differ in having lost

the lower arch. In the Dicynodonts, as in the Theriodonts and

Mammals, there is but a single arch formed by the jugal and

squamosal ; and some difference of opinion has been held as to

182 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

whether this single arch is the homologue of the upper or of the

lower arch in the typical reptiles. As, however, the single arch in

the Dicynodonts differs in structure from either of the normal rep-

tilian arches, and as it is moderately certain that the reptiles with

the two arches have been derived from the ancestral forms which

had the temporal region completely roofed, by quite a different

line from that by which the Dicynodonts have arisen, the single

arch in the latter cannot be regarded as homologous with either

of the arches in the more typical reptile. In the branch which

gave rise to the majority of Reptilian orders the temporal roof

became transformed on either side into a couple of arches by

an upper fenestra formed between the parietal, squamosal,

postorbital, and postfrontal, and a lower fenestra between the

jugal, quadrato-jugal, supratemporal’, and postorbital. In the

other great Reptilian branch which gave rise to the Anomodonts,

Theriodonts, and Mammals, a single fenestra only has been formed

in the temporal roof, corresponding to the upper fenestra of the

branch from which the Rhynchocephalians and allied forms have

sprung. After the formation of the fenestra, or possibly before,

the skull in the anomodont line became much simplified by the

reduction and loss of a number of elements and the corresponding

increase in size of others. The squamosal increased apparently

early iv relative size, and with its increase the supratemporal and

the quadrato-jugal became first reduced and then lost. In a

number of different lines of descent we find a similar process

has gone on. Thus, in Sphenodon the squamosal by its increase

has led to the complete loss of the supratemporal and the great

reduction of the quadrato-jugal; in Aétosaurus the increased de-

velopment of the squamosal has led to the loss of both the supra-

temporal and the quadrato-jugal ; and in the Plesiosauria, which

are possibly an offshoot from the Anomodont stem, we find a very

large squamosal with complete loss of the supratemporal and.

quadrato-jugal. The temporal region of Udenodon only differs

from that in the Plesiosaur in that, whereas the latter has both a

postfrontal and a postorbital, one of those elements is Jost in

the former; in my opinion it is the postorbital which is lost in

the Anomodont.

The only essential difference between the structure of the

postero-lateral region of the skull in the Mammals and that in

the Anomodonts and Theriodonts is that the mammalian skull

has become further simplified by the loss of the postfrontal and

the almost complete loss of the quadrate. A number of years ago

I advanced (10) the view that the reptilian quadrate had its

* Concerning the two bones found in the upper and posterior temporal

region, opinions have differed as to which is to be regarded as the squamosal

and which supratemporal. The opinion to which I have been led is that it is

invariably the upper and inner which is the squamosal—an opinion which

agrees with that of Baur, but differs from that of most British authorities,

including Parker. When only the one element is found it appears to be

always the squamosal.

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 183

homologue in the mammal in the interarticular cartilage of the

lower jaw. If recent advances in paleontology have not fully

confirmed this view, they have at least shown that practically all

the alternative theories are untenable.

In the higher Theriodonis, e.g. Cynegnathus, the zygomatic

arch, though composed of the same elements as in Udenodon,

differs very greatly in the relative proportions of the parts; but

in the lower Theriodonts, i.e. Ictidosuchus (11), the zygomatic

arch bears much resemblance to that in the Anomodonts.

The palate in Dicynodon and Udenodon differs considerably from

the normal reptilian type, and agrees essentially with that in the

Theriodonts and Mammals.

All known Reptiles have palates more or less modified from a

primitive type such as is found in Pariotichus or Procolophon, and

which consists of the following elements :—an anterior pair of

bones which meet in the middle line, and which are usually

regarded as “vomers”; a pair of large pterygoids, which have

each a posterior and outer branch to the quadrate, an outer and

anterior branch joining the transpalatine, and an anterior and

inner branch which usually meets the so-called ‘‘ vomer”™; a pair

of palatines lying on the outer side of the anterior and inner

branches of the pterygoids; a pair of transpalatines; and a

median element passing forwards from the basisphenoid between

the two pterygoids, and usually referred toas the “‘ parasphenoid.”

This arrangement we find with only slight moditications in all

the early groups, including types so dissimilar as Puarciasaurus,

Procolophon, Ichthyoswurus, Plesiosaurus, Dimetrodon, and Sphe-

nodon.

The palates of the Theriodonts and Anomodonts are very con-.

siderably modified derivatives of the same type. Untortunately

in none of the primitive Theriodonts is the palate at all well

known. We know, however, that a secondary palate was not

formed in either Gorgonops or Ictidosuchus, nor apparently in

Alurosaurus. In Udenodon we have an imperfect secondary

palate, and in the higher Theriodonts a secondary palate as well-

developed as that in mammals, and essentially similar to that in

mammals. As the general structure of the skeleton of Udenodon

is essentially Theriodont, and as the palate only differs from that

of the typical 'Theriodont in the specialization of the beak and in

the secondary palate being imperfect, one is justified in concluding

that the Anomodonts are a specialized offshoot from the earlier

Theriodonts. In the evolution of the Theriodont palate from the

primitive Reptilian type, the changes which have taken place

appear to have been the following :—The anterior and internal

branch of the pterygoid has become greatly reduced and finally

lost, and its place and function to a large extent has been taken

up by a great increase in theso-called “ parasphenoid ” ; while the

anterior and outer branch has become more developed, and with

its increase the palatine has come to lie rather internal than

external to the pterygoid. With the development of a secondary

184 DR, R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [ June 4,

palate the anterior paired element—the so-called ‘ vomer ”—being

no longer required as a bony floor for the nasal cartilages, has become

reduced, and is only retained to give support to the cartilages of

Jacobson’s organ. This is the condition we find in Gomphognathus

(12). The “parasphenoid,” having now a new function—that

of forming a support for the secondary palate—becomes greatly

developed as a median plate, which is unquestionably the homo-

logue of the mammalian vomer. From this it follows that the

element called Parasphenoid in the Reptiles generally ought to be

called the Vomer; while the anterior paired element, usually

regarded as the “vomer,” but which is the homologue of the

dumbbell-shaped bone in Ornithorhynchus, may be called the

“anterior vomer,” or by the name I have elsewhere (13) proposed

for convenience, the Prevomer.

In Udenodon the true vomer is greatly developed, but the

anterior vomer or prevomer is lost—no doubt owing to the great

palatal development of the premaxillary. The vomer in the

Anomodonts agrees with the mammalian vomer even more closely

than does the vomer in the higher Theriodonts.

In the Chelonians, probably as the result of a parallel develop-

ment, the palate bears considerable resemblance to that in the

Anomodonts, and it even appears that the median vomer is a true

vomer, as in Dicynodon and its allies.

The lower jaw of Udenodon differs greatly in appearance from

that in the Theriodonts, owing to its being toothless and to the

absence of a well-developed coronoid process. As the elements

are apparently the same, the difference is probably due largely to a

degeneration in the Anomodont jaw, similar to that which has

taken place in the toothless mandibles of such mammals as

Echidna or the Whales.

The vertebrie appear to be essentially similar in structure in the

Anomodont and in the Theriodont ; but in the Anomodont the

type is somewhat more primitive, in that the ribs of the lower

trunk .vertebree are not specialized as they are in the higher

Theriodont at least.

The shoulder-girdle in Udenodon belongs to the type which is

found to persist with little variation from the lower forms such as

Parevasaurus up to the Monotremes. The cartilaginous elements

consist of a scapula, a coracoid, and a distinct precoracoid, while

the membrane-bone elements are a clavicle, a supra-clavicle or

cleithrum, and a median interclavicle. In the Anomodonts the

coracoid and the precoracoid are extremely like those in the

Theriodonts, both the higher and the lower ; but, curiously enough,

the scapula agrees with that in the higher Theriodonts such

as Cynognathus, and differs from that in the lower Therio-

donts, e. g. Ictidosuchus, in having a moderately well-developed

acromion.

The humerus closely resembles that in the Theriodonts, but

whereas in the latter, as in the typical terrestrial mammals, the

humerus is elongated, in the Anomodonts, as in the Monotremes,

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. » 185

the humerus is short and broad. As pointed out by Owen in

Platypodosaurus, the humerus bears a most remarkable resemblance

to that in Echidna. There is little doubt, however, that the

humeri in both the Monotremes and the Anomodonts have been

derived by a parallel development from the more elongated

Theriodont type.

The radius and ulna closely resemble these bones in both the

Theriodonts and in the Mammals. The ulna is remarkable by its

having a very well-developed olecranon, somewhat resembling that

which Seeley has shown to occur in Theriodesmus, but developed

to a much greater extent.

The carpus is strikingly like that of both the Theriodont and

the Mammal. In Theriodesmus it is moderately certain that there

are four bones in the proximal row as shown by von Bardeleben

(14), and not three as according to Seeley’s restoration (15).

From the condition found in Udenodon it will be seen that

Seeley’s objection to placing four bones in the proximal row is of

no weight. Bardeleben figures two centralia, but as these two

are figured by Seeley as a single bone, there must still remain

some doubt as to whether Theriodesmus has one or two centralia.

The carpus of Vheriodesmus resembles that of Udenodon in the

small size of the 2nd carpale, but differs. in the apparent absence

of the 5th carpale. Theriodesmus further differs from Udenodon

in having a small prepollex. In the structure of its carpus

Udenodon seems to be more primitive than the Theriodont, and

shows affinities with a number of the earlier reptilian types. In

Sphenodon the carpus is very similar, but differs in having two

centralia. The carpus of Lacerta as figured by Wiedersheim is

almost similar to that of Udenodon, only differing slightly in the

relative size of one or two of the elements. In Proterosaurus

the carpus is again formed on the same type, though apparently

with the absence of the pisiform; and in the Chelonians we have

another slight modification of type.

In many mammals we find the carpus very closely agreeing

with that of Udenodon, but with the 5th carpale invariably lost.

It is remarkable that in the lowest mammalian orders—the

Monotremata, the Marsupialia, and the Edentata—the os centrale

is absent. It is, however, retained in many Rodents, most

Insectivores, the Seals, in the Hyrax, and in the Primates. Even

in Man in early feetal life a distinct central element can be

seen,

The manus agrees with that of the mammal, not only in the

number of digits, but in the number of phalanges in each.

The pelvis belongs to that type with expanded ilium and small

obturator foramen, which can be seen as far back as Hryops

among the Labyrinthodonts, and which is still found in the

mammals of to-day. As in the Pariasaurians, the ilium lies

mainly in front of the acetabulum, and the ischium and pubis are

well developed. The obturator foramen, however, is considerably

larger than in these primitive forms. In Cynognathus the ilium ,

i sae

Tae :

7 mn el

186 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE AND [June 4,

is even more greatly expanded antero-posteriorly than in Udeno-

don, and the ischium is produced backwards to a greater extent,

while the obturator foramen is considerably larger. The pelves in

the two forms are, however, manifestly closely related, though the

Theriodont pelvis comes nearer to the Mammalian type than does

the Anomodont; while the latter retains more of the primitive

characters.

The femur does not greatly resemble the femora of those few

Theriodonts in which that bone is known. It shows hardly any

of the remarkable features of the femur of Jctidosuchus. There

is, however, a distinct depression immediately inside the great

trochanter corresponding to the deep pit in the femur of that

early Theriodont. It is probable, however, that in many Therio-

donts the femur was as little specialized as in Udenodon. In

Cynodraco the distal end of the femur is fairly like that in the

Anomodont. On thewhole it must be admitted that the Anomodont

femur resembles the Mammalian type more than that of any other

known Reptilian group.

The fibula agrees with that in the Monotremes and Marsupials,

in having the upper end expanded and passing beyond the head

of the tibia. A similar condition is seen in Avristodesmus.

The tarsus is especially interesting, in that while it shows close

affinities with the primitive types, it also foreshadows the tarsus

of the mammal. Assuming that my interpretation of the

elements is correct, the tarsus would show some resemblance to

that in the Pelycosauria, where, according to Cope (16), a distinct

intermedium and centrale are present. In the large majority of

Reptiles the intermedium and the centrale become early united

with the tibiale. In the mammal it would appear that the astra-

gulus is the tibiale, the caleaneum the fibulare, the navicular the

centrale, and that the intermedium is missing. The condition of the

elements in Udenodon would seem to favour this view. By Gegen-

baur, Flower, and others the mammalian astragalus has been held

to represent the united tibiale and intermedium ; while according

to Emery the astragalus represents a fusion of the intermedium

and a paracentrale. When, in any form, a single cartilage or bone

occupies the situation held by two elements in an ancestral type,

many morphologists incline to regard the single element as morpho-

logically equivalent to the two; but in the very large majority of

cases there is good reason to believe that the single element is

only functionally equivalent to the two, and that it is the homo-

logue of only one, the other being completely lost. Thus, if we

compare the human carpus with that of the Baboon, we might

readily conclude that the scaphoid or radiale in Man was equivalent

to the small scaphoid and centrale together of the lower form;

but we know from development that a rudiment of the centrale

is present and quite distinct in man in early foetal life, and that

as development advances it completely disappears. Very many

similar instances might readily be given. Of course this rule does

1901.] AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 187

not apply to those cases where two elements distinct in early life

coalesce or anchylose as development advances, but it appears to

apply to membrane-bones as well as cartilage.

In Udenodon the small size of the intermedium seems to

indicate that it is on the point of disappearing, and in mammals

it is apparently quite lost. The centrale, though as displayed it

is small, occupies the position of the navicular in the mammal,

which has generally been regarded as the centrale of the

tarsus.

The digits and the phalanges agree in number with those of the

Mammalia.

CoNCLUSION.

From the structure of the skull and other parts of the skeleton,

Udenodon is very manifestly closely related to both the Theriodonts

and to the Mammals, and though the higher Theriodonts are too

specialized to have been the ancestors of the Anomodonts, the

lower Theriodonts may very well have been the ancestors not only

of the Anomodonts but of the Mammals. The lower Theriodonts

may have sprung from forms allied to Pareiasawrus with the

temporal region completely roofed; and it seems probable that

the bones forming the temporal roof have been reduced in number

before the first formation of the fenestra. From the same lne by

which the Theriodonts have arisen, it is probable that the Plesio-

saurs have sprung as an offshoot arising early and becoming

greatly specialized, and it is also possible that the Chelonians have

branched off from near the same point.

All the other reptilian groups appear to have arisen by a different

branch or branches from the primitive forms. From forms with

the temporal region completely roofed as in Pariotichus, it is

probable that a group arose with the roof fenestrated at first in

the supralateral region, and then later in the infralateral region

as well, and giving rise toa group of which Palcohatteria may

be regarded as the type. From this group it is highly probable

that the Pelycosauria have arisen by one branch, the Crocodilia

by another, the Dinosauria, and probably the Ornithosauria, by a

third ; while a fourth branch has given rise to the Rhyncho-

cephalia and the Squamata. The Ichthyosauria appear to have

either sprung directly from the primitive group, or to have

branched off very early from the Paleohatteria stem. All the

orders along this main branch have the palate directly derived

from a Sphenodon-like type, and in most instances the modification

from the type is slight.

What appear to be the mutual relationships of the principal

Orders are best seen when an endeavour is made to arrange them

phylogenetically, thus :—

ps me “erpeidnsavyy

“snyouhiy soy peo

vat

‘SOMOAQOUOP, OAIQLUILA

mapeen

é Leg

_ Snyrvuboyduop

JZ COBEN ORT

“SMOPOMOY,T, OAtj uate “RIANVSOLSOT

“(a) Eig ea -

“BLUNnBsoLY}YOT

SoA .

“BLINVSOUL(T

“BITIPOIOAG —

“wydaomouoyysg y

“BIT teow! *RLINVSOYIUIO, —

“enmusood og

“wrpiydg———

“wrpeqdaooqou<qy——

‘vLinvsouwsoig

*BLINes0}9V

‘(¢ adog ‘wmveso]409 =) AopAO pozipeseued earqiemitg

1901.) AFFINITIES OF UDENODON. 189

13.

14.

15.

16.

List oF PAPERS REFERRED TO.

Spetny, H. G.—‘ On associated Bones of a small Anomodont

Reptile, Ketrognathus cordylus (Seeley).” Phil. Trans. vol.

179 B. (1888), p. 487.

. Owen, R.—‘ Catalogue of Fossil Reptiliarof 8S. Africa.’

1876.

. Corn, E. D.—“ On the Homologues of some of the Cranial

Bones of the Reptilia, and on the systematic arrangement

of the Class.” Proc. Amer. Assoc. for Ady. of Sci. 1870.

. Huxsuny, T. H.—“ On some Amphibian and Reptilian Remains

from §. Africa and Australia.” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol, xv. 1859.

. Snecny, H. G.—‘* Researches on the Structure, Organization,

and Classification of the Fossil Reptilia —VI. On the

Anomodont Reptilia and their Allies.” Phil. Trans. vol.

180 B. (1889), p. 215.

. Broom, R.—* On the Structure of the Palate in Dicynodon

and its Allies.” Trans. 8. African Phil. Soe. vol. xi. part iii.

1901.

. Lypexxer, R.— Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and

Amphibia in the British Museum,” Part IV. 1890.

. Ownn, R.—“ Description of parts of the Skeleton of an

Anomodont Reptile (Platypodosaurus robustus Ow.) from

the Trias of Graaff Reinet, S. Africa.” Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. 1880.

. Ownn, R.—“ Description of parts of the Skeleton of an

Anomodont Reptile (Platypodosaurus robustus Ow.).

Part I. The Pelvis.” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1881.

. Broom, R.—‘‘ On the fate of the Quadrate in Mammals.”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1890.

. Broom, R.—* On Ictidosuchus primevus.” Trans. 8. Afr. Phil.

Soc. vol. xi. part ii. 1901.

. Broom, R.—* On the occurrence of an apparently distinct

Prevomer in Gomphognathus.” Journ. Anat. & Phys.

vol. xxxi. 1897.

Broom, R.—‘ On the Homology of the Palatine Process of

the Mammalian Premaxillary.” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.

1895.

BaRDELEBEN, K.—‘‘ On the Prepollex and Prwhallux, with

observations on the Carpus of Vheriodesmus phylarchus.”

P.Z.S. 1899, p. 259.

SeeLby, H. G.—*‘ Researches.—III. On the parts of the

Skeleton of a Mammal from Triassic rocks of Klipfontein,

S. Africa.” Phil. Trans, vol. 179 B, (1888), p. 141.

Corn, E. D.—* The relations between the Theromorphous

Reptiles and the Monotreme Mammalia.” Proc. Amer,

Assoc. for Ady. Sci. vol. xxxiii. p. 471 (1885),

190 MR. F. B. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XVI.

Fig. 1. Skeleton of a small (denodon, presumably U. gracilis. The parts in

outline are from the remains on the counter slab. X 5.

« Prate XVII.

Fig. 2. Upper view of skull of Udenodon gracilis. Nat. size.

3. Side view of skull of Udenodon gracilis. Nat. size.

4. Vertebra (probably lower thoracic) of Udenodon bainii. Nat. size.

5. Posterior view of right hind-limb of Udenodon gracilis. Nat. size.

6. Inner view of pelvic bones of right side of Udenodon gracilis. Nat.

size.

Prate XVIII.

Fig. 7. Posterior or under side of right arm-bones of Udenodon gracilis.

Nat. size.

8. Right clavicle of Udenodon gracilis. Nat. size.

9. Sternum of Anomodont—believed to be Udenodon buini. Nat. size.

10, Right shoulder-girdle of Udenodon baini. Nat. size.

11. Right coracoid and precoracoid of Udenodon haini, from within.

Nat. size.

REFERENCE LETTERS.

n., anterior nares,

nd., nasal bone.

ol., olecranon process.

ac., acetabulum.

acr., acromion process. |

c., centrale.

c.d., deltoid ridge. pb., pubis.

c.e., external condyle. | ph., phalanges.

cl., clavicle. pt., pisiform.

co., coracoid. p.co., precoracoid.

j., femur. ra., radiale.

Sb., fibula. rd., radius.

ji, fibulare. rf., frontal ridge.

Jm., femur. r.p.f., postfrontal ridge.

fo., precoracoid foramen. he eek ‘

f.ob., obturatur foramen. Sp., neural spine.

gl., glenoid facet. th., tibia.

hu., Wumerus. tl., tibiale.

z., intermedium. tr., transverse process.

i, ilium. ts., tarsalia (1 & 4-5).

is., ischium. w., ulna.

mt., metatarsals. | un., ulnare.

4, On some Species of Earthworms of the Genus Benhamia

from Tropical Africa. By Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S. &e.

[Received May 20, 1901.]

(Text-figures 12-19.)

The genus Benhamia was originally instituted by Dr. Michaelsen*

and withdrawn from Acanthodrilus, in which it had been formerly

included. Quite recently * the same authority has proposed to drop

this generic name, and has placed the species which belong to it in

» JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst. vi. p. 6.

* Oligochzta in ‘ Das Tierreich,’ 1900, p. 334.

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 191

the genus Dichogaster (originally instituted by myself *), which has

priority. This genus Dichogaster was also extended so as to include

Meerodrilus, Millsonia, and Balanta. The extended genus will

contain therefore at the present moment no less than 70 species.

If it can be avoided, it appears to me to be undesirable to divide

families into such large genera. I do not for a moment deny that

the difference between the several types, which were distinct

enough at the time of their creation as genera, are through further

discovery rendered small. Nevertheless it appears to me to be

still possible to retain the genus Benhamia (which perhaps must

include TVrigaster) for those Acanthodrilid worms in which the

male pores are quite independent at their orifice from the spéermi-

ducal glands, and which in all cases (save only in Benhamia viridis)

open on to a segment (the xviith) lying between those upon

which open the two pairs of spermiducal glands. But B. viridis

is not exceptional in the fact that the sperm-ducts are quite

independent at their orifice of the spermiducal glands. Benhamia

is, at least mainly, an African genus—tropical African. Some

38 species are confined to that continent, and two others have been

found in the Malay Archipelago as well, while a third has been met

with in many parts of the world. Four are, so far as we know at

present, confined to the Oriental region, while 9 (exclusive of the

species of the genus 7’rigaster) are Central-American and West-

Indian. It is held, and as I think rightly held, by Michaelsen

that the real home of the genus is tropical Africa, and that

there is a great possibility that the species not found within

that area have been accidentally transferred. As to the ease

with which this may have occurred there is plenty of evidence

which I need not recapitulate here. here are, as it appears

to me, two strong pieces of evidence in favour of the view that

it has occurred in the case of this particular genus, which are

these :—firstly, three species are common to Africa and to some

other part or parts of the globe ; secondly, the species of the genus

Benhamia of Western Africa are different from those of Central

and Eastern Africa. Now migration across the continent must

surely be an easier matter than migration so far as the Malay

archipelago ; we thus are forced to conclude that if so trifling a

barrier, comparatively speaking, as the breadth of equatorial Africa

has prevented the intermingling of western and eastern species,

the enormous tracts of land and sea which intervene between

Benhamnia bolaui in Africa and the same species in other parts of

the world must have been traversed by some other means than

unaided effort.

(1) Benhamia moorii, n. sp.

Mr. Moore has very kindly placed in my hands two specimens

of earthworms collected by him in Africa. One of these is well

preserved, and isa large and, as I believe, new species of Benhamia.

* Quart, Journ, Mier, Sci. xxix. p. 251,

192 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS (June 4,

The worm was found upon the Kurungu mountains north of Lake

Kivu.

This Benhamia is of a leaden colour with a distinct tinge of pink.

It is also, on account of its darkly pigmented body, beautifully

iridescent. It measures some 280 mm. in length, and is thus one

of the larger species of the genus; the extreme diameter (behind

the clitellum) is 15mm. ; it is thus astoutly built worm. Towards

both ends of the body it tapers somewhat. As will be seen from

the drawing exhibited (text-fig. 12), many of the preclitellar segments

are biannulate. The prostomium is quite small and entirely re-

tracted within the buccal cavity. It is continued back by a slender

prolongation a short distance over the buccal segment. The dorsal

pores of this worm are apparently rather remarkable in one matter.

They commence between segments v./vi., as in many species of

the genus. Four plainly obvious pores follow the first one, which

is not so pronounced as they are. Then there is a gap where two

. pores ought to be. It might be imagined that this gap was appa-

rent and not real, due simply to the greater contraction of the body

at this part. On dissection, however, the pores were exceedingly

plain. And I observed that on the border-line of the three seg-

ments, where the dorsal pores were apparently absent, the longi-

tudinal muscle which acts as an expansor muscle of the pore was

carried right across the place where the pore should be, instead of

ending at its margin as is the case when the pore is present. There

seems to be thus no doubt as to the real absence of these pores

from the segments mentioned, a curious circumstance which I do

not recollect having seen referred to in any other species. Between

segments xii./xiii. the pores recommence and continue in an un-

broken line to the very end of the body. On the clitelluma median

groove partly obliterates the actual pores; it runs from pore to pore

and on the anterior part of the clitellum is continuous for some

distance ; there are traces of it also elswhere upon the clitellum.

It is not a furrowing of the integument, but a slight folding which

may of course be due to contraction ; and yet thisis not certain,

since it is the ventral side of this worm which was most contracted,

a circumstance which ought to have resulted in a tauter condition

of the opposite side of the body.

The sete, as is universal in this genus, are strictly paired, and lie

entirely upon the ventral surface of the body.

The clitellum is fairly extensive. It begins with the xiiith and

ends with the xxilird segment, thus occupying eleven segments.

The middle region of the clitellum, including segments xiv.—xxi.,

is more compacted, owing to a reduction in the depth of the inter-

segmental furrows. The ventral surface of a considerable portion

of this is deeply depressed, as in other species of Benhamia, and thus

forms a sucker-like structure, extending from about the fifteenth to

the twentieth segment. This area surrounds of course the male

pores. The arrangement of these will be apparent from an inspec-

tion of the drawing exhibited (text-fig. 12), The species shows no

great differences from the conditions which have been observed

a ss.

1901.) OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 193

Text-fig. 12.

Ventral view of the anterior segments of Benhamia moorei. xX 4.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vor. Il. No, XIN). 13

194 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

and described in other species of Benhamia. The four pores of the

spermiducal glands lie as usual upon the xviith and xixth segments.

Their position corresponds to that of the ventralmost sete ; from

each protrudes a single penial seta, whose structure will be dealt

with immediately in connection with that of the male efferent

apparatus. A nearly circular fold of integument surrounds each

pore, and is continuous with a fold which demarcates a groove

putting the two pores of each side of the body into communication.

This seminal gutter has a curvature which is not usual in the

venus. As arule it is absolutely straight, or, if curved, the con-

vexity of the curve is to the outside. In the present species the

curvature is, as may be seen in the figure, in the reverse direction,

the concavity of the curve being directed outwards. Betw een the

two gutters the integument is traversed by a regular series of

grooves which subdivide its surface as I have shown (text-fig. 12).

I presume that the orifices of the sperm-ducts lie in the groove on

each side of the body. But the groove was so deep that I was

unable to detect them. Moreover [ am unable to assert definitely

whether or not the ventral pair of sete are present upon the xviiith

segment. It was thought for a time that the absence of these

sete was distinctive of the genus Benhamia (sensu stricto); but, as

Michaelsen has found that this is not always the case, the character

must be dropped: still it remains true that in the majority of

species which have been carefully examined these sete are really

absent. On the clitellum generally of this worm, large though it

is, the sete are not at all conspicuous. Just behind each of the

anterior penia] setee and just before each of the posterior penial sete

there is, to the side, an isolated and smallish tract of integument

which I regard as a genital papilla. The two pairs of genital

papillae would thus appear to be situated on the border lines of

segments xvii./xvili. and xviii./xix. Although the appearance of

the integument which ferms these structures does not differ

markedly from the appearance of the surrounding integument, yet

the groove which surrounds them seems to mark them out as some-

thing distinct; and they are,as I think, to be looked upon as

genital papille, which are sometimes, though not very generally,

present in the species of this genus. I could not find either the

pores of the oviducts or those of the spermathecre. As to the

latter, a dissection assured me that they are ventral in position and

correspond fairly closely to the position of the pores of the spermi-

ducal glands.

Internal Anatomy.

When the worm was cut open, the relative thickness of various

regions of the integument was found to vary considerably,

Anteriorly to the clitellum the body-wall was much thinner than in

the clitellar region and bebind it I may remark that a difference

of colour distinguished the two layers of the clitellar epithelium.

Intersegmental Septa.—The considerable deficiency of septa in the

anterior region of the body may perhaps account for the thinness

1901. |] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA, 195

of the integument already referred to. It is very unusual to find

so few—and those such thin—septa dividing the anterior segments.

Their arrangement, moreover, is very puzzling when taken in re-

lation with the external segmentation and with the location of

organs internally. The first recognizable septum is fairly thick

and separates segments v. and vi. Its insertion on the body-wall

corresponds quite accurately to the external furrow separating

those segments. There is then an apparent gap of considerable

extent in which there are no septa at all, though the cesophagus

and the gizzards are bound to the parietes byafew muscular threads.

The next actual septum is very thin; it is mserted behind the last

of the two gizzards on to the alimentary canal, but to the body-

wall at about the middle of ihe ixth segment, as mapped by the

dorsal pores which are quite conspicuous from the inside of the

body. It might therefore be held that the few muscular strands,

already referred to, represented the otherwise missing septa vi./Vii.

and vii./vili., and perhaps viil./ix. Obvious though this determi-

nation seems on a dissection, it is apparently not correct. If we

count the septa from a fixed point such as the segment lodging,

and containing the external orifice of, the anterior spermiducal

gland, we find that up to as far forwards as the xivth segment

there is a correspondence between the insertion of the septa and

the segments which they demarcate. Between the septum which

defines the fifteenth segment anteriorly and the second recogniz-

able septum just described, [ find six septa crowded together. It

seems to follow therefore that that septum, in spite of the place of

its attachment to the body-wall, is really septum vii./viii. and that

the only. really missing septum is vi./vil.

As this latter septum would if present lie between the two

gizzards, it is not surprising to find it absent, a state of affairs which

is very characteristic of the gizzard seaments of Pericheta (syn.

Amyntas and Pheretima).

None of the septa as already mentioned are particularly thick ;

those dividing segments xii./xvii. are the most developed.

Alimentary Canal.—The pharyne occupies the first five segments

of the body. The two gizzards are separated by a very short tract

of thin-walled esophagus. The anterior of the two gizzards is

really preceded by a third rather rudimentary gizzard, for the walls

of the end of the cesophagus are nearly as thick as those of

the gizzard and are divided from it by a brief thin-walled region.

From what has been said with regard to the septa of this part of

the body, it should be clear that the two fully developed gizzards

lie in segments vi. and vii., a quite reasonable determination of

their situation. Segments v. and vi., however, are more usually

oceupied by the gizzards in this genus. The calciferous glands are

in segments xv., xvi., and xvii. The first pair differ from the rest in

being whiter in colour, Each gland is somewhat kidney-shaped

but with a number of transverse depressions dividing it into lobules.

The glands open separately into the cesophagus, by wide and easily

visible ducts,

18”

196 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

Generative organs.—The testes I did not detect. The ovaries were

very small, though easily recognizable in their usual segment

(the xiiith). There are two pairs of funnels, which seem at first

sight to be situated farther forward than is the rule; they lie in

fact beneath, and are quite concealed by, the large gizzards. The

shifting of the septa, however, already referred to, accounts for

this appearance ; and I have little doubt but that the f unnels lie in

segments x. and xi. They are large, much folded, and of an opaque

white colour as is usual with the funnels of the terrestrial Oligo-

cheta. The sperm-sacs are apparently but slightly developed, that

is if 1 am right in my identification of these structures. In

segment xii. and attached just behind the posterior pair of funnels

to the septum near to the ventral body-wall, is a pair of small

pear-shaped bodies which I took at first for testes, so small are

they, and of so unusual a form for sperm-sacs. Nevertheless I

imagine that they must be sperm-sacs, though I could make out

nothing decisive in their structure when teased in glycerine. A

second pair of apparently similar sacs lie above them and protrude

into their segment through an obviously natural foramen in the

septum. A series of sections enable me to state definitely that

these are sperm-sacs. The spermiducal glands are large and much

coiled, so that they occupy only two or three segments. They

appear, however, above the gut in thisregion. The muscular duct

in which they end is thinnish and of some extent.

This Benhamia has the usual two pairs of spermathece, which are

large and completely hidden by the gizzards; their external orifices

are, however, between segments vii./viil. and vili./ix. Each sac

(text-fig. 13, p.197) consists of a thin-walled receptacle of somewhat

irregular form owing to its being not very full of secreted matter,

and to unequal pressure by the other viscera in the preserved worm.

Leading from this pouch is the thick-walled and more muscular

duct, which is quite of equal length to the pouch. Attached to

the duct nearer to its external opening than to the pouch is a single

diverticulum, which is composed of a rosette of flattened seminal

chambers which are chalk-white from the enclosed semen.

Penial Sete.—It is rather extraordinary that the very fragile

penial sete were absolutely intact. Protruding from each of the

four spermiducal gland-apertures was a single long penial seta

of a brown horn-colour, and some four or five millimetres long.

That they were protected by the deep depression in which the

male orifices lie is possibly the cause of their preservation ; for I

found them very brittle. These four sete stand up perfectly

straight without a bend, except at the very tip, which is hooked.

It is a curious fact that they were symmetrically disposed ; each

pair stood as it were back to-back, with the hooks directed outward.

I do not think that this regularity in the position of the penial

sete has been commented upon before.

The appearance of these sete under the microscope (see text-

fig. 16, p. 205) is characteristic. Very nearly the whole of that

part of the seta which is exposed at the surface of the body is marked

1901.] OF 1HE GENUS BENHAMIA. 197

by complete rings of a different texture, or at least appearance, to

the interspaces. It can be readily seen that these rings are not

superficial markings upon the seta, as they have been—perhaps

wrongly—stated to be in the case of similar seta in other worms.

They are, as was correctly stated by Michaelsen in another species

of earthworm, caused by some differentiation of the material of the

Text-fig. 15.

Spermatheca of Benhamia moorei. X 3.

seta below the outermost layer. Towards the hooked end of the seta

these rings get to be closer together and at the same time of less

diameter. In addition to these markings the extremity of the seta

is pitted—this time quite superficially—with minute excavations.

The tip is strongly hooked, and before this the seta regularly but

rapidly decreases in calibre, not suddenly as Michaelsen has figured

and described in Benhamia itiolensis.

Spermatophore.—I found a spermatophore in this species ; but I

do not give a full account of it, and as the existence of spermato-

phores in this genus is not my discovery, I do not give a special

section to an elaborate description of it. It is curious how rarely

spermatophores have been met with in the enormous number of

species (some 550) belonging to the family Megascolicide (from

which I exclude the Eudrilide). Indeed I am only acquainted

with their description in two forms belonging to the same genus

as the subject of the present communication. Dr, Michaelsen has in

fact figured and briefly noticed a spermatophore in Benhamia monti-

cola and B. itiolensis', The spermatophore of the species described

here is apparently slightly different in form, I may remark first of

all that it lay entirely in the muscular duct of the spermatheca, and

' Regenwiirmer in Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, p. 28, pl. i. fig. 4.

198 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS {June 4,

that it is too large to have been moulded in the narrow muscular

part of the spermiducal gland. The end turned towards the

spermatheca was oval in form, and this region gradually narrowed

and then terminated abruptly in a large roughly rounded mass, of

greater diameter than the oval end of the spermatophore. The

structure was very hard, anda little brittle, and of the usual chitin

yellow.. When viewed with the naked eye, or with a lens, the

distal end of the spermatophore was white from the enclosed

sperm. The finer middle region was of a golden yellow, since the

canal here within the spermatophore was narrow. The walls are

thick, especially of course those of the rathér irregularly shaped

terminal swelling. Whether there is a terminal pore I do not know.

I conclude with a brief definition of this new species, which L

propose to name after Mr. Moore :—

Benhamia moorei, n. sp.

Length 280 mm., diameter 10-15 mm. Prostomium very small,

prolonged for a short way on to the buccal segment. Dorsal pores

commence v./ut. Clitelum witi.-vati. Male pores on deep depression ;

seminal gutter convee inwards. Two pairs of genital papille on

avir./aviri. and avitit./vie. Gizzards in vi. and vii; caleiferous

glands in av., wvi., wvii., opening separately into cesophagus. No

septa very thick ; septum vi./vii. wanting. Dorsal vessel single ; last

heart in «ii. Two pairs of sperm-duct funnels. Spermiducal glands

large and coiled. Penial sete one to each gland, hooked at the tip

and marked throughout the greater part with fine rings ; at the very

tip very slightly pitted. Spermathecee with long muscular duct as

long as the pouch. Neur to the beginning of the muscular duct a rosette

of four or five diverticula. Spermatophores present.

Hab, Kurungu Mts., East Central Africa.

(2) Benhamia johnstoni, n. sp.

Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., has sent to the Natural History

Museum three Earthworms which prove to be all of the same species,

and are closely allied to B. moorci which has just been described.

1 am indebted to the kindness of Sir Harry Johnston as well as to

Dr. Lankester for allowing me the opportunity of examining these

worms. The species, which I propose to name after their

collector, is in many respects so near to B, moorei, that at first I

thought that I had before me some larger examples of that species.

Nevertheless, as I shall show, there are a number of points of

structure in which the two differ.

B. johnstoni is a larger worm, though its actual length is less

than that of B. moorei; the largest of the three specimens was

250 mm. in length, but quite 20 mm. in breadth, indeed a milli-

metre or two more in places. It is thus an exceptionally stout

species. The colour during life must have been very marked ;

even in the preserved worms the contrasts of colours are

striking. The general colour above is of a red-brown, which

pales into a yellowish upon the yentral surface. The dorsal

1901.) OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 199

pores are surrounded by a small pale area and the clitellum is

yellowish.

The prostomium is larger than that of B. moorei ; it is retracted

within the buccal cavity, and is divided off from the buccal

segment by a complete groove which dips faintly into the segment.

The arrangement of the prostomium is that denominated “ pro-

epilobisch ” by Dr. Michaelsen. It is convenient to have terms

for the varying condition of the prostomium which is so frequently

of use in the discrimination of species or genera, as in the present

instance. But it would be as well perhaps to convert Michaelsen’s

terms into more purely Greek compounds. I would suggest that

the terms should be epicheilous, &e. The dorsal pores have an

interesting arrangement in this species. In one of the three

examples no pores were missing from the intersegmental groove

v./vi. onwards. In another, one was not visible externally and

internally, the muscles, which are present in every case, running

from margin to margin of the successive pores, were exceedingly

feeble at this point. In the third example, which I did not open,

there was no doubt of the fact that the dorsal pores between

segments x./xi. and xi./xii. were absent ; for in that worm the other

pores happened to be particularly conspicuously distended. There

is thus in the present species a series of stages which culminates

in the loss of the two dorsal pores immediately preceding the

clitellum. In B. moore, as has been stated, the same pores are

absent ; but it may be of course that other examples would show

some trace of their presence. I should observe that the muscles

whose function it is to distend the pores are exceptionally well

developed in this species, and that the feeble muscles running from

the places which should be occupied by the missing dorsal pores

ended where the pores should be, and did not, as in B. moorei,

continue their course over this spot without a break.

The sete have the usual strictly paired and ventral position.

The individual sete are very plainly ornamented, as is the case

with other species; the ornamentation is in the form of slight

ridges over the distal end of the seta. The seta as a whole is

rather straight, and has often a somewhat peculiar ending in its

epidermic sac, which is iliustrated in the accompanying drawing

(text-fig. 14, p. 200). The setz cannot be considered to be small

except proportionately, the worm being exceptionally large.

The clitellum is largely composed of segments whose mutual

demarcations have been to a great extent obliterated ; but in front

of, and behind, this region are two segments which belong to the

clitellum, though they are not so thoroughly amalgamated with the

middle segments as the latter are with each other. The clitellum

extends from segment xii. to xxiii. inclusive, and is thus longer than

that of B. moorei. The ventral surface which bears the several

male pores is deeply depressed as shown in the drawing (text-

fig. 15, p. 200).

The figure of B. moorei shows the tesselated appearance of the

integument in the region of the male pores; this appearance is

200 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

Text-fig. 14.

Two sete of Benhamia johnstoni (highly magnified).

Text-fig. 15,

Ventral surface of clitellar segments of Benhamia johnstoni. xX 3.

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 201

exaggerated in the present species (text-fig. 15, p. 200), the condition

of the integument somewhat obscuring the actual orifices of the

spermiducal glands. The penial sete projected from the latter

precisely as in B. moorei. The groove which connects the two

spermiducal gland-pores of each side is straighter than in B. moorei,

and in the two not tully mature examples was perfectly straight.

The groove itself is a little difficult to see owing to the numerous

lines which divide up the ventral area into detached tracts.

The internal structure of this worm also shows a few small

differences from both B. moorei and B. itiolensis. The two gizzards

are so close together that it is difficult to note their line of division.

Moreover strands of muscle pass over this line of division. I am

dispused to believe that the gizzards lie respectively in segments

vil. and viii. It is rather hard to be certain upon this point; but

in any case I counted six septa in front of that which divides

segments xiy./xv. In front of the last of these six septa lies the

posterior of the two gizzards. It cannot therefore be behind the

vilith segment, though it is possible that the gizzard really les in

vil. as in B. mooret. The calciferous glands are in segments xv.,

xvi., xvil. They differ slightly from those of B. moorez, in that

the first and the third pairs are equal, while the middle pair are

rather the smallest. 1 observed no difference of colour such as

distinguishes the first pair of these glands in B. moorei. The

intestine in this species commences in segment xix. There is

apparently nodifference from B. moorei, as far as I can see, in this

particular.

The organs of reproduction are, moreover, much the same. I found,

as in B. moorei, masses of sperm in segments xi., xl. I could find

no wall to these masses, which seemed to be merely freely floating

and agglomerated heaps of developing spermatozoa freed from the

testes. I have adverted to the very small size of the sperm-sacs

in B. mooret. In the present species 1 could not discover them at

all; they must therefore be small if present. It is remarkable that

in mature examples of both species the sperm-sacs are so small,

and that both concur in having large and freely floating masses of

sperm. In B., itiolensis, Michaelsen was unable to record the

position and appearance of the sperm-sacs; while in Benhamia

viridis and T'rigaster lankesteri the sperm-sacs, dwindling as it

appears in the former three species, have entirely disappeared.

The spermiducal glands are very large and massive. Each of them

occupies two segments, the connection between the two masses

being by a single loop of the tube which perforates the septum ;

thus the appearance of four pairs of glands is produced. The

arrangement is obviously not quite the same as has been figured

by Michaelsen in B. itivlensis. But in the so-called variety

cerulea, the same arrangement as that characteristic of B. johnstoni

appears to occur. The penial sete of the present species are quite

different in form from those of B. moorei, as will be seen from a

comparison of the accompanying drawings (text-fig. 16, p. 205).

The general form and the remarkable straightness is the same in

202 MR. F. FE. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS (June 4,

both, as is the series of transverse bars which mark the sete through-

out. At the distal end, however, there are plain differences. In

B. johnstoni the seta swells ovally just before its termination, and

on the ventral side of this there is a sharply marked ridge; the

“actual extremity is bent almost like a crozier, the end lying parallel

with the main shaft; the very tip is slightly bifid. It is clear that

this does not agree with the figure given by Michaelsen of

Benhamia itiolensis. Nor does his description of the penial sete

of the variety cwrulea fit itself to what I have observed. Of the

seta in B. itiolensis var. cerulea, he remarks that it has a much

narrower distal extremity (as in B. johnstoni), and that there is also

an oval swelling which precedes this terminal hook (also as in

B. johnstoni); but the tip is apparently not so much hooked as in

B. johnstoni, and no mention is made of the bifid extremity.

The two species Benhamia johnstoni and B. moorei evidently

come near to B. itiolensis'. But they both differ in a number of

recognizable features from that large and also Eastern African

Benhamia. To begin with, B. itiolensis is distinctly larger, it

measures 380 mm. Its colour seems to be somewhat different.

The anterior segments are some of them triannulate instead of

biannulate, as is the case with the species described in the present

paper. Nothing is said by Michaelsen of the missing dorsal pores ;

but in a variety of the type named by him var. cewrulea, the

pores are stated not to begin until the intersegment xii./xili. The

clitellum of LB, itiolensis is more limited than in its allies; but the

seminal gutter is convex inwards asin those two species. At least

that is not the case with the type itself, but with the form cwrulea.

The spermiducal glands of B. itiolensis are very much smaller

than those of B. johnstoni or B. moorei, though their size appears

to be increased in the var. cwrulea. The penial sete as figured

by Michaelsen are more like those of B. john stoni, but the hooking

of the extremity is more marked in the latter form ; moreover, no

ornamentation is described. In var. cwrulea the extremity of the

seta is more hooked, and therefore more like that of B. johnstoni.

Finally, B. itiolensis has no free diverticula to the spermathece, a

feature which is so obvious in the species described by myself that

Michaelsen would hardly have overlooked it did it exist in his

Benhamia itiolensis. The differences between many species of this

genus (which requires revision) are often so small, that a very

careful and detailed statement of the characters is necessary. For

this reason I have not hesitated to deal with my supposed new

species at considerable length.

It may be convenient to contrast the characteristics of the four

species ina tabular fashion. I shall consider the variety cerulea to

rank as a species ; its differences from B. itiolensis are quite as great

as those which divide many other recognized species of the genus.

‘ Michaelsen, ‘‘ Beschreibung der von Herrn Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann am Victoria

Nyanza geasammelten Terricolen,” JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst. ix. p. 3; ibid., xvi.

. 116; Regenwiirmer in Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, ivy. p. 25; Oligocheta in

Thierreich, 1900, p. 360.

1901.]

Proastomium

Anterior segments .

Dorsal pores

Clitellum

Seminal gutter

GZZ07 ES isons ances

Calciferous glands.

Spermathece

Penial sete

OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA.

B. itiolensis.

Proepicheilous.

Triannulate.

Straight.

(?)

vv. smallest.

B. coerulea.

Epicheilous.

(?)

Convex inwards.

vitt. F ix. (?).

xv. smallest.

B. moorei.

Epicheilous.

Biannulate.

v./vi.

rit.-@rviii.

Convex inwards.

vi., Vel.

av. smallest.

2038

B. johnstoni.

Proepicheilous.

Biannulate.

v./vi.

vli.—vriii,

Convex inwards.

vil., viit.

xvi. smallest.

a tie: No extern. div. No extern. div. Extern. div. Extern. div.

ners Suddenly Suddenly Gradually Suddenly

diminish into diminish into diminish into diminish into

slightly curved slightly curved slightly curved very curved

hook. hook. hook. hook.

From the above account of its structure I can abstract the

following definition of the species which, I may remark, contains

certain statements not described in any further detail in the

foregoing.

Benhamia johnstoni, n. sp.

Length about 250 mm. ; diameter 15-20 mm. Prostomium rather

large, retracted within mouth-cavity, not prolonged over buccal segment,

but with slight median projection. Dorsal pores commence v./vi.

Clitellum vi.-vaitt, Male pores on deep depression ; seminal gutter

slightly convec inwards. Integument surrounding male pores

markedly tesselate. Gizzards in vii., viit.; caleiferous glands wxv.,

xvi, voii., opening separately into cwsophagus; middle pair the

smallest. No septa very thick. Dorsal vessel single; last hearts in

ati. Spermiducal glands lie in two masses tn two segments each.

Penial sete, one to each gland, slightly swollen before strongly hooked

tip, which is bifid at extremity, marked throughout with fine rings.

Spermathece with strony muscular duct longer than pouch, into the

duct opens a rosette of five or siv diverticula.

Hab, Ruwenzori, 6500 ft.

(3) Benhamia mollis, n. sp.

In the above table of the specific distinctions between the species

B. johnstoni, B. moorei, B, itiolensis, and B. coerulea, I have not in-

cluded the characters of a second species of Benhamia placed in

my hands by Mr. Moore. This worm is of a very dark brown

colour and is very soft. I naturally put down this softening to

inferior preservation ; but Mr. Moore informs me that the living

worm was exceeding soft and that the specimen which I have ex-

amined is in reality as well preserved as is the type of B. moorei,

I have not compared its characters in a tabular form with those

204 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS (June 4,

of the other species for the reason that, although I believe it to

be a distinct form, it is not easy to define by marked characters

as can be made use of in such a table, and indeed it comes very

near to B. johnstont.

It is, however, a smaller and more slender species than is the

last named. My example measured some 205 mm. in length by a

diameter of about 7 mm. There is the same curious absence of

two dorsal pores from the preclitellar series that is so noticeable in

B. moorei and B, johnstoni.

The genital area is a deep excavation; and the integument in

this region is tesselated in appearance, being divided up into

numerous small areas by grooves. The seminal gutters are nearly

straight, only slightly bulging inwards. The single penial seta, as

in the other species, projects from the apertures on segments xvii.

and xix. The clitellum is a little less extensive, and seems to

occupy only segments xiv.-xxti. Iam sure that the ventral setz of

segment xviil. are wanting, and this adds probability to their appa-

rent absence in the other two species of which the present memoir

treats. Asin B. johnstoni, the middle pair of calciferous glands are

the smallest of the three pairs. The glands are somewhat flattened

from side to side, more so than in B. johnstoni, and much more so

than in B. moorei. The intestine begins in segment xix. The two

gizzards are certainly in vii. and viii. ; the same segments apparently

are occupied by the gizzards in B. johnstont. The last heart is in

xii. The sperm-sacs in this species were more in evidence than in

the other two species of Benhamia dealt with here. They lie in

segments Xi., xil., and are somewhat elongated transversely, curving

up in asomewhat horn-like fashion. The penial sete of B. mollis

are recognizable as different from those of the other two species. The

setze of all three species are figured in the accompanying drawing

(text-fig. 16, p. 205). It will be noticed that their structure is inter-

mediate between that of the penial sete of B. moorei and B. john-

stoni. Asin the former, the distal end of the seta is not very strongly

curved ; as in the latter, the shaft of the seta is swollen before the

terminal hook. But the swelling is not so marked a feature of

the sete of the present species. Nor is the difference in diameter

between the hook and the rest of the seta so suddenly changed.

Moreover, the markings upon the end of the seta which appear to

be of the nature of pits are much more pronounced in B. mollis

than in its allies. No one, after inspecting the figures referred to,

can doubt the difference of the penial seta in the three species.

The spermiducal glands are, as in B. johnstoni, contained each in

two segments, one half or thereabouts of the gland lying in each

segment. The junction between the two is a single tube, ¢. ¢. the

gland only perforates the intersegmental septum once. The sper-

mathece are most like those of B. johnstont. The muscular duct

of the spermatheca is humped on one side, where a series of five

or six inconspicuous diverticula debouch into the duct. The

diverticula are less separated from the tube into which they open

than they are in B. moorei.

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 205

Text-fig. 16.

- 0.

A. B.

HY Ne

HURT

HM PERT id is iki verrd ied : i

PRE He ccumenemitren cc)

| Ah ae Hi ieweel Piait

uli

Aly

Penial seta of Benhamia (highly magnified),

A, distal extremity of that of B. johnstoni ; B, seta of B. moorei;

C, distal extremity of that of B. mollis,

206 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

It must be admitted that the principal reason for separating

this species from B. johnstoni is the character of the penial sete.

It is, however, a smaller species, with a different coloration. As

to the clitellum, it is possible that other specimens would show an

extension equal to that of B. johnstoni.

(4) Benhamia austeni, n. sp.

Tam indebted to the kindness of Mr. Austen for kindly col-

lecting for me a considerable number of specimens of a species of

Benhamia, which I believe to be new. The worms were collected

about forty miles from Blantyre in Nyassa-land.

The species is not a large one, but I cannot give accurate

measurements of length as the worms were rather softened. I

should say that a length of 150 mm. by a diameter of 5 mm. was

a fair statement of their dimensions.

The sete have the usual strictly paired and ventral arrangement.

Those of the three or four anterior segments are smaller than those

which follow ; they gradually increase in size, and the larger ones

show a distinct ornamentation in the form of ridges which produce

a scale-like appearence—a form of ornamentation found in other

species of the genus. On segments vi.ix. or so the sete are

especially enlarged ;-it will be noted that these segments are in

the neighbourhood of the spermathecal pores, and the strong pairs

of sete on the segments between which those pouches open are

particularly noteworthy. It is only the ventral sete which are

thus specially enlarged. Now it will be remembered that in

Benhamia liberiensis' there is a similar enlargement of the ventral

pair of sete of segment vil. But in this species the setee when

extracted are seen to be quite as much modified as are the genital

sete of segments xvii. & xix. in the same and other species of

Benhamia. This is not the case with Benhamia austeni; but the

enlargement and increase of the ornamentation upon the sete is a

step in that direction. The circumstances are exactly paralleled

by the slightly modified setee in the neighbourhood of the male

pores in certain species of Perionyx*, which in the allied genus

Megascolew become the much more modified penial sete.

There are no ventral sete upon segment xvill.

The dorsal pores commence between segments v./vi. They

appear to go on without intermission to the end of the body. No

such break as i have described in Benhamia moore? seems to exist.

The oviducal pores are paired. ach pore lies on the fourteenth

segment to the inside of, and quite in line with, the ventralmost

seta; it locks, on an inspection by a lens, precisely like a third

seta in this position, by reason of its dark appearance.

It is important to note the position of the oviducal pores, which

vary in the genus, and would appear to offer characters of specific

! Horst, “ Descriptions of Earthworms: IX. On two new Benhamia-species

from Liberia.” Notes Leyd. Mus. xvii. p. 21.

* Beddard, ‘‘On some new Species of Earthworms from various Parts of the

World.” P, Z. 8. 1892, p. 688.

1901. | OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 207

value by this variation in position. For example, in Benhamia

crassa the pores lie in front, though also slightly to the inside, of

the ventralmost seta.

The clitellwm extends from segments xiii.-xx. and‘leaves only the

area which is occupied by the male pores free. The latter lie upon

the segments which they universally occupy in this genus. The

seminal groove which connects the two successive pores of each

side of the body is quite straight.

The internal anatomy is like that of the genus, and only shows

some slight differences from other species. The septa which divide

segments x./xiv., 7. e. four septa, are specially thickened.

The gizzards occupy segments y. & vi. The caleiferous glands

are in segments xv., xvi., xvil. The glands are bean-shaped, and

the upper surface is traversed by a few longitudinal furrows,

which divide the glands into segments.

The last pair of hearts are in the twelfth segment, and the dorsal

vessel is throughout a single tube.

The sperm-sacs are in the same segments as those of the last

species described, 7. ¢. xi. & xii. They are large and racemose.

There is no doubt that this species, like at any rate some others,

has sperm-reservoirs also which enwrap the funnels and testes. I

cannot attempt an accurate description of them, but can assert

that a pair project forwards, just as these pouches generally do

when they are present, into the xth segment.

The spermiducal glands are fairly long and coiled ; I occasionally

observed the posterior pair to be the smaller. The muscular ter-

minal duct is longish. The glands lie in two segments. The shape

of the penial sete of this species is quite peculiar for the genus,

and would serve at once to distinguish it, if there were no other

characteristics. One of the setz is shown in the drawing exhibited

(text-fig. 17, p. 208). Its shape is, as will be seen, straight i in the

shaft like that of the other East-African species @ already dealt with

here. The end imbedded in the body-wall is curved slightly and

thicker. The opposite extremity of the seta is also curved and in

the same direction: it does not end in a very fine point but

diminishes gradually and not very much in width. he termination

is therefore a blunt point. It is the ornamentation of the genital

seta which is so characteristic. This consists of two rows of

spines which commence about half-way down the seta or a little

less. They appear to be much like the penial sete of Stuhlmannia

variabilis* figured by Michaelsen. In two sete which I examined

I found slight differences in the arrangement of these spinelets ;

in one which I have selected for figuring the two rows ran to the

end of the seta, and between them not far from their origin are

indications of a third row consisting of two separated tracts of

spinelets. In another example this middle row ran to the end of

the seta, and the lateral row of one side ceased a little way from

* “ Beschreibung der yon Herrn Dr, Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar, &e.” JB,

Hamb., wiss. Anst. ix. 1891, pl. ii. fig, 12,

208 MR. F. HB. BEDDARD ON BARTIIWORMS [June 4,

Text-fig. 17.

eee eosmpenenn enn memmartmer

eee eee eee

neces Pe enere=

Serres

Penial seta of Benhamia austeni (highly magnified),

1901. ] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 209

its commencement. I may add that each seta-sac contained only

one seta, as in the other East-African species.

The spermathece of this species lie in segments viii. and ix.

Each consists of a thin-walled sac and of a duct. Into the com-

mencement of the latter opens a single diverticulum. The thin-

walled sac is divided by a constriction into two unequally sized

chambers, of which the upper is the larger. Its diameter exceeds

that of the duct. The smaller division is of about the same

diameter as the duct, and without a microscopical examination

might therefore be confounded with the duct. The great thick-

ness of the muscular walls of the latter serve to distinguish it

easily. Also the character of the lining epithelium. The duct of

the spermatheca is of about the same length as the pouch; its

walls are, as already said, very muscular, which gives to them a

nacreous appearance. The muscles are disposed in two layers of

which the thicker and internal layer consists of circular fibres.

The outer thinner layer is made up of longitudinally running fibres.

The diverticulum is an oval, almost spherical, pouch, which is

appended to the spermatheca by a short and slender duct. This

opens into the spermatheca just at the junction of the thin-walled

pouch with the thick-walled duct. It might appear from my

figure of the spermatheca of Benhamia moorei (text-fig. 13, p. 197),

that this species differs from Benhania austeni by the fact that the

diverticula open into the muscular duct itself, and at some little

distance from the union of the duct with the pouch; this is, how-

ever, not the case, as I have assured myself by microscopic sections

of the spermatheca of B. moorei. In that worm the diverticula

are certainly appended to the muscular duct itself; but the tubes

which put them into communication with the interior of the

spermatheca run upwards (7. ¢. away from the external pore) and

open into the commencement of the thin-walled portion of the

spermatheca, which, however, in this species is rather thicker-

walled (in correspondence with its larger size) than the corres-

ponding portion of the spermatheca of Benhamia austeni.

I may extract from the foregoing the following definition of

Benhamia austeni, n. sp.

Length about 150 mm., diameter 5 mm. Dorsal pores commence

v.fvi. Clitellum aiii-va. Male pores on a deep depression con-

nected by a straight seminal gutter. No genital papille. Gizzards

in v., Vi., 3 ealeiferous glands in wv.—avii. Septa w./wiv. thickened.

Dorsal vessel single; last hearts in avi. Two pairs of sperm-duct

funnels. Spermiducal glands large and coiled. Penial sete with

two rows of spinelets, one to each sac. NSpermathece with long

muscular duct and a single stalked spherical to oval diverticulum,

Spermatophores * present.

Hab. Near Blantyre, East Africa,

1 T intend to describe these structures, which differ from those of Benhamia

moorei, later.

Proc. Zoor, Soc,—1901, Vor. Il. No. XIV. 14

210 MR, F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS {June 4,

Tam indebted to Mr. Bu dgett, of Trinity College, Cambridge, for

a number of specimens of Earthworms from McCarthy Island in

the Gambia, which he collected during a recent visit. The speci-

mens were at first put aside under the impression that they belonged

to a species recently characterized by myself as Benhamia budgettt’.

A further examination has, however, shown that they are not of

that species, but represent two other species of the same genus

upon which I propose to offer some notes. The preponderance

ot the known species of this genus are of West-African habitat,

some 25 having been described from that part of the continent ;

there are some 18 East and Central African forms.

The species of this genus are not at all easy to identify, and

there is a group of West-African forms to which the specimens

described in the present paper belong which are all characterized

by the calciferous pouches usually lying in the xivth to the xvith

segments, and of a form like the “quarter” of an orange; by

spermathecee unprovided with an externally visible diverticulum,

the anterior pair being often the smaller; and often by genital

papillz in the neighbourhood of the male pores. This group con-

tains the species B. buettikoferi, B. horsti, B. beddardi, B. stampflii,

B. schlegelii, B. liberiensis, and B. budgetti. To the first of the

new forms described here I shall give the name of

(5) Benhamia gambiana, sp. n.

I have examined three examples all of which were sexually

mature. The length of the worms, which were somewhat softened

in condition, was about 170 mm.; the diameter not more than

5 mm. except in the more swollen clitellar region.

The prostomium is rather broad and does not notch the buccal

segment; it belongs to the type termed ‘“ prolobisch” by Dr.

Michaelsen, but which I prefer to call “ procheilous.”

The sete are in closely approximated pairs, and, as is the case

in this genus, lie upon the ventral surface of the worm.

The clitellum occupies segments xili.-xx., and is not developed

upon the ventral area which bears the genital orifices of the male

system. ‘The latter part was to be distinguished from the yellow

clitellum by its grey colour.

The seminal gutters uniting the two orifices of the spermiducal

glands of each side of the body are bracket-shaped, the main portion

of each being perfectly straight and only bending inwards and

that at right angles at each end, where it becomes confluent with

the aperture of the spermiducal gland. This species has a number

of very conspicuous genital papille in the neighbourhood of the

male pores. These he intersegmentally, and in the intersegments

xy./XVi., XVi./XVli., XViil./xix., xix./xx. One pair of papille there-

fore lie within the genital area. A remarkable fact about these

papille is that although paired their mutual distance (of each pair)

increases gradually in successive papilla commencing with the

* Proc. Zool, Soc. 1900, p. 653,

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA, 211

earliest. Thus those of xy./xvi. are quite in contact, and finally

the last pair, those on the intersegment xix./xx., are farther apart

than are the ventralmost sete of the neighbouring segments.

Papille with the arrangement just described were only found in

one example; in another the intersegment xv./xvi. bore but a

single median papilla which was followed by only two pairs, 7. e.

intersegments xvi./xvil. and xix/xx. A third example had still

fewer papille, the anterior pair or single papilla, as the case may

be, having disappeared. In this specimen there are, therefore,

only two pairs of papille.

I observed that the oviducal pores lie on a level with and to the

inside of the ventralmost seta of each side. The male pores and

the spermathecal pores correspond in position to the ventral pair

of setze.

In a third individual, which was rather more contracted in the

clitellar region, the papillee have become also contracted and look

like half-closed eyes lying between segments xv./xvi., xvi./xvii.,

and xix./xx. They are not obvious, and might be missed by any-

one who had not seen them in a more fully expanded worm.

The dorsal pores of this species, as of B. budgetti, are by no

means plain. They appear to be quite absent in front of the

clitellum, and behind the clitellum I could only see them by

examining microscopically pieces of stripped-off cuticle. The

condition of the dorsal pores in this species shows how careful

one should be in stating the absence of these structures. ‘he

internal anatomy of this species shows very few characters of

difference from its allies. The two gizzards are separated from

each other by a considerable tract of soft-walled cesophagus ;

there is not that close connection between the two gizzards that

obtains in some other species—for instance in Benhamia johnstoni.

The position of these gizzards is perfectly plain in one specimen ;

they lie in the vth and vith segments. In others it appeared to

me that the vith and viith segments were those occupied by the

gizzards ; but in view of the very clear appearances shown in the

individual (that with a contracted clitellum) where they were to

be relegated to segments y. and vi., I imagine that the thin

septum dividing segments vi. and vii. had escaped my attention.

The calciferous glands lie in segments Xiv., xv., XVi., as in many of

these West-African species of the genus. The anterior pair were

smooth and smaller than the others, whose superior surface is

broken up by a few transverse grooves ; the shape of the glands

is that of a segment of an orange, the top being flat. I have not

ascertained whether they open separately into the cesophagus or

by acommon duct. The intestine begins in segment xix. It is

noticeable that when the calciferous glands are in segments xyv.,

XVi., XVii., the commencement of the intestine is at least sometimes

not thrown a segment farther back.

The dorsal vessel is single, and the last hearts lie in segment xii.

The sperm-sacs are large and lie in segments xi. and xii, There

are also two pairs of sperm-duct funnels which are in x. and xi.

14*

212 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS {June 4,

The spermiducal glands are confined each to its segment (the

xviith and xixth). These glands have a rather short muscular

duct which is not half the diameter of the glandular tube. The

latter is only bent upon itself once or twice ; there is no complicated

coiling such as occurs in many species. The anterior spermiducal

glands are rather the smaller. The penial sete are about 1:25 mm.

in length. Each sac contains two of these sete equally developed.

The two sete are of precisely the same form, there being no

differentiation of the penial sete such as characterizes many

species. Each seta is gracefully curved in an elongated 8. It

Text-fig. 18,

Extremity of penial seta of Benhamia gambiana (highly magnified).

diminishes in breadth at the free end, but not suddenly or markedly.

For a little distance before the end it is covered with fine spine-

lets. The actual end of the seta seems to be excavated on one

surface, as is shown in the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 18) ;

the outlines of this terminal excavation are plainly to he seen.

The tip of the seta is somewhat expanded in a way reminiscent of

the “ cap” which covers the penial seta of Benhamia horsti'. This

region has a granular appearance.

1 “Ueber eine neue Gattung und vier neuen Arten der Unterfamilie Ben-

hamini,” Mitth. Naturb. Museum, Hamburg, xv. p. 11, fig. 3.

1901.] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 213

The two pairs of spermathece occupy the usual position that

characterize this genus. The anterior pair of pouches are rather

the smaller. Each consists of a roughly spherical pouch which is

almost sessile upon the body-wall; external diverticula are not

visible. Buta microscopical examination shows a cavity filled with

sperm within the walls of the organ.

(6) Benhamia michaelseni, n. sp.

_Of this species, also new, which comes from the same locality

as the last, I have had but a single specimen for examination,

which proves, however, to be fully mature. It measured 200 mm.

in length by 5 mm. in diameter. It is thus of much the same

size as the last, and has B. budgetti, B. beddardi, and B. horsti

ainong its nearest allies.

The sete, which show the usual paired arrangement, are smaller

upon the first few setigerous segments and gradually increase in

size up to the fifth (setigerous) segment. A distinct ornamention

can often be traced in the form of transverse rings.

The genital area is much more deeply sunken than in the last

species. The arrangement of the genital papilla is also different.

But in B. michaelseni, as in B. gambiana, the seminal gutter is

straight. The only two genital papille that I could find are situated

respectively on the border-lines of segments xxi./xxil.and xxil./xXiii.;

each papilla is small and round and perfectly obvious; it lies

exactly in the middle ventral line of the body. In the neighbour-

hood of the male pores the integument is swollen here and there

into papilla-like outgrowths ; but I do not put these down under

the category of papille, since they are not so plain and unmistake-

able as are those which I have just described. Where the area

surrounding the male pores is depressed, there are usually such

inequalities in the surface of the integument. These naturally

produce, as they do in the present species, a chequered surface

upon the cuticle when this is viewed after having been stripped off

from the body.

In its internal structure this species does not offer many

differences from B, gambiana or B. budgetti, except in the sculp-

turing of the penial sete. The gizzards, however, seem to me to

be in vi. and vii. instead of v. and vi. The calciferous glans

are in xiv., Xv., and xvi., and, as in other species, the first pair are

smaller and of a smoother contour than those which follow. The

large sperm-sacs are in xi. and xii. There are two pairs of funnels.

The spermiducal glands are decidedly larger and more coiled than

in B. gambiana. The penial sete are of quite a different pattern,

as may be seen from a comparison of the drawings (text-figs. 16-19,

pp. 205-214) exhibited. In the present species, as in the last,

each sac contains two sete which are curved in form. They are

nearly twice the size of those of B. yambiana and measure 2 mm.

The end is not much hooked and ends ina rather blunt termination.

A large part of the distal portion of these sete is beset with

214 -MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [June 4,

Text-fig. 19.

Penial seta of Benhamia michaelsent (highly magnified).

1901.} OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 215

numerous fine spinelets which are four or five rows in the optical

diameter of the seta. The arrangement, however, is not a regular

one. These spinelets are precisely those of B. gambiana, but a

much larger part of the seta is beset with them.

The spermathece, again, are very like those of the last species.

The specimen being, however, in a rather better state of pre-

servation as regards these organs, their form could be more

accurately ascertained. Each pouch is roughly globular and is

nearly sessile upon the body-wall, a short and thick duct putting

it into communication with the exterior. There were no visible

diverticula.

It will be, I trust, obvious from the foregoing descriptions that

the two species with which I am concerned in the present com-

munication are distinct from any of those which have been

previously described by myself or others. As, however, the seven

West-African species to which I have referred on p. 210 are so

extremely like each other and like B. gambiana and B, michaelseni,

I append a brief series of statements of the chief characters in

which they diverge from those treated of in the present paper.

I have not been anxious to emphasize the differences which the

seven species show from each other, since their distinctness will

be generally allowed. The points used serve to discriminate

B. budgetti, B. gambiana, and B. michaelseni from any of those.

(1) Benhamia buttikoferi. A larger and thicker worm. 230-

320 mm. by 10 mm. Clitellum xili—xix. Last

hearts in xii. Sperm-sacs in xi. only.

(2) Benhamia horsti. Of similar size, but seminal gutter strongly

convex outwards. Papille more numerous. Penial

setee with fine spinelets arranged in transverse

rings and covered by a cap-like structure.

(3) Benhamia beddardi. Of similar size, but seminal gutter convex

outwards. Calciferous glands in xv.-xvil. No

papilla. Sexual sete on vii. and viii. Duct of

spermatheca long.

(4) Benhamia stampflii. A larger worm, 330 mm. by diameter of

10mm. No papille.

(5) Benhamia schlegeli. Larger worm, 350-750 mm.; diameter

15 mm. No papillw, Calciferous glands in xv.—

xvii. Last hearts in xiii. Penial sete “like an

elephant’s tusk” in form, 4 mm. long.

(6) Benhamia liberiensis. Larger worm, 350 mm., diameter 10 mm.

Papille different in arrangement. Calciterous

glands in xv.-xvii. Penial sete dilated at end.

(7) Benhamia budgetti. Of similar size, but genital papille different.

Penial setee with few spinelets distally.

The characters of these seven species may be compared with

those of the two new species Benhamia gambiana and Benhamia

michaelseni.

216 MR. J. @. MILLAIS ON - [June 4,

(1) Benhamia gambiana. 170 mm. by 5mm. Clitellum xiii.-xx.

Seminal gutters straight. Genital papille in pairs,

intersegmental xy./xvil., xviil./xx. Calciferous

glands in xiy.-xvi. Last hearts in xii. Penial

sete 1:25 mm., with not very many spinelets at

end which is scooped out on one side.

(2) Benhamia michaelseni. 200 mm. by 5 mm. Seminal gutter

straight. Genital papille unpaired, intersegmental

xxi./xxiii. Calciferous glands in xiy.-xvi. Penial

setee with very numerous spinelets covering a large

part of seta; end bluntish.

5. On the Second Occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat (Vespertilio

bechsteini) in Great Britain. By J. G. Mixuais, F.Z.S.

[Received May 31, 1901.]

(Text-figure 20.)

On the 10th of March, 1901, whilst exploring a chalk cave in

the neighbuorhood of Henley-on-Thames, Mr. Heatley Noble and

I captured six Bats. There were 2 Natterer’s Bats, 2 Daubenton’s

Bats, 1 Long-eared Bat, and an unknown stranger, the identity of

which we were quite unable to determine.

The peculiar features of this last-named creature differed so

materially from every other British Bat, that it was easy to

see that it belonged to some rare species of which the written and

ficured descriptions were inadequate. After carefully examining

Mr. Harting’s and Mr. Hall’s excellent collections of British Bats,

I was still in doubt as to my specimen, though I thought, from Bell’s

description, the animal must be V. bechstetni; and it was only

after a close examination by Mr. W. De Winton (who kindly took

it to the British Museum, consulted with Mr. Oldfield Thomas,

and compared it with others there), that all doubt as to its identity

was set at rest.

A few words of description of this rare Bat as it appeared

in life may be of interest to the student of small mammals. In

general appearance this species resembles V’. nattereri: in colour it

is identical, and the tragus and formula of dentition are the same ;

but, on the other hand, it differs in possessing an entire and simple

margin of the interfemoral membrame, and in the fact that the

adult animal is of greater size and the ears much larger and quite

different in shape. The gape, too, is unsually wide, extending to

the base of the ears, and the wings are different in form.

However, by far the most striking feature, and one which

even the most superficial observer cannot fail to notice, is the

great size and peculiar shape of the ears of V. bechsteini. These

first bend outwards at an angle of 75 degrees, and then turn

upwards to the perpendicular, coming to a rounded point as

1901.} BEOHSTHIN’S BAT. 217

shown in the illustration (text-fig. 20), which is a woodcut made

direct from a photograph taken soon after death. This proves

how misleading are the pictures on pp. 40, 41 of ‘ Bell,’ whose

artist evidently drew his examples from dried skins, and that

naturalist himself describes the ears as ‘‘oval” which they certainly

are not.

Text-fig. 20.

Vespertilio hechsteini.

The Bat, when captured, showed itself to be very wide awake;

it resented disturbance in the usual bat-fashion by biting and

uttering a series of querulous screeches not unlike that emitted by

a young child.

This second occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat in the British Islands

should now set at rest any doubts that have been expressed as to

its claim to be a British mammal ; for even so eminent an authority

as Mr. Lydekker has expressed his opinion that the species has

‘‘a very doubtful claim to rank in our fauna.” The first examples

of this Bat which occurred in England were taken many years ago

in the New Forest by Mr. Millard, and are now in the British

Museum.

218 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

6. On Australian and New Zealand Spiders of the Suborder

Mygalomorphe*. By H. R. Hoge, M.A., F.Z.S.

[Received May 21, 1901.]

(Text-figures 21-41.)

The suborder now dealt with is synonymous with M. Eugene

Simon’s family Aviculariide®. Mr. R. I. Pocock, in arranging

the Indian genera of the same’, raised the family to a suborder,

and its subfamilies to families, which, as remanets of an older

era, is without doubt their proper position relatively to most of

the other families of the Aranee.

I will, however, in the present paper, for the sake of conveni-

ence of reference, retain M. Simon’s nomenclature.

Owing to the imperfect state and small number of any fossil

remains, the line of descent of our various families of Arachnida

has as yet been by no means clearly established.

With the single exception of the genus Liphistius Schiddte, a

curious remanet in South-eastern Asia, the Mygalomorphe are

believed to contain the oldest forms of all known Spiders.

The representatives of the suborder in Australasia are especially

interesting from the fact that, being of a simple form, they are

probably indicative, like much of the rest of the fauna of the

continent, of early types.

Of the seven subfamilies into which M. Simon divides the

Aviculariide of the world, six are represented, the absentee

Paratropidinee comprising two species only, from the Upper

Amazon in 8. America and the Island of St. Vincent respectively.

Those we have to deal with may be roughly distinguished as

follows :—

A. No projecting claw-tufts. Three tarsal claws.

a. A rastellum, or digging apparatus, consisting of hard

teeth on the frontal portion of the upper mandibular

joint * (falx).

a. The cephalic part of the cephalothorax rising abruptly

from the thoracic part and very highly arched.

The eyes spread out across nearly the whole frontal

region. The mandibles projecting horizontally from

the front of and as large as the whole cephalic

region

T have not included ‘Tasmanian species because, many as are the gaps to be

filled in our knowledge of what I am now describing, we know still less of the

Tasmanian region, and I am unhappily not in a position to supplement that

knowledge, As we find to be the case in other orders, Tasmania will no doubt

contain some forms which haye disappeared on the mainland, Its northern

and western ranges have been scarcely investigated at all.

* Histoire Naturelle des Araignées, 1892, vol. i. p. 65.

3 Fauna of British India—Arachnida, 1900, p. 157.

* These teeth, though of somewhat the same nature, must not be confounded

with those on the margin of the falx-sheath underneath, used for preventing

the escape of prey.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 219

B. The cephalic part still arched, but not so highly. The

eyes collected in a more or less compact group

slightly raised in the centre of the cephalothorax.

Mandibles Jess formidable ............cessceessesseresssees CTENIZINE.

6, No rastellum, or only slight hardened bristles on the

lower front part of the falx.

a. The mandibles normally long and reaching out in

Ar aMMOn Zon telly: weei sevice eae. «Llanes okauaeenaneanesetes ot DiPLurine.

$. The mandibles very short, convex and horizontal

near the base only, thence inelined almost vertically. Murai.

B. Tufts of bristles projecting beyond the anterior end of the

tarsi; the 5rd, or lower, claw absent.

a, A rastellum, though in some cases not strongly developed

(ddiommata). The superior spiunerets short and

stout, the 3rd joint almost hemispherical .... .......... Barycuk.in£.

b. No rastellum. The superior spinnerets long; the 2nd

and 3rd joints being about the same length as the lst. AvicULARIINe.

Subfamily AcrINOPODINA,

This is represented by one genus only.

Genus Ertopon Latreille.

Eriodon Latreille, Dict. Nouy. d’Hist. Nat. appliquée aux Arts,

tom. xxiv. 1804, p. 134.

Missulena C. A. Walckenaer, Tableaux des Araneides, 1805, p. 8.

Pachiloscelis H. Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vol. iii. 1834 (ad

part. nigripes, rufipes), pp. 362-4.

Sphodros Walck. Ins. Apt. vol. i. 1837, p. 246.

Eriodon H. Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 4, vol. v. 1865,

p- 309, pl. 8. fig.

Closterochilus A. Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, vol. xxi.

1871, p. 141.

Theragretes Auss. ibid. p. 142.

Eriodon Latr., Auss. ibid. p. 142.

Eriodon Li. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 454.

Eriodon EK. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. 1. 1892, p. 81.

The specimen on which Latreille founded this genus was probably

the first spider brought from Australia to Europe.

The genus has not so far been recorded outside the continent of

Australia.

The males are generally smaller than the females, and often of

much more brilliant colouring about the head and falces.

Eleven species have been described, in eyery case from either the

male only or female only. The evidence connecting species of

opposite sex either by locality or similarity of some feature is

rather slight, but I think they can be reduced to eight at most.

Synopsis of Species.

1, Hyes all small and of about the same size.

Bodies whole-coloured black-brown (in fe-

manios at leant) niseeus -Weviss ddecnsXisvieseaaksiees 2.

Eyes of clearly very unequal Sife .........:c0ceeees 3

220 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

2. Eyes sessile, front middle very minute, at least

4 diameters apart <..iiedives. cddaeseabueethen.. E. formidabileCambr. 2.

Side eyes protuberant, front middle eyes about

1 diameter apart (sec. Lucas) ...............04- E. occatorium Walck. Q.

3. Cephalothorax and mandibles whole-coloured

brown or black-brown in male as well as

female ....../4sirth: edueteseoe ss oetens eames maaaee 4.

Cephalic part or mandibles bright scarlet (in

male at least)! ssi ius. . ssh. Weae inte eee ay

4. Front middle eyes upright, oval, larger than

rear side, 2nd and 3rd pairs of legs of equal

NON EH J oaescceos.scessacmide decssans. «uetee een eee een E. rugosum Auss. o.

Front side eyes largest, middle eyes small and

round, 3rd pair of legs longer than 2nd in

femials (sec. Cambr.) .... <0. ccacdsasisounesemtees E. crassum Cambr. Q.

Eyes as in preceding. Cephalic part of

cephalothorax deeply pitted in male (sec.

Cambr.) (? Samo as above.) ..............0+0+.0 E. granulosum Cambr. 3.

5. Cephalic part dark reddish black. No spines

onilip or, maxis ironcesacs ieerenen rotenone tere E. incertum Cambr. 3.

Cephalic part bright scarlet ................0008

6. Spines on lip and maxille. 4th pair of legs

on @eabe sss svacenne ates adbee ip spines on tcms caaueey E. insigne Cambr. ¢.

No spines on lip or maxillz, Ist pair of legs

NOD GOSE a. asortds tes aaiserseserneatesore erected: fC

7. Front middle eyes upright, oval, black centre

on pale yellow iris, or (sec. Rainbow) brown.

Stigma of palp in male about twice the length Late.

QE DUD 55 Se actonesssa seine sas shes oiaaseneescdeangareees E. rubrocapitatum Auss.

Stigma of palp “very long” (sec. Simon).

(2 SAME AS BDOVE oo se scccl aes aneuaaceeee Meee an oeee E. semicoccineum Simon.

Thoracic part of cephalothorax black, cephalic part

bluish black. Abdomen yellow above, or

yellow hairs only, black beneath. Characteris-

tics doubtful (sec. Simon). . ?Same. Male £. négripes Lucas.

and Female £. rufipes Lucas.

ERiopon occatrortum Walck.

Missulena occatoria C. A. Walckenaer, Tableau des Araneides,

p. 8, pl. 2. figs. 11-14 (1805) ; id. Ins. Apt. 1837, vol. i. p. 252.

Eriodon occatorium Walck., Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. sér. 4,

vol. v. 1865, p. 309, pl. 8.

Eriodon occatorium Walck., L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873,

p. 457.

The original specimen, female, from which Walckenaer described

this type-species (sec. Lucas), was the same as that from which

Latreille formed the genus, the previous year, having been brought

from New Holland by M., F. Péron’, naturalist to Capt. Baudin’s

expedition with the French ships ‘ La Géographe’ and ‘ La

Naturaliste,’ in 1802. They passed several months refitting in

Port Jackson, so probably the spider was from New South Wales.

In colour it was brown all over.

Walckenaer gives two drawings of the eyes, in one of which

the front middle pair are quite small, about three diameters apart ;

1 Voyage de découvertes aux Terres Australes, redigé par M. F. Péron,

Paris, 1807.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 221

in the other, somewhat larger, one and a half diameters apart. In

the former also the rear side-eyes are nearer together than the

front side, and in the other drawing both distances are the same.

The first is from above, the second from in front. M. H. Lucas

in a long paper on the genus (Joc. c7t.), in 1865, says that the front

middle eyes are close together ; he gives a drawing in which they

are small and about a diameter apart. His specimen was pur-

chased by the Paris Museum in 1859, and came from ‘les environs

de Melbourne’; he was able to compare it with the original type-

specimen, then 60 years old; still his identification should be

correct. It was 20 mm. long—whether including mandibles or

not does not appear. It is to be hoped some fresh specimens may

be forthcoming from Melbourne or Sydney.

In the British Museum are two specimens from Hunter River,

N.S.W., and Western Australia labelled 24. occatorium, females

also, old dried specimens ; but they are different from one another,

and do not agree with M. Lucas’s description.

In these the rear row of eyes is shorter than the front. The

two front middle are small, about three diameters apart, but stand

on larger round, slightly raised bases, which may or may not

have been originally part of the eyes, but in the dried state are

now clearly separable from the seeing part. This probably

accounts for the discrepancies above mentioned. The side-eyes

are all slightly raised.

The colour is a uniform rich dark brown, the mandibles black-

brown, and the cephalothorax smooth and shiny.

In the largest there are 11 teeth on the inner margin of the

falx-sheath, 9 on the outer, and about 13 smaller in two inter-

mediate rows.

On the superior tarsal claws are 2 or 3 rather long pectinations

about the middle of the shaft and 1 on the inferior. There are

numerous spines on lip and base of maxille.

The measurements of the largest of the above in millimetres

are as follows :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 9 94

Abdomen ...... 6 6

Mandibles ...... 7 5

Trochanter Patella Metatarsus

Coxa. & femur. tibia. & tarsus.

Pepe whit. ys 7 6 5k = 221

me! A 7 6 5 = 22

3. 4 Z, 5} Be se 2

4. 4 8 74 BC ee) 86}

Palpi canean 3 6 5 3 — Ve

In this specimen the teeth on the falx-sheath are numerous,

pectinations on tarsal claws few, posterior legs relatively longer,

and spines on lip and maxilla numerous.

These two are more likely the female (unknown) of 2, rubro-

capitatum Auss. and of F. crassum Cambr. respectively.

222 MR. H. R, HOGG ON (June 4,

ERIODON FORMIDABILE Cambr.

Eriodon formidabile Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. vol. x. 1868, p. 266; L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873,

p. 454.

This was described by Mr. Cambridge from an old dried speci-

men in the Hope Museum at Oxford, which had lost its palpi and

hind legs. He gives its length as 123 lines (or 26 mm.).

There is a mutilated specimen in the National Museum of

Victoria, Melbourne, which I attribute to the same.

It is very similar to HF. occatoriwm both in colouring (dark

chocolate) and eyes. The front middle pair are very minute, about

four diameters apart. The eyes, which are all small, seem more

sessile, the front and rear rows about equal in length, and the

middle eyes of rear row nearer to the side-eyes of same than

to the front middle. Front row in a straight line. The whole

creature is larger than the foregoing, and the species are probably

distinct.

Mr. Cambridge says his specimen had six spinnerets, which, if

correct, would make it differ from the rest of the genus. But old dry

specimens are very difficult to handle and apt to be deceptive. In

the female I examined the rear half of the abdomen was destroyed.

Locality. Swan Hill (River Murray), Victoria.

ERIoDON CRASSUM Cambr.

Eriodon crassum Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

vol. x. 1868, p. 269; L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 456.

This again is very like 2. occatorium (sec. Cambr.), but smaller,

74 lines. The front side-eyes twice the diameter of front middle.

Legs 4,3, 2,1. Female from Swan River, W. Austr. (Hope Mus.,

Oxford).

The specimen in Brit. Mus. labelled as Z. occatoriwn?, men-

tioned above, has the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd pairs of legs all about equal

length, but, coming from the same locality and in other respects

agreeing with the description of this species, I think it must be

taken to be the same.

ERIODON GRANULOSUM Cambr.

Eriodon granulosum Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soe.,

Zool. vol. x. 1868, p. 268; L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873,

p» 45b.—s

Male. Length 7 lines. Swan River, W. Austr. (Hope Mus.,

Oxford), sec. Cambridge.

Cepbalothorax black above and below, as also legs and palpi.

Eyes, as drawn, very similar to those of 4. crassum. Falces as long

as cephalothorax, strong black spines at upper extremity. Legs

long, 4, 3, 2, 1, with black hairs; black spines on underside of meta-

tarsi and tibie. Margin of cephalothorax and caput rough and

granulose (a common feature in males of this genus). Male palp

with a double bulb and stigma of about the same length.

This reads very much like the male of the preceding,

1901.) AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 223

ERiopon rnsicNE Cambr. (Text-fig. 21, figs. a, b.)

Eriodon insigne Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877, p. 29.

Cephalic part of cephalothorax and mandibles bright scarlet ;

thoracic part black. Abdomen black. Thoracic fovea deep and

strongly procurved. Front middle eyes largest, oval, upright,

close together. Rear middle eyes nearer to rear side than to front

middle. Scopula on tarsus and two-thirds of metatarsus of 3rd and

4th pairs of legs. Superior claws lightly pectinated, 5 or 6 on

inner, 4 on outer; 2 on inferior. 8 teeth on inner falx-edge,

Text-fig. 21.

Hriodon rugosum. c. Male palp.

E. insigne. «a. Eyes, 6. Male palp.

4 on lower part of outer, and 5 very small intermediate at lower

end. Club-shaped spines on lip and lower inner edge of maxille,

A rather large protuberance on the inner fore corner of maxilla.

Trochantal joint of maxille long and cylindrical. Posterior

sternal sigille large and removed from margin. Forehead slightly

granulated, not so much as /. incertum.,

I have several of these males from Dimboola, Victoria, but no

females that I can attribute as cospecific with them.

The males of £. insigne Cambr., /. incertum Cambr., E. rubro-

capitatum Auss., and apparently 2. semicoccinewm Simon, are all

very much alike, with their black thoracic part, abdomen, and legs,

and scarlet head and mandibles. No scarlet-coloured females have

been found; probably they are of the normal black-brown or

chocolate colour, and may not differ eyen so much as the males,

224 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Of the four species known to me I have figured the palps, the

bulb and stigma of which will be seen to be of a somewhat similar

type, the latter nearly straight, from once and a half to twice the

length of the bulb.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. — Broad.

Cephalothorax .... Al 5

ADC OMI cai bce f 34

Pat.& Metuat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

Tepe eee st r, 23 6 43 45 = 17

2. 24 5 4 4 a > Woe

3. 24 5 + ai |

Or'4i1, 3; 9. “ap 8a, 6 41 a es

Papin. ers our 12 2&4 5 i =) laze

ERIODON INCERTUM Cambr. (Text-fig. 22.)

Eriodon incertum Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877, p. 30.

Text-fig. 22.

Evriodon incertum. a. Eyes. 6. Male palp.

Described from a male from Swan River.

Cephalic part of cephalothorax dark reddish black ; mandibles

bright scarlet ; thoracic part black. Abdomen black-brown.

Thoracic fovea very deep and procurved. 8 teeth on inner falx-

edge; 5 teeth on outer falx-edge, and bunch of about 7 small

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 225

intermediate at lower end, away from fang. There are no spines

on lip or maxille.

Eyes: the front middle are the largest, oval, inclined to one

another, bases half their short diameter apart. Side-eyes about

equal in size, in length equal the short diameter of front middle

eyes. The cephalic part above the eyes is deeply pitted with

numerous coarse indentations.

The rastellum is on a pad on the inner side of the falx. The

sternal sigille are large, away from margin, and the same as in

E. insigne and E. rubrocapitatum.

A thick low undivided scopula on tarsus and metatarsus ili. and

iv. reaches nearly to the base of the latter. There are 5 pectinations

on superior inner tarsal claw, 3 on outer, and 3 short on inferior.

These particulars are from a male from Perth (H. W. J. Turner)

in the British Museum.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. __ Broad.

Cephalothorax 5 6

Abdomen .. 5} 5 Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars,

eee) nw acin iy 24 54 5) 4} = 173

2: 24 5 4t 4 == 16

S 24 5 4 4 = 154

Or 1,4,2,3. 4 24 5 4} 4t = Le

1 oa 18 264 58 = 141

Erropon rueosum Auss. (Text-fig. 21¢, p. 223.)

Eriodon rugosum Auss., Verh. der k.k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

Band xxv. 1875, p. 141, Taf. v. figs. 5 &6. A male from Australia.

One male, Keyserling Coll., British Museum. Total length

14 mm.

The front side-eyes are largest and oval. The front middle are

likewise oval, long diameter vertical, slightly smaller; their short

diameter apart.

The whole cephalothorax and mandibles are deep black, the legs

and palpi inclining to reddish brown—the colour of Z. occatorium,

from which however the eyes differ entirely. The abdomen

considerably overhangs the cephalothorax.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. __Broad.

—

Ceph. (without mandibles) .. 7 (

BDOOMEON: “i ig xarelcar tah kcacs 64 5

DEBROIDION ii 5 fa hatte, aks on x 4

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

Sea ees. > lh we 21. 54 4) 4. = “IF

2. 24 5 4 = 15)

3. 24 5 4 4 = 151

Ora t, 2,9. 4 Shap ovvg 5 gna eae

Rais «5 6a ae a1 5 5 14 = 14

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. XV.

—

226 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

ERIODON RUBROCAPITATUM Auss. (Text-fig. 23.)

From the specimen in Keyserling Coll., Brit. Mus., I take the

following particulars.

Cephalic part of cephalothorax and mandibles rather brownish

red; thoracic part black. Legs and palpi lighter brown than

Text-fig. 23.

Evriodon rubrocapitatum. a. Eyes of male.

E. occatoriwm), probably female of this.

latter (not so bright as #. insigne), but the specimen is old and

may have lost its colour somewhat. Thoracic fovea deep and pro-

curved. Sternal sigilla removed from margin; posterior pair

very large; anterior pair small and on sternum below lip-fold.

Scopula on tarsus and lower two-thirds of metatarsus iii and iv.

3 large and 5 small teeth on inner edge of falx-sheath, 2 large and

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 227

2 small near lower part of outer edge; intermediate row of 4 very

small at lower end of same. About 5 or 6 pectinations on outer

superior tarsal claws, 3 on inferior; 4 or 6 pectinations on inner

superior tarsal claws. No club-shaped spines on lip or maxille.

Female below has spines on both. The front middle eyes are

small, on pale yellow prominences (Mr. Rainbow says brown).

The tibial joint of palp is unusually long and swollen in the

middle. The trochantal joint of same is also unusually long

(as in Z, insigne and LE. incertum).

Mr. Rainbow, of Sydney, describes a male from Menindie,

N.S.W., which is the same as this one labelled Australia only.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. _ Broad.’

5 6

Cephalothorax

ARROUTED. <.. 5. + 4 4

Pat.& Metat

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib & tars

Berwin ha dee 3 Hr tee 6 5h =e

2 2 54 5 5 5 17,

J 22 Advan A 4 = 141

4 2 51L 5 5, = 174

Ean atirascseessse'0% 14 2&44 7 1 =) wil

A female in British Museum, with eyes the same, dark centre on

pale yellowish brown, measures :—

Cephalothorax

Abdomen... ..4.06% 11 10

Mandibles ...... 5 4 each.

Pat. & Metat.

Ooxa. Tr.& fem. tib. & tars.

Tete aes 1 3 7 54 4, =, 20

2 3 6 53 peo ae!)

3 3 fi 54 5 =, 204

: ae, ile a Bh = 234

1:1) ee 3 54 5 3 = 161

Erropon NicRipes Lucas (sec. Simon),

Pachyloscelis nigripes Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, vol. iii. 1834,

p. 364, pl. vii. figs. 1 & 2.

Sphodros abboti Walck. Ins. Apt. vol. i. 1837, p. 243.

Eriodon nigripes E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i, 1892,

p. 81 note.

Described as from Brazil. M. Simon, howeyer, thinks that this is

228 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

probably a mistake, as on examination of Lucas’s type of the above-

named species, he finds it to be a male Hriodon.

He further ascertained that Sphodros abboti Walck. (loc. cit.)

was described from the same specimen.

The cephalothorax is described as black, the cephalic part blue-

black, the abdomen yellow above and black underneath.

M. Lucas at the same time described a female as P. rufipes

(loc. cit.), which from the colouring (black all over, bluish head-

part, yellow hairs on abdomen) would appear to be the female of

the above.

The rear middle eyes are depicted in this female as close up to

the rear side, while in the male they are about half-way, which

may doubtless have led M. Simon to reject it as cospecific; the

drawings given of details of other parts, however, are clearly not

to be taken too literally. Of course there is the doubt as to its

locality, and it has not been recognized since.

ERIODON SEMICOCCINEUM Simon.

Eriodon semicoccineum Simon, Liste der Arachn. der Semon’schen

Sammlung in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel (E. Simon,

1896).

Black, with cephalic part and mandibles red; 9 mm. long. From

Burnett River, Queensland.

From M. Simon’s description (loc. cit.) it is not clear that this

differs from Z. rubrocapitatum Auss., unless the “ very long,

straight, thin” palpal stigma mentioned means something more

than about twice the length of the bulb.

Subfamily Miain #.

This subfamily is represented only by the genus Migas L. Koch,

which is confined to New Zealand. Unlike the other members of

the family, the mandibles are short, convex, kneed at the base and

thence almost vertical. The thoracic fovea is recurved, and the

front row of eyes (sec. Koch) straight or (sec. Goyen) procuryed.

The New Zealand species are unknown to me. I recorded a muti-

lated specimen from Central Australia (Horn Expedition, Zool.

vol. ii. p. 384) as probably M. paradowus L. K.; but on recon-

sidering my notes I feel sure that it must be a new genus—to be

described when more material is available.

Genus Mieas L. Koch.

Migas Li. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 467; E. Simon,

Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. 1892, p. 84,

Type, M. paradoxus L. Koch.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 929

Mieas parapoxus L. Koch (loc. cit.).

Front row of eyes straight; a remarkable double row of spines

on metatarsus iv.

Female from Auckland.

Mieas Distinctus Cambr.

(Female.) Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879,

p: 783.

(Male.) P.Goyen, Proc. New Zealand Inst. vol. xix. 1886,

p. 210.

(Sec. Goyen). Both rows of eyes procurved. No spines on lip

or maxille. Length 9 mm.

Locality. At the back of the sea-beach between Dunedin and

Oamaru, Otago.

MiGas SANDAGERI Goyen.

Migas sandageri Goyen, Proc. N. Z. Inst. vol. xxii. 1890,

p- 123.

(Sec. Goyen.) Both rows of eyes procurved. Lip and maxille

studded with spines. Length 9 mm.

Weaves a nest on trunks of trees.

Locality. Mokohinou Islands.

Subfamily CTENIZIN &,

Three claws and a rastellum. Eyes on a more or less raised

prominence in the centre of the frontal area.

Of the six groups into which M. Simon divides this subfamily

we have only three into which any of our genera can fall.

Idiopee—in which the front side-eyes are brought so far forward

as to be separated from the others; Cyrtaucheniee and Nemesice,

which M. Simon separates on the procurvedness or straightness

of the thoracic fovea, and these so overlap the borders that no

satisfactory dividing line between the groups can be drawn.

Synopsis of Genera.

1. Rear middle eyes at least two of their longer

diameters distant from the rear side-eyes ......... 2.

Rear middle eyes not more than their longer

diameter from the rear side-eyes ..............-+00+0 3.

Abdomen coriaceous, wrinkled, short spines on back.

Anterior lateral eyes brought forward to margin

of clypeus (as in /diops) and not more than their

Giameter BrMPO Th... cucsbckecissnecnesesescescsesss .... Idiosoma Auss.

Abdomen clothed with rather thick and longhair... ¢

4, Rear row of eyes procurved; long spines on the

upper side of the abdomen .,........ccseeeseseeeeeees Anidiops Pocock.

Rear row of eyes recurved ....ssecessceeessseverereseens 5.

5. Cephalothorax only very slightly longer than broad Eueyrtops Pocock.

Cephalothorax one third longer than broad _......... Aganippe Oambr.

230 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

3. Lip broader than long. Thoracic fovea deep and

strongly procurved, Posterior sternal sigille

large and removed from margin. Long thin

spines on upper and under side of abdomen ... Maoriana, nov. gen.

Lip nearly square. Thoracic fovea straight or

only slightly divergent therefrom. Sternal sigillz

moderate in size and marginal ...........sscssessennes Arbanitis L. Koch.

Genus Inrosoma Ausserer.

Idiwsoma Ausserer, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 150.

Acanthodon Guérin, E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. 1892,

p. 91.

Idiosoma Auss., R. I. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xix. 1897, p. 109.

Attached by M. Simon to the genus <Acanthodon and group

Idiopee, to which the position of its front side-eyes entitles it.

The rear side-eyes are, however, at least twice the diameter of the

front middle instead of nearly equal, and the lip broader than

long, instead of equally so. No spines on lip, instead of a row of

a few large ones. I think, therefore, that Mr. Pocock is right in

restoring Ausserer’s genus.

Type, J. sigillatum.

IpIOSOMA SIGILLATUM Cambr.

Idiosoma sigillatum Cambr., R. I. Pocock, loc. cit.

Idiops sigillatus Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 105, pl. viii.

fig. 2.

This, the only species of the genus, was described originally

from a male from Perth, W.A. However, a female was received

by the British Museum from the same neighbourhood a few years

since, from which I have taken the following few points in addition

to those published by Mr. Pocock.

Teeth on inner falx-edge ...... 7.

a outer Be Ae ante etek 4

3 smaller intermediate at lower end.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. _ Broad.

Cephalothorax

ATAOMON ‘5.35. 1: 9

Mandibles ...... 4

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa, Tr.&fem. tib. & tars. r

1 Ae if 3 6 54 4 = 18}

2. 3 54 5 4 es) 174

3. 3 5 4 4 ieee

Or 4,1, 2,3. 4. 3 6 7 54 = 214

Pali <3) ccaye ee 33 5 5 33 = 17

1901,] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 231

_ Genus AGANtIPPE Cambr.

Aganippe Cambr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877,

p- 28; Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. p. 106 (1892); Pocock,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. 1895, p. 223; id. ibid.

vol, xix. 1897, p. 112.

Type, AGANIPPE SUBTRISTIS Cambr., loc. cit.

Described from a dried specimen in the British Museum received

from Adelaide (S. Australia), and not recorded since.

The cephalothorax and legs are bright chestnut-brown; the eye-

space and mandibles darker reddish brown ; abdomen reddish brown,

rough and hairy. The sternum is pyriform, broadest behind.

The posterior sternal sigille large and removed from the margin ;

a smaller pair between these and the anterior margin of sternum.

The sternum and coxz are copiously pitted.

The lip is small, as long as broad. Club-shaped spines on base

of maxillz, none visible on lip.

In this the rastellum extends in three rows of teeth right across

the lower end of falx.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 12 9

Abdomen ...... ia gt

Mandibles ...... 8 falx.

5 fang

Tib.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. pat. & tars.

5. a ae t. 5 91 8} 54 = © 28)

Z: 4 8 8 55 = 255

a. 4 73 7 6 = 244

Or 4,1,2,3. 4. 5 10 94 si = 33

RPO ores eat ahah 5s 65 64 46 = 2

Genus Anipioprs Pocock.

Anidiops Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xix. 1897,

p. 114.

Type, ANIDIOPS MANSTRIDGEI Pocock, loc. cit.

Described from a dried female specimen from Lawlers, East

Murchison, W.A., and not since recorded.

The front middle eyes are yellow with black centres, their

diameter apart. The rear side-eyes are largest, two thirds diameter

of front middle. The rear row strongly procurved. The front

side-eyes project beyond the margin of the carapace, and are their

diameter apart, one third more than front middle.

Rastellum along inner front of falx and over rather large area

behind same.

232 MR. H. R, HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements tr millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax 9

Abdomen ....<f. 8 65

Mandibles ...... 6

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

eget 166. de 4 63 64 5, = 22)

2. Bt 6 6 4,5 = 20

3 3 6 5 5 = 19

4, By 7} 74 TAne i nee

3 ee ee 5 64 64 4 = 22

Genus Evcyrrors Pocock.

Aganippe Cambr. (ad partem, latior), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877, p. 29, pl. vi. fig. 4.

Eucyrtops Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xix. 1897,

p. 113.

Evcyrtors bation Cambr., loc. cit.

Removed by Mr. Pocock from <Ayganippe in consequence of a

difference, which he considers sufficient, in the arrangement of

the eyes in the type, and only, species from that of Aganippe

subtristis Cambr.

There does not appear to me much difference beyond that the

rear row is rather more recurved, and the front middle eyes equal

in size to the rear middle, instead of larger. The four side-eyes

are also equal, 14 diameter of the medians, and they are all slightly

raised on low tubercles. However, in Hucyrtops the cephalothorax

is broad er, apparently the reason of its specific. name.

Type (in British Museum), one dried female from Perth, W. A.

Not recorded since.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 93 9

Abdomen ......- 7 53

Mandibles ...... 5

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. &fem, tib. & tars.

Legs ....-- 1 4 52 6 5) = 21

2 32 54 6 54 = 203

3 33 5 54 5 =— 19

4 4 74 7 6 =e

Or 4, 1, 2, 3

Ralpi ... 26505 43 54 5 4 = 2

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 233

Genus Arpaniris L. Koch.

Pholeuon L. Koch (nom. preoce.), Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 472.

Arbanitis L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. 1874, p. 491.

Arbanitis E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign, vol.i. p. 115 (1892).

Arbanitis differs primarily from Nemesia (sec. Simon) in having

the pectinations on the tarsal claws in one row instead of two.

Judged by this standard, all the species from Australia and New

Zealand described under the two genera must be included in the

former.

M. Simon has already removed NV. gilliesii; and as Mr.

Urquhart’s description of his V. kirkii is apparently clear on the

point, though he does not state it directly, that must also follow

suit.

Type, A. longipes L. Koch.

Synopsis of Species.

1, Middle eyes of front row about 4 diameter apart

(neg: De Kaah)saceeceee nce ceeindas sas tee coe enrseee A, longipes L. Koch.

Middle eyes of front row more nearly 14 diameter

ADAM okcsasascwaeisunssedeasisa dictwasaceuse ce canaecaas 2.

. Cephalothorax of adult (¢ or 2) not exceeding

about 6 mm. in length (sec. Cambr. & Goyen). A. huttanit Cambr.

Cephalothorax of adult (¢ or 9) 8-14 mm. in

[i ie PRS Ee Seen eee a 3.

3. No club-shaped spines on lip.............ssceseeceeeees A, gilliesii Cambr.

Lip covered with small papille, or club-shaped

spines (sec, Urq.)...7f coming within subfamily... A. kirkii Urq.

ARBANITIS GILLIBSII Cambr. (Text-fig. 24, a, b.)

Arbanitis gilliesii Cambr., Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i.

p- 115 (1892).

Nemesia gilliesii Cambr. Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. x. (1877) p. 284,

plate x.

Nemesia gilliesii Cambr., A. T. Urquhart, Trans. N. Z. Inst.

vol. xxiv. (1891) p. 221.

A female sent me by Prof. Dendy from Christchurch, N.Z.,

I attribute to this species, the colouring and pattern agreeing.

Mr. Cambridge described his species from one male and two

females sent by Captain Hutton from Oamaru, Otago.

The thoracic fovea is straight, or slightly recurved. Mr. Cam-

bridge draws his procurved, but does not mention the point. The

scopul on tarsus and metatarsus of two front pairs of legs are

thick and undivided. With three long single spines in the

scopule of the metatarsus; none on tarsus. On the two pos-

terior pairs there are a good many short spines on the underside

of the tarsus, and a row on the anterior end of metatarsus. There

are very long bristles on the anterior end and sides of the sternum ;

bristles, but no club-shaped spines, on the lip, which is as broad

as long, square in front, and sunk below the maxilla. There

234 MR, H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

is a bunch of club-shaped spines on inner side of base of the

latter.

The front middle eyes are 14 diameter apart, they are wholly

above the highest point of the side-eyes, which are twice their

diameter, and the same distance away from both front middle and

rear side-eyes. The rear row is recurved, the side-eyes being 14

diameter of front middle. The whole eye-space is twice as long

as broad, the sides being parallel, and the front side-eyes are

their long diameter removed from the margin of the clypeus.

Text-fig. 24.

Arbanitis gilliesii. a, Eyes. 6. Rear tarsal claws.

Supposed A. huttoni. c. Rear tarsal claws.

The outer superior tarsal claw has two very long pectinations

between two shorter, and the inner claw two long and one short

intermediate ; none on the inferior claw ; one large at base of palpal

claw: this is on front edge of the tarsus-end, and not, as Mr.

Cambridge draws it, close up to the other claws.

The inferior mammille are one diameter apart. The superior

have the first joint longest and stoutest, the second one fourth its

length, the third conical, rounded at the end, the same length as

the second.

There are fine spines on both upper and under side of the

abdomen.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 235

Measurements in millimetres.

Long Broad

Cephalothorax .. 14 i]

Abdomen ...... 15 10

Mandibles ...... 3h

Tib.& Metat.

Coxa, Tr. & fem. pat. & tars

Pee ae, 1b Lt i oo) == 486

2. 5} 10 gt 8 = 33

3. 5 8h 8 (le eee

4, 5s 11} 13 11 = 413

Uc ee re 6 8 v4 5 = 26

One female in British Museum from J. V. Jennings, Otago,

1891, differs slightly in the following particulars.

Eyes the same as the foregoing (supposed A. gilliesii), but

distance between the front side pair and the margin of the clypeus

rather narrower. Thoracic fovea deeper and slightly procurved.

The Rey. O. P. Cambridge draws his recurved, but does not

mention it in his description. No spines on the back of the

abdomen, and only a few light bristly ones in two of the folds on

the underside. Anterior abdominal (genital) fold double—the

same in both species. Sternal sigillee about the same size and mar-

ginal. The two rear coxe not quite contiguous. Spinnerets

about the same as foregoing.

Three small spines at front end of tarsus i. & ii. One larger

pair at anterior end of metatarsus i. & il., and two single in the

middle and at the posterior end. A single row of large teeth

(about eight) on inner falx-edge. The inner superior claw of

tarsus iy. has about the middle one very long pectination, with

another a good deal shorter nearer to the base, and a very small

one between. On the outer claw is a long one near the base,

followed by two short, and on the other side higher up one very

long and one short—a sort of rudimentary double pectination.

This might, however, almost equally well be a rudimental row

crossing the claw, as in the Diplurine. On the other claws the

pectinations are all single.

Measurements in millimetres.

Cephalothorax .. Ey 8}

Abdomen ...... 13 8

Mandibles ...... 4

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr.& fem. tib. & tars,

ee 1. 5 91 9 The ea Be

2: 41 7) 8 6: = 28

3. 4 8 74 of = 26

4. 4! 4, 11 10 = 365

1 a 4; 74 7 5 = 24}

236 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

ARBANITIS HUTTONII Cambr. (Text-fig. 24c¢, p. 234.)

Arbanitis huttonii Rev. O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

(24 Sept.) 1879, p. 682, plate li. fig. 1 (male).

Arbanitis huttomi Cambr., A. T. Urquhart, Tr. N. Z. Inst.

vol. xxiv. 1891, p. 221; P. Goyen, ibid. p. 255.

Described from an adult male sent by Captain Hutton from

Dunedin in 1879; female by Mr. Goyen in 1891.

ARBANITIS KIRKII Urquhart.

Nemesia kirkii A. T. Urquhart, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xxvi.

1893, p. 204.

One female from Wellington.

Mr. Urquhart says :-—

Eyes. Posterior row moderately procurved, anterior row slightly

recurved (unless this is a misprint it is of course quite different

from anything else in the group).

The cephalic fovea is circular. (In the other species it is long.)

The superior tarsal claws have 12 teeth, and the inferior 4. The

palpal claw 7 stout open pectinations. In A. huttoni and A. gilliesu

the superior claws have 4 pectinations, the inferior none, and the

palpal claw one.

The position of the species must, therefore, be considered very

doubtful.

ARBANITIS LONGIPES L. Koch.

Arbanitis longipes, L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1874, pp. 472

(Pholeuon), 491 (Arbanitis).

MAoRIANA, noy. gen.

This genus, though near Arbanitis, differs from it in several

essential particulars. The line joining the centres of the front

row of eyes is only slightly procurved, the upper margius of the

laterals being in a line with the centres of the median. The front

lateral eyes are twice the diameter of the median, and are close

to the margin of the clypeus, so that the clypeus is very much

narrower. The line joining the centres of the rear row is about

straight. The thoracic fovea is deep and procurved. The lip is

broader than long and hollowed in the front margin. The pos-

terior sternal sigille are large, lying half-way between the margin

and the central line of sternum, and the others are away from

the side-margin.

Maoriana agrees with Arbanitis in having thick scopula on the

two front pairs of tarsi; none on the two rear pairs. Long

thin spines on both upper and under side of abdomen. Superior

tarsal claws pectinated in one row, but with not many in number.

Row of teeth on inner side of falx-sheath only. Eye-space much

broader than long; sides parallel. Eyes well apart. Superior

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 237

spinnerets short, stout and tapering; first joint longest, third quite

short and hemispherical.

Type, Maoriana dendyi.

MaoriaNna DENDYI,n. sp. (Text-fig. 25.)

Cephalothorax, mandibles, legs, and palpi bright yellow-brown,

with a few pale yellowish hairs on the cephalothorax, trochanter,

and femur, darkening into brown and thicker on the remainder

of the leg. Two longitudinal belts of yellowish-brown bristles on

the face of the falx are separated by bare spaces. The teeth of

the rastellum are black. The sternum, coxe, lip, and maxille are

dull orange, furnished with brown bristles springing from round

Text-fig. 25,

Maoriana dendyi. a. Eyes. , Profile (nat. size).

ec, Lip and sternum, showing sigille.

roots ; the fringes are pinkish yellow. The fangs dark red, almost

black at base. The abdomen is black above with yellow spots in

transverse bands; underneath black irregularly mottled with

yellow. Spinnerets, gill-covers, and anterior section above genital

aperture yellow-brown; a few long thin spines on both upper and

under side of abdomen, and short yellow hairs.

The thoracic part of the cephalothorax is flat, rounded. at sides

and narrowed at rear ; the cephalic part rises rather abruptly from

238 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

the deep and strongly-procurved fovea to about half its length,

whence it slightly slopes downward to the anterior margin. The

side striations are broad, shallow and straight, making the cephalic

part almost triangular.

The front row of eyes is slightly procurved, the median pair

1} diameter apart on a common black oval prominence; the

laterals are twice their diameter, the same distance away as the

median from one another. The rear row is recurved. Side-eyes

14 diameter of front median, and that distance from the front

laterals. The rear median are narrow pear-shaped, the length of

the front middle, and just clearly separated at their apex from the

side-eyes.

The sternum is broadest posteriorly, and very convex, hollowed

in front opposite the lip, and slightly pointed between the rear

coxe, covered with long upstanding bristles on round roots.

The posterior sigille are transversely oval, once and a half of their

long diameter from the margin and the same distance from the

central line.

The lip is broader than long, hollowed in front, and curved

posteriorly with the sternum. It is very convex, and clothed with

bristles on roots, but no small club-shaped spines.

The maxille are rather long, straight in front, a rounded pro-

tuberance at the heel and thence hollowed over the lip. A few

club-shaped spines are sprinkled from the inner corner to half-

way up. :

Legs short and stout. Scopule on tarsi and metatarsi of front

two pairs. A few short stout spines on all tarsi and metatarsi,

and longer ones on underside of tibia.

The superior tarsal claws have one very long tooth near the

base ; the inferior claw is bare. One row of teeth only on falx-

sheath. On the outside of patella iii. and iv. is an area covered

with short stout spines very similar to those forming the rastellum.

The inferior spinnerets are one diameter apart. The superior

are short, thick and tapering, the first joint longest and thickest,

the third is hemispherical and only visible above the second from

the underside.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

8 F

Cephalothorax ..........

Ribdominn he sees eect. ies 10 6

Mandibles (horizontally) .. 3

Superior spinnerets ...... 2}

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

pei. ie hes scp i. 3t 6 5 4. = 18}

2. 3s 54 4} (an eee yet

3. 3 5 + 4 = 16

4, 3h 7 6 6 = 221

Palpl ss. shady os che tts ope 3s 4i 4 ates” 15

One female from Christchurch, N.Z., sent me by Prof. Dendy.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 239

Subfamily BARYOHELIN 4.

Group BAaRrYcHELns.

In this subfamily we find the tarsal scopule projecting in strong

bristly tufts beyond the claws at the end of the foot, and from

consequent disuse the third claw has disappeared. Although

the members of this group make their home in burrows in

the soil which has to be dug out, the rastellum has not been

developed into the strong teeth which are so typical in the pre-

viously described families ; but in most cases the bristles on the

front edge of the mandibles are simply hardened, retaining their

bristly form. The spinnerets, as the name of the group implies,

are short and stout ; the first joint is longer than the remaining

two together, the third shortest and nearly hemispherical.

The genera of which we have representatives in Australia all fall

into the one group of Barychelew, distinguished by the strongly

procurved front row of eyes; the front laterals being brought

down to a position on the margin of the clypeus, where they are

near together, forming a pattern of which the extreme form is

seen in Idiops Perty, the whole group being at least not broader

than long.

Genus InptommatTa Auss.

Idiommata Auss., R. I. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xvi. 1895, p. 225.

Idiommata Auss., Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

1870, p. 154.

Idiommata Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 183.

Idiommata Auss., L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. 1874, p. 474.

Encyocrypta E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 247,

Idiommata Auss., E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i, 1892,

p. 121.

Type, Jdiommata blackwalli Cambr.

In the year 1895 Mr. Pocock, on re-examining Mr. Cambridge’s

type specimen, discovered (Joc. cit.) that (in the male at least,

the female not being known to him) Jd. blackwailli is furnished

with a Wood-Mason’s stridulating organ, which the females, at any

rate those in the British Museum, identified as Jd. reticulata

L. Koch, had not. J. blackwalli being the type of the genus

Idiommata Auss., it is clear that the other species, until proved

to have the stridulating organs, cannot be included in the same

genus; and Mr. Pocock therefore re-characterized the genus

Encyocrypta Simon, for the non-stridulated species. I record them

as such, as it is necessary to obtain and examine more specimens

before it can be seen how far the males and females agree re-

spectively with those of J. blackwalli.

240 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

IDIOMMATA BLACKWALLI Cambr.

Idiommata blackwalli Rev, O. P. Cambridge, loc. cit.; L. Koch,

loc. cit.; R. I. Pocock, loc. cit.; Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, Band xxv. 1875, p. 164.

Described from male only.

Herr Ausserer states (loc. cit.) that the cephalothorax and back

of abdomen are thickly clothed with silver hair. Legs and palpi

dark, nearly black.

Genus Encyocrypta Simon.

Encyocrypta Simon, R. I. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xvi. 1895, p. 225.

Encyocrypta E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p, 247.

Idiommata Auss., E. Simon, Hist, Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. (1892)

p. 121,

Type, E. meleagris.

This genus was created by M. Simon for a New Caledonian

member of the group (meleagris), but was subsequently merged

by him in the genus Jdiommata Auss., from which, under the

circumstances above detailed, it was again resuscitated by Mr.

Pocock.

From Herr Ausserer’s synopsis of species (Verh. k.k. zool.-bot.

Ges. Wien, Band xxy. 1875, p. 164) I translate the following :—

1. COephalothorax and upper side of abdomen not clothed

WHUDAYLVCGAR BIE onc 6A. oBp scence dian cattaasmoedte vin cattens <0 2.

2. Front middle eyes of second group at least their

diameter apart; cephalic fovea deep half-moon

shape with the opening in front ...............c00eee0es E. fusca L. K.

Front middle eyes of second group less than their

diameter apart ; thoracic fovea straight ............... 5.

3. Abdomen brownish yellow, with a dark reddish-brown

MOLWORK GUTGRC ONT <.,..55-ssecsscnueeseiatvastsesasesetes E. reticulata L, K.

Abdomen black-brown, with yellowish-brown hairs

without any network marking ...............ssceeeeecees E. aussereri L, K.

EncyocryPTa RETICULATA L. Koch.

Encyocrypta reticulata R. 1. Pocock (Joc. cit.).

Idiommata reticulata L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. 1874, p. 47.

From British Museum specimens (three females from Rock-

hampton) labelled Z. reticulata, I take the following particulars :—

The colour is chestnut-brown to lighter yellow-brown all over.

The abdomen is clothed with thick short brown hair, intermingled

with bristles and some spines. The six rear eyes yellow, the two

front black.

A light rastellum of spinous bristles. 8 large teeth on inner

margin of falx-sheath ; 12 quite small intermediate at lower end ;

1 large at lower end of outer edge. Thoracic fovea procurved (?).

Sternum a broad oval. Of the sternal sigille the three pos-

terior pairs are moderate in size and marginal; the anterior pair

under the lip very large.

bi Tetls't

1901.) AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 241

The lip broader than long, strongly convex; no club-shaped

bristles ; it is somewhat rounded anteriorly, with a thick bunch

of bristly hairs. On the lower end of the maxille is a distinct

heel with 7 or 8 club-shaped spines. There is a thick divided

scopula on all tarsi, the metatarsi of the front two pairs, and at

the anterior end of the rear two pairs. All the tarsi are without

spines; the front two pairs of metatarsi are without them; the

other two pairs of metatarsi have a good many spines on both

upper and under side. The inferior mammille are very minute and

close together; in the superior pair the second joint is nearly as

long as the first, the third short and hemispherical.

Measurements in millimetres.

Cephalothorax .. 11 74

Abdomen ...... 10 6

Mandibles ...... 4

Tib.& Metat.

Coxa. ‘Tr. & fem. pat. & tars.

1 Pere 1 + 8 54 = 254

2. 4 74 74 Sf oe Oe

3. 3t 64 63 Ole =. (2a

4, + 84 8} fee ee

Palin. waori rs 3h 6 5 SN eae |

Encyocrypra Fusoa L. Koch (R. I. Pocock, loc. cit.).

Idiommata fusca L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 475.

ENCYOORYPTA AUSSERERI L. Koch (R. I. Pocock, loc. cit.).

Idiommata aussererit L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 476.

ENCYOCRYPTA FULIGINATA Thor.

Idiommata fuliginata Thor. Ann. Mus. Gen. xvii. 1881, p. 243.

Male from Cape York.

Genus Trirrame L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 482.

Trittame L. Koch, E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. (1892) p. 124.

The type species, Trittame gracilis L. Koch. No specimen

recorded since.

Genus Ipni1ooT1s L. Koch.

Idioctis L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 483.

Idioctis L. Koch, Simon, loc. cit. p. 125.

Type, Idioctis helua L. Koch, from Ovalau, Fiji.

Idioctis (Koch) has the eyes in one group (Jdiommata in two).

According to Simon, it only differs from Jdiommata in having the

lip longer than broad, an exceptional character in this group.

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il, No. XVI. 16

242 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

This statement will be seen to be only a printer’s error in the

description of the genus, as in that of the type species it is the

other way—the lip is broader than long, and no exception to

the rest. However, the eye-space is certainly much shorter than

in Idiommata or Encyocrypta (at any rate than in £. reticulata

L. K.); and I think the genus should stand.

I recorded specimens of Idioctis helua L. Koch as having come

from Central Australia (Horn Expedition, vol. ii. p. 335). On

comparing my notes with specimens of J. helva in the British

Museum, this must clearly be a new species, which I describe below

under the name of J. palmarum.

Genus Inioor1s L, Koch.

IpIocTIS PALMARUM, n. sp. (Text-fig, 26.)

Text-fig. 26.

KR. b.

a. Hyes of Idioctis helva (Keyserling Collection). 4. Z palmarum.

ce. Eyes of L. palmarum.

Cephalothorax, mandibles, legs, and palpi walnut-brown;

sternum, lip, and maxille rather paler. Abdomen—upperside

yellowish brown with dark-brown median line, six dark lines on

either side, thence sloping towards the rear; underside rather

paler without distinct markings, posteriorly the yellow shading

into grey.

Cephalothorax ovate, truncate anteriorly, rounded at rear ;

cephalic part distinctly separated by lateral furrow. Thoracic

fovea transverse, straight.

Front side-eyes rather less than their diameter apart; front

median two-thirds diameter of latter, half their diameter apart ;

1901.) AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 243

rear side-eyes about the same diameter as front middle. Whole

eye-space broader than long ; an oval tubercle between the median

and side pairs of front row of eyes has long bristles curling back-

wards.

The lip is broader than long, almost triangular, with a small

triangular process at the apex, but without spines. The

maxille are divergent, hollowed at base round the lip; rather

thickly bespined at the basal part. The falx-sheath has six large

teeth on the inner edge. Patella ii. has a thick row of spines on

the anterior side.

The abdomen is oval, rounded at the sides.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long, Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 6 3 in front

5 in middle.

Abdomen ...... 24 61

Tib. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. pat & tars

Lr ere. 1. 2 5 4008 Io O16

2. 4} 43 4 =y da

3. 2 4i + 4 = 144

4. 23 6 6 Gy}! =3 be 22

Locality. Palm Creek, Central Australia.

Besides its larger size, this differs from L. Koch’s I. helva, from

Ovalau, in having the sides of the lip more sloping, the second,

third, and fourth pairs of legs longer in proportion, and both median

pair and laterals of front row of eyes respectively nearer together.

Subfamily AVICULARIINZ.

This subfamily, which contains all the largest members of the

Mygalomorphe, is characterized by being without both the third

claw and rastellum. Of the ten groups into which M. Simon

divides it, we are only concerned with two, the Ischnocolee and

Selenocosmiew ; and if Mr. Pocock’s supposition be found correct,

that after examination of more specimens of the former, they may

possibly all prove to be the young of other genera, we shall have

only about two genera, both falling into the latter group. So far

no specimens have been recorded from New Zealand.

The groups may be characterized as follows :—

Having no stridulating organs. Scopuls of all tarsi divided.

(Simon, Nat. Hist. des Araign. vol. i. 1892, p. 132.)...... IscHNOCOLE.

Having a Wood-Mason’s stridulating organ, consisting of spini-

form sete on mandible and an oval cluster of bacilli ;

without fringe of hairs on maxilla. Tarsal scopule of

Ist, 2nd, and 3rd legs undivided. (Fauna of Brit. India,

‘Apophis: Fe 1. Pocodks L002) ies: cocsvecavsqeveveddeadeodans SpLenocosmrEs,

16*

244 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4

Group IscHNocoLEz.

This group has been formed on the distinction of the tarsal

scopule being divided by a line of sete; but, as shown by Mr.

Pocock (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. (1895) pp. 225-

230), among those species which in an adult state have an

integral scopula, it is always more or less divided in its earlier

stages, and also that a considerable number of types of described

species of Jschnocolus Auss. are certainly the young of members

of other genera; so that it is possible that this may be the case with

the only one recorded in Australia.

Genus IscHnocotus Auss. .

Ischnocolus Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. xxi. (1871)

p- 184.

Type, I. holosericeus Auss.

IscHNOCOLUS LUCUBRANS L. Koch.

Ischnocolus lucubrans Li. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 487 ;

Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. xxv. (1875) p. 173.

This species is unknown to me. It is distinguished (sec. Auss.)

by the underside of metatarsus ii. having no spines at the fore

end, and by the rear-side and middle eyes being equally large—

points also applicable to Selenocosmia crassipes L. Koch. Seleno-

cosmia is, of course, easily distinguishable by its stridulating organs,

which Mr. Pocock has shown (loc. cit.) that several so-called

Ischnocoli possess.

Herr Koch’s type of this species is not available. I leave the

record as it stands, but the presence of the genus in Australia

requires confirmation.

Group SELENOCOSMIDZ.

Synopsis of Australian Genera.

Rear legs less stout and not longer than front legs. Front

row of eyes straight or procurved ...............sssscseceres Selenocosmia Auss.

Rear legs longer and stouter than front pair. Front row of

CYNE FACORVE | ass caslids thas cas usodaars deadenapsnonds -vhs0sdae Selenotypus Pocock.

Genus SELENOCOSMIA Auss.

Selenocosmia A. Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Band xx.

(1871) p. 204.

Phrictus L. Koch, Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 488 (nom. preoce.).

Phlogius E. Simon, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vol. vii. (1887)

p-. exev; Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. (1892) p. 146.

Selenocosmia Auss., R. I. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,

ser. 6, vol. xv. (1895) p. 170; ibid. vol. xvi. (1895) p. 229,

Type, S. gavanensis Walck,

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 245

Synopsis of Species.

1. Line joining centres of front row of eyes straight.

Eyes in same about equal in size. Legs whole-

OOIGUKEMFONPHOUY cee 5c.tecccsececs-s0nscareccecacstse S. stirlingi, n. sp.

Line joining centres of front row of eyes procurved. 2,

2. (Male.) First and fourth pairs of legs about equal

in length. Inthe front row of eyes a line touching

the lower part of the middle pair passes through

the centres of the laterals. Femur i.&ii.chocolate- ; Bs Seige

rn en OSencntah soe ces es d20 ssc. J.ccvcsdocaneoeessee 1 29 a ane, ‘Lk h

(Female.) First pair of legs distinctly longer than ‘* *“ sri i aa Ka

the fourth. Front row of eyes so far procurved

that a line touching the lower points of the middle

pair passes above the side-eyes (sec. Thor.) ...... S, strenua Thor.

SELENOCOSMIA CRASSIPES L. Koch.

Phrictus crassipes L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1874) p. 490.

Phlogius crassipes E. Simon, loc. ect.

SELENOCOSMIA STIRLINGI, n. sp. (Text-fig. 27.)

Text-fig. 27.

Selenocosmia stirlingi. a, Male palpal organ; /, extremity, enlarfed

from upper and under sides. c. Eyes.

This species has a wider range over Australia apparently than

any other of the group. I have met with specimens from New

Guinea through Queensland to about the northern border of New

South Wales, through Central and South Australia, to lat. 25° 30’,

and in Western Australia from the latitude of Perth. Until the

246 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [dune 4

male was known it was supposed to be L. Koch’s S. crassipes,

from which it differs in the coloration of the legs.

To many female specimens I have only seen one male, sent to

the British Museum from Crown Point Station, 8. Australia.

The measurements (in millimetres) compare as follows :—

Female.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 18 { se in front.

Abdomen ...... 28 20

Mandibles ...... 6

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. ‘Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

TGS wn ¢ pS 9 17 17 Li Se. (88

2. 8 14 14 144 = 50

3. 7 12 12 14 = £45

4, 8 16 16 18 = 58

Palgt 2 25 eis see oe 9 12 12 7 = 40

Male.

Long Broad

Cephalothorax .. 16 14

Abdomen ...... 173 14 Spinnerets 8.

Mandibles ...... 6

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars,

Pope! t% te 82 18 19 18 = 634

2. 7 16 173 16 = 56}

3. 6 14 15 19 = 54

4, if 17 18 22 = 64

Palys), 3 Baca os 64 13 14 4 er

The point of the stigma of palpal bulb of male is broadened

into a flattened scoop, but not to the same extent as in S. vulpina,

n. sp., below.

SELENOCOSMIA STRENUA Thor.

Selenocosmia strenua Thor. Ann. Mus. Genova, vol. xvii. (1881)

p- 253.

Described from an adult female from Somerset, Cape York

(Gulf of Carpentaria).

This species is unknown to me; but the Australian Museum at

Sydney possesses specimens from New Guinea, identified by

Mr. W. J. Rainbow, F.L.S.

SELENOCOSMIA VULPINA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 28, p. 247.)

Male.—Colour. The cephalothorax is black-brown, covered with

short matted yellowish-brown hair which extends over the whole

of the falces but is longer on the lower half. The sheath-fringe

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS, 247

is darker reddish brown. Lip and maxille bright red; sternum

dark brown. The legs and palpi yellowish brown above, darker

and redder on tarsi and metatarsi. The coxe of all legs, and the

underside of the femur and trochanter of 1st and 2nd pairs are a

rich chocolate-brown. Scopule a dirty dark brown. Abdomen

above is a rather pale reddish brown, yellower underneath; spin-

nerets darker.

The cephalothorax is a tenth part longer than broad, tapering at

front and rear to little more than half its greatest breadth.

Thoracic fovea procurved.

Selenocosmia vulpina. a. Palpal bulb from above ; 4, ditto from beneath,

c. Whole of palp. d. Eyes. e. Profile.

The eye-space is about twice as wide as long, a good deal

raised, the prominence extending 14 times the diameter of the

front middle eyes beyond them, to over the margin of the clypeus.

The front row of eyes is rather procurved; the middle pair being

three-fourths of their diameter apart. The oval side-eyes obliquely-

set, once and a half the diameter of middle and once and a half

their diameter away from middle. (A line across the top of the

middle eyes passes quite clear of the laterals, across the bottom

248 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

about through their centre.) The rear side-eyes, oval, have their

long diameter equal to that of the front middle. The rear middle

eyes are truncate posteriorly, half the diameter of the rear side

therefrom, the line joining the centres of the four being slightly

recurved. Front and rear laterals clearly separated. The front

middle eyes have yellow rims with black centres.

The mandibles are as long as the front patella, thickly clothed

with short down-lying hair merging into longer at the front end

and on the inner side of the falx. Fangs rather long.

The mawille are divergent, the base being curved round the lip

to a narrowish heel at the outer corner. There is a bunch of

numerous club-shaped spines about the middle of the base. The

upper inner corner alongside the insertion of the trochanter is

moulded into a small rounded protuberance.

The Up is unfortunately broken and its form not distinguish-

able.

The abdomen is oval, long and narrow, thickly covered with a

mat of rather long bristly hair, but no spines. The superior

spinnerets straight and tapering, one half the length of femur and

trochanter iv.

The palpi are comparatively short. The femoral joint incurved,

the patellar and tibial joints covered with long bushy hair; meta-

tarsal quite short. The bulb is rather large and well rounded,

twisting at the top so that the stigma, which in length equals

twice the diameter of the bulb, proceeds from the inner side of

the basal portion. The apex of the stigma is much dilated (as in

S. lanipes Auss. Arachn. Austr. 1875, p. 187 & plate), but the bulb

is much more globular.

The legs are powerful, the front pair being thicker than the

rear, and thickly covered with long bushy hair. The scopula on

the fourth metatarsi reach slightly beyond half-way up the joint,

but merges into bristles. There are no spines or marks of them

visible on any of the legs.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 164 { re is sR

Abdomen ...... 18 10

Spinnerets 4, 3, 23 = 93.

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

Tegp na. 0e at A. 8 19 24 19 er

2. 8 17 18 17 = 60

3. 7 14 15 17 = 63

4, Vf 184 21 23 = 694

Palipiiias say ofeiv. 7 13 14 4 — ss

This species (a single male from Cape Upstart, near Bowen,

Queensland, dried specimen in Brit. Mus. N. H. received in 1873)

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS 249

is very much smaller than S. /anipes Auss., which it somewhat

resembles, the cephalothorax being only two-thirds the length.

The colouring is apparently lighter, no bare streaks on patelle

and femora nor on inner side of rear femora.

The 1st and 4th pairs of legs are about equal in length, instead

of 4th much longer, and 3rd shorter than 2nd instead of slightly

longer. The process of the palp is not so much curled though the

end is about the same in shape.

Coming from the same neighbourhood, this may prove to be the

male (unknown) of L. Koch’s S. erassipes.

Genus SeLtpnoryrus R. I. Pocock.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. p. 176 (Feb. 1895).

For a Spider, a female, from Major’s Creek, Townsville,

Queensland, Mr. Pocock rightly constituted a new genus.

It differs from SeZenocosmia Auss. in having the cephalic part not

so much convex, the fovea deeper and more procurved, the front

row of eyes recurved, the oval laterals of same not more than

three-fourths the diameter of the median, the rear median nearly

as large as the front lateral and larger thau the rear, the whole of

the clearly recurved rear row rather widely separated one from

the other, and the 4th pair of legs much longer as well as stouter

than the 1st.

Type, S. plumipes Pocock.

SELENOTYPUS PLUMIPES Pocock. (Text-fig. 29.)

Selenotypus plumipes Pocock, loc. cit.

This fine species is the largest of all our Australian Spiders,

haying a total length of 59 mm. It is much more thickly covered

Text-fig. 29.

Selenotypus plumipes, Eyes.

with hair than is Selenocosmia crassipes L. Koch, or indeed than

any others of the group.

I make the measurements as follows, but from a dried specimen

it 18 difficult to take them with perfect accuracy.

250 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. ee

E 1 12 front.

Cephalothorax .. 22} { 17} middle.

Abdomen ...... 30 20

Mandibles ...... 7

Pat. & Metat

Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

Tepe 0) 22 a 74! 0O 173 19} 15 ies

2 8 15 16 144 = 631

3 rf 15 14 16 = §2°

4 9 19 22 24 = 74

Pale fof SO 10 13 15 1% = 45)

Subfamily DipLuRINa«,

This subfamily is distinguished by having three claws, no rastel-

lum, and the lip free. The superior mammille vary from less than

one-third the length of the cephalothorax (Hadronyche L. Koch)

to more than the whole length (Cethegus Thorell). The group

Masteriee, though represented in New Guinea and the Pacific

Islands, has not been found in Australia or New Zealand.

The genera resolve themselves into fairly definite groups as

follows :—

EIA ISLEUNEIED rs rss tao vos sapnnouuse ods vaves spk nexesVac svete: HEXATHELEZ.

MCE SPECIOUS ONLY CooL, son deabeeescaneussses canaeavagdonss dive 2.

2. Tarsal claws with two rows of pectinations. Inferior

mammillz near together (not more than 2 diameters

apart). ‘Tarsi unbespined. Scopule on front two

pairs of tarsi and at least partially on same metatarsi.

No teeth on the outer margin of the falx-sheath.

Sternal sigillze of moderate size and marginal. Front

row of eyes procurvyed. Superior spinnerets generally

not exceeding half the length of the cephalothorax...... BRACHYTHELES.

Tarsal claws with one row only of pectinations............ *

3. Inferior mammille widely separated, about 4 of their

diameters apart. No scopule on any legs. No row of

teeth on outer margin of falx-sheath. Sternal sigille

of moderate size and marginal. Superior mammille at

least not much shorter than the cephalothorax ......... MacroTutee.

Inferior mammillz close together, about 1 diameter apart.

Tarsi of all legs thickly bristled and bespined. Two

rows (besides an intermediate at lower end) of teeth

on falx-sheath. Sternal sigille large and removed

from margin. Superior mammillz short, hardly exceed-

ing two-fifths the length of the cephalothorax ...,..... ATRACES,

Group BRacHYTHELEZ.

The group into which the genera hereunder collected fall is

associated by M. Simon with the genus Diplura under the name

of Dipluree. In the first place, however, we have no genera to

record following the Diplura side of it. Secondly, as shown by

Mr. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896,

1901.) AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 251

p- 716), at least some of the species hitherto attributed to that

genus (Z'rechona C. Koch, and those for which he has constituted

the genera Harmonicon F. O. P.-C., and Melodeus F. O. P.-C., loc.

eit.) are furnished with stridulating organs; and it is not impos-

sible that the type species itself, D. macrura L. Koch, may on

examination prove to have them also, in which case the whole

group would require remodelling. Thirdly, the genera centring

around Brachythele Auss. seem to form a better antithesis to

M. Simon’s other well distinguished group of Macrothelee.

In spite of the fact, therefore, that none of the Australian

species examined by me really conform exactly to the genus itself,

the characters represented by Brachythele Auss. seem to form the

better natural group round which to collect them, and I have

adopted it as the type genus.

Synopsis of Genera.

1. Thoracic fovea procurved. Tarsi and metatarsi of

front two pairs scopulated but not to full length

of latter. 3rd joint of superior spinnerets not

longer than the Ist joint. Front row of eyes

procurved though in some cases very slightly ... Aname L. Koch.

Thoracic fovea straight 2.

Tarsi only of front two pairs with scopula. None

on metatarsi. $Srd joint of superior spinnerets

ee ee ee ee ee res

longer than Ist (or 2nd), thin and tapering ...... Izamatus E, Sim.

Metatarsi of front two pairs of legs at least par-

ROSARY BAONPIARD fae snnsceensendcndewedee ee abdvn eaeails 3.

3. Front row of eyes procurved, side larger than

middle. ‘Tibia i. of male furnished with a single

spur springing from an enlargement in the middle

GER FGUNE is eC cinta cceirsdogtsvnavdecanwtretaldeucs Chenistonia, n. gen

Front row of eyes straight. Tibia i. of male fur-

nished with an apical spur. (Sec. Auss. ad par-

tem B, platipus,), .oxcsscassonees Be taesr an eran ok ate Brachythele Auss.

Genus Anams L, Koch.

Brachythele Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 174.

Aname L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1873) p. 469.

Brachythele Auss., E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. i. p.180(1892).

Type, Aname pallida L. Koch.

M. Simon apparently considered (Joc. cit.) Herr Koch’s genus

Aname to be synonymous with Ausserer’s older genus Brachythele

(type, B. icterica C. Koch). While, however, we have a group of

several species agreeing with the genus formed for A. pallida,

they differ in the following important respects from Brachythele.

The thoracic fovea is procuryed instead of straight. (M. Simon

forgives this.)

The front middle eyes (in A. arborea and pellucida, n. sp.)

range up to 2 diameters apart, instead of being ( parum disjuncti)

near together. In general the row is procurved and not straight.

The rear middle eyes are, except in A. pellucida, smaller than the

252 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

rear side, instead of nearly equal, nor are the latter (except in

that species) smaller than the front side-eyes.

The two front metatarsi are scopulated only two-thirds up the

joint instead of to the base; and lastly, but most important, the

male has no apical spur on tibia 1.

The species may be distinguished as follows :—

1. The middle eyes of front row less than or about their

GiamGteraparty J5...k.c, loc. weemeeeeeneeemened enone 2.

The middle eyes of front row more than (more nearly

two), their diameter apart .....<.cocssesesserences<esveses 3.

On the upperside of the abdomen a black median

longitudinal stripe with side stripes depending there-

from on a yellowish ground. (Sec. L. Koch.) ...... A, pallida,

Dark grey above with no recognizable pattern ......... A, grisea, Nn. sp.

3. On back of abdomen two longitudinal rows of large

yellow spots on black ground. Front and rear side-

eyes the same length, rear middle shorter; front

FOW PPOCULVOO |, 20. jocct sos dovsesssceavsngen-eedessenataaetees A, arborea, n. sp.

Black median and side stripes on yellowish ground on

back of abdomen. Front side-eyes longer than rear

side; rear side and middle eyes of equal length;

Prout Tow Nearly BEANE... +... ons .cseseneceancssanase A, pellucida, n. sp.

ANAME PALLIDA L. Koch.

Aname pallida L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. (1873) p. 469.

This species was unfortunately described by Herr Koch from a

newly moulted specimen, at which time the whole of the cephalo-

thorax, mandibles, fangs, mouth-parts, sternum, &c., are of a pale

yellow colour, quite different from the normal dark brown or

yellowish brown; and consequently the description is deceptive to

the student. The yellow-brown hair of the cephalothorax looks

almost black or dark grey in consequence. The dark median

and side stripes on abdomen, and front middle eyes only half a

diameter apart, serve to distinguish it.

I have seen no specimen, however, which I can recognize as

being the same.

ANAME GRISHA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 30, p. 253.)

Cephalothorax and mandibles a dull yellowish brown, with dark

brown hairs and black bristles on the latter. Legs and palpi yellow

shaded with brown, with lighter brown hairs. Lip and maxille

brownish yellow ; sternum and rear coxew bright golden yellow

with brown bristles. Abdomen above black, mottled with irregular

yellow spots, with long upstanding hairs medium to pale brown;

underneath yellow, with small black mottlings and long dark

brown hairs. Spinnerets pale yellow, with pale brown hairs.

Cephalothorax rather oblong, truncate both anteriorly and pos-

teriorly, sides curving slightly towards the rear. Cephalic part

rather high, sloping to its highest point behind the eyes, thence

rather downwards to the margin; clearly separated by a long,

deep, straight thoracic fovea and deep side striations from the

1901.) AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 253

thoracic part, on each side of which are three somewhat oval

depressions.

Eyes. The front row is only slightly procurved ; the two median

three fourths their diameter apart; the side-eyes farther away,

about one third longer in diameter than the median. The front

and rear side are equal in diameter and almost contiguous. The

middle eyes of rear row touch the laterals with their upper corner.

Sternum broad, shield-shaped, very convex. Sigille quite mar-

ginal, the posterior pair rather large.

Text-fig. 30.

Aname grisea, a, Eyes.

Lip convex, cup-shaped, broader than long, sides rounded, the

front and rear edges both recurved and parallel; one or two club-

shaped spines. Maxille rather broad, straight in front, a deep

rounded heel at the outer posterior corner, thence curving inwards

round the Jip. Above this incurved part a thick group of club-

shaped spines.

On inner margin of falx-sheath 8 large teeth and a few small

intermediate at the lower end.

The superior tarsal claws have two rows of pectinations of 4 or

5 each, the 3rd claw without teeth. The tarsi are all unbespined.

Scopule on the two front pairs reach two-thirds up the metatarsi

also. The tibiz and metatarsi are all bespined, and there are three

short ones on the anterior side of patella iii.

The inferior spinnerets are their diameter apart. The superior

tapering, the Ist and 3rd joints equally long, the 2nd shorter.

254 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 4 34

Abdomen ...... 4 3

Superior spinnerets 24

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

Megs: eres oe iF 13 34 4 34 = 123

2. 13 3 35 3 = 114

3. 14 23 3 oo = 10

4, 1¢ 4 4 4 = Wet

ake SNe ae 1g 24 21 VS 3

Three females from Macedon, Victoria.

ANAME ARBOREA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 31.)

Cephalothorax deep yellow, thinly covered with down-lying

pale yellow hairs and a darker belt of longer hairs round the margin.

Text-fig. 31.

Aname arborea. a. Eyes.

Mandibles yellow-brown, with a longitudinal belt of brown hair

beginning one-fourth their length from the base, thence widening

and thickening to the lower end of the falx, where the bristles

lengthen and harden into a light rastellum. Sternum, lip and

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 255

maxille, legs and palpi a bright golden yellow, with dark brown

hairs and bristles. The abdomen has a black ground on the upper

side, with a double longitudinal row of large yellow spots joined

anteriorly and reaching to the spinnerets; beyond these on the

side slopes smaller irregular yellow spots; underneath a yellow

ground with a few black mottlings.

The eye-space is black, twice as wide as long. The front middle

eyes are green, the remainder yellow.

The front row of eyes is clearly procurved. On a common pro-

tuberance of their own the median are 13 diameter apart but only

one half their diameter from the laterals, whose long diameter is

13 times that of the median. The rear row is slightly recurved, its

laterals the same size as the front laterals, are half their diameter

away. The rear middle eyes are smaller than the laterals, and touch

them with their upper corner.

The falx-sheath has 7 large teeth on inner margin and 2 small

off the row to the outside.

The patella and tibia of all legs have two bare long streaks with

an intervening row of hairs.

The superior spinnerets have the 3rd joint but slightly longer

than the 2nd, both being shorter than the 1st.

In other respects this agrees with the foregoing (A. grisea).

It differs from A. pallida L. Koch in coloration of abdomen,

and in the front middle eyes being 14 diameter instead of only

3 diameter apart.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .. 6 4t

Abdomen ...... 6 34

Superior spinnerets 3}

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

ee 1 24 51 54 4 — see Ve:

2. 2 41 41 Lhe Te

Be BROrk Gh aNighlh. igh Mis 23g

ee) ea ene 6 = 1958

| ee ee 2 3 21 DE oe 9

Two females from Macedon, Victoria.

ANAMBE PELLUCIDA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 32, p. 256.)

Cephalothorax, legs, and mandibles rather bright pale yellow; hairs

brownish grey. Cephalic part not so much raised up as in A. grisea.

Abdomen black above, with yellow side-streaks 5in number. (The

other parts are pale cream-colour, probably from recent moulting.)

The eyes are all pale yellow. The front median, each on a round

black tubercle, are 2 diameters apart. The front side-eyes are

longer than the rear side 14 of their diameter. The long diameter

of the rear middle eyes is the same as that of their laterals, from

which they are just clearly separated. The front middle are the

256 MR. H, R. HOGG ON [June 4,

same distance (their diameter) from the rear middle and the front

side. The centres of the front row are in a straight line, those of

the rear row recurved.

Text-fig. 32.

Aname pellucida. Eyes.

Measurements in millimetres.

Cephalothorax .. 8} 64

AOOMON. 5°... 9 54

Mandibles ...... 3

Superior spinnerets 23, 1, 14 = 43.

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

ees. pp c.5 « i 4 fe 74 6 =, 2

2. 3h 64 7 6 — he

3. 3 52 54 6 = 205

4. 3h 7 8 8 = 264

BAD ie cies oe 34 54 5 3 =p ir)

In other points the same as the foregoing (A. arborea).

Besides its much greater size, this differs from A. pallida L.

Koch in the greater distance and colour of its front middle eyes,

the equality in size of its middle and side eyes of rear row, the

straighter front row; the Ist and 4th pairs of legs being more

nearly equal in length.

One female from Macedon.

Genus BrRacHuyrHELE Auss.

This genus should have the front row of eyes straight. Thoracic

fovea straight. Front tibia of male furnished with an apical spur.

Tarsus and metatarsus of front two pairs fully scopulated.

Type, B. icterica C. Koch.

On comparing the Australian with some S.-American specimens

of Brachythelee recently to hand, they certainly agree in many

points. In eyes, spines of lip, shape of maxille and sternum,

and type of superior mammille they agree. In the Australian the

cephalic part is rather more raised up and the fovea deeper; the

inferior mammillz are nearer together. In the S.-American all the

tarsi are scopulated instead of only the front two pairs, and are

more flexuous instead of straight and firm,

iw)

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 257

The generic differences of Aname Koch and Jvamatus Sim.

are very slight, and they might well be combined, though they

can be clearly distinguished from Brachythele Auss., and Hapatlo-

thele Lenz.

BRACHYTHELE PLATIPUS Auss.

Brachythele platipus Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1875,

p- 159.

Described by Ausserer from a cephalothorax only, from Herr

L. Koch’s collection and marked New Holland, without further

description.

The length of cephalothorax is 7-5 mm. = tibia + patella iv., as

in all the species of Aname L. Koch. Breadth of cephalothorax

58 mm.

The front middle eyes are somewhat more than their diameter

apart ; and the hair-covering of the cephalothorax is dingy yellow-

brown.

The description is inadequate to show in what it differs from

the species of Aname above described, to which genus it probably

belongs; but I leave it as given until proof can be shown, from more

material, of the genus to which it should really be attached.

Genus [xamatvus Simon.

Ivalus Li. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 469 (nom. preoce.).

Hapalothele H. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb. 1886, Band i. pp. 396-7.

Izamatus E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, Bull. (note).

Hapalothele Lenz, E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i.

p. 180.

Type, Z. varius L. Koch.

M. Simon gave the above name to Herr Koch’s genus Jvalus,

which name had been used before, for a group of mammals. He

subsequently, however, referred it to Lenz’s Hapalothele, type

H. reuteri, from the island of Nossi-bé off N.W. coast of

Madagascar.

In Lenz’s genus the male has an apical spur on tibia i,

which is not the case in either of the species below, which

follow exactly Jvamatus Simon. Further, the front row of eyes

is straight or recurved, instead of procurved as in Jwamatus, and

ite members have no scopula, instead of having tarsi i. & ii. thickly

scopulated ; moreover the tarsal claws have only one row of

pectinations apparently crossing them, as in the Macrothelee and

Atracee groups, whilst in the Australian species of J/vamatus they

are strongly biseriated.

The superior spinnerets are slender, the last joint tapering and

longer than either of the others.

The thoracic fovea is straight, and the metatarsi are not

scopulated on any of the legs.

Proc, Zoon. Soo,—1901, Von, Ll. No, XVLI. 17

258 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

The species may be distinguished as follows :—

The front row of eyes about equally large ....... ib

Side-eyes of front row nearly twice the diameter of

Milo 55 csa-ccaeclosceernssscoet emer eseteces scooters teens oe e= 2.

1. Front row clearly procurved. Palpal stigma in male

twisted and dilated at apex ............ccccssssseesceeees I. gregorti, 0. sp.

— Front row straight. Palpal stigma in male tapering

to a point and about the length of the bulb (sec.

BM Koch) one ee. c cect eee et eee meaeet se see trees I, varius L. Koch.

2. Palpal stigma in male very long and attenuated

(twioe the length of; hall), 2) say. ns. act pws osmannane wee I, broomi, n. sp.

Ixamatus varius L. Koch.

Ivamatus varius L. Koch, Die Arachn, Austr. (1873) p. 469.

Described from a male from Bowen, Queensland: the species is

unknown to me.

According to L. Koch, the legs are much shorter in proportion to

the cephalothorax and abdomen than either of the other two species

described below ; his measurements being: ceph. 7 mm., abd. 8,

palpi 10; legs 16, 15, 13, and 18 mm. respectively.

IXAMATUS GREGORII, n. sp. (Text-fig. 33, p. 259.)

The cephalothorax and mandibles are dark yellowish brown,

with down-lying yellow hair and a belt of upstanding brown

bristles round the margin of the former and on the front of the

latter. A straight deep fovea and bare side-streaks separate the

long and rather narrow cephalic part from the thoracic.

The legs and palpi are the same, yellowish brown shaded in

places with darker brown; the tibie and metatarsi wholly dark

brown. They are thickly covered with a mixture of long yellow,

grey, and brown bristly hairs. The tarsi of the front two pairs

have pale yellow, almost white scopule which extend half-way up

the corresponding metatarsi.

The lip, maxille, sternum, and cox are yellow shaded with

brown, and furnished with upstanding bristly brown hair, paler on

the coxe.

The abdomen above is dark grey mottled with large yellow spots;

below yellow, with smaller black mottlings.

The superior spinnerets are pale yellow above, greyer under-

neath, with yellowish-grey hairs.

This differs from Z. broomi in having the front and rear side-

eyes equal in diameter to the front middle, which are half their

diameter apart ; in having the last joint of the superior spinnerets

equal in length to the second and shorter than the first. The

legs much more bristly; the thoracic fovea straighter; a few

spines on the front of the lip; the style of the male palp short and

curling, the length only of the bulb.

The tarsi also are weak and sinuous, the front two metatarsi

partiaily scopulated, and on the anterior side of patella iii. are

three short stout spines as in Aname grisea described above (p. 253),

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS,

Text-fig. 33.

Ray

a ee

a ~

Ivamatus gregorit. a. Male palp. 06. Eyes.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax.... 42 34

Abdomen ...... 44 3

Superior spinnerets 13, 1, 1 = 3}.

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa, Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

i) ore ig 24 45 5 |

a 2 44 47 5 =

gala | 3 38 44 =

has oe Sag 6 =

hl Shy ah ee 24 4} i =

This specimen (a male) from Macedon, Victoria, I have

after my friend Prof. Gregory, of Melbourne University.

17*

16}

133

174

named

260 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

IxaMATUS BROOMI, n. sp.. (Text-fig. 34.)

The cephalothorax is dull reddish brown ; the mandibles, which

are paler and more yellow-brown, have a bare streak along the

outer edge and long brown bristles over the remainder. The

legs and palpi are reddish brown above, deep yellow underneath,

with brown hair, bristles and spines. The lip, maxille, sternum,

and coxe are bright golden yellow.

Text-fig. 34.

Ixamatus broomi. a. Male palp. 6. Tibial joint of first pair of legs.

c. Eyes.

On the underside of the abdomen the chitinous shield forward

of the breathing-slits is bright golden yellow, the gill-coverings

and the spinnerets are the same colour, behind the breathing-

slits pale yellow mottled with black. Along the back is a dark

median stripe, on each side of which large yellow spots are

irregularly distributed on a black ground.

The cephalothorax is a short oval, the cephalic part only slightly

higher than the thoracic. The fovea is rather long and deep, and

clearly recurved.

The front row of eyes, seen from the front, is slightly procurved ;

the median pair half their diameter apart, and rather less from the

laterals, of which the long diameter is once and a half that of the

1901.) AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 261

median. The rear row is recurved. ‘The laterals in length equal

the diameters of the front middle eyes. They are clearly separated

from the still smaller rear middle eyes.

The whole eye-space is well raised up, the eyes yellow on a

black ground.

The sternum is ovate, rather convex, covered with short stiff

bristles ; the sigille are nearly marginal and moderately large.

The lip is without spines, broader than long, rather straight at

the sides and hollowed in front. The maxille are only slightly

hollowed round the lip, with a bunch of quite small spines above

that portion.

The falx-sheath has one row of 7 medium-sized teeth and no

intermediate.

The legs and palpi are rather long and slight, thickly clothed

with stout upstanding bristly hair; the tibiz# and metatarsi well

bespined, the front two pairs of tarsi have a light scopula which

does not extend along the metatarsi.

The tarsal claws are large and have 7 or 8 pectinations on the

inner edge, one less on the outer.

On the underside of tibia i. of the male are 10 irregularly

placed spines, but no spur.

The thin, finely curved style of the male palp is 2} times the

length of the genital bulb.

The abdomen is oval, sparsely covered with fine upstanding

bristles on round roots. ‘The inferior mammillz are two diameters

apart. The superior pair have the third joint cylindrical and

longest, the second shortest.

Measurements in millimetres.

Cephalothorax .. 6

Abdomen ........ 44 1

Superior spinnerets 1, 7, 14 = 3.

Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

Lege ys 5 ag. w: LE 3 ay at!

2 2 5 54 = 18)

ay. 5 4 5 = 16

ie. BE 6 BL e = > of

Palit jeauconsexncae 23 4 4 1 = 1

A single male in the British Museum, sent by Dr. Broom from

Hill Grove, New South Wales. I have named the species after

that industrious collector.

CHBENISTONIA, noy. gen.

Differs from Aname L. Koch in that tibia i. of the male is

furnished with a powerful single spur springing from an enlarge-

ment in the centre of the joint. The front row of eyes is slightly

262 MR, H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

procurved, the side-eyes being larger than the middle. The front

and rear side-eyes are distinctly separated. The thoracic fovea is

straight.

Type, C. maculata, n. sp.

CHENISTONIA MACULATA, n. sp. (Text-fig. 35.)

Cephalothorax and mandibles rich red-brown. Palpi and legs

somewhat paler, with fine down-lying yellow hair and brown

upstanding bristles. Coxe, sternum, lip, and maxille deep orange,

with upstanding brown bristly hair.

Abdomen, above, black ground with transverse rows of medium-

sized yellow spots, rather thick short yellow hair; on the under-

Text-fig. 35,

Chenistonia maculata. a. Tibial and metatarsal Joints of first pair

of legs of male. %. End of palp. ¢, Eyes.

side, a yellow chitinous shield in front, behind it black and yellow

ava with brown hair. Spinnerets yellowish with yellow hair.

a pe ee is oblong, only slightly narrower in front

ar; thoracic fovea straight; cephali ; i

enna cen g cephalic part not much higher

| Front row of eyes slightly procurved, median pair their diameter

apart ; laterals 14 diameter of former, + diameter distant. Rear

1901.] AUSTRALIAN gPIDERS. 263

row recurved, laterals, the diameters of, or very slightly longer

than front middle, rear middle nearly as large. Front and rear

laterals clearly separated.

Sternum nearly round, convex, furnished with upstanding

bristles ; sigille rather round, marginal, and moderate in size.

Lip small, only slightly broader than long, hollowed in front ;

no spines. Mavxille straight in front, round at heel, thence

hollowed round lip, the whole base covered with thick club-shaped

spines.

The falx-sheath has 8 large teeth on the inner side and 5 small

intermediate at the lower end.

The male has a powerful lateral spur springing from an enlarge-

ment in the middle of tibia i., but none at the apex.

The genital bulb is a long pear-shape, with a short stylus not

more than one-fourth of its length. The bulb springs from the

end of a specially long metatarsal joint of the palp.

Measurements in millimetres.

Female.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .... 6 41

PT OuAIhS a tere A b a

Superior spinnerets 14, 1, 14=32.

x SN a Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

Tape eae oes ile 2t 4 =i elie

2. 2 4 4 S| iw =Srngles

3. 13 Bt 34 3h == «6124

4, 21 42 5 5 = Ge

Palo a. FS ee erie: 13 34 3} 1g... “105

Male

Long. Broad

Cephalothorax .... 6

Abdomen’... os 0% 6 34

Superior spinnerets 14, 1, 1}=4.

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

LOS. onus vans Lk: 24 5) 65 Bh =i aan

ee GS Demme Wine |:

- aaa 41 A} 5 = 15}

4. 24 5 54 63 = 205

Palpi, «2 ++ eedeee vente 2 45 4t it = 135

Locality. Macedon, Victoria.

CHENISTONIA MAJOR, n. sp. (Text-fig. 36.)

Besides its much larger size, though similar in colouring, this

differs from C. maculata in the pattern of the upper part of the

abdomen having a black median stripe with about 5 pairs of mottly

diagonal side stripes on a buff ground ; underneath all yellow.

264 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

The front middle eyes are nearer together, ? diameter apart,

and the front side only slightly larger, about 1} diameter. The

rear side are the same diameter as the front middle, the rear

middle broad and truncate at the top.

Text-fig. 36.

Chenistonia major. Byes

The mandibles are much more heavily clothed with hair and

bristles.

The superior maxille are shorter in comparison, stout and

tapering and darker in colour.

Also tarsi are scopulated and a portion of metatarsi i. & ii.

Lip rather round, with 3 or 4 spines in one row in front.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .... 11 8

Abdomen 2!) 2.0% 14 10

Mandibles .. 4°. - 42

Superior spinnerets 2, 14, 2=54.

Pat.& Metat.

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

Teepe cee es if 5 9 9 8 == MIE

2. + J 84 8 = 29

3. 34 7 7 is. ve 2

4, 1 93 94 9 = 321

Halpin heroes te eee 4 61 6 3 ee

Among a good many females I have not found a male.

Another female :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .... 11 9

Abdomen 2. im +.'.- ity Ag

Superior spinnerets 21, 14,12=51. Sternum 53x 4.

Pat..& Metat

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

TOR Fe ee i: 5 10 0 9 = 34

2. 3 9 10 oF a es 4

3. 4 8 8 9 = 29

4, 43 94 103 LOR 85

Palys, silver: cae we. saki. 4 a 7 | Ee 22

Locality. Upper Macedon, Victoria.

1901.] AUSURALIAN SPIDERS. 265

Group MacroTHELes.

This group is very clearly distinguished from the foregoing by

the greater length of the superior mammillz, which are not much, if

any, shorter than the cephalothorax, by the distance between the

inferior mammille, which are some four diameters at least apart ;

the tarsi and metatarsi of all the legs being without scopule, and

the tarsal claws having the pectinations in a single row only,

crossing the claw diagonally from one side to the other. They

resemble one another in the sternal sigillee, which are of moderate

size and marginal, and in having the teeth on the falx-sheath in

one row only on the inner side, or one row and a small inter-

mediate at the lower end.

The genera may be distinguished as follows :—

1. Mandibles protruding horizontally and normal... 2.

Mandibles short, strongly kneed at base and

nearly perpendicular (as in Migas lL. Koch,

SOCSAM HAS. ceed ntet det enntaeeietnde a. teewneet an Cethequs Thor.

Front row of eyes procurved. Lip smooth or

only bespined at apex; all tarsi generally be-

spined ; all legs the same thickness; last joint

of spinnerets not longer than the middle, but

finer, smooth and straight ................sceeeneees Stenygrocercus H. Sim.

Front row of eyes straight or lightly procurved.

Lip profusely bespined nearly to base; last

joint of spinnerets as long as, or longer than

ERS a 3 eons Banach alco Une anecdyvenaaawe attao si ac 3.

3. No spines on tarsi. Front pair of legs stouter

Elian) OGNGIS es sate ee se caret es tataee os ctosntaeeasee: Porrhothele Sim.

All tarsi bespined. First and fourth pairs of legs

fhe SAMS FNICKNOSS ¢. cere osspin<deesekdbanegadtepssens Macrothele Auss.

Genus Crerurcus Thorell.

Cethequs Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova, 1881, p. 241.

This genus, formed for a specimen brought from Cape York by

d’Albertis, I only connect provisionally with this group. It is

unknown to me; and although (sec. Thor.) it has very long

spinnerets, the form of the mandibles would seem to make it

doubtful whether it should not rather be joined to the Migine.

Crtueaus LuGuBRIS Thor., loc. cit.

Genus PorrHorueLe Simon.

Mygale Walck. Ins. Apt. vol. i. 1837 (ad part. antipodiana).

Cteniza White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 3 (ad part. hewops and

antipodum).

Hewops Auss. 1871 (ad part. whitez).

Macrothele Cambr. 1873 (ad part. huttoni).

266 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Macrothele Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 307 (ad part.

insignipes).

Porrhothele Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. (1892) p. 185.

Type, P. antipodiana Walck.

This is evidently the New Zealand form of the genus Macrothele

Auss.; but the only real difference between the two is that, whereas

in the latter (sec. Auss.) the tarsi are all bespined, in the corre-

sponding species of New Zealand they are without spines and

the front pair of legs is somewhat stouter than the others.

M. Simon makes the lip in Macrothele only bespined at the apex,

but in comparing the type species M. calpetana Walck. with the

New Zealand specimens, I find no difference in this respect, the

lip of both being profusely bespined to nearly the base. The

front row of eyes in Porrhothele is straight or slightly procurved

according to the point of view.

M. Simon says (loc. cit. & Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 307) that

in P. antipodiana the eyes of the front row are slightly recurved.

He has seen the type specimen, while I have not ; but I would point

out that Baron Walckenaer, though he is not quite clear in his

original description, rather suggests the contrary !, that no speci-

men has been since described with the row in question recurved,

and the type specimen, I think a dried one, is between 60 and

70 years old, under which circumstances examination is difficult

and likely to be deceptive through shrinkage.

Amongst some Spiders sent me by Prof. Dendy from Canterbury,

N.Z., unfortunately all females, there are two distinguishable

species of this genus, and I have little doubt that this includes all

therefrom. It has not so far been met with on the mainland

of Australia, but Mr. Urquhart has described a species from

Tasmania (MM. aculeata, Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1893, p. 94), so it

is not unlikely that it may be found somewhere on the mainland.

I distinguish the species as follows :—

Front middle.eyes not quite their diameter apart ;

thoracic fovea deep and round. Cephalothorax

bright orange or light red, with dark median

stripe from eyes to fovea; mandibles black-

PSPs eet ote a scnasy nie Shee nanne casera sie ons a nan tt P. antipodiana Walck.

Front middle eyes their full diameter apart (at least

in female) ; thoracic fovea long and transversely

straight. | Oephalothorax and mandibles rich

GHOCOMPC-DNOWN dosesscscdteecuns ceessentenetaees saeeasves P. simoni, n. sp.

PORRHOTHELE ANTIPODIANA Walck.

Mygale antipodiana Walck. Hist. Nat. des Ins. Apt. vol. i.

(1837) p. 230.

Toa quoyt Lucas, in d’Orbigny, Dict. d’Hist. nat. vol. viii.

p. 508,

Cteniza hexops White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 3.

1 “Tes yeux intermédiaires antérieurs ... . sont sur la méme ligne que les

latéraux extérieurs.”

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 267

Cteniza antipodum White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 3.

Hexops whitei Auss. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 155.

Macrothele huttonii Cambr. Trans. & Proce. N. Z. Inst. vol. vi.

(1873) p. 200.

Macrothele huttonti Cambr., A. T. Urquhart, ibid. vol. xxiv.

(1891) p. 221.

Macrothele insignipes Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 308.

Macrothele (or Hevops) Auss., R. I. Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. (1895) p. 224.

Porrhothele antipodiana Walck., E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d. Araign.

vol. i. (1892) p. 185.

This species was originally described by Baron Walckenaer in

1837, from a specimen collected in New Zealand and brought to

Paris by Messrs. Quoy & Gaimard. It would appear to be fairly

common in New Zealand, and has certainly been the subject of

several descriptions since, but some so vaguely drawn as to leave

the characteristics of their types a matter of considerable doubt.

The ‘Erebus* and ‘Terror’ Expedition brought home several

specimens in 1847, in various stages of growth, from which

Mr. Adam White described two species under the names of Cteniza

antipodum and Cteniza hexops respectively.

Fortunately the types of these (two each) are preserved in the

British Museum, and Mr. Pocock (loc. cit.) has shown that they

are both the same. They are certainly also the same as two larger

specimens of mine (from Canterbury as aforesaid, p. 266).

Baron Walckenaer’s original description of his type specimen

of antipodiana further agrees with these. (One of the names

chosen by Mr. White rather suggests that he had himself a

suspicion that he might be dealing with this species.)

M. Simon says that his Macrothele insignipes differs from

M. antipodiana, but the only difference he quotes is the differ-

ence in size, which goes for very little in the females ; and also

he says that the front row of eyes of antipodiana is recurved,

which I think, from reasons given above, must be taken as

doubtful. His very careful description applies word for word to

my specimens.

Mr. Cambridge’s description of his P. huttont has no points

which disagree with these or by which a different species can be

established.

L therefore conclude that, at least until some difference is shown

between the males, the whole of these species with pale red or

orange cephalothorax are really the same, and, moreover, the same

as Walckenaer’s type-specimen of antipodiana,

The unusually bright colour of the cephalothorax, with darker area

about the eye-space, dark line from eye-space to the thoracic fovea,

which is deep and round; front middle eyes as large as side-eyes

and less than their diameter apart ; black-brown mandibles ; black

or dark abdomen, with large round bronchial opercula yellow at

268 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

the margins and brown inside, are features common to all the

descriptions. The measurements of the largest specimen I have

are as follows (in millimetres) :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .... 12 10

Abdomen ........ 133 11

Superior spinnerets 103

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars,

0 an uJ 5 4 9 ee bee

2 5 1 9 in = 9 3T

5 4 d 84 8 = 29

4 43 93 i) LMS 323

2 eee aS Ae 43 4 5 4 = 20

The superior tarsal claws have about 7 pectinations (in one row

crossing the claw).

Tibia iv. above has 1 pair of spines in front, 2 pairs in middle

close together, and 1 spine on outer side between.

Metatarsus i. has 1 pair of spines in front and 1 spine in middle

of underside.

On the inner margin of the falx-sheath are about 11 irregularly

sized teeth, with 8 smaller in a row at the lower end intermediate

between the two edges.

As is well known, Mr. White, after his description of Cteniza

hexops, mentions (casually in a postscript) that it has only six eyes,

on which statement Herr Ausserer constituted a new genus.

Hence arose the discussion (Pocock, /oc. cit.) as to whether, on the

discovery that the supposed type specimen had eight eyes, the

generic name Hewops Auss. should or should not stand in place of

the later named genera.

The eyes of this species are so particularly large and distinct,

that it is difficult to believe that anyone looking at it sufficiently

closely to describe a new species could possibly have made such a

mistake as that attributed to Mr. White.

I happen to have a specimen (of P. simoni, n. sp.) with one side-

eye missing from the front row, without the faintest mark of its

ever haying been there, and have had similar experience in other

genera. Now if Mr. White’s specimen had similarly lost two

corresponding eyes, he may well have made the observation he did;

and afterwards substituted for the type duplicate specimens, instead

of the one he had pulled about and perhaps broken. In that case

the type specimen of Ausserer’s genus would simply have been un-

wittingly destroyed, and when a similar one reappears the genus,

out of respect to its founder, can come back into our lists. Apart

from this there must surely be an implied authority to rectify any

obvious mistake, as when a name intended to be descriptive through

an error (or carelessness) becomes misdescriptive.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 269

PoRRHOTHELE SIMONI, n. sp. (Text-fig. 37.)

Mandibles black. Cephalothorax and sternum rich shining dark

brown. Coxe, lip, and maxille rather lighter brown. Legs and

palpi medium reddish brown, with brown hairs, bristles, and spines.

Abdomen dull black-brown, with small yellow spots here and there

and rather rough corrugations; hair yeilow-brown. Gull-covers

brown, edged with yellow. Spinnerets dark brown. The cephalic

part is only moderately raised ; fovea deep and straight or slightly

procurved.

The front row of eyes is slightly procurved, the median pair

their diameter apart. Laterals scarcely, if any, larger, and half

that distance away. The rear row is recurved, the laterals the

same size as the front and three-quarters of the diameter away.

The rear median are two-thirds the diameter of the others, rather

square, half as far from the rear side as the front middle.

The falx-sheath has 10 large and 2 small (1st and 6th) teeth

on its inner margin, with a median row of 8 small teeth at the

lower end.

Text-fig. 37.

Porrhothele simoni. a. Eyes. 6. Profile.

The sternum is a broad oval, flat, with thin upstanding brown hair.

The sternal sigille are moderately large and quite marginal.

The lip is rather square, straight in front, and very convex. It

is profusely covered with club-shaped spines from front nearly to

base. The maxille are broad, with a protuberant inner front corner,

a thick group of club-shaped spines reaches to two-thirds the

length.

The superior tarsal claws are large, with one row of 11 pectina-

tions, longest in the middle, running diagonally across the claws.

The inferior tarsal claw is smooth. The female palp-claw has

six pectinations. ‘The inferior spinnerets are long, and about four

of their diameters apart. The superior pair have the first and third

joints equal and longer than the second.

The abdomen is oval, high, and rounded at the sides,

270 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .... 113 7 in front.

10 in middle.

DAGTOGD |... 5 25 nis 14 11

ROI sw syaae ale 3) 43

Superior spinnerets 33, 24, 33 =83.

Pat. & Metat.

Coxa. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

he ee is 9 9 8 = al

2. 5 9 9 i — ities |

3. 4 8 8 9 = 29

4, 4 94 10 10: =) Bae

Le ane ee 4 63 54 2 = “193

Two females from Christchurch, N.Z.

Genus Stenyerocercus E. Simon.

Macrothele E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 245 (ad part.

silvicola).

Stenygrocercus E. Simon, Hist. Nat. des Araign. vol. i. (1892)

p- 185.

Type, 8. silvicola Simon.

M. Simon has constituted the genus Stenygrocercus, with a

New Caledonian species as type, in which the lip is rather

square, both that and the maxille free from spines. The superior

mamuille have the first and second joints of about equal length,

the last joint being not longer than middle, and the whole slim, the

first two joints about four times as long as wide. In many cases,

if not always, the second joint of the superior mammille all through

this family is certainly retractile, and its comparative length there-

fore difficult to establish unless fully extended. Apart from this,

however, the great difference between the unbespined lipand maxille

in this genus, and the profuse bespining of both in the two genera

Macrothele and Porrhothele, is a good generic characteristic. There

is no obvious thickening of the first pair of legs as in Porrhothele.

The front middle eyes are much smaller than the side, thus

greatly differing from those of Porrhothele.

STENYGROCERCUS BROOMI, n. sp. (Text-fig. 38, p. 271.)

Cephalothorax, mandibles, sternum, and coxe deep chocolate-

brown; eye-space and mandibular fangs black. Legs and palpi,

Jip and maxille rather lighter, edges of the latter paler and ruddier.

Front median eyes greenish, remainder bright yellow. Hairs on

cephalothorax yellowish, on legs, palpi, and sternum dark brown.

Abdomen dark grey ground, with small paler yellow-brown pit-

marks over the upper surface.

The cephalothorax is 14 mm. longer than broad, only slightly

narrowing in front and rear. A deep round fovea and four well.

marked depressions on either side.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 271

The raised eye-space twice as long as broad and half its breadth

from the edge of the carapace. The front row of eyes is procurved.

Laterals 24 times the diameter of the median, the latter one dia-

meter apart, and the same distance from the lowest point of the

side-eyes. The side-eyes of rear row are smaller than front laterals,

3 their diameter away. Rear median 14 diameter of front median,

their apex is close up to the side-eyes.

The mandibles set rather divergently, are the length of the front

patelle, and are furnished with long stout bristles on the lower

half. Falx-teeth about 8 of irregular size on inner margin,

with a few small in an intermediate row at lower end of falx-

sheath.

The sternum, a broad oval, and the coxe are covered with long

stout upstanding bristles each springing from a raised round radical.

The anterior sigille are very large and situated in a broad shallow

Text-fig. 38.

Stenygrocercus broomi. a. Eyes. 6. Profile.

depression behind the lip, which is widest at base, slightly wider

than long and narrowing to a straight front edge. This is alto-

gether without spines, as are also the maxill, which are square with

a small rounded protuberance at front inner corner.

The metatarsi and tarsi are all bespined, the latter rather weakly ;

two small pairs underneath only on the front two pairs. 6 or 7

pectinations in a single row cross the superior tarsal claws. 5 or 6

short teeth on the female palp-claw.

The abdomen is oval, rounded at the sides. It has a little

light-coloured down-lying hair and long spinous bristles with

bases.

The anterior mammille are well developed, more than four times

their width apart. The superior pair are about as long as the

cephalothorax, the last joint tapering, the others cylindrical.

Two females were sent to the British Museum by Dr. Broom

from Hill Grove, N.S. W.

272 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax .... 4 7

Abdomen ....... ig! 8

Mandibles ........ 3

Superior mammille 4, 3, 23=93.

3 Pat. & Metat. &

Coxe. Tr.&fem, tib. tars.

Legs .. 1, 33 63 63 6 =. ae

2. 34 4 4 6 =, 22

3. 33 63 4 iy = 24

Or 4,3,2,1. 4. 33 (f 4 2. = 28

PAI f, sasm fe,0:8 : 3 54 4 SE prep

Group ATRACER.

The two genera Atraw Cambr. and Hadronyche Li. Koch, which I

have detached to this group, differ considerably from either of the

two previous genera.

The sternal sigille are large and removed from the margin, and

the teeth on the talx-sheath are in two rows on interior and exterior

margins, with an intermediate row of small ones at the lower end.

The superior spinnerets are short and the inferior even closer

together than in Brachythele ; while the tarsal claws are pectinated

in one row across the claw as in Macrothele, and the lip very thickly

bespined.

Synopsis of Genera.

Last joint of superior spinnerets longer than second, cylin-

drical mand) emooblie on svaccesarasere sence scsentacdseec hess ces Atrax Cambr.

Last joint of superior spinnerets short and conical........ Hadronyche L. Koch.

Genus ATRAx Cambr.

Atrax Rey. O. P. Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xix. (1877) p. 26; E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 302;

id. Hist. Nat. d. Araign. vol. i. (1892) p. 186.

Type, A. robustus Cambr.

Synopsis of Species.

Front middle eyes more than their diameter apart, and

distinctly less in their diameter than side-eyes of

same row ; patell: of two rear pairs furnished with

one or two spines; all four pairs of tibiz bespined... A. robustws Cambr.

Front middle eyes less than their diameter apart, and

about the same in diameter as the front side-eyes ;

patelle of third pair furnished with numerous

spines, fourth pair none; and the front four tibise

WIEHOUE RIV 0 vices eles oeeis aprenden arama Seaun een amenee A, modesta Simon.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 273

ATRAX RoBUSTUS Cambr. (Text-fig. 39.)

Atrax robustus Cambr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix.

1877, p. 26, pl. vi. fig. 1; E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vol. Ix.

1891, p. 301.

This rather powerful-looking spider varies in the colour of the

cephalothorax, from a rich red-brown to a black-brown. Abdomen

yellowish grey to darker grey, with fine dark brown hairs. The front

middle eyes stand on raised shiny black rims which make them look

larger and nearer together than they really are, and these again

are raised on a common protuberance outside of which le the side-

eyes and rear middle. The front row only looks in any way pro-

curved when seen from right in front.

Text-fig. 39,

Atrax robustus. a. Eyes. 06. Tarsal claws.

There are seven pectinations in a curved row across the superior

tarsal claws, the inferior tarsal claw being smooth.

There are 13 large teeth on the outer margin of the falx-sheath,

11 on the inner, and 9 rather large in an intermediate row.

The metatarsi and tarsi of all legs are thickly bristled and be-

spined, but have no real scopula. There are three or four short

spines at anterior end of tibia i. and ii., and the same with more in

the middle of tibia iii. and iv.

There are female specimens from Queensland and New South

Wales in the British Museum, and from New South Wales in that

of Paris, but no male recorded.

I give the following measurements in millimetres of about the

largest.

Proc, Zoo. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il, No, XVILI. 18

274 MR. H. R. HOGG ON [June 4,

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax.. 15 12

Abdomen .... 123 i

Superior spinnerets 24,1, 2}=6.

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

Ope hi, Bites he 7 12 123 11] = Se

2. 6 ial 114 10 = gee

3 5) 10 10 10 = 35

4 6 1M 113 113 = 41

1) Seay ee a ee 6 9 8 ee

ATRAX MODESTA Simon.

Atrax modesta E. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. lx. 1891,

p- 302.

Described by M. Simon from a female in the Paris Museum from

Melbourne. I have not seen it, but it is apparently smaller and

darker in colour. I have given (above, p. 272) the differences

deduced from M. Simon’s description.

Genus Hapronycue L. Koch.

Hadronyche L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1873, p. 463 ; E. Simon,

Hist. Nat. d. Araign. i. 1892, p. 186.

This genus differs from Atrax in having the pars cephalica of the

cephalothorax more raised up and rounder, but not so much so as

in Eriodon. The superior mammille are short and tapering; the

first joint, divided at the back but not all round, is equal in length

to the remaining two, the second being slightly longer than the

third. The inferior mammille are near together, cylindrical, and

truncate at end. The lip is square in front but not nearly so iong

as broad, unless the whole distance from the sternum is included.

Type, H. ¢erberea L. Koch.

HADRONYCHE CERBEREA L. Koch. (Text-fig. 40, p. 275.)

Hadronyche cerberea L. Koch, loc. cit.

Herr Koch’s description is from two female specimens from

Sydney, for which he gives measurements :—Ceph. 11 mm. long;

abd. 14; legs (without coxe) 26, 24, 22, 274 mm. respectively.

Ihave a fully developed male from Macedon, Victoria, a good

deal smaller, but in which I can distinguish no specific difference

from his description. Still of course the question is doubtful.

Male. Cephalothorax chocolate-brown, with paler marginal edging.

Abdomen yellowish grey.

Front row of eyes straight and equal in size; middle their

diameter apart, half that distance from nearest point of side-eyes ;

rear side-eyes smaller than front and rear median rather close up

to them, smaller still.

Lip broader than long, straight in front, round at sides and rear,

much bespined. The maxille have a short rounded projection at

1901.} AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 275

upper inner corner. There are 11 teeth on outer edge of falx-

sheath, 9 larger on inner, and 5 or 6 very small in intermediate

row at lower end.

The superior tarsal claws have one row of pectinations with

about 6 teeth apparently crossing the claw. The lower claw

Text-fig. 40.

Ah HiT. ij

/ Ty, he =)

if)

Hadronyche cerberea. a. Eyes. 6. Right, and c, left wale palp.

smooth. There are two rows of stout spines on metatarsus i.

and ii. Scopule and numerous spines on all four pairs of tarsi.

Thoracic fovea deep and procurved.

The stigma of the male palp is about as long as the bulb, the

apex is somewhat flattened but not dilated; the bulb is divided by

a deep long fovea underneath, but round and undivided above ;

metatarsal joint short.

13*

276 MR, H, R, HOGG ON [June 4

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax 63 5

Abdomen 6

Superior spinnerets 2 mm.

Pat. & Metat. &

Coxa. Tr. & fem. tib. tars.

Lops 5.55, 23 6 6 = 202

2 24 54 53 53 = 183

ee 5 5 5 = 171

4 4 64 64 7 = 224

PA 26 te cecal 2 3 3 i 9

Group HExaTHELE2.

Genus HexaTHELE Auss.

Hewathele Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1871, p. 171;

L. Koch, Aracbn. Austr. 1873, p. 459; E. Simon, Hist. Nat. d.

Araign. 1. 1892, p. 188.

The genus (sec. Auss.) hardly differs from Macrothele except

in the addition of two small spinnerets to the usual group

of four, but with no scopule on tarsal joint or spines on front

two pairs. The known species, of which two only have been

described, are confined to N. Zealand.

Type, H. hochstettert Auss.

HEXATHELE HOCHSTETTERI Auss. (Text-fig. 41, p. 277.)

Hexathele hochstetteri Auss. loc. cit. p. 172; L. Koch, loc. cit.

Since the above was written, two specimens, a male and a female,

have fortunately arrived at the British Museum. They were

collected from Pahiatua, Wellington, N.Z., and forwarded by

Capt. Hutton. They are larger than the specimens previously

described by Ausserer and L. Koch, in both cases females, but

fairly well conform to the descriptions of H. hochstetteri Auss.

I am therefore able to give the following particulars of this

previously imperfectly known species.

Cephalothorax and legs bright reddish brown; mandibles dark

red-brown.

Abdomen dark grey-brown above, dark but rather yellower below,

no pattern distinguishable.

Front middle eyes half their diameter apart. Front and rear

side-eyes of equal size, their long diameter 14 of front middle

and 4 of same apart. The long diameter of the rear middle eyes

equal to that of the front middle.

Thoracic fovea straight and deep.

Sternum ovate, broadest posteriorly ; sigille moderate in size

and nearly marginal.

1901.] AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 277

Numerous rather large club-shaped spines on both lip and

maxille. The latter has a rounded prominence at the inner fore

corner and a pronounced heel at the lower outer.

On the inner margin of falx-sheath is a row of about 15 teeth,

and a thick fringe of orange-coloured hair on the outer.

The first and third joints of the superior spinnerets are equal

and longer than the second; the last cylindrical, the others tapering.

The second pair are about three diameters apart, and the small

third pair below and outside these.

The tarsi of the female are all without scopule.

Text-fig. 41.

MNT YY > hae

ay ed) Y

; r >

~ VES

28 a =

Hexathele hochstetteri. a. Eyes. 6. Male palp. c. Tibia and metatarsus of

male. d, Underside of abdomen, ¢, Profile.

The front two pairs of tarsi in the male have a divided scopula

but without sete, and a small pair of spines near the anterior end ;

only the posterior two pairs have a double row of setw in the

division of the scopula and a row of spines on each side.

One row of about 8 pectinations crosses the superior tarsal

claws. The inferior claw is bare.

The palpal stigma of the male is about twice the length of

the bulb, the first half flattened but tapering into a very fine

point.

io ¢)

ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 4,

Measurements in millimetres.

Female.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax 103 9

Abdomen .. 14 a

Superior spinnerets 3, 2, 3=8.

Pat. & Metat. &

Coxa. Tr.& fem. tib. tars.

0 ee L. 5 9 34 8 = 61

2, 43 84 8 Ss =

3. 423 a 7 8 = 264

4, 4 9 9 10 = 82}

PPB 6's betes welp oe 6 43 6 6 4 <= 204

Male

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax 103 9

Abdomen .. 114 (b>

Spinnerets st pair 3, 2,3=8; 2nd pair 2; 3rd pair 1.

Distance apart ,, 3; a3 2s = 4.

Pat. & Metat. &

Coxa. Tr.&fem. tib. tars.

eps Foam is5t. ] 5 93 93 94 = 333

2 q 9 9 91 = 313

3 4 84 84 11 oe

4 + 94 94 12 = 85

Palpiscteies 28% 3s 4 a 7 2 = 20

HEXATHELE PETREIL Goyen.

H. petrevi P. Goyen, Proc. N. Z. Inst. vol. xix. (1886) p. 207.

H. petrerii, A. T. Urquhart, ibid. vol. xxiv. (1891) p. 221.

Female found by and named after D. Petrie, Esq.; locality Otago.

Total length 20 mm. (sec. Goyen).

Abdomen (overhanging ceph.) 12 mm. long.

Mr. Goyen makes no mention of how his species differs from

the type species. Except a discrepancy in the eyes I can find no

difference in the descriptions of these two species.

Ausserer says ef the genus, “ eyes as in Nemesia,” z.¢. front row

procurved, rear row recurved. Lateral eyes oval.

Mr, Goyen says, ‘‘anterior row bent backward and the posterior

forward.” If this is meant in the German sense, his description

tallies with H. hochstetteri; if he means recurved and procurved

respectively, it must be something very different from the genus

Hexathele of Dr, Ausserer.

Note.—In a former paper (Proceedings Royal Society of Victoria,

August 1990), I gave the name Hylobius to a new genus of the

family Dictynidw. I now find that it has been previously applied

1901.] ON OKAPIA JOHNSTONI. 279

to a genus of Coleoptera. I therefore change it to Taurongia, after

the locality where the type specimens described were obtained.

In conclusion, I cannot too gratefully express my thanks to

Mr. R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum Natural History Depart-

ment, for kindly advice and ready assistance always at my service,

and in allowing me access to the Collections under his charge ;

without which it would have been impossible fer me to have in-

vestigated many points of interest and doubt, some of which I

trust I have been able to make clear.

June 18, 1901,

Prof. G. B. Howzs, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of May, 1901 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of May was 226, of which 23 were by

presentation, 7 by birth, 16 by purchase, and 180 were received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,

by death and removals, was 150.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to :—

1. Four hybrid Macaws bred at Milan, in Italy, between a male

Red-and-Blue Macaw (Ara macao) and a female Military Macaw

(Ara militaris). These birds have been deposited under our care

by the Hon. W. Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S. This is, so far as I

know, the only instance on record of hybridism between two

species of Macaw in captivity.

2. A young male African Elephant (Hlephas africanus), pur-

chased on May 21st. This animal was imported from Massowah,

and is said to have been captured in the Italian colony of Eritrea.

It is about four feet high, and is presumed to be about four years

old.

3. A Guilding’s Amazon (Chrysotis guilding:) from St. Vincent,

presented by the Earl of Crawford, F.Z.S., on May 25th. This

addition renders our series of the peculiar Amazons of the Lesser

Antilles complete. We have now in the Parrot House specimens

of four species of these Amazons, viz., Chrysotis guildingi from

St. Vincent, C. augusta and bouqueti from Dominica, and C, versi-

color from St. Lucia.

4, A male Red-flanked Duiker (Cephalophus rufilatus) from

West Africa, presented by M. Th. Leportier on May 28th. We

have received no specimen of this Antelope since 1880.

Two skulls and the skin of the new Mammal, the Okapi, dis-

covered by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.8., which had been

sent to the Natural History Museum, were exhibited, and the

following remarks, by Prof. E. Ray Lankester, I'.R.S., '.Z.8., were

read :—

280 PROF. H, RAY LANKESTER ON OKAPIA JOHNSTONI. [June 18,

The skin and two skulls of the Okapi, sent by Sir Harry

Johnston, arrived at the Museum on June 17th. The larger of

the two skulls is stated by Sir Harry Johnston to belong to the

skin. It is not adult, and probably not more than two-thirds

grown. There are traces of external male genital organs in the

skin, which is probably, though by no means certainly, that of a

male. The paired ungual phalanges are preserved in both fore and

hind feet, but not the horny hoofs. My attention was immediately

given to the skulls, the larger of which is exhibited to the Society

this evening. It at once showed itself to be that of a Giraffine

animal, and not that of a Bovine. The characters thus indicating

Giraffine affinity are the almost complete absence of the angle

between the basicranial and basifacial axes ; the great relative length

of the postorbital or true cranial portion of the skull; the large

lacrymal vacuity bounded anteriorly by the maxillary bones; the

swollen frontal margin of the orbit; the widely expanded and

laterally depressed form of the hinder part of the nasal bones ;

the brachydont molars with rugose enamel; and the excessive

length of the diastema between the premolar teeth and the

anterior group of canine and incisor teeth in the lower jaw.

The “ Okapi” differs from the genus Giraffa not only in the

relative shortness of the neck, the greater equality in the length

of the limbs, and the colour-marking of the hair as shown by the

skin, but in the absence, in both male and female, of the bony

outgrowths of the frontal region which form the “horns” of

Giraffa. These are represented in the Okapi by a posteriorly

placed dome-like upgrowth of each frontal and a_ knob-like

thickening in the skin.

The Okapi cannot, in my opinion, be associated generically with

any of the described extinct genera of hornless forms allied to

Giraffa, such as Helladotherium and Lnbytherium, though it has

similar relations to Giraffa and is undoubtedly allied to those

extinct forms. It differs essentially from Helladotherium in the

presence of a large lacrymal vacuity. This is present in Lydekker’s

Hydaspitherium, which, however, had horns. It differs also from

Helladotherium in the form of the orbit, which is oblong and

depressed in that genus, whereas it is equal in height and breadth

in the Okapi. It differs further from Helladotherium in the

absence of the frontal bosses in the case of that genus. I have

been able to compare the Okapi’s skull with that of a Hellado-

therium from India, preserved in the Natural History Museum,

and with the drawings of Gaudry, the founder of the genus.

I propose to establish the genus Okapia for Sir Harry John-

ston’s new animal, and provisionally characterize it as follows :—

OKAPIA, noy. gen.

A genus of Giraffine animals allied to the short-necked, horn-

less, extinct forms known as Helladotherium, &c. Distinguished

from Giraffa by its short neck, absence of horns, and the uniform

reddish-brown coloration of the hair of the body, neck, and head,

1901.] ON THE IBEX OF ABYSSINIA. 281

accompanied by a striping in dark brown and white of the fore

and hind limbs.

Distinguished from Helladotherium by the presence of large

pre-lacrymal vacuities in the skull as in Giraffa, by the presence

of a pair of lateral posterior dome-like prominences on the frontals

(representing the bony outgrowths of Giraffa), and, lastly, by the

presence of a minute accessory tubercle on the mediad face of the

first upper true molar, which exists sometimes in Giraffa but is

absent in Helladotheriwm.

Species. OKAPIA JOHNSTONI.

(= Equus johnstoni Sclater, P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 50.)

The only species known, now represented by two skulls and a

complete skin, was originally described as Equus johnstoni by

Dr. P. L. Sclater, from two pieces of skin which it appears were

cut from the striped region of the hind limbs.

Sir Harry Johnston, who was himself present, gave an account

of the facts connected with his discovery of the Okapi.

Sir Harry also stated that during his last excursion to the north

of Mount Elgon he had found large herds of a Giraffe in that

country which appeared to be distinct from previously known

forms of this mammal in having five horns, four placed in pairs

and one anterior in the middle line. Four examples of this

animal were now on their way home, and would soon be here to

settle the validity of this presumed new species.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S., exhibited specimens

of a mounted male and two unmounted males and a female of the

Ibex of Abyssinia (Capra walie Riippell), and made the following

remarks :—

When Mr. R. Lydekker wrote his great work ‘The Wild Oxen,

Sheep, and Goats of All Lands,’ in 1898, this fine species was

only known from the type specimens in the Senckenberg Museum

at Frankfort. Since then a few pairs of horns have been un-

earthed, collected at various times by Herr Menges, the wild-

beast trapper, but it has remained for Captain Powell-Cotton to

clear up the history of Capra walie by the fine series he has

collected of this fast-vanishing form.

Riippell’s original description is as follows :—* Front and upper-

side of head, neck, and back beautiful chestnut-brown ; muzzle, a

curved streak between eye and ear, sides of neck, body, and rump

reddish umber-brown. Region under the eye and ear, the chin,

throat, chest, and inner surface of the thighs and belly dirty

white. Outer side of thighs and legs and sides of belly dirty grey.

Feet whitish, with a large spot at the fetlock and a stripe down

the legs black. Root of tail chestnut-brown, tip black. Inner

side of ears white, with a reddish border, outer surface red-brown.

Iris of eye pale brown, pupil dark blue.”

282 HON. W. ROTHSCHILD ON [June 18,

The specimen of the female exhibited to-night is the first known

female collected and brought to Europe.

The following notes were given me by Captain Powell-Cotton:—

“This Ibex is called Wala by the Abyssinians and is said to exist

only in the mountains of Simien.

“1 shot these specimens at the commencement of autumn (end

of June), just at the beginning of the rutting-season.

« There were slight falls of snow and hail, and it was very cold

at night. There are said to be two feet of snow on the hilltops i in

August.

“On 25th June I saw two males and one female; Jater on,

on same day, I saw a larger male by itself and shot it.

‘On the 26th, I saw two large males feeding by themselves, and

later on found them with thirteen females.

‘*Qn the 27th, I found the same herd and shot the two large

males and one female.

“‘These were the only three large males on the ground. I

searched a good deal of country round but only saw old tracks.

“The natives hunt these animals persistently for their flesh,

skins, and horns (which they use for tumblers), and now that

they are so much better armed, I believe in a very few years the

animals will be extinct.

“J was told of some other hunting-ground farther to the N.E.,

but had not time to visit it.

“The three specimens shot and the head picked up all have the

points of the horns turned inwards, but a pair of horns, which

were said to have been obtained on Mount Hay, had the points

turned outwards.

“J found them on the eastern slope of Mount Buibeat, one of

the highest in the Simien range—in the French maps it is marked

as 4510 m. in elevation. The top is undulating grass-land, with a

much-frequented path running along close to the edge of the

cliffs, at the foot of which is the Ibex-ground.

“The cliffs being too high for a shot, and, so far as I could dis-

cover, there being no direct path down, it seemed to be a favourite

amusement of passing caravans to roll over stones in the hope of

seeing a herd disturbed. At the foot of the first line of cliffs, and

below several lesser ill-defined lines lower down, are the runs and

lying-up places of the Ibex and Klipspringer.

“The earth and stones dropping from above have formed banks

some little distance from the face of the cliffs, while here and

there an overhanging rock forms a roomy shelter under it.

“ The Ibex appear to regularly use these partly concealed runs

in moving from one part of the ground to another, and it was in

them that I found numerous traces of where native shikarees had

lain up to get a shot at them, generally overlooking a drinking-

place or a favourite shelter.

“The steep ground between the different lines of cliffs is covered

with long coarse grass, among which the curious Tree-Lobelia

(Lobelia rhynchopetalum) grows, besides firs, birch, and many

1901.] THE ABYSSINIAN WOLF. 283

scrubby bushes, the whole reminding me very much of where I

have shot Thar in Kistowar, Kashmir, and being quite unlike any

ground where I had previously seen Ibex.

«‘ Rven when the animals were feeding in the early morning and

late afternoon, it was by no means easy to make them out amongst

the undergrowth.

** At the foot of the mountain large flocks of sheep and goats

were grazing, being sheltered at night in caves, the openings of

which were protected by stone walls and wattles.

«Lower down there was a large stretch of cultivated land, and

several groups of huts forming the village of Lourey.

* Although I had a special letter from the Emperor Menelik to

the Governor of Simien, and from the latter to the different

headmen, they placed every sort of passive obstacle in the way of

my shooting Ibex, and one and all seemed most anxious to get

me out of the country as quickly as possible, in spite of their

receiving all the meat killed, besides presents and liberal rewards.”

Mr. Rothschild pointed out that the principal differences

separating this Ibex from Capra nubiana were the shorter beard

and the horns, which are thick and stout and more like those of

Capra sibirica. It differed from all the other Ibexes in the bony

protuberance on the forehead.

Riippell’s type had the horns only 25 inches long, measured

over the curve; but Captain Powell-Cotton’s largest adult male

had horns 43+ and 433 in., while his smallest had them 414 and

41 in.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild also exhibited a mounted speci-

men of the Abyssinian Wolf (Canis simensis Riippell), and made

the following remarks :—

This very distinct and curious species has hitherto only been

known to science from the type specimen in the British Museum,

and the accounts of its discoverer, Dr. Edward Riippell. Last

year, during his very successful expedition through Abyssinia,

Captain Powell-Cotton obtained four males and one female, one of

which forms the basis of this note. Captain Powell-Cotton first

met with this curious animal in the highlands of Gogain, just

north of Abbai. None were observed in the low hot country or

along the west of Lake Tana, except on 2nd April, 1900, when

three were met with together, evidently in search of a female.

They were always seen singly and in the neighbourhood of large

colonies of a short-tailed brown rat with pale hind-quarters,

which is their chief food. They appear to be about in the early

morning and at night. The colour of this animal is a curious

mixture of chestnut and greyish white, which produces the effect

of the colour known in horses as “red roan.” |

This species can at once be distinguished from all other true

Wolves by its very long and narrow and slender skull.

Dr. Riippell records it as inhabiting most provinces of Abys-

sinia, hunting sheep and smaller wild animals in packs, and

284 M. C. SATUNIN ON [June 18,

never being dangerous to human beings; but, except as regards

its non-dangerous character, this was quite contrary to Captain

Powell-Cotton’s experiences.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited and made remarks on a peculiar

Stag’s frontlet and horns which had been obtained by Mr. Charles

Hose in Borneo. Mr. Hose had informed him that the Deer

came from a hitherto unvisited part of Borneo, the Pa Bauan

country in the far interior, and that he had been told that several

people had procured similar horns from that district.

Mr. R. Shelford, C.M.Z.S., exhibited a series of lantern-slides,

exemplifying mimicry amongst Bornean insects, especially amongst

the Longicorn division of the Coleoptera.

The following papers were read :—

1. Ona new Hedgehog from Transcaucasia; with a Revision

of the Species of the Genus Hrinaceus of the Russian

Empire. By Constantin Satunin, C.M.Z.S8.

[Received May 29, 1901. ]

In the autumn of 1900, I made an excursion into the sandy

district lying along the foot of Mount Ararat, with the intention

of studying its Fauna.

This locality is highly interesting, inasmuch as its Flora bears

a great resemblance to the Flora of the Transcaspian province, the

sands being for the greater part covered by shrubs of Calhigonum

polygonoides Pall., met nowhere else in Transcaucasia but which

is exceedingly common in Transcaspia. I likewise found a great

similitude between the faunas of these sands.

Of special interest for the locality near Ararat is the long-eared

Hedgehog of the district, which belongs to a new species, and

which shows closer affinities to the Transcaspian Hrinaceus albulus

than it does to the Z. auritus of the Northern Caucasus.

I name this Hedgehog Z. calligont on account of its area in

Transcaucasia being entirely limited to the distribution of Call-

gonum polygonoides.

I give the following description made by me from six specimens

collected near the village of Aralyk, which lies some 40 versts to

the south of Erivan.

ERINACEUS CALLIGONI, sp. nov.

This new species belongs to the group of £. auritus and resembles

the young individuals of that species, but differs in some external

characters as well as in the structure of the skull. It is even

smaller than £. auritus, and is thus the smallest of the Russian

Hedgehogs. The length of my largest specimen does not exceed

160 mm. from snout to vent, whereas a large £#. auritus attains

a length of 210 mm. The colouring of £. calligoni 1s lighter

1901.) A NEW HEDGEHOG. 285

than that of Z. auritus, and this depends on the circumstance that

in the last-named species the ends of the spines are brown, whereas

in the former the ends of the spines are wholly white. The

dusky bases of the spines are broader, and the space between the

latter and the black band is not white as in Z. auritus, but light-

grey. The upper part of the head, the ears, and the lateral line

on the margin which separates the spiny surface from the fur

are, as in Z. auritus, brown. The upper surface of the foot has

a brownish tinge. The whole underside is white; claws white.

The ears are comparatively larger; the snout more acuminate.

The ecallosities on the under surface of the fore and hind

extremities are sharply defined and deeply separated. The spines

attain a length of 20 mm., and have from 16 to 17 finely tubercu-

lated low longitudinal ridges.

The skull bears great resemblance to the skull of Z. albulus.

The relation of the greatest zygomatic breadth to the basal length

of the skull is 1: 1-6, as in Z. albulus; whereas in £. auritus it is

sometimes, and that only in very young specimens, 1:1°5; in

full-grown animals it is always 1:1:4. The other peculiarities

presented by the skull are shown at the end of this article, in the

table of measurements (p. 290).

Measurements. b -

mm, mm, mm,

From snout to vent .......... 160 143 142

From vent to tip of tail........ 25 265 16

From spout to external meatus. . Si 39 4]

From snout to the middle of the

oy Ee el ee ee ee ee D 26 26 25

Length of hind-foot with claws. - 34. 36 33°5

It seems therefore that within the boundaries of European

Russia and of the western part of her Asiatic possessions there

are not less than six species of Erinaceus.

As there is but little to be found about the Russian Hedge-

hogs in existing literature, and as our information of their geo-

graphical distribution is very scanty and, for the greater part,

erroneous, I will give here a brief revision of the species, following

the classification adopted by the late Dr. J. Anderson (P. Z. 8.

1895, p. 414).

A. The pterygoid fosse are well developed and the pterygoids

do not contribute to the enlargement of the auditory

chamber.

a. Postglenoid process of the squamosal solid and much

smaller than the mastoid. A narrow tract, bare of spines,

on the middle of the head.

1. Erryaceus EvRopzvs L.

Erinaceus ewropeus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. p. 75 (1766); Pallas,

Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat, i. p. 187 (1811); Eversmann, Nat. Hist.

286 M, 0. SATUNIN ON [June 18,

District Orenburg, ii. p. 75 (1850) (Russian) ; Simashko, Fauna of

Russia, ii. p. 66, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1851) (Russian); Blasius, Siiugeth.

Deutsch]. p. 153 (1857); Sabaneieff, The Vertebrata of the

Northern Ural, p. 12 (1874) (Russian); Dobson, Monogr. of the

Insectivora, 1. p. 8 (1882).

The distribution of the common Hedgehog in Europe is pretty

well known. In European Russia the northern limit of its dis-

tribution descends eastward and reaches, in the St. Petersburg

government, Wego, 61° N. lat., whilst in the Ural mountains it

does not go farther north than 59°,—e. g., in the Verkhotursk

district of the government of Perm, where the species is already

scarce. In Central and Southern Russia and in the Caucasus this

Hedgehog is everywhere common and more or less numerous, being

found as well in forests and the steppes, together with ZF. auritus,

as in the hills, up to 8000 feet. In the Transcaucasus these Hedge-

hogs attain a very great size.

We have but very scanty and little trustworthy data as to its

distribution in Asia. According to Pallas it is absent on the other

side of the Ural chain. But Sabaneieff* says that it is met with

on the eastern slope of the Ural and that, there, it increases yearly

in number. This author thinks that it is but recently that this

species has penetrated into the Trans-Ural, and that Pallas’s state-

ment of its absence there is thus simply explained. Slowzoff * found

it in the government of Tobolsk ; Schrenck * and Radde* in Eastern

Siberia; but, according to Prof. Kastchenko, it is wanting in the

government of Tomsk. Schrenck (J. c.) distinguishes the Amoor

Hedgehog as a separate variety. Radde (J. c.) does not find it

possible to distinguish the Daoorian Hedgehog from the common

one. Itis difficult to come to any decided conclusion from the figure

given by the last-named author, but it looks as if the skull figured

on plate v. of Radde’s work did not belong to £. europeus, but

to some other species. According to Dobson, #. dealbatus

Swinhoe, from Peking, scarcely differs from LZ. europeus. It is

therefore evident that our knowledge of the distribution of Z. eu-

ropeus in Asia is in the hands of future explorers.

b. Postglenoid process of the squamosal as large as the

mastoid process and is internally concave. No bare

space on the head.

2. ERINACEUS AURITUS Gmel.

Erinaceus auritus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. Linn. i. p. 116 (1788);

Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. i. p. 188 (1811); Eversmann, Nat

Hist. District of Orenburg, ii. p. 76 (1850) (Russian) ; Simashko,

Fauna of Russia, ii. p. 72, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1851) (Russian) ; Dobson,

Monogr. Insectivora, i. p. 16 (1882).

1 Sabaneieff, Vertebrat. of North. Ural, p. 12 (1874) (Russian).

2 Slowzoff, The Vertebrata of the district Tiimen, p. 212 (1892) (Russian).

3 Schrenck, Reis. im Amur-Lande, i. p. 100, Taf. iv. fig. 2 (1858).

* Radde, Reis. im Siiden yon Ost-Sibir. p. 117, Taf. v. fig. 1 a, ¢ (1862).

1901.] A NEW HEDGEHOG. 287

Differs manifestly from Z. albulus, with which it has been con-

founded by many authors, in its smaller size, shorter ears, darker

colouring, and broader skull, as will be seen in the table of

measurements at the end of the present note. The geographical

distribution of this species is far more restricted than it was

commonly supposed to be. It does not go farther south than the

Ust-Urt in the Transcaspian province, whence it has been re-

corded by Zaroudnoi, Radde and Walter, and others. These data are

based on the confusion of this species with Z. albulus, I have come

to this conclusion after having examined the specimens in the

Caucasus Museum (collected by Dr. Radde and Dr. Walter), as well

as a great number of Hedgehogs received by me from Transcaspia

through my correspondents. I know, from there, only Z. auritus

and £. macracanthus. The distribution of £. auritus begins in the

steppes of the Northern Caucasus, in the plains of the Manytsh ;

it then extends to the north between the Don and the Volga,

up to the hillocks of Ergheni, and thence goes eastward through

the Volga-Ural and the Kirghiz steppes approximately between

45° and 55° N. lat. How far its distribution extends to the

East is not well known. Pallas says that it reaches Lake Baikal,

but the long-eared Hedgehogs which live along the River Irtysh

are much larger; and those of the Trans-Baikal attain a size even

greater than does HZ. ewropeus, so that they doubtlessly belong

to some other species. It seems probable that the long-eared

Hedgehog does not extend to the East beyond the Balkhash-

depression and the 80th deg. of E. long. (Paris merid.). This sup-

position is confirmed by the fact that, though Middendorff ',

Schrenck 2, and Radde* mention in their works F. awritus from

Eastern Siberia, they do so on the testimony of Pallas, but have

not themselves succeeded in finding this species there.

What Z. dauuricus Sundey.* is, I do not know, but according

to what Pallas says of the long-eared Hedgehogs of Daooria,

it is very probable that it belongs to some distinct, but now over-

looked species.

3. ERINACEUS ALBULUS Stoliczka.

Hemiechinus albulus, Stoliczka, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1872,

. 226.

7 Erinaceus albulus, Blanford, Scient. Res. Second Yarkand Mis-

sion, Mamm. p. 14, pl. i. fig. 2, pl. lia. fig. 1 (1879); Dobson,

Monogr. Insectivora, i. p. 17 (1882).

Erinaceus auritus, Lichtenstein in ‘ Naturhistorischer An-

hang’ zu ‘ Reise von Orenburg nach Buchara’ v. E. Eversmann,

p. 124 (1823); Brandt in ‘Zvolog. Anhang’ z. A. Lehmann’s ‘ Reise

nach Buchara und Samarkand,’ p. 299 (1852); M. Bogdanoff, The

Oasis of Khiva and the desert K yzil-Koom, p. 79 (1882) (Russian );

Sibirische Reise, ii. 2, p. 76 (1853).

Reis. in Amur-Lande, i. p. 105 (1858).

Reis. im Stiden v. Ost-Sibirien, i. p. 124 (1862).

4 Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1848, ii. p. 27.

288 M. C. SATUNIN ON [June 18,

Nikolsky, in the ‘ Works of the St. Petersb. Soc. of Naturalists,’

vol. xvii. pt. 1, p. 384 (1886) (Russian) ; Radde & Walter, Zoolog.

Jahrbiich., Syst. iv. p. 1006, partim (1888); Zaroudnoi, Rech.

Zool. d. la Contrée Transcaspienne, separ. p. 33 (Bull. Nat.

Moscou, 1889-90); Tikbomiroff, in the News of the Imp. Soe. of

Lovers of Nat. Sciences, t. lxxxvi. p. 23, partim (1894) (Russian) ;

Severzoff, Vert. and Horiz. distr. anim. of Turkistan, p. 61 (1873)

(Russian).

Within the limits of the Russian Empire, this Hedgehog is very

common in the Transcaspian province, where it takes the place of

the foregoing species. The specimens from this locality agree

perfectly with the excellent description and drawing in Blanford’s

work. This species will probably also be found to inhabit the

southern parts of Russian Turkestan.

4, ERINACEUS CALLIGONI Satunin.

Known for the present only from the sandy district along the

foot of Mount Ararat, near the village of Aralyk, about 40 versts

to the south of Erivan.

It is possible that the long-eared Hedgehog of Mesopotamia

belongs to this species, as the true #. awritus can certainly not

exist there.

B. The pterygoid fosse almost disappearing, the pterygoids being

enlarged and bullate, the cavity contributing to the enlarge-

ment of the auditory chamber. On the top of the heada

well-marked bare space, covered by folds of the skin.

5, ERINACEUS MACRACANTHUS Blanford.

Erinaceus macracanthus, Blanford, Ann. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi.

p- 310 (1875); Blanford, East. Persia, . p. 27, pl. i. (1879);

Dobson, Monogr. Insectivora, pt. i. p. 15 (1888); Zaroudnoi,

Rech. Zoo]. Contr. Transcaspienne, separ. p. 34 (1889-90).

Erinaceus auritus (partim !), Radde & Walter, Zool. Jahrb., Syst.

iv. p. 1006, albino (1888).

Obviously not scarce in the South-eastern part of Transcaspia,

whence I have received several specimens. More commonly met

with in the neighbourhood of Askhabad.

The dark colouring, as given by Blanford, I find only in young

animals. With age the colouring gets lighter, and in old speci-

mens it becomes of a uniform yellowish-white.

6. ERINACEUS HYPOMELAS Brandt.

Erinaceus hypomelas, Brandt, Bull. Soc. d. ’Acad. des Sci. St.

Pétersb. 1836, t. i. p. 32; Brandt in The Fauna of Russia, by

Simashko, p. 74, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1851) (Russian); Eversmann, Nat.

Hist. of the District of Orenburg, ii. p. 77 (1850) (Russian) ;

Brandt in ‘ Zool. Anhang’ z. A. Lehmann’s ‘ Reise nach Buchara,

etc.,’ p. 300 (1852),

1901.] A NEW HEDGEHOG. 289

Erinaceus auritus juv.?, Dobson, Monogr. Insectivora, i. p. 16

(1888).

Of late there has prevailed a very false idea about this species,

which has been forgotten for full half a century. This is probably

due to the fact that Brandt described an apparently young specimen,

and that the description of the full-grown animal, given by

Eversmann, and the more detailed one of Brandt, were written in

Russian and were published in works that have long ago become

bibliographical rarities. That is the reason why I find it necessary

to dwell at some length on this species.

It was evident, from the study of the existing literature, that

Dobson’s opinion as to /. hypomelas being the young E. auritus

could not stand, as the young Hedgehogs of the last-named species

are much lighter-coloured than are the old ones, and they are

nearly white on the under surface of the body. I was myself dis-

posed to think that 2. hypomelas might prove to be the young of

E. macracanthus.

In the summer of 1900 I had the opportunity of examining °

Eversmann’s specimens in the Zoological Museum of the Kazan

University, which had served him as types for his description.

These were two well-preserved stuffed specimens, one of them

having a nearly perfect skull, which I had the good luck to ex-

tricate entire.

This skull differed from the skulls in my possession of

E. macracanthus only by its greater length (61 mm.); and I think

that it would be difficult to distinguish the two species by the

skulls alone.

The bare space on the head is as well-defined as it is in EZ. ma-

cracanthus. In his article, P. Z. 8. 1895, Anderson says (footnote

on p. 421) that Biichner, the then curator of the Mammalian

Department of the Zool. Museum of the St. Petersburg Academy

of Sciences, told him that the type which had served for Brandt’s

description had no bare space on the head and that the spines were

disposed as in £. auritus. Now I think that there must have

been a mistake about this point, and that it is sometimes quite

impossible to see this character in stuffed specimens and espe-

cially in such a very old one (dating from 1858) as Brandt’s type

specimen, which was the skin of a very young animal’. In both

the adult specimens of the Kazan Museum this bare space is well

marked. That both Brandt and Eversmann have described the

same species was made clear to me by the following circumstance :

on the drawing made from the St. Petersburg specimen (Simashko,

pl. vi.) of 4. hypomelas, as well as on the stuffed specimens of the

Kazan Museum, there is a very noticeable character which neither

Brandt nor Eversmann has mentioned,—namely, in EL. hypo-

melas the whole head up to the hind part of the crown is quite

1 At my request, Prof. N, Kastchenko has obligingly examined this specimen,

and has found on the head a bare area of which he has sent me a drawing,

This leaves no doubt as to the bare space on the head of 2. hypomelas having

exactly the same appearance as it has in 2. macracanthus.

Proc. Zoon. Soc,.—1901, Vox. Ll. No, XLX, 19

[June 18,

M. OC, SATUNLN ON A NEW HEDGEHOG,

290

0-980

‘spjauodliy “y

Zp Zp +o a, +0 o i Ma Oy

5S BR 3 e g # Re BE. @

> = = = z. Bist =| eR E

Bee | ot ie roe ee ees alee le

F 5 ee eS Rae aie

8 $ = " @ E g

's. S “yorBcy 3 5 ey

- = qunoyy tvou ‘yAyRry 5 cy @, a

i=")

*. a

61 sl LI 9-91 FOL ST G6L GI 8-46

iat (i) 1@ ZI ZI a! oI FI os LI

cl SI OL OTT 9-01 ZI al &T LI

Ig LG 8-46 FG FG CFG G.¢ 8:46 98

SI él Il Il Il G.El ral GI GFL

og OF G 8-46 GG LG Og 1g 68

eG Lt 8-0F ¢.0F G-OF If SP FF 0.69

q¢ og er a L-8P PF OF OF G-E9

g “2uohyyna "SQMND “OT g

ee: 3

2 ~

g > 8

$ PI

ssp U2 synYg yp fo Spuamalnsne TT

Ite

“+ savjour aoddn

[81 Jo SUISIVUE AOLo}UB TOAMIEG TYPLAA ‘8

BIeseU JO |YSUIT *Y

a eee eee en eeeeeenes sete eeee Ave]

-[remesad JO PUG 0} TOMIVAOF [VITGLOVAFU]

eee eneeeeeee *soqured £uog ou} jo yysue'T .

sade veeeeseteaeeeenseeceeeeenenseeeee! *8QTIOG

opemodéz eq} sero yIpEeAG qsoyVa.uy *

“* sTBTMOAy OY} PULTE YJPIA ysvoT “p

“YYSUT IUpIsvg “7

enw ween ee eeneree seeeeee eu0q yeqidio90 ou} jo.

guiod queutmoad ysout of} 07 BITTIXvUt

‘-aad oy} JO depdog AOLIoyUR OGY Woy *T

TT] J ptog stot q \

ee eee ee

1901.) ON THE ANTELOPES OF THE WHITE NILE. 291

spineless, and the spines begin only somewhat behind the line

that unites the bases of the inner margins of the ears; whereas in

E. macracanthus the spines begin considerably in front of this

line.

I give here the following description of an adult specimen of

this little-known species :—

Size of a large EH. europeus.

Ears comparatively a little smaller than in Z. auritus. Head

and upper part of neck whitish, with a rufous tinge on the upper

part of the head. The spines are very long, up to 43 mm., and

have a white base and two black and two white bands, and their

long black apex has a blue lustre which gives to the whole colour-

ing of this Hedgehog a very dark appearance. The fur behind the

ears and on the sides of the body is brownish ; the abdomen and the

feet are pure black.

This Hedgehog has only been found in the country named

Ust-Urt, which lies between the Caspian and the Aral seas. At

present this is a quite out of the way place, distant from all roads.

This is the reason, I think, that it has not been visited for a very

long time by a naturalist, and that the animals described from

this country have been almost forgotten, e. g., Ovis arkal Brandt.

It is very likely that besides the above named species of

Hedgehogs, there will also be found in the Transcaspian province

E. megalotis Blyth, so common in Afghanistan. I may also state

that Zaroudnoi speaks of a Hedgehog found by him in the Tedgen

oasis and along the middle course of the Murgab (Bull. Nat.

Moscou, 1889), which, in its characters, according to this

author, does not agree with any of the species enumerated here.

Unfortunately I have not had the opportunity of examining

the specimens collected by him.

2. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of the White Nile.

By Captain Henry N. Dunn’,

™ [Received May 29, 1901.]

On putting together these few notes on the Antelopes of the

While Nile, [am merely giving information as to what I know

personally of their habits, and will speak only of those species

observed by myself, and that mainly, too, from a sportsman’s point

of view. Not having my diary at hand, I am unable to give exact

dates.

My only opportunity of shooting on the upper reaches of the

White Nile was when attached, as Medical Officer, to an expedition

formed for the purpose of clearing away the sudd-obstruction in

the Bahr-el-Jebel.

' Communicated by the Secretary.

19*

292 CAPT. H. N. DUNN ON THE [June 18,

The expedition left Omdurman in December 1899 and returned

early in May 1900, and as I had received only a few weeks’ notice of

my appointment to the expedition, I had very little time for making

preparations, and had no idea that any of the Antelopes we might

meet would be particularly interesting from a scientific point of

view.

Having remained almost the whole five months at the Base Camp,

on the right bank, within a few miles of the junction of the Bahr-

el-Zeraf with the White Nile, I had much better opportunities of

shooting than the other members of the expedition, who were

mostly engaged in working on the sudd itself. The season being an

exceptionally dry one we had good sport; and as most of the game

was secured in much the same sort of country, I may as well

describe what it was like in and around our Base Camp. The

Base Camp was situated at Gabt-el-Megahid, on the right bank,

six miles north of the junction of the Bahr-el-Zeraf with the White

Nile, and was pitched in the midst of a patch of red-gum scrub

interspersed with larger trees. This site was chosen, as fuel for

the steamers was our main object. The jungle extended more or

less thickly for seven or eight miles along the bank, with an average

depth of from a quarter to half-a-mile. Outside the jungle stretched

an undulating plain, as far as the eye could reach, covered by coarse

brown grass averaging from a few inches to 2 or 3 feet in height,

but in few places affording much cover for stalking purposes.

In the rainy season, of course, these conditions are greatly

changed, and from all accounts the grass is then several feet high

and the whereabouts of game is only to be ascertained by climbing

trees.

On the bank opposite to our camp the country was somewhat

different, as the ground was more low-lying, and the grass was longer

and higher and afforded excellent cover. Stalking was difficult

owing to the numerous low-lying strips of land containing water

(khors) and mud. The natives of the country, Shuluks, burn the

grass as soon as the dry-season has set in, and these fires were in

full swing on our arrival.

The following were the Antelopes that I met with :—

1. Damatiscus T1ANG. (The Tiang.) *

Several large herds of this Antelope were seen on the left bank

between El Duem and Fashoda, but it was well into January before

I personally secured a specimen. My best heads carried horns

of 22 and 223 inches, but I subsequently saw one of 23 inches.

The horns of the female are lighter and more slender, and appar-

ently average from 12 to 16 inches. The herds were generally

met with in the drier ground, and, as is the case with most

Antelopes, coming down to water in the evening or moving up

from the river as the sun rose. Even with the aid of good field-

glasses, I always found it exceedingly difficult to distinguish males

from females, except that, if I remember correctly, the males were

» Scl. & Thom. Bk, of Ant i. p. 63.

1901.1 ANTELOPES OF THE WHITE NILE. 293

of a decidedly lighter colour. On one occasion I came across an

immense herd of fully three or four hundred of this Antelope, on

the left bank opposite the junction of the Bahr-el-Jebel with the

White Nile. They allowed me to approach within 400 yards ; and

a splendid sight it was to see them galloping along when startled

and changing direction like so much cavalry, the leading buck on

either flank going more slowly and the wings wheeling round, the

whole herd galloping off in the fresh direction when squared.

The “Tiang,” when wounded, is sometimes dangerous to

approach. I know of one instance in which a buck charged so

viciously, that it was only stopped by being clubbed across the

head with a rifle, the sportsman breaking his weapon in doing this.

In March and April I saw several young ones, but apparently the

mothers and young kept apart from the males in small herds.

When not with their young, the animals seem to move about either

alone or in small parties, and are comparatively easily stalked, even

in the open. Sometimes single bucks attached themselves to a herd

of Water-buck, and on one occasion I observed a buck of this

species attempt to have connection with several females of the

herd, although the male Water-buck resented it. The Tiang at

times takes an extraordinary amount of killing, and I have seen a

buck carry off eight *303 bullets in him, and only finally brought to

grass after a long hunt, and when he had apparently but one sound

leg left to travel with. The flesh of the Tiang is excellent.

2. OurHBIA MonTANA. (The Abyssinian Oribi.) *

These animals were found in considerable numbers close to

the Camp, and in fact afforded one of our main supplies of

meat for our men. ‘They were not at all shy, and generally moved

about in pairs, or in pairs with a single fawn. When wounded

they will lie extraordinarily close at times in the long grass, so

close, indeed, that I found it much simpler to approach a wounded

buck with a double twelve-bore and No. 4 shot; otherwise it was

not an easy thing to kill him, as he bounded away through the reeds.

I have never seen Oribi actually drinking at the river, but have

little doubt that they do so, having noticed numbers of tracks

along the bank. When startled and galloping through high grass

the Oribi at times bounds much after the manner of a Black Buck.

The natives apparently kill numbers by trapping. A small fence

of split reeds is made, enclosing a strip of river-bank on which

the grass is exceptionally good grazing, and to which the Oribi

come to feed at night-time. Small gates are left in the fencing,

and in these openings the traps are laid. The trap used is made by

lashing a stick to one upright of the opening, bending over the

fore end and pegging down an attached noose to the ground in

the middle of the opening. Beneath, where the noose is pegged

out, a small pit covered by pieces of bark, has been prepared

beforehand. By a trigger-like arrangement, the Oribi, in thrusting

' Sel. & Thom. Bk. of Ant. ti, p. 25.

294 CAPT. H. N. DUNN ON THE [June 18,

his foot through the bark, sets free the pegged-down noose and is

caught by the Teg as the bent stick springs upright. The natives

attach a rattle made of dome-palm nut to the string, so that the

Oribi is heard as soon as he struggles to escape.

3. Copus pprassa. (The Defassa Water-Buck.) ’

This Water-buck is plentiful along both banks of the White

Nile from the north of El Duem to the junction with the Bahr-el-

Jebel. They generally moved about in herds of from four to six

up to forty, and on one occasion I counted sixty-four, young and

adults of both sexes intermingled.

On our first arrival at the Base ‘Camp, buck were plentiful in

the proportion of about 1 to 4 females, but owing to the necessity

of obtaining meat, they had become greatly thinned-out before

our departure. My best heads measured 31 and 314 inches, but I

believe one of 34 inches was shot by Major Peake, R.A.

Its native name here was “ Tetel,” but this does not go for

much, as I have heard the same term applied to other animals,

including Tiang and White-eared Kob. During the daytime the

herds moved out from the river into the open, and seemed to

spend their time in grazing and lying up in the long grass, coming

down towards the river again as the sun became lower. It was a

pretty sight at times to watch a herd of the Water-bucks approach-

ing the river of an evening. The herd, led by the largest buck,

generally moved slowly along through the grass in single file,

pausing every few yards and gazing around to see whether the

coast was clear or not. The massive horns of the bucks and dark

coats showed up well against the yellow background of the sun-

parched grass. When alarmed the herd rushed together, but

were at times very easy to approach ; and I have stalked single

bucks in the open by merely creeping along, keeping my eyes fixed

on the tips of the animal’s horns as he fed, and dropping down

when he began to raise his head. When feeding anywhere close

to jungle, they almost invariably grazed head on and towards the

direction they feared danger.

On one occasion one of my natives had a narrow escape from a

wounded buck. He attempted to grasp the buck’s horns prepara-

tory to cutting the animal’s throat, but was struck full in his

chest by the horns, receiving a couple of nasty wounds, which, if

lower, might easily have proved fatal. The meat of the Water-

buck is poor-eating, but the hide was greatly sought after by our

workmen for making sandals, to protect their feet from the thorns

of the red gum-trees.

4. Copus MARIA. (Mrs. Gray’s Waterbuck.) *

So far as my personal experience goes, I have only seen this

Antelope along the left bank of the Nile almost opposite the

anction of the Bahr-el-Zeraf, on the right bank in small herds

} Sel. & Thom. Bk. of Ant. ii. p. 115, pl. xxxvi.

* dbid., p. 121, pl. xxxvii.

1901.] ANTHLOPES OF THD WHITE NILE. 295

between Lake No and the Bahr-el-Zeraf, and once in the less

swampy portion of the sudd itself, close to Hellet-el-Nuer. Cobus

maria is almost invariably found in swampy ground or close to it.

During several trips up the Bahr-el-Zeraf river, I never saw one

at any great distance from the Nile itself; the banks of the

Bahr-el-Zeraf at that season of the year being very dry and

without much cover. When we arrived at the Base Camp there

was a large herd of from fifty to a hundred of these Antelopes on

the opposite bank, and several specimens were shot from time to

time by members of the expedition. IJ constantly watched them

from our steamer with a telescope. During the day the herd

selected an open bare-burnt patch of ground to lie out on, feeding

down towards the river in the evening, and roaming about on the

higher and more open ground during the earlier hours of the day.

The herd seemed to keep very much together; and all the various

gradations of colour, from the yellow and dirty white of the

females and young of both sexes, to the tawny black and almost

pure white of the mature bucks, were to be seen intermingled.

At first we had a certain amount of difficulty in distinguishing

them from the White-eared Kob, not knowing anything about

their distinctive markings; and it was not until I had shot a

specimen, and noticed the smooth kid-like appearance of the skin

on the back of the fetlock, between the supernumerary and true

hoof, that I knew they must be of a different species ; the White-

eared Kob having no such distinctive feature. Of course, the white

patch on the withers of Cobus maria is very striking; but it is

next to impossible to distinguish the young and females from

those of Cobus leucotis at a distance. In fact, the young buck

C. maria, too, before the horns have become long enough to take

on the spiral twist, and while the coat is still yellow, is very likea

young C. leucotis, except that, no doubt, it is a heavier animal; and

I could never be certain as to which species they belonged unless

I got close to the herd. On one occasion, having shot a young

buck C. maria, showing an almost entire absence as yet of the

black and white markings of the more mature animal, I took

the trouble to skin it. As the sun was hot and I had been out

since daylight, I left the feet-bones in the skin (intending to

remove them on arrival in camp), and gave the skin to a native to

carry to the boat. On arriving at the boat I found, much to my

disgust, that the native had cut the feet off for the sake of the

bones attached. This annoyed me so much at the time, that L

threw the skin away, and so lost what would have been an

interesting specimen for the Museum. As I have already stated,

we, at the Base Camp, had an exceptionally good opportunity of

getting specimens and observing the Mrs. Gray’s Antelopes.

That portion of the bank on which the herd lived was a semi-

detached strip of land, of about seven miles in length by four or

five in breadth, and bounded behind by an arm of the river, along

the bank of which, on the higher ground, the Shulluks had built

their villages ; and curiously enough, during the entire five months

296 CAPT. H. N. DUNN ON THE [June 18,

of our stay at the Base Camp, the herd never left this portion of

the bank. At first the herd was fairly easy to approach, but, of

course, they became more wary later on. The young and females

(in January and February) kept, as a rule, close to the bucks, and

this was probably due to the more or less constant worrying they

had from the Shulluks and their dogs, who were always on the

look-out to cut off a stray doe with young. Once, when shooting

along with another officer, opposite the mouth of the Bahr-el-

Zerat, a female dashed past within torty yards of our camp, hard

pressed by a Shulluk dog: my friend was just in time to cram in a

cartridge and put a bullet into a second dog who was following,

much to the disgust of the owner, who shortly afterwards

appeared on the scene.

This Antelope will take readily to the water when pressed. On

the day after our arrival at the Base Camp, a magnificent buck,

wounded by a Shulluk’s spear and hard-pressed by a dog, dashed

into the river immediately opposite to our steamer and was shot

from the deck itself. I once shot a rather fine buck under somewhat

peculiar circumstances. Having set my heart on a particularly

fine head, I had been following the herd for close on three hours,

but could not manage to get a shot at the animal I wanted.

Eventually L noticed a buck separate himself from the herd and

disappear into some long reeds close to the river. This had also

been observed by the natives on one of our expedition’s sailing-

boats, who, when I arrived, were just turning out, armed with

sticks and knives, to make what they thought an easy capture of

a badly wounded animal. Knowing that I could not have possibly

wounded him myself, I formed the men up ina line and commenced

beating up through the reeds, having taken a commanding position

on some high ground. It was as well I had done so, as the buck

lay until almost walked over, and then, springing up, dashed off at

full speed, giving me an easy shot as he passed broadside on, not

more than forty yards off. ‘To my surprise I found on examining

the body, that he had an old un-united fracture of the left shoulder,

due to an accident probably, as I could find no external wound.

He had evidently become tired at being kept so long on the move,

and had lain down for a rest, as his leg was no doubt giving him

trouble.

The full-grown Maria buck is a fine animal, his head having

very much the appearance of that of an Ibex, except, of course, that

the beard is replaced by the somewhat shaggy and coarse hair of

the neck and throat. When alarmed the herd dashes off, led by

one or two of the old bucks, and tailing out to almost single file.

When galloping the buck carries his muzzle well forward, horns

thrown back, and moves with a much more lumbering gait than

one might expect. I never observed these Antelopes spring into

the air, mand they appeared rather to dash through than attempt to

clear small obstacles. The meat of this Antelope is excellent.

The horns of my best specimen measured 297 inches, and I got

a single horn of 32 inches.

1901. } ANTELOPES OF THE WHITE NILE. 297

5. Copus tevcoris. (The White-eared Kob.)'

This species is found in great numbers along both banks of

the White Nile, Bahr-el-Zeraf, and Bahr-el-Ghazal Rivers, but

chiefly on the left bank of the Nile between Lake No and the

junction of the Bahr-el-Zeraf. They were to be seen in all numbers,

from solitary bucks or females with young to herds of forty or

sixty, or even more. The young with their mothers, apparently

accompanied the bucks in March and April, although I have often

observed herds of bucks only. The female carries no horns, and

it is almost impossible to distinguish it at a distance from the

female Mrs. Gray’s Waterbuck, both being of much the same

colour and size. This remark applies also to the young males of

both species. The female does not change in colour as she

becomes older, but the buck develops the characteristic black and

white markings as age advances ; and bucks in all stages of reddish

yellow with indistinct whitish markings, to the mature animal of

an almost pure black and white, may be seen in the same herd.

When compared side by side, Cobus leucotis is no doubt a much

lighter and smaller animal than Cobus maria. My best horns

measured 203 and 202 inches.

The White-eared Kob is at times exceedingly easy to approach,

but sometimes hard to kill, and its flesh is excellent eating. The

females are very inquisitive and will frequently approach to within

a hundred yards, circling slowly round and making a peculiar

whistling sound at intervals. It is stated that the male bounds into

the air at times like a Bless-bok; personally I cannot say I have

noticed this, and, so far as I can remember, they gallop with a

much less springy action than might be expected from their build.

6. CervicaPra BoHoR. (Bohor Antelope.)*

The single specimen of this Antelope obtained by me was shot

lying down in some long grass when I was stalking a Tiang. I was

attracted by the peculiar shape of the animal’s horns, shot it, and

in my hurried inspection of the body was disgusted at having killed

what I took at the time to be a young White-eared Kob. On my

return to camp, I found that the natives had cut up the animal and

had merely kept the horns and skull, and these 1 threw away on

reaching the Base Camp. On examining some heads shot by other

members of the expedition subsequently, I came to the conclusion

that my specimen was also a Bobor, and I was lucky enough to

retrieve the horns and skull, which 1 had thrown aside.

7. GazpLLa RUFIFRONS. (Red-fronted Gazelle.)’

I only shot one specimen of this Gazelle south of Fashoda, and

that was on the right bank of the Bahr-el-Zeraf, about 20 miles

upstream. In fact, the only place I saw a Gazelle south of Fashoda

was on the Bahr-el-Zeraf.

1 Sel. & Thom. Bk. of Ant. ii, p. 127, pl. xxxviii.

* [bid., p. 165. ® Ibid, ii. p. 163, pl. Levii.

298 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

I presented the skin I shot on the Bahr-el-Zeraf to Capt. Flower,

and see that he has named it Gazella rufifrons (P. Z. 8. 1900,

p- 55). Ihave shot Gazelles at other places on the White Nile,

but have never noticed such distinct markings as on those found

on the Zeraf.

8. HIPPoTRAGUS EQUINUS BAKERI. (Baker’s Antelope.)'

I shot only one of these Antelopes and that was on the

Bahr-el-Zeraf, and I found them very easy to approach. There

is one point worth mentioning, and that is in connection with the

name ‘ Marif,’ applied by Baker to this species. “ Marif” in

Arabic literally means “I do not know,” and is constantly used

by natives when asked the name of an animal.

3. On a Collection of Birds made by Dr. Donaldson Smith

in Northern Somali-land. By R. Bowpter Sarre,

LL.D., F.Z.8.

[Received June 18, 1901.]}

During the early part of 1889, Dr. Donaldson Smith conducted

an expedition of several months’ duration through Northern

Somali-land for the purpose of making collections for the Baroda

Museum. It was hoped at first that H.H. the Gaikwar of Baroda

would have accompanied the expedition, but he was unfortunately

not able to do so, and Dr. Smith’s only companion was Mr. Carlile

Fraser.

Starting from Bulhar at the beginning of January, the route

taken ran south towards Hargeisa, and a stay of some days was

made at Ania, and again at Magog, which was reached on the

llth of February. Thence the expedition proceeded in an

easterly direction to Adadle, and on the 17th of February Dr.

Donaldson Smith went after “big game” in the Haud, leaving

Mr. Fraser to collect birds and insects in the Adadle district.

Leaving here, they went by Gan Liban (Feb. 22) to Berbera,

whence short expeditions were made to the Goolis Mountains.

H.H. The Gaikwar has very kindly presented to the British

Museum such specimens as were desiderata to that Institution.

List of Authorities.

The following books and papers are referred to in the present

paper :—

1. SuHuttey, G. E—<On Mr. E. Lort Phillips’ Collection of

Birds from Somali-land.” Ibis, 1885, pp. 389-418, plates

x2, Si,

' Sel. & Thom. Bk. of Ant. iv. p. 4.

1901.) BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 299

2. OustaLEr, E.—-“ Catalogue des Uiseaux rapportés par M. G.

Révoil de son deuxicme Voyage aux Pays de Comalis.”

Bibl. Ecole Hautes-Etudes ; Sci. Nat. xxxi. Art. x. pp. 1-12

(1886).

3. Satvaport, T.—< Uccelli del Somali raccolti da D. Eugenio dei

Principi Ruspoli.”” Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv.

pp. 547-564 (1894).

4, Suarpp, R. Bowpter.—“ On a Collection of Birds made by

Dr. Donaldson Smith during his recent expedition in

Western Somali-land.” P.Z.8. 1895, pp. 457-520, plates

XXVil., XXVill.

5. Satvapori, T.—“ Uccelli raccolti da D. Eugenio dei Principi

Ruspoli durante V’ultimo suo viaggio nelle regione dei

Somali e dei Galla.” Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) xvi. pp. 43-

46 (1896).

6. Puiniies, E. Lorr.— On Birds observed in the Goolis Moun-

tains in Northern Somali-land.” Ibis, 1896, pp. 62-87,

plate ii.

. Extror, D. G.—* Catalogue of a Collection of Birds obtained

by the Expedition into Somali-land.” Field-Columb. Mus.

Ornith. Series, vol. i. no 2, pp. 29-67 (1897).

8, Puruips, E. Lorr.—< Narrative of a visit to Somali-land in

1897, with Field-notes on the Birds obtained during the

Expedition.” Ibis, 1898, pp. 382-425, plates viil., 1x., x.

9. Hawker, R. McD.—“ On. the results of a Collecting-tour of

three months in Somali-land.” Ibis, 1899, pp. 52-81,

plate il.

10, Purr, C. V. A.—Somali-land ; being an Account of two Ex-

peditions into the far Interior. 1900. Appendix: Birds,

pp. 305-333.

“J

Last of Species.

1. RHINOCORAX AFFINIS.

Corvus affinis (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 389.

Rhinocorax affinis (Riipp.) ; Elliot, Field-Coiumb. Mus. Orn. i.

p. 30 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 394; Peale, Somali-

Jand, App. p. 305 (1900).

No. 26. ¢ ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 1, 1899.

No. 268. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 25, 1899.

2, COSMOPSARUS REGIUS.

Cosmopsarus regius Reichen.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 411;

Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 559 (1894) ;

Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 459; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 58; Peel,

Somali-land, App. p. 306 (1900).

No. 181. ¢ ad. Adadle, Feb. 16, 1899.

No. 189. ¢ ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

No. 220. g ad. Adadle, March 8, 1899.

No. 221. ¢ ad. Adadle, March 8, 1889.

300 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

3. AMYDRUS BLYTHI.

Amydrus blythi (Hartl.); Elliot, Field-Columbian Mus., Orn. i.

p. 31 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 395; Peel, Somali-land,

App. p. 305 (1900).

No. 31. ¢ imm. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

No. 199. g ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 23, 1899. Hye

reen.

‘ No. 203. 2 ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 24, 1899. Hye

black or very dark blue.

No. 240. 2 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March, 14, 1899. Eye

black and reddish-yellow.

No. 244. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 15, 1899.

No. 262. 9 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 22, 1899.

4, LAMPROCOLIUS CHALYBZUS.

Lamprocolius chalybeus (Ehr.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci.

Torino, (2) xliv. p. 559 (1894); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 460;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 84, 1898, p. 394 ; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,

p- 59; Peel, Somali- land, App. p- 306 (1900).

No. 239. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 14, 1899.

5. HETEROPSAR ALBICAPILLUS.

Heteropsar albicapillus (Blyth); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci.

Tor. (2) xliv. p. 559 (1894) ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 461 ; Elliot,

Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 32 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis,

1898, p. 395; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 59; Peel, Somali-land,

App. p. 306 (1900).

Notauges albicapillus, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 413 ; Oustalet, Bibl.

Haut.-Etudes, xxxi. Art. x. p. 11 (1886).

No. 83. 2 ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899. Eye yellow.

No. 187. 9 ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

6. SPREO SUPERBUS.

Spreo superbus (Riipp.); Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 461; Elliot,

Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 32 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis,

1898, p. 396; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 59.

Notauges superbus (Riipp.) Shell ey, Ibis, 1885, p. 412; Oust.

Bibl. Haut-Etudes, xxxi. Art. x. p. 9 (1886) ; Lort Phillips, This,

1896, p. 83.

Lamprotornis superbus, Peel, er ee App. p. 306 (1900).

No. 28. 9? ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 2, 1899.

No. 85. ¢ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899.

No. 105. g ad. Laskarato, Jan. 27, 1899.

a. 6 ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

7. BUPHAGA BRYTHRORHYNCHA,

Buphaga erythrorhyncha (Stanl.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 410;

Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 561 (1894) ; Sharpe,

P. ZS. 1895, p. 461; Salvad. "Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p. 40

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 301

(1896); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p.82; Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 33 (1897):

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 390 ; Hawker, This, 1899, p- 59;

Peel, Somali-land, App. p. 306 (1900).

No. 158. g ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9,1899. Eye black and

yellow, eyelid bright yellow ; bill red.

Nos. 210. 9; 211, 212. ¢ ad. Adadle, March 1, 1899. Eye

black and yellow, lid yellow ; bill red; feet green.

Nos. 225, 226. ¢ 2 ad. ’Adadle, March 9, 1899.

8. BucHANGA ASSIMILIS.

Buchanga assimilis Bechst.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 401; Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 555 (1894); Sharpe, P. Z.S.

1895, p. 462; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 33

(1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 396; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,

p- 60; Peel, Somali-land, App. p. 306 (1900).

No. 19. oad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 30, 1898.

No. 72. @ ad. Biji (1200 ft.). Jan. 15, 1899.

No. 191. 9 ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

No. 198. g¢ ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 23, 1899.

No. 242. 9 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 15, 1899.

9, GRANATINA HAWKERI.

Ureginthus ianthinogaster, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 408.

Granatina ianthinogastra (nec. Reichen), Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895,

p. 467 ; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 85; Hawker, ¢.c. p. 62; Peel, Somali-land,

App. p. 307 (1900).

Granatina hawkeri, Lort Phillips, Bull. B.O.C. viii. p. xxiii

(1898).

No. 12. 9 ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 27, 1898.

No. 122. ? Q ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 128. gd ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 127. ? 2 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 138. 9 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 5, 1899.

10. ANAPLECTES MBLANOTIS.

Anaplectes melanotis (Lafr.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii.

. 413 (1890); Shelley, B. Afr. i. p. 35 (1896).

Nos. 121, 125. g¢ 9 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

This species, which is the true A. melanotis and not A. blundelli

Grant, seems to have hitherto been unrecorded from Somali-land.

The red on the head appears to vary slightly, being darker in some

individuals than in others. ‘The female is greyish brown, with no

red on the back, but having red margins to the greater coverts and

primaries ; the under surface is dull white, slightly tinged with

ochreous brown on the fore neck and chest. Total length 6 inches,

culmen 0°7, wing 3°2, tail 1°95, tarsus 1-08.

It differs very conspicuously, from the female of A, rubriceps, as

it has none of the yellow colour on the head and throat.

302 DR. R. B, SHARPE ON [June 18,

11. HyYPpHANTORNIS GALBULA,

Hyphantornis galbula (Riipp.) ; Sharpe, P. Z.S8. 1895, p. 468 ;

Elliot, Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 35 (1897); Lort Phillips,

Ibis, 1898, p. 397; Peel, Somali-land, App. Birds, p. 308 (1900),

Nos. 49,51. g ad. Biji, Jan. 8, 9, 1899.

12. DINEMELLIA DINEMELLI.

Textor dinemelli Riipp.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 409; Lort

Phillips, Lbis, 1896, p. 82.

Dinemellia dinemelli, Salvad. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 558

(1894) ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 469 ; Elliot, Field-Columb. Mus.,

Orn. i. p. 86 (1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 397; Hawker,

Ibis, 1899, p. 62; Peel, Somali-land, App. Birds, p. 308 (1900).

No. 169. Ad. Magog (4000 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

13. PETRONIA PYRGITA.

Gymnorhis pyrgita (Heugl.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 408.

Petronia pyrgita, Sharpe, P. Z. 8.1895, p. 469; Elliot, t.¢. p. 35

(1897); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 397; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,

p. 63; Peel, ¢. ¢. p. 309 (1900).

No. 11. 9 ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 27, 1898.

No. 96. g ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 22, 1899.

No. 201. ¢ ?ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 24, 1899.

No. 209. g ad. Adadle, Feb. 28, 1899.

No. 213. Adadle, March 1, 1899.

14, SERINUS MACULICOLLIS.

Serinus maculicollis, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 471, pl. xxvii. fig. 1;

Elliot, ¢. c. p. 36; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p.399; Hawker, Ibis,

1899, p. 63; Peel, ¢. c. p. 309.

No. 186. 9 ad. Ania, Feb. 5, 1899.

No. 200. 2 ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 24, 1899.

15. EMBERIZA POLIOPLEURA.

Emberiza poliopleura (Salvad.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 471;

Elliot, ¢. c. p. 36; Hawker, t.c. p. 64; Peel, t.c. p. 309.

Nos. 116, 134, 135. ¢ ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 2-5, 1899.

16. MrraAFRA GILLETT.

Mirafra gilletti, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 472; Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 37;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 401; Hawker, ¢. ¢. p. 64; Peel, ¢. ¢.

p. 310 (1900).

No. 173. g ad. Magog (4000 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

17. GALERITA CRISTATA,

Galerita cristata (Linn.); Oust. ¢. c. p. 8 (1886); Sharpe, P. Z. 8.

1895, p. 472; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 401; Hawker, ¢. c¢.

p. 65.

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 303

Nos. 44, 50. ¢ 9 ad. Biji, Jan. 7, 8, 1899.

No. 172. Ad. Magog, 4000 ft., Feb. 14, 1899.

These specimens appear to be identical with the Red Sea form

of G. cristata, and, if separable, should be called G. senegalensis.

18. AMMOMANES AKELEYI.

Ammomanes deserti (nec Licht.), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 473.

Ammomanes akeleyi, Eliot, t. ¢. p. 89; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,

p. 401; Hawker, ¢. c. p. 65; Peel, tc. p. 311.

Nos. 1. Ad.; 2. g ad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 25, 1898.

No. 174. d ad. Magog, Feb. 14, 1899.

19, PyRRHULAUDA MELANAUCHEN,

Pyrrhulauda melanauchen (Cab.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 472 ;

Peel, ¢. c. p. 310.

No. 18. g ad. Near Berbera, Dec. 3, 1898.

20. MoracInLa ALBA.

Motacilla alba Linn.; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 66.

Nos. 5. d ; 6,14. 9. Near Bulhar, Dec. 25-28, 1898.

The White Wagtail has been obtained by Mr. Hawker at

Gebili, but the species is omitted by Mr. Peel in his list of Somali

birds.

21, NECTARINIA METALLICA.

Hedydipna metallica (Licht.) ; Elliot, t. ¢. p. 41; Lort Phillips,

Ibis, 1898, p. 404.

Nectarinia metallica, Peel, t. ¢. p. 312.

Nos. 163, 164. ¢ 9 ad. Magog, Feb. 12, 1899.

22, CINNYRIS ALBIVENTRIS.

Cinnyris albiventris (Strickl.) ; Salvad. Mem. R. Acead. Torino,

(2), xliv. p. 556 (1894); Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 474; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 82; Elliot, ¢. ¢. p. 41; Lort Phillips, Ibis,

1898, p. 403; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 67; Peel, t. c. p. 312.

No. 88. g ad. So Midgan, Jan. 5, 1899.

No, 141. 9 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

23, CINNYRIS HABESSINICA,

Cinnyris habessinica (Hempr. & Ehr.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 406;

Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 556 (1894); Sharpe,

P. Z.8. 1895, p.474; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 81, 1898, p. 402,

cum fig. ; Hawker, ¢. c. p. 67; Peel, t. c. p. 312.

Nos. 33, 39. ¢ ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 5, 1899.

No. 166. g ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 13, 1899.

Nos. 192, 210. 9 ad. et juv. Adadle, Feb. 20, March 1, 1899.

Nos, 263, 264. ¢ 9 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 23,

1899.

304 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

24, CINNYRIS HAWKERI.

Cinnyris osiris (nec Finsch), Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 81;

Elliot, Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 40; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,

p- 66; Peel, Somali-land, App. p. 312.

Cinnyris mariquensis hawkert, Neam. Orn. M.B. vii. p. 24

(1899).

Nos. 118, 189. ¢ 2 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 3-5, 1899.

25, PARUS THRUPPI.

Parus thruppi, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 406, pl. xi. fig. 2; Sharpe,

P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 476; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 404; Hawker,

t.c. p. 67; Peel, t.c. p. 313.

No. 41. g ad. So Midgan, Jan. 5, 1899.

Nos. 119, 187. g ad. Ania, Feb. 3, 5, 1899.

26. LANIUS ANTINORII.

Lanius antinori Salvad.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 477; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 42; Lort Phillips, Ibis,

1898, p. 404; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 68; Peel, t.c. p. 312.

No. 25a. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 1, 1899.

Nos. 47, 48. ¢ 2 ad. So Midgan, Jan. 7, 1899.

No. 55. gd ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 10, 1899.

Nos. 87, 88. 9 dad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899.

27. LANIUS PH@NICUROIDES.

Lanius phencuroides Severtz.; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 77 ;

id. Ibis, 1898, p. 404; Peel, ¢.c. p. 313.

No. 66. 2 imm. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 13, 1899.

28. LANIARIUS CRUENTUS.

Laniarius cruentus (Hempr. & Ehr.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 402;

Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 477; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 77 ;

Elliot, ¢.c. p. 42; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 405; Hawker, Ibis,

1899, p. 68; Peel, ¢.c. p. 313.

Rhodophoneus cruentus, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Torino, (2) xliy.

p-. 555 (1894).

No. 79. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899.

Nos, 148, 149. g imm. Ania (5000 ft.), Jan. 30, 1899.

Nos. 146, g; 154, 157. 2 ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9, 1899.

No. 176. Q ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

No. 186. 9 ad. Adadle, Feb. 19, 1899.

No. 261. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 22, 1899.

29. DRYOscOPUS ETHIOPICUS.

Dryoscopus cethiopicus (Gm.); Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 478:

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 405 ; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 69; Peel,

t.c. p. 313.

No. 249. 2 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 16, 1899,

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 305

30. DryoscoPpus FUNEBRIS.

Dryoscopus funebris Hartl.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 478; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 77; Elliot, t.c. p. 42 ; Lort Phillips, Ibis,

1898, p. 406; Peel, t.c. p. 314.

a, gad. Gan Liban, March 13, 1899, Iris black.

31, EUROCEPHALUS RUEPPELLI.

Eurocephalus rueppelli Bp.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 403; Oust.

t.c. p. 5; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 480; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896,

p. 78; 1898, p- 406; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p- 69; Peel, ¢.c. p. 314.

No. 89. g ad. Biji (1200 ft. ), Jan. 20, 1899.

No. 103. 2 ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan, 25,1899, Iris dark

green.

No. 132. g ad. Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

32, BRADYORNIS PUMILUS.

Bradyornis pumilus, Sharpe, P. Z. 8.1895, p. 480 ; Lort Phillips,

Ibis, 1896, p. 76; Elliot, t. c. p. 44; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,

p. 406 ; Peel, t.¢. p. 314,

No. 40. g ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 5, 1899.

No. 62. Ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

No. 1380. 9 ad. Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

33. SYLVIA CINEREA.

Sylvia cinerea (Bechst.); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 407;

Peel, ¢.c. p. 314

No. 260. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 22, 1899. Iris

black and red.

34. EREMOMELA FLAVIORISSALIS,

Evremomela flavicrissalis, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 481; Elliot, ¢.c.

p- 44; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1 1898, p. 409; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 70;

Peel, tee. p- 315,

No. 222. Ad. Adadle, March 9, 1899.

35. CALAMONASTES SIMPLEX.

Calamonastes simplex (Cab.); Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 482;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 80; Elliot, t.c. p. 44; Lort Phillips,

Ibis, 1898, p. 410; Hawker: This, 1899, p. 71; Poel: t.¢. p. 315.

No. 111. gad. Laskarato (3500 ft.), Jan. 29, 1899.

This male seems to be rather large when compared with an

example from the Goolis Mts. The dimensions are as follows :—

Total

length. Culmen, Wing. Tail. Tarsus.

3. Laskarato (Donaldson

DRE). 0 vein 4 ua ae 61 O'7 2:4 24 0-9

3. Goolis Mts. (2. Lort

EMA) £1 des cameos 51 0-7 225 1:8. . 0°86

Proc. Zoon, 8oc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. XX. 20

306 DR. R. Bs SHARPE ON [June 18,

36. SYLVIBLLA GAIKWARI.

Sylviella isabellina (nec Elliot), Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 70.

Sylviella gaikwari, Sharpe, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, xi. p. 47

(1901).

No. 117. gad. Ania, Feb. 3, 1899.

This is the bird called by Mr. Hawker (t. ¢.) Sylviella isabellina

Elliot. I find, however, that both Mr. Hawker’s specimen and

the one obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith have the entire upper

surface grey, and have not a “ buff rump” as described by Dr.

Elliot, so I have named the species after H.H. The Gaikwar of

Baroda.

37. SYLVIELLA MICRURA.

Sylviella micrura Riipp.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 482; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 409; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 70; Peel, t.c.

p. 318.

No. 32. 2 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

No. 64. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 13, 1899.

No. 112. g ad. Near Ania, Jan. 29, 1899.

38. DRYODROMAS SMITHI,

Dryodromas smithi, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 482; Elliot, t.c.

p- 44; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 409; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,

p- 70; Peel, t.c. p. 316.

No. 129. g ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 219. Ad. Adadle, March 7, 1899.

39. ERYTHROPYGIA LEUCOPTERA.

Erythropygia leucoptera (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 406;

Sharpe, P. Z.S.1895, p. 483; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 80;

id. Ibis, 1898, p. 410; Peel, ¢. c. p. 318.

Nos. 65, 76. d ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 13, 17, 1899.

No. 101. 9 ad. Laskarato, Jan. 25,1899. Inzis black.

No. 217. 9 ad. Adadle, March 6, 1899.

40. MERULA LUDOVICIZ.

Merula ludovicie, Lort Phillips, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, iv.

p- xxxvi; id. Ibis, 1895, p. 383; 1896, p. 78, pl. ii.; 1898, p. 410;

Peel, ¢. c. p. 315.

Nos. 237, 266. g 2 ad.; 267. 2 juv. Gan Liban (5900 ft.),

March 14, 25, 1899.

Bill and feet yellow ; iris black and red.

41. MonTICOLA SAXATILIS,

Monticola saxatilis (Linn.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 485; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 410; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 72; Peel,

t.c. p. 315.

No. 29. ¢ ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 3, 1899.

No. 73. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 15, 1899.

No, 227, Ad. Adadle (4000 ft.), March 11, 1899,

1901. ] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 307

42, MonrTICOLA CYANUS.

Monticola cyanus (Linn.); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 411;

Peel, ¢. c. p. 315.

No. 7. gd ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 26, 1898.

43. MonvTICOLA RUFOCINEREA.

Monticola rufocinerea (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 404;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 79; id. Ibis, 1898, p. 411; Peel, ¢. a

p- 315.

Nos. 197, 204. 9 ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 22, 24, 1899.

Nos. 229, 235. ¢ ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 13, 14,

1899.

44, SAXICOLA ISABELLINA,

Sazicola isabellina Rupp. ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 405; Sharpe,

P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 485; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 80; Elliot, t. C.

p- 46; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 412; Hawker, "This, 1899,

p- 72: Peel, ¢. c. p. 316.

No. 80. oad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899. Iris black.

No. 177. g ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

No. 184. 9 ad. Adadle, Feb. 17, 1899.

No. 238. 9 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 14, 1899,

45. SAX1COLA PHILLIPSI.

Saxicola phillipsi, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 404, pl. xii.; Sharpe,

P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 486; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 79; Elliot, ¢. c.

p- 46; Lort Phillips, This, 1898, p. 412; Peel, dt, p. 316.

Nos is do ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 29, 1898.

No. 97. 2 ad. Laskarato, Jai. 24, 1899.

No. 170, 182. ¢ 9 ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 11-14, 1899.

No. 218. gd ad. Adadle, March 6, 1899.

46, SAXICOLA PLESHANKA,

Sazxicola morio Hempr. & Ehr. ; Oustalet, ¢.¢. p. 7; Lort Phillips,

Ibis, 1898, p. 413; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 72; Peel, t. c. p. 316.

No. 156. g ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9, 1899. Iris dark

green.

No. 178. 2 ad. Magog (4800 ft.), Feb. 14,1899. Inis black.

No. 259. 9 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 12, 1899. Iris

black.

47, SAXICOLA DESERTI.

Saxicola deserti Temm.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 405; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 79; Ibis, 1898, p. 418; Hawker, Ibis,

1899, p. 72; Peel, t.¢. p. 316.

No. 155. g ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9, 1899.

20*

308 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON [ June 18,

48. MyRMECOCICHLA MELANURA.

Myrmecocichla melanura(Temm.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p.486 ;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 79; Elliot, t. c. p. 47; Lort Phillips,

Ibis, 1898, p. 413; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 72; Peel, ¢. c. p. 316.

Ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 25, 1899.

49, CRATEROPUS SMITHI.

Crateropus smithi, Sharpe, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, iv. p. xli; id.

P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 487; Lort Phillips, Ibis, p. 80; Hawker, Ibis,

1899, p. 73; Peel, t. c. p. 317.

No. 245. 2 ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 19, 1899.

50, PYcNONOTUS ARSINOE.

Pycnonotus arsinoé (Hempr. & Ehr.); Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,

p. 413; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 73; Peel, t.c. p. 317.

No. 34. g ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

No. 142. Ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

Nos. 196, 241. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), Feb. 22, March 15,

1899.

51. MyYoporNis BOBHMI.

Parisoma boehmi Reichenow; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 490;

Elliot, t. c. p. 48; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 74; Peel, t.c. p. 317.

Myopornis béhmi, Reichenow, J. f. O. 1901, p. 285; Sharpe,

Hand-l. B. iii. p. 248 (1901).

Nos. 167,175. 2 ad. Magog (4700 ft.), Feb. 13-14, 1899.

52, TERPSIPHONE CRISTATA.

Terpsiphone cristata (Gm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p.400; Sharpe,

P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 490; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76; Elliot,

t.c. p. 48; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 414; Peel, ¢. c. p. 318.

No. 206. dimm. Gan Liban (4700-5900 ft.), Feb. 25 to

March 16, 1899.

53. CRYPTOLOPHA UMBRIVIRENS.

Cryptolopha umbrivirens (Riipp.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv.

p- 401 (1879); id. Hand-l. B. iii. p. 274.

No. 231. g ad. Gan Liban, March 13, 1899.

54. CAMPOTHERA NUBICA.

Campothera nubica (Gm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 393; Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552; Sharpe, P. Z. 8S.

1895, p. 492; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p. 44; Elliot,

t.c. p. 49; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 415; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,

p. 74; Peel, t. c. p. 319.

No, 52. 9 ad. Biji, Jan. 9, 1899.

55. DENDROPICUS HEMPRICHI.

Dendropicus hempricht (Hempr. & Ehr.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885,

p- 393; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad, Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552;

1901.} BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND, 309

Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 491; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 48; Lort Phillips,

Ibis, 1898, p. 414; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 74; Peel, ¢. c. p. 319.

Nos. 60-89. g ad. Biji, 1200 ft., Jan. 12-20, 1899.

No. 152. 2 ad. Near Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

56. INDICATOR INDICATOR.

Indicator indicator (Gm.); Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 492.

she 153, 216. ¢ Q ad. Morobegih (4100 ft.), Feb. 8 to March

6, 1899.

No. 230. 9 ad. Gan Liban, March 13, 1899.

57, TRACHYPHONUS MARGARITATUS.

Trachyphonus margaritatus (Cretzschm.) ; Elliot, ¢.¢. p. 49 ; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 415; Peel, ¢.c. p. 319.

No. 100. d ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 25, 1899.

58. TRICHOLEMA BLANDI.

Tricholema blandi, Lort Phillips, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, iv. p.xlvii;

id. Ibis, 1898, p. 415, pl. xi. fig. 1; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 75;

Peel, ¢. c. p. 320.

No. 140. 9 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

59. Pa@ocEPHALUS RUFIVENTRIS.

Peeocephalus rufiventris (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 393 ;

Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 551; Sharpe,

P. Z. S. 1895, p. 494; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p. 44;

Lort Philips, Ibis, 1896, p. 72; Elliot, ¢.c. p.50; Peel, ¢. c. p. 328.

No. 77. 2 ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 17, 1899.

No. 104. ¢ ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 27, 1899.

Nos. 193, 224. g ad. Adadle, Feb. 20 to March 9, 1899.

60. CoccysTES GLANDARIUS.

Coccystes glandarius (Linn.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix.

. 212 (1891); id. B. Africa, i. p. 123 (1896).

Nos. 48,51. 2 ad. Biji, Jan. 8, 1899.

a=)

61. ScHIZORHIS LEUCOGASTER.

Schizorhis leucogaster Riipp. ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 400 ; Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552; Sharpe, P. Z. 8.

1895, p. 495; Lort Phillips, bis, 1896, p. 74; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 51;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 416; Peel, ¢. c. p. 320.

Nos. 25, 30. ¢ 2 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 3, 1899.

No. 59. ¢ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

Nos. 98, 99. 9 d ad. Laskarato, Jan. 24, 1899.

62, CoRACIAS NEVIUS.

Coracias nevius Daud.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 399; Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliy. p. 554; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895,

310 DR. R. B. SHARPH ON [June 18,

p- 496; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 74; Elliot, t. c. p. 51; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 416; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 75; Peel, ¢. c.

p- 323.

No. 24. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 1, 1899.

No. 90. ¢ ad. Laskarato (3175 ft.), Jan. 21, 1899.

No. 114. d ad. Anja, Feb. 1, 1899.

63. LOPHOCEROS MEDIANUS.

Lophoceros erythrorhynchus (Heugl.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad.

Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 553; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 52; Peel, t. c. p. 322.

Lophoceros medianus, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 498.

No. 115. g ad. Anai, Feb. 1, 1899.

64, LOPHOCEROS FLAVIROSTRIS.

Lophoceros flavirostris (Riipp.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci.

Torino, (2) xliv. p. 554; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 499; Elliot, ¢. c.

p- 53 ; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 417 ; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 75;

Peel, t.c. p. 322.

Nos. 194, 195. ¢ 9 ad. Adadle, Feb. 21, 1899.

65. UPUPA SOMALENSIS.

Upupa senegalensis Swains. ; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 397.

Upupa somalensis Salvin; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 500; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 73; Hlliot, ¢. ¢. p. 53; Lort Phillips, Ibis,

1898, p. 417; Peel, t. ¢. p. 321.

No. 102. 9 ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 25, 1899.

66. [rRIsOR ERYTHRORHYNCHUS.

Irrisor erythrorhynchus (Lath.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 395;

Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 500; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 72;

Elliot, ¢. c. p. 54; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 417; Hawker, Ibis,

1899, p. 76; Peel, ¢. c. p. 321.

No. 56. ¢ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 11, 1899.

Nos. 128,131. ¢ ad. Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

No. 145. ¢ ad. Laskarato, Jan. 30, 1899.

Nos, 248, 250. g¢ ad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 16, 1899.

67. RamNopoMasTUS MINOR,

Irrisor minor (Riipp.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 397.

Rhinopomastus minor, Salvad. Mem. R. Acead. Sci. Torino, (2)

xliv. p. 553; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 500; Elliot, t. ¢. p. 54;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 417; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 76; Peel,

t. c. p. B21.

Nos. 45. ¢ ad.; 46. 2 juv. Biji, Jan. 7, 1899.

No. 190. ¢ ad. Adadle, Feb. 20, 1899.

68. MBLITTOPHAGUS CYANOSTICTUS.

Melittophagus pusillus cyanostictus (P. L. S. Miill.); Shelley,

Ibis, 1895, p. 398.

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 311

Melittophagus cyanostictus, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,

(2) xliv. p.553; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 501; Lort Phillips,

This, 1896, p. 73; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 54; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,

p. 418; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 76; Peel, ¢. c. p. 321.

Merops cyanostictus (Cab.); Oustalet, Bibl. Haut.-Etudes, xxxi.

Art. x. p. 4.

Melittophagus sharpei Hartert, Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p.72 (1900).

No. 35. g? ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

Nos. 70, 71. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 15, 1899.

No. 113. ¢ ad. Laskarato, Jan. 29, 1899.

No. 132. g ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb 4, 1899.

69, MELITrOoPHAGUS REVOILI.

Merops revoilz Oust. in Revoil’s Faune et Flor. Gomalis, Ois. p. 5,

pl. 1 (1882); Peel, ¢. c. p. 321.

Melittophaqus revoili, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 398; Sharpe, P. Z.8.

1895, p. 502; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 74; Elliot, t.c. p. 55.

Merops (Melittophagus) revoili, Oust. t. c. p. 4.

No. 159. 2 ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 9, 1899.

70, CoLIvs MACRURUS.

Colius macrurus (Linn.); Oust. t.c. p.3; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895,

p. 502; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 56; Hawker, Ibis, 1898, p. 77; Peel, ¢. c.

p. 320.

No. 36. g ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

Nos. 182, 183. ¢ ad. Adadle, Feb. 16, 1899.

71. CAPRIMULGUS NUBICUS.

Caprimulgus nubicus Licht.; Elliot, t. c. p. 56; Peel, zc. p. 321.

No. 69. ¢ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 14, 1899.

Nos. 108, 109. ¢ 2 ad. Laskarato (3500 ft.), Jan. 28-29, 1899.

72, CAPRIMULGUS INORNATUS.

Caprimulgus inornatus Heugl.; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 503 ;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 418; Peel, ¢. c. p. 321.

No. 78. Ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 17, 1899.

73. BuBo CINERASCENS,

Buhbo cinerascens Guér.; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad, Sci. Torino (2)

xliv. p. 550; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 78.

No. 258. ¢ ad. Adadle, March 5, 1899.

74, CARINE SPILOGASTER.

Carine spilogaster (Heugl.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,

(2) xliv. p. 551; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 504; Lort Phillips, Ibis,

1898, p. 418; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 77; Peel, t. c. p. 323.

No. 9. d ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 26, 1898.

No. 42 a. d ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 5, 1899.

No. 93. 9 ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 22, 1899.

No. 144. ¢ ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

312 DR. BR. B, SHARPE ON {June 18,

75. MELIERAX POLIOPTERUS.

Melierax poliopterus (Cab.) ; Salvad. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2)

xliv. p. 550; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 506; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 57;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 419; Peel, ¢. c. p. 324.

No. 10. 2 ad. Bihen Dula (1400 ft.}, Dec. 27, 1898.

No. 54. 9 ad. Biji(1200 ft.), Jan. 9, 1899.

No. 185. ¢ ad. Adadle, Feb. 17, 1899.

76. MBELiIpRax GABAR.

Melierax gabar (Daud.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 391; Sharpe,

P. Z.8. 1895, p. 506; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 77; Peel, ¢. c.

p. 325.

No. 146. ¢ imm. Ania, Feb. 3, 1899.

77. MBLIERAX NIGER.

Melierax niger (Heugl.); Sharpe, P. Z.S8. 1895, p. 506; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 419; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 77; Peel,

i. ¢. p. 325.

No. 257. 9 ad. Adadle, March 5, 1899. Iris dark brown.

78. AQUILA ALBICANS.

Aquila rapax, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 507; Elliot, t. c. p. 57;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 419; Peel, ¢.¢. p. 325.

No. 151. 2 ad. Laskarato (4500 ft.), Jan. 24, 1899.

No. 150. ¢ ad. Jafa Uri (5000 ft.), Jan. 26, 1899.

No. 215. ¢ ad. Adadle, March 3, 1899.

79. MILVUS GYPTIUS.

Miluus egyptius (Gm.) ; Oust. t. c. p. 2; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895,

p- 509; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 420; Peel, ¢. c. p. 3265.

No. 67. g ad. Biji(1200 ft.), Jan. 13, 1899.

No. 258. ¢ ad. Gan Liban, March 21, 1899.

80. PoLIOHTERAX SEMITORQUATUS.

Poliohierax semitorquatus (Smith); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 391 ;

Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 550; Sharpe,

P. Z. 8, 1895, p. 510; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 58; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,

p- 420; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 78; Peel, t.c. p. 324.

No. 22. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 31, 1898.

Nos. 81, 82. 9 g¢ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899.

No. 124. 2 ad. Ania, Feb. 4, 1899.

+81. CHRCHNEIS TINNUNCULUS. ,

Tinnunculus tinnunculus (Linn.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 392.

Cerchneis tinnunculus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 510; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 420; Peel. t.c. p. 324.

No. 165. ¢ ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 12, 1899.

Nos. 208, 236. g ad. Gan Liban (5900 to 6700 ft.), Feb. 27 to

March 14, 1899.

1901.) BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 313

82. CERCHNEIS FIBLDI.

Cerchneis fieldi, Elliot, Field-Columb. Mus., Orn. i. p. 38;

Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 79; Peel, t.c. p. 324.

No. 180. ¢ ad. Adadle, Feb. 16, 1899.

83. LOPHOGYPS OCCIPITALIS.

Lophogyps occipitalis (Burch.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci.

Torino, (2) xliv. p. 550; id. Ann, Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p. 43;

Elliot, ¢. c. p. 59; Peel, ¢. c. p. 326.

No. 68. 2 ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 14, 1899.

84. NEOPHRON PERCNOPTERUS.

Neophron percnopterus (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i.

. 17 (1874); Peel, t.¢. p. 326.

No. 8. Ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 26, 1898.

85. NECROSYRTES MONACHUS,

Neophron monachus (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i.

19 (1874); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 155 (1896).

Necrosyrtes monachus, Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 243 (1899).

No. 57. ¢ ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

No. 107. ¢ ad. Laskarato, Jan. 28, 1899.

86. HrrnrRorperRax HUMILIS.

Hetevotis humilis (Blyth) ; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,

(2) xliv. p. 562.

Heterotetraw humilis, Sharpe, Cat. B. xxii. p. 297 (1894); id.

Hand-l. B. i. p. 174 (1899); Peel, Somali-land, App. Birds,

p. 330 (1900).

No. 37. ¢ ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 4, 1899.

87. LoPHOTIS GINDIANA.

Lophotis gindiana (Oust.); Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,

(2) xliv. p. 563; id. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xvi. p. 45; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 86; Elliot, ¢. c. p. 60; Lort Phillips, Ibis,

1898, p. 421; Peel, ¢. c. p. 330.

No. 20. Ad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 30, 1898.

No, 86, Ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 19, 1899. Inis very light

yellow.

88. CEpICNEMUS AFFINIS.

Edicnemus affinis Heugl.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 513;

Elliot, t.¢. p. 61; Lort Phillips, [bis, 1898, p. 421; Peel, t. ¢.

p- 331.

No. 43. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 6, 1899. Tarsus 3°2 in.

No. 223. ¢ ad. Adadle, March 9, 1899. Tarsus 3°9 in.

The difference in the length of tarsus in these two individuals

is somewhat remarkable.

314 DR. R. B. SHARPE ON [June 18,

89. RHINOPTILUS CINCTUS.

Rhinoptilus cinctus (Heugl.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 416 ; Sharpe,

P. Z.S. 1895, p. 513; Elliot, t. c. p. 62; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,

p- 421; Peel, é. c. p. 331.

No. 23. 2 ad. Near Bulhar, Dec. 31, 1898.

No. 63. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

No. 148. 2 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 6, 1899.

90. CURSORIUS SOMALENSIS.

Cursorius gracilis somalensis, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 415.

Cursorius somalensis, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2)

xliv. p. 563; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 86; Elliot, t. ¢. p. 62;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 422; Peel, t.c. p. 330.

No. 10. 9 ad. Bihen Dula, Dec. 26, 1898.

No. 27. g ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 2, 1899.

No. 170. 9 ad. Magog (4300 ft.), Feb. 14, 1899.

Nos. 205, 251. ¢ Q ad. Gan Liban (4700 ft.), Feb. 24 to

March 19, 1899.

91. SrEPHANIBYX CORONATA.

Chettusia coronata (Gm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 417; Oustalet,

t.c. p. 12; Peel, t.c. p. 331.

Stephanibyx coronata, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2)

xliv. p.564; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 514; Elliot, t.c. p. 62;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 422 ; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 80.

Nos. 94, 95. 9 g ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 22, 1899.

}-92, Me1aLiris DUBIA.

Aiyialitis dubia (Scop.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 268

(1896) ; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 190 (1896).

No. 4. ¢ ad. Near Berbera, Dec. 25, 1898.

No. 110. 9 ad. Laskarato, Jan. 29, 1899.

93. VINAGO WAALIA.

Treron waaha (Gm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 414.

Vinago waalia, Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv.

p- 561; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 516; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896,

p- 85; 1898, p. 424; Peel, ¢. c. p. 328.

No. 106. gad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 27, 1899.

Nos. 233-235. g ad. Gan Liban (4700-5900 ft.), Feb. 24 to

March 13, 1899.

94, CoLUMBA ARQUATRIX.

Columba arquatric Temm. & Knip; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xxi. p. 276 (1893); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 135 (1896).

No. 207. 2 ad. Gan Liban (5800 ft.), Feb. 25, 1899. Bill

and feet yellow.

1901.] BIRDS FROM SOMALI-LAND. 315

95. TURTUR SENEGALENSIS.

Turtur senegalensis (Linn.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p.517; Elliot,

t.c. p. 64; Peel, t. c. p. 328.

No. 21. 2 ad. Near Berbera, Dec. 31, 1898.

No. 28. 9 ad. Near Bulhar, Jan. 2, 1899.

96. TURTUR DAMARENSIS.

Turtur damarensis Hempr. & Ehr. ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p.518;

Elliot, ¢. c. p. 65; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 81; Peel, ¢. c. p. 328.

Nos. 53, 84. ¢ Q ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 9, 1899.

Nos. 248, 265. gad. Gan Liban (5900 ft.), March 16, 1899.

97. TURTUR SEMITORQUATUS.

Turtur semitorquatus (Riipp.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi.

p. 416 (1893); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 136 (1896).

No. 61. Juv. Biji, Jan. 12, 1899.

98. CENA CAPENSIS.

na capensis (Linn.); Oust. t.c. p. 11; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad.

Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 561; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 518; Elliot,

t.c. p. 65; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 424; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,

p. 81; Peel, ¢.c. p. 329.

Nos. 74, 75. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 16, 1899.

99. PTBROCLES LICHTENSTEINI.

Pterocles lichtensteini Blyth; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,

(2) xliv. p. 561; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 424; Peel, t. ¢.

p- 329.

Nos. 91, 92. 9 ad. Laskarato (3025 ft.), Jan. 22, 1899.

No. 160. 2 ad. Sheikh Abukadle, Feb. 10, 1899.

100. FRANCOLINUS GRANTI.

Francolinus granti Hartl.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 414; Salvad.

Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 562; Sharpe, P. Z. 8.

1895, p. 520; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 85; Elliot, ¢.c. p. 66.

Nos. 126. ¢; 133, 168. 9 ad. Ania (4000 ft.), Feb. 4, 1899.

101. FRANCOLINUS KIRKI.

Francolinus kirki Hartl.; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 425;

Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 81; Peel, ¢.c. p. 329.

No. 17. g ad. Bihen Dula (1400 ft.), Dec. 28, 1898.

102. PreRNISTES INFUSCATUS.

Pternistes infuscatus Cab. ; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino,

(2) xliv. p. 562; Elhot, t.¢. p. 66; Lort Phillips, Lbis, 1898,

p- 425; Peel, ¢.c. p. 329.

gad. Gan Liban, April 3, 1899.

316 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THB [June 18,

103. NuMIpDA PTILORHYNCHA.

Numida ptilorhyncha Licht.; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii.

p. 379 (1893); Peel, ¢.c. p. 330.

No. 58. g ad. Biji (1200 ft.), Jan. 12, 1899.

4. On the Evolution of Pattern in Feathers.

By J. L. Bonnors, M.A., F.Z.S.

[Received May 30, 1901.]

(Plates XIX. & XX.")

The pattern on the feathers of birds is a subject deserving of a

somewhat more careful study than has been hitherto accorded to it ;

my attention was first drawn to the subject by having at different

times observed several notable varieties of young Sparrow-hawks.

I have since studied the very large series of that species in the

National Collection. The feathers on the breast of the typical young

Sparrow-hawk are shown in diagrammatic representation in the

drawing (Plate XIX. fig. 1). The ground-colour of the feather is

white, while along the proximal edge of each of the transverse bars,

which are dark brown, there is a light margin of yellowish, as well

as in the centre of the terminal spot. Such, then, are the markings

of the typical breast-feather of a young Sparrow-hawk; but, from a

study of a large series of these birds, endless varieties of this pattern

may be noticed, showing clearly the gradual evolution of the barred

markings from a simple longitudinal streak, and giving us, as I hope

to show, a clue to the patterns on the feathers of all birds, or rather

on all the birds treated of in this article, and also giving us a hint as

to what extent of evolution they have undergone. A reference to

the figures will enable the evolution of one pattern from another to

be more clearly understood. The figures (see Plate XIX.), although

diagrammatic, are accurate representations of actual feathers of

Accipiter nisus. In fig. 2° we may note a simple darkening of the

rhachis, but with the colour more intense at certain places. The

next stage may be noticed in fig. 3, where the rhachis is pure

white in between thicker blotches of the darkercolour. Figs. 4,5

show further stages in the gradual forming of a bar.

Another mode of attaining the same result is shown in fig. 6,

where the longitudinal stripe has not become broken, but has merely

spread out into bars still connected by a darker portion along the

rhachis. Fig. 7 is another stage of this method in which the

proximal bar has become cut off and distinct, while the terminal

spot is much larger and has a great tendencv to reach the bars

above it. From this to fig. 8 is an easy stage in which the horns

have grown up rather more and are farther removed from the edge

of the feather, forming a heart-shaped marking. It may be noticed,

by the way, that this form most nearly approaches the typical

feather fig. 1; the only difference being that in fig. 1 the space

? For explanation of the Plates, see p. 326.

* Where no Plate is mentioned the figures refer to Plate XIX.

‘SUHMHLVGH NI NYYLLVd JO NOLLNTIOAG

*Auat soig usayuiyyy WL ywas'¢

|}. IY f ‘Pr

YA /

ela Mel IL TSA OSL S28 el

‘SUAHLVad NI NY@AULLIVd dO NOILNIOAT

“OuULOIY) sorg Uta 4quryy UST 4c 6

roe

“XX Id Il 194 ‘1061 S'°Z'4

1901.] EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. 317

between the two horns has been filled in. Figs. 9 and 10 showa

further stage in the gradual cutting-off of the upper part of the

spot to forma bar’. Figs. 11 and 12 represent two other stages

in another line of development, showing the formation of the

crescent.

Disregarding the pattern for a minute we may turn to the

question of colour, and imagine the typical feather with its dark

bars. At first, as I mentioned above, there is a slight tinge of

lighter colour towards the upper margin of the feather (not shown

in the figure); in other specimens we notice that the dark bars

are narrower, and that the lighter colour has a reddish tinge and

appears on both sides of the bars. In another specimen, again, the

bar is still narrower, and the red darker and overspreading a

much larger area, while what is left of the bar has, so to speak,

been unevenly eaten away, so that merely a thin vermiculated stripe

is left ; and finally the feather is almost entirely suffused with red

whick is rather more intense where the bars were; this last stage

being that found in some adult males. In these stages, however,

although the intensity of the red may vary considerably, the original

position of the bars may always be traced.

Lest I should be misunderstood, I would mention that in all

these cases the feathers have been taken from different birds, and

that I have no proof of the pattern on any individual feather being

changed as some writers (cf. R. B. Sharpe, P. ZS. 1873, p. 44)

have suggested: it may be so, or it may not, but that contingency

has not been taken into account in this paper.

I propose now to make a few deductions from these various

patterns, and then, if possible, prove them to hold good by taking

examples from various species in widely different Orders.

First, I would suggest that the most primitive feathers were

entirely colourless, or of a dull dingy grey, the first trace of a

pattern being a longitudinal stripe of colour down the rhachis.

Possibly the feathers of some species became self-coloured without

undergoing any pattern stage, but this is doubtful; and in the

majority of self-coloured birds, even when white, the self-coloration

has been subsequently assumed. The self-coloured feathers are

those in which it is most difficult to fix the period of evolution.

They may, for instance, be merely the very much enlarged longi-

tudinal stripe, as in the case of those birds whose young show light

edgings to their feathers. This is probably the most usual form ;

or they may come about by the gradual reabsorption of the bars,

the colour spreading over the entire feather ; or they may be of a

later stage altogether, as in the breast of Gulls and many other

birds, where the light colour of the underparts has probably been

assumed for protection,

The following tree will perhaps give a closer idea of the possible

stages in the evolution of pattern.

1 Tt may be noted that in most of the figures four bars are shown, and that

therefore the terminal spot in figs. 7-10 probably represents the two terminal

bars,

[June 18,

MR, J. L. BONHOTE ON THE

318

IOI} poanojoo-Jjos v eave, puv avoddustp Luu sduryarvur oy} [jv 10 Ysisaod Avur s.avq [wCarxoad oy Sasvo esoyy [TB UT (g)

‘snT]O00 O[SUIs B LAO PUL Ot}UED OT} UT AozqTIT oULODEG Avua gods siqT, (Z)

" *T]]O0O WULF 07 poyuoW Sid pue puno« eurooeg Avut sjods osoyy, (1)

*IIYJVOT PoaNoyoo-jTog

CI “39 "XX 991d)

‘gods [BUTUIIO} BS UTAVOT‘OUT] OTPprat

ey} utr Sururof sodiays [Riozey

CHL Sig) ‘stqpouy.t paanojoo

“JY S1T YILA ‘ouwA aAOYGIE JO eA} UV9

ey} Suoye sodiys peurpnzsMo] OT,

COL sq) | ‘MOAT. UOTAONT Jeacy

(3°55 “XX 91d) “poyeduoye Cor “3h CET ‘3ta) CT Sta) ‘Ba Touva JyyTo UO

OAOGE SABq OU suorjaod pourm.toy *quedse..0 SUL ‘Suryrvut poduys-A QAOGE S.ALG gods & Sutsojous evoge

‘oywao = Surya (ya pue pezorysuoo = - WAOJ_ Suwa W.LOF 07 Agu Ur 4ITds Qyta Suryaveut aeq oy} poutol Suravy

podeys - qyavoyy =: Stuutyauua poduys - 4avo podeys - jyavoyy = Suryaeut poduys-javoxy podeys - yavofy = —.Uq,_ [eYSIP JO Suma OAT,

(g) (g | (g) | (s) (3) (1)

C2 Bet)

“OYJwOT OY JO os po oy} Aq puno (‘G ‘F ‘sd1yq)

“TIYIVEJ poanojoo-jjos wv “4 +a ‘os played Suraano to pouiol souo peqysicy ‘aq PTHOYsS s.xeq otf} O-(OT AR

‘TISAVUE FEST] OY] JNO|ALA OULES OTT, pUv TOA AA JO SAOYJBOT ‘pojooumoostp savq peurxorg sjods avynseaa Suit odtayg

“ULS.1BUL l ES

gusty es A[Uo Sutawoy “oyyvoy ory Jo (‘9 “Siyy) “saVq OFUT Jno ‘sanq OFUL JNO Suruoprar

JSOUL 10409 03 sv pvoaq os odiyg pvoads ynq wexoaq you ediayg Suyjsrxe deyM pur uexoaq odtayg

*YBO.YS [VUIPUPLIUOT MOALVU TFTA LOqJVEy OFLU AA

“OYJ OFC AA

1901.] EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. 319

The distinctive patterns of birds caused by different patterns on

a number of feathers taken together owe their origin to other

causes, and must not be taken into account in this paper except in

so far as they have been directly modified from these primitive

patterns. This class of markings, although the most important

for the bird’s welfare, is probably the most unstable, being con-

tinually altered to keep the race distinct when it meets with various

other nearly allied members of its genus, either in extending its

range, or from some other cause. It is worth mentioning on this

subject that when a race finds it essential to differentiate itself

from a closely allied form, it has to cover up its distinctive mark as

well as to evolve a new one; and consequently we may suppose

that some of the markings on birds are the degenerate race-marks

of former generations. The genus Fringilla offers a good example

of this.

There are eight species or forms known, namely :—

ge)" SE inhabiting Teneriffe.

DCIS | cdahy Aen os 5 Europe generally.

F. maderensis ........ .: Madeira.

F. maderensis moreleti .. us Azores.

F. maderensis canariensis ee Teneriffe.

F. maderensis palma .... * Las Palmas, Canaries.

F. spodiogenys ........ 3 Algeria.

F. montifringilla ...... x Europe generally.

The whole of these species (with one exception, /. teydea) may

be recognized by two distinct cross-bars on the wing, especially

noticeable when the bird is flying; these cross-bars being formed

by a more or less broad white tip to certain of the wing-coverts.

In only two places is more than one species of this genus found,

namely, in Europe, where we find F. celebs and F. montifringilla,

the latter having, however, a different breeding range; and at

Teneriffe, where there is a very restricted forest-form, F. teydea, and

a species of the more normal type, J’. canariensis.

It is instructive therefore to notice that in these two cases only,

where the risk of intermingling between the species might occur,

do we find any attempt on the part of one or other of them

to alter or modify the characteristic cross-bars of the wing.

F. teydea accomplishes this more completely and successfully than

F. montifringilla ; but, considering its restricted range and the com-

paratively greater amount of in-breeding which must go on, such a

result is only natural. /. teydea obliterates the cross-bars altogether,

and does not assume any other distinctive mark, the confined

space of its range tending to render such a mark unnecessary.

With F. montifringilla the case is different, and while the

cross-bars are being obliterated, it has assumed a further distinctive

marking in having a white rump. We are, however, I think,

quite justified in coming to the conclusion that this species is still

in a state of transition, since it is seldom that the rump is purely

white, being frequently interspersed with darker feathers, while

320 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [June 18,

on the cross-bars feathers are found of all shades from deep orange

to yellowish white.

These remarks, although somewhat beside the point, have been

inserted as showing one of the many causes by which the develop-

ment of the pattern in the feather would tend to be altered and

modified, in the young birds no less than in the adults, to such an

extent as to overturn at first sight the theory contained in this paper.

It is, perhaps, needless to add that these are the patterns on

which the large majority of species are based; they have in reality

but little in common with the markings on a feather itself, about

which this paper is written. Other causes such as protection,

vigour, and adornment, all play a part in the general pattern and

markings on the birds ; but, leaving the modification caused by all

these as far as possible out of consideration, let us look at a few

examples from widely-spread Orders, and see to what extent the

process of evolution as set forth above is borne out by the

facts.

In the young Peregrine the back is of a uniform brown,

with a light edging; after its first moult the feathers are clearly

referable to the type in fig. 6, while those on the tail are of a

similar type, but with the tips of the bars quite joined up in an

exaggerated form of fig. 7. In the adult bird the bars on both

the back and the tail are complete. On the pattern of the breast

it is unnecessary to enlarge, for it is similar to that of the Sparrow-

hawk. It is worth noting, however, that while the back and breast

have undergone similar changes, the back has become considerably

darker, having been presumably modified for protective purposes.

The Kestrel, on the other hand, offers an example in which, in

the young bird, the tail and the back have complete bars which are

afterwards to a great extent lost, while on the breast the bars are

either very incomplete or we have merely the very early form of

longitudinal stripe. This is but one case of a very common

phenomenon to which I shall have occasion to refer again, namely :

that when the upper and under sides of the plumage show different

stages of evolution, the upper parts are generally the most

advanced.

Before leaving the Hawks, where similar observations may be

made on most species, we might look at the back and tail of the

adult male Sparrow-hawk. At first sight the whole of the upper

surface will appear self-coloured, but a closer lock will reveal two

or three darker patches on the tail showing the last remnants of

the bars. It will then seem that in this case the tail has not

advanced so quickly as the body-feathers in its rate of evolution.

If, however, the feathers of the back be raised up, we find that these

feathers are in reality a modified form of the type shown in fig. 8,

with theterminal marking relatively very large and quite concealing

the white base of the neighbouring feather. With regard to the

Strigidz as a group, I have not had time or opportunity to go into

the matter very thoroughly ; but, in those I have examined, the

patterns lend themselves to classification as in other groups,

1901.] EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. 321

although at first sight they appear somewhat puzzling. The vermi-

culated form of pattern is very common among them, and in some

extreme cases, e. g. Asio otus, the whole feather seems to be mottled

indiscriminately, while in others, e. g. Scops, the vermiculation is

confined to the bars, or the area that should be covered by bars.

The Barn Owl, however (Plate XX. fig. 5) forms a good connecting

link for this vermiculated pattern, which has broken off from the

main line of evolution at an early stage. Fig. 4 shows the earliest

beginnings of it in the typical series. It will be noticed on refer-

ence to Plate XX. fig. 5 that all the markings are confined to the

tip of the feather, and that no distinct bars can be made out in the

vermiculation itself ; but if this vermiculated part be omitted from

consideration for a minute, we have clearly the stage very nearly

approaching fig. 3.

Plate XX. fig. 6 represents the feather from the breast of a

young Scops Owl showing the vermiculation restricted to the bar

area.

The Burrowing Owl does not bear out the statement that the

upper parts (where any difference exists) show a higher form of

evolution than the underparts. In this case the feathers of the

back are of the form shown in fig. 7, while the underparts are

barred. This need not, however, occasion much difficulty, for it

will be readily seen that the habit of this bird being to sit at the

mouth of its burrow, the underparts would be the most exposed,

and consequently those on which laws causing evolution would tend

to act most vigorously.

The large order of Passeres is that to which we may next turn.

The British Thrushes as a series show us clearly the lines of evo-

lution. In the young of Turdus viscivorus, we find on the back

the last bar alone persistent, so that according to the table they

may be considered as forming a highly evolved race. The indi-

vidual feathers on the back of the young Missel Thrush exhibit

considerable variation : some of them show the bar as Y-shaped, in

others it is straight, while in some the dark colour is no longer to

be found on the rhachis and is only found in two longitudinal bars

along the centre of the vane on either side. In White’s Thrush

this stage persists in the adult, but the tip always remains as a

bar, more or less crescentic, whereas in the Missel Thrush the

feathers have become self-coloured.

The young of the Song-Thrush (Plate XX. figs. 10 & 11) is similar

to that of the Missel Thrush, except that evolution has gone slightly

further as it is much more nearly self-coloured. On the wing-coverts

all trace of a bar has disappeared, the two longitudinal stripes,

representing the original arms of the V-shaped bar, have covered

the whole vane, the rhachis being alone left of a yellowish colour

with A-shaped markings of a similar colour at the tip. The feathers

still show traces of the dark V-shaped bar; but a tendency to slur

over the stages is shown, so that they are not distinct as in the

Missel Thrush.

As regards the underparts, they are never in advance of the upper,

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1901, Vou. Il, No, XXI, 21

322 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [June 18,

T he Song-Thrush, Missel Thrush, Redwing, and hen Blackbird have

the usual Thrush marking, viz. Pl. XX. fig. 8, which I take to be

a shortening of the primitive longitudinal streak ; in the young

of the Missel Thrush, and sometimes in the case of the Song-

Thrush, the terminal light edgings are visible. In the Fieldfare

(Plate XX. fig. 9) we may note the terminal spot much enlarged,

with a tendency to become light in the centre and form the V-shaped

markings, whilst in White’s Thrush the markings are crescentic.

A Table of the Thrushes drawn from the original tree would

make them break off from the 4th line in the main tree.

Heart-shaped markings Heart-shaped marking split Heart-shaped marking ovate,

forming crescent. in centre to form V-shaped no bars above (Fig. 8.

(Turdus varius.) marking. (Breast of T. Pl. XX.). Breast of 7. vis-

pilaris, Young of T. vis- civorus, T. musicus, T, ilia-

civorus.) cus, 2 T. merula,

Two longitudinal stripes along the centre of

either vane, with light rhachis,

The longitudinal stripes joined, leaving only

a light terminal spot.

Self-coloured feather.

(3 T. merula and back of T. pilaris. T. iiacus. T. musicus. T. viscivorus.)

Judging from pattern alone, we should therefore be led to

classify them in the following order, starting from the highest

form :—

(1) 7. merula. (2) T. musicus. (8) T. viscivorus. (4) T. pilaris.

(5) T. iliacus. (6) T. varius.

T. iacus is placed after 7. pilaris owing to the markings on

the breast being of a slightly more primitive type. This sug-

gestion, however, is only given as showing how a study of the

pattern might be applied.

It would make the paper too long and tedious to take many

examples of the Passeres, and necessitate a careful examination of

a large series of young birds, which, unfortunately, I have not at

hand. It may be mentioned, however, as I have noted them, that

the back of the young Spotted Flycatcher greatly resembles that of

the young Missel Thrush, and that the markings of a young Haw-

finch are very similar to those of White’s Thrush. Plate XX. fig. 1

represents a feather from the breast of the Wren, showing how the

A-marking, most clearly visible in the Nutcracker, might be

brought about if it did not follow the line shown in the Thrushes.

In the Wryneck we find the young with a barred plumage on

the breast, while the adult has the V-shaped markings; and on

reference to the table it will be noticed that it has followed the form

of evolution shown in the centre or main line, the only difference

1901. ] EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. 323

being that a7/ the bars are disconnected. The Woodpeckers are from

this point of view a comparatively low form: in the young of Picus

viridis very incomplete bars are seen, while in Dendropicus minor

the longitudinal streak of an early type persists in the adult. I am

further inclined to believe that the dull dirty white of the chin

and throat represents the primitive patternless feather, but am not

in a position to express a definite opinion on the point at present.

Having already dealt with the Owls and Hawks, the next group

to claim our attention is that of the Steganopodes. In the

Cormorants we find a type of pattern with which we hitherto

lave not had to deal, namely, a feather with a darker margin. At

first I was inclined to regard this as merely an exaggerated form of

the crescent, but an examination of the young bird speedily

dismissed that idea, as in it the pattern is identical with the adult;

whereas if it were, as I imagined, an exaggerated crescent, one ought

undoubtedly to see traces of a light margin. An examination

of a young Cormorant, in which the feathers are whitish with

a longitudinal stripe, showed that the darker marginal border

could be distinguished even in the case of the white feather.

Green and metallic colours are almost always due, not to a

difference of pigment, but to a condition known as “surface

structure ” due to ridges on the surface of a feather breaking up

the colours into their component parts, and acting by interference

so that only rays of a certain colour reach the eye’. Here, then,

is the explanation of this marking. The feather itself is a purely

self-coloured one, but round the margin, where the feather is more

broken, the true colour of the pigment, which has been obstructed

by the process of surface-structure, is able to show itself and forms

the darker margin.

While the genus Phalacrocoraw has been evolving in this

manner, the Gannet (Sula) has taken another course, and by

proceeding along the line we are more particularly studying, has

so far evolved as to have reached a secondary white stage. It is not

easy to see the stages between the dark brown semi-adult birds

and the pure white adult: great irregularity is noticeable in birds

assuming the white plumage, as regards the tracts in which it

is first assumed (although the back, wings, and tail are invariably

the last); but what is perhaps of most importance to us is the

fact that in the parti-coloured feathers, of which there are many,

we lose all trace of the patterns which we have hitherto been able

to refer to a common origin, however different the general appear-

ance may have been.

In the immature bird, however, matters follow what we may now

perhaps call the normal course; and in its first plumage it starts

at a high level, by the feathers being apparently self-coloured with

A-shaped white tips as in the Nutcracker or young Thrush.

Of the Ardeide I have only had opportunity of studying a few

commoner types, and they all seem to have very similarly

marked feathers, which, when not self-coloured, consist of a

' See Gadow, P. Z. 8, 1889, p. 240.

21*

324 MR. J. L, BONHOTH ON THE [June 18,

longitudinal stripe down the centre of each vane. This type is

found in the young of Nycticorax and also of Ardea cinerea and

A, purpurea; this marking was presumably assumed long ago, as

even in young birds we get no trace of the earlier stages. In the

Bittern, however, similar markings exist and we also find connecting

bars, these features being especially well marked on the scapulars;

and so we may be entitled to assume that in Ardea the former

pattern was derived along the same line.

Among the Anatide we may notice that the barred form is

the commonest and most usual type. Taking Anas boschas as our

example, and the feathers on the breast in particular, we may

notice that in the immature bird the feather is brownish with a

longitudinal stripe; this pattern also persists in the adult female.

In the male the feathers are self-coloured on the breast, but with

minutely vermiculated bars on the chest; in his summer dress,

however, the pattern of the feathers is barred and not longi-

tudinally striped, but otherwise similar in colour to the female.

The bars vary greatly in their development, but for the most part

they are not strikingly defined.

Over the Common Partridge (Perdiw cinerca)—which we may

take as practically typical of the group to which it belongs—it may

be worth while to spend a few minutes. The most conspicuous

parts of the Partridge’s feather are the longitudinal white stripes_

along the rhachis. These stripes occur in the very young bird on

almost all the feathers both of the back and front; but in the adult,

although far more conspicuous, they are restricted to the flanks and

scapulars. Starting with a very young bird which has just got its

first feathers, we may notice that the feather has a narrow light

centre bounded on either side by a longitudinal dark stripe, which is

again succeeded by a lighter area. In most of the feathers this

stripe appears uniform and unbroken, but generally a few isolated

feathers may be found in which either the stripe on one side or

the other is abruptly broken by a light bar, or the stripe shows

signs of being darker and thicker in certain places. It is therefore

obvious that this stage is not developed along the line in which

the proximal pattern has disappeared and the terminal bar has

grown out with elongated arms until the centre becomes obliterated,

leaving the arms, but that each of these longitudinal dark stripes

is made up of portions of successive bars. The key to this

system is that in the youngest bird the light centre widens out to

form a white tip similar in shape to that of the Nutcracker, and

noticed previously in this paper when dealing with the Wren.

The method of evolution will be most clearly understood by a

study of the figures (see Plate XX. figs. 2, 3 & 4).

The next order which we will notice is that of the Limicole ;

they show comparatively few feathers of interest from the point

of view of pattern, and may be discussed in a few words.

They are all rather primitive, and except in a few cases hardly

reach the complete barred stage. The Norfolk Plover shows a

very primitive form, the pattern being chiefly mere longitudinal

1901.) EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. 325

stripes; while the Golden (Plate XX. fig. 7) and Grey Plovers

show the most common form of marking, the yellow spot being

the ground-colour or what is left of it, between greatly-

enlarged and connected bars. Passing over many forms of more

or less interest, we may take as our typical example the Knot

(Tringa canutus). The young shows on the back a plain grey

feather with light border and a dark arrow-shaped edge repre-

senting the last bar; on the breast there is the primitive dark

stripe, especially on the throat and chest, and the whole is slightly

suffused with pink. In the adult in winter the dark bar on the

back has been absorbed, and we have the plain grey self-coloured

feather ; while on the breast, which is quite white, the longitudinal

dark markings have been replaced by bars of more or less ir regular

shape. In the summer, the adult has the feathers of the scapulars

black with a white edge and with four or more reddish spots, the

type of feather being as in that of the Golden Plover ; the breast is

entirely suffused with red, having the black markings, where they

occur, as in winter, but the majority of the feathers being self-

coloured.

It will be noticed by those who have borne with me so far,

that these sequences of plumage offer some difficulty, for if we

imagine the young to be the nearest to the archaic type, the winter

bird will follow naturally as a higher form; but then we are

met by the fact that although the colours are much brighter,

the pattern on the adult in summer is hardly so far evolved as

that on either the young or the winter bird.

This is a difficulty to which I am unable to offer a satisfactory

solution. The tendency of young waders to resemble the breeding-

plumage of their parents, rather than the duller plumage, has

always puzzled me, long before any ideas of pattern entered into

my thoughts; and now we see that the breeding dress represents

a lower form of evolution, if my ideas be right, than the non-

breeding dress, the reverse of what is usually the case. The only

suggestion I can offer is that in the young and breeding dress we

have the plumage worn at a time when, food being more plentiful

and its breeding-haunts more congenial, there was no need for the

bird to undertake such long journeys, and that scarcity of food,

causing diminished energy, combined with the necessity of a more

protective colouring from its many new enemies met with in the

course of its wanderings, led to the adoption of the grey winter dress.

The Gulls and Terns need no comment; in their young state

they all show in various stages the longitudinal stripes, or half-

formed bars, showing clearly that their adult plumage has been

subsequently evolved. The spots of Colymbide are the white

interspaces between the very much overgrown bars.

I have now been roughly through many of the main orders of

birds, and have tried to show that the ideas suggested by the

variations in the Sparrow-hawk hold good for all the groups on

which I have touched, and, if so, probably for all birds. In some

cases my reasonings may appear a little far-fetched, and in others

326 ON THE EVOLUTION OF PATTERN IN FEATHERS. [June 18,

doubtless I have not chosen a correct interpretation of the method

employed. The same results can be reached by several ways ; and

without a large series of young and immature birds, not only of

the particular species but also of those nearly allied, it is impos-

sible to form a positive opinion.

My object has rather been to show that all the many and diverse

markings on the feathers of birds are in the main variations of one

type, namely: a longitudinal stripe with great tendency towards

lateral expansions into transverse stripes, and that on modifications

of this, by suppressing one portion or increasing another, all the

various patterns have been built up. I have not entered into the

question of the more peculiarly marked feathers in the cases

where groups of feathers form conspicuous patterns, as such

markings must have been subsequently acquired, for the recogni-

tion of the species by its own race, and do not in consequence

enter into the purport of this paper. The main question that

now remains to be answered is that relating to the method in

which the pigment groups itself to form these markings, but that

is a matter which I hope to be able to investigate when dealing

with the question of colour-change. At present I will only say

that there is usually, if not always, but one pigment in any

particular feather, the difference in shade or colour being due, in

the case of shade to a greater or lesser concentration of the

pigment, and in the case of colour to surface-structure.

To sum up—Apart from the main principles of the evolution as

shown in the table (p. 318), and through one or other lines of

which all birds seem to have passed, it should be noted that the

most exposed portions of a bird, generally the upper parts, undergo

a further evolution than those less conspicuously situated, and if

there be any difference between the sexes, the male shows the

higher form.

I should like to add that this paper has no pretensions at being

in any way complete or exhaustive. The subject has, so far as I

am aware, not hitherto been treated from this standpoint, and I

shall be most grateful to any who may care to honour me with

their criticisms regarding it.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XIX.

Figs. 1-13. Diagrammatic representation of the pattern on the feathers of

various individuals of the Sparrow-hawk (Accipiter nisus).

Fig. 14. Diagrammatic representation of the pattern on the feather from the

breast of a Night-Heron (Nycticorax griseus).

Prats XX.

Fig. 1, Feather from the breast of Wren (Zroglodytes parvulus).

Figs. 2, 3, 4. Feathers from Partridge: figs. 2 & 3 are from young birds.

Fig. ne Feather from Barn-Owl (Sirix flammea).

5 »» Scops Owl (Scops giw).

7 i », Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis).

8. fF »» breast of Song-Thrush (Zurdus musicus).

” » 9 Bieldfare (Turdus pilaris).

Be fy irts

Figs. 10 & 11. os » young of Song-Thrush.

P.Z.9. 1901 voli El ke

J.Green del et hth Mintern Bros Chromeo

MOLLUSCA OF THE PERSIAN GULF

AND ARABIAN SEA.

P.2.5.1901 voll Pia

Mii,

pyrene

nes.

Se ete

Mintern Bros.imp

J.Green delet hth.

MOLLUSCA OF THE PERSIAN GULF

SEA.

AND ARABIAN

P.Z.S,1901,vol.0.P1. XX.

—t

Mintern Bros imp.

J.Green del. et lth.

MOLLUSCA OF THE PERSIAN GULF

AND ARABIAN SEA.

PeZ...5- 1901, vol. Ty Fis ae

we ee

£Fz

Th LA

; ¥

& 1B j

g s ew -

mip &

eee £

J.Green del.et lith. Mintern Bros imp

MOLLUSCA OF THE PERSIAN GULF

AND ARABIAN SEA.

1901.] ON MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 327

5. The Mollusca of the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and

Arabian Sea, as evidenced mainly through the Collections

of Mr. F. W. Townsend, 1893-1900 ; with Descriptions of

new Species. By James Cosmo Me vit, M.A., F.L.S.,

F.Z.S.,and Ropert StanpeEn, Assist.-Keeper, Manchester

Museum.

Part I.—CEPHALOPODA, GASTROPODA, SCAPHOPODA.

[Received June 4, 1901.]

(Plates XXI.-XXIV. ')

It is certainly remarkable that the nineteenth century should

have passed away without any serious attempt to chronicle sys-

tematically the Mollusca inhabiting the Persian Gulf and Arabian

Sea having been made, and more especially so, since the waters of

the last named wash the Western shores of our great Indian

Empire itself, where are situate, amongst other towns of lesser

note, those two important centres of commerce and civilizing

influences, Karachi and Bombay, either of which might, one

cannot help thinking, have ere this have provided both the

opportunity and the man to carry out so desirable a project of

research.

However, there have been, during the past forty years especially,

several distinguished pioneers in the field, such well-known names

occurring to the mind at once as the late Dr. F. Stoliczka, the late

Mr. Geoffrey Nevill, formerly of the Indian Museum, Calcutta,

his brother Mr. H. Nevill, the late Dr. 8. B. Fairbank of Bombay,

the late Mr. Henry F. Blanford, F.R.S., formerly Meteorological

Reporter to the Indian Government, Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S.,

formerly of the Geological Survey of India, besides the late

Dr. Anderson, F.R.S., and J. Wood-Mason, late Superintendent

and Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum respectively;

and lastly Dr. A. Alcock, F.R.S., whose deep-sea dredgings, mostly

in the Bay of Bengal, or amongst the Laccadive group, just south

of our proposed limit as regards the Mollusca treated of in this

paper, have resulted in so many discoveries. Most of the above-

named Naturalists collected material more or less largely, and,

indeed, went further in contributing various treatises and papers

from time to time, which form the bases of our knowledge.

In addition, mention must be made of the late Major Baker,

author of a short list of Karachi Mollusca*; Mr. W. D. Cumming,

of the Persian Telegraph Service; the late Mr. R. MacAndrew,

donor of much valuable material, especially of Col. Pelly’s collections

from the Persian Gulf, many species of which have been described by

' For explanation of the Plates, see p. 459.

* Cf. Woodward, Man. Moll. ed. ii, p. 73.

328 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Mr. Edgar Smith; Col. G. B. Mainwaring, Mr. W. Theobald; and,

more recently, Capt. Cartwright, R.N., Commander E. R. Shopland,

K.LM., M. F. Houssay, Mr. W. C. Carphin, Mr. J. O. Twells,

Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier, Mr. Alexander Abercrombie of Bombay,

and Mr. Frederick W. Townsend.

It is especially with the collections of the last-named that we

are dealing at the present opportunity.

Mr. Townsend has been for many years officially connected with

the Indo-European Company, whose cable extends from Bushire

in the Persian Gulf along the Mekran Coast to Karachi, where,

at Manora, he resides, the total distance being considerably over

one thousand miles.

For the past eight or nine years, as Chief of the Telegraph Staff

of the Indian Government steamer ‘Patrick Stewart,’ he has

been assiduously dredging wherever opportunity offered, and not

only exercising the greatest possible care and discrimination as to

the quality of the specimens gathered, but making notes, at the

time, of locality, depth, and other particulars, which so much

increase the value of the material dredged.

Though, perhaps, not quite exhaustive, we imagine the larger

proportion of the species of Mollusca actually inhabiting this

vast region will be found catalogued in the accompanying List.

It was in 1892-93 that Mr. Townsend’s earliest consignments

were despatched home; and Mr. G. B. Sowerby described certain

new forms from these, of which we would especially mention

Mangilia townsendi, Niso venosa, Spondylus ewilis, Pecten towns-

endi, and Sunetta kurachensis *.

Just at the same juncture, too, Mr. Alexander Abercrombie

began to turn his attention to the Molluscan Fauna of the vicinity

of Bombay, as far south as Ratnagiri, and, in coadjutorship with

one of the present authors, essayed a preliminary Catalogue *,

numbering in all some 325 species. It was then that this Fauna

was termed ‘specialized, so many interesting new forms did

it produce, and we wrote then in ignorance of what, so shortly,

Mr. Townsend’s successful dredgings would reveal. By far

the greater part of the 52 species differentiated as new to

science from Mr. Abercrombie’s collections reappeared, some in

great quantity, especially from the neighbourhood of Manora and

Charbar ; and, as several were described from poor or insufficient

material, it is gratifying to say with regard to nine-tenths of them,

that the examination of fine specimens more than endorses the

reasons for their differentiation. Some indeed, are very plentiful,

such as Marginella mazagonica, Engina zea, Columbella euterpe,

Ocinebra bombayana, Purpura blanfordi, Sistrum wuthedra, Pyr-

gulina callista, Odostomia syrnoloides, Cyclostrema solariellum, and

Tellina lechriogramma.

These Bombay gatherings, mainly made by Mr. Abercrombie,

slightly supplemented by Mr. Townsend, supplied the primary

' Proc, Mal. Soc. Lond. i. p. 214 sgq., 278 sqq. ete.

2 Mem. Mancli. Soe. vii. pp. 17-51,

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF, 329

constituents of our own investigations into this fauna, and we have

thought it best to enumerate them all in the following pages, as

tending to make the Catalogue more complete.

The region we are now discussing forms the N.W. portion of

the immense Indo-Pacific Province, an area so vast, and yet so

homogeneous in the general character of its natural productions, as

to preclude the desirability of further subdivision.

If the map of Asia be examined, it is seen at once that the

Persian Gulf and Gulf of Oman constitute a ‘ cul-de-sac,’ and that,

indeed, the northern portion of the Arabian Sea may all be con-

sidered land-locked, the continent of India, with Ceylon, extending

as far south as lat. 6° N. while, on the west, the Arabian shores

trend obliquely to Aden, lat. 13° N. Under the circumstances, we

hardly think it surprising that so many endemic forms have been

brought to light, both in the Mollusca and in other branches of

zoology, especially the Fishes and Crustacea; and as regards the

former, at all events, Erythrean’ affinities seem more prevalent

than Ceylonese. Most of the genera and many of the leading

species, it is true, have a wide range, and are identical on both

sides of Hindostan, but not, we think, to so large an extent as

might be surmised. For instance, when working at the Booley

collections ~ from the Andaman Islands, only two of the new

species described recently from the Townsend collections occurred,

viz., Cerithiopsis hinduorum Melv., and a variety (andamanica)

of Nautica strongyla Melvy.

And, again, in an account of the Marine Mollusca of Madras *

we published in 1898, out of about 400 names there given about

70 also occurred at Bombay, mostly widely-spread species, but

including a few comparatively recently described, e. g., Terebra

persica Smith, and Mangilia chilosema (erroneously identified as

horneana Sm.), Columbella euterpe, C. flavilinea, Aclis eoa, Sistrum

Lonkanense, and Solarium delectabile, all of Melvill.

These seem a very small proportion out of about 240 species

differentiated during the past decade, if we include those described

in this paper. As might be supposed, a considerable number of

these belong to the smaller and more obscure groups, which, though

several have near allies in the outlying portions of the Indo-Pacific

Province, especially Japan, it has not been found feasible to unite

with species already recorded by A. Adams and others. We have

paid special attention to the many minute forms described by this

author, the types of which are mostly in the British Museum (Nat.

Hist.), though, unfortunately, so few have as yet been figured, or

Since this was written, a rough comparison made between our Catalogue

and that compiled by Commander E. R. Shopland (Journ. Bombay N. Hist.

Soc. x. pp. 217-235, with Addenda t. ¢. pp. 505, 534) has elicited the fact

that out of 501 species of Gastropoda enumerated from Aden, 189 occur in the

region treated of by us.

Proc. Mal. Soe. Lond. ii. p. 164 sqq., iii. p. 35 sqq., p. 220 sgq.

* Journ. of Oonch, vol. ix. pp. 30 sgy., 1 pl.

330 MESSRS, MULVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

indeed described fully enough to satisfy the more exigent require-

ments of the present time. Great care has also been taken in

the comparison with the types described by the Rev. R. Boog

Watson as collected during the voyage of the s.s. ‘ Challenger.’

In many instances we had to be content with descriptions or

figures, notably in the case of the Marquis de Folin’s species

(mostly Andamanese), or M. Vélain’s. These last consist mainly

of Turbonille and Odostomice from the South Indian Ocean, one

or two of which are found to occur in our lists. The Erythrean

species also, mostly described by Arturo Issel and Dr. F. Jous-

seaume, have so far as practicable been examined. Certain Medi-

terranean species exhibit near alliances, but we believe the

axiom a correct one, that only about a dozen species are common

to the northern and southern shores of the Isthmus of Suez,

though since the Canal was opened for traffic a few have extended

their boundaries, and the numbers will probably increase yearly.

It is fortunate, therefore, that investigations as to this point were

made beforehand.

We are informed by Mr. W. T. Blanford, that the greater

portion of the large collections made by him’ some time ago, off

Gwadir, on the Mekran Coast, and Tumb Island, Persian Gulf,

and one or two other localities, are in the Indian Museum,

Calcutta, and that only a few have yet been worked out, it being

otherwise happily with his Bombay series, which are in the British

Museum, and have been of the greatest service tous. We feel it to

be unfortunate that circumstances bayve not allowed an examination

of these stores at Calcutta, and not only of these, but of the

collections made by Messrs. Geoffrey and Hugh Nevill, also, we

believe, in the same museum. The former (Mr. G. Nevill) indeed

treated of a few families in his fragmentary ‘ Hand-list of the

Mollusca in the Indian Museum,’ but even in this publication

too many are put down as ‘species nove,’ with neither name,

description, nor figure added.

It will be noted that we have included some of these references,

mainly of Lissoide and Pleurotomide, in order that the list may be

made as representative and perfect as possible.

It would take far too much space to closely dilate upon the

peculiarities of the fauna of the Persian Gulf: suffice to say, that

the section Leptoconus of Conus here attains its maximum develop-

ment, while many peculiar Mitra and Nasse occur. Nassaria and

Cyllene abound, rare in most other seas. Oliva hardly occurs, while

Ancilla is well represented. Voluta is absent; but certain species

of Marginella, some handsome (obtusa), others small, but mostly

apparently endemic, are very frequently met with throughout the

whole area. Some peculiar and beautiful Scalarie, Cancellarie,

* Cf. Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xliv. pt. 2, p. 103, where Messrs. G. &

H. Nevill estimate the number of species collected by Mr. W. T. Blanford at

from 600 to 700.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 331

and 7'richotropis are especially noteworthy, as, among the Strom-

bide, are S. beluchiensis Melv., Rostellaria curta Sowb., and R. deli-

catula Nevill; this last, originally discovered at Arakan, is now

found to occur at considerable depths in the Gulf of Oman, in all

stages of growth.

Many Columbellide, Engine, and Ricinule seem peculiar ; while

the Pleurotomide are by far the most numerously distributed

family in these Seas, abounding in forms either endemic or

extending only as far as Aden and the Red Sea.

Fusus, Lotoriwm, and Murex do not exhibit here their larger repre-

sentatives, but those that do occur are refined and select examples

of their genera ; some, e. g. Ocinebra bombayana Melv., being akin to

a Mediterranean species: the same may be said with Purpura. In

Terebra there are many, mostly endemic, small species, mainly

described by Mr. Edgar Smith from Col. Pelly’s collections.

Coralliophila rubro-coccinea, described in this paper, is an interesting

addition toa circumscribed genus. Bullia here rivals its South

African series in interest: B. ceroplasta Melv., kurrachensis Sowb.,

and persica H. Sm., are all endemic. Natica abounds; so do

Cerithiide, Littorinide, and allied small families, the issoidae

being especially interesting. In Turritella, T. fultoni Melv.,

discovered at Ormara, is now found larger and more generally

distributed on the Mekran Coast; many endemic Tvrochide

likewise occur, but few Haliotis, Fisswrelie, or Patelle. Two

Siphonaria (kurrachensis Sowb., and basseinensis Melvy.) from the

coasts of India are peculiar. Among the Scaphopoda, Cadulus

possesses two or three curious forms, and Dentaliwm abounds.

Lhe Polyplacophora are hardly seen, indeed we have no occurrences

in our Catalogue; but, on the other hand, the Tectibranchiates are

very well represented, many new kinds being chronicled, and

there being still some which, for want of proper material, we are

compelled to leave untouched for the present. Indeed, this is the

case in other Orders as well.

We wait to give a résumé of the Pelecypoda until they are

finally worked out, and we hope their enumeration will form a

second part of our paper, at no very distant date.

The following are the titles of the chief works and papers

bearing on this subject during the last 45 years :—

1894, Asprorompie (Alexander).—The Common Shells of the

Bombay shore. Journ. Bombay Soc. N. H. viii. pp. 212-

221 & 335-345.

1867. Buanrorp (W. T.).—Description of Jrawadia, n. gen.

Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxvi. pt. 2, pp. 56-57.

1868. Ip.—Fuirbankia, a new genus and species of Rissoide from

W. India. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. pp. 899-401.

[N.B. Nine-tenths of Mr. Blanford’s writings on the Molluscan

Fauna of India deal with the Terrestrial and Fluviatile

species alone, and the same may be said regarding the

papers of his brother, the late Mr. H. F. Blanford, F.R.S.]

332 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

1891. Fiscuer (Dr. Paul).—Liste de Coquilles recueilles par

M. I’. Houssay dans le Golfe Persique. Journ. de Conchyl.

XXxix. pp. 222-230.

The enumeration of a small collection made near Bander-

Bouchir (Bushire), Persian Gulf, thirty-three species in all,

of which six remain doubtful as to name.

(See also Woodward, 8. P.)

1892. Guttarty, A.—The Pearl Molluses of the Persian Gulf.

P. Phys. Soc. Edinb. xi. pp. 30-31.

1865. Issen (Arturo).—Catalogo del Molluschi raccolti della

Missione Italiana in Persia. Mem. delle Reale Accademia

della Scienze di Torino, ser. ii. vol. xxiii, 1865.

[Mainly giving an account of but 17 species, collected by

G. Doria and Philippi at Bunder Abbas and the island

of Ormuz. |

1874. Von Martens (Dr. E.).—Ueber Vorderasiatische Conehylien.

Cassel, 1874.

[An enumeration of forty-nine species of Mollusca collected

at Bushire by Dr. Haussknecht. |

1893. Metviti(J.C.) and ABErcromsBin (A.).—The Marine Mol-

lusca of Bombay. Mem. Manch. Soc. ser. 4, vii. pp. 17-51.

1893. Menviti (J. C.)—Descriptions of twenty-five species of

Marine Shells from Bombay. Op. cit. vil. pp. 52-61, 1 pl.

Reprinted in J. Bombay Soe. viii. pp. 234-245, 1 plate.

1894. Ip.—Description of a new species of Engina (E. epidro-

midea) from Bombay. P. Malac. Soc. London, i. p. 162,

1896. Ip.—Descriptions of new species of minute Marine Mollusea

from Bombay. P. Malac. Soc. Lond. i. pp. 108-116, 1 pl.

Reprinted in J. Bombay Soe. xi. pp. 406--514, 1 pl. (1898).

1897. In.—Deseription of Plecotrema sykesit, n.sp., from Karachi.

P. Malac. Soc. Lond. ii. p. 292, fig.

1897. Ip.—Descriptions of thirty-four new species of Marine

Mollusca from the Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf, and Gulf of

Oman. Mem. Manch. Soe. xli. no. 7, pp. 25, 2 pls.

1898. Ip.—Further investigations into the Molluscan Fauna of

the Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf, and Gulf of Oman, with

descriptions of forty species. Mem. Manch. Soc. xlii.

° no. 4, pp. 40, 2 pls.

1898. I».—Description of a new Strombus from the Mekran coast

of Baluchistan. Op. cit. pp. 37-38.

1899. In.—Notes on the Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, Persian

Gulf, and Gulf of Oman, mostly dredged by Mr. I. W.

Townsend, with descriptions of twenty-seven species.

Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. pp. 81-101, pls. 1. & ii.

1899. Ip. & Stanpen, R. Description of Conus clytospira, sp. n.,

from the Arabian Sea. Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. pp. 461-463.

1887. Murray (J. A.).—The Conchology of the Sind Coast. Ind.

Ann. i. pp. 26-28.

(No new forms mentioned. |

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 333

1875. Nuvitt (Geoffrey & Hugh).—Descriptions of new Marine

Mollusca from the Indian Ocean. Journ. Asiat. Soc.

Bengal, xliv. pt. 2, pp. 83-104, pls. vii. & viii.

[Drillia lucida, Clathurella smithi, lemniscata, from the Persian

Gulf; Mangilia fulvocinta, fairbanki, Clathurella perplexa,

Cythara gradata, Marginella inconspicua, from Bombay ;

Nassa obesa from Kutch, described and figured. ]

1884. lip.—Descriptions of new Mollusca from the Indian Ocean,

by G. & H. Nevill. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xliii. pt. 2,

pp. 21-30.

1885, Nuviut (Geoffrey ).— Hand-list of Mollusca, Indian Museum,

Calcutta. Part i. Gastropoda: Prosobranchia—Neuro-

branchia, cont. Calcutta. Printed by order of the Trustees,

1885.

[Contains descriptions of many Rissoidw, Littorinide, and

Planavide in the Museum, some collected by Mr. W. T.

Blanford, G. Nevill, and others at Gwadtr, Mekran Coast,

Tumb Id., Persian Gulf, &c. ]

1877. Smrru (Edgar A.).—Ann. Nat. Hist. [4] xix. p. 226 sqq.

[In this paper many Zerebre, collected by Col. Pelly in the

Persian Gulf, are described. |

1882. Ip.— Ann. Nat. Hist. [5] x. p. 206 sqq.

[Various Pleurotomide, including P. soror, albicaudata, and

macandrewi, from the Persian Gulf and Arabian Sea,

described. |

1884. In.—Diagnoses of new Species of Plewrotomide in the

British Museum. Ann. Nat. Hist. [5] xiv. p. 317 sqq.

[Here Drillia portia, pupiformis, scitula, Clathurella horneana,

&c. from the Persian Gulf, and P. lucida, Bombay, are

described. ]

1887. Ip.— Description of Conus milesi, from Maskat. Journ. of

Conch. vy. p. 244.

1888. In.— Diagnoses of new species of Plewrotomide in the

British Museum. Ann. Nat. Hist. [6] ii. p. 300 sqq.

[Drilhia crassa, Mangilia fortistriata, Bombay, and Mangila

recta, Persian Gulf, described. |

1894, In.—Report upon some Mollusca dredged in the Bay of

Bengal and the Arabian Sea. Ann. Nat. Hist. [6] xiv.

pp. 187 sqq., & 366-368, 3 plates.

(Contains descriptions, inter alia, of Murex malabaricus,

Nassaria coromandelica, Lacuna indica, Sigaretus tener, &c. |

1895. Ip.—Report upon Mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bengal

and the Arabian Sea in 1893-94". Ann. Nat. Hist. [6]

xvi. pp. 1-19, 2 plates.

{ Mostly abyssal species, from the Bay of Bengal and Ceylon,

very few from the Arabian Sea. |

1895. Ip.— Ditto, in 1894-95". Ann, Nat. Hist. [6] xvi. pp. 262-

265.

' These collections were obtained by H.M. Indian Marine Survey steamer

Investigator,’ under the command of Commdr. O. F. Oldham, R.N,

384 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

1896. Sarru (Edgar A.).— Descriptions of new Deep-Sea Mollusca.

Ann. Nat. Hist. [6] xviii. p. 367 sqq.

[ Natica abyssicola described from Cutch. |

1899. Ip.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander T. H. Heming,

R.N.—No. I. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal and

the Arabian Sea. Ann. Nat. Hist. [7] iv. pp. 2387-251.

[Mostly from South Indian Ocean. ]

1894. Sowrersy (George B.).— Descriptions of nine new Species of

Shells. Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. i. pp. 214-217.

[ Conus elegans from Persian Gulf, Pecten townsendi and Sunetta

kurachensis from Karachi, all collected by Mr. F. W.

Townsend, described. |

1894. Ip.—Descriptions of four new Species of Shells from the

Persian Gulf and Bay of Zaila. Op. cit. i. pp. 160-161,

1 plate.

[Cancellaria paucicostata, Donax townsendi. |

1895. Ip.—New Species of Shells from Karachi and the Mekran

Coast collected by Mr. F. W. Townsend. Op. cit. 1.

pp. 278-280, 1 plate.

[Mangilia townsendi, Bullia nitida, Niso venosa, Enida towns-

endi, Minolia gradata, Spondylus ewilis,and Meretria tumida. |

1856. Woopwarp (8. P.).—A Catalogue of Mollusca collected at

Karachi by Major Baker, 1850; numbering about 100

species. Manual of the Mollusca, ed. ii. p. 73.

[This catalogue is also given in full by P. Fischer (Man. de

Conchyliologie, p. 160, 1887.]

We have restricted the area embraced in these investigations to

the entire Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and that portion of the

Arabian Sea lying north of an imaginary line running obliquely

from Ras-el-Hadd, S.E. of Maskat, to Panjim on the Indian coast’.

This will include not only Bombay and Ratnagiri, but also the

Angrias Bank and that portion of the Eastern Telegraph Co.’s Cable

that was examined by Mr. Townsend and Captain Tindall in 1899,

with such very successful results. Since the coasts of Arabia, from

Aden to Ras-el-Hadd, with its contiguous seas, have not yet been in

the least explored scientifically,it seems useless to propound Lat. 15°

N. as the boundary, as we had at one time contemplated.

We would further, for the sake of convenience, propose three

subdivisions, as follows :—

(i) P.G. The whole Persian Gulf, including the Gulf of Oman,

with Maskat and Jask, bordered to the East by Long. 59°

48’ E.

(ii) M.C. The Mekran Coast of Persia and Baluchistan, between

Long. 59° 48’ E. and the River Hab.

(iii) I. The Coast of Continental India, from East of River Hab,

abutting on Karachi, say, Long. 66° 40’ E., 8.E. to Panjim,

Lat. 15° 50’ N., Long. 74° E.

1 From Lat. 22° 34’ N., Long. 51° 48’ E, to Lat. 15° 50’ N., Long. 74° E.

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 335

At our request, the following particulars have been kindly

drawn up by Mr. Townsend of the chief places exploited by him

during the past ten or more years, starting from Karachi, and

finishing with Reshire and Fao, at the head of the Persian Gulf.

(A.) Karachi Harbour.

This is essentially a backwater harbour, in area about 20 square

miles, the navigable portion of which is small and consists of a deep

channel, about 3 to 3a mile wide, running inland some 3 miles

from the entrance, the remainder being mud-flats of great extent

intersected by numerous creeks. This is the one locality which

has been most thoroughly worked, both as regards dredged

specimens and those to be found above low-water mark, a short

description of it having already been given in the Memoirs

and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical

Society, vol. xlii. Part 2, 1897-98. Of the numerous mouths

of the Indus south of Karachi, only two have been worked and

these only very slightly, viz.: the Hajamro about 50 miles, and

the Dubba 30 miles S.S.E. of Karachi. At the former, large

quantities of dead specimens of two kinds of Pholas were found,

and doubtless living specimens could have been obtained at the

same place if time had admitted of digging in the hard thick black

mud; there were several other species of dead bivalves at the same

place, and also at the water’s edge. On a very low tide, many

fine living specimens of Bullia kurrachensis Sowb. were found.

The ground at both these places is chiefly hard sandy mud with

patches of clean sand. Going west from Karachi, the first part of

the coast examined was Ras Kuchar, distant about 55 miles. The

coast here is of hard sandstone rocks, and though a whole afternoon,

on a very low tide, was spent here no shells were obtained, even

the most common forms not being found.

(B.) Mekran Coast.

Ormara, or Ras Ormara, is a mountain 1550 feet high, 7 miles

long east and west, 2 miles being its greatest width north and

south; it is joined to the mainland by a low sandy spit 13 mile

wide, and on this spit is situated the village of Ormara, containing

a population of about 3000 inhabitants, chiefly fishermen. The

Government of India have a Telegraph-station here, the telegraph

land-line, which is laid from Karachi to Jask, passing through.

Dredging has been done in the bays on both sides of the village,

but the bottom is a bard clay-mud from which good results are

seldom obtained; young Bullia kurrachensis, B. nitida Sowb.,

Meretrix tumida Sowb., are, however, found hete. Between the

tide-marks the ground is chiefly hard sand or muddy sand; and it

is on the clean sand that the pretty Bullia ceroplasta Melv. is

found, also Bullia malabarica Hanley, but little else of interest.

Ras Basul, 23 miles west of Ormara, A small river, dry except

during the rains, comes out here. In the sand and mud at the

336 MESSRS. MELVILI. AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

mouth are to be found numerous dead bivalves, while on the rocks

which jut out from the high land on the east side of the river, are

a few of the commonest species of univalves, none of which were

worth collecting.

Astola Island, 40 miles west of Ormara, is in appearance very

like the Ormara headland on a small scale, being a little over

2 miles long east and west, half a mile wide north and south, and

only 213 feet high; it is about 15 miles from the nearest point on

the mainland. The island rises perpendicularly out of the sea,

except at the north-west end, where there is a small sandy bay, at

one corner of which is a low ledge of rocks, uncovered at low tides.

These have been well searched ; but beyond fine specimens of the

ordinary Cypree (C. arabica, C. turdus, C. ocellata, C. pallida), and

the usual common species met with on most rocky places, nothing

was found. Five miles south of the island is a rocky shoal, called

Webb bank, with 3 fathoms on it at low tide. The bottom between

the shoal and the island is very uneven and rocky, the very worst

kind there is todredge on. A few short drags were, however, made

here some years ago, and some nice things obtained, amongst them

one or two new species, but at the expense of the heavy iron

dredge, which was smashed to pieces.

Gwadir, 130 miles west of Ormara, is very much like that place,

having two large bays formed by a long narrow isthmus of sand,

joining on to a high hammerhead-shaped headland 270 feet high.

The town of Gwadir is of considerable importance owing to the

trade which is carried on by native craft to Indian Ports, there

being a good caravan track to the Port through the mountains

from the Kej Valley, &c. The British India mail-steamers call

here once a fortnight, both going up and returning from the Gulf.

The land-line telegraph from Karachi to Jask passes through here.

The sea-bottom in the bays is hard blue clay, much the same as in

the Ormara bays, the few species obtained being common to both

laces.

: Charbar, 110 miles west of Gwadir, is the first place we have

so far spoken of that can be called really good, from the shell-

collector’s point of view. The village itself is of small importance,

containing some few hundred inhabitants, mostly Balochis and

Khojas, the chief industry being the manufacture of matting from

the pish palm.

Charbar Bay proper is a great bay, 7; miles wide east and west

and 12 miles deep north and south, the depth of water being 8 fms.,

to 3 or 4 at the head. The nature of the bottom varies consider-

ably: across the mouth of the bay, or between the east and west

points, only a few short drags with the dredge have been made,

when patches of clear sand alternating with others of soft black

mud were met with; both bottoms yield good results, as will be

seen from the Catalogue, the species from the different bottoms

being quite distinct. This bay is quite well worth carefully

working, and no opportunity is missed of putting the dredge over,

when going to or leaving Charbar,

* Bild;

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 337

The little bay inside the large one, and near which the village

is situated, has a clean sandy bottom, and this from a depth of

2 to 5 fathoms has been carefully dredged over, with the result

that several new species haye been discovered and added to the

List. From the sandy shore that has been examined, nothing has

been obtained, while the rocky point on the east corner of the bay

is rich in some forms, particularly cowries and cones—10 species

of the former and 9 of the latter having been found here, the

names of which appear in the List. To the south of this point in

7 fathoms one drag was made, but the ground was too foul for the

dredge though otherwise good, the single drag resulting in examples

of two or more new species. We also dredged to the north-east of

the big bay off Ziz Valley, which is I believe the only place on the

coast that retains its original name, or at least the name it went under

when Alexander the Great passed along the Mekran Coast, leading

his army inland, the fleet accompanying off the coast. In Tiz Valley

itself are the ruins of what at one time must have been a city

of considerable size, the graves on the surrounding hills are very

numerous : I have dug up many of them hoping to find something

in the shape of seals or money that would help to identify the period

to which they belonged. Off this valley, in 5 fathoms, I have

dredged with no success, the bottom being coarse sand with overfalls

or loose boulders and stones. One peculiar thing will be noticed

on reference to the List, viz., that several of the species found at

Charbar have also been found at Muscat, and nowhere else ; and

this is the more remarkable as the two places are 150 miles apart,

the depth of water between them being in places as great as 1900

fathoms.

Jask, 165 miles west of Charbar, which may be considered the

western extreme of the Mekran Coast, or commencement of the

Gulf of Oman, has been fairly well exploited for shells, both on

the adjacent shores and by dredging, with moderate success.

Many of the Charbar species are repeated here, both places being

in many respects very similar in character. Charbar has, however,

the advantage in the number of species found. On the rocky

ledge off Jask Point, which dries at low tide, numbers of Cyprea

arabica and C, turdus are to be found, and two or three common

cones such as (C. teniatus and C. minimus, but very little else

except the common rock-creatures which are met with almost

everywhere. Between the rocky point and the clean sandy beach

forming Jask bay, where is the usual landing-place, the fore-shore

is, for about 200 yards, composed of dirty muddy sand, and it is

here that many of the creatures mentioned in the List are found,

amongst them being several species new. On the clean sandy

beach, as at Charbar, nothing has been found. Three miles north

of the landing-place is a small salt-water creek, the entrance to

which dries at very low tides, when mud-banks of considerable

extent are exposed: on these are found numbers of dead bivalves,

as is the case at the mouths of all the creeks on the Mekran Coast.

At the mouth of the creek at high-water mark the beach, at a little

Proc, Zoou. Soc,—1901, Vol. Il. No, XXII. 22

338 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

distance, presents a very pretty pink appearance caused by large

quantities of dead specimens of Umbonvum vestiarum Linn. having

been washed up there; living specimens can be obtained in

any quantity and many varieties, by dredging in 3 to 6 fathoms

off the north of the creek. In Jask bay itself, the bottom

is a hard muddy sand and hardly worth dredging over, as, with

few exceptions, the same species found there can be collected

with less trouble at low tides on the small stretch of muddy

beach mentioned above. Four miles west of the point is Mason

Shoal, a coral patch of small extent: this has been well dredged

over and a good many things obtained, none however of any

interest. Conus quercinus and C. tessellatus L., both the orange

and brown varieties, are plentiful here. The Government Sub-

marine cables between Karachi and Bushire land here, the

Telegraph Staff being accommodated in a large imposing looking

stone building. There are also barracks for about 200 Native

troops, these, like the Telegraph-building, having been built by the

Indian Government. At the present time there are about 40

British Indian soldiers stationed here under a Native Officer, to

protect the Telegraph Staff in case of a rising amongst any of the

surrounding tribes, which is always more or less imminent. The

Native village is small and insignificant, and there is little or no

trade, though the British Indian mail-steamers call once a fortnight

both on the upward and downward trip to the Gulf.

In concluding the remarks about the Mekran Coast, it may

be said that the sea-bottom has not been anywhere dredged over

at a greater depth than 100 fathoms, and only in one or two places

beyond 50 fathoms, inside which the Government Submarine

Telegraph-cable is laid. The bottom is generally a stiff blue clay

or mud, with occasional patches of thin black mud, the former

yielding a very small return for the most careful dredging; in

the soft black mud more specimens are generally obtained.

On the cable itself there is,as a rule, very little shell-growth; when

it does occur, it is generally when the line passes near rocky patches

or submerged reefs. A few specimens of Rostellaria curta Sowb.

have been dredged inside the 50-fathoms line, but as dead specimens

of this are plentiful all along the coast, is is probable that they

would be found in numbers at a greater depth. In some places

numbers of young Murex malabaricus Sm. have come up adhering

to the telegraph-cable, so that adult specimens of this species

must be plentiful in the neighbourhood. The only other large

species found is Murex ternispina, which seems to be common

from 3 to 50 fathoms.

(C.) Gulf of Oman.

Proceeding west from the Mekran Coast, the next locality to be

described is the Gulf of Oman, which may be said to lie within

the following limits, namely: on the south and east, a line drawn

from Jask to Muscat, and on the north one from Mussandam Id.

due east to the Persian coast.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 339

In October last a rough survey was made by the Indian

Government Telegraph-steamer ‘ Patrick Stewart’ (Capt. W.

A. Tindall), outside the 100-fathoms contour, between Jask and

Muscat, including the great bight to the south and west of the

direct line between those two places. 184 soundings were taken,

the greatest depth attained being 1785 fathoms (mud) in lat. 24°

12’ N., long. 58° 32’ E.

Except on the direct course between Jask and Muscat, no

soundings were taken at night, the strong currents experienced in

those localities rendering it impossible to obtain correct positions

for each sounding when the land was not visible.

The procedure followed was to put down a mark-buoy at dusk,

when the last position was taken, and then to anchor the ship close

to it with a large deep-sea trawl, and in the early morning draw it

over the bottom by steaming ahead or astern for aboutan hour. In

this way a good deal of material was collected, and all the shells

have been sent to Mr. Cosmo Melvill, who, as opportunity offers,

is working them out.

A fish-trap was each time attached to the moorings of the mark-

buoy, and by this means some fish, crabs, &c., were obtained,

which have been sent to the British Museum. Mr. Boulenger,

F.R.S., has written a short paper on them which will be published

in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

The following are the positions where the trawl was put down,

with the soundings, &c. noted :—

Lat. 25° 22’N. Long. 57° 47'E. Sounding 225 fms.; bottom mud.

25 24 27 4

so ” ” ” ”?

» 20.01 OCD ae "A 198 _,, » &mud-worms

5 a ee fer /TAIS ss 500° ,; J

» 24 49 » 56 56 Np ee oa ”

» 24 21 ait tOLeO z i Lio 3 & dead shells

» 24 05 ah 3 fants 13, a 2051) 5; &

| 2o.56 » 98 05 Sy 142 ,,

The drag made in 500 fathoms unfortunately was without much

result, as the net fouled the frame of the trawl in lowering.

The following temperatures of the sea-bottom were observed :—

53° at 425 fms. 60° at 230fms. 51° at 500 fms. 62° at 205 fms.

37° at 1495 fms. 45° at 700 fms. Surface temperature 84°.

Muscat (Maskat).—Several days were spent dredging in and

near Muscat Cove, in from 5 to 20 fathoms, with very good

results. The bottom varies considerably in nature—shingle, coarse

sand, fine sand, muddy sand, and weeds, sandy mud, and mud, all

being met with on the ground dredged over. It would be difficult

to say which particular kind of bottom is the best to dredge on,

when, as in this case, all are profitable froma shell-collector’s point

of view. One of the most beautiful shells in the collection, Sca-

laria fimbriolata Melv., was found here on mud, in the Cove itself.

Kubbatt Ghazira or Malcolm Inlet.—Reference to the Admiralty

Chart shows that this is a deep inlet about 3 miles wide at the

entrance, and running inland 84 miles; the surrounding shores are

22*

340 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

very precipitous except where the tew little sandy bays occur. Near

some of these are small villages consisting of a few loose stone

huts, the inhabitants of which obtain their living by fishing.

The soundings are from 20 to 35 fathoms—a few casts of the

dredge have been made here, the bottom being hard sandy mud ;

the shells obtained were chiefly dead specimens, some of which

were in good condition and have proved to be new species.

The Government of India’s Submarine cables, from Jask to

Bushire, are, in the Gulf of Oman, laid in from 40 to 60 fathoms

on a soft muddy bottom, and when picked up in any part for

repairs the marine growth on them is usually found to be slight,

and to consist chiefly of worm-cases.

(D.) Persian Gulf.

Henjam Island.—A large rocky island 5 miles long, north

and south, and about 2 miles broad, separated from the great

Island of Kishm, on the north, by a deep narrow channel

11 mile wide. The usual anchorage for vessels is close in, in

5 to 8 fathoms, off the spit of sand on the extreme north of the

island. Since the Government cables were removed from here in

1881, steamers very rarely visit the island, the object of the few

that do call being to lie in a sheltered anchorage while loading

salt, which is brought in small native craft from the salt caves of

Kishm, distant about 25 miles. Large native craft also use this

anchorage while loading salt. The reefs and sandy beach on the

north and west sides of the island have been well searched for

shells, but none except the most common species obtained. At

and to the north of the anchorage, a little dredging has been done,

with moderate success. In the very thin black mud met with in

12 fathoms a mile north of the anchorage, several young living

specimens of Conus elegans Sow. were obtained: this species has

not been found in a living state anywhere else, though dead ones

are very common amongst shingle on the Jask beach. To the

north-east of the island, in 25 fathoms (mud), and due east

in 15 fathoms (sandy mud), a few short drags have been made, but

the things obtained were chiefly dead and uninteresting. A few

drags have also been made to the west of the island in 6 to 15

fathoms, with no better results.

Jezirat Nabiya Tamb (or Tumb).—A small rocky island, steep all

round, the soundings being 30 to 50 fathoms to within a quarter of

amile. The coast-line consists of low rocky cliffs alternating with

small sandy bays. Dredging has been attempted within half a mile of

the shore, with no success, the bottom being rocky and uneven. A

heavy iron dredge was lost here owing to the foul bottom. On

the sandy beach large quantities of dead shells are washed up, most

of which have not been found in a sufficiently good state to put in

the cabinet or include in the List.

LIinja.—Dredging has been done on several occasions at and near

the anchorage here, close in to the boat harbour, in 4 fathoms. The

bottom is hard coarse sand, amongst which are many minute

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THD PERSIAN GULF. 341

species. Further off the shore, in deeper water, the bottom is soft

black mud, from which several interesting specimens have been

obtained, as will be seen from the List.

Gais (or Kais) Island.—An oval-shaped island, about 8 miles

east and west by 4 north and south, low-lying, and chiefly

composed of dead coral and sandstone. Dredging has been done

on the north with little or no success, the bottom from 20 to 8

fathoms being hard muddy sand, with loose rocks. On the south

side very good results have been obtained, the coarse coral-sand

which seems to extend all along the south side of the island,

from 15 to 10 fathoms, being particularly rich in many forms,

as is also the muddy sand. Stones and living coral are found close

in, in 5 to 10 fathoms.

Hindarabi and Shaikh Shuaib Islands.—The former in shape

and formation very like Gais, only much smaller, being only 4 miles

east and west and 2 north and south. The latter is consider-

ably larger than either Gais or Hindarabi, being about 13 miles

east and west and 23 north and south, though otherwise much

the same. Dredging has been done round both these islands, and

the bottom found to be similar to that round Gais, the same species

being common to all these.

The inhabitants of both Gais and Shaikh Shuaib send a good

many boats to the pearl-fishery on the Arabian side of the Gulf.

Pearl-diving is also done somewhere close to the island, but the

exact spot where the pearl-oysters are to be found appears to be

kept secret by the inhabitants. It seems to have been a custom

formerly to land quantities of oysters near the villages, when the

women opened and examined them for pearls. About 12 years

ago I saw them doing this near the village of Laz, on Shaikh

Shuaib Island ; and two years later landed and examined the heaps

of empty shells and refuse, amongst which were great numbers of

Cyprea lentiginosa, C. turdus,and C. fimbriata. I have visited the

same place on several occasions since, but there did not appear to

be any fresh heaps of shells. At Gais Island no opportunity has yet

offered of landing to examine the shell-heaps, which are known to

be there, as when steaming close past the south side of the island

a couple of years ago, with a telescope the women were clearly

to be seen at work, opening oysters.

Bushire.—The bottom at the anchorage here is soft mud, a little

of which has at different times been sifted and found to contain

many minute species of shells, most, if not all, of which have been

found at other places in similar kind of mud.

Rishire (or Reshire).—This is the place where the Government

cables land, and is situated about 8 miles south of the Bushire

anchorage; the bottom is the same as at that place, similar species

being obtained from it.

Government Cables,—The single cable between Rishire and Fao is

mostly laid in 30 to 20 fathoms, on a soft black-mud bottom, and

when picked up for repairs in more than 10 fathoms of water it is

invariably found to be thickly coated with shell and weed growth ;

immense quantities of oysters are found on any part that has been

342 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

immersed more than 3 or 4 years, the common species being

O. imbricata Lam. From Rishire to Jask the two cables are in 30

to 50 fathoms, bottom mostly blue mud, the shell and weed growth

being considerable in most places where they have been laid any

length of time, but only off Mussandam is it as great as on the Fao

cable. The original Persian Gulf cable, which was condemned in

1885, was picked up as opportunity offered during the next few years,

200 or 300 miles being recovered after I joined the Department in

1887. Unfortunately I took no interest in shells at that time, for

there has never been such a good opportunity for a collector since

the old cable was allremoved. ‘'T'wo miles an hour is the maximum

speed at which the cable is wound in, and when recovering this

old cable it often took 6 and 8 men, working as hard as they

could, to shovel the shells and weed overboard as it came in. In

recovering one length of about 20 knots, hundreds of the very

pretty Latiaais diadema Sowb. came in, and I saved some on account

of their beauty to give away, and when I commenced to collect

for myself I found I still had a couple of specimens. Since that

time not a single example has been procured.

There does not seem to be anything more of interest to say about

the places where collecting has been done, but any one wishing

further information on the Gulf generally, might find all they want

in the ‘ Persian Gulf Pilot,’ an Admiralty publication, which can be

obtained from J. D. Porter, 11 King Street, Tower Hill, London.

F. W. TownsEnD.

Mr. B. T. Ffinch, C.1.E., Director General of Indian Telegraphs,

Captain W. A. Tindall of the s.s. ‘ Patrick Stewart,’ Mr. Julian

Adrian O’Maley, of the same ship, and other friends of

Mr. Townsend, have aided him in his researches by all means in

their power ; and we are requested by him to say that had it not

been for the kindness especially of Captain Tindall, ably seconded

by all his officers and crew, much would have been left undone,

notably the deep soundings and dredgings in the Gulf of Oman.

We would take this opportunity ourselves of thanking Mr.

Townsend for all the care and zeal bestowed by him in the col-

lecting and preserving of his collections, it is, indeed, but rarely

that they come to hand in such perfect order. And we must also

record our indebtedness for advice and assistance to Mr. W. T.

Blanford, F.R.S., Mr. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.8., Mr. Hugh Fulton,

Mr. G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., Mr. Alexander Abercrombie, Com-

mander Shopland, R.I.M., Mr. W. E. Hoyle, F.R.S.E., Mr. W.

Neville Sturt, the Rev. Professor Gwatkin, D.D., and Mr. E. R.

Sykes, F.Z.8. Nor must we forget Mr. Stephen Pace, who examined

with much care the whole of the Columbellide, and gave us the

benefit of his wide experience in the arrangement of this difficult

family, which we have followed implicitly. We are also obliged

to Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F.Z.S., for information on one or two

points of nomenclature.

Regarding the Classification adopted in this Catalogue, we have

relied on the generic sequence proposed by P. Pelseneer in his

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 343

“Introduction & l’étude des Mollusques’', and likewise referred

often to P. Fischer’s ‘ Manuel de Conchyliologie,’ 1887. For the

characters of the species we have to some extent followed Tryon’s

‘Manual of Mollusca,’ so admirably continued by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry,

but we have at all times allowed our own views fair latitude.

_ Economy of space being imperative we have, excepting in a

few isolated instances, omitted all synonymy, but have endeavoured

m every case to give the name sanctioned by the laws of priority.

CATALOGUE OF THE SPECIES.

CEPHALOPODA.

Order DIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder OCTOPODAs

Fam. ARGONAUTIDA.

ARGONAUTA HIANS Soland.

P.S. North beach of Henjam Island.

GASTROPODA.

Order PROSOBRANCHIATA.

Suborder i. DIOTOCARDIA.

(a) DocoGeLossa.

Fam. PAareLLipz.

ParpLLa (SCUTELLARIA) PICA Reeve.

M.C. Not very frequent, but no special locality given.

HeLcroniscus tastupinartius (L.); Dall, 1871.

Patella testudinaria L. Syst. Nat. x. p. 783.

M.C.

HELCIONISCUS NOVEM-RADIATUS Q. & G. (Patella).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), as Patella aster Reeve.

(6) RHIPIDOGLOSSA,

Sect. i. Zygobranchiata.

Fam, FissuRBLLID”,

GLYPHIS BOMBAYANA (Sowb.). (/isswrella Lam. in pt.)

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

' Mém. Soc. Malacol. Belg. xxvii. (1892) pp. 31-243, and (1894) as a

separate publication.

344 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

GLYPHIS FUNICULATA (Reeve).

P.G. Bushire.

M.C. Gwadur. Charbar. 3 fathoms, sand.

I. Karachi, mouth of the Indus.

Var. indusica Rve.

Var. dactylon Rve.

I. Karachi. Both these varieties collected by the late

Major Baker.

GLYPHIS JUKESII (Reeve).

Fissurella jukesit Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 45, 1849.

Fissurella fimbriata Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 104, 1850.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Mason Shoals, Jask.

M.C. Ormara Bay.

This is identified without much doubt as identical with a well-

known Australian species.

GLYPHIS LIMA (Sowb.).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

GLYPHIS RUPPHLLII (Sowb.).

M.C.

GLYPHIS SALHBROSA (Reeve).

I. Karachi, particularly near the mouth of R. Indus.

GLYPHIS SUBROSTRATA (Gray).

M.C. The type came from St. Vincent. Identified with a

little doubt.

GLYPHIS TENUISTRIATA (Sowb.).

P.G. On the telegraph-cabls.

GLYPHIS TOWNSENDI (Meir.)

I. Karachi.

Allied to G. corbicula Sowb.

Fam. EMARGINULID2.

EMARGINULA ELONGATA Costa.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

A Mediterranean and Atlantic species, seemingly very widely

distributed.

EMARGINULA RADIATA Gould.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

An Australian form.

SUBEMARGINULA NoTATA (L.).

Clypidina notata Ad. P. Z. 8. 1851, p. 87.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie).

The West Indian habitat is probably erroneous.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 345

RIMULA PROPINQUA A. Ad.

P.G. (W. 7. Blanford).

Scurus uneuis (L.).

P.G. & M.C. Fairly general.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). On muddy rocks and under stones ;

extending south to Ratnagiri, Goa, and Panjim (Zt.-Col. H. D.

Olivier).

Fam. HaioripE2.

HALiorTis RUFESCENS Sowb.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), rare, extending southwards to Ceylon.

Sect ii. Azygobranchiata.

Fam. STOMATELLID®.

STOMATELLA ELEGANS Gray.

I. Karachi. Found under rocks at low tide.

STOMATELLA IMBRICATA Lam.

I. Karachi.

STOMATELLA SULCIFERA Lam.

I. Karachi. Both these last occur in Col. Baker’s list.

STOMATIA DUPLICATA Sowb.

P.G. Gais (or Kais) Island, 10 fathoms. Gulf of Oman,

Maskat, 10-15 fathoms, coral-sand.

M.C. Charbar. Dead shells only, but fine and large.

SToMATIA PHYMOTIS Helbl.

I. Karachi.

Fam. CYcLOsSTREMATID 2.

CYCLOSTREMA CARINATUM H. Ad.

Hab. P.G. Lat. 26° 44’, long. 52° 30’. On telegraph-cable,

40 fathoms, sand and mud.

Differs from its congeners in greater solidity and incrassate

spiral ribs. It is, however, undoubtedly very akin to C. cingu-

liferum A. Ad., from Japan and the Philippines; this latter species,

judging from our examples, showing generally less boldness in

sculpture.

CYCLOSTREMA CINGULATUM Dkr.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 23' N., long. 54° 55’ E.

25 fathoms, sand.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CYCLOSTREMA CINGULIFERUM A. Ad.

L. Karachi.

346 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

CYCLOSTREMA EBURNEUM Neyill.

P.G. Bushire, Rishire, Kishen Island.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, sand and mud.

Assuming our identification to be correct, we fail to appreciate

the real distinctness of this species, described by Nevill from the

Bay of Bengal, from the original type of the genus, C. cancellatum,

as founded by the late Captain Marryat ', Trans. Linn. Soe. 1818,

vol. xii. p. 338.

CyYcLosTREMA mMiIcANS A. Ad.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), under name Liotia pul-

chella Dkr.

CYCLOSTREMA OCRINIUM*, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)

C. testa umbilicata, alba, delicata; anfractibus quatuor, quorum

apicalis vitreus, mamillatus, ad apicem ipsum depressus, apud

suturas paullum canaliculatis et excavatis, longitudinaliter

arctissime et pulcherrime costulatis, costulis angulatis, ad

angulos gemmulatis, ultimo anfractu quinque-angulato, simul ac

circa regionem umbilicarem fortiter spiraliter angulatum gemmu-

lifero, deinde costulis longitudinalibus in umbilicum ipsum

descendentibus; apertura circulari, alba ; peristomate extus 7-8-

crenulato, continuo ; margine columellart parum versus umbilicum

extenso, nitido, albo. ;

Alt. 2, diam. 3 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, lat. 25° 44’ N., long. 52° 30’ E.; on tele-

graph-cable, at 40 fathoms, mud and sand.

This exquisite and very delicate Cyclostrema is slightly com-

parable with C. anaglyptum A. Ad., from Japan, but is smaller,

not so conical, and destitute of spiral ribs. The longitudinal rib-

lets are very close and fine, say 26 in number on the basal whorl,

five-angled, that surrounding the umbilicus at the base being the

strongest and most conspicuous. Regular rows of shining

gemmeze on the costule at the point of the angular projections

take the place of spiral lire; the interstices are plain, vitreous-

white; mouth circular, peristome continuous, outer lip crenulate ;

columellar margin not reflexed over the umbilicus, which is deep

and conspicuous.

CYCLOSTREMA QUADRICARINATUM, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)

C. testa depressa, straminea, umbilicata, solidula; anfractibus 3},

apicali depressulo, vitreo, ceteris longitudinaliter undique

arctissime sub lente tenuistriatis, ultimo rapide accrescente, acute

quadricarinato ; peristomate extus secangulato, inerassato, con-

tinuo ; operculo corneo, multispirali.

Alt. 1, diam. 2°25 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 55° 56’ E.

225 fathoms, sand and mud.

1 Captain Francis Marryat, R.N., the famous novelist, only known to have

described one other species— Mitra zonata, from the Mediterranean.

2 Oxpts, a projection.

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULE. 347

Highly sculptured, the angle minute, the whorls being 34, the

upper small, the body-whorl larger in proportion, four-keeled, the

caring acute. With the aid of a lens the surface is seen to be

longitudinally extremely shagreened or striate. The peristome is

continuous, six-angled externally, aperture round. The operculum

is present, horny and multispiral. The nearest ally, C. tr-

carinaium Smith, from W. Africa, we have compared with our

species. There is some affinity, but, as its name implies, that

species is but three-angled and is likewise radiately lirate.

CYCLOSTREMA SOLARIELLUM Mely.

P.G. Fao. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 23' N.,

long. 54° 55' EK. 25 fathoms, mud; with C. cingulatum but much

more frequent.

I. Karachi, fine and large. Bombay (Abercrombie), only worn

examples, from one of which the type was described in 1893.

This species has the aspect of a small Torinia, and by some

malacologists would perhaps be relegated to that genus. We

await examination of the soft parts and operculum before deciding.

CycLostreMa (DARoniA) SUBDISJUNCTUM Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms, muddy sand and

loose stones. Always local, the range is wide, extending from

the North Arabian Sea, through Ceylon, to the Andaman Isles

(G. H. Booley).

Fam. Liorimp”.

LIOTIA CIDARIS Reeve.

I. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

Fam. TROCHID#.

TROCHUS BICINCTUS Phil.

M.C. Charbar. 3 to 7 fathoms, sand.

We cannot satisfactorily locate this species.

Trocuvs (INFUNDIBULUM) ERYTHR#ZUS Brocchi.

Var. persica Fisch., J. de Conch. xxxix. p. 226, 1891.

P.G. Linjah. 3} fathoms. Noted by M. I. Houssay in the

Gulf.

M.C. Charbar.

Trocnus (INFUNDIBULUM) ruLToONI Mely.

P.G. At the entrance to the Gulf proper through the Gulf of

Oman.

Trocnus (INFUNDIBULUM) KorscHy1 Phil.

P.G. Noted as abundant at Bushire by M. Houssay.

Trocius (INFUNDIBULUM) RADIATUS Ginel.

P.G., M.C. Common and generally distributed on rocks at low

tide. Dredged mostly young.

I. Bombay, abundant (Abercrombie), where T. incrassatus

348 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Lam. probably also occurs. Also near Goa and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H.

D. Olwier).

TROCHUS (BELANGERTA) SCABROSUS Phil.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms ; coral-sand.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CLANCULUS ATROPURPUREUS Gould.

M.C. Very local.

CLANCULUS CEYLANICUS Nevill.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CLANCULUS DpePictus A. Ad.

I. Karachi (/. W. 7. § J. O. Twells). On rocks at low tide.

Bombay (Abercrombie). Near Goa and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D.

Olivier).

There seems close affinity between this species and Belangeria

scabrosa Phil.

CLANCULUS MioropON A. Ad.

M.C. Generally found on rocks from low-tide mark to

7 fathoms. This species extends to the Andaman Isles (Booley).

CLANCULUS PHARAONIUS L.

M.C.

lts headquarters are Erythrean.

Monoponta LABio L.

I. Karachi (W. C. Carphin).

Mownoponta VeRMICULATA Fisch.

I. Karachi. Abundant on rocks at half-tide. Reported by

Pilsbry (Man. Conch. xi. p. 90) from Maskat, but not found there

yet by Townsend.

Widely distributed ; South and East African.

THALOTIA BELUCHISTANA Mely.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, rock.

Might almost, with equal reason, be by some considered a

Calliostoma,

CANTHARIDUS KorscHYI Phil.

M.C. Dead examples only.

I. Karachi (W. C. Carphin).

GiBBULA DECLIVIS Forsk.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 7 to 10 fathoms; coral-sand

and stone bottom.

GIBBULA FANULOLDES Fisch.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

10 fathoms; coral-sand and stone. Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57°

59' E. 37 fathoms, sand and mud.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 349

GIBBULA PULCHERRIMA A. Ad.

M.C. A superb example.

Forskalia H. & A. Ad. is now entirely submerged in Gibbula

Risso,

GrppuLa (CANTHARIDELLA) PHEDRA Melly.

M.C. Charbar Point. 7 fathoms.

Allied to the Ceylonese G. stoliezkana G. Nevill.

Greputa (ENIDA) TOWNSENDI Sowb.

M.C. Generally distributed, and locally abundant.

MonILBA ASTOLENSIS Melv., nom. emend.

M.C. Astola I.

By a clerical error this species was described (Mem. Manch.

Soe. vol. xli. No. 7, p. 15) as astrelabensis with locality “ Astrolabe

Island.” We submit that the law of priority does not insist

on the perpetuation of so evident a “ lapsus calami.”

Monte CALuirera Lam.

Var. masoni Neyill.

M.C.

Monruea swarnsont A. Ad.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

PRIOTROCHUS SEPULCHRALIS Melv.

P.G. Kais Island. 7-14 fathoms, coral-sand. Gulf of Oman,

Maskat, 10 fathoms. The first examples procured were dredged

in a semi-fossilized condition ; hence the specific name.

I. Karachi.

MINOLIA BIANGULOSA A. Ad.

P.G. Henjam Island, 15 fathoms.

MIno.uia crimacota Melv.

M.C. Charbar.

J. Karachi.

At 7 fathoms, muddy sand. Many very beautiful varieties occur,

Mrvyorta nupELt Desh.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall),

MINOLIA GILVOSPLENDENS Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ BE.

37 fathoms, sand and mud.

The type was described (Journ. of Conch. vi. p. 407, pl. ii. fig. 8)

from the Philippine Islands, based upon specimens formerly in the

collection of the late Mr. T. Lombe Taylor.

MINouia GRADATA Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, Jask. 2 fathoms, mud.

M.C. Charbar.

350 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

MINOLIA NEDYMA Mely.

P.G. Off anchor, Bunder-Abbas. Gulf of Oman, Jask,

26 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi.

Mrvnorta (ConorrocHus) HOLDSWORTHIANA G. & H. Neyill.

Minolia (Conotrochus) holdsworthiana G. & H. Nevill, Journ.

Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1871, p. 3, pl. i. fig. 18.

Minoha variabilis A, Ad. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 207, pl. xxiii. fig. 10.

P.G. Rishire, Gulf of Oman (W. 7. Blanford), abundantly.

I. Karachi. In mud, 3 to 7 fathoms, rarely.

CaLLIosTOMA FRAGUM Phil. (Zizyphinus Leach).

P.G. Galig Island. At low tide, alive.

M.C. Off Charbar. On rocks at 7 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Rock and sandy mud at 3 fathoms.

CALLIOSTOMA FUNICULARE Mely.

P.G. On cable, lat. 27° N., long. 52° E. Amongst shell-

growth, 30-50 fathoms, mud.

CALLIOSTOMA LAUGIERI Payr.

P.G. No special locality mentioned. The two examples we ~

have seen are somewhat narrower than the Mediterranean species.

It is hoped that more material will be shortly forthcoming.

CALLIOSTOMA POLYCHROMA A. Ad.

P.G. Hindarabi Island.

CALLIOSTOMA SCOBINATUM A. Ad.

I. Bombay, where it is apparently endemic (Abercrombie).

EvucHELUS ASPHR Gmel. (Aradasia Gray).

I. Karachi. Found in quantity amongst muddy rocks at low

tide. Bombay to Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

EUCHELUS ATRATUS Gmel.

I. Karachi.

EvcHELUS cLATHRATUS H. Ad.

I. Karachi. Rare.

EvucHELUS FOVEOLATUS A. Ad.

Var. angulatus Pease.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms.

I. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

1 @. duricastellum Melvill, Mem. Manch. Soc. vol. xlii. pt. 2, p. 26, pl. i.

fig. 14, described from specimens in F. W. Townsend’s collection, was only

obtained by Captain Tindall at Batticaloa, Ceylon, far south of our limit.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 351

EUcHELUs HORRIDUS Phil.

M.C. I. Karachi.

Eucuetvus rnpicts A. Ad.

I. Bombay. Abundant (Abercrombie). Goa (Lieut.-Col. H. D.

Olivier).

EUCHELUS PERSICUS v. Mart.

P.G. Bunder-Abbas (1/. F. Houssay).

I. Karachi (W. C. Carphin).

Nearly allied to #. atratus Gm.

EvcHetts proximus A. Ad.

I. Karachi. At 5 fathoms, hard muddy sand.

EVUCHELUS QUADRICARINATUS Chemn.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Turcica (Purrinia) stecnata A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms, alive.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, dead examples only.

Umsonium vustiarium L. (Rotella Lam.).

P.G. Bunder-Abbas (M/. F. Houssay).

M.C. Abundant.

I. Karachi (W. C. Carphin). Bombay (Abercrombie), in count-

less thousands, possessing all the shades of colour, variety, and

differentiation in marking. Bassein and Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D.

Olivier).

Var. depressa Ad. (sp.).

I. Karachi. Inseparable specifically from the type.

ErHabia CARNEOLATA Melly.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Is. 10 fathoms, coral-sand. Gulf of

Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms.

ETHALIA MINOLINA Melly.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. At 10 fathoms, muddy and

coral-sand. Much rarer than £. carneolata.

ISANDA CRENELLIFERA A. Ad.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

For some information about this species and its allies, cf. Journ.

Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. pp. 177, 178.

Fam. TurBInip2.

PHASIANELLA BLACHISTA Mely., nom. nov.

Phasianella minima Mely. P. Malac. Soc. Lond. ii. p. 115, non

Phil.

P.G. Bushire. Off anchor, Bunder-Abbas.

I. Karachi. Abundant, found amongst muddy stones in

shoal-water. Bombay (Abercrombie).

352 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

The name originally propounded is antedated by P. minima

Phil., from the Peruvian coast.

PHASIANELLA VARIEGATA Lam.

M.C. Generally, from 3 to 7 fathoms, mud.

Var. nivosa Reeve (sp.).

M.C. Charbar. Ormara Bay.

I. Karachi.

Usually found from 3 to 7 fathoms, sand and mud. Young

shells abound on dredged algz.

TurBo CoRoNATUS Gmel.

I. Karachi. On rocks at half-tide.

Several interesting embryonic examples occurred, all distinctly

and prominently angled at the periphery.

TURBO INTHRCOSTALIS Menke (= elegans Phil.).

I. Karachi, on rocks at low tide. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TURBO RADIATUS Gmel.

P.G. On coral-reefs that were uncovered at low tide.

M.C. On rocks at low water.

The form T. chemnitzianus Reeve (sp.) occurs at I., Karachi,

the three transverse spiny ridges on the body-whorl being charac-

teristic. 7. ticaonicus Reeve, a species common farther east, has,

we think on insufficient data, also been recorded from Karachi.

ASTRALIUM STELLATUM Gmel.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

LEPTOTHYRA FILIFERA Desh.

M.C. Charbar beach.

LeprorHyRa L2TA Montr.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45' E.

This may possibly be an undescribed species near the New

Caledonian Z. leta, being more finely striate. It is of a fine

uniform pink colour externally.

LeprorHyra PrnunA Dunker.

I. Karachi.

Another species may likewise occur, a specimen not quite

referable to either of the preceding species having been recently

forwarded from the Persian Gulf. This may possibly be identical

with LZ. yemenensis Mely., from Aden (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,

vol. i. p. 201, pl. xii. fig. 7).

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 303

Fam. NERITIDA.

NERITA ALBICILLA L,

I. Karachi. Upon rocks at half-tide. Bombay (Abercrombie) ;

southwards to Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

NERITA CHAMELEON L.

Var. arabica Reeve (sp.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Upon rocks at half-tide.

Var. quadricolor Gmel. (sp.).

I. Bombay.

Nerira Lonet Récluz.

I. Karachi, at half-tide. Recorded likewise from Bombay,

where, however, Mr. A. Abercrombie did not succeed in procuring

it.

NERITA ORYZARUM Reécluz.

I. Bombay, very abundant (Abercrombie).

Nerira PLEXA Chemn.

M.C. On rocks at high-water mark, generally distributed ; I

have also found them above high-water mark, where they could

only possibly be reached by spray (/. W. 7.).

I. Karachi.

Norira (Pina) curysosroma Récluz.

I. Karachi, at half-tide.

Nerita (Opontostoma) pourra L.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie); not reported as yet farther north.

Nenita (HemrInerita) anoponta Melly.

I. Karachi (J. O. Twells per G. B. Sowerby).

Neririva (Dosri1a) CREPIDULARIA Lam.

I. Karachi (var. depressa). Bombay (Abercrombie; Olivier).

Though, properly speaking, an inhabitant of brackish waters, it

is so frequently found on the sea-shore, especially at the mouths of

rivers, that it is not out of place to include it in a list of Marine

Mollusca.

Suborder ii. MONOTOCARDIA.

(a) PrBNOGLOSSA.,

Fam. [ANTHINIDA.

JANTHINA FRAGILIS Lam.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TANTHINA GLOBOSA Swains.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat, particularly large and fine.

[. This is probably the species undifferentiated by Mr. Aber-

crombie, as occurring at Bombay with J. fragilis Lam, (communis

Lam.).

Proc, Zoo, Soo.—1901, Vou. Il. No. XXIII. 23

304 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

RECLUZIA ROLLANDIANA Petit.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). A rare species.

Fam. ScaLip2,

ScaLa ALATA Sowb. (Scalaria Lam.).

P.G. Galig I., at low tide.

M.C. Charbar.

ScaLA CLEMENTINA Grat.

I. Karachi. At 3 to 7 fathoms, amongst loose rocks and

sandy mud.

ScaLa CONFUSA Sm.

M.C. On the borderland towards I., 10 to 25 miles W. of

Karachi.

ScaLA GLABRATA Hinds.

P.G. Gais (or Kais) Island. 14 fathoms.

Near the better-known S. maculosa, Ad. & Rve., from which it

differs in the smooth and continuous lamelle which are never

angled nor uncinate below the sutures.

ScaALA IRREGULARIS Sowb.

M.C. Gwadtr. 2fathoms, hard mud.

ScaLa LAxATA Sowb.

P.G. Gais (or Kais) Island. 14 fathoms, amongst broken

coral, much rarer than S. glabrata which occurred with it.

ScaLa LINEOLATA Sowb.

M.C. Fairly general.

I. Near Karachi. 5 fathoms, muddy sand.

Scata MacuLosa Ad. & Rve.

P.G. Gais (or Kais) Island. 14 fathoms, amongst broken

coral.

ScaLA PALLASI Sowb.

I. Karachi; no full-grown examples occurring.

ScaLA PRETIOSA Lam.

P.G. No special locality given, at 26 fathoms, mud.

M.C. Fairly general, 3 to 7 fathoms, amongst loose rocks and

muddy sand. At Ormara, a fine dead specimen found measures

132 x 1 im.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), rare.

ScALA REPLICATA Sowb.

P.G. Lat. 26° 50’ N., long. 52° 50’ E. 29 fathoms, mud,

Off Jask Point. 8 fathoms, mud.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 355

Socata (CLATHRUS) ACULEATA Sowb.

I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, muddy stones. Common at Bombay.

Socata (CLATHRUS) CLATHRUS L.

M.C. Charbar.

Scata (CLaTHRUS) GLORIOLA, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 6.)

S. testa ovato-fusiformi, imperforata, tenui, delicata, alba ; anfracti-

bus 9, quorum apicales duo, leves, subpellucidi, ceteris turritis,

apud suturas impressis, longitudinaliter aretissime et tenuissime

lamellatis, lamellis papyraceis, fragilibus, undique serrulato-

uncigeris, unculis acutis, paullum incurvis, albis, nitidis, circa

novem ad undectm apud anfractus ultimis lamellas, lamellis ipsis

in eodem anfractu septem et viginti, interstitiis omnium anfrac-

tuum spiraliter quadrato-cancellatis ; apertura rotunda, labro

extus serrulato, uncinato, planato, incrassato ; peristomate fere

continuo.

Long. 8, lat. 3°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 75 fathoms.

One of the most truly exquisite of the genus, renowned though

it already be for forms of surpassing beauty, albeit S. gloriola is but

of small dimensions. But few of its congeners have their lamelle

so thickly disposed nor with such elaboration of sculpture, the

serrulations being regular though extremely fragile and deciduous.

The body-whorl possesses 27 lamelle, and each of these, in turn,

from 9 to 11 hooked serrulations. Five minute cancille give a

quadrate appearance to the narrow interstices when viewed with

agood lens. The aperture is round, peristome almost continuous;

outer lip flattened, shining, incrassate, beautifully serrulate

exteriorly.

S. echinicosta d’Orb., from the West Indies, would appear to be

allied, though not very nearly.

Scata (CLATHRUS) MALCOLMENSIS Melly.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), 24

fathoms.

The winged, expanded lamelle to some extent resemble those of

S. (Opalia) diane Hinds, from Amboyna; but notwithstanding this,

being more comparable in other particulars with S. (Clathrus)

muricata Risso, from the Mediterranean, it is best, at all events

provisionally, to place it near this last species.

Scata (CLATHRUS) OVALIS Sowb.

I. Bombay (Abercromlie). Identified with but little doubt, but

worn examples only found.

Soaa (CLATHRUS) PHILLIPPINARUM Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Jask, dead examples dredged at

7 fathoms,

23*

356 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

ScatLa (OPALIA) LAMELLOSA Lam.

Scalaria clathrus L. Syst. Nat. xii. 1769, 1237.

M.C. Charbar, and other localities, not infrequent.

Var. pseudoscalaris Brocchi.

I. Karachi. Among seaweed, low-tide mark.

We cannot separate this variety from Brocchi’s Mediterranean

species.

Scata (Opatia) consors Crosse & Fischer.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Some little doubt attaches to this name, the type being Australian,

but S. perplewa Pease seems identical ; this last is merged by Tryon

(Man. Conch. ix. p. 74) into a variety of S. lamellosa Lam., and

it would be perhaps best to treat S. consors likewise as subspecific ©

only.

Scata (Am#a) RARICostaTA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. From 10 fathoms, coral-sand.

Small, but quite adult, examples.

Socata (CIRSOTREMA) CRASSILABRUM Sowb.

M.C. Charbar.

Scana (CrRSOTREMA) FIMBRIOLATA Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Two off Maskat, 10 fathoms, black mud.

One of these, constituting the most elegant and refined, perhaps,

of all the Mollusca collected by Mr. Townsend, is 52 mm. in length.

The whorls are not nearly so ventricose as in decussata Kien., and

the lamellez more delicately fringed.

I. Karachi. Small, and not fully grown.

Socata (CrRSOTREMA) HIDRYMA Melly.

I. Karachi.

Scata (CIRSOTREMA)-KIENERI Tapp.-Canefri.

Scalaria (Cirsotrema) decussata Kien.

I. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

Scata (AcRILLA) acuMINATA Sowb.

I. Karachi, 15 fathoms, very rare. Bombay (Abercrombie),

not infrequent, but fragmentary, in shell-sand.

Scata (ACRILLA) MINOR Sowb.

Scalaria (Acrilla) gracilis A. Ad. non Sowb.

M.C. Charbar, 5 fathoms, mud. In colour of a darker brown

than is typical, lamellze more distant and fewer in number.

I. Karachi, 3 fathoms, among muddy stones.

Scaa (CONSTANTIA) STANDENI Mely.

I, Karachi, Also in lat. 18°58’ N., long. 71°45’ E. 40 fathoms,

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 357

Eeuista Lepromita Mely. & Sykes.

Turritella leptomita Mely. & Sykes, Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. vol. ii.

pe lv.

P.G. Linjah, 33 fathoms.

The extremes seem distinct from Z. tricarinata Ad. & Rve., but

the species is evidently, though rare, very widely distributed, and

intermediates may, in time, be found to occur.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45' E. 40 fathoms.

ACLIS ? ATEMELES Melr.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Itseems doubtful whether this species be rightly relegated to

this genus. From the description, it might be nearer allied to

Onoba. Unfortunately, the type having been accidently broken,

the question is not easily cleared up.

ACLIS CALOTROPIS’, sp, n. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.)

A. testa minuta, attenuato-fusiformi, gracili, pellucente, tenut,

nitida ; anfractibus 10, quorum duo apicales manullata, vitre,

simplices, ceteris nitidis, levibus, spiraliter tornatis, obscure

hratis, apud medium conspicue acuticarinatis, ultimo anfractu

paullulum producto, versus basim spiraliter lirato ; apertura

ovata; labro tenwi, ad basim angulato ; columella recta, producta.

Long. 3, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman; lat. 24° 05' N., long. 57° 35! E. 205

fathoms.

A very delicate species, vitreous, 10-whorled, delicately spirally

lirate ; the lire distant, few, and conspicuously once acutely keeled

at the centre of each whorl; the last whorl is slightly prolonged ;

mouth ovate, lip thin; columella produced, causing a slight angular

projection at the base of the lip.

ACLIS ENILDA, sp.n, (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)

A. testa pergracili, delicata, subvitrea; anfractibus 12, quorum

apicales tres, laves, vitrei, ceterrs ventricosis, apud suturas

multum imnpressis, nitidis, undique spiraliter arcte et requlariter

liratis, liris filosis, albidis, pellucentibus ; apertura rotunda ;

labro effuso, tenui ; columella fere recta.

Long. 8, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

A peculiarly refined and exquisite shell, allied in form to A.

loveniana A. Ad. from Japan, but abundantly distinct. It is not

unlike a small Twurritella, being twelve-whorled, including three

apical smooth and vitreous, the remaining nine being ventricose,

much impressed at the sutures, uniformly closely spirally lirate, the

lire threaded, subpellucid; mouth rounded, outer lip thin, effuse;

columella almost straight.

' cadérpoms, with beautiful keel.

308 MESSRS, MELVILL AND SIANDEN ON [June 18,

Acuis £04 Melv.

Tt. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Has likewise occurred at Madras, vide J. of Conch. ix. p. 75.

(6) THNIOGLOSSA.

Sect. i. Platypoda.

Fam. Naticip2.

NATICA ALA PAPILIONIS Ch. (=J. teniata Menke).

P.G. Henjam Island. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, 15 fathoms.

Jask, 3-5 fathoms.

M.C. East of Jask, not infrequent.

Natica ANTONI Phil.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. 5 fathoms.

M.C. Between Gwadir and Charbar (Mr. J. O. Twells).

NATICA BURIASENSIS Récluz.

P.G. Bahrein I.

NaTICA DILLWYNI Payr.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Jask beach, at very low tides only.

Navica EuzONA Phil.

P.G. Very rarely, on telegraph-cable.

Tryon (Man. Conch. viii. p. 22) considers this a variety of picta

Récluz.

Natioa tinnata Lam.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie); extending southwards

(Zt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Natrica MacuLosa Lam.

I. Bombay (Abererombie; Olivier). Karachi; 3-7 fathoms,

muddy sand.

Natica ponsonBy!I Mely.

P.G. Linjah, 33 fathoms. Maskat, 15 fathoms.

I. Karachi.

Dredged also by Captain Tindall off Ceylon, near Batticaloa.

NATICA PULICARIS Phil.

M.G. Generally 3-7 fathoms, sandy mud.

I. Karachi; adult specimens of a smaller variety. Bombay

(Abercrombie).

NATICA QUEKETTI Sowb.

P.G. Henjam Island. I. Karachi.

The type is South African.

Narica RuFA Born.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 359

NatIca STRONGYLA Mely.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. Kais (or Gais) Island. Hindarabi I.

Usually about 7-10 fathoms, on coral-sand bottom. Extends to

the Andamans (Booley).

NavIca TRAILLII Reeve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, 15 fathoms. I. Karachi.

Natioa (HUNATICA) TRANQUILLA, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.)

N. testa globosa, nitida, solidiuscula, apud umbilicum albo-callosa,

umbilico angusto, profunde perforato; anfractibus, apicali incluso,

sex, perlevibus, ventricosulis, apud suturas paullulum excavatis,

pallide albo-cinereis, obscurissime castaneo-vittatis vel fasciatis,

ultimo anfractu rapide acerescente, omnino levi, fascia central

castanea circa regionem umbilicarem pulchre et regulariter

sagittifera ; apertura ovata, castaneo-tincta ; labro, precipue

circa columellam, albo-calloso, nitido ; operculo albo, nitido,

centraliter levissimo, fortiter marginato, nucleo centralr.

Alt. 11, diam.13 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms.

This Natica differs from all forms of the protean and widely

distributed WV. marochiensis Gmel., with which Tryon (Man. Conch.

vol, viii. p. 22) has merged nearly thirty so-called species, in its

perfectly smooth surface at the sutures, nor trace of any plications

being visible. Likewise the operculum is peculiar; the strong

marginal ridge not being present in marochiensis, which is com-

pletely smooth throughout. We may add, that we consider the

operculum an important factor in the differentiation of, at allevents,

the typical section of this dificult genus, so many species of which

are very nearly allied.

Natica (NEVmERITA) DIDYMA Bolten (NV. ampla Phil.).

M.C, Generally distributed.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), and southwards (Lt.-Col.

H, D., Olivier).

Usually found from low tide to 3 fathoms, mud and hard sand.

Narioa (MamMaA) ALBUMEN L.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45' E. 40 fathoms. A semi-

pellucid variety.

Natica (MAMMA) cuminerana Récluz.

P.G. Henjam Island. 10 fathoms, sandy mud.

Mr. Townsend notes as a curious fact that his single specimen,

though alive when dredged, was destitute of an operculum.

Tryon unites this with NV. powisiana Récluz.

Narioa (Mamma) Mamitya L,

P.G. Gulf of Oman,M askat.

M.C. Occurs generally from low-tide mark to 10 fathoms, on

muddy sand,

The above localities include records for N. pyriformis Récluz,

which seems hardly even a variety.

I. Bassein. Bombay; common southwards (Lt.-Col, H. D. Olivier).

360 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON | June 18,

Natica (MaMILLA) MELANOSTOMA Gmel.

Var. fibrosa Souleyet.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 24 fathoms, mud.

Var. zanzibarica Récluz.

M.C. No special locality mentioned.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SIGARDTUS CUVIERIANUS Récluz.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

S!GARETUS NERITOIDEUS L.

I. Karachi.

SIGARETUS PLANULATUS Récluz.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SIGARETUS (HUNATICINA) FIBULA Rve.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SIGAREDUS (HUNATICINA) PAPILLA Gmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask.

M.C. East of Jask to Charbar.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SIGARETUS (HUNATICINA) PELLUCIDUS Rve.

P.G. Kais Island. 14 fathoms, among broken shells and coral,

sand.

SigaREtus (Hunaricina) POMATIBLLA Melly.

Naticina pomatiella Mely. Mem. Manch. Soc. vii. p. 62.

P.G. Linjah, 33 fathoms.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Was dredged off Ceylonese coast (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

Fam. TRICHOTROPIDZ.

TRICHOTROPIS TOWNSENDI, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 7.)

T. testa parva, imperforata, alba, epidermide fuscata contecta,

triplict setarum serie spirali preedita ; anfractibus 43, quorum

apicales 13 nitidi, candidi, perleves, depressi, ceteris arcte

decussato-cancellatis et alveatis, interstitiis quadratulis, ultimo

anfractu usque ad basim alveato, coeteros magnopere superante ;

apertura subquadrata, alba, tenui, ad basim breviter rostrato,

truncatulo.

Alt. 5, diam. 3°25, sp. maj.

Hab. P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 5' N., long. 57° 35’ E., at 205

fathoms, mud ; and lat. 25° 31’ N., long. 57° 14’ E., at 198 fathoms,

mud, Also lat. 25° 14! N., long. 59° 45’ E., 80 fathoms.

It is very interesting to announce the discovery of an Arctic

genusjin Indian waters. Though, as seen by the dimensions just

given, it is a small species, 7’. townsendi is one of the most re-

markable of the many forms discovered by him whose name it

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 361

aptly now bears. It is four-and-a-half whorled, the apex being

flattened and much depressed. Of the ten or twelve examples we

have examined, two only possess the epidermis ; this is dark fuscous,

covering the whole surface, and emitting a bristle at regular

intervals on the three spiral ribs, viz. at the point of junction

with the cancellations. The shell, when decorticated, is milky-

white, the surface to the base of the last whorl being entirely

cancellate, the interstices deeply alveate. Mouth somewhat square,

outer lip effuse; columella straightened down to the short truncated

rostrum.

The genus is almost wholly Arctic or North Boreal, occurring

in Europe (7. borealis Brod. & Sowb.), this species also having a

wide range in the far North, where 7’. coronata Gould, 7. kroyert

Phil., 7. imsignis Midd., and the conspicuous 7. bicarinata Brod. &

Sowb., occur, though most of these are local, and restricted in their

habitats. 7’. clathrata A. Ad., comes from New Zealand, and

several N. Japan species have been described, the only ones from

absolutely tropical waters being 7. migrans Dall, from Cuba,

while Mr. Brazier has also described two from N. Australia, 7’. t7-

carinata and T. gracilenta. These last we have not seen.

Lrepistus eral A. Ad. (Separatista, Gray).

M.C. Charbar. Rarely amongst shingle.

LIpPistEs HELICOIDES Mtft.

Separatista chemnitzit A. Ad.

I. Karachi, dredged in fine condition.

The position of this genus is not yet quite fixed, but it seems

to have a certain amount of affinity with the Tvichotropide.

Fam. VANIKORID#.

VANIKORO CANCELLATA Lam.

P.G. MHindarabi lI. Linjah, 33 fathoms.

I. Karachi.

Vanicxoro cratHRrata Récluz.

Var. granulosa Récluz (sp.).

P.G. Hindarabi Island.

Perhaps only a variety of V. cancellata Lam., as we have seen

intermediate forms.

Var. cumingiana Récluz (sp.).

P.G. Jask, on borders of Mekran Coast.

Fam. XPNOPHORID”.

XENOPHORA CORRUGATA Reeve.

P.G. M.C. Sparingly but generally distributed at about

7 fathoms, mud and stones.

362 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

XENOPHORA (ONUSTUS) SOLARIS L.

P.G. M.C., off Cape Monze, in mud, living.

Fam. CaPpuLip2.

CRUCIBULUM SCUTELLATUM Gray.

Var. pectinatum Carp. (sp.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, mud, adhering to shells.

Var. violaceum Carp. (sp.).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

_ -Var. verrucosum Reeve (sp.).

M.C, Charbar, adhering to the apex of Conus flavidus.

CALYPIRHA EDGARIANA Mely.

P.G. Adhering to shells on telegraph-cable, October 1894.

The type comes from Aden (Shopland), described Ann. N. H.

ser. 7, vol. i. p. 201.

CaLYPTRHA PELLUCIDA Reeve.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Very near sinensis L.

CREPIDULA (SIPHOPATELLA) WALSHI Herm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), abundant.

CaLYPTR#A (TROCHITA) SPINIFERA Gray.

I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, among stones.

Capuuus Lissus E. Sm.

M.C. Adhering to telegraph-cable, 55 fathoms, mud. Lat,

25° 58’ N., long. 57° 08’ E.

CaPULUS VIOLACEUS Angas.

M.C. Charbar. Dead specimens only, collected amongst

shingle.

AMATHINA TRICOSTATA Gmel.

I. Karachi (Col. Baker).

As explained in Man. Conch. viii. p. 133, this is not the Patella

tricarinata L.

Fam. Hrpponycip 2.

MITRULARIA EQUESTRIS L.

P.G. On cable, dead.

Var. layardi Reeve (sp.).

M.C. Ormara Bay. I. Karachi.

Fam. SoLARIIDz.

SoLARIUM LEZVIGATUM Lam.

P.G. No special locality given.

M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

Generally found at from 3 to 7 fathoms, amongst loose rocks

and muddy sand.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 363

SOLARIUM PERSPECTIVUM L,

P.G. HenjamI. 15 fathoms, mud. Remarkably fine.

M.C. Near Charbar. At 5 to 10 fathoms, amongst loose rocks

and muddy sand.

SoLARIUM REGIUM Hanley.

I. A fine single specimen only, dredged at 4 fathoms, Karachi,

amongst loose rocks.

SoLaRIuM (TorINIA) czLatuM Hinds.

P.G. Henjam Island. 10 fathoms, sand.

SoLaRIuM (ToRINIA) CYLINDRACEUM Chemn.

M.C. Charbar. TY. chemnitzii Kien., from the Layard Coll.

in Brit. Mus., is identical.

SOLARIUM (ToRINIA) DoRSUOSUM Hinds.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I.

M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

Found generally from low-tide mark to 7 fathoms, amongst

muddy rocks and sand.

SoLARIUM (TORINIA) DELECTABILE Mely.

I. Karachi. Dredged at 7 fathoms, several examples. The

type from Bombay (Abercrombie),

Sotartum (Torr1s) HomaLaxis Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35° E. 205

fathoms. Very young examples are smooth, semi-nacreous, thin,

ammonitiform, with large globular protoconch, the sculpture

commences on the third whorl only.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), found at low tide among

muddy rocks. Lat. 18°58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40 fathoms.

Until specimens quite full-grown are obtained, this must

necessarily be considered a somewhat doubtful species ;_ the white

colour seems fairly constant and characteristic, its nearest ally being

S. dorsuosum Hinds.

SoLariuM (ToRINIA) PERSPECTIVIUNCULUM Dillw.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Perhaps only a variety of the

next.

SonariuM (ToRINIA) VARIEGATUM Gmel.

P.G. Kais Island.

M.C, Charbar. I. Karachi.

Found usually from 3 to 7 fathoms, among sand and stones.

Fam. Lirrortnip &.

LirroRiINA VENTRICOSA Phil.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie, W. 7. Blanford), abundant.

364 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Lirrorina (MELARAPHE) sCABRA L.

Var. carinifera Menke (sp.).

Var. intermedia Phil. (sp.).

Var. newcombi Reeve.

Var. punctata Phil.

Var. pyramidalis G. Nevill.

I. Karachi. Bombay (G. Nevill, var. punctata; Rev. 8S. B.

Fairbank, W. T. Blanford, var. intermedia; 8S. B. F., W. T. B.,

var. carinifera and var. pyramidalis),

Intermedia seems the most abundant form.

Lirrorina (M&ELARAPHE) UNDULATA Gray.

I. Karachi.

TECTARIUS ARMATUS Issel.

P.G. Henjam I.

M.C. Gwadir (W. 7. Blanford in G. Nevill).

TECTARIUS NODULOSUS Gmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. Rocks at high-water mark.

I. Bombay. Abundant (Abercrombie) (and, under name 7.

trochoides Gray, F. Stoliczka, G. Nevill, W. T. Blanford).

TECTARIUS GRANULARIS Gray (= millegranus Phil.). i

P.G. Maskat (W. 7. Blanford). Gulf of Oman, Jask, with

the preceding.

LACUNA TENUISTRIATA Mely.

P.G. Maskat, 7 fathoms.

RIsELLA (PHASIELLA) ISSELI Semper.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat (W. 7. Blanford).

Fam. Fossarip2&.

FossaRus BICARINATUS A. Ad. (Fossar Adanson).

I. Karachi.

Fossarus FENESTRATUS A. Ad.

P.G. Kais (or Gais) Island. 7 fathoms, coral-sand. Not

perhaps quite typical.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Fossarus sutcatus 8. Wood.

Fossarus tornatilis Gould.

Fossarus stoliezkanus Nevill.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie, Rev. S. B. Fairbank).

All these probably forms of one variable species.

FossaRUS TROCHLEARIS A. Ad.

I. Bombay (Stoliczka, W. T. Blanford, G. Nevill, J. Wood-

Mason, A. Abercrombie).

1901. } MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 365

Fossarus (CourHovurra) appressus G. Nevill.

P.G. Larah. Tumbl.(W. 7. Blanford).

Fossarvs (CourHovyiIA) RETICULATUS A, Ad.

Var. delicatula G. Nevill.

I. Bombay (Rev. S. B. Fairbank).

Fossarus (CourHovy1a) soturus G. Nevill.

M.C. Gwadir(W. 7. Blanford).

Fossarus (CourHovyia) stytirerinus G. Nevill.

I. Bombay.

Fossarus (CourHovyia) susrericutatus G. Nevill.

P.G. Tumb I. (W. 7. Blanford).

M.C. Gwadir (W. T. B.).

I. Bombay (Rev. S. B. Fairbank).

Fossarus (ConRADIA) ADAMSIANA G. Nevill.

P.G. Gulf of Oman (W. 7. Blanford).

Fossarus (Conrapra) poniaris A. Ad.

Var. minor G. Nevill.

P.G. Tumb I. (W. 7. Blanford).

I. Bombay (Rev. S. B. Fairbank ; also A, Abercrombie).

Fam. Rissorp 2.

Rissoa (APIOULARIA) CHAROPR, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 8.)

R. testa vix rimata, rotundo-ovata, candida, nitida, calcarea ;

anfractibus 5, quorum apicales duo leves, albi, ceteris gradatis,

multum apud sutwras tmpressis, undique acuticostatis, costs

fere rectis, infra, juxta suturas noduliferis, nitidis, ad

ultimum circa sedecim, ad basim continuis, sed obscuris, inde

fortiter spiraliter sulculosis ; apertura rotunda, labro tenuwi ;

columella tenwi, simplice.

Long. 1°75, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35' E, 205

fathoms.

Similar to the R. xanthias and R. pyrrhias Watson, dredged off

Culebra I., W. Indies, during the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. Our

species is, however, a little smaller than either, and possesses more

ribs, which are sharp and more angled at the upper part, the

granuled spiral row of shining nodules being conspicuous.

Rissoa (APICULARIA) VERSOVERANA Mely.

I. Karachi. Amongst muddy rocks at low tide, common

Bombay (Abercrombie), One of the most characteristic of the

smaller mollusks of that locality.

366 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Rissoa (MANZONIA) PETRONELLA, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 9.)

R. testa minutissima, pagodeformi, solidula, alba ; anfractibus

5-6, quorum apicalis crassus, albo-vitreus, mamillatus, ceteris

crassicostatis, apud suturas multum impressis, costis nodulosis,

prommulis, albis, interstituis planatis; apertura cireulari,

peristomate imcrassato, continuo.

Long. 2, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A very minute, elegant, white pagoda-shaped species, with

angled nodulous ribs, sutures much impressed, peristome thickened,

continuous, mouth circular. We have provisionally located it in

the subgenus or section Manzonia Brus., of which the European

R. costata Ads. is the type.

Rissoa (OnoBA) DeLIcaTA Phil.

P.G. Bushire.

I. Karachi; also reported from Bombay (Rev. S. D. Fair-

bank), not collected by Abercrombie.

Rissoa (OnoBA) EGREGIA A. Ad.

P.G. Kishm Island. 5 fathoms, mud.

Very beautiful, the whorls delicately longitudinally multi-

plicate.

Rissoa (ALVANIA) ALVEATA, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 10.)

R. testa ovato-oblonga, solida, albo-calcarca ; anfractibus quinque,

apialibus duobus levibus, subpellucidis, inclusis, cateris tribus

angulatim prominulis, apud suturas impressis, spiraliter

fortiter bi- in ultimis quinquecostatis, undique alveolatis et

decussatis, interstitiis quadratis, profundis ; wpertwra rotunda ;

labro crasso, albo, extus crenulato ; columella inerassata, peris-

tomate continuo.

Long. 3, lat. 1°25 mm.

Hab. Angrias Bank, W.S. W. of Bombay (Capt. Tindall).

Also recorded from Quilon, further south, on the Malabar Coast.

A stout, incrassate Alvania, the upper two (or sometimes three)

whorls simple and smoothish, the remainder ruggedly angled,

uniformly cancellate, the interstices being deep and square; outer

lip very thickened. Of the same character as the W. Indian

A, didyma Watson, or the Australian A. australis Sowb.

Rissoa (ALVANIA) INTERFOSSA Neyill.

I. Indian Coast (G. Nevill).

Rissoa (ALVANIA) MAHIMENSIS Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

In G. Nevill’s ‘ Hand-list of the Mollusca of the Indian

Museum, Calcutta,’ p. 112, an Alvania sp. is marked with a var.

b. robusta Nevill, from Bombay, an unique instance, perhaps, of

the name of a variety being gazetted before that of its type-form.

The nearest ally of this species is 2. interfossa Nevill.

: FR ae

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 367

Rissormva AMBIGUA Gould.

I. Bombay. Old record.

Reported from both Aden and Ceylon. There are no typical

specimens in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, from our area (cf.

G. Nevill, Hand-list of Mollusca, Caleutta, 1885, p. 73.) Of the

var. perpusilla Nevill, examples occur from P.G. Henjam I., and

I. Bombay, collected by Mr. W. T. Blanford.

Rissorna micans A, Ad.

P.G. Tumb I., Kishm I., and Mutef (W. 7. Blanford in

G. Nevill, Hand-list). Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 23' N., long. 56°

53' E.; also lat. 24° 44’ N., long. 55° 56’ E. 205 fathoms.

Var. perstriatula Nevill.

P.G. Tumb I. (W. 7. Blanford, |. ¢.).

RisSOINA SCEPTRUM-REGIS, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 11.)

R. testa subperforata, pergracili, nitida, solida, albescente ; anfrac-

tibus 124, quorum 33 apicales, mamillati, parvi, vitrei, ceteris

nitentibus, levissimis, longitudinaliter recticostatis, costis levibus,

ad suturas impressis, tumidulis, ultimo anfractu infra medium

costis evanidis, deinde ad basim spiraliter sea vel septem lirato ;

apertura rotundo-ovata ; labro imerassato, ad basim paullum

effuso; columella simplice, nitida,

Long. 9°50, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35’ E. 205

fathoms.

One of the most interesting of the abyssal species dredged at

over the 100-fathoms line. It is quite unlike any Rissoid known

to us, and there is nothing approaching it in the National Collec-

tion, or depicted in any monograph of the family. From the

figure of BR. nevillana Weink., from Hongkong, a rapprochement

is, we fancy, discernible, and for the present, at all events, would

place it among the Hurissoine, near that species.

It is a solid, shining, smooth, hardly perforate, attenuately slender,

whitish cinereous shell, with very faint, almost imperceptible

ochreous tinge below the sutures ; the 34 apical whorls are small,

shining, vitreous, the next rapidly increasing proportionately in

size, and then with but gradual increase to the body-whorl. All

these whorls are longitudinally smoothly costate, the 10 ribs of

the body-whorl vanishing below the middle, which is thence to the

base six or seven times spirally lirate. The mouth is oval; outer

lip thickened, only slightly effuse towards the base; columella

simple, white.

Rissorna (Rissonrna) Distans Anton (=canaliculata Schw.).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Rissorna (Rissonrna) PacHystoMa Melly.

P.G. Bushire.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

The few ribs, eight on the body-whorl, and smooth interstices

368 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

between the ribs, the outer lip being extremely incrassate, may

serve to distinguish this species. It has only occurred in small

quantity.

Rissomna (RIssOLINA) PLICATULA Gould.

P.G. Kishm I. (W. 7. Blanford).

I. Bombay. Old record.

Rissorna (Rissontya) pricara Ad.

Var. bertheloti Aud.

Var. scalarina A. Ad.

P.G. Kharg (W. 7’. Blanford). Kishm I. (var. bertheloti:

We 1 oe

I. Karachi. Common.

Rissoina (RISsOLINA) PSEUDO-SCALARIS, sp. n. (Plate XXII.

fig. 13.)

R. testa minuta, fusiformi, solida, nitida, levi, albida ; anfractibus

octo, quorum apicales 33 attenuati, apice ipso brunneo, omnibus

vitreis, ceteris albo-calcareis, longitudinaliter paucicostatis, costis

lamellarum instar, ultimo in anfractu circa undecim, prope ante

basim evanidis, basi sub lente minutissime spiraliter striata ;

apertura rotunda; perrstomate scalariformi incrassato continuo,

sub lente striatulo ; colwmella obliqua.

Long. 3, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 25’ N., long. 57° 59! E. 37

fathoms.

A very minute scalaroid species, solid, shining, with regular

straight lamelliform ribs ; the protoconch extends to three and a

half whorls, is vitreous and smooth, and very attenuate ; aperture

round ; the very delicately striate peristome thickened, continuous.

Allied, but not very nearly, to P. gradata d’Orb., a West Indian

species.

Rissorna (Rissotina) Rissor Aud.

I. Karachi.

Rissorva (RissoLina) supFrunicunatTa G. Nevill.

P.G. Kaishm I. (W. 7. Blanford).

M.C. Gwadir (W. 7. Blanford).

Rissorna (PHOSINELLA) CLATHRATA Ad.

P.G. Linjah Anchorage, 5 fathoms. Kishm I. (W. 7. Blan-

ford).

M.C. Gwadir ( W. 7. B.).

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Rissorna (PHOSINELLA) PASCHALIS, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 12.)

R. testa oblonga, delicata, candida, paullum nitente ; anfractibus

probabiliter 7-8, apicalibus... .?, ceteris gradatulis, ad suturas

impressis, omnino arctissime et pulcherrime sub lente canecllatis,

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 369

striis spiralibus ultimum ad anfractum circa 15 ; apertura ovata,

albescente ; peristomate percrasso, nitido.

Long. 4, lat. 1°50 mm.

Hab, Karachi, 7 fathoms.

A beautiful little Rissoina, mainly distinguished by its most

delicate cancellations, its pure white surface, and its roundly-

thickened, but translucent white peristome.

Rissorna (PHOSINELLA) SHGUENZIANA Issel.

P.G. Kharg. Tumb I. (W. 7. Blanford),

I. Bombay (Abercrombie, W. T. B.).

Rissorva (SCHWARTZIELLA) MAINWARINGIANA G. Nevill.

P.G. (Col. G. B. Mainwaring).

Rissormva (SCHWARIZIELLA) TRITICHA Pease.

Var. microstoma Nevill.

P.G. Gulf of Oman (W. 7. Blanford).

Rissorna (ZEBINA) APPLANATA Melly.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Rissorva (ZEBINA) ORYZA Garrett (= R. stoppani Issel).

P.G. Tumb I. (W. 7. Blanford).

Rissorva (StossicH1A) aBNoRMIS G. Nevill.

I. Bombay (W. 7. Blanford and J. Wood-Mason).

A Ceylonese species, not apparently trending very far north-

ward. It must be very uncommon at Bombay, as it does not

appear in any recent collections.

Rissomva (PYRAMIDELLOIDES) MIRANDA A. Ad.

Var. bellardi Issel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask (W. 7. Blanford, Col. Mainwaring).

I. Karachi. Rare at low tide among rocks.

Var. insolita Desh.

I. Bombay (Rev. S. B. Fairbank ; A. Abercrombie).

TRAWADIA TROCHLEARIS Gould.

P.G. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, common in most hauls of the

dredge.

M.C. Charbar Point, Gwadir. Ormara. Astola I.

I. Karachi. Bombay (/. Stolickza, W. T. Blanford, A.

Abercrombie) .

Found mostly at muddy rocks at low tide. Often associated

with it is the Oscilla indica Mely., so like it as to suggest a

possible protective resemblance.

FAIRBANKIA BOMBAYANA W. T. Blant.

I. Bombay Harbour (tev. S. B. Fairbank, W. T. B., and

A, Abercrombie).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vol. Il. No. XXIV. 24

370 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

FENELLA CERITHINA Phil.

P.G. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 23’ N., long. 54°

58' E.; also Tawila Bay (W. 7. Blanford in G. Nevill).

I. Karachi. Mostly found amongst rocks and alge at low

tide. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Var. scabra A. Ad. (sp.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

I. Bombay (W. T. B., G. Nevill).

FENELLA PuporpEs A. Ad.

P.G. Bushire.

A variety from the Japanese type, being calcareous, and with

only a slight indication of the brown median band.

Var. fusco-apicata G. Nevill (an sp. propr. ?).

I. Bombay (W. 7. Blanford).

FrneLLa RetTIcuULATA A. Ad. (Dunkeria Ad.).

P.G. Henjam I. (W. T. Blanford).

FENELLA TANYSPIRA', sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 14.)

F. testa parva, perlonga, attenuata, castanea ; anfractibus 11, quorum

apicales tres, loves, albuti, ceteris castaneis unicoloribus, apud

suturas multum impressis, ventricosis, longitudinaliter arcte

recticostatis, spiraliter tri-, ultimo anfractu quadriliratis, inter-

stitiis alveatis, liris ad costarum juncturas gemmulatis, costis in

ultimo evanidis ; apertura ovata; peristomate fere continuo, tenui,

castaneo ; columella obliqua.

Long. 4°25, lat, 1:25 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

The great length of the spire will serve to distinguish this from

others of this obscure genus: so obscure indeed that Mr. Geoffrey

Nevill in his ‘ Hand-list,’ p. 113 sqq., enumerates, out of a total

of 26 species, no less than 15 as n. sp. orn. sp.? unnamed. F,

tanyspira will probably be one of these.

FrEnELLA virGata Phil. (Diale sp.).

P.G. Bunder Abbas, off anchor.

M.C. Charbar Point, and elsewhere on the Persian coast.

I. Karachi, very abundant. Found mostly amongst

alge at low tide. The varices are very conspicuous in the Indian

specimens.

SCALIOLA ARENOSA A. Ad.

I. Bombay. Probably common (W. 7. Blanford): also at

Manora Point, Karachi.

ScaLtoLa ELATA Semper.

P.G. Rishire. Linjah. 33 fathoms, with Diale, Fenelle, &e.

in much profusion, and appearing to be a small variety.

1 rdvaos and ozeipa, with long spire.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 371

A small ochraceous Scaliola, much agglutinated, likewise occurs

with the other species ; it may be only a variety, but has a distinct

appearance,

Fam. LIvrioPip2.

Littopa venTRosa A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman.

M.C. Gwadir (W. 7. Blanford), with var. minor n., an sp.

propr. ?

Lirtiopa (ALABA) BLANFORDI A. Ad.

I. Bombay (Dr. F. Stoliczka, H. F. Blanford). Not in the

Abercrombie collection.

Liriopa (ALABA) RECTANGULATA Craven.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Litropa (D1ata) Lerrar Sm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Probably inhabits brackish water,

with many spp. of Stenothyre and Assiminiece.

Litropa (D1aLA) SEMISTRIATA Phil. (=macula Récluz).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat. 20 fathoms.

I. Bombay (Dr. F. Stoliczka).

Litiopa (D1ata) suLcrrpra A. Ad,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat, with the preceding. Also

recorded by Mr. W. T. Blanford.

I. Bombay (fev. S. B. Fairbank).

Lirropa (STYLIFERINA) FULVA B. Wats. (Alaba).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat.

The specimens are worn, but both in coloration and sculpture

agree with description and figure (Rep. Challenger Exped. vol. xv.

p. 571, pl. xli. fig. 5),

Litiopa (STYLIFERINA) SAVIGNYI Issel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat (Dr, F, Stoliczka, W. 7’. Blanford).

ARGYROPEZA', genus novum.

Testa parva, gracilis, fusiformis, tenuis, nitida vitrefacta, albo-

cinerea vel cinereo-straminea ; anfractus 10, quorum tres apicales,

leves, parvi, brunnei vel straminet, ceteri multum apud suturas

impresst, ventricosi, bicarinati, carine spiraliter arcte et regu-

lariter noduloso-gemmate, ultimus anfractus coeteros excequans,

tricarinatus, carina inferior planatus, deinde ad basim spiraliter

liratus ; apertura ovata; peristoma tenue, sinuatum, paullum

effusum ; columella ad basim subproducta,

apyuporela, silver-foot, the Homeric epithet of Thetis.

24*

372 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

ARGYROPEZA DIVINA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.)

A. teste characteribus uti supra. Long. 6°50, lat. 1°75 mm., sp.

ma).

Hab. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35’ E. 205

fathoms, mud.

Shell small, fusiform, 10-whorled, three of these being apical,

brown, vitreous, small and smooth; the remainder, much impressed

suturally and veutricose, are glazed with a peculiar silvery lustre,

though by no means nacreous, being uniformly adorned by two

keeled spiral rows of close-set and conspicuously noduled gemma,

the rest of the surface being smooth and shining. Body-whorl

slightly produced, below the two gemmuled carinz is a strong spiral

plain keel, and thence to the base several lire or stria. Mouth

oval, outer lip a little effuse, thin, and with the columella pro-

duced basally. We have not seen the operculum, and, in spite of

the benevolent endeavours of the Rey. Prof. H. M. Gwatkin to

extract the radula, success has not yet been attained in that

respect.

The substance is peculiar, the thin shell being covered with a

porcellanous or vitreous glaze. The basal prolongation of the lip

and the columella recall certain Diale, e. g. D. pagodula A. Ad. from

Australia, which species is embellished with a spiral row of nodules ;

the whole characters, however, appear to us to differ fundamentally

from the one under discussion.

Again, Cerithiopsis sinon Bayle (Pirenella clathrata A. Ad.), a

solid, fair-sized, elaborately sculptured species, bears a resemblance,

but-only superficial, to the Argyropeza; the lip characters are

Cerithioid, and the anterior canal distinct and short.

P. Fischer (Man. de Conch. 1887, p. 697 sqq.) places the recent

genus Vanesia Ad. (type V. rufofasciata), trom Manchuria, in

the family Pseudomelaniide, consisting otherwise wholly of extinct

representatives only ; the well-known Eocene Bayania M.-Chalmas

is by him merged into a subgenus only of Pseudomelania Pict and

Champ. Lowonema Phil., a Paleozoic fossil, is allied, and has the

aperture dilated in front; whorls convex, strictly flexuose. All

the species of this Family were or are marine. V, rufofasciata

Ad., in the collection of one of us, is melaniform, smooth, excepting

for longitudinal striation in the uppermost whorls, banded thrice

spirally, and does not seem near our species.

Certain Melaniw, especially of the Section Melanoides, e. g.

asperata Lam., dactylus Lea, &c., seem to possess analogous labial

characteristics ; and our species bears, when highly magnified, so

great a resemblance to these fluviatile Mollusca as to suggest the

possibility of their having a marine representative in the Arabian

Sea; but it would perhaps be best for the present to locate this

species as an outlying form of Cerithiide, or of Litiopide.

About thirty examples were dredged in the above given locality,

all very similar in size, but only a very few showing the complete

characters of the peristome. Immature examples exhibit the

columella fairly straight and sharply projecting.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 373

Fam. ADEORBID2.

ADEORBIS PLACENS, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 15.)

A. testa depressa, umbilicata, albo-vitrea, tenuissima, minuta ;

anfractibus quatuor, apicali vitreo, nitido, undique concentrice

spiraliter tenuistriatis, apud suturas paullum impresso-eaxcavatis,

ultimo rapide accrescente, circa umbilicum nitido, perlevt ;

aperturarotunda ; peristomate via incrassato, margine columellart

excepto, circa umbilicum triangulatim reflexo.

Alt, 50, diam. 1°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35' E. 205

fathoms.

One of the minutest of a genus replete with “ minutiora.” We

should consider its nearest congener A. clausus Adams, from Japan ;

but this species, besides being less depressed, is more than double

the diameter. Several specimens occurred in the above locality,

and would appear to have attained their full growth. One indeed

bears the round bore-hole, showing its inmate had succumbed to

the attack of a carnivorous enemy.

Var. COMPLANATA, noy.

Testa ut in typo, sed undique planata, nitida, perlevi.

Hab, Persian Gulf: Rishire.

Till more examples are obtained, we prefer considering this a

varietal form. It is possible that it is a nearly allied but separate

species. Upon one of the specimens before us of the type, we

have lately noticed absence of the usual strie round the inner

dorsal surface of the body-whorl.

ADEORBIS VANIKOROIDES Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Fam. CERITHIID2®.

CERITHIUM ADENENSE Sowb.

P.G. Bunder Abbas (1. F. Houssay).

CERITHIUM BORNII Sowb.

I. Karachi. On rocks at low tide.

CERITHIUM CHZRULEUM Sowb,

P.G. Bushire.

I. Karachi, with C. bornii.

CERITHIUM CLYPEOMORUS Jouss.

P.G. Bunder Abbas (M. F. Houssay).

I. Karachi.

CERITHIUM LEMNISCATUM Quoy.

I. Karachi, along with C. bornii

374 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

CrRITHIUM MorRtUs Lam,

I. Karachi. Bombay Harbour (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Var. patiens Bayle (=C. rugosum Wood, preoce.). With

the type. A variety of this occurs as follows :—

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Jask, at low tide.

CERITHIUM RUBUS Martyn.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CERITHIUM SCABRIDUM Reeve.

Cerithium columna Sowb., var.

P.G. On the telegraph-cable, not common.

CERITHIUM TORRESI Sm.

I. Karachi.

Seemingly identical with a N. Australian form.

CERITHIUM YERBURYI Sm.

I. Karachi. 5 fathoms, among mud and stones.

CeriTHium (CoLina) prnevr A. Ad. °

M.C. Charbar, and generally along the coast to Jask.

I. Karachi.

At 5 to 7 fathoms, muddy sand and on rocky bottom, the

var. teniatum Sowb. occurring occasionally with the type.

Described originally from South Africa, a great extension of

range is now presented by this species.

CrritHium (CoLina) MAcRostoMA Hinds.

I. Karachi. 1 to 5 fathoms, on shingle.

There are one or two doubtful Coline in the collection, but in

view of the variability of the species it is best not to attempt to

differentiate them at present.

CERITHIUM (VERTAGUS) ATTENUATUM Phil.

M.C. On telegraph-cable, rare.

This is the C. longicaudatum Ad. & Rve.

CERITHIUM (VERTAGUS) FASCIATUM Brug.

Var. martinianum Pfr.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Dredged in 10 to 15 fathoms,

muddy sand.

CuRriTHiuM (VeRTAGUS) KocHI Phil.

M.C. Charbar Bay. 3 to 7 fathoms, amongst stones in sandy

mud bottom.

Extends to E. Africa.

CrRITHIUM (VERTAGUS) OBELISCUS Brug.

1. Karachi. On rocks at low tide.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 375

BITTIUM ATRAMENTARIUM',n. sp. (Plate XXII. fig. 16.)

B. testa doliolifurmi, solidula, castaneo-brunnea vel nigrescente ;

anfractibus undecim, quorum apicales tres, vitrei, parvi, delicatis-

sime decussati, ceteris apud suturas impressis, subventricosis,

tribus ordinibus gemmularum arcte spiraliter preditis, gemmulis

nitidis, interstitiis alveatis, gnadratulis, ultimo anfractu quadri-

gemmulato; apertura quadrato-ovata, labro exteriore tenui, canalr

brevi ; columella recta.

Long. 4, lat. 150 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A cylindrical, dark chestnut-coloured merging into blacker,

and very small species ; the three apical whorls white, pellucid, and

small, suddenly developing below into seven or eight subventricose

compact whorls, alveolate, regularly gemmulate, with three rows

of transverse shining nodules, the last whorl possessing four ;

mouth somewhat square, outer lip thin, canal short, and columella

straight. Several examples, we think mostly adult.

BIrriuM TENTHRENOIS Mely.

P.G. Bushire.

Agreeing with the Bombay form in sculpture, but with no trace

of the white extremities.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

N.B.—Cerithium mamillatum Risso has been reported from

Bombay. This is synonymic of the well-known European Bittium

reticulatum Da Costa, and its record is no doubt erroneous.

PoTaMIDES (TYMPANOTONUS) FLUVIATILIS Pot. & Mich.

BG. AMG; | 1

According to Mr. Townsend a distinctly marine species, occurring

on muddy sands, both amongst rocks aud on mud-flats, at half to

lowest tide. A variety also occurs at Karachi.

PoTAMIDES (TELESCOPIUM) TELESCOPIUM L.

Telescopium fuscum Schum.

I. Karachi. On mud-flats only just covered at high tide,

occasionally wandering even beyond tide-mark range. To show

how tenacious of life is this mollusk, some specimens were placed

in a tin-box containing sand, and at the end of three months,

when taken out, were still alive, and seemed none the worse for

their incarceration, the sand being perfectly dry the whole time

C0. Wy 7.)

PoraMipzEs (TEREBRALIA) suLcATUS Born.

I. Karachi. On mud-flats, but no live specimens seen.

* Alramentarius, inky, from the colour.

376 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Poramipns (PIRENELLA) CONICUS Blainv.

Var. cinerascens Pallas.

P.G., occasional. Originally described from the Island of Karak

in the Gulf.

PoraMIDES (PIRENELLA) LAYARDI A, Ad.

Var. bombayanus Sowb. (sp.).

I. Bombay. Both the type and the variety recorded,

PoOTAMIDES (CERITHIDEA) RHIZOPERARUM A. Ad.

I. Bombay. On mangrove-roots.

TRIFORIS AcuTUS Kien.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi.

Most abundant and variable in coloration.

TRIFORIS CINGULATUS A. Ad.

P.G. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 10 fathoms. On

muddy rocks from low-water to 50 fathoms. Also (in the Gulf)

amongst shell-growth on the telegraph-cable.

TRIFORIS CORRUGATUS Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

TI. Karachi.

TRIFORIS IDONEUS?, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 17.)

T. testa anguste fusiformi, solida, calcareo-alba ; anfractibus forsan

quatuordecim, quorum apicales ...?, ceteris (undecim) omnino

requlariter spiraliter triseriatis, cancellatis, sutwraliter impressis,

ad juneturas nodulifero-gemmatis, nodulis regularibus, rectis,

ultimo anfractu serie quarta predito ; apertura ovata ; columella

crassa ; canali brevi, paullulum recurvo.

Long. 10, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. Linjah Anchorage, 5 fathoms.

This 7'riforis, distinguished by its uniform chalky whiteness and

regular rows of gemmuled cancellations, coarse, uniform, three-

ranked on all the upper whorls, four on the body-whorl, is of a

graceful shape and fairly sized. It is unfortunate that all the

specimens we have examined are without the apical whorls.

TRIFORIS PERVERSUS L.

P.G. Bushire.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

We cannot distinguish the Bushire and Bombay specimens from

the Mediterranean shell. The Tvriforides (especially acutus) are

amongst the most plentiful small mollusca dredged at a few fathoms’

depth.

1 Idoneus, suitable.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 377

CERITHIOPSIS ANGASI Semper (=clathrata Angas).

I. Karachi. Also lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E.

The type is Australian, but we cannot separate it.

CERITHIOPSIS PAGODULUS A. Ad.

I. Karachi. Rocks at low tide. Also from Japan.

CERITHIOPSIS PULCHERRIMA Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CERITHIOPSIS RUBRICINCTA Mely.

I. Karachi. Found at low tide amongst loose rocks, mud, and

alge. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CERITHIOPSIS SYKESII Melly.

I. Karachi. Found with C. rubricincta. Bombay (Aber-

crombie).

CERITHIOPSIS (SEILA) BANDORENSIS Melly.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. Found at low tide amongst rocks and alge.

Bombay (Abercrombie).

CrRITHIOPSIS (SEILA) UINDUORUM Mely.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi, especially near Manora, abundant, varying much

in colour from pale to dark brown. (Andaman Isles, Booley.)

Fam. PLANAXIDA.

PLANAXIS BREVICULUS Desh.

Var. tessellata G. Nevill.

P.G. (W. 7. Blanford in G. Nevill).

PLANAXIS LINHATUS Da Costa.

Var. labiosus A. Ad.

I. Karachi,

PLANAXIS NIGER Quoy (=P. similis Sm.).

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie ; Rev. S. B. Fairbank).

PLANAXIS suLCATUS Born.

P.G. Rishire. Common on rocks at half-tide.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie; Olivier). Abundant in similar

situations.

Var. savignyi Desh. (sp.).

P.G. (W. 7, Blanford).

M.C, Often found, though locally, on rocks at low tide.

Var. subnigra G, Nevill.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Hormuz and Maskat (W. 7'. Blanford).

378 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. TURRITELLID 2.

TURRITELLA BACILLUM Kien.

M.C. Ormara.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Only in juvenile condition. It

is 7. cerea Reeve.

TURRITELLA CINGULIFERA Sowb.

PG. Linjah, 33 fathoms. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet

(Kubbatt Ghazira). Mostly young.

TURRITELLA FULTONI Mely. (Plate XXI. fig. 8.)

P.G. Linjah. Henjam Island; 7-25 fathoms, live, fine speci-

mens. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach.

M.C. Charbar. Ormara Bay; 2 fathoms, in sand.

The type, described in 1897 from the last-mentioned locality on

the Mekran Coast, was only 27 mm. in length, and now, from

Henjam Island, have been brought fine examples nearly 3 inches

long, but with the same characters of pure white coloration and

revolving lire. This species was first found by Mr. W. D. Cumming,

whose specimens are in the British Museum, but till lately

unlabelled.

TURRITELLA TEREBRA L.

Var. spectrum Reeve (sp.).

P.G. Bunder Abbas (1. /. Houssay).

JURRITELLA (HAUSTATOR) COLUMNARIS Kien.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 3-10 fathoms.

Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 5-12 fathoms, muddy sand and

stones.

TURRITELLA (HAUSTATOR) MacULATA Rye.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 5-12

fathoms, muddy sand, accompanying the last-named (7. colum-

naris).

Turriterta (Havstatror) virrutata Ad. & Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. 5 fathoms, muddy rocks.

TURRITELLA (ToRcULA) BxoLeTa L,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

T. cochlea Reeve is synonymic.

TURRITELLA (ZARIA) DUPLICATA L.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), plentifully.

MATHILDA GRACILLIMA, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 18.)

M. testa gradato-attenuato, fusiformi, albida, delicata ; anfractibus

8-9, quorum duo apicales vitrei, leves, globosi, ceteris multum

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THD PERSIAN GULF. 379

gradatis, apud suturas canaliculato-impressis, spiraliter tri-

carinatis, carinis precipue apud medium binis, conspicuis, acutis,

prominulis, gemmulatis, ultimo anfractu quadricarinato, swper-

ficie interstitial inter carinas principales regulariter quadrata,

infra suturas excavata ; apertura ovato-quadratula, labro tenw,

angulari ; columella fere recta,

Long. 11, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E. 37

fathoms, sand and mud bottom.

In form turritelloid, gradate, becoming rapidly attenuate, white,

delicate, 8- or 9-whorled, two of these being apical, globular,

smooth, glassy, the rest thrice (the lowest whorl four times) keeled,

the two lowermost carine being acute, prominent, conspicuous ;

the interstitial ground between the carine is regularly divided into

quadrate spaces, a small gemma or nodule being present on the

keels at the points of transition. The mouth is squarely oval;

outer lip thin, angled, columella almost straight. A very remark-

able species ; conspicuous for its graceful, attenuate form.

MATHILDA ZMITAMPIS’, sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 19.)

M. testa turrita, gracili, fusiformi, delicata, alba ; anfractibus 9,

quorum apicales duo conspicue heterostrophi, mamillati, vitrer,

perleves, ceteris apud suturas impressis, deinde supra, juxta

suturas, spiraliter acute bicarinatis et biliratis, undique longi-

tudinaliter arcté costatis, costis acutis, angustis, tenuibus, ad

juncturas liraruin gemmulatis, interstitiis alveatis, quadratulis ;

apertura fere rotunda, alba; labro tenui, evtus crenulato; columella

paullum inerassata, alba, nitida; ultimo anfractu ad basim

spiraliter tornato, fortiter striatulo.

Long. 10, lat. 3°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 37° 35’ KE. 208

fathoms, sand.

We are not satisfied with the present location of Mathilda

Semper (1865) amongst the Turritellide, Dr. P. Fischer (Man. de

Conch. p. 695) styles the genus as possessing the shell of T'urritella,

with the embryonic heterostrophe-whorls of the Pyramidellide ; but

in that case we should consider that its alliance would be with the

latter family. Certain of the Odostomic possess the same fenestrate

and alveolate sculpture, Zurbonilla fenestrata Forbes, for example.

The species before us is most elaborately chased and ornamented

with four spiral carine, two being little more than striations or

lire ; the two lower bolder, acute, and giving an angled contour

to the whorls. The longitudinal thin costae, crossing these carinz

and lire at right angles, form quadrate interstitial divisions. The

whorls are nine, two of which are apical, heterostrophe, and

crystalline. The mouth is roundly oval, outer lip rather thin ;

columella white, shining.

' Zmitampis, % precious stone mentioned by Pliny.

380 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. VERMETID2.

VERMETIUS sp.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie). Found cast up from deep-water

amongst shell-sand.

SILIQUARIA sp. Juv.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E.; 40 fathoms.

Fam. STROMBID2.

STROMBUS (GALLINULA) DEFORMIS Gray.

M.C. A single dead specimen only dredged, without more exact

record of locality.

SrromBus (GALLINULA) FUSIFORMIS Sowb.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island, &c. This rare species, queried by

Tryon (Man. de Conch. vii. p. 117) as inhabiting the Red Sea,

seems to be general in the Persian Gulf, being found at from

7 to 10 fathoms in coral-sand bottom. Many varieties occur, one

being pale lemon-yellow. Juvenile examples exhibit strong varices

and transverse striation throughout. In the Gulf of Oman it

occurs near Maskat at 15 fathoms.

Srromsvus (CANARIUM) FLORIDUS Lam.

M.C. Charbar. On mud-covered rocks at low tide.

STROMBUS (CANARIUM) GIBBERULUS L.

P.G. Maskat, 15 fathoms. Not common in the Gulf, but

one of the most widely-distributed gastropods in the Indo-

Pacific region.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Bassein, southwards (Lt.-Col. H.

D, Olivier).

STROMBUS (CANARIUM) YERBURYI E. Sm.

P.G. Kais and Shaikh Shuaib Islands. From 7 to 10 fathoms,

coral-sand. Our examples appear almost intermediate between

typical yerburyt and pulchellus Rve., and suggest these two being

extremes of a variable species.

StromBus (CONOMUREX) BELUCHIENSIS’ Mely. (nom. emend.).

(Plate XXI. figs. 13, 15.)

P.G. Linjah. 3} fathoms, December 1900. Maskat (Dr, A. R.

Jayakar),

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, mud and sand.

The more recently-dredged Persian Gulf examples exhibit variety

in colour and marking, though none in form. One example is

banded with pale straw-coloured fasciz, the spaces filled with

delicate zigzag lines; another strongly banded with dark-brown

fascize of varying thickness. The first examples discovered in 1898

1 I described this as Lelutschiensis, but venture to emend the spelling to

beluchiensis as more in harmony with the dictates of orthography.—J. C. M.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 381

on the Mekran Coast were almost plain. Commdr. E. R. Shopland

has likewise received it recently from Aden, in some variety.

Our two figures are taken from Dr. Jayakar’s specimens in

Mus. Brit.

SrromBus (CONOMUREX) MAURITIANUS Lam.

P.G. In 6 fathoms, sandy mud.

M.C. In 3 to 10 fathoms, and on coral-beds. Mostly var.

cylindricus Swains.

B. coniformis Sowb.

P.G. This noduled form in fine condition, with the type.

PTEROCERA LAMBIS L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. On rocks at low tide.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ROSsTELLARIA CURVIROSTRIS Lam.

Var. curta Sowb. (sp.).

M.C. One live example dredged at 7 fathoms, in mud, off

Pusni. Dead specimens not infrequent generally over the whole

area.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Mostly found with a Pagurus sp.

in possession.

ROsTeLLARIA DELICATULA G. Nevill, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Beng.

1881, p. 262.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 55° 56’ EB. 225

fathoms, mud; all young. In the vicinity of the above sounding

occurred about six fine, well-grown examples, from 200-400 fathoms.

Originally noted from Arakan, in the Bay of Bengal, this species is

probably common in deep water throughout the North-Indian

Ocean.

With reference to the dredging of this species, Mr. Townsend

(in litt.) gives some interesting remarks as to the temperatures

taken of the sea-bottom at various depths in the Gulf of Oman :—

At 205 fathoms 62° Fahr.

Sa CRG TS

i en aa

405. RBREO

Se ie ee eee

Co a ee

adding that the Rostellaria was always found at an even tempera-

ture, of about 62° Fahr.

SERAPHS TERDBELLUM Montf.

Terebellum subulatum Klein.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 9-20 fathoms, on muddy sand.

382 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. CYPR#IDz.

CypR#A ANNULUS L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Very abundant, and from thence

exported to India as an article of commerce (F. W. 7’).

I. Karachi. A single dead specimen only occurred (F. W. T.).

CyPr#A ARABICA L.

P.G. M.C. Generally common, mostly being found under

rocks at low tide.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Var. histrio Meusch (sp.).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), with the type.

Var. reticulata Martyn (sp.).

I. Karachi. Small but well-developed forms; also a large

variety, with the white dorsal patches remarkably distinct and

quadrate.

CYPR#A CARNEOLA L.

P.G. Local, but variable. Found from low-tide mark to

3 fathoms. Remarkably light forms occur at Shaikh Shuaib

Island and Henjam I., while from Linjah, at 34 fathoms, were

dredged alive dark examples, spirally four-banded with chocolate

and with lilac annnlus just beyond the columellar and labial

callosities extending dorsally. These same forms occur from Jask

eastwards.

M.C. Charbar, at 3 fathoms.

Cypr#a caurica L,

P.G. Common in shoal-water amongst rocks.

M.C. Very rare, have only dredged four specimens in eight

years (F. W. T.).

Cyerza BRosa L.

P.G. M.C. Not abundant, but widely distributed. Found

usually on muddy sand near rocks, at low water to 7 fathoms.

Cypr@a FELINA Gmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. Rare. Found at half-tide mark, never much below that,

under rocks.

Var. fabula Kiener (sp.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Very finely coloured and large.

CypR#A FIMBRIATA Gmel.

PG. MC.

Generally found, from 5 to 10 fathoms, amongst coral-sand

and alge.

Var. macula Ad. (sp.).

P.G. With the type. Many authors consider this a good

species, but to us it appears to merge into the type insensibly.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 383

CyPR#A LAMARCKII Gray.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CYPR#A LENTIGINOSA Gray.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 5 to 10 fathoms, coral and stones.

M.C. Locally general.

I. Karachi. Here the finest examples have been dredged,

and also occur at very low tide amongst muddy rocks. Bombay

(Abercrombie). Extends south to Ceylon.

CyrPR#ZA LISTERI Gray.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Ras El Hadd, near Maskat, very

infrequent.

CYPR#A MAURITIANA L,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Obtained from the native boat-

men, who said they had found them on rocks at extreme low tide

(FW. T.).

Cypr#£a MONETA L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Exported in quantity to India

with C. annulus L., these two so-called species probably being the

extremes of one variable mollusc.

CypPr#A OCELLATA L.

PG. MCL Lf.

Generally diffused, mostly occurring at low tide amongst muddy

stones. The finest specimens occur off Karachi. One example is

particularly noticeable, being, though normal in size and marking,

of a pale lilac-cinereous hue with pink suffusion, resembling

C. listeri Gray.

Var. calophthalma Melvy.

One example occurred only of the form with large ocellations.

A pale sub-pellucent form occurred in lat. 18° 58’ N., long.

71° 45' E., 40 fathoms.

Cyprxa onyx L.

P.G. Adhering to the telegraph-cable from 15 fathoms, mud,

principally at the head of the Gulf.

I. Karachi; sparsely occurring.

Cypr#A PALLIDA Gray.

I. Karachi. At low tide, under muddy rocks.

Variable as regards marking and coloration, the series in this

collection being almost uniquely beautiful, embracing every grada-

tion between plain cinereous and rich brown with large dorsal

maculations. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CypR#A PULCHELLA Swains.

P.G. Gulf of Oman.

Adhering to telegraph-cable, from 50 fathoms, mud. One

yariety, very perfect, not exceeding inch longitudinally.

384 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18

CYPR#A PULCHRA Gray.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Not hitherto found alive in this

region.

- Cyprma OVATA Perry, Conch. pl. xxi. fig. 3 (1811).

Cyprea turdus Lam. An. sans Vert. vii. p. 392 (i822).

PG) ROS Te

Found generally, and at all states of the tide down to

10 fathoms, the quality of the ground making no difference. The

finest examples certainly occur at Karachi, amongst muddy stones

at extreme low-tide mark.

Var. nivea Gray.

M.C. Colourless examples, with almost the aspect of C. eburnea

Barnes.

Cypra ziczac L.

P.G. Tumb Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

Occurs on muddy sand and stones at 7 to 15 fathoms; very

beautiful varieties occurring, though always rare.’

TRIVIA GLOBOSA Gray.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E. 40 fathoms.

TRIVIA SCABRIUSCULA Gray.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. Dead examples at

24 fathoms, mud. Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E. 37 fathoms,

sand and mud.

AMPHIPERAS ADAMSI Reeve (Qvula Brug.).

P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms, mud.

AMPHIPERAS OvorpEus H. Ad. ,

P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms, mud.

I. Karachi.

These are the first extra-Erythran records.

AMPHIPERAS PubDIcUS A. Ad.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

AMPHIPERAS PULCHELLUS H. Ad.

I. Karachi.

Perhaps, as suggested by Tryon, a variety of A. punctatus Duclos.

1 [Cyprea valentia Perry, 1811.

Cyprea princeps Gray, 1824.

This species is termed popularly “‘ The Brindled Cowry of the Persian Gulf,”

and but six or seven examples alone have been discovered. It is probably an

inhabitant of deep water, and it is doubtful whether its correct habitat is the

one now given. The Persian Gulf proper, into which the great rivers Tigris

and Euphrates (after effecting a junction at Kornah, nearly a hundred miles

from their mouth) flow, is nowhere of very great depth. Far different is the

case, however, as we have clearly shown, with the Gulf of Oman, where

soundings have been obtained of nearly 1500 fathoms. It is here, therefore,

that this rare and beautiful molluse should be searched for.]

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 385

AMPHIPERAS PYRIFORMIS Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Very near A. nubeculatus Ad. & Rve.

AMPHIPERAS STRIATULUS Sowb.

P.G. Linjah. 34 fathoms, mud.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45' E. 40 fathoms. Very fine.

A. dorsuosus Hinds is probably a variety.

AMPHIPERAS (CYPHOMA) INDICUS Reeve.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

An endemic species, nearly allied to A. obtusus Rve., with which,

indeed, it is united by Tryon.

AMPHIPHRAS (CYPHOMA) TRAILLII A. Ad.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie). In shell-sand.

AMPHIPERAS (VOLVA) LANCHOLATUS Sowb.

P.G. Tumb Island. 15 fathoms, sand.

AMPHIPERAS (NEOSIMNIA) sPELTA L.

M.C. Charbar. In 3-7 fathoms, sandy mud.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ERATO OLIVARIA Mely.

I. Karachi.

ERATO PELLUCIDA Reeve.

I. Karachi. 3 to 5 fathoms, amongst loose stones and muddy

sand. Bombay (Abercrombie), among shell-shingle.

Fam. Dorin.

Do.ivum punkeri Hanley.

M.C. Charbar, not dredged alive. 7 fathoms.

Do.uiuM GALBA L.

Var. luteostomum Kiister (sp.).

M.C. Charbar beach, only once occurring.

Dorium mMacuLAtuM Lam.

I. Karachi, muddy rocks. Bombay (Abercrombie).

DoxiuM oLBARIUM Brug.

Var. cumingii Hanley.

P.G. Linjah. 3} fathoms.

Pyrvuva ricus Lam. (= P. laevigata Reeve).

P.G. Kais Island. 7 fathoms, coral-saud.

M.C. Charbar Bay. I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1901, Vou. IL. No. XXYV. 25

386 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

PyRULA RETICULATA Lam.

P.G. On cable. 30-50 fathoms, amongst weed and shell-

growth. I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Fam. TRrvonipm.

_ LoToRIuM OLEARIUM (L.) (Z'riton Montft.).

M.C. Amongst loose muddy rocks at low tide. Largest speci-

mens measure 5} in. X 3 in.

LotoriuM (SIMPULUM) LABIOSUM (Wood).

PG. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. Charbar Bay.

I. Karachi. 2 to 5 fathoms, loose stones and muddy sand.

LororiuM (SIMPULUM) AQUATILE (Reeve).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Lororium (SIMPULUM) PILEARE (L.).

P.G. Mussandam Inlet. 2 to 3 feet of water at low tide.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie ; Olivier).

Lotor1um (GUTTURNIUM) RETUSUM (Lam.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, stones and sandy

mud bottom. Extending past Jask to the Mekran Coast.

LororiuM (GUTTURNIUM) TRILINEATUM (Rve.).

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 7 fathoms muddy sand.

M.C. Not infrequent.

I. Karachi, On mud-flats at low tide.

Lororium (GUTTURNIUM) VESPACEUM (Lam.).

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Is.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, loose stones and muddy sand.

LotoriuM (EPIDROMUS) BRACTEATUM (Hinds).

I... Karachi.

LotoriuM (EPIDROMUS) CEYLONENSE (Sowb.).

P.G. Ras Maidar. 8 fathoms.

Lororium (Epmpromvs) pistortuM (Schub. & Wagn.).

P.G. Linjah. 3} fathoms,

LororiuM (EPIDROMUS) TESTACEUM (Mérch).

M.C. Charbar.

LororiuM (LAGENA) CINGULATUM (Pfr.).

I. Ratnigiri (Abercrombie).

GYRINEUM ALBIVARICOSUM (Reeve) (Ranella Lam.).

I. Karachi. 20 fathoms, mud.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 387

GYRINEUM CRUMENA (Lam.).

P.G. 13 fathoms, rock and muddy sand.

M.C. S§.E. of Astola Island.

GYRINEUM SPrINosuM (Lam.),

M.C. Dead specimens noticed everywhere along the coast-line.

I. Karachi. Alive, but sparingly, on mud-flats. Bombay

(Abercrombie ; Olivier).

GYRINEUM SUBGRANOSUM (Sowb.).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie; Olivier).

GyrintuM (LAMPAS) GRANIFERUM (Lam.).

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, on rocks.

I. Karachi. Amongst muddy rocks at low tide.

GyRinEUM (LAmMpas) LAMPAS (L.).

P.G. Dredged at 7 fathoms.

I. Karachi. At very low tide on muddy rocks.

GYRINEUM (LAMPAS) RANELLOIDES (Rve.).

I. Karachi.

GYRINEUM (ARGOBUCCINUM) ANCEPS (Lam.).

I. Karachi.

GYRINEUM (ARGOBUCCINUM) BITUBERCULARE (Rve.),

P.G. On telegraph-cable. 40 fathoms.

GYRINEUM (ARGOBUCCINUM) PUSILLUM (Brod.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. Charbar. 12 fathoms.

GYRINEUM (ARGOBUCCINUM) TUBERCULATUM (Brod.).

P.G. M.C, I., Karachi; widely distributed on muddy banks

at low tide. Bombay (Abercrombie).

DISTORSIO CANCELLINUS Roissy.

Var. decipiens Reeve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Sect. ii. Heteropoda.

Fam. PrerorracH ©ID#.

CARINARIA sp.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Only an apical fragment.

Fam. ATLANTID®,

ATLANTA PERONIT Less.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. From 37-500 fathoms, with the above.

None taken living.

25*

388 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. EULIMID &.

EuLiMa actcuua Gould.

M.C.. Charbar.

EvLima aucuR Angas.

M.C. Among shingle, dead.

Evuiima cuminel A. Ad.

I. Karachi.

EULIMA DENS-COLUBRI Mely.

Bombay (Abercrombie).

EULIMA EPIPHANES Mely.

P.G. Maskat. Linjah anchorage, 5 fathoms. Kishm Island,

5 fathoms, soft mud.

I. Lat. 18’ 58° N., long. 71°45’ E. 40 fathoms.

EULIMA GENTILOMIANA Issel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman; lat. 26° 10’ N., long. 52° 20’ E.

32 fathoms. Maskat, 15 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar. :

I. Karachi. Occasionally found amongst rocks and alge at

low water.

Evra Martini A. Ad.

P.G. Henjam Island. 7 to 12 fathoms, sandy mud.

EuLima nivripuna A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman; lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 35' E.

205 tathoms, mud.

EULIMA SHOPLANDI Melyv.

P.G. Kishm Island. 6 fathoms.

I. Karachi.

Described originally from Aden.

EULIMA STYLIFEROIDES, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 20.)

E. testa polita, subpellucida, albo-lactea, versus apicem multum

attenuata, plerumque incurva vel intorta ; anfractibus 10-12,

nitidissinis, subventricosis, apud suturas paullum impressis,

utrinque linea suturali pellucente preditis, anfractu ultimo lato,

obliquato, ad peripheriam subangulato ; apertura mediocri, labro

apud basim crassiusculo, albo, nitido ; columella paullum pro-

ducta.

Long. 6, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Warachi. 5 fathoms.

Seven or eight full-grown examples of a distinct form in a

genus where, perhaps, too much similarity already prevails. It

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 389

possesses kinship, especially, with 2. solida Sowb. and inflewa

Pease, from both of which it can be differentiated by its delicate

translucent substance and smaller size. From £. australasiaca

M. & S8., recently described from the Torres Straits, it differs in

greater attenuation and rapidly contracting spire. It much

exceeds in size E. latipes Wats., and is broader in convolution of

body-whorl than any varieties of Z. gentilomiana Issel and

E, shoplandi Mely., both of which occur in the same seas. The

specific term chosen indicates its Stylifer-like appearance.

Evurima (Liostraca) arasica Issel.

P.G. Bushire. Found amongst mud at anchor. Gulf of Oman,

lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 55' E.; 205 fathoms.

Evra (Liosrraca) prvirrata H. & A. Ad.

P.G. Bushire. Kishm Island; 5 fathoms, soft mud. Gulf

of Oman, lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 55' E.; 205 fathoms, mud.

A pure white albino form, agreeing precisely in other details,

occurs with the type at this latter locality.

Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Evrima (Liosrraca) unrirynata Ad. & Rve,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. A dark clearly-banded form.

I. Karachi. A pale variety.

Evra (Apicania) cf. HOLDSworTHI A. Ad.

I. Karachi.

Only in juvenile condition, and therefore almost impossible to

determine with certainty.

Niso venosa Sowb.*

P.G. Bahrein Isles.

M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

Mostly found from low-tide mark down to 10 fathoms, on

sandy mud or sand, frequent.

Var. pura, nov.

Somewhat broader, and often with the longitudinal varices

wanting, uncoloured. A deep-water form.

P.G. Gulf of Oman; lat. 24° 5’ N., iong. 57° 35 E. 206

fathoms, mud.

Linjah. 34 fathoms.

Fam. PyrRaMIDELLID®.

PYRAMIDELLA DOLABRATA L., var. TEREBELLOIDES A, Ad.

M.C. Charbar. In 3 to 5 fathoms, sand.

I. Karachi; lat. 26° 55’ N., long. 57° 59 BE. 37 fathoms.

1 Niso pyramidelloides G. & H. Nevill (Journ. As, Soc. Beng. vol. xl. pt. ii.

p. 5, pl. i. fig. 14, 1871), is undoubtedly near this species, but considerably

smaller. It is reported from the ‘ Persian Coast” by Nevill (¢. c. vol. xliv.

pt. ii. p. 103) as having been collected by Mr. W. T. Blanford.

390 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

PYRAMIDELLA MACULOSA Lam. (=P. acus Gmel.).

P.G. Off Shaikh ShuaibIsland. In 7 fathoms ; mud, sand, and

stones. I. Karachi.

PYRAMIDELLA PULCHELLA A. Ad.

P.G. Kishm Island. In 6 fathoms, mud.

M.C. Charbar. I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Considered a Syrnola by some authors, but there exist two

columellar plications.

PyYRAMIDELLA (LoncH2£Us) suLcaTa A, Ad.

P.G. Maskat. In 10 to 15 fathoms, loose stones and muddy

sand.

PYRAMIDELLA (OTOPLEURA) MITRALIS A, Ad,

P.G. Kais Island. In 5 to 10 fathoms, coral-sand.

M.C. Charbar. Dead specimens.

PYRAMIDELLA (OTOPLEURA) PROPINQUA A. Ad.

P.G. M.C. I. Karachi.

SYRNOLA BRUNNEA A. Ad.

I Karachi, rare.

SYRNOLA CINCTELLA A. Ad.

P.G. Kishm Island. In 6 fathoms, mud.

M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

Syrnoua ELEGANS A. Ad.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. Dredged amongst muddy sand and shingle, 7

fathoms.

SYRNOLA KARACHTENSIS Melly.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. Amongst weed and mud on rocks at low tide.

SYRNOLA MEKRANICA, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 21.)

S. testa gracillima, nitida, levissima, atlenuata, candida ; anfracti-

bus 113, quorum 14 apicales, heterostrophi, globulares, erystallini,

ceteris ad suturas subimpressis, vie ventricosis, perlavibus, supra

suturas spiraliter anguste unifilosis, filo rufo, interdum ad

medium internis lineis lacteis accinctis, ultimo ad medium, simul

ac versus basim, bifiloso ; apertura ovata, peristomate fere continuo;

columella incrassata, alba, obliqua, fortiter uniplicata.

Long. 7, lat. 1°75 mm.

Hab. Charbar. 7 fathoms.

Alhed to S. subulina Ad., from Japan, but considerably larger.

It is a graceful species, narrow, attenuate, shining, 11 to 12-

whorled, the protoconch heterostrophe, vitreous, globular ; the rest

of the whorls smooth, hardly ventricose, once spirally rufous-

threaded or banded, just above the sutures, on the last whorl there

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. O91

being two such spiral threads, one in the middle, the other towards

the base. The peristome is quite or almost continuous, columella

white, strongly one-plaited.

This species differs, also, from all forms of the somewhat protean

S. cinctella Ad. in its slight ventricosity and more elegant attenu-

ations of whorl, the body-whorl, especially, being broader in the

commoner species.

SYRNOLA METRIA Mely.

P.G. Bushire.

I, Karachi. At low tide amongst mud, weeds, and loose

rocks.

Very near some large forms of Odostomia, this species has, so

far, been found but very rarely.

OsciLLa rnpica Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Karachi.

The commoner species of the two Oscille, found in the same

localities, but always distinguished by its oblongo-fusiform shape.

Reported from Aden by Commander Shopland.

OscILLa ToRNATA (A. Ad. inedit.) Melyv.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Karachi. Amongst muddy rocks

at low tide.

AMATHIS FILIA Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Rare always; in shell-sand.

ELvsa BRUNNEOMACULATA Melv.

P.G. Dredged in 5 fathoms, mud and sand. Gulf of Oman:

Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), 24 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar, a few specimens only.

I. Karachi, also rare.

This is a remarkably isolated form.

Etvsa srricrunata A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Amongst stones and mud at very low tides.

Etvsa supunata A. Ad.

I. Lat. 18°58’ N., long. 71°45’ E. 40 fathoms.

An interesting shell, with narrow caudate apical whorls. Type

Japanese.

MorMULA MACANDREWI A, Ad.

P.G. Lat. 45° 55 N., long 57° 59’ E. in Gulf of Oman,

M.C. Charbar. On rocks at 7 fathoms.

A very delicate species, peculiar for its numerous varices and

golden hue.

MorMvuLa rissorva A, Ad.

M.C.

392 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

ACTHOPYRAMIS FULVA Gray (Monoptygma Lea).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie) ; Karachi. Amongst dredged shingle;

dead specimens only, but very fine. The four uppermost whorls

are uniformly white, contrasting strongly with the darkly-coloured

lower ones.

ARCTHOPYRAMIS GAVISA Mely. (Myonia A. Ad.).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ACT XOPYRAMIS GRANULATA A. Ad.

I. Karachi.

ACT ZOPYRAMIS PSYCHE Mely.

I. Karachi.

ACTHOPYRAMIS SPecriosa A. Ad.

P.G. Linjah Anchorage.

MutuMI0LA EPENTROMA Mely.

Rissoina epentroma Melv. Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. ii. p. 110, pl. 8.

fig. 23.

I. Karachi; mud-covered rocks at low tide. Bombay (Aber-

crombie).

The generic position we have, after much consideration, decided

to assign to this very interesting small species, is merely tentative.

Mr. Townsend’s Karachi individuals are in finer condition than

the Bombay types, which were collected in shell-sand, and the

apices were therefore fractured. Now the examination of perfect

specimens not only discloses an heterostrophe mamillate proto-

conch, but, though the facies be rissoid—a not infrequent cireum-

stance in this family—and the outer lip thickened, with the

columella simple, yet the texture of the shell is much like a

Pyrgulina, e. g. edgarti or interstriata; and we have no doubt a

step is now being taken in the right direction, even though the

position may very possibly again be changed.

Momiona sprrata A. Ad.

P.G. Bushire. M.C. Charbar. Gwadtr, Ormara.

I. Karachi.

TURBONILLA ABERCROMBIE! Mely.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TURBONILLA BASILICA Melvy.

P.G. Lat. 27° 52’, in 40 fathoms, on telegraph-cable. Kishm

Island, in 6 fathoms, mud. Bushire.

TURBONILLA CANDIDA Folin.

P.G. Kishm Island. 6 fathoms, soft mud.

I. Karachi. Amongst rocks covered at low tide with muddy

sand and weeds.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 393

TURBONILLA (PYRGOSTELIS) CHARBARENSIS, sp.0. (Plate XXII.

fig. 22.)

T. testa aciculata, lete rufa, delicata; anfractibus 12, quorum

apicales duo vitrei, levissimi, heterostrophi, ceteris arcte longi-

tudinaliter costatis, costis levibus, interstitiis spiraliter sulculosis,

apertura ovata ; labro, simul ac columella, simplici.

Long. 6, lat. 1:50 mm,

Hab. Charbar, Mekran Coast, 7-10 fathoms.

Of the same character as the European 7’. rufa Phil., but smaller,

and the ribs are continuous beyond the periphery in our species,

not evanescent as in rufa. Whorls 11 or 12, the two apical being

glassy, vitreous, sinistral, the remainder closely longitudinally

ribbed, ribs smooth, interstitially spirally striate. Eight examples

were dredged, all precisely similar.

TURBONILLA EMILIZ Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TURBONILLA LINJAICA sp. n. (Plate XXII. fig. 23.)

T. testa delicatissima, angusta, aciculata, pergracili, omnino rufa,

vel rarius rufo-albescente ; anfractibus 9-10, quorum apicales

duo, heterostrophi, vix pellucidi, rufi vel albi, ceteris subventri-

cosis, arcte longitudinaliter recticostatis, costis in penultimo ad

viginti, acutis, nitidis, interstitiis pulcherrime et arctissime

spiraliter striatis ; peristomate continuo, tenui ; columella rufa,

paullum obliqua.

Long. 4, lat. *75 mm,

Hab. Linjah, Persian Gulf. 33 fathoms, sand. December 1900.

Very distinct, though so minute; being usually entirely rufous,

though some examples are almost white, with rufous tinge alone

on the body-whorl. It is one of the smallest Turbonille yet

described, and remarkably graceful in contour. The ribs are nearly

straight, acute, crowded, the spaces intervening being seen, with a

lens, to be exquisitely closely striatulate; mouth ovate; peristome

continuous. It bears no close resemblance to any other Eastern

species known to us.

TURBONILLA MANOR Mely.

JI. Karachi.

TURBONILLA SORORIA Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, 250 fathoms.

Lat. 24° 5' N., long. 57° 35' E. 205 fathoms, sand and mud: a

var. more slender and flattened than the type.

I. Karachi, rare. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TURBONILLA STEGASTRIS', sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 24.)

T. testa gracili, attenuata, alba ; anfractibus novem, apicali vitreo,

mamillato, heterostropho, ceteris longitudinaliter areti-costatis,

1 oréyaorpus, a weaver.

394 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

in ultimo anfractu (circa triginta et octo) numerosissimis, in

penultimo viginti-sea, angustis, rectis, undique spiraliter arctis-

sime intertextis et filostriatis, supra, juxta suturas unilineatis,

linea rufa; apertura ovata ; peristomate fere continuo, incrassato,

margine columellari simpler.

Long. 11, lat. 2°50 mm., spec. maj.

Long. 8, Tat. 2 mm. , spec. Min.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Gais (or Kais) Island.

I. Karachi.

A graceful shell, with many fine longitudinal riblets, spirally, as

it were, interwoven with cross-threads ; just above the sutures

there is one rufous thin spiral line. The whorls, inclusive of the

heterostrophe apical, are nine in number. The larger example,

which we take as our type, came from Kais Island.

TURBONILLA TEMPLARIS Melv.

I. Karachi.

TURBONILLA TENUICOSTA Issel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, 250 fathoms. Many examples, but

few adult. These show the plice evanescent on the broad body-

whorl, the chief characteristic of Issel’s species, and we think they

are identical.

TURBONILLA TEREBRINA Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, 250 fathoms.

I. Karachi, amongst muddy rocks at low tide.

TURBONILLA VELAINI Tryon.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, 250 fathoms.

It is the Turbonilla scalaris Vélain non Phil.

EULIMELLA KAISENSIS Melv.

P.G. Near Fao, Bushire. Kishm Island. 6 fathoms, mud.

Linjah, 34 fathoms. The type from Kais Island.

Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35’ E. 205 fathoms.

Mostly in juvenile, semipellucent condition.

I. Lat. 18°58’ N., long. 71° 45' E. 40 fathoms, fine.

CINGULINA ARCHIMEDEA Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CINGULINA ISSELI Tryon.

Eulimella cingulata Issel, Conch. Mare Rosso, p. 182, 1869.

P.G. Henjam Island.

M.C. Charbar, most abundant.

I. Karachi, Manora Point. Found on muddy weed-

covered rocks at low water.

-This species requires more study. It is protean in character, and

it is possible that two species are at present here blended together.

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 395

CINGULINA SPINA Crosse & Fisch.

I. Karachi. Much rarer than the last.

OpoOsTOMIA ANTELIA Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 55° 56’ E. 225

fathoms, mud.

I. Karachi, very rare. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ODOSTOMIA CARINATA H, Ad.

P.G. Bushire.

I. Karachi, off mud at anchorage.

ODOSTOMIA EUTROPIA Mely.

P.G. Bushire; lat. 26° 23’ N., long. 54° 53’ E. 250 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi, on mud in 25 fathoms.

Very near to two of Adams’s Japanese species, O. subangulata

and 0. tenera, especially as concerns the body-whorl and carination,

but differing in the shape of the mouth.

ODOSTOMIA LITIOPINA, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 1.)

O. testa parva, subrimata, levi, tenui, semipellucida, cornea ; an-

fractibus 43, quorum 13 apicales, leves, nigrescentes, ceteris ad

suturas gradatulis, ventricosis, ultimo oblongo, tumidulo ; apertura

ovata, labro tenui ; columella haud incrassata, uniplicata.

Long. 2, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman. Lat. 25° 24’ N., long. 57° 27' E.; at 241

fathoms. Also lat. 25° 31! N., long. 57° 14! E.; 198 fathoms, mud.

A very minute and somewhat obscure species. It appears to

have nearly attained its full growth, though the peristome is still

thin. Theprotoconch does not seem heterostrophe, though slightly

involved; the whorls are tumid, thin, olivaceous; mouth oval ;

columella once-plaited. It is superficially not unlike a Litiopa,

whence the specific name.

OposTOMIA MAJOR, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 2.)

O. testa oblonga, levi, nitida, alba, apud apicem paullum attenu-

ata; anfractibus novem, apicali levi, vitrea, heterostropho, ceteris

planatis, infra suturas zona subpellucida interna decoratis,

ultimo anfractu obscurissime sub lente spiraliter albostriato ;

apertura paullum effusa, ovata, intus striata; labro continuo,

tenui ; columella fortiter implicata,

Long. 6, lat. 2 mm,

Hab. I. Karachi. 3 fathoms.

Not so frequent as 0. eutropia Melv., which occurs in the same

locality. It is amongst the largest of the genus, and also distin-

guished by its oblong, attenuately fusiform shape, perfect smooth-

ness, and aperture slightly effuse, striate within, three apical strize

showing semipellucently through on the body-whorl. There are

no signs of peripherial carination.

396 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON ‘June 18,

OposTOMIA SYRNOLOIDES Melly.

P.G. Gulfof Oman. Lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 55° 56’ E; 225

fathoms, mud and sand. Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E.; 37

fathoms, mud and sand. Lat. 26° 35’ N., long. 54° 31' E.; also

lat. 24° 05' N., long. 57° 35’ E.; 205 fathoms, mud.

I. Karachi.

OposTOMIA (PYRGULINA) CaLLista Melyv.

P.G. Kishm Island, in 5 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar. At low tide amongst mud and weed on loose

rocks ; much finer specimens than types from Bombay.

I. Karachi and Bombay (Abercrombie).

Its nearest ally is P. celata Ads., a much larger shell in all its

parts.

Opvostomia (PyreuLtIna) casta A. Ad.

I. Karachi. Amongst mud, weed, and loose stones at low tide.

OpostoMia (PYRGULINA) EDGARII Mely.

I. Karachi. Amongst mud, weed, and loose stones at low tide.

Bombay (Abercrombie).

Allied to P. consobrina Ad.

Opostom1A (PYRGULINA) EPENTROMIDEA Mely. (Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 94).

P.G. Bushire; lat. 26° 23' N., long. 54° 53’ EH. Kishm

Island, in 5 fathoms, soft mud.

Near O. brenda A. Ad., from Japan, but differing in form of

aperture and body-whorl.

OpostoM1A (PYRGULINA) GLyctIsMA Melly.

P.G. Bushire. I. Karachi.

OpostoMIA (PYRGULINA) INTERSTRIATA Sowb.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Larger than P. edgarii. A New Caledonian species, with

wide range.

OpostoMIA (PYRGULINA) PYRGOMELLA Mely.

I. Karachi, on rocks at low tide, very rare. Bombay (<Aber-

crombie).

OposroMiaA (Miraupa) piapeMA A. Ad.

I. Karachi, 7 fathoms.

OpostoMia (Mrraupa) 1paLtima Mely.

P.G. Bushire. I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

OpostoMIA (MIRALDA) OPEPHORA Mely.

M.C. Charbar. I. Karachi.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 397

(dq) RHACHIOGLOSSA.

Fam. Mouricrp.

MuREX MALABARICUS Sm. Ann. Nat. Hist. [6] xiv. p. 162, pl. 3.

fig. 1.

M.C. Young specimens in very perfect condition, adhering to

the telegraph-cable, 10-30 fathoms, mud.

I. On Eastern Telegraph Co.’s cable, 125 m. W.S.W. of

Bombay. 45 fathoms; and lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40

fathoms.

This species was discovered by Dr. Alcock, F.R.S., and the late

Prof. J. Wood-Mason during the survey of the s.s. ‘ Investigator’

off the Malabar Coast, lat. 11° 05’ 43” N., long. 78° 04’ 08” E., in

35 fathoms; so its range is now extended considerably to the

north and north-west.

MUREX TENUISPINA Lam.

I. Karachi. 20-30 fathoms, mud.

MoreEx THRNISPINA Lam.

P.G. Jask, probably locally extending over the Mekran Coast.

Murex TRIBULUS L.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Morex (Cutcornvs) apustus Lam.

I. Kolaba Point, Bombay (Abercrombie). Kolaba (or Colaba)

Point and southwards (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Mvrex (CHIcoREUS) AxicorNnis Lam.

P.G. Several adhering to telegraph-cable, 40-50 fathoms, mud.

Henjam Island.

Murex (CHICOREUS) BANKSII Sowb.

P.G. S. of Shaikh Shuaib Island. Only once dredged at

7 fathoms, coral and sand

Murex (Cuicornvs) Maurvs Brod.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Murex (Ciicorzus) MicroPpHYLLuUs Lam.

I. Karachi.

We have this also from Ceylon. The locality “ Panama” given

in certain text-books seems untrustworthy.

Murex (Caicornus) spectrum Rye.

P.G. Henjam Island.

Murex (Payiionorus) crrrosus Hinds.

M.C. Probably between Jask and Charbar. A remarkably

beautiful example, with incurved spines.

398 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Murex (PHYLLONOTUS) RUSTICUS Rye.

M.C. Occasionally on telegraph-cable. We have also received

this from the Andaman Is. (Booley).

Murex (PHYLLONOTUS) TURBINATUS Lam. (=spinosus A. Ad.).

P.G. Found from low tide on coral-reefs to 10 fathoms’ depth.

Dredged specimens occur amongst coral, loose stones, and muddy

sand.

I. Karachi.

Murex (HomMALAcANTHA) ROTA Sowb.

P.G. S.W. coast of Shaikh Shuaib Island. 7 fathoms, loose

coral and muddy sand. ‘Two or three examples of a variety, white,

with violet tinge, on telegraph-cable at 45 fathoms.

This is M. anatomicus Perry, 1811, which name has priority.

Murex (OcINEBRA) BOMBAYANUS Melly.

I. Karachi. From low-tide mark to 5 fathoms, amongst loose

rock and muddy sand. Bombay and Ratnagiri, abundant (Aber-

crombie, Herford, and W. 7. Blanford). Near Goa and Panjim

(Lt.-Col. H. D, Olivier).

The Indian analogue of M. cristatus Brocchi, from the Mediter-

ranean.

Morex (OcINEBRA) CycLOstoMA Sowb.

P.G. S.E. of Shaikh Shuaib I. 7 fathoms, coral, loose stones.

and sand. Rare.

Murex (OcrInEBRA) FLEXIROSTRIS Melv.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat ; 15 fathoms, local.

Lat. 24° 55' N., long. 57° 54’ E.; 37 fathoms, sand and mud,

One specimen, juvenile, light chestnut in colour, with the canal

barely flexuose.

Murex (OcrInNEBRA) PHOLIDOTUS B. Wats.

P.G. Henjam I.; 12 fathoms, mud and stone bottom. Gulf

of Oman, Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira) ; 20 fathoms.

Dr. Boog Watson described this species (Rep. Voy. ‘ Challenger,’

xv. p. 158, pl. x. fig. 3), collected at Flinders Passage, Cape York,

from worn types ; hence the figure is uncharacteristic.

Murex (Octnepra) sprotinus A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira); on

telegraph-cable, 30-40 fathoms. Not quite typical.

URoOSALPINX conTRACTA Rye.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), typical. Goa and Panjim (Zt,-Col.

A, D. Olivier).

Var. calcarea Dkr.

P.G. M.C. From half-tide mark to 50 fathoms, common.

Deep-water specimens occur mainly amongst shell-growth on the

telegraph-cable, and are always much smaller than those found

between tide-marks.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 399

UROSALPINX INNOTABILIS Sm.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island, scarce.

RapaNa BULBOSA Soland.

P.G. Adhering in all stages of growth to the covering of

telegraph-cable, 10-35 fathoms.

LATIAXIS DIADEMA Sowb.

P.G. Occurs locally amongst shell-growth on telegraph-cable,

50 fathoms, mud. This, one of the most beautiful of all Mollusca,

was only obtained on one occasion, in 1887, by Mr. Townsend, but

fortunately many examples were secured.

PurPura persica L.

M.C. Under rocks generally, often in clusters of twenty to a

hundred individuals.

PuRPURA RUDOLPHI Chemn.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie ; Olivier).

Purpura (THatussa) BUFO Lam.

I. Karachi. Very abundant amongst rocks at half-tide to low-

water mark (7. W. 7.). Some specimens are unusually developed ;

in one the spire being entirely concealed by a thick coating of

enamel (W. C. Carphin). Near Goa and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D.

Olivier). Bombay (Abercrombie).

Purpura (THALESSA) HIPPOCASTANUM Lam.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Purpura (THALESSA) ECHINULATA Lam.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

PourPura (THALESSA) MANCINELLA Lam.

I. Karachi. At half-tide mark, on rocks, Black Fort reef.

Purpura (STRAMONTTA) BLANFORDI Mely.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms.

I. Karachi (W. 7. Blanford in Mus. Brit.). Bombay,

Ratnagiri (Abercrombie, Herford, § Blanford). Near Goa and

Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Purpura (STRAMONITA) RUSTICA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach.

Purpura (PoLYrRoPA) SACELLUM Ch. (= Cuma rugosa Born).

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), on muddy rocks at low

tide. Goa and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Jopas sertuM Brug.

Var. francolina Brug.

M.C. Charbar. On muddy banks at low tide, but rarely.

400 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

VEXILLA VEXILLUM Lam.

M.C. Charbar beach.

CUMA CARINIFERA (Lam.).

I. Karachi. Rocks at low-water mark. Fine examples recently

collected measure 2 inches in length (W. C. Carphin). Near Goa

and Panjim (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

SIsTRUM ANAXARES Duclos.

P.G. Henjam Island, 7-25 fathoms, mud. Mussandam, on

rocks.

SIstRUM CHRysosToMA Desh.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island.

SISTRUM CONCATENATUM Lam.

I. Karachi.

SisfRUM KONKANENSE Melly.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie, W. T. Blanford).

SISTRUM MARGARITICOLUM Brod.

M.C. Rare.

For a remark about this species, vide Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

Xxvil. p. 163. ;

SISTRUM OCHROSTOMA Blv.

M.C. Rare. 1.: Karachi.

Var. heptagonale Rve. (sp.).

M.C. With the type.

SISTRUM SIDEREUM Kye.

I. Karachi.

SistRUM sUBNODULOSUM Mely.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie, Herford).j

SISTRUM TUBERCULATUM Bly.

M.C.

I. Karachi, amongst rocks at low tide. Bombay, common

(Abercrombie ; Olivier).

SistruM unpDATUM Chemn. (= Purpura muricina Blake).

I. Karachi.

SisTRUM XUTHEDRA Melly.

I, Karachi, Ratnagiri (Abercrombie).

Fam. CoRALLIOPHILID.

CORALLIOPHILA JEFFREYSIL Sm.

M.C. Charbar Point, 5 to 7 fathoms. y

I. Karachi Harbour. Bombay (Abercrombie).

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 401

CoORALLIOPHILA PERSICA Mely.

P.G. On the telegraph-cable, 20-30 fathoms.

CoRALLIOPHILA RUBROCOCCINEA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)

'C. testa perforata, ovato-fusiformi, versus apicem attenuata, undique

aspera, sguamulosa, rubescente vel cinerea, salmonea vel sordide

alba ; anfractibus novem, apicalibus duobus inclusis, pellucidis,

ceteris ventricosis, longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis anfractus

ultimi novem, spiraliter arcte omnino, cum interstitiis, squamu~

latis; apertura pyriformi, in typo intus vivide rubescenti-coccinea

vel miniata, interdum pallida vel cinerascente, labro tenut,

paullum effuso, apud basim attenuato; columella paullum

excavata.

Long. 23, lat. 12°50 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf: Shaikh Shuaib Island; Linjah, at 25

fathoms.

A very beautiful form: with no very near ally in the genus,

Whorls nine, ventricose, impressed at the sutures, the protoconch

vitreous, coloured (in the type) as the body of the shell, and

centrally noduled, the remainder of the whorls are uniformly thickly

longitudinally ribbed, spirally closely costulate, with scaly strie ;

the interstices likewise scaly. Mouth pear-shaped, deep crimson-

red (in the type), outer lip effuse, thin ; columella slightly excavate.

Fam. CoLUMBELLID2.

CoLUMBELLA FusoaTa Ad.

I. Bombay (Ff. W.7.). Not occurring in the Abercrombie list.

COLUMBELLA PARDALINA Lam.

M.C. Charbar, on mud-covered rocks.

I. Karachi.

CoLUMBELLA PROPINQUANS Sm.

P.G. Linjah, 34 fathoms (Dec. 1900).

I. Karachi.

COLUMBELLA VERSICOLOR Sowb.

M.C. Charbar. Amongst shingle, finely marked.

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) AGNESIANA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII.

fig. 3.)

CO. testa nitida, eleganter fusiform, perlevi, attenuata ; anfractibus

9-10, quorum apicali parvo, mamillato, ceteris levibus, albis,

castaneo-reticulatis et maculatis, ultimo anfractu prolongato,

fortiter infra medium ad basim spiraliter sulculoso; apertura

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1901, Vol. II. No. XXVI. 26

402 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

oblonga, labro eatus levi, incrassato, intus 8-9-denticulato, denti-

culis albis vel (rarius) sanguineo-tinctis ; columella fleauosa, alba

vel sanguinea ; canali paullum recurvo.

Long. 9, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. P.G. Bushire. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. Charbar. Sandy mud, 5 fathoms.

An elegant species which, in Mr. Pace’s opinion, is distinct from

all described, though near to C. pudica Braz. from the Torres Straits.

From this it would seem to differ in size, number of whorls, peri-

stome, though similar in disposition of markings and general form.

One Charbar example possesses the periostracum, thin, semitrans-

parent, sericeous, and olivaceous in colour.

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) ALIZONA, sp. n. (Plate XXI. fig. 5.)

C. testa levi, ovato-fusiform, infra medium anfractus ultimi

conspicue sulculosa ad basim, solida, straminea, plus minus

castaneo-maculata vel fasciata; anfractibus octo, quorum tres

apicales vitrei, leves, carteris vie ventricosis, levissimis, ultimo

ceieros magnitudine superante (7 mm.), tumidulo ; apertura

obliqua, oblonga, intus pallide violacea vel albescente, labro intus

circa quinque-denticulato ; columella quadri- vel quinque-tuber-

culata, nitida, paullulum incrassata ; canali lato.

Long. 11:25, lat. 4°50 mm.

Hab. P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island; Bushire; also dredged

lat. 27° N., long. 52° E., and 26° N., 57° E., on the telegraph-

cable.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40 fathoms.

Variable only in disposition of marking and pattern ; the shell

being uniformly smooth, body-whorl tumid, the remainder hardly

ventricose ; apical whorls three, vitreous. Occasionally, as in the

specimens dredged at lat. 27° from the cable, they are wholly

brown or chestnut-coloured, with hardly any discernible pattern ;

and again, as in the Bushire examples, beautifully tessellate, having

on the body-whorl rounded spiral, regularly-arranged clear spaces

beneath the sutures, and a well-defined central fascia below.

Mr. Pace considers this quite distinct from C. (Mitrella) dunkeri

Tryon (=varians Dnkyr. preoce.). Upon carefully comparing it with

authentic specimens of this latter, to which it is certainly nearly

allied, we note, first, that C. alizone possesses 8 as against 7 whorls,

that the body-whorl is bolder and more tumid, that the disposition

of marking is not so variable, C. dunkeri being either lineated,

longitudinally linear-striped, or transversely dotted, and reticulate’;

and, lastly, the mouth-processes and denticulations are stronger and

better defined. The species, in fact, is larger and more solid in

every way. We dedicate this interesting form to Miss Alizon

Townsend, daughter of its discoverer.

‘ Some examples also being almost unicolorous lilac or salmon-coloured,

et Tad

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 403

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) ASTOLENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIII.

fig. 4.)

C. testa levissima, nitida, anguste fusiformi, subpellucente ; anfracti-

bus octo, apicali obtuso, ceteris nequaquam ventricosis, stramineis,

infra, juxta suturas, albo et castaneo pellucide teeniatts et fasciatis,

aliter (in typo) unicoloribus, in varietate undique castaneo obscure

reticulata, tenia hic absente, illic obscure videnda, ultimo anfractu

infra medium ad basim leniter spiraliter sulculoso ; apertura

ovata, labro perlevi, nitido, imcrassato, intus 8-9-denticulato,

albido; columella nitida, simplici, canali lato.

Long. 7, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. M.C. Astola Island, 3 fathoms, sand. Charbar.

C. lincolnensis Reeve, from 8. Australia, is considered by Mr. Pace

the nearest ally to this species. It is, however, nearly twice the

size, and though in one variety it assimilates in its markings to

our type, it is nevertheless far more variable in its range of pattern.

We have some examples which also exhibit a complete network of

chestnut reticulations, as in our variety above noticed. Apart

from the extreme difference in habitat, and the absence of any

known intermediates, we, with Mr. Pace, consider C. astolensis

should take rank as a good species, though we are bound to admit

the difference in size just mentioned—12 mm. against 7 mm.—

furnishes the chief argument for its separation.

CoLuUMBELLA (MITRELLA) BLANDA Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E,

30 fathoms, sand and mud.

M.C. Occasionally near Gwadir and Ormara.

I. Karachi. Not uncommonly from half-tide mark to

10 fathoms.

Var. candidans, nov.

Forma ut in typo, sed omnino albida, nitida.

I. Karachi. An interesting immaculate form.

CoLUMBELLA (MiTRELLA) CARTWRIGHTI Mely.

P.G. Bahrein (Capt. Cartwright). Usually found at 7 fathoms ;

muddy sand bottom.

CoLUMBELLA (M1TRELLA) DORIZ Issel.

P.G. Bunder-Bouchir (Bushire) (/. F. Houssay). According to

Tryon, a var. of C. mindoroensis Rve. A doubtful specimen in

Townsend’s collection.

Cotumpetia (Mirre.ia) BUTERPE Mely.

I. Karachi, abundant. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ConuMBeLLA (Mirreiia) FLAviLiInna Melv.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CoLUMBELLA (MirreLta) MARQUESA Gask.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie).

26*

404 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

CotuMBELLA (MirrELia) Nomapica’, sp. n. (Plate XXI.

fig. 7.)

C. testa fusiformi, oblonga, robusta, perlevi, parum nitida, solida ;

anfractibus 8-9, quorum apicales tres leves, parvi, uni-

colores, ceteris albis, nigro-brunneo arcte reticulatis, interstitiis

rotundis, infra, juata suturas hic illic permagnis, conspicuis,

anfractu ultimo versus basim spiraliter sulculoso ; apertura

oblonga, labro eaxtus crassiusculo, intus denticulato ; columella

simplhici.

Lat. 8, long. 3 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

With a considerable resemblance to C. cribraria Lam. of the

New World, this species is somewhat larger and coarser in detail ;

it is a particularly handsome form, and now that it has been

differentiated will be probably considered very distinct.

CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) ZEBRA Gray (=miser SowD.).

P.G. Linjah.

M.C. Not infrequent, under stones at low water.

Mr. Pace writes: “ A very elate and pale form of the species

known usually as C. miser Sowb., agreeing perfectly with the type

of C. elata Reeve ; but the latter is recorded, perhaps erroneously,

to come from California.”

CoLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) RUGULOSA Sowb.

I. Karachi.

CoLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) TERPSICHORE Leathes.

M.C. Often on mud-covered rocks at low tide.

I. Bombay (Abercrombne).

Mr. Pace notes on a specimen of gigantic dimensions (prob.

C. miser) from Mekran Coast, that it ‘in some respects approaches

C. terpsichore Leathes.” Here we see the frequent futility of

subgeneric distinctions ; in the text-books the three nearly allied

Columbelle are at present placed in three subgenera, viz. :—

C. (Atilia) elata Reeve.

C. (Mitrella) miser Sowb.

C. (Anachis) terpsichore Leathes.

CoLUMBELLA (ATILIA) ALBINODULOSA Gask.

M.C. Local.

This was at first referred to C. nivosa Reeve, the body-whorl

being slightly nodulous and the brown maculation more intense.

CoLUMBELLA (ATILIA) COMPRESSA Gask.

I. Karachi. An Erythrean species.

CoLUMBELLA (ATILIA) CONSPERSA Gask.

P.G., I. No precise localities ; also dredged off Ceylon (W. A.

Tindall).—Mr. 8. Pace deems this synonymous with, at all events,

} nomadica, from the likeness in marking to the “ dpms vopddua,” or

Guinea-fowl.,

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 405

the Andamanese C. puella Sowb. Under this latter name we have

from Mr. Townsend beautiful examples from the Mekran Coast.

CoLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) ATOMELLA Duclos.

I. Seems to be the Bombay species, cast up in thousands below

Malabar Hill and elsewhere in shell-sand. It differs from the

species described below as C. melitoma in being longer, slightly larger,

with straightened whorls; ribs thick, smooth; coloration more

uniform.

CoLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) MELITOMA', sp. n. (Plate XXIII.

fig. 5.)

C. testa minuta, ovato-obesa, subpellucida ; anfractibus sex, quorum

tres aprcales leves, albo-lacter, ceteris turritis, ventricosulis, ad

suturas impressis, undique longitudinaliter costatis, costis crassis,

rectis, ad ultimum circa quatuordecim, flavo-pellucidis, nitidis,

levissimis, supra juxta suturas, spiraliter albo-teniatis, sepe

infra medium anfractus ultimi versus basim cancellatis, liris

spiralibus delicatis, ad juncturas costarum minutissime gemmu-

latis, ad basim fortiter sulculosis ; apertura angusta, labro flavo,

levi, incrassato, intus denticulato ; columella flava, simplict, fere

recta.

Long. 3°25, lat. 1:50 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A common species at the above-named locality. It is perfectly

distinct from all forms of C. selasphora described in this paper ;

and, seemingly, the whorls are more ventricose than in C. atomella

Ducl., which is the Bombay species, according to our present

determinations. It is true C. atomella does not appear to have

been perfectly described, and accordingly some element of doubt

attaches to it. The present species (C. melitoma) differs in, as Just

said, its ventricose whorls, thick ribs, smooth, excepting where

crossed by slender lire towards the base of the budy-whorl, and

golden-yellow colour. The opaque white spiral band just below

the sutures is likewise characteristic.

CoLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) PHAULA’, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 6.)

C. testa minuta, attenuato-fusiformi, tenui, sordide straminea vel

fusca ; anfractibus 5, quorum apicales duo sepe nigro-fusci,

undique longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis in ultimo anfractu

ad duodecim, interstitiis levibus, planatis, ultimo anfractu ad

basim sulco-lirato; apertura angusta, labro levi, interdum

purpureo-suffuso, intus planato ; columella simplici.

Long. 2, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

This very minute species, doubtless nearly allied to C. melitoma

and others of this group, is much the smallest of the Karachi

species, and the ribs are thicker in proportion to the size of the

shell. There is no trace of spiral liration, nor has the lip any

denticles on the inner surface. The form is also more attenuate

and exiguous.

* peirwpa, a honey-cake, from the golden colour.

2 paddos, insignificant.

406 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

CoLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) SELASPHORA*, sp.n. (Plate XXIII.

fig. 7.)

C. minuta, ovata, plerumque obesula, solidiuscula, cinereo-straminea,

flammis fulgetrinis rufo-fuscis pulchre dispositis; anfractibus 6-7,

quorum aprales tres globulosi, vitrei, ceteris regulariter costis

longitudinalibus, levibus, rectis, decoratis, ultimi anfractus ad

tredecim, interdum supra basim evanidis, interdum, sed rarws,

dorsaliter undique levibus; apertura anguste oblonga, labro

paullum incrassato, levi, intus paucidenticulato ; columella nitida,

simplici.

Long. 3, lat. 13 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

According to Mr. 8. Pace, this species has hitherto been con-

founded with C. troglodytes Souy., from New Caledonia, or C. ornata

Pease. It is by the former name that we have for years labelled

it in our collections. There are, dispersed over the tropics of both

hemispheres, about a dozen or more closely-allied species of Semi-

nelle, mostly gregarious, and collected in handfuls where they

occur, and which only acute systematic research can hope to

successtully differentiate. This species is principally conspicuous

for its smooth longitudinal ribs, with no revolving lines, the ribs

themselves being often obsolete on the last whorl, wholly or, at

all events, in part. The beautiful zigzag painting, like lightning-

flashes, is also characteristic.

CoLUMBELLA (SEMINELLA) TOWNSENDI, sp. n. (Plate XXIII.

fig. 8.)

C. testa minuta, ovata vel obesula, brunnea vel castanea, vel

straminea, solida ; anfractibus 6-7, quorum apicales 13 albo-

lactei, ceteris ad suturas impressis, subturritis, longitudinaliter

crassicostatis, undique spiraliter liratis, liris ad juneturas

costarum gemmulatis, nitidis, interdum ad medium anfractus

ultimi absentibus aut partim evanidis; apertura anguste oblonga,

labro incrassato, intus denticulato ; columella recta, simplici, haud

multum inerassta.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1°50 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A variable and locally abundant species, at first thought to be

identical with C. ostreicola Sowb., or its ally C. nigricans Sowb. ;

both these being species of the New World. In the opinion of

Mr. Pace it is sufficiently distinct from both these, and from

C.atrata Gould, to need a cognomen and description. There appear

two varieties: one, the typical, uniformly thickly ribbed, chestnut

or brown unicolorous, crossed by revolving lire entirely over the

surface ; while the other is spirally banded with darker brown, just

where the lire are present, they becoming either partially or

entirely obsolete in the centre of the body-whorl, and in this

instance a central light fascia is exhibited.

} géhas, lightning ; gépw, I bear.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 407

N.B.—The whole of our material has been carefully examined by

Mr. S. Pace, with whom this difficult genus has been long the

special subject of careful study; and we have in almost every

instance followed bis opinion. It is mainly by his recommendation

that we have ventured to describe certain small, plentiful, but

obscure forms, as they have been, perhaps, too hastily considered

till now identical with certain forms of the Western Hemisphere,

e. g., atrata Gould, ostreicola Sowb., diminuta C. B. Ad., troglodytes

Souv., and ornata Pease.

AESOPUS URANIA, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 9.)

ZL. testa attenuata, fusiform, angusta, nitida, brunnea, versus

apicem albescente ; anfractibus 6-7, apicalibus tribus levissimis,

vitreis, ceteris obscure sed arcte spiraliter striatis, late brunneis ;

apertura angusta, oblonga, labro paullulum expanso ; columella

obliqua, versus basim truncata.

Varietas albens, nov.

Vesta oranino albata, aliter uti supra.

Long. 6°50, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Mekran Coast, in two or three localities, local; the variety

rarer, found in company with the type.

A highly interesting mollusc. Judging from the shell alone, it

might be considered a Columbella, Euryta, Thala, or even Olivella

allied to O. nympha Ad.& Ang. In consultation with Mr. Stephen

Pace, we decided to allocate it to the genus Hsopus Gould, allied

to Columbella, and characterized by its author as possessing a

fusiform shell, broadly truncate posteriorly, aperture linear, with

posterior callus (this, we may say, does not appear present to

any great degree in our specimens) ; columella smooth, vitreous.

The colour typically is uniformly chestnut or darker brown,

fading into white towards the apex—the variety albens being, as

aforesaid, wholly colourless; perhaps, as Mr. Pace opines, a bleached

state only. The last two or three whorls are to a great extent

vitreous. Aperture narrow; columella basally truncate, and

oblique ; outer lip inclined to slight effusion. The whole surface

of the whorls is closely, but obscurely spirally striate. Mr. Pace

adds that he considers Truncaria australis Ang. has affinity

with it.

Fam. Nassip2.

Buus (PspuUDOSTROMBUS) CEROPLASTA Mely.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, sandy mud, abundant.

This species might stand as the type of a new subgenus, the

character of the longitudinal coste# being distinct from that ob-

taining in any other member of the group.

BuLi1a (PseuDOsTROMBUS) CUMINGIANA Oliv.

P.G. Galig L., at low tide, exhibiting much variation in colour.

Some are pale stramineous, ashy only towards the apex, others

banded with dark cinereous on a pale ground.

408 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Buiia (PspupostRoMBUs) InDUSICA Melv.

I. Karachi. Only two specimens, neither quite adult, occurred,

both now in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

Buia (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) KURRACHENSIS Angas.

M.C. “Found in Noy. 1896, off the Hajamra mouth of R.

Indus, in hard muddy sand, during a very low tide. Their pre-

sence was indicated by a certain slight unevenness of the surface,

and small air-holes. The only other specimens previously obtained

came from 3-7 fathoms, on soft black bottom, and also hard mud,

but no adults have ever been dredged.” (F. W. T.)

Buia (PsSEUDOSTROMBUS) LINEOLATA Wood (=belangeri Kien.).

M.C. Common along the coast of Baluchistan.

I. Karachi. An abundant species usually occurring from

2-5 fathoms, on hard, muddy sand-bottom. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Near Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olwier).

Buia (PSHUDOSTROMBUS) MALABARICA Hanley.

M.C. On clean sand at low-water mark on two or three points

of the Baluchistan coast.

I. “During November and December 1895, large numbers in

many varieties of colour, and all stages of growth, appeared on the

Manora beach. Not seeming to have any holes to retreat into like

B. persica Sm., they moved about a good deal, and when stationary

remained only just below the sand-surface. After the end of

January 1896, not a single specimen was to be seen, and up to the

present time (November) they have not reappeared at Manora.”

(F.W.T.) Mentioned by Abercrombie as occurring at Bombay.

Three colour varieties occur: pale stramineous merging into

white, livid grey, and grey banded with stramineous centrally.

Buxuia (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) MAURITIANA Gray.

M.C. Dead examples only, and those but rarely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), rare.

Buwia (PsevpostRoMBvs) NiTIDA Sowb.

M.C. Charbar, Gwadur, and other places. 2-7 fathoms, on

clean sand.

I. Karachi, occasionally hauled up in some abundance,

with Cingulina, Odostomie, &e.

BuLuia (PSEUDOSTROMBUS) PERSICA Sm.

M.C. “Common on the western shores of Baluchistan on clean,

hard sand at low tides. Upon being approached the animal takes

refuge in holes in the sand, burrowing to a considerable depth,

and thus eluding capture. This species varies much in colour,

from yellow, or livid purple, to almost white.” (7. W. 7.)

Buia (PsHUDOSTROMBUS) TAHEITENSIS Gmel.

P.G. M.C. From Bushire to Charbar dead shells are often

observable on the shore.

I. Karachi, a few living at 4 fathoms.

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 409

Buu1a (PsevpostromBvs) virrata L.

M.C. Charbar Point.

Nassa AROULARIA L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. Generally distributed on the coast of Baluchistan at from

10-20 fathoms, mostly muddy sand-bottom.

Nassa coronata L,

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira). 25

fathoms, muddy sand.

Nassa puua L.

P.G. On Cable, 24 fathoms, muddy sand-bottom.

M.C. Charbar Point, at low tide.

I. Karachi.

Nassa (ARCULARIA) LEProsPIRA A. Ad.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, on hard sandy mud.

Nassa (ARCULARIA) OBOCKENSIS Jouss. (=zailensis Sowb.).

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. Linjah, 33 fathoms.

I. Karachi.

This species has been found to extend to the Andamans (Booley).

Nassa (ARCULARIA) PERSICA y. Mart.

P.G. and M.C. From half-tide to low-water mark on every

variety of bottom.

Nassa (ARCULARIA) THERSITES Brug.

Var. bimaculosa A. Ad.

P.G. Galig Island.

J. Bombay, and Ratnagiri (Abercrombie), the typical form

only.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) BABYLONICA S. Wats.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59' E.; 37

fathoms, sand and mud. Also lat. 25° 14’ N., long. 59° 45’ E.;

80 fathoms.

J. Karachi. Rare at 7 fathoms. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71°

45' E.; 40 fathoms.

Nassa (ALEorRyon) CaHLATA A, Ad.

I. Karachi. 3% fathoms, loose stones and muddy sand,

Nassa (ALECTRYON) COLLATICIA’, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 10.)

N. testa mediocri, ovata vel oblongo-ovata, solida, alba, subnitente ;

anfractibus 8, quorum apicales tres subpellucidi, leaves, ad medium

sub lente delicate spiraliter wnicarinati, ceteris turritis, infra

suturas spiraliter uniplicatis, ad costas nodulosis, in typo cas-

taneo-tinctis, undique longitudinaliter oblique paucicostatis, costis

) collaticius, gregarious.

Pe. ee

410 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON ‘June 18,

acutis,ultimumad anfractum circa duodecin, interstitiis spiraliter

argute sulcatis ; apertura ovata, labro incrassato, intus denticu-

lato, margine columellari supra uninoduloso, infra versus basim

tridenticulato ; canali brevissimo.

Long. 8°25, lat. 4 mm., sp. maj.

Hab. Lat. 24° N., long. 63° E. 25 fathoms.

Several examples, many in subfossil condition. This seems a

distinct form, to which we have not discovered a near ally. It may

be distinguished by its ovate form, whorls slightly turreted, smooth

protoconch, the next apical whorls being vitreous, once transversely

carinate, the remainder of the whorls acutely longitudinally ribbed,

ribs smooth, shining, the interstices being spirally sulcated with

sharp, narrow furrows. The mouth is oval, outer lip denticulate

within, the columella also being nodulous above, and thence den-

ticulate near the base.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) ELEGANS Kien.

P.G. 24 fathoms, sandy mud.

M.C. Specimens all juvenile, but very finely and characteristially

marked; dredged at 10 fathoms.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) ERANEA’*,sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 11.)

N. testa ovata, compressa, versus apicem attenuato-turrita, solida,

castanco-fulva ; anfractibus octo, quorum apicales tres vitrei,-

delicatissime infra medium unicarinati, ceteris ad suturas im-

pressis, arcte crassicostatis, costis infra, guxta suturas, uni- vel

bi-nodulosis, liris spiralibus obscuris vel, interdum, omnino

evanidis ; apertura rotundo-ovata, intus fulvescente; labro albo,

incrassato, nitido, intus paucidenticulato; columella supra

denticulis binis, infra tribus preedita, alba, nitida; canali

lato, brevi.

Long. 12, lat.6 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf (no precise locality).

Allied to . bifaria Baird. An obese species, pale fulvous

brown, attenuate towards the apex; apical whorls three, once-

carinate, otherwise quite smooth and vitreous, the remaining

whorls hardly ventricose, closely stoutly ribbed longitudinally, just

below the sutures they are spirally once or twice noduled, the

remaining spiral lines are often almost obsolete but occasionally

present throughout. Mouth round; outer lip thickened, white,

with few denticles within; the columella possessing a callous

nodule above, and being also denticled or rarely noduled basally ;

canal] broad, short.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) HIRTA Kien.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, gravel.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) IDYLLIA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 12.)

N. testa ovata, spira paullum attenuata, solida, straminea ; anfrac-

tibus 8, quorum apicales quatuor leves, ad medium fortiter

' €pavos, a contribution.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 411

acuticarinatis, cvrteris ad suturas impresso-canaliculatis, grada-

tulis, undique longitudinaliter multicostatis (costis in ultimo

circa 24), infra, jucta suturas, spiraliter inerassatis, deinde

undique regulariter tenuiliratis, ultimo anfractu usque ad basim

lirato ; apertura fere rotunda, labro multum inerassato, intus 6-

8-denticulato ; columella nitida, alba.

Long. 11, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24°55' N., long.57°59' E. 37 fathoms,

sand and wud.

The particular sounding, as given above, was prolific in results :

this neat addition to the genus Nassa being noteworthy. It,

perbaps, recalls the species described by Messrs. G. & H. Nevill as

NV. obesa, from Kutch, but is not half the size, and the cancellation

is much finer aud more uniform. The protoconch is interesting.

Nassa (ALECTRYON) MUcRONATA A. Ad.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, gravel and muddy sand. Bombay,

common (Abercrombie).

Nassa (ALECTRYON) NODIFERA Powis.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie ; Olivier). Perhaps only a subspecies

of NV. hirta Kien.

Nassa (ALgecrryon) opesa G. & H. Nevill.

I. Kutch.

Nassa (ZBUXIS) FILOSA Gray.

M.G. At low tide, both on sand, and in crevices of rocks.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Nassa (ZEUXIS) LENTIGINOSA A. Ad.

I. Bombay, rare (Abercrombie).

Tryon unites this, filosa, picta, and others with NV. gaudiosa

Hinds, but, in our opinion, he has been too sweeping and drastic

in many of his conclusions. The first two variaties occur also at

Bombay.

Nassa (ZEUXIS) MARRATI Smith.

M.C. Charbar. On sandy mud at low tide just under the

surface, at the water’s edge.

Nassa (Zevuxis) PaALLipuLA A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 55 fathoms on cable.

I. Karachi.

Nassa (Zeuxis) prora Dkr.

Var. marmorea A. Ad.

P.G. On the telegraph-cable at 25 fathoms.

Nassa (Zevxis) prantcosrata A, Ad.

I. Karachi. On soft mud-flats at low tide. Is also (unnamed)

in Mr. Abercrombie’s Bombay series.

412 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Nassa (Uzrra) nopicrnora A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat. 10 fathoms, amongst coral-sand.

Is recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Nassa (NrorHa) auBuscens Dkr.

Var. fenestrata Marr.

P.G. Elphinstone Inlet, very large. Jask. Maskat, sand and

beach.

M.C. Ormara. 2 fathoms, sand.

Nassa (NIOTHA) ANGRIASENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 13.)

N. testa ovato-globosa, apicalibus attenuatis, solidula, alba,

stramineo- et brunneo-fasciata ; anfractibus 8, quorum apicales

quatuor leves, apud medium unicarinati, subpellucentes, ceteris

leniter gradatis, ad sutwras impressis, arcte noduloso-costulatis

et cancellatis, interstittis levibus, nodulis infra, juxta suturas,

magnis, nitidis, penultimo et antepenultimo anfractu unifasciatis,

ultimo tribus fascius brunneo-straminets decorato ; apertura ovata ;

labro percrasso, albo, nitido, extus crenulato, intus decemdentt-

culato ; columella nitida, paullum effusa, supra univaricosa, versus

basim tridenticulata ; canali brevi, crasso, paullum recurvo.

Long. 10°50, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Angrias Bank, Arabian Sea (Capt. Tindall).

Allied most nearly to V. marginulata Lam., from which it can

be differentiated by its globose form, wnicarinate protoconch, larger

sutural spiral nodules or gemme, more elaboration of peristome,

and better defined denticulations within ; the characters of sculp-

ture, generally speaking, and of banding and coloration being

identical.

Nassa (NioTHA) GEMMULATA Lam.

P.G. From 5-50 fathoms, often found attached to the Cable.

In the Gulf of Oman it was dredged, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57°

59' E.; 37 fathoms, sandy mud-bottom.

I. Lat. 18° 58' N., long. 71° 45' E.; 40 fathoms. Semi-

pellucid and fine-grained.

Nassa (NriorHa) KIENERI Desh.

I. Karachi.

Nassa (Nriorwa) ravipa A. Ad.

M.C. Very rare, without precise locality.

Nassa (NiorHa) sorpipa A. Ad.

P.G. On Cable. I. Karachi. 5 fathoms, sandy mud.

Nassa (NiorHa) stigMarta A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

I. Karachi, on hard sandy mud and coral-gravel.

Var. adamsiana Marr.

P.G. Kais (or Gais) Island. 14 fathoms.

1901.} MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 413

Nassa (NIOTHA) STURTIANA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 14.)

N. testa ovato-fusiformi, versus apicem attenuata, albo-calcarea vel

pallide fusca, haud nitente, delicata ; anfractibus novem, quorum

apicales quatuor vitrei, perleves, spiraliter sub lente pulchre

unicarinati apud medium, interdum fusco-tincti, ceteris apud

suturas impressis, infra, juxta suturas, spiraliter fortiter unt-

sulcatis, longitudinaliter multicostatis, costis obliquis, interdum

levibus, nitidis, interstitiis regulariter transversim sulculosis,

interdum omnino cancellatis, ultimi anfractus costis triginta et

quatuor, ad basim ipsam descendentibus, illic dorsaliter fortiter

transversim sulculosis; apertura ovata, cinereo-alba, labro paul-

lum effuso, intus 10-11-denticulaio, haud multum incrassato ;

columella nitida, albida, nequaquam callosa; canali lato, brevis-

sumo, paullulum recurvo.

Long. 18, lat. 9 mm., spec. maj.

Hab. Gulf of Oman. Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 25' E.; 37

fathoms, sand and mud. Lat. 24° 49! N., long. 55°56’ E. ; 225

fathoms, mud.

A distinct Niotha, dull calcareous-white, or pale fuscous ; nine-

whorled, the four apical glossy, once delicately transversely keeled,

the remainder either uniformly cancellate, or with the many

close longitudinal ribs smooth and the interstices finely sulculose ;

just below the sutures in each whorl there is a strong deep apical

sulcus. The mouth is oval, outer lip not very thick, within with

ten or eleven denticles or raised striz. Columella white, rather

thin, shining, never callous. Canal very short, slightly recurved.

A good many examples dredged at the contiguous soundings

given above.

We have unusual pleasure in associating with this most interest-

ing species, at Mr. Townsend’s request, the name of his and our

friend, Mr. W. Neville Sturt, of the India Office.

Nassa (PHRONTIS) FISSILABRIS A. Ad.

P.G., M.C., generally. 10 fathoms, coral-sand. But always

local.

Nassa (HiMa) DERMzEsTINA Gld.

M.C. Generally distributed along the coast of Baluchistan.

From 3-10 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Among loose stones and sandy mud,

Nassa (HIMA) FREDERICI, nom. nov.

Nassa (Hima) townsendi Melvy. Mem. Manch. Soc. vol. xli. part

iii. (1897), no. 7, p. 4, pl. 6. fig. 1(non Dall).

P.G. On Cable, 40 fathoms, mud.

M.C. Generally distributed, but not abundant.

The original name having been antedated, we have ventured to

associate with this species the Christian name of Mr, Frederick

W. Townsend.

414 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Nassa (Hi) tscuna Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat.

M.C. Charbar, and elsewhere along the coast of Baluchistan,

not infrequent. There appear to be two varieties: one plain, uni-

colorous, the other banded with chestnut conspicuously below the

sutures. We have noticed specimens, occasionally, varicose, as is

the case with NV. pygmea, Ph.

Nassa (HimA) MAMILLIFERA Melly.

P.G. 7 to 25 fathoms, mud. At Linjah, 34 to 5 fathoms.

At Hindarabi I. a pure white variety, which might be designated

var. hindarabica, occurs at 25-50 fathoms, mud. In sculpture and

all other details it is identical with the typical form.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. 4 fathoms.

This was considered a Niotha at first, but it seems better placed

here. Many of the Adamsian subdivisions of this genus run into

each other; and such is the variation in many of the Nass, that

individuals occur which possess, blended in themselves, certain

qualifications of two, or even three, of the subgenera. We have

emended the spelling of the specific name, ‘ mammillifera’ being

unclassical.

Nassa (H1MA) PAUPERA Gould.

P.G. Gulfof Oman: Maskat, 15 fathoms. Also lat. 24°55’ N.,

long. 57° 59’ E. ; 37 fathoms, mud and sand.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, rock.

Identical with NV. plebecula Gould, a very variable species. Some

of our examples are wholly pale stramineous, others are adorned

with a dorsal chestnut tenia across the base of the body-whorl.

Tryon (Man. Conch. iv. p. 47) may be right in uniting many so-

called species under this head.

Nassa (Him) PSEUDOCONCINNA Sm.

P.S. Gulf of Oman, rare. Lat. 27° N., long. 52° E.; on tele-

sraph-cable, 54 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Bombay (F. W. T.).

Nassa (Him) stotata Gmel. (=ornata Kien.).

P.G. No special locality.

I. Bombay (F. W. 7. and Abercrombie), amongst loose rocks

at low tide. Common southwards (Zt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

We have this also from Calcutta (Lady Herschel).

Nassa Varrans Dkr.

P.G. Telegraph-cable, amongst shell-growth; 40 to 50 fathoms,

mud. Lat. 27° N., long. 52° E.

CYLLENE Fuscata H. Ad.

M.C, Charbar Bay. On sand, 4-8 fathoms.

I. Bombay, abundant (Abercrombie),

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 415

CYLLENE GRAYI Rve.

M.C. Charbar Bay. Sand, 4-8 fathoms, with C. fuscata.

These two species, indeed, may be only varietal forms, the latter

(grayi) being as a rule longitudinally plicate, while the former is

nearly smooth, the tessellated painting being in both identical.

Fam. Buccrnip2.

PIsANTA IGNBA Gmel.

M.C. Not abundant, but locally found at Charbar, Gwadir,

and Ormara.

TRITONIDEA RAWSONI Mely.

Sistrum rawsoni Mely. Mem. Manch. Soc. vol. xli. part iii. no. 7

(1897), p. 5, pl. 6. fig. 3.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. On telegraph-cable, lat. 27° N., long.

52° E. From 30 to 50 fathoms, amongst shell-growth.

This is one of those species on the border-line of at least three

other genera: e. g., Engina, Sistrum, and Cantharus (Tritonidea).

We follow the arrangement by Mr. Edgar Smith in our National

Collection. It was named after the late Sir Rawson W. Rawson,

K.C.M.G., a friend of both Mr. Townsend and the authors, who

took a very great interest in the results of the dredging of the

Persian Gulf and Arabian Sea.

TRITONIDEA RUBIGINOSA Reeve.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TRITONIDEA SPIRALIS Gray.

M.C. Abundant everywhere between tide-marks, usually

amongst loose muddy rocks.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Karachi, common. Near Goa

(11.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

TRITONIDEA TISSOTI Petit.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie as Purpura).

Very common on rocks at low tide: the generic position of this

species being much contested. By some authors it is included in

Purpura, while Pisania and Tritonidea (Cantharus) present almost

equal claims to it.

TRITONIDEA UNDOSA L.

M.C. Abundant amongst loose muddy rocks from half-tide to

low-water mark, along the whole range of the W. coasts of India

proper and Baluchistan, to Persia. We, however, have no exact

records from the Persian Gulf.

I. Karachi. Not mentioned in Melvill and Abercrombie’s

Bombay Catalogue.

M2TULA TRIFASCIATA Sowb.

P.G. A very elegant shell, Daphnella-shaped, finely decussate,

stramineous, thrice-banded on the body-whorl with reddish brown

The type was described from China,

416 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

ENGINA EPIDROMIDBA Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). The varices of this curious species

are peculiar, as also its elongate form, and very possibly it may

ultimately be relegated to a new genus.

Eneina ZEA Melv.

P.G. A few specimens, dredged at 33 fathoms near Linjah in

live condition, exhibit this most beautiful species more fully in

detail than ever before, it being chiefly known from beach specimens

gathered at Bombay and elsewhere. The nodules are light yellow-

ochre, interstices clouded with brownish-black, the white peri-

pherial band on the body-whorl is very distinct ; outer lip thick-

ened, 5—6-toothed within; lip and columellar area pale lilac, clouded

with brownish-black round the region of the latter.

M.C. Found at low tide amongst muddy rocks.

1. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie and W. T. Blanford in

Mus. Brit.). Near Panjim and Goa (Zt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

We have also seen it from Aden (HZ. R. Shopland) and Ceylon.

ENGINA (PUSIOSTOMA) MENDICARIA L.

P.G. Linjah, 34 fathoms, with Z. zea.

M.C. Charbar, rocks at low tide.

NassaRia NivEA Gmel. (Hindsia Gray).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet, 24 fathoms. Also in

the Gulf proper, Henjam Island, 15 fathoms.

M.C. Ormara, dead.

I. Karachi.

NASSARIA SUTURALIS A. Ad. (=recurva Sowb.).

P.G. Henjam Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. An uncommon species found, locally, along the shores of

Baluchistan, usually in crevices of rocks and in coral-sand. 7-15

fathoms. :

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Locally abundant.

PHOS GLADYSIA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 15.)

P. testa fusiformi, delicata, albida ; anfractibus 8-9, quorum apr-

cales 4-5 vitrei, albescentes, perlaves, turriti, infra medium

spiraliter acute bicarinati, in uno specimine simplices, ceteris

apud suturas impressis, longitudinaliter irregulariter costatis, bi-

vel trivaricosis, spiraliter arctissime rugoso-liratis, interstitiis

alveolatis; apertura ovata, labro paullum effuso, crassiusculo ;

canali brevi, lato; columella versus basim quasi uniplicata.

Long. 18, lat. 8°50 mm., sp. maj.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 23° 44’ N., long. 57° 59’ E.; 37 fathoms,

sand and mud.

Only a very few examples of a delicate and pure white Phos,

apparently very nearly full-grown, though small, possessing in its

irregular longitudinal varices and general character of spiral

wrinkled liration some superficial resemblance to P. roseatus Hinds.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 417

The principal distinguishing characteristic, however, lies in the

protoconch, extended in one of our specimens over no less than

five whorls, these being uniformly vitreous, shining, smooth,

gradate, and embellished with two acutely formed close spiral keels,

just below the centre. In one specimen, however, complete

smoothness prevails. P. roseatus Hinds and probably all the

genus possess large apical whorls, glassy, often once carinate below,

but none, that we have ever seen, to the same extent, in proportion

to the magnitude of the shell, as this small white species. Another

character lies in the alveolation of the interstices between the ribs

and spiral lire, which juvenile P. roseatus, from the same seas,

does not possess. The specimen figured is in the collection of

Mr. W. N. Sturt.

PuHos MURICULATUS Gild.

I, Karachi.

Pxos roseatus Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Maskat. 7-40 fathoms. Those

from deep water lighter-coloured ; all occur amongst shell and

growth of Alge, &c., on the telegraph-cable that had been lying

for some period on a muddy bottom. Also in shoal water amongst

loose rocks, weed, coral, and sandy mud. Here several specimens

were of an unusually dark colour. Small examples, very charac-

teristic, were dredged, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E., at 37

fathoms in the Gulf of Oman.

LATRUNCULUS sprRATUS(Lam.). [Aburna Lam. 1822 non 1801.]

I. Karachi (Major Baker). Bombay (Abercrombie). Bombay

southwards to Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier),

LATRUNCULUS VALENTIANUS (Swains.).

Eburna molliana Chemn.

M.C. General, and sometimes very fine.

I. Karachi.

This species lives some distance down in the mud, in two or

three feet of water, only coming up in the evening to feed upon

defunct Meduse, &e. They have been observed to emerge from

their holes, go to their prey some distance away, feed, and then

return to the same hole. The mud they frequent is of a soft

spongy nature and largely micaceous, but it is probable that they

live in the sand below the upper stratum, which is, as a rule, from

one to three feet in depth (/. W. 7’). A fine specimen measures

34 x 24 inches.

Fam. TURBINELLIDA.

TURBINELLA RAPA Gmel,

I. Karachi. The Chank Shell is occasicnally hauled up by the

harbour dredgers.

MELONGENA BUCEPHALA Lam.

I. Karachi. On muddy rocks at low tide.

Proc. Zoo. Soc,—1901, Vol. Ll, No. XX VII. 27

418 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. FAsciIoLaRIIp&.

Fusus rorcers Perry, 1811.

Fusus turricula Kien.

P.G. Off Shaikh Shuaib I. 10 fathoms, amongst loose rocks

and coral-sand. Allied to /. assimilis A. Ad., but whorls less

angular, nodules fewer, and epidermis (periostracum) of different

character.

Fusus TOWNSENDI Mely.

P.G. Kais and Hindarabi Is. Shaikh Shuaib I. In all stages

of growth at 7 fathoms, among coral-sand and loose stones.

Many juvenile specimens also occurred on the telegraph-cable

from 10-50 fathoms, sand.

FASCIOLARIA TRAPEZIUM Lam.

I. Ratnagiri (Abercrombie).

LatIrvs aRABicus Melvy.

Fusus arabicus Mely. Mem. Manch. Soe. vol. iv. pt. 2, p. 16,

pl. i. fig 6.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms, mud and sand.

The columellar plaits are more distinct in subsequent examples

dredged than in the type, and, though the animal is unknown,

there can be but little doubt that this is a true Latirus, though of

unusually fusoid character.

Latrrus FiLosus Schreb.

P.G. Lat. 25° 58’ N., long. 57° 3’ E. Telegraph-cable,

55 fathoms, mud. In juveuile condition only.

LaTIRUS (PERISTERNIA) NASSATULA Lam.

M.C. Charbar Point.

Latirnus (PERISTERNIA) PAGOD£ZFORMIS Mely.

P.G. Adhering to cable, 20-25 fathoms, mud. Lat. 25° N.,

long. 63° E.

Latrrus (PERISTERNIA) PULCHELLUS Rye.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

J. Karachi. 10 fathoms, muddy sand.

Fam. Mirrip2.

Mrrra Bovet Kien.

P.G.and Gulf of Oman. A few examples found at 7-15 fathoms,

muddy sand and rock-bottom. The finest examples (12 in.)

occurred lat. 26° 50’ N., long. 54° 50’ E., in 10 fathoms, sand and

rock.

I. Bombay Harbour and southwards (Lt.-Col. H. D, Olivier).

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 419

MITRA CHINENSIS Gray.

1. Bombay (Abercrombie). A large worn example only.

Mirra Gurrara Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

Mirra (ScaBRIcOLA) ANTONIE H, Ad.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. HenjamI. 5-20 fathoms. By some

considered a variety of pretiosa Kve.

Mirra (SCABRICOLA) CRENIFERA Lam,

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. South of Kais (or Gais) Island.

5-10 fathoms, amongst muddy sand and stones.

Mirra (Scapricora) praser Dohrn.

P.G. Dead specimens in 24 fathoms, mostly near Malvern

Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), Gulf of Oman.

Mirra (ScABRICOLA) PRETIOSA Rve.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. 10 fathoms, coral-sand. Perhaps

M. antonie H. Ad. is but a variety of this.

Mirra (SCABRICOLA) SCABRIUSCULA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 25 fathoms, muddy

sand.

Mirra (CANCILLA) CARNICOLOR Rve.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island.

Mirra (CANCILLA) crrouLaTa Kien.

P.G. Henjam Island, 24 fathoms. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm

Inlet, a variety.

M.C, 5-30 fathoms. Generally round the coast of Baluchistan,

sandy mud and stone bottom.

Mirra (CANCILLA) InscuLpra A, Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet.

I. Karachi.

Mirra (CANCILLA) LALAGE, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 16.)

M. testa peratienuata, gracili, alba vel straminea ; anfractibus 9,

quorum apicales tres levissimi, vitrer, nitidi, ceterts sex apud

suturas impressis, supernis spiraliter quadriliratis, liris fortibus

sepe gemmulatis, interstitiis nitidis, striatis, ultimo circa

duodecim liris preedito ; apertura oblonga, alba, labro stmplice,

crenulato ; columella quadriplicata.

Long. 11°50, lat. 3°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, 10 fathoms; and Malcolm Inlet,

24 fathoms, mud.

Three examples; one straw-coloured, the others pure white. It

is a beautiful Cancilla, extremely attenuate, small, nine-whorled,

o7*

420 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

the glassy apical included; the revolving lire, strong, mostly

gemmulate, are four in number in each upper whorl, about twelve

in the lowest; the interstitial pitting is nearly uniform, where

not present slight striation is visible. Mouth oblong, outer lip

crenulate, columellar four-plaited. We hardly think any of our

specimens have attained full growth, but the sculpture seems

distinct enough to warrant a specific separation from their allies.

Mirra (CHRYSAME) CELIGENA Reeve.

P.G. Linjah. 3) fathoms.

I. Karachi. At low tide, amongst bare muddy rocks.

Bombay Harbour and Bassein, southwards (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Mirra (CHRYSAME) MARGINATA Sowb.

M.C. Charbar, very rarely.

Mirra (CHRYSAME) PROCISSA Rve.

I. Karachi. Bombay (7. W. T. & Abercrombie). On muddy

rocks, low tide.

Mirra (STRIGATELLA) LITTERATA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. A variety, dredged at 4 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar. At low tide on rocks covered with a thin

layer of mud only. A fine variety with spiral black irregular

banding dredged here at 7 fathoms. :

Mirra (TURRICULA) CALIENDRUM',sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)

M. testa fusiform?, solida, alba, brunneo-, gilvo- vel castaneo-fasciata;

anfractibus 10-12, quorum apwales ...?, ventricosulis, sutu-

raliter impressis, supernis crebricostulatis, interstitiis undique

spiraliter fortiter sulcatis, infra medium ad suturas albo-cinctis,

ultimo anfractu 11 costis obliquis preedito, anguste ad medium

albo-cincto, apud basim rugoso-noduloso, paullum squarrose pro-

ducto ; apertura angusta, subquadrata, intus (in typo) lavan-

dulacea, labro recto, extus crenulato, crassiusculo ; columella

obliqua, quadriplicata,

Long. 24°50, lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, without exact locality. Mekran Coast,

Charbar.

Several examples, mostly more or less weathered. We have

taken for the type a live example, brown, narrowly white-banded

spirally, and furnished with many ribs on the upper whorls, about

eleven on the body-whorl. The mouth is squarely oblong, lilac

within, outer lip thickened, crenulate, columella four times plaited,

Mirra (COsfELLARIA) acupicTa Rye.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 10 fathoms, coral-sand. The

specimens dredged here are very finely coloured, dark red spotted

and banded, approaching the MM. zebuensis Reeve, of the Eastern

Archipelago, in general appearance.

1 caliendrum, an ornamental head-dress.

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 421

Mirra (CosterLaria) ARMILLATA Rve.

P.G. Telegraph-cable. Lat. 25° 58’ N., long. 57° 5’ E.

50 fathoms.

Mirra (CosTaLLaRiA) CoLtinsont A. Ad.

P.G. No special locality.

Mirra (CosteLLARIA) CREBRILIRATA Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Mirra (CosreLLaRiIA) DEDALA Rye.

P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms. Dec. 1900, near Fao, fine

M.C. Charbar Bay. 3 fathoms, sand and mud.

Dead examples frequently cast ashore all over the coasts of

Baluchistan.

Mirra (CosreLiarta) casta H. Ad. (hastata Sowb.).

P.G. Near Bushire, rarely.

Mirra (Costeruaria) pELicaTa A. Ad.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I.

_M.C. Charbar.

Mrrra (CosteLLaRIA) FUSCO-APICATA Sm.

P.G. Hindarabi Island.

Mirra (CosTELLARIA) MALCOLMENSIS sp. n. (Plate XXIII.

fig. 18.)

M. testa oblongo-ovata, fusiformi, pallide straminea vel albescente

(var. immaculata), paullum nitida, delicata sed solidula ; an-

fractibus 9-10, quorum apicales tres levissimi, vitrei, ceteris

gradatulis, ad sutwras impressis, infra (jucta suturas) spiraliter

rufo-vittatis, longitudinaliter arcte levicostatis, interstitis

spiraliter profunde sulculosis, penultimo anfractu infra inter

costas rubro-fasciato, ultimo bifasciato, interdum omnino albo,

immaculato ; apertura angusta, oblonga, labro ad basim flexuoso,

paullum recurvo ; columella nitida, pallida, quadriplicata,

Long. 9, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf: Henjam Island, 15-25 fathoms (var. im-

maculata).

Linjah, 33 fathoms, mud. Elphinstone Inlet, Mussandam,

15 fathoms.

Gulf of Oman: Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), near Maskat.

24 fathoms, mud.

Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E. 37 fathoms, sand and mud;

abundant. Lat, 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 35’ E., 205 fathoms, mud

(with var. immaculata, this variety predominating),

Variable both in sculpture and colouring, though not so in form,

this little species, evidently abundant in certain favoured localities,

differs in the number of longitudinal ribs, some specimens having

422 MESSRS. MELVILLE AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

half as many again on the body-whorl as have others. The rufous

banding is also entirely absent in specimens dredged from any

depth. Occasionally, too, examples with the body-whorl almost

wholly rufous brown turn up. Perhaps the nearest ally to this is

M., scitula Ad.; the body-whorl is not so attenuate basally (vide

Sowb. Thes. Conch., Mitra, tab. xx. fig. 418). 1. discoloria Reeve

is hardly comparable, though a little similar in coloration. M, fidi-

cula Gould is far more scalate. 2. mica Reeve, from I. of

Guimaras, which is only known from a figure, is more like in form

but of different pattern ; and J. celata Reeve has whorls angular

above and outer lip more flexuous. It is likewise comparable to

M. delicata Ad.

The type is twice banded with rufous brown spirally at the

interstices between the ribs. The var. immaculata, a white or

pale yellow almost unbanded variety, is found at 10-50 fathoms.

This is probably the shell mentioned (Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,

xliv. pt. 2, p. 106) by Messrs. G. & H. Nevill as “a new species

closely allied to Turricula (Thala) casta H. Ad., which has been

dredged rather abundantly by Mr. W. T. Blanford in the Gulf of

Oman.” 7. casta H. Ad. is a synonym of MW. (Turricula) hastata

Sowb., which occurs in our catalogue, and which also might be

mentioned as an ally of M. malcolmensis.

Mirra (CosteLLaRIA) MODESTA Reeve.

J. Angrias Bank (Capt. W. A. Tindall).

Mirra (CosteLLaRiA) OBELISCUS Rve.

I.. Bombay (#. W..7.).

Mirra (CosTELLARIA) PASITHHA', sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 17.)

M. testa fusiformi, alba, aspera, solidula, apud basim anfractus

ultimi dorsaliter ochraceo-suffusa ; anfractibus 8, quorum

apicales duo vitrei, planati, gradatuli, ceteris apud suturas

multum impressis, gradato-turritis, longitudinaliter arcte costa-

tis, costis anfractus ultimi ad vigintri, undique spiraliter

sulculosis ; apertura oblonga, labro vie effuso, extus crenulato ;

columella triplicata, canali paullum recurvo,

Long. 9°50, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 19 fathoms.

Distinguished by its conspicuously shouldered whorls, uniformly

closely longitudinally oblique-ribbed, these ribs being crossed by

many regular spiral sulci, which give them a beaded appearance.

The surface is pure white, with the exception of a dorsal ochreous

band on the lower portion of the body-whorl.

Mirra (CostELLARIA) REVELATA Mely.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. Kais (or Gais) Island. 10-15 fathoms,

shingle and dead coral bottom.

I. Karachi. Not infrequent.

1 racibeos, altogether divine.

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 423

Mirra (CosTEriaria) scorruna A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, coral-sand, but

exceedingly scarce,

Mirra (CosteLLaria) STEPHANUCHA Melly.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

M.C. Charbar. 10 fathoms, black sandy mud.

Specimens not quite adult possess an interrupted spiral median

line on the body and the penultimate whorls, this being quite

evanescent in full-grown examples.

Mirra (CostBLLARIA) SUBTRUNCATA Sowb.

M.C. Charbar Point. 7 fathoms. Dead shells strewn abun-

dantly over the whole Mekran Coast, but, strangely, no live

examples have yet been dredged. This species may be identical

with M, crebrilirata Rve. The type of subtruncata was from Japan,

that of crebrilirata from Ceylon.

Mirra (Pusta) AUREOLATA Swains.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet.

Mirra (PusIA) BLANFORDI, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 19.)

M. testa parva, oblongo-fusiformi, solida, sordide alba, irregulariter

castaneo - maculata, flammis fulgetrinis depicta vel omnino

castaneo-suffusa ; anfractibus sex, quorum apicales duo leves,

mamillati, ceteris turritis, arcte longitudinaliter costulatis,

costis levibus, ultimum apud anfractum dorsaliter scepius

evanidis, undique spiraliter densiliratis ; apertura angusta, labro

puullum effuso, intus levi, margine columellari incrassato,

quadriplicato.

Long. 5, lat. 2°25 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

A small species, but our examples are evidently adult. Were it

not for the plaits a decidedly columbelloid appearance would be pre-

sented. The spire is turreted ; whorls closely longitudinally ribbed,

most frequently vanishing on the body-whorl, transversely ob-

scurely but closely lirate. It is not unlike M. (Chrysame) tiarella

in miniature, but its structure is that of a Pusia. It is an inter-

esting form, and we have unusual pleasure in connecting with it

the name of Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., than whom no one has

laboured more energetically to extend the knowledge, not only of

the Zoology of India, but also of the neighbouring countries as

well.

Mirra (Pst) piscotoria Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 24 fathoms.

Mirra (Pusta) nriz® Mely.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. 10 fathoms, on coral-sand.

424 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Mitra (PUsIA) MULTICOSTATA Swains.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. 10 fathoms, amongst live coral, sandy

bottom.

Mirra (Pusta) osiripiis Issel (=umbonata Sowb.).

P.G. Kais Island, 10 fathoms, coral-sand. In the Gulf of

Oman an almost smooth variety occurs. Maskat, 20 fathoms.

Also at lat. 20° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E., 37 fathoms, sand and

mud.

Mirra (Pus) sHoptanpi Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 24 fathoms. Described

from Commander Shopland’s Aden examples.

Mirra (PusIa) VENUSTULA Rve.

P.G. Tumb Island. Shaikh Shuaib Island. 7-10 fathoms,

coral-sand. Peculiarly large and dark wine-coloured.

Mirra (SWAINSONIA) FISSURATA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Not yet dredged alive.

Mirra (Cytinpra) nux Sowb.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I., 14 fathoms, amongst broken coral and

shingle. Kais Island, same kind of ground. A very rare species:

every where.

Fam. Harpip2.

HARPA CONOIDALIS Lam.

I. Bombay (Herford).

Harpa Ventricosa Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach, one dead specinien only.

Fam. MARGINELLID®.

MaRrGIvneELia (GLABELLA) FABA L,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 50’ N., long. 57° 59’ E.

37 fathoms, sand and mud.

MarGINELLA (GLABELLA) OBTUSA Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10-20 fathoms, black mud

mixed with sand.

[M. (Glabella) quilonica Mely. was collected by Captain W. A.

Tindall south of our limit, at Quilon, Malabar coast. |

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) CHARBARENSIS Melly.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Jask; Maskat, 3 to 5 fathoms, muddy

sand. Lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E., 37 fathoms, and up to

150 fathoms in other parts of the Gulf. In deep water it assumes

a still more elegant and graceful form. Always smaller in all its

parts than monilis, with more or less conspicuous spire.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 495

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) FUSIFORMIS Hinds,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms. Also lat. 24°

5’ N., long. 57° 55’ E., 205 fathoms.

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) MONTLIS L.

P.G. Maskat. 15 fathoms. The var. terveriana Petit has

also occurred.

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) MAZAGONICA Melly.

P.G. Linjah, 3} tathoms. Bushire and Kishm Island,

7 fathoms, soft mud. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

Lat. 24° 5' N., long. 57° 55' E., 205 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar. 2 to 7 fathoms.

J. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie).

MAanrGiINELLA (GIBBERULA) NEVILLI Jouss. (=inconspicua Nevill,

non Sowb.).

I. Bombay. Not in Abercrombie’s collection.

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) SHOPLANDI Melly.

P.G. M.C. I. Seemingly widely distributed and usually

collected alive, the shell then being beautifully transparent.

Among loose stones, sand, and mud. It seems placed better as a

Gibberula than in the section Cryptospira.

MARGINELLA (CRYPTOSPIRA) MABELLE, sp.n. (Plate XXIII.

fig. 20.).

M. testa nitida, oblonga, pallide straminea, solida; anfractibus

quatuor, supernis callositate fere celatis, ultimo obscurissime

spiraliter bicincto ; apertura angusta, oblonga, straminea, labro

extus fere recto, albo, nitidissimo, callositate crassa ochracea

dorsaliter marginata ; columella alba, late callo tenui nitente

contecta, quadriplicata.

Long. 16°50, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Arabian Sea, off Indian coast, lat. 18° 43’ N.,

long. 71° 43’ E. Found adhering to old telegraph-cable when

raised for repair.

A form distinct from any near ally. We think it more of a

Cryptospira than a Prunum, though it might be placed equally well

in either subgenus. In form it most recalls the West-Indian

M. oblonga Sowb. It is gracefully oblong, very shining, straw-

coloured, with white shining callous deposit over the columellar

region and outer lip; the dorsal margin thick, with straw-coloured

callus ; mouth narrow, columella four times plaited.

MARrGINELLA (CRYPTOSPIRA) QUINQUEPLICATA Lam.

M.C. * Rare,” without particular locality given.

MARGINELLA (PuRSICULA) DENS Reeve.

I. Angrias Bank (Captain Tindall),

426 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

MARGINELLA (PERSICULA) ISsELI Nevill (—pygmea Issel, non

Sowb.).

P.G. Tumb Island (W. 7. Blanford in Mus. Brit.).

MARGINELLA (PERSIcULA) OODES Melly.

P.G. Kishm Island. Bushire. 5 fathoms, soft mud.

MARGINELLA (PERSICULA) PISUM Rve.

P.G. Astola Island. 11 fathoms.

I. Karachi. 10 fathoms.

MARGINELLA (VOLVARIA) ATTENUATA Rye.

P.G. Henjam Island. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

I. Karachi.

MARGINELLA (VOLVARIA) EFFULGENS Rye.

M.C. Perhaps a variety of Volvaria avena Val. °

MARGINELLA (VOLVARIA) OBSCURA Reeve.

M.C. In 3 fathoms, sand.

MaARGINELLA (VOLVARIA) VERDENSIS Sin.

M.C. Charbar. 5 fathoms, sand.

Fam. Onivip®.

OLIVA BULBOSA Jonas.

P.G. M.C. General. 3 to 7 fathoms, mostly on sandy-mud

bottom.

Ouiva INFLATA Lam.

P.G. Ormuz. Gulf of Oman, Jask.

I. Karachi.

Showing much variety. The banded form (bzeincta) occurs near

Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

OLIVA ISPIDULA L,

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms, sandy mud.

OLIvA MAURA L.

Var. sepulturalis Lam.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Oxtva (AGARONIA) ACUMINATA Lam.

P.G. I. Karachi. In all stages of growth off oyster-banks at

3 to 7 fathoms.

Oxiva (AGARONIA) HIATULA Gmel,

Var. ancillarioides Reeve.

Var. indusica Reeve.

1. Karachi (Col. Baker). Both forms reported.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 427

Oxriva (AGARONTA) NEBULOSA Lam.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), and southwards to Goa

(Zt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Var. intricata Marrat (sp.).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

A very strikingly marked form, perhaps specifically distinct.

Oxrrverta NympuHa Ad. & Ang. )

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. Amongst loose stones and mud at low tide.

ANCILLA ALBIFASCIATA Swains.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

I. Karachi.

ANCILLA AMPLA Gmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms.

ANCILLA CASTANEA Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, Jask.

M.C. Orwara. Amongst loose rocks and sandy mud at

7 fathoms.

ANCILLA CINNAMOMEA Lam.

Var. albisulcata Sowb.

P.G. Galig Island, 10 fathoms, coral-sand. Maskat,

15 fathoms.

M.C. Generally distributed over the coast of Baluchistan.

Very variable: the variety occurs with the type.

ANCILLA EBURNDA Desh.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach, extending eastward to

the Mekran Coast.

ANCILLA FASCIATA Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat and Jask, extending eastward to

the Mekran Coast ; also at low tide at the water’s edge, just below

the surface where the mud is sandy.

ANCILLA LINEOLATA Reeve.

P.G. General in the Persian Gulf, both the typical and

varietal forms abounding.

ANCILLA TINDALLI Mely.

I, Angrias Bank, lat. 16° 50’ N., long. 72° E. (Capt.

Tindall).

Captain W. A. Tindall of the s.s. ‘ Patrick Stewart,’ at the

request of Mr. Townsend, took several soundings between the

Angrias Bank and Ceylon with very favourable results.

ANOILLA VENTRICOSA Lam.

P.G. Bunder-Abbas. 7 fathoms, coarse coral-sand and loose

rocks.

428 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

(¢) TOXOGLOSSA.

Fam. TEREBRIDA.

TPREBRA BABYLONIA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. 10 fathoms, sandy mud.

TEREBRA CHRULESCENS Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Maskat, 10 fathoms, sandy mud; Jask

beach at low tide, extending to the M.C. and fairly general on

the shores of Baluchistan.

TEREBRA CAPENSIS Sm.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, stones and mud.

TEREBRA CINCTELLA Desh. (= undulata Gray).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Karachi (Mus. Brit.).

TEREBRA COGNATA Sm. (Plate XXJI. fig. 9.)

M.C. Charbar. 3 fathoms, sandy mud.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, soft muddy bottom.

TEREBRA ConrractTa Sm.

I. Karachi. In shoal water on muddy basis.

TEREBRA DUPLICATA LL.

P.G. On telegraph-cable young fresh specimens occurred

often.

M.C. Charbar. 8 fathoms, sand and mud.

TEREBRA EDGARII Mely.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi.

TEREBRA GOTOENSIS Sm.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, stones and mud.

In the Man, Conch. (vii. p. 23) this is considered a mere variety

of J’. alveolata Hinds.

TEREBRA MACANDREWI Sm. (Plate XXI. fig. 6.)

M.C. Charbar. In 3 to 5 fathoms, sand.

THREBRA LEPIDA Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, sandy mud.

TeREBRA NANA Desh.

I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, amongst mud and stones.

TEREBRA PELLYI Sm. (Plate XXL. fig. 10.)

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, mud and stones.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 429

TEREBRA PERSICA Sm.

P.G. and M.C. Locally distributed and nowhere common

along the coast.

TEREBRA POLYGYRATA Desh.

M.C. General but local.

I. Karachi. 3 to 5 fathoms, soft mud.

TEREBRA SEROTINA Ad. & Rve.

I. Karachi. The type came from the Philippine Is. (Cuming).

TEREBRA SEVERA Melly.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, stones and mud.

TEREBRA STRIGILLATA L.

I. Karachi. Not yet dredged alive.

TEREBRA TANTILLA Sm.

I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, muddy stone bottom.

TEREBRA TENERA Hinds.

I. Karachi. From low-tide mark to 7 fathoms, amongst mud

and stones.

Bombay (Abercrombie). Common.

TEREBRA TRICINCTA Sm.

I. Karachi. Only one dredged.

TeReBRA (EvRYTA) NAssorpEs Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask.

M.C. Generally, and in great variety of form and coloration, at

low tide on sand, just below the surface of the water.

Terepra (Euryra) THYR#A Mely.!

I. Karachi. Amongst loose stones and sandy mud, 3-5 fms.

A curious species, with the facies of an Hsopus or Olivella.

Fam. Conip2.

Conus (STEPHANOCONUS) LIVIDUS Hwass.

P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms.

Conus (CoRONAXIS) FULGETRUM Sowb.

P.G. Maskat, but dead examples only.

(Conus (Coronaxis) HEBREUS L.

Is in the collection labelled ‘* Laccadive Isles,” a short distance

south of our limit (Capt. Tindall). C. flavidus Lam. was collected

with it. ]

' Of the many species of Terebra described by Mr. Edgar Smith (Ann. N. H.

ser. 4, 1877, xix. pp. 226 ef seqg.) as having been dredged by Col. Pelly in

the Persian Gulf, only two (7. fuscobasis and fuscocincta) do not occur in this

collection.

430 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Conus (CoRoNAXIS) MINIMUS L.

P.G. Hindarabi Island.

M.C. No particular locality.

I. Karachi.

Found usually at low tide on mud-covered rocks.

Conus (Coronaxis) T£N1ATUS Brug.

P.G. Jask. Large and fine.

M.C. Though widely distributed, nowhere exactly common.

Is found at extreme low tide, on rocks, amongst Alye and in mud.

Conts (DENDROCONTS) BETULINTS L,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, near Jask.

Conus (DenDRoconvs) QUERCINUS Brug.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

Found in 3 to 20 fathoms among coral-sand and loose rock.

Not met with east of Jask. One banded variety occurred.

Convs (DENDROCONUS) sPpURIUS Gmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

Found from 7 to 20 fathoms, coral-sand and stony ground.

Conts (LirHoconts) FLAvipus Lam.

M.C. Charbar. On mud-covered rocks at low tide but rarely. -

Conus (LirHoconts) TESsELLATUS Born.

P.G. Henjam I. Maskat. Found at 5 to 20 fathoms on

sandy mud and amongst loose rocks and coral-sand. Not yet

found east of Jask, on borders of Gulf of Oman, and Mekran

Coast.

Conus (Leproconts) acuranGuLus Chemn.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. A single dried specimen only at

20 fathoms off Jask.

I. About 125 miles W.S.W. of Bombay, lat. 18° 43’ N.,

long. 71° 30’ to 71° 45’ E., adhering to the cable of the Eastern

Telegraph Co. at 45 fathoms ; abundantly, but dead.

Conus (Leprocoyts) ctytosPrra Mely. & Stand.’ (Plate XXI.

fig. 12.)

I. With the preceding, adhering to the cable of the Eastern

1 Since this paper was read, Mr. H. B. Preston informs us that an inspection

of the unique type in Dr. Jousseaume’s private collection of C. milne-edwardst

Jouss. (Bull. Soc. Philomath. vi. p. 99, 1894) convinces him that it is specifically

identical with C. clytospira, the main differences being in size and in the greater

tenuity of the larger species, the measurements being 2 as against 5} inches.

Not having ourselves yet had the opportunity to examine Dr. Jousseaume’'s

type, we have read the description carefully, this tending in some measure to

corroborate Mr. Preston’s opinion; and it may be that C. c/ytospira is, after

all, a deep-water gigantic variety of the small, and more solid, Adenese C. mi/ne-

edwardsi, in which case our forin had best be varietally described as b. clytospira.

Captain Shopland’s specimen from Aden, which we have seen, is a somewhat

incrassate juvenile example.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF, 431

Telegraph Co. at 45 fathoms. Described (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,

vol. iv. p. 462) as of the subgenus Cylinder, but though the

markings are almost identical with those of C. episcopus, the

carinated spire undoubtedly comes near to C. acuminatus Brug.

and other Leptoconi. It is among the most beautiful of Cones and

the finest mollusk yet found in this region, being in form like C.

gloria-maris, but with even more conspicuous spire. Commander

E. Rk. Shopland has shown us a specimen in juvenile condition

from the vicinity of Aden. Two examples, averaging 5 inches in

length, were procured by Mr. Townsend; a third, said to have

been fully 7 inches long, unfortuuately was missed.

Conus (LEproconts) Dictator Mely.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib Island, at 10 fathoms, in coral-sand.

Conus (Lzeproconts) ELEGANS Sowb.

P.G. Henjam Island. 25 fathoms, mud. Another on the

telegraph-cable in the Gulf of Oman, beautifully variegated with

fulvous markings, but more frequently found dead and discoloured.

M.C. Charbar Bay, 7 fathoms, mud; and Ormara Bay.

Conus (Lzeproconts) iyscuLprus Kien.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Conus (LEPTOCONUS) LENTIGINOSUS Rve.

I. Common at Bombay (Abercrombie). Endemic in the North

Arabian Sea. Bombay Harbour, southwards (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Conus (LEpgoconts) LONGURIONIS Kien.

P.G. Malcolm Inlet or Kubbatt Ghazira, near Maskat. Muddy

sand, at 24 fathoms. All so-called C. aculeiformis Reeve from this

region seem invariably to be the allied and little understood

longurionis of Kiener.

Conts (LEPTOCONTS) MILEST Sm.

P.G. Maskat, 5-20 fathoms.

Conus (Leproconts) ORBIGNYI Aud.

P.G. and M.C. (Borders of). A few juvenile examples at

20 fathoms 8.E. of Jask.

Conus (LEPTOcONUS) PLANILIRATUS Sowb.

Conus (Leptoconus) planiliratus Sowb. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870,

p. 255, pl. xxii. fig. 1. '

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. A single specimen in fine condition

at 7 fathoms.

I. With C. clytospira M. & 8. and acutangulus Chemn. on

telegraph-cable at 45 fathoms, 125 miles W.S.W. of Bombay.

Very abundant, but all dead and found adhering to the pitch of

the cable: perhaps one hundred or more examples. For remarks

on this species consult E, A. Smith (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol, xiv. p. 15%),

432 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Conus (LEPTOCONUS) SHCULARIS Melv.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet. 24 fathoms, mud.

A remarkably beautiful and delicate species.

Conus (LEPTOCONUS) SEMISULCATUS Sowb.

I. Dredged inside Karachi Harbour. One or two other

Leptoconi occur, the North Arabian Sea seemingly being the

headquarters of this group; and we should not be surprised if

some other fine species were yet awaiting discovery. Those

just mentioned are not adolescent, and therefore are left for

the present.

Conus (RHIZOCONUS) BAYANI Jouss.

I. Eastern Telegraph Co. cable. Many dead, adhering to the

pitch at 45 fathoms, 125 miles W.S.W. of Bombay.

Conus (Ru1zoconus) CAPIvaANEUS L.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. Dead specimens only.

Conus (Ruizoconvs) Eximius Reeve=fulgurans Hwass.

M.C. Charbar. On rocks at low water.

Conus (Ruizoconus) Macus L.

_ I. Angrias Bank (Capt. Vindall), but only juvenile examples.

Conus (Ruizoconus) MaLpivus L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. We think this old Linnean

species probably but a variety of the next.

Conus (RuIzoconvs) MoNILE L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, at 15 fathoms, muddy sand.

Also in the Gulf proper at Shaikh Shuaib I., 10 fathoms, among

sand and bare rocks.

Conus (RHIZOCONUS) MUTABILIS Chemn.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). One of the most characteristic

mollusks of this locality, occurring southwards to Goa and Panjim

(Zt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Convs (Ruizoconus) NEMOCANUS Hwass.

I. Karachi.

We think hardly a variety of the very different C. swmatrensis

Hwass, as proposed by Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. vi. p. 39.

Conus (Ruizoconvs) punctatus Chemn.

I. Karachi. In sandy mud, about rocks at low tide.

Conus (RHIZOCONUS) TEGULATUS Sowb.

P.G. Henjam Island, 5 to 25 fathoms. On border of the

Gulf and M.C. near Jask at 20 to 26 fathoms, in mud. Lat. 26° N.,

long. 52° 50’ E.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 433

Convs (RH1z0cONUS) TRAVERSIANUS E. A. Smith.

P.G. and M.C. No exact locality given. At from 20 33 fms.

on cable and in mud and rocky ground.

Also received from the Andaman Islands (Booley).

Conus (CHELYCONUS) AcHaTINUS Chemn.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. Just on the borders of M.C. also

at Charbar on mud-covered rocks at low tide. This appears to be

the C. nigropunctatus Sowb.

I. Bassein, Bombay Harbour, and southwards to Goa (/t.-Col.

H. D. Olivier).

Conus (CHELYCONUS) MonacHts L.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Nearly allied to the preceding.

Conus (CHELYCONUS) PIPERATUS Reeve.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Perhaps, as suggested by Tryon,

only a form of C. erythrwensis Beck. This is not absent from the

Persian Gulf, but we have no exact records from Mr. Townsend.

Convs (CYLINDER) ELISZ Kien.

P.G. Exact record not given. One characteristic example

of this very rare Cone.

Convs (CYLINDER) OMARIA Hwass.

P.G. Tumb Island.

Conus (CYLINDER) PENNACEUS Born.

P.G. Elphinstone Inlet, in shoal water on coral-sand. One

example exhibits a rare variation in the close interwoven

longitudinal zigzag chestnut lines, merging into black, on a pale

ground.

Conts (CYLINDER) TEXTILE L.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. Found from low-water mark to

20 fathoms on muddy rocks.

Var. verriculum Reeve (sp.).

P.G. Maskat. Fine.

Conus (Hurmes) THomasit Sowb.

M.C. Charbar. A single example on muddy rocks. Perhaps

too nearly allied to C. terebra Born, but with less acuminate spire

and mouth beautifully suffused with violet.

PLEUROTOMA ACUTIGEMMATA Sm.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40 fathoms.

The locality hitherto unknown. In our opinion distinct

from P. jubata Hinds, with which Tryon (Man. Conch. vi. p. 171)

associates it.

PLEUROTOMA ALBATA FE. A. Sm.

P.G. Linjah anchorage. 7-15 fathoms, mud, rare.

Proc, Zoou, Soo.—1901, Vor, Il. No, XX VIII. 28

434 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

PLEUROTOMA ALBINA Lam.

I. Lat. 18° 43! N., long. 71° 45’ E.

PLEUROTOMA MARMORATA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Good living examples dredged at 30

fathoms in lat. 23° 50°N., long. 67° 20! E. From Malcolm Inlet

(Kubbatt Ghazira) came one specimen of a possible hybrid between

marmorata and tigrina.

M.C. Dead specimens frequently washed ashore on the Persian

coast.

PLEUROTOMA TIGRINA Lam.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet at 24 fathoms, dead.

M.C. 7 fathoms, soft mud, but very scarce.

PLEUROTOMA (GEMMULA) GEMMATA Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 5 N., long. 57° 35° E., 205

fathoms, sand, abundant, none full-grown. Also lat. 24° 55’ N.,

long. 57° 59’ E., 37 fathoms, sand and mud, and lat. 24° 49’ N.,

long. 55° 26' E., 225 fathoms, mud.

We can see no difference in P. fusca Hombron, described from

New Caledonia.

PLEUROTOMA (GEMMULA) MULTISERIATA Sm.

P.G. M.C. In many places. 5-20 fathoms, mud.

M.C. I. 12 miles west of Karachi, on the border of the

Mekran Coast, at 15 fathoms. Very large examples occurring here,

measuring 3 inch.

PievrotoMa (GEMMULA) NELLIZ Sm.

I. Karachi.

PLEUROTOMA (OLIGOTOMA) MAKEMONOS Jouss.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask beach.

This species, described originally by Dr. Jousseaume from Aden

(Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1883, p. 198, t. 10. f. 4), almost merges

into some yarieties of pouloensis of the same author, and perhaps is

identical with violacea Hinds. In the more typical specimens the

longitudinal zigzag marking is characteristic, but intermediates

occur.

PLevROTOMA (OLIGOTOMA) NtvHA Phil.

I. Karachi. 3-7 fathoms, loose stones and muddy sand. A

species but little understood ; we place it provisionally here.

PLEUROTOMA (OLIGOTOMA) POULOENSIS Jouss.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I.

M.C. Charbar.

I. Karachi.

Usually in 3-5 fathoms, amongst loose stones and muddy sand.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 435

PLEvROTOoMA (OLIGoroMA) vioLAcEA Hinds.

I. Karachi. Inside the harbour in 3-7 fathoms, loose stones

and mud.

P. vertebrata Sm., occurring also at Karachi, is perhaps only

varietal,

SURCULA AUSTRALIS (Lam.),

I. South of Bombay (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

Some little doubt exists as to the exact locality for this species,

which has its headquarters in China and the Philippine Isles.

SURCULA CATENA Reeve.

M.C. In young condition 5-10 fathoms; fine adult examples

20-30 fathoms: all on very soft mud bottom. Generally distri-

buted.

SURCULA CINGULIFERA Lam.

P.G. Generally distributed in the Gulf, extending to the Gulf

of Oman, 5-15 fathoms, sandy mud. The largest examples, 12

inch in length, occurred in lat. 26° 50! N., long. 54° 50’ E.

Var. amicta Sm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), Bassein and Bombay Harbour as far

south as Goa (Lt.-Col. H. D. Olivier).

We cannot separate Pleurotoma cincta Lam.

Surcuna JAVANA L, (=nodifera Lam.).

I. Karachi. Rare. Bombay (Abercrombie), Cast ashore very

frequently, and often in good condition, after stormy weather,

thence southwards to Panjim and Goa (Olivier).

SurcuLa TorNata Dillw.

Var. fulminata Kien.

M.C. Generally distributed over the Persian coasts and those

of Baluchistan.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Ff. W. 7, Abercrombie). Bassein and

Bombay Harbour southwards to Goa (Olivier).

SURCULA TUBERCULATA Gray.

M.C. A common species at 5-30 fathoms, soft mud; the most

perfectly developed specimens coming from the greater depth.

DRILLIA ANGRIASENSIS Melv.

J. Angrias Bank (Captain W. A. Tindall).

DRILLIA ALCYONBA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 21.)

D. testa gradato-fusiformi, nitidissima, candida, unicolore; anfrac-

tibus septem, quorum apicalis ipse vitreus, levissimus, duobus hine

procimis apud medium acuticarinatis, ceteris recticostatis,

costis nitidis, spiraliter in antepenultimo bi-, in penultimo

anfractu triliratis, ultimo indistincte quinque-lirato, costis ad

medium evanidis, inde ad basim atlenuato, multistriatulo ;

28°

436 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON f June 18,

apertura oblonga, libro tenui, sinu...?, margine columellari

sinuoso, canali paullum producto.

Long. 12, lat. 4mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59! E. 37

fathoms, sand and mud.

Characteristically to be recognized by its white shining surface,

and by the single acute median carination on the second and third

whorls, the next whorl, in common with the rest, being longi-

tudinally ribbed. These ribs are crossed on the fourth and fifth

whorls by two spiral lire, on the sixth by three, and on the upper

part of the body-whorl by five, the ribs appearing, through a lens,

senticose at the points of junction. The lower part of the body-

whorl] is rounded and spirally closely striate.

DRILLIA ATHYRMA', sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 22.)

D. testa turrito-fusiformi, solidiuscula, pallide straminea ; anfrac-

tibus 10, apicalibus tribus brevissimis inclusis, vitreis, castaneis,

ceteris arcte longitudinaliter acuticostatis, costis subobliquis,

spiraliter liratis, livis tenuibus, costis anfractus ultimi circa

duodecim ; apertura ovali ; columella alba, nitida, crassiuscula,

canali paullum producto.

Long. 13, lat. 450 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 58’ N., long. 57° 59’ E. 37

fathoms, sand and nud.

Not, perhaps, quite full-grown, as both the specimens examined

have the outer lip imperfect, and it is not possible to give any

particulars about the sinus. The oblique, acute, longitudinal ribs,

and the incrassate, subventricose, upper whorls seem characteristic.

DRILLIA BAYNHAMI Sm.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

I. Karachi.

DRILLIA CECCHI Jouss.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask.

M.C. Local at 3-30 fathoms, muddy sand.

DRILLIA CIRCUMVERTENS, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 23.)

D. testa ovato-fusiformi, compacta, albo-lactea, nitente ; anfractibus

8, apicalibus duobus albis, levibus, sub lente longitudinaliter

crenelliferis, ceteris acute bi- vel tricarinatis, carinis levibus,

superficie inter carinas apud medium anfractuum excavata,

oblique concentrice striata, ultimo anfractu bicarinato, infra

carinam inferiorem usque ad basim spiraliter pulchre lirato,

liris arctis, reqularibus ; apertura oblonga, albo-lactea, sinu

labiali lato, brevi ; columella fere recta, canali brevi.

Long. 6, lat. 2°25 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 5! N., long. 37° 35' E. 205

fathoms, sand and mud.

| aOuppa, a plaything.

1901.) MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF, 437

Two examples were dredged at the above locality. A very

beautiful spirally carinate and lirate Drillia, allied to the Medi-

terranean D. loprestiana, and not, indeed, unlike in character

to certain Surcule,e.g. S. annulata Reeve, cincta Lam.; but the

short canal and wide sinus proclaim it rightly placed in Drillia,

and the acute carine are peculiar.

Drinwia chypontA!, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 24.)

D. testa attenuato-fusiformi, delicata, albo-straminea vel rufeseente ;

anfractibus 9, quorum apicales duo perleves, vitrei, albi vel

brunneo-suffusi, cateris angulariter prominulis, ventricosis,

nitidis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis obliqui-flexuosis, leniter

spiraliter sub lente striatulis ; apertura oblonga, sinu perlato,

labro tenui; columella recte inecrassata, supra callosa, nitida,

canali lato, paullum producto.

Long. 15, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 51° 56’ E. 225

fathoms, mud.

Several examples of a shining, nearly smooth, pale, whitish,

straw-coloured, or reddish-tinted shell, attenuate, graceful, nine-

whorled, with longitudinal ribs, somewhat prominently twice-

angled just below the middle, and obliquely flexuose, shining, and

almost smooth. On the penultimate whorl the ribs number 11, on

the body-whorl 10. The spiral revolving lines are discernible with

a lens. The mouth is oblong, sinus very wide and somewhat

shallow; outer lip thin, rounded; columella white, straight,

callous above, shining ; canal a little produced, broad.

Not exactly comparable with any species known to us.

DRILLIA CRENULARIS Lam.

Var. griffithii Gray.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask, on hard sand.

M.C. Charbar, at low spring-tides.

I. Karachi. Specimens washed up all along the coast. The

var. griffithit occurs with the type near Charbar and Jask.

Var. atkinsoni Sm.

I. Bombay, where it appears the common form, though the

type has been also recorded (Abercrombie). Lt.-Col. Olivier has also

collected the typical form at Bassein, near Bombay.

Dri. pisvEcrA Sm.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, muddy sand.

Akin to D. persica Sm., but more local.

DRILLIA BLEVATA Sm.

P.G. Bushire. 10 fathoms.

DribiisA FLAVIDULA Lam,

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira).

Very uncommon, at 24 fathoms.

1 ckidwyv, a wave.

438 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Drituia FucATA Rye.

I. Karachi. 5 fathoms, loose stones and mud.

Drivyuis INcERTA Hinds.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59' E. 205

fathoms, sand, Also at 37 fathoms, in contiguous sounding, sand

and mud.

DRILLIA INCONSTANS Sm.

P.G. Henjam Island. Shaikh Shuaib I. Gulf of Oman,

lat. 24° 55! N., long. 57° 09' E. 37 fathoms, sand and mud.

I. Karachi. Angrias Bank and Malabar coast (Captain Tin-

dall). 5 fathoms.

DRILLIA INTERTINCLA Sm.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 5-15 fathoms, sand or muddy

sand. Largest examples measure 14 inch in length.

M.C. Extends along the Mekran Coast almost to Gwadir.

Dritiis Lucipa G. & H. Nevill.

P.G. TumbI. M.C. Gwadir(W. 7. Blanford).

DRiILLIA NITENS Hinds.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E., 40 fathoms.

DRILLIA OBLIQUATA Rye.

M.C. Local, but widely spread on the coast.

I. Karachi. 5 fathoms. Amongst loose stones, &e.

DRILLIA OMANENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)

D. testa eleganter fusiformi, delicata, alba, pallide carnea vel

brunneo-tincta ; anfractibus 9, quorum apicales vitrei, interdum

carnei, lavissimi, ceteris longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis

anfractus penultimi circa novem, ultimi decem, undique spiraliter

delicatissime striatis, striis nitidis ; apertura oblonga, alba, labro

sinuoso, paullum effuso, sinu juxta marginem suturalem perlato ;

columella alba, nitida, recta, canali paullum producto.

Long. 14, lat. 4:50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55! N., long. 57° 59’ E. 37

fathoms, sand and mud.

Three of the species of Drillia here described, viz. D. athyrma,

clydonia, and omanensis, possess certain features of form in common,

but entirely differ in all other particulars. The last named, now

under consideration, is white, pale flesh-colour, or tinged with

brown, the ribs themselves usually being white, of a very elegant

fusiform contour; the whorls are nine in number, two or three

being apical, colourless, and crystalline, or else brown-tinged, the

remainder thickly ribbed; the chief characteristic of the species

being the very fine, conspicuous, and delicate spiral liration,

these lire imparting a sericeous appearance to the whole surface.

A good many examples were dredged. We may add that

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 439

D, sinensis Hinds and D. incerta E. Smith, species both of the

same form, may be at once distinguished by greater coarseness in

both sculpture and spiral liration.

Dra persica Sm. (Plate XXI. fig. 14.)

P.G. Bushire. Henjam Island. Fao.

I. Karachi. 5-15 fathoms, in thick clayey mud. Some speci-

mens are beautifully tinged with pink over the costal interstices.

DRILLIA PRUNULUM, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)

D. testa attenuata, fusiformi, turrita, tenui, cinereo-brunnea, apud

basim prunicolore ; anfractibus decem, quorum apicales 2-3

pallide brunnei, vitret, leves, ceteris apud suturas spiraliter

crassijugatis, utrinque excavatis, apud medium nodulosicostatis,

costis levibus, nitidis, albescentibus, in anfractu penultimo circa

sedecim, undique spiraliter crassiliratis, ad juncturas costarum

gemmulatis, ultimo anfractu costis evanidis, regulariter can-

cellato, supra angulato ; apertura ovata, paullum contracta,

lacteo-purpurascente, labro tenui, sinu rotundato, lato, haud

profundo, intus, cum columella nitida, prunicolore, canalt brevi.

Long. 12, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

The colour of this highly sculptured, tornate, and spirally noduled

species is remarkable, being an ashy brown, developing at the base,

and over the greater part of the body-whorl, to deep plum-coloured

purple. The noduled ribs in the centre of all excepting the apical

and body whorls give an angular appearance ; these disappear for

the greater part on the last whorl, the beautiful cancellations

being here seen with the best effect.

DRILLIA RESPLENDENS Mely. (Plate XXI. fig. 11.)

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59! E.,

37 fathoms, sand and mud, only juvenile examples. On the

telegraph-cable in three or four places amongst shell-growth it

attains a fair size (20-22 mm.) and is very fine in colour. We

figure a typical example.

Dritzia Ropusta Hinds.

P.G. Bahrein Islands.

DRILLIA SACRA Reeve.

P.G. Shaikb Shuaib I.

I. Karachi, local at 3-7 fathoms. Bombay (Abercrombie).

DRiLviA SINENSIS Hinds.

M.C. Rare, an attenuate variety occurs occasionally at 10-15

fathoms, near Gwadir.

I. Karachi. Young examples only dredged living.

DRILLIA SPECTRUM Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 10’ N., long. 52° 50’ E., 29

fathoms, none living, mud and rocky basis.

440 MUSSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

DzRiLLia TASCONIUM', sp. un. (Plate XXIV. fig. 3.)

D. testa fusiform, sordide alba vel straminea, ten ; anfractibus

8-10, apicalibus in nostris speciminibus obliteratis, coeteris infra

(juata suturas) spiraliter profunde unisulcatis, superficie inter-

media ad juncturas costarum nodulosa ; costis longitudinalibus

crassis, obliquis, levibus, interstitialiter transversim regulariter

sulculosis ; apertura ovata, intus fusca, labro paullum expanso,

tenui, sinu lato, parietaliter adherente, profundo; columella

alba, recta, canali paullum producto, recto.

Long. 23, lat. 9°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59! E. 37

fathoms, sand and mud.

Allied in form to Drillia lucida Nevill, from the same locality, but

more than twice the size, D. lucida being likewise much smoother-

ribbed. The canal is longer, and the sinus both wider and deeper.

The outer lip in both specimens dredged at the above locality

has been broken and repaired; the whole build of the shell is

coarse, though of a light rather than massive consistency.

Particularly conspicuous are the spiral sulci deeply furrowing the

summit of each whorl, leaving a narrow noduled space between

them and the sutures.

DRILLIA TAYLORIANA Rve.

1. On Eastern Telegraph Co.’s Cable, 121 miles W.S.W. of

Bombay.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.. 15 fathoms.

DRILLIA THEORETA Mely.

P.G. Henjam Island, 25 fathoms. Shaikh Shuaib L., one

large form. Allied to D. cecchi Jouss., which latter, however, seems

always paler in hue and more attenuate in form.

Dritiia TOPAZA, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 4.)

D. testa gracili, fusiform, solida, attenuata, castanea, rubro-suff usa ;

anfractibus octo, quorum duo apicales mamillati, leves, vitrei,

ceteris paucicostatis, costis obliquis, crassis, spiraliter undique

tenuiliratis, costis anfractus ultumi ad sex ; apertura ovata, carnea,

labro paullum incrassato, sinu lato, brevi; columella recta,

canali lato.

Long. 11, lat. 3°50 mn.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

Allied to D. theoreta Melv. and D. ceccht Jouss., both of which

occur in the Arabian Sea and Persian Gulf. It may be distin-

guished from both by its mamillate protoconch and fewer longi-

tudinal ribs, as well as the reddish-pink coloration, with dark

purple-red suffusion at the aperture round and beyond the sinus.

The ribs of the lowest whorl only number six; they are thickened,

rounded, and crossed by close undulating lire. »

? tasconium, a yellowish-white earth, from the colour.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 441

DRILL TURRIS Rye. (=Pleurotoma pagoda Reeve).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat.

I. Karachi, but very rarely.

DRILLIA VARIABILIS Sin.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 23° 50’ N., long. 27° 50! E. Soft

mud.

I. Karachi, smaller examples near the mouth of R. Indus,

3 fathoms, sand and mud.

This species has also been received by us from the Red Sea

(Townsend) and the Andaman Isles (Booley).

Driu1ia (CLavus) oRASSA Sm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Dritiia (CLAvus) PRHZCLARA Melly.

1. Bombay, up the coast (Abercrombie).

MANGILIA AVERINA, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 5.)

M. testa ovato-fusiformi, alba, solida ; anfractibus 7, quorum

apicales duo leves, albi, ceteris regulariter recticostatis, costis

crassiusculis, wm ultimo circa septem, undique spiraliter arcte

liratis, liris alternatim tenuibus vel fortibus, ultimo anfractu

longitudine ceteros exequante; wpertura anguste ovata, labro

_ mncrassato,sinu lato, brevi; columella fere recta ; peristomate omnr

aurantio-suffuso.

Long. 6, lat. 2°75 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A stout, pure white little Mangilia, with strong ribs, crossed

by alternate strong or thin lire, and gemmuled at the points of

junction. ‘The lip and columellar area are beautifully suffused

with orange-yellow.

MANGILIA CARDINALIS Reeve.

1. Karachi. 3 fathoms, loose stone bottom.

MANGILIA CHILOSEMA Mely.

P.G. Henjam Island. 15 to 20 fathoms, mud.

M.C. In several places off the coast at 10-15 fathoms.

I. isarachi. Exceedingly abundant among loose rocks,

sand, and mud at low tide. Bombay (Abercrombie) is shell-sand.

The atlinities of this species lie with the New Caledonian

M. himerta and himerodes M. & S., and perhaps with the

Mediterranean M. vauquelini Payr.

MANG LIA CRASSILABRUM Kve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira).

3 fathoms

1. Karachi.

MANGILIA DECIPIENS Sm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), in shell-sand, mostly worn.

442 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

MANGILIA FATRBANKI G. & H. Nevill.

I. Karachi, fine and not infrequent. Bombay (Abercrombie).

MANGILIA FORTISTRIATA Sm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

ManGIiLia FuLvocinotTa G. & H. Nevill.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

MANGILIA GALIGENSIS Melv.

P.G. Galig Island.

Akin to M. townsendi Sowb.

MANGILIA LUCIDA Sm.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

MANGILIA MYRMECODES ', sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 6.)

M. testa oblonga, solida, pallide straminea ; anfractibus sex, quorum

apicalis mamillatus, subvitreus, levis, ceteris longitudinaliter

crassicostatis (costis in ultimo anfractu undecim), undique

spiraliter densiliratis, ad juncturas costarum noduliferis ;

apertura angusta, straminea, sinu lato, labro incrassato, crenu-

lato ; columella recta.

Long. 5, lat. 2°55 mm.

Hab, M.C. Charbar. 5 fathoms, sand.

I. Karachi, not uncommon.

Associated with Pyrgulina callista Mely., Cingulina isseli Tryon,

various Turbonille, Mangilia horneana Sm., chilosema, Melv., &c.,

at from 5-7 fathoms, this little species is probably locally abundant

along the whole Mekran Coast. It is best distinguished by its

noduled coste, which are particularly well defined, and unlike any

other species we know, excepting MW. bascauda M. & 8. from Lifu.

MANGILIA OPALUS Rve.

I. Lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45' E., 40 fathoms.

The nearest ally of this species seems to be Drillia nitens Hinds,

into which genus we think it should be removed.

MANGILIA PELLYI Sm.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59’ E. 250

fathoms.

MANGILIA PERLONGA Melv.

I. Karachi, only once found.

MANGILIA PHHA’, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 7.)

M. testa minuta, ovato-fusiformt, nigro-fusca, periostraco furfuraceo,

et tenut contecta; anfractibus 7, quorum apicales duo nitidi, leves,

brunneo-fusci, tertio arctissime longitudinaliter crenulato,

ceteris paucicostatis (in anfr. ultimo sew), costis incrassatis,

1 puppnkwdys, warty or nodulous. 2 gatos, dusky,

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 443

spiraliter ad angulum medium et infra, in penultimo et ante-

penultimo biliratis, ultimo circa octo liris a peripherio usque ad

basim preedito ; apertura angusta, brunnescente, labro incrassato,

paullum effuso, sinu lato, brevi; columella purpureo-fusca, recta,

ad basim curta.

Long. 4, lat. 1 mm.

Hab, Persian Gulf, Linjah. 33 fathoms, sand.

A very small, ovate, angled species, of a peculiar dark brown

colour, with but few incrassate ribs, crossed by sparse lire,

commencing at the centre of each whorl.

MANGILIA PULCHRIPICTA, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 9.)

M. testa fusiformi, parva, solida, omnino clare straminea, apud

suturas et ad medium anfractus ultimi inter costas purpureo

suffusa ; anfractibus 8 (quorum tres apicales vitrei, ochracet,

perleves), paucicostatis, costis ad medium anqulatis, in anfractu

penultimo circa 9-10, undique spiraliter filoliratis, liris in

penultimo circa 8, anfractu ultimo ad peripheriam uniangulato,

spiraliter ad basim lirato ; apertura angusta, oblonga, labro

paullum incrassato, purpureo-fasciato, sinu lato, haud profundo ;

columella fere recta, canali brevt.

Long. 6°50, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Bushire, towards Fao.

Brightly painted with purplish blotches interstitially in the

centre of the body-whorl, as well as at the sutures, the outer lip

being also fasciate. The ground-colour is clear straw; the whorls

are centrally distinctly once-angled; the ribs are clearly defined,

moderate in number, and crossed by revolving lire. Mouth

narrow, sinus broad but not deep, canal short, columella nearly

straight. We do not know a near ally.

MANGILIA SUBULA Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 10’ N., long. 52° 50' KE. 338

fathoms, sand and mud.

M.C. Charbar Point, on rocks at 7-12 fathoms. Astola

Island, on rocks and Alge.

MANGILIA TERPNISMA', sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 8.)

M. testa fusiformi, solidula, alba, apud suturas castaneo-suffusa,

et interdum ultimo anfractu spiraliter castaneo-teniato ; anfracti-

bus octo, ad medium angulatis, quorum apicales duo vel tres

leves, castaneo-brunnei, ceteris longitudinaliter crassicostatis,

costis rectis, interstiltiis, simul acad suturas, interdum brunneo-

vel castaneo-suffusis, undique spiraliter liratis, liris irregularibus,

subdistantibus ; apertura cinerea, angusta, labro incrassato,

teniato, intus sanguineo ; columella suffusa, ad basim sanguinea ;

canali paullulum recurvo, brevissimo.

Long. 9, lat. 3 mm.

Hab, Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55' N., long. 57° 57’ E., at 37

fathoms, sand and mud.

' répmvos, pleasing.

444 ; MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Characterized by its stout build, whorls once-angled, whitish,

banded and filleted with chestnut, the outer lip much thickened,

teeniate, within blood-red or, in one example, chestnut, columella

stained at the base with the same colour. Mouth narrow,

cinereous or slate-coloured within. This species would by some

authors be considered a G'lyphostoma.

MANGILIA THESKELOIDES Mely.

I. Karachi.

The nearest ally is M. theskela M. & 8S. from New Caledonia

and the Loyalty Isles.

MANGILIA TOWNSENDI Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Especially fine at Jask.

M.C. Charbar, Gwadir, Ormara, Astola Island, &c.; met with

generally along the coast from low-water mark to 15 fathoms, on

muddy sand.

Maneinia(GLyPHostoMa)oBrusicosTaTaSm. (Plate X XI. fig. 4.)

P.G. and M.C. Occasionally occurring singly, rare.

I. Karachi, local.

MANGILIA (GLYPHOSTOMA) RUGOSA Migh.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

I. Karachi. In 3-7 fathoms, amongst loose stones and -

muddy sand.

Maneitia (GLYPHOSTOMA) soROR Sw.

P.G. Bushire, Hindarabi I. Galig I. Kishm I.

M.C. Fairly general along the coast.

I. Karachi Harbour, where the finest specimens of all occur

in 5 fathoms, among loose stones and muddy sand.

Maneriia (GLYPHOSTOMA) SPURCA Hinds.

P.G. Linjah, 33 fathoms. Henjam I., 15-28 fathoms.

Bahrein Islands. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, 15 fathoms.

I. Karachi.

CLATHURELLA ALBICAUDATA Sm.

I. Karachi. On rocks amongst weeds at low tide.

CLATHURELLA BICOLOR Angas.

I. Karachi.

CLATHURELLA FORAMINATA Reeve.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Var. camacina Mely.

M.C. Charbar. 7 fathoms.

I. Karachi. Also lat. 18°58'N., long. 71°43' E. 40 fathoms.

The variety is always larger and paler than the type.

CLATHURELLA HORNEANA Sm.

P.G. Bushire.

I. Karachi. Amongst weed and sand on rocks at low tide,

locally most abundant, and probably extending to Ceylon.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 445

CLATHURELLA O’MALEYI Melv.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. On shell-growth on telegraph-cable,

lat. 25° 58’ N., long. 57° 35' E. 55 fathoms, mud.

CLATHURELLA PERPLEXA G. & H. Nevill.

P.G. Bushire, and near Fao, at head of the Gulf.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

CLATHURELLA sMITuHII G. & H. Nevill.

P.G. Tumbl. M.C. Gwadir (W. 7. Blanford). Near

polynesiensis Rye.

CLATHURELLA TENUILIRATA Angas.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26°10’ N., long. 52° 50° E. 33

fathoms, mud and rock.

CLATHURELLA POLYNESIENSIS Reeve.

M.C. Astola Island, in sand.

I. Karachi.

Not agreeing with Lifu specimens so named, and the species

requires further study. Arabian Sea examples certainly compare

more favourably with the original description (Proc. Zool. Soe.

1848, p. 119).

CLATHURELLA PYRAMIDULA Rye.

P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms.

I. Karachi. 5 fathoms, mud.

CLATHURELLA THALIA sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 10.)

C. testa fusiformi, gracili, multum attenuata, ochraceo-straminea, ad

medium anfractuum brunneo-teniata ; anfractibus 8, quorum duo

apicales vitrei, leves, pellucidi, his proximus anfractus pulcher-

rime tribus gemmularum ordinibus minutis spiraliter dispositis,

preditus, ceteris apud suturas impressis, tumidis, longitudinaliter

costatis, costis tenuibus, flewvosis, obliquis, tribus vel quatuor

liris spiraliter succinctis, ad juncturas costarum gemmuliferis,

anfractu ultimo producto, attenuato ; apertura anguste oblonga,

labri sinu minimo, brevissimo, lato ; columella recta, canali brevi.

Long. 8°25, lat, 2°50 mm.

Hab. Mekran Coast, Charbar. 7 fathoms.

This species might stand equally as Mangilia or Clathurella: it

seems impossible to draw a hard-and-fast line between such nearly

allied genera, the characteristics of which are often ill-defined.

C. thalia is a particularly graceful, attenuate species, one of its

chief distinguishing peculiarities, which we have observed on no

other nearly allied form, being the beautiful rows (3) of spiral

small gemme on the whorl immediately succeeding the apical. The

thin flexuose oblique longitudinal ribs, crossed by about four rows

of spirals on the upper whorls, present at the point of junction

with the ribs round small gemmules; the last whorl is very elongate

and attenuate, just above the middle of this whorl the spirals are

sparse and the colour becomes whitish, giving the shell a banded

446 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

appearauce. Aperture narrowly oblong: outer lip thickened, with

a very shallow, small, but broad sinus; columella straight, and

canal short.

Superficially like C. polynesiensis Reeve, but widely differing in

character of ribs and greater attenuation of form.

CLATHURELLA TINCTA Rye.

I. Karachi. Occurs at very low tide, amongst mud and weed

on rocks.

Var. lemniscata Nevill (sp.).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), with the type in shell-sand.

Donovanta BICOLOR Mely.

Lachesis bicolor Mely. Mem. Manch. Soc. vol. xlii. part 2 (1898),

no. 4, p. 14, pl. 1. fig. 27.

P.G. No special locality given.

M.C. Charbar, rarely.

CYTHARA EDITH, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 11.)

C. testa gracili, fusiformi, alba, castaneo-tincta ; anfractibus 8-9,

quorum apwales duo vel tres Be ey albi, leves, ceteris eleganter

recticostatis, costis paucis, in antepenultimo quinque, penultimo

et ultimo sex, plerumque obscure castaneo variegatis, undique

spiraliter sub lente arctissime et delicatissime striatis,apud suturas _

multum impressis ; apertura angusta, oblonga, labro extus paul-

lum effuso, incrassato, dorsaliter pallide castaneo-maculato, intus

recto ; columella alba, recta, minute multidenticulata.

Long. 10°25, lat. 3 mm., sp. maj.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms.

Allied to C. cithara Gould, but more graceful and fewer-ribbed ;

a species, too, of which we have not been able to find a description.

C. tenuilirata Rve. is also akin to our species, we having closely

compared it; but it differs in form, the number of coste being

identical.

CyrHsra Grapata G. & H. Nevill.

I. Bombay (fev. S. B. Fairbank) (A. Abercrombie ?),

CYTHARA HYPERCALLES Melly.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 20 fathoms, sandy mud.

CyrHARA TYPHONOTA', sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 12.)

CU. testa alba, solidiuscula, ultimo anfractu dersaliter apud medium

nigrescenti-teniato ; anfractibus octo, gradatis, apud suturas

impressis, longitudinaliter recticostatis, costis ultimum apud an-

fractum 12,fere levibus, sub lente spiraliter obscure undique

tenuistratis ; apertura oblonga, labro simplice (juvenili) ;

columella fere recta,

Long. 8, lat. 1°50 mm.

P.G. Tumb Island. 17 fathoms, sand.

1 ripos, smoke; vwros, back,

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 447

Dredged in company with Mangilia spurca and obtusicostata, but

only in juvenile condition. The gradate whorls, straight ribs

(twelve in number on the body-whorl), and especially the smoky

black spiral dorsal band, most conspicuous just behind the outer

lip, amply characterize the species.

DAPHNELLA AXIS Reeve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Malcolm Inlet, 20 fathoms; Kais (or

Gais) Island, 10 fathoms, amongst broken shell and coral-sand.

I. Karachi.

DAPHNELLA CECILIA, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 13.)

D. testa gracillime fusiformi, albida, delicata ; anfractibus 9,

quorum aprcales tres pallide straminei, supremo mamillato,

nitido, levi, duobus hine proximis sub lente delicatissime decus-

satis, ceteris arctissime tenuicostatis, spiraliter undique liratis,

interstitiis quadratulis, alveatis, liris ultimi anfractus circa

viginti, costis longitudinalibus arctissimis, tenuibus ; apertura

oblonga, albescente, labro paullum incrassato, sinu haud pro-

fundo ; columella recta.

Long. 13, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. ** Mekran Coast” (F. W. Townsend in coll. W. Neville

Sturt).

A most graceful white species, resembling a Mitra of the section

Cancilla. In addition to the description above given, we might

point out that on the fourth and fifth whorls the longitudinal ribs

are fewer and more incrassate than on the penultimate and body-

whorls; the same with the spiral lire. On the body-whor!l these lire

are of varying thickness, the interstices are alveate. By some

malacologists this might be termed a Clathurella, but the very

graceful form suggests greater affinity with the genus where we

have, at all events provisionally, located it. Our best thanks are due

to Mr. W. N. Sturt for the loan of the species, which, with many

other Mollusca of great interest, he has received direct from

Mr. Townsend.

DAPHNELLA EVERGESTIS', sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 14.)

D. testa ovato-fusiformi, albo-straminea ; anfractibus octo, quorum

apicales duo subvitret, delicatissime sub lente decussati, ceteris ad

suturas multum impressis, ventricosis, arctissime longitudinaliter

costulatis, costis subobliquis, ad juncturas lirarum spiralium

multarum gemmulato-nitidis, anfractus ultimi costis ad sev et

viginti ; apertura ovata, labro incrassato, albo, nitido, sinu ad

suturam lato, sed obscuro, canali paullulum recurvo, brevi.

Long. 12, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 59° 59° E. = 37

fathoms, sand and coral-mud.

A well-sculptured Daphnella, whitish or straw, variegated with

darker maculations on some examples, elegantly fusiform ; whorls

' ebépyns, bountiful.

448 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

rounded, much impressed at the sutures, the protoconch most

delicately decussate, the remainder of the whorls being closely

obliquely ribbed, crossed by many spirals, slightly gemmulate at

the points of junction, this gives a white shining appearance to the

ribs, which on the body-whorl number about twenty-six. The

mouth is oval, outer lip thickened; sinus very superficial, but

broad, close below the suture. Canal slightly recurved and short.

We do not know a near ally to this species, though some super-

ficial similarity in the sculpture with Pl. mitralis Ten.-Woods, from

Tasmania, is discernible. Likewise D.compsa Wats., though more

than twice the length, has the same costal disposition; but in

this species the form, especially basally, is quite different, the

canal being more prolonged, with consequent attenuation of the

body-whorl.

DAPHNELLA RECEPTORIA,sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 15.)

D. testa eleganter fusiformi, late ochracea, multum attenuata, deli-

cata; anfractibus septem, angulatis, apicali perlevi, vitreo,

puniceo-tincto, cteris ad suturas multum impressis, excavato-

tornatis, supernis binis, penultimo trinis carinarum ordinibus

spiraliter predito, ultimo multicarinato, carinis vartis, septem

vel octo carinarum ordinibus; apertura lata, oblonga, intus

albescente, labro extus lunulato ; columella fere recta, canali brevi.

Long. 18°50, lat. 6 mm. 5

Hab. Mekran Coast, Charbar.

We consider this elegant Pleurotomid to belong to the genus

Daphnella rather than to Clathurella, as there is no sign of cancella-

tion on any of the whorls. At the same time C7. tricarinata Reeve,

carinulata Souv., and hindsit Reeve show much structural affinity

with it, both in the keels and in form. The section of Daphnella

to which we refer it, viz. that which has for its type D. trivaricosa

yon Martens, seems almost to embrace the Clathurelle we have just

mentioned, and several others relegated to that genus.

One cannot help feeling, indeed, the more the Pleurotomacea are

studied closely, how painfully artificial and misleading are many of

the characters which are employed in differentiating the sections,

so called genera, and subgenera of this vast assemblage. It

is almost too large for the monographer, and so enormous are

the number of species annually brought to light, especially since

the abyssal forms have been sought after and procured with

greater facility, that we fear confusion will soon be worse con-

founded, and the patience of malacologists tried too far, unless

some benefactor of his race arise to study these forms alone as

his life’s work.

DAPHNELLA TRIVARICOSA v. Mart.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. One beautifully lamellate specimen from

Malcolm Inlet (Kubbatt Ghazira), with the upper whorls varicose,

may be a distinct species, the canal being slightly more prolonged

than in von Martens’s type.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 449

DaPHNELLA VENERIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 16.)

D. testa oblongo-gradatula, delicata, tenui, albo-lactea; anfractibus

8, quorum apicales duo depressi, vitrei, duo his proximi pul-

cherrime sub lente decussato-cancellati, ceteris ad suturas

gradatis, ultimo excepto, trrequlariter varicoso-costatis, spiraliter

undique arcte liratis, lirts in ultimo anfractu solum gemmulatis ;

apertura late oblongo-ovata, labro effuso, paullum incrassato, sinu

lato, juxta suturam ; columella recta, canali brevissimo.

Long. 9, lat. 3°25 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long.57°25' E. 205 fathoms,

mud.

A peculiarly gradate species, the sculpture being, as in most

Daphnelle, elaborately cancellate as regards the protoconch ; the

whorls next to this are irregularly varicose-costate, and are

crossed by delicate non-gemmuled spirals ; it is on the last whorl

alone, which is slightly effusely ventricose, that these gemmules

appear, which are extremely beautiful microscopic objects. The

aperture is wide, outer lip effuse, the sinus, situate just below the

suture, being very broad. Canal very short.

We know no member of the genus which possesses such well-

defined gradate whorls, and we consider its refined beauty merits

the appellation chosen for it specifically.

DaPHNELLA XYLOIs', sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 17.)

D. testa delicata, eleganter fusiformi, albida, flammis longitu-

dinalibus vel maculis castaneis decorata ; anfractibus 93, quorum

apicales 24 subvitret, castanet, sub banks delicate cancellati, tres

quoque his proximi obscure long gitudinaliter varicoso-costati,

ceteris planatis, undique pulcherrime et tenuissime filoso-can-

cellatis, ad juncturas yemmuliferis, ultimo anfractu cceteros

magnitudine exequante ; apertura alba, oblonga, labro tenut, sinu

(in speciminibus nostris) haud cernendo ; columella tenui, canali

brevissimo.

Long. 13, lat. 450 mim.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 10 fathoms, coral-sand.

Most beautifully encircled with microscopic cancelle, which are

gemmuled at the points of junction, giving a sericeous appearance

to the surface when examined with an ordinary lens of low power.

Under a higher objective the protoconch is perceived to be vitreous,

most delicately cancellate throughout, the next three whorls

possessing coarse varicose longitudinal ribs, the remaining whorls

all plane and clouded with flame-like chestnut markings.

Our specimens are probably not quite full-grown, for the

sinus is not discernible. The outer lip is slightly effuse, columella

thin, and canal extremely short.’

1 E/Xov, wood, from the grained-like chestnut markings.

2 Of the twenty-seven species of Plewrotomide described by Mr. Edgar Smith

mainly in 1877- 1888, and for which, in the earlier part of this paper, we have

given most of the references, the following only do not occur in our Catalogue,

all having been collected by Col. Pelly with the locality “ Persian Gulf,” and

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1901, Vou. Il. No. XX LX. 29

450 MESSRS, MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

This species does not seem very near, save superficially, to any

variety of the protean D. lymneiformis Kiener, e. g. patula and

fragilis Reeve, with which we have carefully compared it. In

form it is unlike the elongate D. flammea Hinds, from New

Ireland, though to some extent the disposition of the markings is

identical. D. delicata Rve. is likewise more elongate.

Fam. CANCELLARIID2®.

CANCELLARIA (MERICA) ASPERELLA Lam.

Var. elegans Sowb. (sp.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

CanceLLaria (Merica) Brrascrata Desh. (=oblonga Sowb.).

P.G. Gulf of Oman: Jask, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar Point.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie), very occasionally.

CaNCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) AGALMA’, sp. n. (Plate XXIV.

fig. 18.)

C. testa parva, oblongo-fusiformi, anguste perforata, fusca, solida ;

anfractibus 7, quorum apicales leviusculi, quatuor ultimis ad

suturas multumimpressis, supra angulatis, longitudinaliter obliqui-

costatis, costis asperis, undique spiraliter arcte rudiliratis, liris

crassis, cum tenuibus alternatim dispositis, interstitiis squamato-

corrugatis ; apertura angusta, trigonalt, labro crasso, supra recto,

unangulato, deinde paullum ad basim effuso ; columella biplicata.

Long. 7°50, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 55’ N., long. 57° 59'E. 37

fathoms, sand and mud.

Small, solid, of elegant compressedly angled and trigonous

contour, the body-whorl bears eleven longitudinal ribs, thick,

spirally multilirate, these lire of varying widths alternately

disposed. Allied to C. goniostoma Sowb., C. antiquata Hinds, and

others of the section Z'riyonostoma Blvlle.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) BICOLOR Hinds.

M.C. Off Charbar Point. 7 fathoms, rock.

the types presented to our National Collection, South Kensington, by the late

Mr. R. MacAndrew :—

Drillia portia. Clathurella macandrewi.

» pupiformis. a munda.

Mangilia albolabiata. 5 reticulosa.

. recta. Daphnella arcta.

‘5 scitula. Cithara elevata.

Clathurella asperulata. / » striatula,

é crebrilirata. |

With the exception of these few, therefore, we belicve that al/ the members

of this large family that have been hitherto diagnosed as occurring within the

confines of this region are enumerated in this catalogue.

) dyaXpa, a delight.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 451

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) COSTIFERA Sowb.

I. Karachi. 3 fathoms, loose stones and sandy mud.

e Bombay (Abercrombie). “Only in one locality, washed up by heavy

seas, with C. scalarinu Lam.” Bassein and southwards (Olivier).

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) CRENIFERA Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

I. Karachi.

Var. serrata Reeve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat, with the type.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) CRISPATA Sowb.

I. Karachi, but rarely.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) HYSTRIX Rye.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask.

M.C. Generally off the Persian coast. 7-10 fathoms, in

muddy bottom.

CaNCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) LAMELLOSA Hinds.

P.G. Generally found 10-15 fathoms, among dead shells and

mud. By some authors considered a variety of C. crenifera Sowb.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) PAUCICOSTATA Sowb.

P.G. Shaikh Shuaib I. Also on telegraph-cable adhering to

the upper part of Rapana bulbosa, 30-50 fathoms. Lat. 25° 14’

N., long. 59° 45' E., 80 fathoms.

CaNCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) SCALARINA Sowb.

P.G. Found generally in 10 fathoms, mud and dead oyster-shells.

I. Karachi. Bombay (Abercrombie), only washed ashore in one

place, after storms.

CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) WILMERI Sowb.

I, Angrias Bank (Captain W. S. Tindall).

Specimens of a Cancellaria, very distinct, and with C. macrospira

Ad. & Rve. as sole ally, have lately (April 1901) been dredged by

Mr. Townsend off Bombay, lat. 18° 58’ N., long. 71° 45’ E.,

40 fathoms, unfortunately too late for description at the present

opportunity.

Order OPISTHOBRANCHIATA.

Suborder i. TECTIBRANCHIATA.

Fam. ACTERONID 2.

Sonmputa Arrinis (A. Ad.).

P.G. and M.C. Generally found at 3-7 fathoms, muddy sand.

I. Karachi.

Var. coccinata Rve. (sp.).

I. Karachi.

452 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEY ON [June 18,

Acrmon Exiis Jeffr. (=nitidus Verrill).

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05' N., long. 57° 35' E. 205

fathoms, mud.

The discovery of this species in the Persian Gulf increases the

range as hitherto known. Discovered by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys in

1870, in the North Atlantic, 227-1456 fathoms, it was subsequently

found in the Bay of Biscay, Mediterranean Sea, Azores (‘Challenger’

Expedition), also E. coast of Florida, and Martha’s Vineyard,

Rhode I., U.S.A., likewise the Campeche Bank, Gulf of Mexico

(vide Pilsbry in Man. of Conch. vol. xv. p. 156).

Our examples seem near the American variety (A. nitidus

Verrill).

ACTON FLAMMEUS Gmel.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Shaikh Shuaib Island. 10 fathoms, coral-sand.

Sometimes occurs at low-tide mark.

Acton Pupicus A. Ad.

I. Karachi.

ACYrXON SIEBOLDI Rve.

P.G. Gulf of Oman. 10 fathoms, mud.

M.C. 8 fathoms, not frequent.

Luucotina am@na A. Ad, (Myonia).

P.G. and M.C. No exact record.

[. Bombay (Abercrombie).

LEvucorins EXIMIA Lischke.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Lrucorina GRatiosa Melyv.

P.G. Off Shaikh Shuaib I. 10 fathoms, in semifossil con-

dition.

I. Karachi, very rarely.

LEUCOTINA JASKENSIS Mely.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Jask. Dredged at 3 fathoms, muddy

sand, A very graceful species.

BULLINA scABRA Gmnel. (= Voluta ziczac Muhlfeldt).

M.C. Generally occurs on the coasts of Persia and Baluchistan

from low tide to 5 fathoms, sandy mud. Common at Ormara.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Distributed through both hemispheres, though not yet found

on the American coasts.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 453

Fam. TORNATINID®.

ToRNATINA CRITHODES*, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 19.)

T. testa recta, cylindrica, fusiform’, alba, cuticulo tenwissimo

contecto, straminea, spiraliter castaneo-multilineato, spira de-

presso-conica, apice heterostropho; anfractibus 4-5, profunde

et anguste canaliculatis, ultimo recto, subprolongato ; apertura

supra contracta, infra effusa, labro fere recto ; columella fortiter

uniplicata,

Alt, 5°50, diam. 2 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Linjah. 74 fathoms.

The straw-coloured thin cuticle or periostracum surrounding the

white surface is thick with chestnut-coloured spiral lines. In this

respect, judging by Mr. Pilsbry’s figure (Man. Conch. xv. pl. 50.

f. 38), it resembles 7’. culcitella Gould, from California. The

whorls are profoundly, but narrowly channelled, form straight and

cylindrical, columella strongly once-plaited. A good many

examples were dredged in December 1900, at the above-named

locality.

TorNATINA INconsPicuA A. Ad.

P.G. Gais Island. 10 fathoms.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

This Erythrean species is in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.)

from the Persian Gulf unnamed. With the aid of a lens delicate

spiral striz are discernible towards the base.

ToRNATINA INvoLUTA G. & H. Nevill.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

TORNATINA PERSIANA Sm.

P.G. At 14 fathoms (Col. Pelly). In Coll. Mus. Brit.

TORNATINA TOWNSENDI Mely.

P.G. and M.C. Occasional.

I. Karachi, very abundantly dredged off Manora Point and

elsewhere at 3-7 fathoms.

ToRNATINA ZOE, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 20.)

jg testa minuta, cylindrica, brevi, subpellucida, albo-lactea, apice

sinistrali, mamullato, spira conica ; anfractibus (apicali incluso)

quatuor, ad suturas excavatis, ultimo undique spiraliter pulehre

sulcato, suleulis arctis, circa octo et viginti, ad basim descen-

dentibus ; apertura pyriformi, apud basim effusa, rotundata, labro

recto ; columella alba, paullum callosa.

Alt. 3°25, diam. 1°30 mm.

Hab, Karachi,

The most delicately beautiful of the genus, being distinguished

' KpOaéns, like barley-husks,

454 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDIN ON [June 18,

by its cylindrical, rather shortened spire, sinistral apical whorl,

straight body-whorl, closely spirally multisulcate. The substance

is subpellucid milky white ; outer lip straight; columella slightly

callous at the base, white, shining, not plaited.

Rerousa niripa (A. Ad.).

P.G. Bushire. A Bornean species.

Rervusa (PYRUNCULUS) PELLYI (Sm.).

Cylichna (Sao) pellyt Sm. Ann. N. H. ser. 4, ix. p. 354 (1872).

P.G. Gulf of Oman. Common at some depth, say from 50 to

350 fathoms; fine and large.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). One of the most abundant Mollusca

whose shells are cast ashore after rough weather.

VoLVULA ACUMINATA Brug.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 05’ N., long. 57° 35’ E. 205

fathoms, mud.

I. Bombay. Not in the list, though collected by Abercrombie.

Probably absolutely identical with the well-known European

and Mediterranean Volvula. It is recorded in the catalogue

(revised) of the MacAndrew collection from the Red Sea and

Suez by the Rev. A. H. Cooke. Probably V. ovytata Bush, from

the Eastern United States, is the same. :

Fam. SCAPHANDRID#.

SMARAGDINELLA ANDERSONI Nevill (Glauconella).

I. Ratnagiri (Abercrombie).

First recorded by G. Nevill from 8. Ceylon. The Rey. A. H.

Cooke names it from Suez; Dr. F. Stoliczka from Penang.

Arys (Aricuna) Aticuna A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Arys (ALICULA) AMYGDALA Sowb.

M.C. Record a little doubtful (7. W. 7'.).

Arys (ALicuLA) oyninpRica Helb,

M.C. No specified locality.

Includes A. elongata A. Ad. and solida Brug.

Arys (AuicuLa) succisa Ehr.

I. Karachi.

CYLICHNA BREVISSIMA A. Ad.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 25° 44’ N., long. 52° 30' E.

40 fathoms, mud and sand, on telegraph-cable.

CYLICHNA BUSHIRENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 21.)

C. testa subcylindrica, supra acuminata, apud basim paullulum

effusa et dilatata, tenui, papyracea, nitida, cinereo-alba, trans-

versim eleganter undulato-striata, striis supra minute punctatis,

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 455

spira celata, apice umbilicato; apertura supra angusta, ad basim

effusiore ; columella simplice, paullum incrassata,

Alt. 8, diam. 3°25 mm.

Hab, Persian Gulf. Bushire and near Fao.

Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Gulf of Oman. 208 fathoms.

Mainly conspicuous by its fragility and delicate transverse

undulating striz, these being punctate in the upper portion of

the body-whorl. The mouth is slightly dilated below, lip fairly

straight, columella slightly thickened. Several examples.

CYLICHNA CRENILABRIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 22.)

C. testa brevi, caleareo-alba, subperforata, bullata, ovata, crasst-

uscula, undique arctissime spiraliter minute punctata ; apertura

oblonga, supra constricta, infra paullum dilatata, labro incrassato,

pulchre crenulato ; columella ad basim effusa, haud plicata,

simplice.

Alt, 3°50, diam. 1°75 mm., sp. maj.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 5’ N., long. 57° 25' E.

205 fathoms, mud.

Minute, but highly sculptured with close spiral punctuation,

the outer lip thickened and beautifully crenulate, a peculiarity we

have seen in no other Tectibranch we can remember. Our speci-

mens are mostly full-grown, though they be all so inconspicuous.

About fifty examples were dredged at the above locality.

CYLICHNA CYLINDRACEA Pennant.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 15 fathoms.

Lat. 27° 18' N., long. 51° 52' E. 27 fathoms, mud.

Lat. 24° 05' N., long. 57° 35’ EK. 205 fathoms, mud.

J. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Evidently the British, European, and Mediterranean species.

CYLICHNA FAOENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 23.)

C. testa angusta, cylindrica, tenui, alba, paullum nitente, um-

bilicata, longitudinaliter hic illic irregulariter indistincte striata,

spiraliter apud extremitates distincte ad medium leniter sulcato-

striata ; apertura angusta, lunata, infra latiore, labro elliptico,

crassiusculo ; columella obscure uniplicata, crassiuscula, alba,

nitente,

Alt. 8, diam. 3°30 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, Bushire, and towards Fao.

A narrow, barrel-shaped Cylichna, thin, whitish, slightly shining,

spirally striate, but more conspicuously so at the extremities ; outer

lip rising just beyond the umbilicus, scarcely angled, thence

somewhat elliptic, rounded at the base ; aperture narrow, columella

obscurely once-plaited.

Three very minute species of Cylichna, C. consanguinea, per-

pusilla, and pumilissima, all of E. A. Smith, have been described

(Ann. N. Hist. ser. 4, ix. pp. 352, 353) as dredged by Col. Pelly

in the Persian Gulf at 14 fathoms.

456 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Fam. BuLiip®.

BuLta AMPULLA L.

P.G. and M.C. Found, not uncommonly, over the coasts of

Persia and Baluchistan from low tide to 10 fathoms, sandy mud.

I. Karachi.

Fam. AKERID2#.

Haminea conta A. Ad.

Haminea curta A, Ad. in Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 582, pl. civ.

fig. 100.

Atys (Alicula) isseli H. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 11, pl. iii. fig. 13.

Haminea equistriata BH. A. Sm. Ann. N. Hist. ser. 4, ix. p. 350.

P.G. Linjah. 33 fathoms (December 1900).

A white, beautifully striate species, precisely similar to Erythrean

specimens.

HAMINEA CROCATA Pease.

I. Karachi. Found from low-tide mark to 7 fathoms on mud.

Young examples are found in myriads on mud-flats uncovered at

half-tide.

HAMINEA GALBA Pease.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Not uncommon. Both these two

last species were originally described from Hawaii.

AKERA soLuTA Gmel.

J. Karachi. At low tide on clean sand.

CYLINDROBULLA FRAGILIS Jeffr,

I. Karachi.

Neither we nor Mr. Edgar Smith can disassociate the Indian

examples from the European.

Fam. HypATINID2.

Hypatina puysis L.

M.C. Not infrequently occurring in 3-5 fathoms in muddy

sand among loose rocks.

Hypatina VELUM Gmel. (= Bulla vevillum Chemn.).

M.C. With the preceding in 3-7 fathoms, among muddy sand

and loose stones.

Fam. RINGICULID®.

Rineicua acura Phil.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, lat. 26° 25’ N., long. 57° 35’ E.

205 fathoms, mostly among shell-growth. Also on the cable at

50 fathoms.

M.C. Charbar. 10 fathoms, mud.

Reported from Gwadir by Mr, G. Nevill.

1901.] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 457

RINGICULA CHARON Hinds.

M.C. Gwadir (W. T. Blanford, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xliv.

2, p. 102). It is nearly allied to R. acuta Phil. (cf. Pilsbry, Man.

Conch. xv. p. 407). In the Townsend collection it occurs, but in

no quantity. .

RINGICULA PRISMATICA Folin (=R. apicata Nevill).

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

Often confused with R. acuta or propinquans.

RINGICULA PROPINQUANS Hinds.

PG. C.-L

This seems the most widely distributed species over the region

now treated of. It is particularly abundant in the dredgings in

the Gulf of Oman (50-300 fathoms), and occurs plentifully at

Bombay (Abercrombie) in shell-shingle. Young examples are

transversely striate, adult specimens worn nearly smooth.

Fam. APLYSIID®.

Teruys, sp. (Aplysia).

I. Karachi, under rocks at low tide. May perhaps be the

T. argus Riipp. & Leuck., an Erythrzan species.

Fam, SIPHONARIID ®,

SIPHONARIA BASSEINENSIS Mely.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

SIPHONARIA KURRACHEENSIS Rve.

P.G. Rishire.

M.C. Gwadir beach.

SIPHONARIA LECANIUM Phil.

I. Karachi.

SIPHONARIA SIPHO Sowb.

M.C. Gwadir beach.

Suborder ii. PTEROPODA.

Sect. Thecosomata.

Fam, CAVOLINIID®.

CAVOLINIA LONGIROSTRIS Less,

DIACRIA TRISPINOSA Less,

CRESEIS ACICULA Rang.

CresHis STRIATA Rang.

Crespis vircuLa Rang.

P.G. Gulf of Oman.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vou. II. No. XXX. 30

458 MESSRS. MELVILL AND STANDEN ON [June 18,

Lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 56° 56’ E. 225 fathoms, mud.

» . 24° 55’ NN... 5, .. 01 Oe dee a 7

a 20° «> Ny ese (O° 08) By geod - 5

These five species occurred together, all dead, and aggregated

in vast quantities at the bottom of the sea, with the Heteropod

Atlanta peronii Less.

Order PULMONATA.

Fam. AURICULID#.

It is not our intention to dwell on the bulk of the brackish-

water species which occur intermingled often with the truly marine.

We have thus passed over, in a previous part of this paper, the

Assiminiee, Stenothyre, and Hydrobiide. At the same time, we

feel it only right to give Mr. Townsend’s opinion, who has studied

the species so closely in situ, that he considers Plecotrema lirata

Ad. and P. sykesii Melv., both common at Karachi, to be strictly

marine. He adds: “ The rocks they inhabit are submerged by

salt-water every tide, and there is no river nor fresh water any-

where in the locality.”

Class SCAPHOPODA.

Fam. DENTALIID 2.

DENTALIUM ATTENUATUM Sowb.

P.G. Kais Island. 10 fathoms.

DENTALIOM ConsPICcUUM Melv.

I. Karachi. 3 to 7 fathoms, mud and loose stones.

DENTALIUM JAVANUM Sowb.

I. Karachi.

DENTALIUM LoNGITRORSUM Reeve,

I. Bombay (Abercrombie).

DeENTALIUM OCTOGONUM Lam.

P36; ALC. Ud:

Generally distributed from Bushire to Karachi; 3-7 fathoms,

mud or muddy sand bottom.

Dentatium Poritum L, (eburneum Desh.).

PG. MG

Generally distributed at 7-60 fathoms, on mud. Those obtained

at the greater depth are much the finer.

DENTALIUM PoRCATUM Gould.

I. Karachi.

1901. ] MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. 459

DENTALIUM PSEUDOHEXAGONUM Desh.

I. Karachi.

DENTALIUM QUADRIAPICALE Sowb.

P.G. Gulf of Oman, Maskat. 5-15 fathoms, mud.

M.C. Generally distributed.

DENTALIUM SEMIPOLITUM Sowb.

P.G. Linjah anchorage. 5 fathoms, soft mud.

DENTALIUM SUBTORQUATUM F'schr.

P.G. Kais (or Gais) Island. 15 fathoms, mud; also lat. 26°

50’ N., long. 52° 50’ E.

CADULUS EULOIDES’*, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 24.)

C. testa alba, nitida, inflewa, levissima, postice attenuata, antice

trans medium tumidula ; apertura rotunda, posteriore parva,

rotunda, margine tenui, acuto.

Long. 10, diam, orts 1:25 mm. sp. maj., diam. apicalis 0°50 mm.

Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 49’ N., long. 58° 56’ E.. 345

fathoms, mud. Karachi (one example).

Larger than C. gadus Mont., which we have not seen north of

Bombay. It is a very smooth white shell, in some examples

ringed obscurely with cinereous grey, in others pure white, in-

curved, shining, posteriorly attenuate, from the centre to the

mouth tumid, aperture round, margin acute. It was dredged

very abundantly in the locality above given.

CapULus Gapus Sowb.

I. Bombay (Abercrombie). Extremely abundant in shell-sand.

A third species is likewise reported near Karachi that is deserving

of further study.

We follow Piusbry (Man. Conch. xvii. p. 142) in considering

that Cadulus should stand on its own merits and not be merely

subservient to Siphonodentalium M. Sars. In his opinion, however,

it is only the anterior constriction below the aperture which can

be said to separate it generically.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prare XXI.

Fig. Fig.

1. Mitra (Turricula) caliendrum, 7. Columbella (Mitrella) nomadica,

. 420. . 404.

2. Coralliophila — rubrococcinea, 8. Tubritella fultoni, p. 378.

p. 401. 9. Terebra cognata, p, 428.

3. Argyropeza divina, p. 372. 10. » pellyi, p. 428.

4. Mangilia (Glyphostoma) obtusi- 11, Drillia resplendens, p. 439.

costata, p. 404, 12. Conus clytospira, p. 480.

5. Columbella (Mitrella) alizone, 13, 15. Strombus beluchiensis, p. 380.

p- 405, | 14. Drillia persica, p. 439.

6, Terebra macandrewi, p. 428.

' evAy eidos: the resemblance to a white maggot is realistic.

460 ON MOLLUSKS FROM THE PERSIAN GULF. [June 18,

Prate XXII.

Fig. Fig.

1. Cyclostrema ocrinium, p. 346. 15. Rissoina pseudo-scalaris, p. 368.

2 # guadricarinatum, 14. Fenella tanyspira, p. 370.

p. 347. 15. Adcorbis placens, p. 373.

3. Aclis calotropis, p. 357. 16. Dittium atramentarium, p. 375.

4. ,, enilda, p. 357. | 17. Triforis idoneus, p. 376.

5. Natica tranquilla, p. 359. | 18. Mathilda gracillima, p. 378.

6. Scalaria gloriola, p. 355. | 19. zmitampis, p. 379.

7. Trichotropis townsendi, p. 360. | 20, Eulima styliferoides, p. 388.

8. Rissoa charope, p. 365. | 21. Syrnola mekranica, p. 390.

9. ,, petroneila, p. 366. | 22. Turbonilla charbarensis, p. 393.

10. ,, _ (Alvania) alveata, p. 366. | 23. z linjaica, p. 393.

1l. Rissoina sceptrum- regis, p- 367. | 24. Me stegastris, p. 393.

12. 3 paschalis, p. 368.

Prats XXIII.

Fig Fig.

L ' Odostomia litiopina, p. 395. 12. Nassa idyllia, p. 410.

2. bs major, p. 3 Bs, 13. ,, angriasensis, p. 412.

3. Columbella (Mitrella) agnesiana, 14. ,, sturtiana, p. 413.

. 402. 15, Phos gladysie, p. 416.

4. - 55 astolensis, 16. Mitra (Cancilla) lalage, p. 419.

p- 404. We . (Costellaria) pasithea,

5. - (Seminella) melitoma, p. 422.

p. 405. 18. Be » malcolmensis,

6. 5 3 phaula, . 421.

p. 405. 19. » (Pusia) blanfordi, p. 423.

7. = ,, selaophora, 20. Marginella (Cryptospira) ma-

p- 406. belle, p. 425.

8. - - townsendi, 21. Drillia alcyonea, p. 435.

p. 406. 22. 4, athyrma, p. 436.

9. Hsopus urania, p. 407. 23. » eircumvertens, p. 436.

10. Nassa collaticia, p. 409. 24. ,, clydonia, p. 437.

ll. ,, eranea, p. 410.

Piate XXIV.

Fig. Fig.

1. Drillia omanensis, p. 488. 14. Daphnella evergestis, p. 447.

2 » prunulum, p. 439. a 2 receptoria, p. 448.

5 i » tasconium, p. 440. 16. = venerts, p. 449.

4. y topaza, p- 440. iVe ‘3 xrylois, p. 449.

5. Mangilia averina, p. 441. 18. Cancellaria _—_( Trigonostoma)

6. se myrmecodes, p. 442. agalma, p. 450.

7 = phea, p. 442. 19. Tornatina crithodes, p. 453.

, . terpnisma, p. 443. 20. z0é, p. 453.

9: pulchripicta, p. 449. 21. Cylichna bushirensis, p- 454.

10. Clathurella thalia, p. 445. 22. - crentlabris, p. 450.

11. Cythara edithe, p. 446. | 23. 4, faoensis, p. 455.

12. typhonota, p. 446. | 24. Cadulus euloides, p. 459.

13. Daphnella cecilia, p. 447.

SA ee Bale &Danielsson L*¢ lith. ae

MOLLUSCA : wie

, &@ ule 2 .

on Y- a ae ps 9? ot - z oS oe, =a cand, te =

P.Z.$.1901, vol 1.Pl.>

Bale & Danielsson Le jith,

eine ANYIKA.

A DA i

MA =~

ma.

OLLUS

1901.} | ON THE MOLLUSCS OF THE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES. 461

6. Further Researches concerning the Molluses of the Great

African Lakes. By J. E. S. Moors.

{Received June 18, 1901.]

(Plates XXV. & XXVI.")

The interest which attaches to the Gasteropods belonging to what

I have termed the halolimnic fauna of Lake Tanganyika lies, one

may say almost primarily, in the fact that these molluscs, like the

remaining organisms contained in the //alolimnic series, are to be

found nowhere outside Lake Tanganyika, so far as is at present

known.

Of these Gasteropods indigenous to Lake Tanganyika, there are

now known to be at least fourteen very distinct types, and these

have in consequence received the following generic and specific

names :—

Typhobia Smith.

Bathanalia Moore.

Kytra Moore.

Limnotrochus Smith.

Tanganyicia Cross.

Stanteya Bourg.

Paramelania damoni Smith.

Puramelania crassigranulata Smith.

Bythoceras widescens Moore.

Bythoceras sp. indet.

Syrnolopsis Smith.

Spekia Woodw.

Melania admirabilis Smith.

Nassopsis Smith.

The existence of so many different forms of prosobranchiate

mollusca in any freshwater lake would be a most remarkable

fact ; but when, as in the case of Tanganyika, we find that these

fourteen distinct forms are not only peculiar to Tanganyika, but

that they also co-exist in that lake together with the somewhat

numerous gasteropodous genera characteristic of the freshwaters

of Africa in general, the subject becomes one which is of peculiar

interest and worthy of the closest study.

Besides the fourteen molluscan types which I have just named,

it was found, during the eleven months which I spent on or about

the lake, that there exist also in Tanganyika representatives of the

following gasteropodous forms :—

Ampullaria,

Lanistes.

Physopsis.

Planorbis, one or two species,

Melania, several varieties.

Neothauma.

Vinipara,

' For explanation of the Plates, see p. 470,

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1901, Vor. IL, No. XX XI. al

462 MR. J.B. 8. MOORE ON THE MOLLUSCS [June 18,

This second list of molluses, it will be seen, constitutes a series

which we might and should expect to find in any of the great lakes

with which naturalists are acquainted, in any of the tropical and

subtropical portions of the earth; and there is not the slightest

doubt that the specific forms which now represent these typical

freshwater genera of Gasteropods in Tanganyika are very closely

similar to the specific forms which represent the same genera,

well, let us say, in the lakes and rivers of the American continent.

On my first expedition to tlhe African interior I spent about

two months on Lake Nyasa and about a week on Lake Shirwa,

and during this journey I convinced myself that these two

southern representatives of the African equatorial freshwaters

contained nothing but the following gasteropodous forms :—

Ampullaria. Limnea.

Lanisteés. Melania.

Physopsis. Vivipara.

Planorbis. Buthinia.

Isodora.

Similar observations had already been made by several careful

observers like Sir John Kirk, Mr. Crawshay, and others. On the

second Tanganyika expedition I again visited Lake Nyasa, this

time equipped with dredging- and collecting-gear of all sorts, -

and I was consequently able to examine the deep floor of the lake ;

but beyond an occasional Melania, generally dead, I found no life

on the vast mud plains which form the floor of the Nyasa Lake,

and which in some places are over a thousand feet below the level

of the sea. These plains were, so far as living things go, fresh-

water deserts. It will thus be seen that the work accomplished

in Lake Nyasa during the second Tanganyika expedition certainly

extended, but at the same time entirely confirmed, the conclusions

at which we had already arrived during the first.

From a comparison of these lists, it will be seen that, so far

as the Gasteropods are concerned, the fauna of Nyasa and

Shirwa is represented, and indeed fully repeated, in Tanganyika ;

and judging from these observations themselves, and from what we

already knew of the freshwater faune in Africa, far to the south

and far to the north of the zoologically unexplored equatorial

regions, I felt justified in believing that the fauna of Nyasa and

Shirwa is the typical fauna of the freshwaters of Equatorial

Africa, of the whole of Africa for that matter; and that in Lake

Tanganyika this typical African freshwater fauna has had something

added to it. At the time, this conclusion was vigorously opposed

during several discussions by Professor Gregory’, who, arguing

from what he believed to be the drift of geological observations

made at that time in the African interior, declared his conviction

that when the other great lakes, such as the Victoria Nyanza, the

Albert Nyanza, and Lake Rudolf, were explored, the peculiar

1 Moore, J. E. 8.: Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. Ixii. p. 451.

1901.]_ ; OF THE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES. 463

organisms of Lake Tanganyika, or forms closely allied to them,

would be found in these lakes also. He supported this view in a

discussion which followed the reading of a paper of mine at the

Royal Society, by the fact that the g eeologists White * and Tausch*

had observed that the shells of the Paramelania of Tanganyika

were very similar to some fossil forms which oceur in the Upper

Cretaceous freshwater beds of North America and Southern

Europe. It was from this single observation that Professor Gregory,

with a certain rashness, drew the inference that the halolimnie

Gasteropods of Tanganyika were the remains of an old freshwater

fauna, once widely distributed in Africa, and still to be found in

the more permanent great lakes. In opposition to this view, I

pointed out that any conclusions respecting the similarity of a living

and extinct fauna which were oe upon a single conchological

correspondence were so very much open to question, that zoolowists

in general would not accept them, whatever paleontologists might

feel inclined to do; and I showed later that the comparisons

of White and Tausch are thrown completely into the shade and

annulled by a much more striking comparison which can be

made between the whole of the halolimnic genera (with the

exception of Bythoceras) and the shells which have become

fossilized among the remains of the Jurassic seas. Whether the

conchological comparison of living with extinct forms is in any

case justifiable is a matter upon which I have at present no

opinion; but I wish to make it clear that whatever force there

may have been in the first comparison between one of the

Tanganyika shells and a certain freshwater Cretaceous form is

deficient when matched with the comparison between the long

series of halolimnic Gasteropods and a corresponding number of

the shells of those species which occur in the Jurassic Seas. In

this comparison, we have evidence touching the origin and nature

of the halolimnic fauna which the paleontologists at any rate

must regard as weighty; for if it is not, then very many existing

paleontological determinations, which rest upon a similar com-

parison of shells, would also be worthless.

The evidence which we require to throw further light on this

most interesting matter lies along two distinct lines of investi-

gation. We must, in the first place, ascertain fully what are the

morphological attributes of all the halolimnic molluses, so that we

‘an form some idea as to where in the phylogenetic series these

particular organisins actually stand; and, secondly, we must get to

know definitely the real facts of the distribution of these forms

in the African interior. After L had returned from the first

Tanganyika expedition we had obtained a certain but an incomplete

amount of material with which to ascertain the affinities of the

halolimnic forms, but for the second line of investigation we had

nothing but the meagre observations to which I have already

1 White, C. A.: Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus. Washington, 1882, p. 98.

2 Tauseh, f.: Zeitschr. deutsch. geolog, Gesellseh, Bd. xliv. 1892, p. G97.

ol*

464 MR. J. B.S. MOORE ON THE MOLLUSCS {June 18,

referred respecting the non-occurrence of any of the halolimnie

molluses in Lakes Nyasa and Shirwa, south of Tanganyika.

With respect to the actual affinities of the halolimnic molluses,

I did what I could with the material [ had brought home after my

first expedition, and the results of these investigations have been

published in a series of papers in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of

Microscopical Science’; but as we had no material for the investi-

gation of the type of the genus Paramelania itself, and only one

defective specimen of Limnotrochus thomsoni, no representatives of

Kytraand Stanleya nor of Melania admirabilis, it is obvious that the

investigations of these forins which have already been published

were still somewhat incomplete. We have, however, now, as a

result of the second Tanganyika expedition, ample material for the

complete investigation of every one of the halolimnic types.

Some portion of the necessary work was accomplished while I

was on Tanganyika, with fresh material, and at different times during

our journey when time and opportunity arose ; and although the

observations upon the fuller material now acquired have tended to

show that the morphological affinities of those balolimnic Gastero-

pods which I have already described are practically correct, yet at

the same time it bas become obvieus that our conception of the

different groups into which the halolimnic Gasteropods can be split

will have to be entirely changed.

It may be remembered that, in a paper already published’,

I found that the anatomical peculiarities of Bythcceras were

those of a fairly primitive cirithoid form, and that there were at

the same time details in the radula of this animal and in certain

other portions of its anatomy which proclaimed a very near

affinity with the Zympanotomus examined by Bouvier*. From

the minute similarity in shell-structure which subsists between

Bythoceras and Paramelania damont, I inferred that the latter had

the anatomical characters of Bythoceras, although I had at the time

no anatomical material wherewith to check this conclusion. On

the present journey, however, | have obtained abundant material

for the complete anatomical investigation of both Paramelania

damoni and Paramelania crassigranulata, as well as of a new form

the conchological characters of which lie halfway between those

of Bythoceras howesi on the one hand and those of Paramelania

damoni on the other, All these animals have the peculiar cirithoid

organization in general, and the particular features appertaining to

their radule and nerves, which are to be found in 7ympanotomus,

and which seem to indicate that all these forms have direct

phylogenetic relationships with that marine type.

These forms, then, Bythoceras widescens, Paramelania damont,

and Paramelania crassigranulata, constitute a group of closely

related forms which are distinguished from all the other members

of the halolimnic series, and may be described as the Paramelania

gr oup.

* Moore, J. E. S.: Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. oe p. 314, and vol. xlii. p. 155.

2 Bouvier, E. L: “Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. iii. 1877, pp. 125-151.

1901.] OF TILE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES. 465

Not very far removed from this group, and standing somewhat

in the manner of a stepping-stone between it and Z'yphobia, we

have the genera Tanganyicta and Giraudia, both molluses which

have a cirithoid organization, and the only members of the

halolimnie group which could be considered under any cireun-

stances as nearly related to Melania; that is, if the organization of

Melania amarula, Lamarck’s type of the genus, 1s considered typical

of that group. Zuanganyicia and Ginnie are, however, not so

closely related to Melanta amarula as Cerithium* vulgatum is, for

they possess the remarkable brood-pouches which I have described,

features which are quite peculiar to themselves and to certain

widely divergent molluscan types. Their stomachic apparatus is

also characterized by the presence of crystalline style-sacs and

crystalline styles. These molluscs form, then, a second subgroup

of the balolimnie series which we may call the Tanganyicia group.

Next to them we come to the unique Typhobias, the anatomy

of which I have described fully in the case of Typhobia hoarii? and

Bathanalia howesi. Their organization is unquestionably similar

to that of the Aporrhaide, the Strombide, and the Xenophoride,

all typical and fairly old marine molluscan types, which are

closely connected together, although Xenophora has probably,

from conchological considerations, not hitherto been regarded as

nearly approaching either Aporrhais or Sirombus. Like the

marine types, the Typhobias are characterized by their radule,

their nervous system, and the presence of crystalline styles

and style-sacs in their stomachic apparatus, as well as by their

reproductive organs. But it will be observed that they lack the

peculiar specialization of shell, foot, and operculum which cha-

racterize the modern representatives of this great group in the sea,

such as Strombus, Pteroceras, Aporrhais, and Xenophora,

During the second Tanganyika expedition, I obtained for the

first time abundant material for the study of the two unique shells

Limnotrochus thomsoni and Kytra kirki (Pl. XXVI. fig. 2); and it

is extremely interesting to find that these two utterly enigmatical

Lake-forms are both close allies of the Typhobias themselves. The

genus Z'yphobia, together with the genera Bathanalia, Limnotrochus,

and Aytra (Pl. XXVL fig. 2), therefore make up a fourth group,

which I shall speak of as the Stomboid section of the halolimnic

molluscs.

The remaining halolimnie genera are Sprkia and Nassopsis.

The first of these, Spelcia, is, as | have shown, a Naticoid, which

appears from the minute details of its nervous system to be a

simplified Lamvllaria without the specialization of the shell and

mantle peculiar to that form. Spekta, then, constitutes in itself a

Naticoid section of the halolimnie molluscs. We have then lastly

Nassopsis; and this form, as 1 have shown, bears no proximate

relationship either to any forms living in the sea or to the

Architenioglossate types, such as Vivipava, which inhabit fresh-

! Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. Ixii. p. 451.

2 Moore, J. E.8.: Qu. Journ, Mier, Sci. vol. xl. p. 181

466 MR, J. E. 8, MOORE ON THE MOLLUSCS [June 18,

water. It is, however, in its organization, as I have already

shown, an extremely primitive Tzenioglossan, and forms in itself

one of the few Architenioglossates of which we have any

knowledge. rom anatomical considerations alone it would be

extremely difficult to discover the nearest allies which Vassopsis

has or did possess ; and the only clue we have to its past ancestry

is the highly remarkable and interesting fact that the numerous

varieties of its shell, for which the genus is famous, correspond

in a specific sense with the different species of Purpurina of the

old Jurassic seas. From the primitive anatomical characters of

Nassopsis and from the correspondence of its shell with those

of the Purpurinas, it would appear probable that this mollusc is

the sole survivor of a primitive and extinct marine stock.

Lastly, we have to consider that peculiar molluse from Tan-

ganyika which Smith described under the name of Neothawma.

Is Neothauma (P]. XXYV. figs. 1, 4, & Pl. XXVLI. figs. 1, 3, 4, 5, 6)

wu Vivipara or not? When first examined, this molluse would

certainly be taken for a Vivipara, and there is no question

that it is a close ally of those Viviparas with which we are

anatomically acquainted, but it differs in one very remarkable

feature from all the Viviparas which have hitherto been examined.

It may be remembered that Bouvier bas described the Viviparas

as being characteristically dyaloneurous in the arrangement of

their nervous system (Pl. XXYV. fig. 5)—that is, the pallial nerve,

which springs from the supra- and sub-intestinal ganglia, unites

with a branch emanating from the right and left pleural ganglia ;

and it may be remembered that the deviations that Bouvier noticed

from this type of arrangement were constituted in different

molluses by a direct union of the nerve springing from the right

pleural ganglion not with the pallial nerve in the body-wall, but

with the sub-intestinal ganglion itself. This zygoneurous deviation

from the dialoneurous condition of things in the ordinary Vivipara

has hitherto, invariably I believe, been found either only on the

right side or on both sides of the nervous system ; and it is therefore

extremely interesting to note that Neothauma presents us with a

Vivipara possessing a single zygoneurous connection on the left

and the normal dialoneurous relationship of the nerves upon the

right (compare Pl. XXV. figs. 4 & 5).

So much for the affinities of the halolimnic molluscs as proclaimed

by their anatomy. It will, I think, be readily conceded that, after

what has been said, it is difficult, or, I may say, impossible, to

view these extraordinary molluscs as either the forerunners or the

derivatives of the freshwater molluscs which we find in the lakes

and rivers all over the world today. They are, however, readily

intelligible if we regard them as the forerunners of several marine

groups, such as the Strombide, the Naticas, and the early Ciriths,

to which I have referred. They have the organization which we

should ascribe to the ancestors of these groups, and their ancestors

lived some time or other in the sea before their present representa-

tives took shape. So far, then, as the first line of investigation is

1901.] OF THE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES. 467

concerned, which I indicated as probably able to throw light upon

the validity of the comparison of the halolimmic molluscs with those

of the Jurassic seas, we see that the results of the morphological

examination of the halolimmic molluscs are in exact accordance

with such a view; they are, in fact, exactly what we should expect

if the comparison be sound.

It now remains therefore to follow out the second line of inves-

tigation, and to study the observations which have been made

during the second Tanganyika expedition respecting the Mollusca

which are to be found in the other great African Lakes besides Tan-

ganyika and Nyasa. I may preface this part of the enquiry with

the remarks, that if, according to Professor Gregory’s supposition,

the halolimnic fauna is the relic of an ancient freshwater fauna,

this old fauna ought to appear in some of the other lakes besides

Tanganyika, or we shall be forced to suppose that it has been

destroyed in every other African lake by catastrophes of one sort

or another, a supposition which is sufficiently improbable. But

even supposing such a series of catastrophes to have occurred, it

is quite clear that the halolimnic fauna, if it is the ancient fresh-

water fauna of the continent, will be found in the old lake-deposits

which are met with all over the African interior. If it does not

occur in any of the other African lakes, and is not to be found in

the old lake-deposits, then we may dismiss the idea of its being an

old freshwater fauna on this account alone, as such a supposition

is in that case void of any evidence whatever.

In order to examine as many lakes as possibie, the second

Tanganyika expedition, after visiting Nyasa and Tanganyika,

passed northward to Lake Kivu. During this journey it was

found that Tanganyika had at one time extended far beyond its

present northern limit, for the floor of the great valley was com-

posed of old lake-deposits, containing the fossilized remains of

shells similar to those now living in Lake Tanganyika itself.

Beyond these deposits, the floor of the valley was greatly raised and

was found to be composed of old eruptive granitoid rock-ridges; on

these there were no traces of any lake-deposit ever having rested,

and beyond these ridges, at an altitude of four thousand eight

hundred and odd feet above the level of the sea, there exists Lake

Kivu, the outlet of which flows over the top of the ridges in

question into Lake Tanganyika, in the shape of the Rusisi river.

ln Kivu we found no traces of the halolimnic molluscs, or indeed

of any of the halolimnic animals whatever, the fauna being

simply that of a typical tropical pond, the gasteropodous section

of it being represented by the following generic forms :—

Bythinia.

Melania.

Planorbis.

Limnea.

At the north end of Lake Kivu the great valley of the lakes is

468 MR. J. E. 8. MOORE ON THE MOLLUSCS [June 18,

blocked again by a high transverse dam running from east to

west, which is formed by the active volcanoes of the Mfumbiro

range. Onthe northern slopes of this range there are to be found

in places underlying the modern ashes and laya, which have been

piled upon them, old lake-deposits, and in these there are shells

specifically identical with those in Lake Kivu. Northward, these

old lake-deposits run under and become the floor of the Albert

Edward Nyanza, and in this lake there are to be found among the

Mollusca the following gasteropodous forms :—

Vivipara.

Melania.

Planorbis.

Limnea.

Bythinia.

And to these there is here added one small shell which at first

sight L took to be a heavily-built Planorbis, but which is in reality

a modified Melania. The Albert Edward Nyanza is on the Nile

watershed, and the outlet of the lake appears as the Semliki river,

along the whole course of which there are old lake-deposits, con-

taining shells which are specifically identical with those living in the

Albert Edward Nyanza. The Semliki river flows into the Albert

Nyanza, and in this lake there appear the tollowing gasteropodous

molluses :— ‘

Vivipara.

Melania.

Planorbis.

Limnea,

Bythinia.

The planorbid-looking Melania of the Albert Edward Nyanza

is here wanting, but it is probably actually replaced by a keeled

melanoid.

It is thus obvious that from Tanganyika throughout the long

series of lakes north of it, as far as the waters of the Upper Nile,

there are no traces whatever of the halolimnic fauna. And when

we turn from this series of lakes east and traverse the steppes of

Uganda to the Victoria Nyanza, we find that this lake also tells

the same story, the gasteropodous genera which have hitherto been

recorded in it being the following :—

Vivipara. Lanistes.

Melania. Ampullaria,

Planorbis. Ancylus.

Limnea, Physopsis.

Bythinia. Isodora,

Cleopatra.

Passing to the east of the Victoria Nyanza, the Tanganyika

1901.] OF THE GREAT AFRICAN LAKES. 469

expedition crossed the Mau Plateau and again descended into the

lesser and more eastern series of faulted valleys in which Lakes

Baringo, Naivasha, Rudolf, and several minor pools and marshes

occur. The fauna of Lake Baringo had already been examined by

Dr. Gregory, and the molluscan fauna in this and the minor lakes

which occur in the same district are similar in kind to those which

are to be found in the Victoria Nyanza itself. Soalso with respect

to the larger lakes Stephanie and Rudolf, which lie to the north,

we have now the evidence of various explorers which makes it

quite certain that nothing of the nature of the remarkable halo-

limnic Gasteropods occurs in either of them.

To sum up, all the evidence which has recently been collected

with respect to the following lakes—Shirwa, Nyasa, Rukwa, Ban-

eweolo, Moero, Tanganyika, Kivu, the Albert Edward Nyanza, the

Albert Nyanza, the Victoria Nyanza, Lake Baringo, and Lake

Rudolf—declares in the most emphatic manner that the halolimnic

Gasteropods, and, indeed, the whole halolimnic fauna, is found no-

where beyond the confines of Lake Tanganyika itself, nor have the

prolonged and tedious examinations which I have made among the

numerous old lake-deposits, like those which occur at a considerable

elevation north and west of Nyasa, all about Lake Kivu, on the

plains between Kivu and the Albert Edward Nyanza, in the Semliki

Valley, and in the neighbourhood of the Albert Nyanza, revealed

any traces whatever of the past existence of these forms. On the

other hand, a very superficial examination of the old lake-beds

which have been at one time part of Tanganyika itself, like those

which occur near the outlet of the lake, at Masswa on the west coast

and beyond its northern extremities, is all that is needed to

demonstrate the former presence of these forms in abundance in such

districts. I think therefore that I am now justified in putting it

forward as a demonstrated conclusion, that the halolimnie fauna

neither is, nor ever has been, present in any of the districts sur-

rounding the numerous and widely separated lakes which I have

just named. The recently accumulated facts regarding the dis-

tribution of the African freshwater mollusca show that there is in

the lakes which now exist, and has been in those lakes and rivers

which have long since vanished, a fauna similar to that which now

generally survives; and thus the evidence which the facts of

distribution reveal is in no way opposed to the view that the

halolimnie fauna is something exotic which has been added to

the ordinary freshwater fauna in the case of Tanganyika. It

offers no support whatever to the view that the halolimnic fauna

is the relic of an old freshwater stock. On the other hand, the

facts directly militate against this view, with the cumulative force

of negative appearances. They are in no way opposed to our accept-

ance of the clue which is afforded as to the nature and origin of

the halolimnie fauna by the similarity of the halolimnic shells

to those which occur in the Jurassic Seas. On the other hand,

they are exactly in accord with such a view.

470 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Noy. 19,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pruats XXV.

ig. 1. The mantle-cavity of Neothawma seen from front and showing contents.

The ridge marked /?.r. is very strongly developed and functions as a

protection to the gill during the partial ceclusion of the gill-chamber

during the development of the relatively enormous young. Compare

Plate XX VI. fig. 3.

Fig. 2. The buckle-mass and salivary glands of Neothawma. 4.

Fig. 3. Dissection of the mantle of Vivipara vivipara female, made to show the

presence of the less-developed ridge /t.7., homologous with that of

Neothauma. x2.

Fig. 4. The nervous system of Neothauma dissected from above and showing the

zygoneurous connection between the pleural ganglion and the supra-

intestinal ganglion on the left. x4.

Fig. 5. Dissection of the nervous system of Vivipara vivipara, showing the

normal dyaloneurous condition of the nerves on both sides. x6.

Piate XXVI.

Fig. 1. Lateral view of the nervous system of Neothauma, showing the zygo-

neurous connection and the generally detatched condition of all the

ganglia, viewed from the left.

Fig. 2. Living specimen of Kytra kirki, dredged in Tanganyika, at Masswa, in

twenty-five fathoms of water.

Fig. 3. Partially dissected female Neothauma, showing young being developed

in situ.

Figs. 4,5, &6. Three marked varieties of the shell Neothawma, which are found — -

(4) at the south, (5) in the middle, and (6) at the north end of Tan-

ganyika, Natural size.

Reference letters to figures in the Plates.

A, Anus. F. Renal aperture.

B.c. Buckle-commissure. f.r. Respiratory ridge.

Bm. Buckle-mass. S.i.g. Supra-intestinal ganglion.

C.g. Cerebral ganglion. LT. Tentacle.

L.c. Labial commissure. V.g. Visceral ganglion.

0.t. Otocyst. Y. Young of Neothawma.

O.s. Osphradium. Z. Zygoneural commissure.

Pi.g. Pleural ganglion,

November 19, 1901.

Wirii1am Bartuson, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,

August, September, and October, 1901 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of June was 418, of which 85 were by presen-

tation, 86 by birth, 11 by purchase, and 236 were received on

deposit. The number of departures during the same period, by

death and removals, was 172.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

1901.) THE SECRETARY ON GIRAFFES FROM EGYPT. 471

during the month of July was 255, of which 96 were by presen-

tation, 23 by birth, 8 by purchase, 14 were received in exchange

and 114 on deposit. The number of departures during the same

period, by death and removals, was 247.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the

large series of Indian Birds new to the Collection, lately presented

by Mr. E. W. Harper, F.Z.S., of which a fresh consigument was

received on the 27th July.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of August were 173 in number. Of these 62 were acquired

by presentation, 10 by purchase, 18 were born in the Gardens,

and 83 were received on deposit. The number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 183.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the mouth of September was 273, of which 121 were by

presentation, 1 by purchase, 3 were born in the Gardens, and 148

were received on deposit. The number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 159.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to another con-

signment of Indian Birds, presented by Mr. E. W. Harper, F.Z.S.,

on Sept. 21st, and toa Nilgiri Thar (Hemitragus hylocrius) and two

Malayan Wrinkled Horunbills (Ahytidoceros undulatus), deposited

Sept. 24th, both cf which are new to the Collection.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of October was 177, of which 27 were acquired

by presentation, 22 by purchase, 62 were received on deposit and

66 in exchange. The number of departures during the same

period, by death and removals, was 172.

The Secretary stated that Col. B. Mahon, the Governor of the

Anglo-Egyptian Province of Khordofan, had kindly offered to

present to the Society a pair of young Giraffes (Giraffa camelo-

pardalis), which at the time of his last letter (Sept. 15th) were

at El-Obeid, but which he was ready to send to Khartoum for

the Society’s convenience. At Khartoum Mr. A. L. Butler, F.Z.S.,

Superintendent of the Sudan Wild Animal Department, had kindly

offered to take charge of the Giraffes for the winter, and arrange-

ments were now being made to bring them home next spring,

either via Suakim or via Cairo. As regards the Cairo route there

was some difficulty at present, because the importution of live

ruminants into Egypt from the Sudan was prohibited on account

of cattle-plague.

Mr. Sclater also mentioned that he had lately seen in the Imperial

Menagerie at Schénbrun (near Vienna) a young male and two

young female Giraffes from the Sudan, which had been presented

to that Menagerie by Sir Rudolf Slatin, K.C.M.G., and torwarded

by Suakim, and that Herr Menges the dealer (of Limburg) had also

received a pair of young Giraffes by the same route last year, so

472 PROF, E. RAY LANKESTER ON THE [Noy. 19,

that it was evident that the supply of Giraffes from the Sudan,

which had been so long stopped, was again commencing.

The Secretary laid on the table a small collection of Mammals

in spirit presented to the Society by M. Constantin Satunin,

C.M.Z.S., which it was proposed to transfer to the British Museum

(Natural History), and read the following note on it prepared by

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.Z.S.:—

The collection of Mammals from Mt. Ararat and the Caucasus,

presented to the Society by M. C. Satunin, consists of examples

of Erinaceus calligont Satunin and Allactaya aralychensis Sat.,

from Aralych, near Mt. Ararat; examples of Alesocricetus koenigi

Sat. and Allactaga williamsi Thos., from the Ararat Range ; and of

Allactaga elater caucasica Nehr., Allactagulus acontion Pall.,Cricetulus

phous Pall., Ellobius lutescens Thos., and Mesocricetus raddei Nehr.,

from various localities in the Caucasus.

All these specimens will be very acceptable to the Museum,

especially those that represent species described by M.Satunin, these

being all new to the collection.

Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks on some mounted heads

of Antelopes obtained by Sir William Garstin in the Sudan and

belonging to the following species :—Gazella rufifrons, Cobus marta, -

and Vragelaphus decula: also a fine mounted head of the Red-

necked Gazelle ( Gazella ruficollis) (probably from Dongola) belong-

ing to Major Wilkinson, the first head that he had seen of this

species acquired in recent times.

Mr. Lydekker, on behalf of the President, exhibited a photograph

in illustration of the fact that the stags of Pére David’s Deer

(Elaphurus davidianus) shed and renew their antlers twice annually.

One pair of these appendages was stated to be grown in the breeding-

season, and the other pair half a year later.

Prof. E. Ray Lankester, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Director of the

Natural History Departments of the British Museum, read a paper

* On Okapia, a new Genus of Giraffide, from Central Africa.”

The author described the circumstances under which Sir Harry

Johnston had obtained the skin and two skulls which formed the

subject of the present memoir. One of the skulls undoubtedly

belonged to the skin—since the lower jaw corresponding to it was

still attached to the integument when received by Sir Harry. The

specimens had been received at Entebbe (Uganda) in March 1901,

and arrived in this country in July, a few days before Sir Harry

Johnston himself returned from Uganda. They were then briefly

described by Professor Lankester at a meeting of this Society

held on June 18th (see above, p. 279), and the genus Okapia

was instituted.

The present memoir contained a more complete description of the

1901.] AFRICAN MAMMAL OKAPIA. 473

skin, accompanied by a coloured figure of the animal as mounted

for the Natural History Museum by Mr. Rowland Ward.

The two skulls were also fuliy deseribed, and figured in

careful drawings prepared under Prof. Lankester’s direction by

Mr. Gronvold.

It was pointed out in the memoir that while the skin alone would

not justify the assumption that the Okapi was a member of the

Girattide, the skulls left no manner of doubt upon that question.

This was, indeed, perceived at once by Sir Harry Johnston on

receiving the specimens in Uganda. He wrote home without delay

describing the Okapi as ahornless Giraffe, and suggesting its affinity

to the extinct Helludotherium described by Gaudry some years ago

from the Miocene strata of Pikermi.

The Okapi could not, however, be referred to the genus Hellado-

theriwm, as it differed in several important respects, which had been

determined by Prof. Lankester after an examination of the original

specimens of that extinct form preserved in the Museum of Natural

History at Paris.

The characters of the genus Okapia as indicated by the skull were

given in full in the memoir; and a curious and important minute

point of agreement with Girajfa was described, viz., the resemblance

of the canine tooth (lower jaw) of the two forms. In both genera

the canine was bilobate, z. e. consisted of a fang supporting two

broad laminz or folia, lying side by side in the same plane. No

other member of the Pecora had a canine of this form.

The absence of horns in Okapia was discussed at some length by

the author. It appeared, from a comparison of the dentition with

that of the Giraffe, that the specimen to which the skin and larger

skull belong was about two-thirds grown. There was nothing in

the skin to indicate whether the specimen was a male or a female.

The specimen measured six feet from the occiput to the root of

the tail, and stood four feet ten inches measured along the

vertical from the fore foot to the dorsal mid-line, the neck from this

point on the dorsum to the occiput measured two feet five inches,

and the head from the occiput to the end of the snout measured

twenty inches. A full-grown specimen would probably be half as

large again in all these measurements: thus nine feet from head

to tail, and seven feet high at the shoulder.

It was pointed out by the author that it was therefore possible

that the present specimen might be a female two-thirds grown, and

that there was nothing, so far as the specimens went, to forbid our

supposing that the adult male might be provided with a pair of bony

outgrowths on the frontal region similar to those of Giraffa. On

the other hand, there did not appear to be any statement on the

part of the natives who know the animal that it possessed horns ;

and we had no reason to consider it improbable that a hornless

member of the Giraffide should exist at the present day as in the

past, since hornless genera and species allied to horned forms were

known among the Cervidw, and hornless females and varieties

amongst the Bovide.

474 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Nov. 19,

The author briefly discussed the nature and origin of the bony

growths on the skull of the Giraffes, to which the name “ horn” was

commonly applied. He was of opinion that they were multiple in

origin, comprising occipital, parietal, and orbital pairs, as well as a

median series. The Giraffida were in this respect, as in some others,

more primitive than either the Cervide or Bovide, in which a single

pair of these bony growths has become greatly specialized, and

either developed as naked antlers, freed from integument (Cervidee),

or cased over by a protective corneous product of the epidermis

(Bovide). There was no sufficient reason for regarding the horns

of the recent Giraffe as degenerate, or for supposing the Okapi, if

hornless, to have descended from horned ancestors. The continuity

in one plane of the basi-cranial and basi-facial axes, instead of the

meeting of the planes of these two axes at an angle, wasa primitive

character presented by the Okapiand ina less degree by the Giraffe.

This coincidence of the plane of the base of the skull and of the face

was found also in the more primitive Cervide (e.g. Alecs), but not in

any of the Bovide, where the angle was very strongly marked. The

absence of the canine tooth in the upper jaw of the Okapi and the

Giraffe might be adduced as ground for supposing that the horns had

been at one time more largely developed than at present, since in

those Ruminantia which were admittedly in a primitive condition in

regard to defect of horns, the upper canine teeth were large and

effective weapons (Voschus, T'ragulus, Camelus), It was, however,

maintained by the author that it did not appear to be a legitimate

inference that the upper canine teeth could only disappear when

horns had taken their place as weapons, since there were many

instances to the contrary in the mammalian series, and it would

hardly be justifiable to suppose that Okapia must have descended

from a horned ancestor because the upper canines had disappeared,

although due weight should be given to this argument.

This memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Five-horned Giraffe obtained by Sir Harry

Jobnston near Mount Elgon. By Oxprietp Tuomas,

E.RS., F.Z8.

[Received November 19, 1901.]

(Text-figures 42-48.)

Shortly after his discovery of the Okapi, Sir Harry Johnston

made an exploring trip to the Guas’ Ngishu Plateau, just south-east

of Mount Elgon, and found it to be extremely rich in large game

of all sorts. Among other animals he saw Giraffes of an un-

usually large size, and on killing some specimens for the National

1901.] FIVE-HORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON, 475

Museum he was struck by the presence in them of peculiar pro-

jections on the sides of the occiput between the ears, on which

account he called the animal a Five-horned Giraffe, and by this

name it has been frequently spoken of in popular periodicals.

To examine the systematic position of this Giraffe, and to study

the origin and homologies of its cranial protuberances is the object

of the present paper.

Sir Harry Johnston obtained, and has generously presented to

the Museum, skulls of two males and two females, with their

accompanying head-skins, and these make a series of remarkable

value, as it seldom happens that such large animals are represented

in our Museums by more than one or two specimens from any

one place.

The character of the markings in these specimens is on the

whole very similar to that found in the Northern Giraffe, and

wholly unlike that of the Somali and Galla form (Giraffa ¢. reti-

culata de Wint.). The blotches in young specimens are reddish

fawn, darkening in the centre to deep blackish brown, and this

darkening spreads outwards in old specimens, until the blotches

are wholly blackish.

The colouring is thus essentially similar to that found in both

the Nubian and Southern Giraffes, which in this respect do not

differ materially from each other. In the Southern animal the

darkening of the centres of the blotches may be seen in Harris’s

figure of the Giraffe, while their total blackening has been again

and again observed’.

The anterior median horn is heavily developed in the males, and

even in one of the female skulls a separate ossification is present.

From this point of view the animal is distinctly ‘northern ”

rather than “ southern.”

The main horns are large, and quite normal in position.

The posterior pair of ‘* horns”—and I use this term because if

not developed enough to be properly called horns in themselves,

they apparently correspond to what are undeniably horns in their

fossil relations—prove unexpectedly to be of no importance from

the systematic standpoint. For in some degree, as will be seen

further on, they are present in all male Giraffes, although hardly

perceptible in the Southern form. Their development goes pari

passu with that of the anterior median horn, least developed in

G. capensis, most in G, reticulata and in true G. camelopardalis, of

which latter the Elgon Giraffe is a particularly fine representative.

The net result, from the specific standpoint, of my observations

is that the Elgon Giraffe cannot be separated from the Nubian form,

Giraffa camelopardalis ; that this latter grades, in the development

of its anterior and posterior horns, southwards through “* G@. tippels-

kirchi” and “G, schillingsi”* to the Southern Giraffe, which

may therefore prove to be only a subspecies of it. On the

' Of, Bryden in Ward's ‘ Large Game of Africa,’ p. 498 (1899),

2 Matschie, SB. Ges, nat. Fr. Berl. 1898, p. 78.

476 MI. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [ Noy. 19,

other hand, I find that de Winton’s G. c. veticulata’ does not

appear to intergrade with the ordinary one at all, and should

therefore be called a species, G. reticulata, confined to Somali, the

Rudolf region, and Northern British East Africa. I may also add

Text-fig. 42.

Head of old male Five-horned Giraffe, showing the position of the mizen

horns. Sir H. Jobnston’s Collection.

that the more skulls of Giraffes that I examine the more distinct

does the Western form, G. ¢. peralta, appear to be; but having no

further material than the typical skull, I can as yet add nothing to

my original account.

1 In Mr. de Winton’s admirable paper on Giraffes (P. Z.S. 1897, p. 273) all

the notes and descriptions of the “ Northern Giraffe” based on Mr. Neumann’s

Loroghi Giraffe really refer to G. reticulata, which was described later as a

subspecies (Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) iv. p. 211, 1899). The asserted absence of

intergradation in East Africa between the ‘‘ Northern” and Southern Giraffes is

therefore to be understood as an absence of intergradation between G. reticulata

and the ordinary form.

1901.] FIVE-HORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON, 477

The following are the measurements in millimetres of the four

Elgon skulls, which being all perfect, wild-killed specimens, fully

adult, may afford a standard for comparison with specimens from

other localities :—

/ 3 a |

(old). | (adult). | 2. 2.

ie . By AS SS, Ee) 2A

| Extreme length (mesially) ............ 688 | 681 | 642 22 |

RES ee 593 598 | 577 564

| Greatest breadth. ......5......se.0csescnees 321 2738 | 279 277

_ Nasal opening, length from gnathion

to junction of nasals with pre- |

a aR ete es ee a 157 174 174 161

This, WORSE S 5 < cuns case seenns eaeena tees 72 70 69 | - 65

| Masale $0: orbit —... :c.cndecs neueevansy 586 386 375 3959

Distance between tips of horns

Be ge eee ee 157 176 83 (|; 185

| Muzzle to front of anterior premolar... 247 247 240 | 248

Secondly as to the structure, homologies, and evolution of the

posterior horns, which, as already said, are present in some degree

in all Giraffes, or at least in all male Giraffes. These structures,

on the analogy of the masts of a ship, it may be convenient to

speak of as ‘ mizen” horns '.

Externally, although of no great length, even where most de-

veloped, they yet show a certain community of structure with the

other horns, as the hairs are similarly whorled around and over

them, and in colour, like the other three, they are yellowish below,

crowned with black terminally.

Turning to the skull, the first drawing (text-fig. 43, p. 478)

shows the back part of the oldest male cranium of the Johnston

series (that belonging to the head shown in text-fig. 42, p. 476).

A section has been made through the posterior projection to

show its thickness and the extent to which the cranial vacuities

penetrate it.

Here it will be seen that the mizen horn is placed behind the

end of the masseteric fossa of the parietals, in front and quite

clear of the supraoccipital one for the attachment of the nuchal

tendons and muscles. The horn is always just in this position ; and

when examined in a young specimen (text-fig. 44, p. 478) appears

to be on the antero-external angle of the combined interparietal

and supraoccipital, close behind the parietal suture. But in old

animals it no doubt trespasses on the latter bone.

Some sort of a swelling may be perceived at this point in every

male Giraffe’s skull, even in such as would be at once said to have

no mizen “horns.” Taking, for instance, an old male skull from

' The word “ posterior” would be fruitful of confusion with the main horns,

which are the posterior ones in animals without mizen horns; “ occipital ” is

equally objectionable, on account of the varying position with regard to the

oak foe of all three pairs of horns; “ fore,” “ main,” and “ mizen” can

give rise to no ambiguity.

Proc, Zoon, Soo,—1901, Vou, Il. No, XXXII, 32

478 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Nov.19.

Text-fig. 43.

Posterior part of the skull of an old male Five-horned Giraffe. Johnston

Collection. A section has been made of the nearer mizen horn, so as to

show the extent to which the cranial vacuities penetrate it.

Text-fic. 44.

Postero-external view of the occipital region of a young Giraffe, showing the

swelling which represents the mizen horn,

1901.] FIVE-HORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON, 479

South Africa, belonging to G@. ¢. capensis, the least horned of all,

we shall find, if we look at it from the occipital aspect, that

even in this there is a swelling which cannot be considered

as any part of a muscular ridge or accessory projection (this

aspect in the five-horned Giraffe is shown in text-fig. 45)", and to

which no homologue can be found in the Ungulates other than the

Text-fic. 45.

Occipital view of skull of old male Five-horned Giraffe.

Johnston Collection.

Giraffide. In the Cervide and Bovide, however largely the bony

ridges may be developed, there is just as much bony surface as

may be required for the attachment of the nuchal tendons and

muscles, but no more *, the rounded projection above the muscular

fossa in Giraffide being therefore of a different nature to these

bony ridges and, as I believe, representing the mizen horns. In

the Okapi again, while nothing of the sort can be made out in the

larger of the two known skulls (of the sex of which we have as yet

1 The surface of old male Giraffe skulls is always largely covered with an

accessory osseous outgrowth, haying a stalagmitic appearance, which cements

the horns to the skull, covers the face with roughening, makes accessory lumps

on the top of the nose and above the orbits, closes up the anteorbital vacuities,

and everywhere greatly increases the weight and strength of the skull. But I

am satisfied by the appearances in youth that the mizen horns are essentially

different from these bony secretions.

* Literally speaking Bibos forins an exception to this statement, but the

projection above its occipital fossa is obviously of an entirely aifarent nature,

480 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Noy. 19,

no certain evidence), there is in the smaller one (text-fig. 46) an

unusual thickening of the posterior crest which may possibly be

an indication of the mizen horns,

Text-fig. 46.

Young Okapi. Postero-external view of the occipital crest.

In reference to the position of the mizen horns close to or

near the junction of two bones, it is to. be noted that all Giraffes’

horns are so situated, the fore one on the naso-frontal', and the

main pair on the fronto-parietal suture. Now it has been very

definitély said both by Owen * and Nitsche* that the main horns

are primarily on or at least over the frontal, and only secondarily

trespass on the parietal ; but the youngest horned skull that I have

seen (that given in text-fig. 44, p. 478), shows clearly the horns

situated as much on the parietals as on the frontals, so that there

would appear to be some variation in this respect.

On the analogy of other horned Ungulates, it has naturally been

thought that the relationship that the horns bear to particular

bones was of much essential importance when estimating their

homologies. But I would submit that in the Giraffide this

importance may readily be overrated, for in them the horn is a

separate dermal ossification, developed in the skin over the skull,

and at early stages movable on it*. Thus it may surely with

equal ease settle on and anchylose with any bone of the skull it

nay form over, or on the junction of two of them. On the other

hand, with the Bovide, where the horns, though equally separate

and dermal in the beginning, have been long associated with the

frontal only, and with the Cervide, where they are actually out-

growths of that bone, the matter is different, and in estimating

1 In young Giraffes the swelling for the horn is more frontal than nasal,

but the corresponding convexity in the Okapi is more nasal than frontal,

* Trans. Zool. Soe. iii. p. 26 (1842).

’ Studien uber Hirsche, p. 68,

* Fide Owen, J. ¢.

1901.) FIVE-ILORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON. 481

homologies stress must necessarily be laid on the particular bones

associated with the horns.

These remarks of course apply primarily to the fore and main

horns, of which the os cornu is known. Whether any such

separate bone is contained in the mizen horns we are as yet

unable to state.

Text-fie. 47.

Bramatherium perimense. Diagrammatic side view of the skull, showing

the position of the horns,

But although no similar horns to the mizen pair can be found

in any living non-Giraffine animal, among the fossil members of

the group there appear to me to be undeniable homologues, or

rather representatives of them. For in Bramatherium (as is shown

in text-figs. 47 & 48) the posterior horns are in so precisely similar

a position that it seems incredible that they should not directly

correspond to them, all the more that both animals are admittedly

members of the same family. The admission of such a corre-

spondence would agree with and confirm the more recent views

held about the relationships of the anterior and posterior horns of

Giraffa, Bramatherium, and Sivatherium. For whereas at one

482 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Nov. 19,

time it was thought that the anterior horns of Bramatherium

corresponded to the posterior pair of Stvatheriwm, more recently *

both Lydekker and Forsyth Major have held that the anterior

horns of these two were homologous with each other, and corre-

sponded to the main pair of Giraffa, no homologue being supposed

to exist for the posterior pair. Now the present discovery fills

this lacuna, and finds a pair of horns in Giraffa which may be

homologized with the posterior horns of the fossil genera’,

Text-fig. 48.

ae Z y

wy) Mi

Z Ups , F

her

Bramatheriwm perimense. Diagrammatic back view of the skull.

Moreover, in Samotherium also, although the type skull® is im-

perfect in that region, a photograph of the posterior cranium of

another male, kindly communicated to me by Dr. Major, shows a

general projection exactly in the required position, and one

* Lyd. Pal. Ind. (10) ii. p. 180 (1883) ; Maj. P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 322.

* At the best, however, the homologies of the horns of Stvatherium must

remain rather doubtful, and an alternative arrangement might be that its small

anterior horns should correspond to the fore, the long pair to the main horns,

and either there be no homologue to the mizen, or the small posterior tine on

the base of the long antler should correspond to it.

* In this type skull, as is shown in the original figure (P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 318),

there is also a small and hitherto unnoticed lateral projection anterior to the

1901.1 FIVE HORNED GIRAFFE FROM MOUNT ELGON 483

therefore that it would be natural to homologize with the mizen

horns of the modern Giraffe.

I would therefore submit that possibly the large antler-like

posterior horns of Stvatherium, and more certainly the thick

divergent ones of Bramatherium and the mizen horns of Giraffa,

and perhaps certain low projections in Samotherium and Okapia,

are all different phases of one and the same development. No

doubt, strictly speaking, one cannot say that the low projections

of the last three are homologous with the actual horns of the first

two, for, so faras we yet know, they are without that os cornu

which may be presumed to have been present in the fossil, and

would have been the true homologue. But just as the rounded

swelling on the nose of a female Giraffe may be said to correspond

to the fore horn of the male, so these low projections may equally

be held to represent the true horns of the allied animals.

The last question to be considered is as to whether, if these

homologies be admitted, we should look upon the mizen horns of

the Giraffe as representing an early stage in the development

of larger horns, or as the degenerate descendants of horns which

have been of full size in the Giraffe’s ancestors.

I myself believe that the latter is the true explanation, and

that in these horns we have the degenerate descendants of larger

ones, not necessarily as large or highly specialized as those of

Sivatherium, but still of great use at the time when the Giraffe’s

ancestors, like Deer and Antelopes, used their horns and not their

hoofs as their primary means of defence. With the lengthening

of the legs and the utilization of the hoofs as weapons ', the

functional importance of the horns would naturally diminish, a

suggestion which would account for the degeneration in Giraffa

of organs which in all other groups appear to have continuously

increased in size and complexity as time has gone on. It must be

admitted that this easy explanation will not give us a clue to

the history of the Okapi, but, so far as we know, that animal

is unusually free from enemies against which it would have to

defend itself, so that at the present time it would appear to have

uo need for functional horns. Whether its hornless? condition is

a remnant of an early stage of evolution, or is an evidence of

degeneration, opinions are much divided, and owing to the

difficulty or impossibility of satisfactorily proving the correctness

of either view, the expressing of an opinion is rather a fruitless

amusement. But if 1 were to venture on an opinion, it would be

rather on the side of the degeneration theory, although I necessarily

take this view with the greatest hesitation, owing to the absence

of any real evidence bearing one way or the other.

main horns, which while possibly, indeed probably, due merely to distortion,

may conceivably represent the fore horns of Giraffa. If this is the case, it

would effectually dispose of the suggestion that the long horns of Samotherium

correspond to the fore horns of the Giraffe,

1 Of. Bryden, t. c. p. 500; and de Winton, P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 283.

2 Horns may yet be found to occur in the old male,

484 MR. J, GRAHAM KERR ON | [Noy. 19,

2. On the Male Genito-Urinary Organs of the Lepidosiren

and Protopterus. By J. GranamM Kerr.

[Received November 19, 1901.]

(Plates XXVIL. & XXVIII’)

(Text-figures 49-54.)

There is nothing more needed in regard to the group of Dipnoan

Fishes than a correct and modern description of the male genital

organs, the current descriptions of these organs being either in-

complete or to a great extent erroneous. As some time must

elapse before I can deal with them in my detailed account of the

embryology of Lepidosiren, I have thought it worth while to write

out a short and concise account of the main features in this system

of organs in the two Dipnoans of which I have had specimens at

my disposal. I am the more moved to do so at this juncture,

because I feel that the conditions prevailing in the Dipnoans throw

an important light on the relations of the testis and its duct in

Polypterus as recently described independently by Jungersen and

Budgett.

I propose, then, in this communication to give first a brief de-

scription of the conditions holding in Lepidosiren, then to summarize

the main points of difference found in Protopterus, and to conclude -

by pointing out a general bearing which the facts mentioned may

be regarded as having.

The only at all modern account of the male genital organs in

Lepidosiren is that contained in Ehlers’s description of the viscera

published in the ‘Gottingen Nachrichten, 1895. This account

1 am able to confirm, from my own investigations, in some

important particulars, and also, to a certain extent, to amplify,

from my being in possession of males actually obtained during

the breeding-season.

LEPIDOSIREN.

The testis proper in the mature Lepidosiren is a very elongated

structure, rounded in section, and running in slight curves along a

great extent of the dorsal wall of the ccelom just ventral to the

coal-black kidney. It is almost completely hidden away in a fat-

laden fold, which is developed to a special degree just before the

commencement of the dry season, and which has to be carefully

dissected away before the organ can be properly displayed. In

an adult male Lepidosiren (No. 666) measuring 719 mm. in total

length the testis proper, or, as I shall rather call it, the sperm-

producing portion of the testis (text-fig. 49 A, T,), measured

175 mm. in length by about 4 mm. in diameter. Anteriorly and

posteriorly this portion of the testis has a rounded end. From

the posterior end and from its inner aspect a flat tubular-looking

structure is continued backwards closely apposed to the surface of

the kidney, and so imbedded in dense connective tissue that it is

difficult to make out its precise relations by mere dissection. This

' For explanation of the Plate, see p. 498,

PZ.S. 1901,vol. I. P]. XXVII.

£dwin Wilson, Camdrnige

GENITO-URINARY ORGANS OF MALE

7 LEPIDOSIREN.

P.Z.S.190],vol.I. Pl. XXVIII.

Ldwin Wilson,Caméridge

GENITO-URINARY ORGANS OF MALE

LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS

1901.]

LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 485

Text-fig. 49.

A. View of the genito-urinary apparatus

of a male Lepidosiren (adult, but not

breeding), as seen in a dissection from

the ventral aspect. The greater part

of the cloacal cecum has been cut

away. Some of the vasa efferentia of

the right side are seen entering the

kidney,

B. Semi-diagrammatic figure to show the

relations of the posterior portions of

the genito-urinary complex.

Cl,

Dorsal wall of cloacal czecum.

Dorsal wall of cloaca,

. Kidney (mesonephros),

. Posterior portion of kidney.

. Persistent funnel of the Mul-

lerian duct.

, Formative region of testis.

. Vesicular region of testis (in A

concealed in connective tissue).

. Urogenital papilla.

). Vas efferens.

. Wolffian duct.

The genito-urinary apparatus of the male Lepidosiren.

486 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON [Noy. 19,

backward prolongation of the testis figures in the current de-

scriptions of Protopterus as the vas deferens; while for Lepidosiren

Ehlers has denied the existence of any opening to the exterior at

its hind end. I will describe it as the vesicular region of the

testis * (text-fig. 49, T, p. 145).

‘The vesicular portions of the two testes run backwards, gradually

converging towards a point in the region of the genito-urinary

openings. These openings, which become during the breeding-

season marked each by a prominent papilla, are situated on the

dorsal wall of the cloacal cecum just within its opening into the

cloaca. ‘The cloacal cecum of Lepidostren and Protopterus, whose

morphological nature has hitherto been uncertain, 1 may mention

parenthetically, arises in ontogeny in the following way :—In stage

35 * the kidney-ducts open separately into the cloaca just within

its external opening, one on each side. In stage 36 the two ducts

have united distally, and their united portion is beginning to

project slightly forwards. Later still the fused portion becomes

much dilated and its projection forwards forms a large pocket—

the cecum. The cecum is then to be looked on as a projection

forwards of the urino-genital sinus, and is probably morphologically

comparable with the sperm-sacs of the Selachian—the forward

projection in this latter case being deeply bifid—and with the _

urinary bladder of Ganoids and Teleosts.

On examining transverse sections, the sperm-producing region

of the testis is seen to bé composed of numerous rounded ampulle

disposed in a somewhat radial fashion in a stroma of dense connec-

tive tissue. The ampulle open into a longitudinal canal which

posteriorly approaches the dorso-median surface of the testis, and

1s continued back as the cavity of what I have termed the vesicular

portion of the testis. In this region the functional seminiferous

ampulle disappear, though there may be present one or more little

aggregations of these, as metitioned by Ehlers, behind the main

body of the testis.

Throughout about the first quarter of its extent the vesicular

region of the testis is a simple tube with fairly smooth outer surface,

its cavity lined by cubical epithelium, and broken in upon by tra-

becule passing inwards from the wall. ‘Traced backwards, however,

the wall of the tube becomes irregular, longitudinal ridges and other

projections appear which sometimes leave the surface of the testis

. and run backwards in bridge-like fashion to rejoin it later on

(cf. Plate XX VII. fig. 1, T,). The lumen of the tube becomes

correspondingly broken up, and the dorsal portion of this region

of the testis assumes the character of an irregular sponge-work

with hollow trabecule, which contain prolongations of the central

lumen. In its most posterior portion the testis is closely applied

to the ventral edge of the kidney, and the trabecule of the testicular

* eos also emphasizes this diyision of the testis into two regions (op.

cit. p- 12),

* i.e. the stage represented by figure 35 of my paper “On the External

features in the Development of Lepidosiren,” Phil. Trans. vol. 192 B. p. 299.

1901.) LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPLERUS. 487

sponge-work which has been described pass in and out of the

kidney, the dorsal portion of the sponge-work being completely

imbedded in the kidney substance. In the breeding male the cavities

of the trabecule are greatly distended and full of spermatozoa, so

that in the kidney of the male during the breeding-season we find

that region of the kidney which lies on the mesial surface of the

organ and ventral to the hilus traversed by large cavities packed

with spermatozoa.

The most regular of these function as vasa efferentia, and their

general relations may best be gathered from suck a figure as I

exhibit (see fig. 1, Plate XX VII., which represents a reconstruction

of kidney and testis from longitudinal vertical sections, viewed from

its inner or mesial aspect). The vasa efferentia (V.E.) are seen as

irregular tubular structures which from their point of origin slope

forwards and dorsalwards. They pursue this direction for a

short distance until they come into proximity with a clump of

Malpighian capsules. They then break up into branches which open

into the Malpighian capsules. Some of the branches of the vasa

efferentia appear to end blindly, or are continued by very fine cavities

which I have not been able to trace throughout. The Malpighian

capsulesin the adult Lepidosiren are arranged in clumps anda single

vas efferens may supply either a single capsule or more of the clump:

it may also send prolongations to capsules of other clumps. It is

noteworthy that the Malpighian capsules into which the vasa

efferentia open are, as is also the case with other capsules in the

same region of the kidney, lined by cubical epithelium instead of by

the flattened form more familiar in adult animals. In the text-

figures 50 and 51 (pp. 488, 489) I show sections through such

Malpighian capsules, in one of which the lumen of the capsule is

seen to be packed with spermatozoa.

The communications between kidney and testis are confined to

the vesicular region of the testis and to the posterior portion of

this region. ‘his has been demonstrated by the examination of

complete series of sections through the whole length of the genito-

urinary complex. In the specimen shown in Piate XX VILL. fig. 1,

the vasa efferentia are confined to the posterior half of the vesicular

region of the testis. They may, however, extend further forwards.

In two specimens in which I have counted them, the number of

vasa efferentia numbered six and five respectively *.

In the specimen in Plate XX VII. fig. 1, it will be noticed that

each one occurs roughly at the same level as one of the large

collecting-tubes opens into the kidney-duct. Their segmental

arrangement corresponds with that of the collecting-tubes.

The spermatozoa finally reach the kidney-duct by the last few

of the collecting-tubes that drain into the duct. In the breeding

' Ehlers found “ one communication between testis and kidney-tubules” (no

doubt one of the vasa efferentia, which I have described) and also posteriorly

several direct connections between testis and kidney-duet, This latter point I

have not been able to confirm—much as, for theoretical reasons, [ should like

to have done so,

488 MR. J. GRAITAM KERR ON [Nov. 19,

specimen sectioned, the last five (possibly six?) showed spermatozoa,

and these collecting-tubes were distinguished from those further

; ; . S . — . : “OC

forwards by their larger calibre (*17 mm, as against ‘09 mm.).

Text-fig. 50.

Transverse section of the genito-urinary apparatus of Lepidosiren.

Portion of a transverse section of the genito-urinary complex of an adult,

but not breeding, male Lepidosiren, showing a particularly short vas efferens

through the whole of its extent.

Gl. Glomerulus,

K.T. Kidney-tubule.

M.C, Malpighian capsule.

P. Projections from wall of testis into its lumen.

T,. Vesicular region of testis.

V.E. Vas efferens,

1901. } LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 489

It will be noticed in the specimen of which my drawing (see fig. 1,

Plate XX VIL.) is a reconstruction, that the last two collecting-tubes

are relatively small. This was not a breeding specimen. In the

breeding male which was sectioned the posterior tubes, on the other

hand, were very large, much dilated with sperms, and the tubules

opening into them formed a special little mass projecting towards

the middle line and extending back in the connective-tissue sheath

which contains the hind end of the testis and the Wolffian duct

(T, in text-fig. 49). We have here an indication of the separating off

of a posterior specially genital region of the kidney comparable with

the familiar epididymis of the anterior end of the mesonephros.

It is this posterior portion of the kidney which is seen in the re-

construction given in the figure now exhibited (see Plate XXVIII.

fig.2,K,). Inthe non-breeding male it is much less conspicuous.

Text-fig. 51.

Section through the Malpighian capsule of Lepidosiren.

Section through the Malpighian:capsule, into which a vas efferens opens,

showing spermatozoa in the cavity of the capsule.

Spermatozoa first begin to appear in the kidney-duct of the

breeding male at a point about 7 mm. in front of the hind end of

the main testis. In front of this the lumen of the duct was, in the

breeding specimen examined, occluded for a distance of 12 mm. by

a plug composed of curious spherical saccular bodies. A few

spermatozoids had penetrated about halfway through this, but none

appeared to have got right through. From this plug backwards

the kidney-duct was packed full of sperms, and was rounded in

section, instead of flattened and collapsed as it was further forwards.

The first open communication between the testis and the kidney

was found in this specimen about 12°5 mm, behind the end of the

sperm-forming testis, where a small tube (text-fig. 52, V.K.) was

seen to arise from the dorsal wall of the vesicular part of the

490 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON (Nov. 19,

testis, to arch outwards and sink into the kidney-tissue, to approach

the kidney-duct and run back parallel to it on its inner side for a

Text-fig. 52.

Transverse section through the genito-urinary complex of left side of a

breeding male Lepidosiren.

Afferent vein of kidney.

Efferent vein.

- Kidney (mesonephros) with black pigment in its cortical layer.

. Vesicular region of testis.

. Vas efferens.

W.D. Wolffian duct.

sls

Eh:

The kidney and testis are seen to be imbedded in fatty tissue. The peculiar

fibrous appearance of the contents of the large veins is due to the presence of

crystals of hzmatein,

1901.] LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 491

distance of 1°9 mm., and there to communicate with a Mal-

pighian capsule by a short channel. Beyond this point it still

continued backwards for 1:8 mm., and then opened back again

into the cavity of the testis. The tube in question may be

described as a vas efferens with a double origin from the testis.

The next vas efferens was found to arise from the testis about

7 mm. further back, and this one only had a single origin.

Another occurred 5 mm. further back, again with a double root,

the two roots this time, however, only *3 mm. apart, and again

another at a distance of 3 mm. from this one’.

Miillerian ducts.—In a second-year male, vestiges of the Miillerian

duct were distinctly present. In the adult they disappear com-

letely, except for the funnel at their anterior end, as described by

Ehlers (text-fig. 49, M.D.O.).

PROTOPTERUS.

I have always found myself confronted by great difficulties in

endeavouring to understand the meaning of the male genital

organs of Protopterus as described by W. N. Parker. I was,

therefore, very glad of the opportunity of clearing my ideas on the

subject given by Mr. Budgett’s kind permission to examine some

of his specimens of Protopterus. These I have examined by dis-

section and by the preparation of continuous series of sections

through the posterior region of the genito-urinary complex. In

the following pages I endeavour to give a short and concise

account of the more important points of resemblance and differ-

ence to the corresponding structures in Lepidosiren.

The testis proper differs from that of Lepidosiren in its much

greater thickness. The formative region of the testes of a breeding

Lepidosiren 72 cm. in length measured 4 mm. in diameter, that of

a breeding Protopterus only 56 cm. in length measured 5mm. In

section this difference is seen to be due to the much greater

length of the ampulle of the testis. Another striking difference

is that the vesicular region of the testis is much shorter, measuring

only about one ninth the length of the testis instead of about

a quarter, as in Lepidosiren, Parker, as is well known, described

this part of the testis as a vas deferens opening into the “ urogenital

sinus.” Nosuch opening exists here any more than in Lepidosiren,

even during the breeding-period. The condition is, in fact, as in

Lepidosiren, except that in Protopterus the vesicular portions of

the two testes fuse together at their posterior ends (T.,, text-fig. 53,

& Plate XXVIII. fig. 3).

Just as in Lepidosiren, a genital region of the kidney or posterior

epididymis tends to be formed; but here the separation has become

much more complete, and the posterior epididymis is at once

recognizable in an ordinary dissection from the absence of the

1 In tracing out the route of the spermatozoa within the kidney, I find it

convenient to double stain with thionin and eosin, the heads of the spermatozoa

being stained an intense blue, which makes them extremely conspicuous

against the red ground-colour,

492 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON | Noy. 19,

Text-fig. 53.

M.D.0.

A. View of the genito-urinary appa-

ratus of a (breeding) male

Protopterus annectens, as seen

from the ventral aspect. The

greater part of the caecum has

been cut away, and, for the sake

of clearness, the posterior por-

tion of the vestigial Miillerian

ducts is omitted in the figure.

ie)

2 B. Figure on larger scale, showing

i Wy, 3 | the relations of the vestigial

os : SSG posterior end of the Miillerian

iF i ducts.

C, Cloacal cecum.

K,. Kidney (mesonephros).

K,. Posterior genital region

of kidney.

M.D. Conjoined posterior ends

D.O

of Miillerian ducts.

. Celomic funnel of Miil-

lerian duct.

T,. Formative region of testis.

T,. Vesicular region of testis.

U.G.P. Urogenital papilla, with

the slit-like openings of

the Wolffian ducts.

Pt W.D. Wolffian duct.

\ D:~----§

The genito-urinary apparatus of Protopterus.

1901.) LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. 493

coaly-black pigment, which is so characteristic of the rest of the

kidney. The epididymes of the two sides are completely fused

in the middle line, as is shown by the reconstruction in Plate

XXVIII. fig. 3, where also it is seen that there is no crossing of

collecting-tubes across the median plane. That the posterior

epididymis is really the posterior end of the kidneys is shown by

the examination of young stages. In male specimens of Protopterus

of 90 mm. in length I find the posterior ends of the kidneys fused,

but not differing in structure from the remainder of the organ.

Testicular network.—As in Lepidosiren, there are distinct remains

of a testicular network, only here it is reduced still further, being

represented merely by communications between testis and kidney

at the extreme hind end of the testis.

From the hind end of the united vesicular portions of the testes

a sinus passes dorsalwards on each side through the substance of

the epididymis. Here it becomes very irregular in shape, sending

out various irregular projections and fine prolongations which

communicate with the kidney-tubules. Each of the large sinuses

mentioned must be looked upon as a large vas efferens, the last of

the series.

The cavities of the vas efferens and its prolongations as well as

those of the large collecting-tubes in the epipdidymis are in

breeding males packed with spermatozoa.

I have not, so far, been able to make out glomeruli in any of the

sperm-containing cavities in Protopterus, and it is possible that

here, as in the case of Rana fusca, they have degenerated in the

Malpighian capsules connected with the testis. The spermatozoa

reach the kidney-duct by the last few main collecting-tubes (three

in a breeding specimen examined).

Miillerian ducts —In the adult male the posterior portion of the

Miillerian duct persists as well as the coelomic funnel (cf. text-

fiy. 53 B, M.D.). The two ducts unite posteriorly, and then end

blindly within the base of the urogenital papilla. I can find no

patent communication with the vesicular region of the testis such

as Parker describes.

CERATODUS.

I have unfortunately not had any adult specimens of Ceratodus

at my disposal. But there can be little doubt from Giinther's

description, and from Semon’s statement that he has found sper-

inatozoa in the Malpighian capsules, that the conditions here are

similar in all essentials to what I have described in the other

two Dipnoans. ‘The “ vasa deferentia ” described by Ginther are

pretty clearly the Miillerian ducts, which retain their embryonic

condition even more clearly in Ceratodus than in Protopterus,

remaining in the adult with patent lumen along their whole

length.

The fact that there exists in Lepidosiren and Protopterus a defi-

nitely developed testicular network connecting the testis and kidney

must be held, | think, to constitute weighty evidence in fayour

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1901, Vou. Ll. No. XXXII. 33

494 MR. J. GRAHAM KERR ON [ Noy. 19,

of the view that the possession of such a network is a very ancient

characteristic of the gnathostomatous Vertebrata. Known long

to exist in Selachians, and in the Amphibia and Amniota, it is

now known to exist also in Ganoids (Lepidosteus, Acipenser, Amica)

and in the Dipnoi. It exists, in fact, in all the main divisions

except the Crossopterygians and Teleosts. Surely it is more easy

to believe that a secondary condition has come about in the last-

mentioned two groups than that the same condition should have

arisen secondarily in every one of the other groups mentioned !

The probability of this being the case is, I believe, much increased

by considerations which will become apparent later on.

“The points in the structure of the genito-urinary apparatus

of the Dipnoi that appear to me to have a general bearing on the

morphology of the male genital ducts in other fishes are two :—

(1) The testis, of a primitive very much elongated shape, has

become divided into two regions:—an anterior sperm-

producing portion, and a posterior portion which has lost

its sperm-producing function, has become simplified in

structure, and serves with its widely expanded cavities

merely as a vesicula seminalis and as a duct.

(2) The testicular network has vanished throughout the

anterior sperm-producing portion ; the posterior vesicular

portion, on the other hand, retains its communication with

the kidney apparatus near its posterior end.

In these two features I believe we have a condition which throws

much light upon the condition found in Teleostean Fishes and in

Polypterus (as described by Budgett’ and Jungersen*), which,

as Jungersen pertinently points out, leads up to the Teleostean

condition.

In Polypterus the testis is described as being continued back

into the testis-ridge (Budgett), containing the main testis-duct,

and associated with this a network of irregular cavities lined by

cubical epithelium and giving off here and there a czcal projection.

At its hinder end the main cavity of this ridge communicates with

the kidney-duct near its posterior termination.

Similarly in Teleostei Jungersen * points out :—

(1) That the genital duct of the male develops in complete

continuity with the testis ;

(2) That the genital duct in the male develops usually not as a

simple tubular cavity as does the oviduct, but that a

network of anastomosing cavities is formed ; and

(3) That the genital duct in the male usually develops its

opening into the distal portion of the kidney-duct.

Now the theoretical interpretation of the male genital ducts of

Crossopterygians aud Teleosts is, I think, greatly facilitated by the

conditions which I have described as holding in Lepidosiren and

Protopterus.

? Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xv. Read May 8, 1900, published April 1901.

* Zool. Anzeiger, June 14, 1900.

» Arb. Zool.-zoot. Inst. Wiirzburg, ix. 1889, p. 179.

1901.] LEPIDOSIREN AND PROLOPYERUS, 495

1 start from the standpoint of one who believes that the

two great products of the ccelomic lining (7. e. the genital and the

excretory products) made their way originally to the exterior by

the same mode of exit—by the nephridial openings’, and that

the general course of subsequent evolution has probably as regards

the genital products been such as to keep or make their mode of

exit as direct and simple as possible, rather than such as to make

their exit more and more complicated and difficult as some

zoologists would have us believe.

The condition in Lepidosteus or Acipenser may be looked upon

as relatively primitive amongst fishes. Here testis and kidney are

alike elongated and vasa efferentia pass off along the whole length

of the testis to the greater part of the length of the kidney.

In Lepidosiren, as above described, the testis has become divided

into two regions, a formative and a vesicular, and the connection

between testis and kidney has become restricted to the posterior

portion of the vesicular region.

In Protopterus we find again the division of the testis into

formative and vesicular regions, but now the communication of

testis-cavity with kidney is still further restricted to the extreme

hind end of the testis.

This, it seems to me, is but a step from what has been described

for adult Crossopterygians, where again we find a division of the

testis into a formative aud a conducting region, the latter

communicating at its extreme hinder end with the kidney-duct,

no longer, however, through complicated kidney-tubules but by a

simple direct opening’.

Finally, as Jungersen has well pointed out and has been shown

in résumé above, the Teleostean condition is naturally derivable

from that in Polypterus.

According to the facts and views expressed in this paper’, the

genital ducts of male Ganoids, Dipnoans, Crossopterygians, and

Teleosts would fall into some such scheme as that expressed in

the accompanying rough diagram (p. 496).

In conclusion, it is only fair to state that while the facts

described above are in great part new, the morphological hypothesis

which they are held to support was suggested long age by Semon*

' Budgeit is led by his studies on Po/ypferus to believe that the arrangement

there is a primitive one, and to side with those who believe that the connection

between gonad and kidney is secondary. ‘Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. xv. p. 330.

* Exactly as has apparently come about in Discog/ossus amongst anurous

Amphibians—the surviving connection being, however, in this latter case,

anterior instead of posterior. .

* It will be seen that this view of the morphology of the Teleostean male

genital duct differs in some essential particulars from that of Jungersen,

He points out that in Lepidosteus and Acipenser the testicular network opens

into the Malpighian capsules, in Amia into the tubule below the capsule

or into the kidney-duct direct. In Améa, as compared with Lepidosteus and

Acipenser, the openings of the testicular network into the kidney-system may

be regarded as having migrated down the tubule in the direction of the external

opening. Let such migration continue until they opened close to the exterior,

and a condition resembling that of Teleosts would be reached. (Zool, Anz.

Bd, xxiii. p. 332.)

‘ Bauplan des Urogenitalsystems der Wirbelthiere: Jena, 1891.

33"

Text-fig. 54.

MR J.GRAHAM KERR ON

e. .

p98 t.g7e. 5 8

“

-urinary system in certain Fishes.

Diagrammatic sketch of the genito

ge.)

(For description see opposite pa

LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPLERUCS. 497

1901.

(1aysoayay, ‘snuazdhjog)

‘JoUUTYO avpnqny opr afFurs v Aq Joattp odour guIOAa SBT] S1IS9} Ot] JO VOTAL av]NoISaA oY} WaEKJoq LOLJOITINUTUOD 94) ING “Cf OF AVIS a

"saynqny-Aoupry 7.12208 YIM SOYWOLUNIMMLOD SHOAAYO SVA OTT] ORF [BNGOV UT (‘snuagdojo4q) ‘814824 ey] JO WOLTat

AB[NOISAA AY} JO PUA PUTY ottiaaqxe oy} 4R SUaJta]fo SUA 9ITUIS BOF paonped st Moysds-AoUPLY 94} YITA S182} AG} Jo WoLeoTUNUTUTO. our, "a

(‘uanrsomdaT )

‘UOLGOT AR[NOISOA OY} JO pUo PUI eq} SpAVMOJ MOY B Suydeoxe ‘porveddustp oavy viqUetayo BsvA ey} puv ‘{B[NIISVA PUB GATJBULIOJ

‘SUOTHA.L OMY OFUT UOISIATIP B SMOGS SI}Se} OTT, “MOTA [vqoued ety UO JO yo {Jejo1dm109 MOU are UOT et} JO suonaod ivnsdes ayy, "O

“MURITBIP OY} Ul PO}IMO ALB VIFUIETO USVA ol} Heated sasomojseuyp

*S(] 0} VIJUAJEO VSVA JO LOTGNQLAYSIp AVTTTATS Aypeyuesse Ue Moys snajsoprdaT pur wasuadiop “BIYUELEYJO BSBA OYY—S[PUUBILO OSADASUVI}

yFnoayy sopnsdvo uewsidyep_ ureyioo JO wwopaoo OT} TILA TOLyROLUMUTUIOD UT sUBUET T[YS MOT [wqtues eT, ‘stysey aq Jo Aya

OY} SV WOM JLAgUET 94} WoIy JO FNS Os[B st woO[ad VY} JO uolziod jeyines ey, “wore [eAoNes oY} YITA aPVOLUNTAINOD “AAdKOU]

“Tus yor ‘sarnsdvo uviystdeyy se WoT) [wsoues oy} WA, FO poxorqsuoo ote sfouuNns [erpiaydea oyy punoar WIOTwWo Jo suoraod out

‘sjouuny [erpraydeu eq)

YInoayy AOlAajAXa otf] 0} Paavo pUB WOTo [RAoUeT ayy OFUT LToaty pos ote sjonpoad jeyuad ety edatyar “HOTyTpuod aarqund peonaqyodsyy “Ww

‘s14809 JO UOITat nose, “YT, “HULUT] OLULOTAO JO BAIB [VULUTIAP) “4

‘qonp megtoA\ “CM ‘siqsoq Jo NOFA oatguuaogy “YY, ‘arnqny-foupry Jo auuny ormopag fe

‘soqsy urez.t0o ut mioysds Aaputan-o71U0d

eyent oy} Jo sdiqsuonejet prordopoydaour oy Jo todud Surfurdmoooe ot] UL UayYe] MTA OF OPBAPSN[[E OF weiserp ysnoy

498 ON LEPIDOSIREN AND PROTOPTERUS. [Nov. 19,

as affording a possible explanation of the conditions occurring in

Teleosts.

Summary.

The more important features in the morphology of the male

urogenital system of Lepidosiren and Protopterus may be summarized

as follows :—

1. The testis is very much elongated and is divisible into an

anterior formative and a posterior vesicular and conducting

region.

2. The posterior part of the vesicular region is connected with

the tubules of the hind end of the mesonephros, which serve

for the passage of the genital products.

3. In Protopterus the testis is connected with the kidney only

at its extreme tip; in Lepidosiren there is a series of about

half a dozen segmentally arranged vasa efferentia which

open into Malpighian capsules.

4. In Protopterus the hind genital region of the kidneys is

clearly marked off from the rest, and in this region the

kidneys are fused across the middle line; in Lepidosiren

there is only a slight attempt at this differentiation, and

the kidneys of the two sides are posteriorly, as elsewhere,

quite distinct.

5. The Wolffian ducts open in the adult male by a common

(Protopterus) or by two separate (Lepidosiren) papille into .

the distal portion of the cloacal cecum, which is morpho-

logically a urogenital sinus formed in ontogeny as a

dilatation of the fused, but originally separate, posterior

portions of the Wolffian ducts.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

The lithographic illustrations on Plates XXVIT. and XXVIII. have been

drawn by Mr. E. Wilson from reconstructions by the author of his camera-

drawings according to the method described in Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci.

vol. xly. p. 5. .

Puarr XXVIII.

Fig. 1. View from mesial aspect of reconstruction of the hind end of testis and

kidney of an adult, but not breeding, Lepidosiren. ‘The testis is shown

yellow, the kidney blue. (In breeding specimens the testis extends

much further back.)

C.t. Collecting-tube of kidney. Gl. Malpighian body. K,. Portion

of kidney which becomes enlarged during breeding-season (posterior

epididymis or hypodidymis). 'T,. Formative region of testis. ‘I',. Vesi-

cular region of testis. V.E. Vas efferens. W.D. Wolffian duct.

Prats XXVIII.

. 2. View from behind of a thick slice of the hinder portion of the vesicular

rezion of the testis of a breeding male Lepidosiren with its accompanying

mass of kidney-tubules.

K,. Kidney. T,. Testis. V.A. Afferent vein. W.D. Wolffian

duct with eollecting-tube opening into it.

Fig. 8. Corresponding view of fused posterior portions of kidneys (hypodidymis)

of Protopterus—collecting-tubes &e. of kidney coloured blue, testis

and vasa efferentia yellow.

M.D, Fused hind part of Miillerian ducts. T,. Posterior ends of

testes meeting in mid-line, V.l, Vasefferens. W.D, Wolffian duct.

1901,.] ON THE ANTELOPES OF SOMALILAND AND S, ABYSSINIA, +99

3. Field-notes on the Autelopes obtained during a Journey

in Somaliland and Southern Abyssinia in 1900-1901.

By Atrrep E. Perasg, M.P., F.Z.8.

[Received July 8, 1901.]

BUBALIS SWAYNEI. Swayne’s Hartebeest.

Galla name, Aorki. Abyssinian name, Gedempsa ov Gedemfsa.

Somali name, Sieg.

I was rather surprised to find Swayne’s Hartebeest on the west

side of the Hawash River: we saw them between the Hawash and

Awaramulka. Major Gwynn, R.E., D.S.O., killed one on the

march near the Hawash, and I saw them in the foothills and bush

near Tadijunulka, but did not shoot any. I was, however, still

more astonished to find them on the Upper Hawash, west of

Sequala, also south of the Gueragué range (Gifursa), and in the

neighbourhood of the Meki River and Lake Zwai, where they

were numerous. I shot two bulls, one near Bogra and one near

Aila (Upper Hawash, west of Sequala). The better head was

151 in. long, 10in. in cire., and 173 from tip to tip. One of these

I killed whilst it was being closely pursued by a Serval, which

T also shot. It is remarkable that so small an animal as the Serval

should attack a Hartbeest.

CErPHALOPHUS sp. inc. Duiker.

Abyssinian name, Midakwa.

The only specimen I obtained of this was a female, caught

by some Gallas on Mt. Sequala and brought to our camp in

January. It was quite small, about 20 days old, and had been for

10 days nursed at the breast of the Galla woman that brought it

to me. In colowr it resembled the grizzly grey of a young

Klipspringer, but not in the texture of its coat: it was decidedly

dark in colour, with tan round the ears, eyes, and muzzle, and a

very dark band from the poll to the nose, and similar bands down

the fore legs. It was perfectly tame, and we kept it in health till

theend of March. It throve well on small quantities of bread and

biscuit with goat’s milk, but would eat if it got the chance any

kind of food (except meat) ; it ate grass very sparingly, but would

eat dry leaves, twigs, bits of bark, and the stalks and leaves of

certain plants and bushes, but when this diet failed, as it did in

Somaliland, it ate too much bread and plum-pudding one day and

died. It was such a bereavement to Mrs. Pease, that we had not

the heart to skin it, and buried it. L saw many other Duikers at

various times, but only springing in and out of the thick jungle,

giving no chance for a rifle. 1 never had one in sight for half a

second. I met with them on the Entoto Hills, Sequala, &e,; I

also saw them on the hills at the base of Assobot Mountain in the

Danakil Country.

500 MR, A, BE. PEASE ON THE ANTELOPES OF [Nov. 19,

OrrorraGus sauraror. Klipspringer.

The Klipspringer was seen on Entoto Mountain and in

Somaliland.

OvunrrBra MonTANA. The Abyssinian Oribi.

Abyssinian name, Miwaka,

The Ourebi is not common on the plateau in the neighbour-

hood of Adis Ababa, but we found it sometimes near the road

after passing Balchi on our way up to the capital. Captain

A. Duff killed one at Jeffi Dunsa two days east of Adis Ababa.

After we left Adis Ababa we saw the first in the Akaki Valley,

and frequently met with them on the lower ground below Sequala

(the great extinct volcano). I shot the first I obtained near Delato,

north of Sequala above the Dahom River; it was one of three (one

buck and two does). Near the Hawash they were more numerous,

and on crossing the Hawash we found them plentiful in the

country around Lake Ailan, several small bands of twos and threes

up to seven and even nine being seen together. They were feeding

either on the fresh grass where the bush had been burnt, or near

and on the cultivated patches close to the Galla villages, which are

very numerous. On the Upper Hawash I often observed them,

and have seen them feeding with the Reed-bucks in the grass near

Aila and in the neighbourhood of the Meki River and Lake Zwai.

1 also saw them all down the Hawash Valley to Tadijunulka and

Awaramulka. When I had shot five specimens in the early part

of my trip I never molested them further. I noticed that they

fed and wandered at all hours of the day, occasionally lying down,

and I did not see any female with more than one young one.

The best head I obtained measured 52 inches on the curve.

The name Ourebia montana is rather a misnomer, as I found

most of them in the flat low country between the Hawash and

Zwai.

Mapoaus PHInirpsi. Phillips’s Dik-Dik.

Somali name, Sakakaro Golass.

The common Somali Dik-Dik was the only one of which I shot

any specimens. It extended all the way up the Hawash Valley. I

saw a larger Dik-Dik occasionally, but never got a shot at it. This

was probably M. saltiana.

Copus DEFASSA. Water-buck.

Abyssinian name, Defassa. Somali name, Balango. Galla name,

Warabéd, which is also used by the Abyssinians and Danakils.

The five specimens of the Water-buck were all obtained in

the Hawash Valley. I saw Water-bucks or their tracks on many

parts of the Hawash Valley and also on the Meki River, but they

are not common in the higher parts of the Hawash Valley.

I have seen them usually i in small herds never more than eleven

together, more commonly only three or four,

1901.] SOMALILAND AND SOUTHERN ABYSSINIA. 501

CERVICAPRA BOHOR. Reed-buek.

Abyssinian name, Bohor or Behor. Somali name, Dol. Galla

name, Boroufa.

T never observed any Reed-bucks till we got south of the Hawash

River, though | noticed their tracks on the banks of the Hawash.

I saw Reed-bucks at Aila (N. of the Meki River), but did not shoot

one till I got to Lake Zwai, where they were numerous but never

more than two or three together. There were great numbers of

these Antelopes in the Hawash Valley at a place called Goraboutha,

two days 8.E. from Sequala, a very marshy country, with high grass

near the river and thick scrub inland. One evening I saw 28 in

one compact herd; there were five bucks, and I killed the three

best. I shot one the following day on the march to the Moggoi

River, but, having five specimens, never shot any more. I saw

them west of Fantalli Mountain and near Tadijunulka.

GAZELLA GRANTI. Grant’s Gazelle.

Abyssinian name, Widafihel. Galla name, Hedi.

The only specimens of Grant’s Gazelle that I obtained or saw

were around the northern shores of Lake Zwai, where they were

very numerous and tame. I saw a solitary one a day north of

this along with Swayne’s Hartebeest close to the Meki River.

I do not know of any previous mention of this Antelope so far

north.

GAZELLA S®MMERRINGI. Scemmerring’s Gazelle.

Abyssinian name, Meidafihel. The natives do not discriminate

between Grant’s and Scemmerring’s. (Galla name, Hedi. Somali

name, Aoul.

These Antelopes were common on the Maritime Plain of Somali-

land, and occasional on the low ground up to Tadijunulka. We

saw large numbers of them on the Danakil plains and in the bush

around Mt. Assobot and the Lower Hawash Valley, aiso near

Mt. Fantalli and El Toki there were large numbers, but I never

saw any higher up the Hawash than just E, of Sequala, All the

heads I saw were very small compared with Somali heads.

(JAZELLA PELZELNI. Pelzeln’s Gazelle.

I shot two on the Maritime Plain. I also saw many Gazelles

on the hills near Araweina, among the mountains, which were not

Speke’s Gazelle, but I am not positive that they were Pelzeln’s.

LITHOCRANIUS WALLERI. Gerenuk.

Somali name, Gerenuk.

Very plentiful all over the country below the Abyssinian

escarpment (and, of course, throughout Somaliland), till you pass

a little vailey beyond Arbawun, when they are no more met with.

The Danakil and these western Gerenuks carry heavier heads than

the Gerenuk of Somaliland proper.

502 ON THE ANTRLOPES OF SOMALILAND AND §, ABYSSINIA. | Noy.19,

OREOTRAGUS MEGALOTIS. Baira.

Somali name, Baira.

I saw plenty of Baira on the road up, and they were apparently

common in the Araweina Mountains. I shot only one female.

Onyx Betsa. The Beisa.

Abyssinian name, Sala. Somali name, Beit.

We came across the Oryx on the maritime plain of Somaliland,

but never in large numbers till we crossed the Hawash, as through-

out the lower Danakil Country it is constantly hunted by the

natives on horseback with spears. We saw a considerable number

on the foot-hills below the Abyssinian escarpment near Marko

and Deladi, a few near the Moulou River, Mt. Assobot, and

Kattyinwaha. After crossing the Hawash I observed some large

herds of from 40 up to 80; these were mostly cows. I noticed that

they carried much longer horns than the average Somali heads

that I had seen on the Haud and elsewhere in my previous

journeys. I shot very few, not requiring them as trophies, and

certainly did not get anything like the longest horns. My best

were 36 inches long.

I also saw Oryx near Tadijunulka, and an occasional one

between the Hawash and Lake Zwai.

STREPSICEROS CAPENSIS, Greater Kudu.

Somali name, Aderyu, and G'odir for the male. Abyssinian

name, Agazin,

Found in small and ever diminishing numbers on the higher

mountains of the Hawash borders of the Danakil Country. I saw

seven on the Meki River banks, and my shikari saw some at the foot

of Mt. Bossette. There are a few near Tadijunulka and along

the Abyssinian escarpment. I also saw some at Hulul in the

mountains not far from Harrar.

STREPSICEROS IMBERBIS. Lesser Kudu.

Somali name, Arrhe (or Godir yer, literally “little male Kudu”).

The Lesser Kudu is common through the Gourgara and Somali,

Danakil, and Galla countries just below the Abyssinian escarp-

ment, and very numerous on the Lower Hawash. I saw plenty

near Mt. Fantalli; I shot two bulls near El Toki; I never saw

the Lesser Kudu beyond, i. ¢. west of Sequala, but it may well

be common up the Meki River. I saw plenty near Melkadegaga

on the Hawash. ;

XXIX.

Vo WLoOLewraled, aku

P.Z

Mintern Bros. amp.

J.Smot del. et lth.

EQUUS GRANTI.

1901.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 503

December 3, 1901.

W. T. Briayrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to

the Society’s Menagerie during the month of November 1901 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of November was 112, of which 29 were by

presentation, 42 by purchase, 38 were received on deposit, and 3

were bred in the Gardens. The number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 182.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to :—

A young male Zebra, sent as a present to H.M. The King from

the Emperor Menelek, and, by His Majesty’s orders, placed under

the care of the Society, and now lodged in the New Zebra House

next to the Grévy’s Zebra.

Before it arrived at Abbis Abeba this animal was supposed to bea

male Grévy’s Zebra; but some photographs of it which were kindly

forwarded to me by Col. Harrington, and which I now exhibit

(text-fig. 55, p. 504), showed at once that this was not the case.

The animal, of which I exhibit an excellent coloured drawing

(Plate XXIX.), prepared by Mr. J. Smit, is decidedly not a Grévy’s

Zebra, but belongs to the series of Burchell’s Zebra which is so

widely diffused from North to Southern Africa. After carefully

going into the literature of the subject, I have come to the decision

(in which I am happy to say that Mr. Oldfield Thomas and Mr. de

Winton agree with me) that this Zebra is most probably the same

as that described by Mr. de Winton (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

xvii. p- 319, 1896) as Equus burchelli granti' ; but Lam not sure that

it will not be better to class it as a full species and to call it Equus

granti, under which term I have had it labelled in the Society’s

Gardens. As will be seen by the drawing, its small ears and

different system of striping, not to speak of its much inferior size,

at once separate it from /. grevyi, and another distinguishing

feature is the pure black of its stripes und the entire absence of

what have been termed shadow-stripes.

Its height is 46 inches at the withers, whereas the height of the

female FH. grevyi is 50 inches.

I regret that I have not been able to ascertain from Col. Harrington

or Capt. Duff in what part of the Abyssinian dominions this

beautiful animal was obtained; but I have little doubt that it is

from Lake Rudolf, in which district is has been stated by several

observers that herds of the larger and smaller Zebras are in some

' Mr. R. I. Pocock has given a list of the subspecies of Lguus burchelli in his

article “On the Species and Subspecies of Zebras,” published in the ‘ Annals &

Magazine of Natural History’ for July 1897 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx.

». 33). ‘Two other forms of /. burchel/i have been since described, viz., Kguus

Pi echelli zambesiensis (Trouess., Bull. Mus, d’Hist. Nat. iv. p. 64, 1898) and

E. b, fow (Prazak et Trouess., Bull, Mus. d’Hist. Nat. v. p. 352, 1899).

504 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS LO THE MENAGERIE. [ Dee. 3,

Text-fig. 55,

Grant's Zebra.

(From photographs taken at Abbis Abeba.)

P Z.S. 1901,vol.11.P1.XXX.

Bale & Danielsson L'? lith.

MYRIAPODA FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA .

P. Z.S.1901,vol.11.P1. XXX.

My 4 38

\ . rr ee

Bale & Danielsson L'¢ lith.

MYRIAPODA FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA .

P Z.S.1901,vol. 0. Pl. XXX.

Bale & Danielsson L‘4 lith.

MYRIAPODA FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA

1901.| ON THE MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 505

spots found intermixed. I have also been informed that in the

bales of flat native Zebra-skins lately imported from Abyssinia or

Somaliland, examples of the skins of these two species may be found

in the same bale, showing that they inhabit the same country.

Mr. Selater stated that, on the kind invitation of the President,

he had inspected the fine herd of Prjevalsky’s Horse (Hquus

prjevalskiz) lately received at Woburn through Mr. Carl Hagenbeck.

The herd was 12 in number—5 males and 7 females. Mr. Sclater

was of opinion that Prijevalsky’s Horse was a true wild species

of typical Zquus, with chestnuts on both fore and hind legs, as in

the domestic Horse. The animals at Woburn were all quite young,

apparently yearlings. Mr. Sclater announced that the Council

had arranged with Mr. Hagenbeck for the purchase of a pair of

this animal, which might be expected to arrive in London shortly

after Christmas.

Mr. W. E. de Winton, F.Z.S., exhibited a remarkably large

specimen of the Grey Mullet (Mugil chelo), weighing 12 lbs. and

measuring 2 ft. 74 in. in length, with a girth of 1ft.6in. This

was one of five which were exhibited on a fishmonger’s stall; the

smallest specimen weighed 94 lbs., the largest 14 lbs. They were

said to have been taken in the North Sea.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Myriapods collected during the ‘‘ Skeat Expedition”

to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By F. G. Sincxarr

(formerly F. G. Hearucorr), M.A., F.L.S., Trinity

College, Cambridge.

[Received June 20, 1901.]

(Plates XXX.-XXXII.')

When my friend Mr. Harmer asked me to report on this collection

of Myriapods, I hesitated to undertake the task on account of my

want of experience in species-work. I could not, however, resist

the temptation of making acquaintance with several forms that |

have long wished to examine, so I acceded to his request, and have

found the work most interesting. |

The fact that the places from which the specimens were collected

are all new ground, renders it necessary to describe many forms as

new species ; but where it seemed at all possible to me to do so,

I have described specimens as varieties rather than species, and

this | have done deliberately, because a study of the literature has

' For explanation of the Plates, see p. 532,

506 MR. PF. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 3,

convinced me that our knowledge of the Indo-Australian Myria-

pods is very fragmentary, and does not as yet suffice to allow of a

satisfactory division of the groups into species.

Attems, in his excellent work on the Myriapods collected by

Prof. Kukenthal in the Malay Archipelago, says that im most

Myriapods there is a want of characteristic distinctions confined

to a species, and in this I thoroughly agree with him. The only

species-character which at present seems satisfactory is the form

of the copulatory apparatus. There is, however, much practical

inconvenience in resting too much upon a single character which

is confined to one sex; and our knowledge of the differences

between male and female is at present so imperfect, that it is easy

to see how much confusion may arise. Moreover, we see from

Verhoef’s investigations that there may be considerable variations

in the copulatory apparatus at different ages. Pocock too, in his

work on the Myriapoda of the Mergui Archipelago, has pointed

out that other characteristics vary extremely with age. Under

these circumstances, I rather hope that my descriptions and

figures may be of use to future observers than expect that my

species may prove permanent. The consideration that we can

have no satisfactorily defined species of Indo-Australian Myria-

pods until we have a better acquaintance with their numerous

variations of form, and especially some knowledge of the differ- -

ences due to different ages of individuals, must be my excuse for

extending the present paper to what seems an undue length. It

will be observed that I have described one or two peculiarities that

are evidently individual malformations. Some of the questions

raised by Mr. Bateson’s book on Variation (‘ Materials for the Study

of Variation,’ 1894) seem to me to render any such peculiarities

worth recording, and, so far as | know, very few such have been

noticed by authors.

This collection contains examples of 40 species, of which 16 are

already known, 15 are varieties of known species, and 9 are new.

The Polydesmoidea are the most numerous, and the number of

species of Chilopoda are few. This may be partly due to the

difficulty of capturing the latter. As I know, from personal

experience, it is no easy matter to collect a large and lively

Scolopendra. The manner in which some of them have been

taken is shown by a noose of thin grass round the neck of one

specimen. The way in which another has been taken may be

guessed from the fact that it is completely flattened.

The specimens were collected in the months of May, June,

August, and September at the following places :—

April.

Patalung State.... Koh ha.

Patalung (on shore of *‘ Inland Sea”).

Tapelung.

Patani (District of Patani.

Patani State).

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE * SKEAL EXPEDITION.” 507

May.

Jali (District of

Patani State).

June.

Raman (District of

Patani).

Patani (District of

Patani State).

August.

Kélantan State....

December.

Perak State ......

Examples of the following

Bukit Bésar or Indragiri (mountain,

about 3000 ft.).

Bukit Jali (hills near Biserat).

Gua Gambar (lit. “Image Cave,” in

hills near Biserat).

Keékabu, Bukit Balor.

Gua Glap, or “ Dark Cave,” near

Biserat, Bukit Grib(?).

Gua Tanan.

Kuala Aring.

Gunong Inas(mountain, a little under

6000 ft.).

species were collected at :—

Patalung State...... HOMO ence steven <2s Thyncoproctus proboscideus.

Part sees tanestens Spiroholus sangquineus.

Papelunge’, .. nec +0 Platyrhacus beccarii.

P. subalbus.

P. setosus.

Strongylosoma skeatii.

Spheropeus modighani.

Patani (District of LEE UE ogndnnnbogaea space Spirostreptus sanguineus.

Patani State).

Jala (District of Bukit Besar ....... : Platyrhacus pfeiftere.

Patani State).

Bukit Jal

Strongylosoma nodulosum.

Spirostreptus sangquincus.

Olostigia aculeatum.

Beh reacts Platyrhacus kelantanicus,

P. malaccanus.

P. xanthopus.

Gua Gambar ......... Cambala calva,

Raman (District of Kekabn, Bukit Balor. Scutigera longicornis.

Patani State). Gua Glap

»Bukit Grib(?). Doratonotus cavernicola,

Patant State’ 7.0. Gis cPAWAN vescecets Doratonotus cavernicola,

Kelantan State ...... Kuala Aring ......... Siphonophora longirostris.

Platyrhacus kelantanicus,

Thryropygus javanicus,

T. weberi.

Spirostreptus rubripes.

Otostigma orientale,

O. aculeatum.

Mecistocephalus punctifrons.

Perak State ......... Gunong Inas......... Platyrhacus humberti.

P. marginellus,

Strongylosoma bipunctatum,

S. coarctatum.

Julus birmanus.

Glomeris infuscatus,

Scolopendra aringensis,

Otostiqma orientale.

Scutigera longicornis,

I have used Silvestri’s names for the parts of the under-lip,

thinking them the clearest ar

id most convenient.

508 MR, F. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [Dec. 3,

DIPLOPODA.

Order HELMINTHOMORPHA.

Sub-Order COLOBOGNA'THA.

SIPHONOPHORA LONGIROSTRIS Silvestri. (Plate XXX. figs. 1-3,5.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State. ;

Silvestri’s description is very short, but I think that this species

must be identical with the one from New Guinea described by him,

or, at any rate, very closely allied.

Length 45 mm., width 3mm. Number of somites 93.

Colour red-yellow, shading into pale yellow from the sixth somite

to the head; legs pale yellow.

Head with long, slender, curved beak. Antenne a little longer

than the beak; terminal joint large and rounded, other joints

equal. Antenne and head covered with close-set hairs.

lst teryite curved where it joins the head, broad, about double

the length of the succeeding tergite. Keeled like the others.

Pores situated on the keel. The side below the keel rans straight

down to join the pleure at a fairly sharp angle, thus making the _

shape of the body rather square than cylindrical.

Legs very short and thickly haired ; joints about equal, ending

in a blunt claw.

Anal valves rather small, one sternite behind the anus without

legs and divided by a median longitudinal furrow. Body tapering

very gradually before and behind.

PLATYDESMUS KELANTANICUS, sp.nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 4, 6-9.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

Colour dirty brown; head clear yellow; legs and sterna pale

yellow.

The largest specimen has 79 somites ; length about 50 mm. by

5 mm.

The smallest 77 somites ; length 48 by 43 mm.

Head heart-shaped, small, covered with very fine short hairs.

Antenne (fig. 9) short and thick, nearly equal joints, the second

being a little the longest.

The hypostoma (fig. 8) has the maxille large, inframaxilla

single, large at base, contracting rapidly to a spike-shaped elonga-

tion, which extends almost the whole length of the hypostoma;

galeze small; small cardines; basals normal; maxilla furnished

with a few bristles at the anterior edge.

Mandible with a long slender shaft, then a short movable joint,

then a pectinated terminal portion (see fig. 7) consisting of a row

of bristles supported by a slender shaft which has a ring at some

distance trom the end which looks like a joint, but is, I believe,

immovable.

1901.) MYRIAPODA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 509

lst tergite. Differs much from the others, it is longer than the

head, roughly semicircular in shape, not so broad as the others,

and without keels ; itis covered with large wart-like tubercles and

smaller granules. The larger tubercles are arranged in two groups,

so as to leave a clear space free in the direction of the longitudinal

furrow.

2nd tergite. Prolonged into two keels, which are, however, shorter

than the succeeding ones. Like the first tergite it shows a dis-

position to be tuberculated, as in addition to the two dorsal tubercles

which enclose the dorsal furrow there are a number of smaller

tubercles near the large ones. This arrangement of the tubercles

forms an interesting gradation between the third tergite, smooth

but for the two large dorsal tubercles, and the first tergite with its

two groups of tubercles arranged in the same position as the two

dorsal ones in the other somites.

The remainder of the somites resemble one another closely.

The keels are long and bluntly pointed, the posterior angle being

the most acute; they cover the short legs completely. The shape

of the body rises with a steep slope to the back, where there are

two large tubercles with a wide depressed space between them,

along which there runs a deep longitudinal furrow. Hach tubercle

has a small tubercle projecting from its base (pores?). ‘The bases

of the legs are close together and are attached to a free sternal

plate. Outside the legs are the spiracles, each on a small tubercle.

The median dorsal furrow is continued right up to the tail, and

the dorsal tubercles, though smaller in the last two somites, are

still present.

Sub-Order PotypHSMOIDBEA, Pocock.

Family PotypEsMID®.

Genus Pratyruacts C. Koch.

PLATYRHACUS HUMBBRII, var. noy. (Plate XXX. figs. 10-13, 15.)

Label: “ Gunong Inas, Perak. <A scent of HNC. The palest

coloured of the three largest specimens squirted out fluid from

inter-segmental pores ; all emitted.”

There are three female specimens of this species, all from the

same locality, and differing considerably in size and colour. I have

no doubt that they are a variety of the species described by Pocock

as humberti, but as they do not correspond exactly, I will give a

full description.

Length 107 mm., greatest breadth 14 mm.

Body narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly.

Oolourx very deep chocolate, extreme edges of keels and of anal

plate flavous. Legs and sterna same chocolate-colour but lighter.

Head thickly granular ; shallow frontal furrow ; upper lip with

row of bristles, each proceeding from a small tubercle.

Ist tergite slightly wider than head, the lateral contour of the

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vol. 11. No. XXXIV, 34

510 MR, F. G, SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dee. 3,

latter forming one curve with sides of tergite. Anterior border

nearly straight, sides of tergite rounded ; anterior edge raised

into a ridge along which a row of tubercles is arranged, the

ridge is carried round the side of the tergites ; posterior margin

with eight tubercles arranged in a row; at the lateral margin

there are more tubercles, but flattened and irregular. The

surface of the tergite is covered with smaller tubercles arranged

irregularly, and there is an irregular transverse row of some larger

tubercles.

Qnd tergite is narrow and curved forward and downward, the

edge of the keel being rounded.

3rd tergite does not project so much downward and forward ;

the anterior and lateral margins meet so as to form a fairly acute

point, the posterior margin rounding-oft into the lateral.

4th tergite. Anterior margin nearly straight ; forms a subacute

angle with the lateral, the posterior forming an obtuse angle with

the latter. On this tergite one can see the first beginning of the

basal shoulder.

5ih to 10th tergites: the angle formed by the anterior and

lateral margins becomes gradually more of a right angle.

11th tergite. From the 11th tergite the posterior angle begins

to project, and at the 15th it has the form of a spine.

12th tergite. From the 12th the lateral edge of the keel shows

signs of being lobed.

16th tergite. At this somite the lateral edge of the keel shows five

lobes, which are distinct on the 17th. The last three tergites show

three rows of tubercles; on the 15th the third row becomes con-

fused with the smaller tubercles which cover the surface, but the

two posterior rows may be traced more or less easily up to the

first.

The stigmata repugnatoria are placed nearly in the middle of the

keel at a distance of about 2 diameters from the edge.

The anal plate is rounded posteriorly, and shows six raised longi-

tudinal ridges differing in length and arranged symmetrically.

The sub-anal plate is triangular, and is armed near the apex with

two long papille, each of which bears a long seta. The edges of

the anal valves are not very strongly marked, and have two pairs

of setiferous tubercles near the margins. Outside of the valve are

two more setiferous tubercles, arranged symmetrically with the

internal ones.

Sterna are coriaceous, and without spines or furrows.

At the base of each leg there is one tubercle on the internal

side and two on the external side. In the anterior region of the

body these tubercles (the external ones) show an irregularity of

arrangement ; the two posterior ones are arranged in a straight line

from the base of the leg to the under surface of the keel; the

anterior two are arranged parallel to a line connecting the bases of

the legs.

The iegs and antennee are hairy.

Another specimen is 823 mm. long and 123 mm. broad.

1901, } MYRIAPODA OF THE *‘ SKEAT HXPEDITION,” 511

The third specimen is 874 mm. long and 124-153 mm. broad.

Colour dirty brown on dorsal surface, with semicircular patch of

pale testaceous colour on the dorsal margin of the last eleven

somites (probably due to injury). Legs, antenne, and sterna are

pale testaceous, with some darker markings on the antenne and

legs.

PLATYRHACUS MARGINELLUS Silvestri. (Plate XXX. figs. 14, 17,

18, 20, 22.)

From Gunong Inas, Perak State.

This is probably the species described by Silvestri, and found in

Sumatra; but as his description is very short, it will be better to

give a full account of the animal. The specimens are two, a male

anda female. The latter is considerably the largest.

Colour dark brown, almost black, the extreme edges of the keels

and of the anal sternite being pale; the antenne and legs

yellowish brown, but darker than the edges of the keel, probably

in the living animal they might answer to Silvestri’s description of

“ rufescentibus.”

Length 52 mm.; length of antenne about 5 mm.

mm. | mm.

Breadth of 1st tergite 44-5 {| Breadth of 6th tergite 73

9 2nd ” 6 —63 ” 15th ” 7

da Dea ebsy preeAiEniie a2

i sO A (Be Hh SU Se 0h) BE

é See ge Sees | ait EDEL 579 ae

Head narrow; antenne long; frontal suleus deep, extending

from between the antenne to the margin of the first somite.

lst tergite elliptical in shape, the lateral edges of the somite

extending considerably beyond the sides of the head. Anterior

margin with tuberculate ridge, which extends round a considerable

part of the sides of the tergite. A row of tubercles along the

posterior margin, and two distinct rows across the middle.

Qnd tergite projects hardly at all forward or downward ; anterior,

posterior, and lateral margins distinct; three distinct rows of

tubercles.

The shoulder of the keel quite distinct on the third somite ; in

the ninth the anterior angle is acute, while it is obtuse in the

tenth. The pores lie nearly in the middle of the keel and at a

considerable distance (14 diameters) from the margin.

Edges of keels with a distinct margin. Posterior margin of

keels not clearly serrated before the 15th somite. The posterior

angle forms a very short tooth which does not reach the anterior

surface of the succeeding keel. ‘The anal sternite is much rounded,

and shows little trace of the longitudinal ridges. Sterna smooth.

The copulatory foot of the male shows the two claws opposed

to one another, one being longer than the other. The copulatory

foot is long and slender. The shape of the body is rather convex,

and the keels slightly upturned.

34”

512 MR. PF. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 8,

PLATYRHACUS KELANTANICUS, sp.noy. (Plate XXX. figs. 19, 21,

24, 25, 31.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

Length 80 mm., greatest breadth 12 mm. Length of antenne

8 mmn.; space between antenne 14 mm.

mim. | mm,

Breadth of Ist tergite 8 Breadth of 16th tergite 114

" Ind o.: 4 be 7th «5° 0

Fr ye 11 Fe 1 Sty wiz, 9

i" Ath ,, 12 | e ESE. vgs 7

3 5th, ,, 12 |

As may be seen from the measurements, this Myriapod tapers

abruptly before and behind.

Colour. The colour (in spirit) is very peculiar, being a reddish

brown, almost like brick-dust. In the centre of each prozonite

there is a thick, well-defined, longitudinal black line. This line

does not extend the whole length of the prozonite, but there is

anteriorly a narrow space free from black. In the tergum,

between the keels, the black spreads out into a sort of blotch,

extending from the base of one keel to the base of the other ;

leaving, however, the posterior part of the keel almost free. The _

legs and sterna are the same colour, but lighter.

Head rather narrow; the frontal furrow deep and wide, ex-

tending between the antenne. Upper lip indented in the middle

and armed with six bristles, each arising from a tubercle. Just

above the upper lip is a deep semicircular compression with four

setiferous tubercles on its upper edge. The whole head is rough

and densely granular. The space between the antenne is narrow ;

the antenne are thickly covered with hair; first two joints less

hairy and lighter in colour; end joint blunt and smooth ; frontal

furrow extends back to margin of first tergite.

Ist tergite. Anterior margin rounded, with ridge, along which

are arranged ten very distinct tubercles and more tubercles which

are not distinct, but are mixed up with the smaller tubercles with

which the rest of the tergite is studded. Behind the ridge there

is a depression. The ridge is not carried round the lateral

edges. The posterior margin is furnished with twelve very distinct

tubercles. The margin is rather rounded-off, but there is an

approach to a straight line on the surface that goes to meet the

curve from the anterior margin in a blunt point. On the pro-

zonite between the first and second keels there is a thin black line

which extends from the posterior margin to the anterior.

2nd tergite projects forward and downward. Points of keels

rounded. Kow of twelve distinct tubercles on hinder margin ;

two fairly distinct rows in front of hinder row.

Brd tergite does not project so far forward and downward ;

lateral margin of this tergite straight, making an acute angle with

the anterior margin. Two rows of tubercles can be made out.

4th tergite, Posterior margin of the keel is distinct, making an

1901. ] MYRIAPODA OF 'THE “*SKHAT BXPHDI'TION,” 513

obtuse angle with the lateral margin, which makes an acute angle

with the anterior. ‘There is only one row of tubercles.

dth tergite. First trace of shoulder; keel almost carries on the

slope of the tergum. ‘The keel starts from very high up, so that

the whole surface makes a very gentle curve.

8th tergite. The anterior angle is acute, in the next somite it is

obtuse. The little teeth on the posterior margins of keels are

visible on the 9th somite. On the last two somites the posterior

margin of the tergite is elevated into a ridge. ‘The anal tergite

shows little trace of the longitudinal ridges so conspicuous in some

other species, its margin is also little lobed. The anal valves are

very flat, and are provided with the usual setiferous tubercles.

The sterna are coriaceous and without furrows. ‘The posterior

keels are very slightly bilobed.

PLATYRUACUS: Var. of KELANTANICUS. (Plate XXXI. figs, 32-34,

42, 56.)

From Bukit Jala, Jala District.

Length 83mm. Length of antenne 10 mm.; space between

bases of antennee a little over 1 mm.

mm. nln,

Breadth of lst tergite 7 | Breadth of 8th tergite 123

4 ANG sith LOS | 3 aS irl Maney eI

< BEG phase eLil | “ 14th , Wi

” AES. aye A2 | Pa Ch a 0 0

2 EEE gue, oe Ps ej ae ab

" Gil .., ) 12s 7 5 aaa S

‘i 7th =, 123 i 19th 8

Colour dark chocolate-brown, with broad longitudinal pale stripe

along centre of back, including prozonites and extending on to

first tergite. Keels pale, legs pale, sternites rather darker than

lees, edge of anal plate and antenne pale.

Head rather narrow; space between antenne very narrow.

Upper lip indented in the middle and armed with five bristles. A

depression between the antenne. <A deep semicircular pit just

above the upper lip, with four bristles along the edges. The

frontal furrow does not come to the level of the antenne. The

antennee are long, darker in colour near the end, and densely

covered with short hairs, less densely at the Ist and 2nd joints.

Surface of head covered with small tubercles. Frontal furrow

comes to edge of first tergite.

Ist tergite. Anterior edge straight with ridge followed by furrow,

the ridge bearing twelve tubercles which do not extend to the

angle of the tergite. The posterior margin is straight and bears ten

tubercles ; the margins both anterior and posterior are rounded-

off at the sides to meet in a rounded angle. The width of the

tergite is considerably greater than that of the heud.

2nd tergite. Keels widely open, almost semicircular, ends

projecting forward and downward, ends of keels rounded; two

rows of tubercles distinct.

514 MR, F. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 3,

3rd tergite. Lateral margin of keel a straight line, angle rounded,

keel with a straight narrow margin.

4th tergite. Posterior margin of keel distinct; anterior angle

acute, only slightly rounded.

5th tergite. Anterior angle less acute, first shoulder.

Sth tergite. In this tergite the anterior angle is nearly a right

angle. ‘The teeth on the posterior edge of the keels are first

distinct on the 11th somite; on the anterior they are not distinct

till the 15th. The anal tergite shows four longitudinal ridges,

but they are not very distinct ; the two external ones are only a

thickening of the margin. The end of the plate is rounded and

very indistinctly lobed, edges of anal valves very prominent.

Sterna smooth, but punctated. The tubercles on the external

sides of the bases of the legs have a furrow between them which

runs to the base of the keel.

PLATYRHACUS BECCARII, var. nov. (Plate XXXI. figs. 35, 36,

51, 60.)

From Tapelung, Patalung State.

A variety of the species described by Silvestri as beccarw from

Sumatra.

There are three specimens of different ages forming an inter-

esting series. The oldest is a female, and measures 85 mm.; -

greatest width 11 mm.

Body narrows somewhat abruptly in front of the 4th somite,

more gradually behind.

Colour black in the middle of the body ; keels, legs, and antenne

yellow ; sterna yellow between the legs, darker under the keels.

Head granulated; frontal furrow deep. Space between antenne

5mm. Length of antenne 7 mm.

1st tergite. Anterior and posterior margins straight ; the anterior

with a slight irregularity of the tubercles on the ridge, giving the

appearance of a median indentation. Anterior margin with a

ridge which is not carried round the edge; ridge studded with

tubercles ; posterior margin straight, with row of nine tubercles,

with smaller ones in between. Centre of tergite nearly smooth,

more tuberculous near the edge.

2nd tergite projecting forward and downward, narrow, with

row of ten large tubercles on the posterior edge. Lateral margins

rounded.

ord tergite broader, and not projecting forward and downward

so much; posterior row of tubercles not so marked. Antero-

lateral angle of keel acute, but slightly rounded; postero-lateral

obtuse.

4th tergite hardly points down at all. First beginning of

shoulder.

5th tergite. Shoulder well-marked ; anterior angle hardly acute.

7th tergite. The anterior angle of this tergite is a right angle,

and behind this somite the anterior angle becomes more obtuse and

the posterior more acute.

1901. ] MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘ SKEA BXPEDITION.” 515

12th tergite. The 12th keel has the posterior angle produced into

a spine, though not a long one. The postero-lateral margin of the

keels is finely serrated after the 10th somite.

Anal tergite. The anal tergite is rounded at the posterior edge,

and shows long longitudinal elevations resembling those on the

anal tergite of P. humberti, but differently arranged. They each

end posteriorly in a tubercle, which bears a seta. The edge of the

tergite is indistinctly divided into five lobes.

Sterna. The sterna are non-suleate, and slightly marked with

wrinkle-like elevations. The anal sternite is triangular, with two

long setiferous tubercles; the anal valves have strongly marked

edges, with a single setifcrous tubercle on the edge of each. There

are no setiferous tubercles on the outside of the anal valves.

There is a single tubercle at the base of each leg on the internal

side, and on the external side there are three in a row, the posterior

tubercle being partly divided into two.

2nd specimen. 19 somites. Length 72 mm., width 19 mm.

The teeth on the posterior margin of the keels are visible on

the 8th somite. The lobes on the keels and the marks on the anal

sternite are all more prominent than in the older specimen.

3rd specimen. This specimen has only 18 somites. Length

62 mm., width 84 mm.

Colour clear brown-yellow ; prozonites darker, almost chocolate ;

the colour of the whole body is darker anteriorly. The lobes of

the keels are much more clearly marked, and the rows of tubercles

more distinct. The markings on the anal tergite less ridged, and

more like tubercles. The five lobes of the keels can be traced even

on the 2nd somite. The pore is placed just interior to the second

posterior lobe of the keel (that is, rather more posteriorly than in

the older specimens).

Pruaryreacus prerrrer® Humbert & Saussure. (Plate XXXI.

fies. 37, 44, 45, 48, 50.)

From Bukit Besar, Jali District.

Length 112 mm.

mm. mW.

Width of Ist tergite 93 Width of 16th tergite 153

Sapa gaa 8 op ages Sprit uy Mag

ae ght Raunt ce aerate

es." eae es) eee

os SET © jy 16

Colour black, shading into testaceous at edges of keels and

wargin of anal tergite. Antenne, legs, sterna, and most of the

under surface of the keels chocolate.

Head rough, and covered with small tubercles. rontal furrow

deep, and widening out to a semioval depression between the

antenne. Upper lip with a semicircular depression above it, and

four bristle-bearing tubercles along its edge. Length of antennie

104 mm.

Ist tergite. Anterior margin straight, with ridge but no distinct

516 MR. F, G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 3,

tubercles ; the ridge and whole tergite wrinkled and rough. The

ridge is not produced along the lateral margin. Posterior margin

straight and without a row of tubercles, but, like the anterior

margin, wrinkled and rough. Lateral margins somewhat rounded,

and coming to a blunt point nearer to the anterior than the

posterior margin.

2nd tergite projects downward and forward ; point rounded.

3rd tergite. Lateral margin nearly straight, forming an acute

angle with the anterior and an obtuse with the posterior margin.

4th tergite more square, the anterior angle still rather obtuse.

5th tergite. Lateral margin still forms an acute angle with the

anterior. The keel no longer points downward and forward, the

keel arises high up so that the back is little convex.

6th tergite. The beginning of a shoulder appears.

7th tergite. A distinct shoulder; the antero-lateral angle nearly

square.

The little teeth on the posterior margin of the keel can be

observed in the 9th somite, but do not become conspicuous till the

13th. The posterior margin is never very much prolonged ; it forms

a short tooth but hardly a spine. The edge of the keel never

becomes very distinctly lobed, though a trace of lobes can be

observed in the posterior somites. The anterior angle of the keel

only differs much from a right angle in the last four somites. The -

upper surface of the anal shield is marked with longitudinal ridges,

as in PI. beccarii, but the arrangement is somewhat different. The

sub-anal region shows the six tubercles along the line of the valves,

but only three outside the valves; the absence of the third is

probably an individual variation.

PLATYRHACUS INSULARIS Humbert & Saussure, var. nov. (Plate

XXXI. figs. 40, 41, 47, 52, 53.)

I believe this to be a variety of the species described by these

authors, although it differs considerably from their description.

Length 95 mm. Length of antenne 94; distance between

bases of antenne 2 mm.

mm. mi.

Width of Ist tergite 9 Width of 16th tergite 143

= r= 1 erin ‘ ite twas

- am | S> 12 x gt? nga (6

4th ,, 13 . )

3 Sth ,, 15

Colour dark chocolate-brown, shading into lighter brown on the

edges of the keels. Ends of antennz rather darker than the bases.

The extreme edge of the aaal plate light-coloured. Beneath the

keels, light near the edge, darker on the sides of the body ; sterna

and bases of legs light chocolate-colour ; ends of Jegs darker.

Head covered with small smooth tubercles. Upper lip indented

in the middle, and furnished with a row of six bristles. Just

above the upper lip there is a triangular depression with three

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 517

bristles at the edges. The deep frontal sulcus does not quite

reach to the level of the antenne. Antenne short.

Ist tergite. Anterior margin very slightly indentate, straight, and

furnished with a ridge with tubercles, but the tubercles are not

very prominent or very distinct; the furrow behind the ridge is

carried out into a depression which is bluntly triangular, and

extends to near the middle of the tergite. The posterior margin

is straight with some large tubercles on it, but, as in the anterior

margin, the tubercles are confused and not prominent. The sides

of the tergite are rounded-off so as to make a blunt point nearer

the anterior than the posterior margin. The tergite is about the

saine breadth as the head, the curve of the head being continuous

with that of the tergite.

2nd tergite. Is prolonged downward and forward so as to form

an open V embracing the first tergite ; the ends are rounded so as

to form blunt points. On the posterior margin there is a short

ridge covered with tubercles.

3rd tergite less prolonged forward and backward than the 2nd.

The lateral margin is distinct and makes an acute angle with the

anterior, though the point is rounded-off.

Ath tergite. A trace of shoulder is apparent.

5th tergite. The shoulder is apparent, and the anterior angle is

less acute.

6th tergite. Anterior angle nearly a right angle.

12th tergite. The minute teeth are visible on the posterior

margin of the keel, those on the anterior margin are not visible

distinctly till the 15th. After the 15th the keels begin to be

directed backward, and there is a small tooth on the posterior

angle, but this is never very big.

Anal tergite. The anal tergite shows only four of the longitudinal

ridges in place of the six possessed by most of the other species.

The sterna are smooth, though examination with a lens shows

numerous small granules.

PLATYRHACUS MALACCANUS Peters. (Plate XXXII. figs. 63-65,

68, 87, 38.)

From large cave, Bukit Jala, Jali District.

Two perfect specimens and one broken, all female.

Length 80 mm. Length of antenne 8 mm.; distance between

bases of antennz barely 2 mm.

mim. min,

Width of Ist tergite 8 | Width of 6th tergite 13

x ale: sedi oo AR ak

Z PA apni fue Se

* 4th. ,, 12 13h. 10

“3 7 1] aA Win $8

Colour coftee-brown at edges of keels and anal tergite. Sterna

and legs same colour but lighter.

Head. Upper lip with median indentation, three stiff bristles on

a18 MR. F. G. SINCLAIR ON 'THE [ Dee. 3,

each side of the indented part. Just above the upper lip there is

a roughly triangular depression with four bristles at the edges.

The frontal furrow does not come te the level of the antenne.

The surface of the head is covered with granules and tubercles.

Posteriorly the frontal sulcus comes close to the edge of the 1st

tergite.

lst tergite. Anterior border curved, marginal ridge covered with

tubercles, depression behind it. There are twelve distinct tubercles

on the ridge, towards the sides the tubercles become confused and

indistinct. The tergite is wider than the head. The posterior

margin has eight distinct tubercles; it is slightly indented in the

middle. The marginal ridge does not extend to the sides. The

lateral ‘margins are cut so as to make the shape of the tergite

roughly hexagonal. The whole surface of the tergite is covered

with irregular tubercles. °

2nd tergite widely opened, and not coming much below the

first. Three irregular rows of tubercies can be distinguished.

The ends of the keels are bluntly rounded.

3rd tergite projects less downwards than the 2nd, no regular

rows of tubercles can be distinguished except at the posterior edge,

where there are fourteen tubercles arranged somewhat irregularly.

The lateral edge of the keels begins to be straight instead of

curved,

dth tergite. There are nineteen tubercles on the posterior

margin. Anterior angle still acute. No trace of shoulder.

5th tergile. Shoulder present; auterior angle still acute. The

anterior angle is not quite a right angle till the 8th. The anterior

edge of the keel is very slightly if at all convex; in the 9th the

posterior edge begins to be concave. ‘The first beginning of the

posterior hook is just visible in the 6th somite. The teeth on the

posterior margin are first visible on the 10th, those on the anterior

not till the 13th. The posterior hook is never very pronounced.

The anal sternite is indistinctly 5-lobed ; the longitudinal ridges,

of which only four are present, are not very pronounced. The

sterna are smooth and granulated, without a transverse furrow.

PLATYRHACUS SUBALBUS Pocock.

From Tapelung, Patalung State.

Length 84 mm., greatest width 11 mm.

PLATYRHACUS XANTHOPUS Pocock.

From Bukit Jala, Jala District.

Genus SrronGyLosoma Brandt.

STRONGYLOSOMA NoDULOsUM Attems, var. noy. (Plate XXXII.

fig. 89.)

From Bukit Besar, Jali District, and Kuala Aring, Kelantan

State.

Length 33 mm., width 3 mm.

This species closely resembles the one from Borneo described

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THD “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 519

by Attems under the name nodulosum. There are, however, some

important differences in the Malay specimens.

Colour and shape as in Attems’s description. The furrow

between the pro- and metazonites, which Attems describes as

“deutlich geperlt,” shows no signs of any pearls or tubercles

even under a high power. Neither can I identify the “ kleine

kurze Wiilste” on the pore-bearing segments, though there are

certain pores or marks in the chitinous integument which may

possibly represent them. Neither can I find any sign of the

cross-shaped impression in the ventral plate.

The sub-anal plate has two setiferous tubercles in the same

place as in Platyrhacide and the two pairs of setiferons tubercles

at the sides of the anal valves. The copulatory foot is shown in

the figure.

STRONGYLOSOMA (ORTHOMORPHA) FUSCOCOLLARIS Pocock. (Plate

XXX. fig. 23, and Plate XXXII. fig. 81.)

From Gunong Inas, Perak State. Male.

This specimen is, I think, identical with that from Tenasserim

described by Pocock. The colour is, however, slightly different.

The last joint of the antenne is dark brown ; the head, antenn,

and first tergite yellow-brown ; extreme edge of first tergite pale.

On each somite just above the keel there is a cluster of small

pale spots. The rest of Pocock’s description applies.

SLRONGYLOSOMA BIPUNCIATUM, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. fig. 16,

Plate XXXL. figs. 43, 61, and Plate XXXII. figs. 90, 95.)

From Gunong Inas, Perak State, and Kuala Aring, Kelantan

State.

Length 52 mm., width 6 mm.

Colour of head dark brown, shading into yellow on the upper

lip; under part of head yellow; a patch of yellow just behind

each antenna. Anteune yellow, with the distal parts of the

joints shading into brown ; last joint dark brown.

lst somite dark chocolate-brown, ends of keels and posterior

margin of tergite yellow ; ventral parts yellow.

2nd somite same, but with brown patch on lower ventral part of

keel. Two pale spots on the prozonite.

The 3rd & 4th somites resemble the 2nd. On the 5th the pale

posterior margin is wanting, the chocolate-brown extending to

the edge. On the cylindrical prozonite there are two large pale

spots separated by a dark line. These spots are shaped like the

half of an oval and extend from the anterior margin of the pro-

zonite for about two-thirds of its length; they are visible up to

the 18th somite.

The tail is pale at the posterior end, while at the anterior it

shows a pale band divided by a median longitudinal dark stripe.

At the sides of the anterior end it is chocolate. The ventral

surface of the tail is pale and the anal valves chocolate.

The body tapers anteriorly and posteriorly.

Head. Upper lip with a semicircular indentation, edged with

520 MR. F. G, SINCLAIR ON THU [ Dee. 3,

small tubercles. Surface of head covered with short stiff hairs,

especially towards the upper lip. Frontal furrow deep, reaching

from posterior of head to the level of antenne. Antenne

reaching to 3rd tergite.

lst tergite 2 mm. long by 5 mm. broad. Keels well developed ;

angle sharp, about on a level with the keel. Edges of keel

not so much bent upwards as those of the 2nd somite. The

anterior margin of the keel is rounded-off, following the curve of

the anterior margin of the tergite.

2nd tergite barely 14 mm. long by 54 broad. Keel much

pointed posteriorly, the point reaching to about the middle of

the succeeding somite. Kdge of keel more turned up than in

the first.

3rd § Ath tergites. Length 13 mm., breadth 53. External

edges of keels curve upward; traces of the strong thick margin

appear.

5th tergite. This tergite shows the shape and dimensions of the

remaining ones. Its length is 2 mm. and breadth 6mm. The

contrast between it and the preceding ones is very great.

Keels turned up at the edges and a thick margin on the anterior

border. The tergite is divided by a well-marked transverse

furrow reaching to the bases of the keels.

The pleural keels have the form of a ridge in the first four _

somites ; in the fifth they become a tubercle.

The anal tergite has the form of a truncated cone, with two

very prominent tubercles at the two corners.

The amount of taper towards the tail may be judged from the

following measurements :—

16th tergite . 0... 65. 6 mm.

1 alin iti ra ar enh ie,

|e Aa cpa e848 aa

PU Se eet ee 33 ,,

Sterna smooth ; the basal elevated portion, from which the legs

arise, bas a strongly marked median longitudinal furrow, which is

still apparent in the last somite. The femur is 23 times as long

as the trochanter.

STRONGYLOSOMA SKEATIT, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI. fig. 39, and

Plate XXXII. figs. 96, 97, 100.)

From Tapelung, Patalung State.

Length about 22 mm., breadth 34 mm.

The specimens are difficult to measure, as they are tightly

curled up; I do not, however, think the error is great.

Colour a dark ferruginous brown. Head, Ist somite, and the

greater part of the antennze almost black. Sterna, legs, keels,

and two small circular spots just above the antenne yellow.

The back is ornamented with two pale stripes, which, in the

keeled part of the somite, diverge, so that the posterior ends are

considerably more separated than the anterior. On the cylindrical

1901.) MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 521

part they are parallel. The tail is yellow, with a median band

of the ferruginous ground-colour. The anal valves are dark-

coloured.

Head with indented upper lip; surface covered with short stiff

hairs. Frontal furrow well marked. The small circular pale

spots above the antenne are very conspicuous. Antenne

covered with short fine hairs.

Ist tergite nearly semicircular in shape, very little keel. The

margin is higher than that of the second, which it partly overlaps.

The pale streaks are as clearly marked in the Ist somite as in

the others, but anteriorly they converge and join at the extreme

anterior edge.

2nd tergite has the posterior angle just marked, but not acute

like the 3rd.

3rd tergite. Posterior angle acute and prolonged into a spine.

Plewal keels not much developed, distinguishable on the first

three somites and dying away about the fifth.

There is no abrupt transition between the anterior somites and

the rest of the body, but the sonntes increase gradually in size.

The keels are small, rounded anteriorly, and sharply spiniform

posteriorly. ‘The spine, however, does not surpass more than the

half of the cylindrical part of the next somite. The sternum is

smooth and without furrows in the cylindrical part of the somite,

but has a median longitudinal furrow dividing the bases of the

legs including the last pair. The sub-anal plate and valves have

the usual tubercles and setew. The tail has the form of a trun-

cated cone with two small tubercles at the two posterior corners ;

also two tubercles and sete a little before the end of the tail.

STRONGYLOSOMA COARCTATUM Saussure.

From Gunong Inas, Perak.

STRONGYLOSOMA SETOSUM Pocock.

A young animal with only 19 somites. From Tapelung,

Patalung State.

Genus Doratonotus Pocock.

DoRATONOTUS CAVERNICOLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI, fig. 54, and

Plate XXXII. figs. 69-71, 73, 74, 78, 82.)

From Gua Glaf, dark region of cave, Bukit Grib, Raman Dis-

trict, and from Gua Tanan, Patani State.

Bears a great resemblance to the species described by Pocock

as armatus.

Colour light brownish yellow throughout. Legs, sterna, and

antenne lighter.

The head and antennw-as in Pocock’s species ; the sixth joint

of the antenne is much the longest joint. The maxilli (Silvestri)

of the hypostoma are provided with two long appendices maxil-

lares, each with about six spikes at the end. The external margins

522 MR, F. G, SINCLAIR ON THE (Dee. 3,

ot the keels, including the second, are divided into five clearly

marked lobes, and after the 4th have a high raised tubercle,

resembling a median keel. This keel is divided into three lobes

when viewed from the side, and when looked at from the front

is bifid. These lobes differentiate the species very clearly from

armatus. The last tergite, too, does not project over the tail as

it does in the latter species. The openings of the trachez are on

small tuberculiform elevations just behind the bases of the legs.

I have not been able to distinguish the pores, but have no doubt

that they are as in armatus. The amount of material was too

small to make so full an examination as I should have liked.

Sub-Order Juno1rpErA Pocock.

CAMBALA CALVA Pocock, var. nov. (Plate XXXII. fig. 84.)

From Gua Gambar near Biserat, Jali District.

These specimens differ from the Cambala calva of Pocock in the

absence of “* the one complete and two very short crests above ”

the margin of the first tergite.* The material being abundant, I

was able to take off the first tergite and examine under a high

power, but could not see any crest. The size of the largest

specimen was about 35 mm. by 3}. The specimens were too

much curled to allow of the longitudinal measurements being

very exact.

Number of somites 58. The 2nd and 3rd tergites fully crested,

as described by Pocock. Five crests on dorsal surface between

the two that bear the pores; 16 below them. In all about

23, but the most ventral are hard to make out as they are very

feebly marked. The antenne are situated on a slight elevation

shown in the figure.

TRACHYJULUS CEYLANICUS Humbert, var. nov.

From about 5000 ft., Gunong Inas, Perak State.

The colour differs somewhat from Humbert’s description, as

there is no dark line visible ; also the pore-bearing tubercles are

not black but dark brown. The tubercles forming the ridges

are not so sharp as in his figure, and the ridges on the first

tergite are not quite so strongly marked.

Family SprrostrEerrip®.

Genus Ruyncoprocrus Pocock.

RHYNCOPROCTUS PROBOSCIDEUS Pocock.

From Koh ha, Patalung State.

Genus THYROPYGUS:

THYROPYGUS JAVANICUS Brandt.

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE “ SKBAT EXPEDITION.” Sep

THYROPYGUS WHBERI Pocock, var. noy.

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

The principal differences are in size and colour.

Somites 86. Length 115 mm. by 6 mm.

Colour piceous above, shading into clear yellow on the edge of

the upper lip. Antenne dark yellowish brown, with yellow rings

at the joints. Somites piceous behind, the anterior part being ©

dark greyish yellow. Legs fuscous. Valves black. Labrum

indented, with six pores above the indentation. Eyes separated

by a diameter and a half. Antenne extending to the hind

border of the second tergite. Frontal furrow extending to the

level of the points of the eyes. Collum wide laterally, posterior

angle slightly produced, inferior and anterior border with sulcus.

Two short but deep sulci on the posterior border. Anal ring

produced into a straight, short, blunt point.

SPIROSTREPTUS SANGUINEUS C. Koch.

From Patani District; Bekit Besar, Jali District ; Tapelung,

Patalung State; and Bukit Jala, Jali District.

SPIROSTREPTUS ATERRIMUS Pocock.

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

A larger specimen than Pocock’s. Length 319 mm. by 15 mm.

68 somites.

SPIROSTREPTUS RUBRIPES, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 29, 30.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

Colour black with red legs.

Head. Frontal furrow to level of eyes. Distance between angle

of eyes less than a diameter. Antenne short, the second joint

longest. Eyes about 55. Superior crenulate ridge at back of head.

lst tergite comes to level of 2nd. Three strize on posterior

lateral margin. Anterior margin with ridge and furrow from

level of eyes. Anterior angle obtuse, posterior slightly acate,

posterior edge slightly emarginate. Three pores on upper lip.

In the other somites the strize come close to the pore. The

pore is situated close to the raised (posterior) part of the segment,

which just in front of the pore juts out forwards and is slightly

elevated. The anal tergite is produced into a short blunt point

which does not project beyond the valves and curves downwards,

following the curve of the valves.

This species seems to resemble Uhyropygus inferorun of Silvestri,

but far surpasses it in size and in the number of its somites,

SPINOSTREPTUS DORSO-LINBATUS, Sp. noy. (Plate XXX. fig. 26.)

There are three female specimens of different ages. I shall

describe the smallest first.

Length about 75 mm.

45 somites. Body tapering rather abruptly behind the head.

Colour. Head castaneo-piceous ; 1st somite the same, growing

524 MR. F. G, SINCLAIR ON THE [Dec. 3

lighter towards the inferior angle, where it is almost yellow.

Other somites: in front a greyish yellow, shading into a light

ash-grey as far as the transverse furrow; after that the grey is

darker, becoming almost black posteriorly. This dark grey behind

the furrow is only continued down to the pores. Below the

pores the colour behind the furrow is ferruginous, with a tinge

of grey on the most anterior half. Legs and antenne clear orange-

yellow. There is a fine dorsal median longitudinal line of yellow

along the whole back. End of anal spike and edges of valves

orange-yellow.

Head, Frontal furrow to level of eyes ; five labial pores. Space

between eyes 13 diameters. Antenne long, passing edge of

2nd tergite ; second joint longest, last two shortest.

Ist tergite. Postero-lateral edge striated; five strie. Anterior

edge rounded and distinctly ‘emarginate. Lateral edge very

narrow. Posterior edge straight. Other somites striated to level

of pore. Concentric markings anteriorly. Transverse furrow

well marked.

Anal spike short, sharp, and much upturned.

Specimen with 51 somites. The colouring is not so bright.

The greys are not so dark and the ferruginous yellow is much

more marked, the head especially being almost castaneous. The

antenne are longer, reaching the 4th somite.

Specimen with 53 somites. I believe this to be adult. Length

215mm. by 13mm. The colouring is not so bright as either of

the first two specimens. The head is more black, the anterior

part of the somites is more yellow-grey. The black-grey of the

posterior part of the somite is continued further ventrally.

Behind the posterior part of the somite there is a very narrow

ring of castaneous. The thin line on the back is still apparent,

but is black instead of yellow. The narrowing of the body behind

the head is more apparent. ‘The anal spike is somewhat blunter

though still upturned. The antenne are dark brown, with a pale

yellow ring at the articulations. The legs are clear yellow, with

a black patch on the anterior and posterior aspects of each joint,

extending almost the whole length of the joint. The last joint is

black all round. The effect of this is curious. If a leg is looked

at from behind or from the front, it appears black with yellow

rings at the articulations and the last joint black; when viewed

from the side, it appears altogether yellow with a black top joint.

The antenne reach to the hind edge of the 2nd tergite. The

second joint is the longest, the third longer than the fourth,

the fourth longer than the fifth, and the last two are the shortest.

The ventral grooves reach to the second joint of the legs.

Altogether this Myriapod must resemble Sp. oatesii Pocock

rather closely. The points in which it differs are: the length of

the antennz ; the number of ridges on the Ist tergite, though I

suspect this to bea peculiarity which differs in different individuals ;

the length of the ventral grooves ; and the anal process, which i is

distinctly upturned in this animal. The legs are fairly long, but

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 525

there is one conspicuous seta on the lower surface of each joint as

described in oatesii.

SPIROSTREPTUS ViTTaTUS Pocock. (Plate XXX. figs. 27, 28.)

The colour of this specimen differs from that described by

Pocock, especially in the legs, but the resemblances are so great

that I think it must be regarded as a variety only, and not as a

new species. I shall, however, give a fairly full description, as

the points of difference may seem more considerable to others than

they do to me.

Length 220 mm. by 123 mm. Somites 85.

Colour. Head castaneo-piceous. Ist tergite castaneo-piceous ;

antenne same. Other somites castaneo-piceous behind, paler,

almost ochraceous in front. Anal somite and valves the same

ochraceous colour, with the anal spike darker. Legs dark

castaneous, but lighter than the head.

Head. Nearly smooth, slightly wrinkled below. Labial pores

six, somewhat irregularly placed. Frontal furrow terminating at

level of eyes. Eyes less than 60 but over 50, arranged in seven

trausverse series. Space between eyes a little less than a

diameter. Antenne reaching to end of Ist tergite; second joint

the longest, the:two end-joints slightly shorter than the third and

fourth. LHlevated striated ridge just below the edge of the Ist

tergite; where the frontal furrow joins this ridge, the ridge

projects a little to meet it and is cut away on each side of the

projection so that the margin of the ridge is sinuous in the middle

of the head.

1st tergite. Large and smooth, narrowed laterally, both borders

being distinctly emarginate. The marginal sulcus extends to the

eye; the anterior and posterior angles are rounded. It seems to

me that the posterior angle is a little more rounded than in

Pocock’s figure. On the posterior edge there are three clear

strie and two more indistinct. Other somites with the transverse

furrow very distinct, the portion of the somite behind it being

very slightly higher than in front. Pore just behind the sulcus,

the latter being sinuate at this point. The longitudinal strix

extend nearly but not quite up to the pore. Concentric markings

on the front part of the somite. Ventral grooves small and short.

Anal somite moderate in size, the projection coming to the level

of the valves but not surpassing them. It is marked off from the

rest of the tergite by a distinct constriction.

Legs long ; one seta above and one below the claw; a few hairs

on the lower surface of the joints.

There are five immature specimens of Spirobolus from Gunong

Inas, Perak. It is not possible to determine the species without

a greater knowledge than I possess.

JULUS BIRMANUS Pocock.

Two specimens. I do not think either of them is full-grown.

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1901, Vou. Ll. No. XXXY, 35

526 MR. F. G, SINCLAIR ON THE [Dee. 3,

57 somites. About 40 mm.

Colour in male rather brown than grey, fine line down back.

Head same colour ; antenne same colour; legs yellow.

Immature female lighter in colonr, yellow, with the brown only

showing at the top of the segments. Head and first few somites

darker ; anteune dark.

Head with two pores on forehead. Eyes about seven rows.

Lateral margin of Ist tergite rounded. The rest of Pocock’s

description answers, with the exception of the hinder border of

the tergites, which is not pectinated so far as I can see.

As there is only one male example, I did not feel myself at

liberty to dissect out the copulatory apparatus.

Order ONISCOMORPHA Pocock.

SPHEROPEUS EVANSI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI. fig. 57, and

Plate XXXII. figs. 79, 80, 83, 91.)

Length 40 mm. by 20 mm.

Colour. Head and 1st somite piceous; rest of body piceo-

castaneous on upper part of somites, shading into clear testaceous,

with a green tinge irregularly blotched with black so as to have

the appearance of tortoise-shell. Legs and antenne the same -

ereenish testaceous when seen by transmitted light. When seen

as an opaque object, the hairs with which they are clothed give

them a dull greenish-brown appearance.

Head somewhat conical in shape. On the upper lip there is a

raised, smooth, black plate, cut out in the centre so as to form

a single tooth with a depression on each side (fig. 20a). The

surface of the head is rough, punctuated and covered with

bristles. There is an indentation in the middle of the forehead

where it joins the middle of the 1st tergite. Eyes in a large

round cluster. Antenne with the last joint largest, and a

large punctated pad at the end.

lst tergite smooth, curved, and not surpassing the eyes in

breadth.

2nd tergite large, with straight anterior and posterior borders.

There is a strong ridge on the anterior margin, accentuated from

the level of the eyes, and becoming broader at the base posteriorly

where it forms a broad depression, thickly covered with hairs.

The raised smooth part of the tergite near the lateral extremity

is emarginate and ends in a fairly sharp point. The depressed

extension of the border furrow curves backwards beneath the

2nd tergite.

3rd tergite small and with a lancet-shaped extremity.

4th tergite with the anterior border cut away by a groove or

depression which, like that of the second, is full of hairs, leaving

the smooth part lancet-shaped.

5th tergite. The depression is more cut away so as to leave the

lancet-point directed more backwards. In the 11th it is less cut

away, and the point is rather square and truncated. In the 12th

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE “‘ SKEAT DXPEDITION.” 527

there is no depressed groove ; the terminal plate is large, rounded,

and almost entirely of the peculiar tortoise-shell appearance.

The legs terminate in a strongly formed hook on one side of

the truncated top and a blunt strong spine on the other. Along

the internal side of the tarsal joint, below the hook, there are five

strong spines. The legs are hairy.

Copulatory feet of the male (Pl. XXXII. figs. 79, 91). Posterior

foot: The movable dactylus is long and slender, and composed

of two segments of which the proximal is the longest. There is

a pad beneath the proximal end of the terminal joint and beneath

the distal end of the proximal joint. The immovable dactylus is

broad and thin, not so long as the movable, and narrower at the

proximal end. Anterior foot: Both movable and immovable feet

are single-jointed. The immovable is thin and broad ; the movable

is stout and curved. There is a scft, hairy pad between them.

The vulva of the female consists of two parts on each side, one

heart-shaped (see Pl. XXXI. fig. 57), with a slit from the upper

end to near the middle; the other a short, stout cap. The copu-

latory apparatus seems to show a strong resemblance to that of

Sp. hercules.

SPHEROPEUS UERCULES Brandt.

SPH ZROPHUS MODIGLIANI Silvestri.

The fact of the copulatory feet and vulva corresponding to those

drawn by Silvestri, together with the general resemblance to his

description of the species from Sumatra, suffices to identify the

species ; but as his account of the animal shows some points of

difference from the Malay specimen, I think the latter must be

put down as a new variety.

Length 30 mm. by 16 mm.

Colour castaneous, with slight tinge of green in some lights.

Autenne and legs lighter.

Head broad; upper lip very slightly indented; antenne very

short and thick, with dotted pad at end, punctuated and hairy,

especially on lower parts. Forehead with sinuous indentation

where the edge of the Ist tergite fitsin. Eyes in large circular spot.

1st tergite smooth, not very long; the raised part slopes down

to meet the depressed part at a steep angle. In the middle of the

back of the tergite, where this slope meets the marginal rim at

the sides, there is a flat space between the slope and the marginal

rim. The raised part has the shape of a very blunt lancet at the

sides. The lower depressed part is bounded by the marginal rim.

3rd tergite. The 3rd tergite is very short and ends in a sharp

lancet-point. On the 4th the edge of the lateral extremity is cut

away by the lateral groove. The ventral groove is continued up

to the penultimate tergite. The surface of the grooves is rough

and covered with small tubercles, but is without hairs. The last

tergite is smooth and polished like the others.

Sr #RoPeHUs BxTINCTUS Silvestri. (Plate XXXII. fig. 77.

From Tapelung, Patalung State.

ao*

528 MR. F. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [ Dec. 3,

A much mutilated male specimen.

The correspondence of the copulatory feet with those drawn by

Silvestri establishes the identity of the species. The colour,

however, is different. It is completely black, the legs and antenne

alone having a slight tinge of brown. There is besides no trace

of the five strie described by Silvestri on the 2nd tergite. This

and the last species seem to me to be very closely related.

GLoMERIS INFuSCATA Pocock.

From Gunong Inas, Perak State.

CHTEO POW:

ScOLOPENDRA SUBSPINIPES Haase. (Plate XXXII. figs. 66, 72,

75, 76, 99.)

There can, I think, be no doubt that the specimens belong to

the species subspinipes ; but, as in many of the Myriapods in this

collection, there are small differences which need a description.

Length about 120 mm. by 73 mm.

Colour ochre, shading into faint orange on the underpart of

the head and at the end of the body, and into dark dull green at

the ends of the somites.

Head round, narrowed in front and cut off behind. Antenna

of 20 joints, reaching to the 4th somite. Maxillary coxe with

plates in contact, each with five teeth—two very small, one large

and rounded, another two of medium size and well defined. The

basal projection stout and without teeth. The two dorsal furrows

are discernible on the 3rd somite.

The dorsal plates are margined after the 5th, but the margin is

not strongly marked till the 8th. The pleural appendages have

two sharply distinct spines, but on examination with a higher-

power lens one sees another dark-coloured elevation at the side,

which is an imperfect spine. The projection on the anal femur

has four spines, two sharp and two not much elevated. The

femoral spines are arranged on the internal and under sides of

the femur, the two other sides being without them. They are

arranged in longitudinal rows. Looking at the under surface

and beginning from the outside, one counts 2, then 3, then 3;

then passing to the inside beneath the spur there are 2 and 2.

Besides the ones just desctibed there are nine others. Of these

two are small, two medium-sized, and five large. Both the small

ones show the condition of the pleural appendages possessed by

the specimen just described, viz., more than two spines at the

end. In the case of these small young specimens there are two

large spines and two small ones. In all the larger specimens

there are only two spines. In all of them there are five maxillary

teeth, except in one specimen, where there is another doubtfully

distinguishable. The anal femoral spine also shows in the small

specimens four spines at the end, while in the larger there are

but two. In the larger animals the colour somewhat resembles a

dull ochre or olive-brown, while the first two somites are clearer

1901.] MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘“‘ SKEAD EXPEDITION.” 529

in colour. In the largest the green tinge of the end of the

somites is almost gone. The length of the largest specimen is

130 mm. without the anal legs; the length of the anal legs

25 mm. Smallest specimen 65 mm.; anal legs 15 mm. The

number of spines on the legs varies from five to thirteen; there

are, however, always two in a line beneath the femoral spine,

looking at the animal from above, giving the appearance shown

in Haase’s plate.

SCOLOPENDRA HARDWICKII Haase, var. nov. (Plate XXXII.

figs. 101, 102.)

Two specimens, the structure of which corresponds so closely

with that described by Haase, that they must be put down as a

variety of that species in spite of the great difference in colour.

Colour, A dark copper-colour ail over, a little lighter on the

ventral surface. Claws black,

Head broad and round, narrowed in front. Depression in front

between the eyes, resembling a frontal furrow. Antenne with

19 joints reaching to the 8rd somite. Poison-claws strong,

with rather inconspicuous basal projection which has two small

prominences. Maxillary teeth six, clear and regular. The plates

on which the teeth are placed have a transverse furrow at their

base. The top of the head is slightly punctated. The dorsal

furrow begins from the 3xd somite. The margins of the dorsal

plates begin from the 5th somite and are clear and prominent.

Ventral furrows distinct. The rest of Haase’s description applies,

with the exception of the spine on the first metatarsal of the

preanal legs. I can find no such spine in these specimens.

Also the pleural appendages have two spines at their points.

The length of this specimen is 140 mm. by 12 mm. Anal legs

23 min.

The second specimen is curiously malformed. The przanal leg

on one side has the first two joints about the normal length, but

thin and flat; they are followed by three very short thick joints.

The anal leg on the same side is small and slender, smaller than

any of the other legs and without any spines.

ScOLOPENDRA ARINGENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI. fig. 46, and

Plate XXXII. figs. 67, 85, 86, 93.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

This species bears a great resemblance to Se. meyert Haase, and

I think is closely related to it. The points of difference are, how-

ever, sufficient to make it necessary to describe it as a new species.

Length 80 mm. by 8mm. Anal claws 25, Antenne 20-jointed.

Length of head 7 mm. ; breadth of head 64 mm.

Colour dark olive-green. Head and Ist somite dark brown

with greenish tinge. The middle part of the tergites is rather

brown than green, the green tinge being more apparent on the

edges. The antennz and legs are clear yellow-brown, but the anal

legs are oliye-brown with a green tinge after the first joint. ‘he

sternal plates are oliye-brown.

530 MR. F. G. SINCLAIR ON THE [Dec. 3;

Head smooth, slightly punctated, narrowed in front. Antenne

with?19 joints, extending to 4th somite. Maxillary teeth five on

each plate, distinct. Basal projection with two black protuber-

auces running into one another near the point and a distinct

one near the base, at some distance from the other two. The

maxillary palp with one centre claw and two small spines. The

ventral furrows begin on the 8rd somite, the margins of the

dorsal] plates are distinct on the 8th. The long pleural appendages

have two small spines one above the other, so that when looked

at from above there seems to be a single spur. The anal legs

are long and slender. The femoral spur is long and, like the

pleural appendages, has two spines one above the other. Just

posterior to the spur there is a single spine ; posterior and inferior

to that there is another, and two more on the other side. The

preanal legs are without spines. The anal dorsal plate is 4 mm.

broad and 5 mm. long, with a strong margin and cut away above

the anal femora.

OTOSTIGMA ORIENTALE, var. noy. (Plate XXXI. figs. 49, 55, 58,

59, 62.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State; and Gunong Inas, Perak

State.

This beautiful little Myriapod seems to me to stand between ~

Ot. orientale of Pocock and Ot. nemorenses of Silvestri.

Length 45 mm. by 4mm. Anal legs 21 mm. Head 33 mm.

by 4mm. Anal dorsal plate 24 mm. by 2 mm.

Colour, Head and 1st somite reddish brown with green tinge at

anterior edge of Ist somite and anterior end of head. Other

somites metallic green, except last two somites, which have the

same tinge as head. Legs pale green. Underside of head and

pleural appendages red-brown. Anal legs with first joint pale

green; next joint pale bluish green with dark blue band; 3rd,

4th, ard 5th joints the same ; end joint pale blue-green,

Pizanal with the first two joints pale green; next two pale

bluish green with dark blue band; end joint pale green. Other

legs with dark blue band on last two joints.

Head rather oval in shape, slightly punctated. Antenne

with 21 joints. Maxillary teeth three; two of these are close

tegether, the third more remote. Basal protuberance with five

small distinct teeth. Poison-claws long and thin. Margins of

dorsal plates distinct on %th plate; ventral furrows on 3rd.

Anal dorsal plate with median longitudinal indentation. Pleural

appendages with two spines at the end and one more remote.

Anal legs long and thin; 4 spines in transverse row, then 3,

then 3.

OTOSTIGMA ACULEATUM, var. noy. (Plate XXXI. fig. 38, and

Plate XXXII. figs. 92, 94, 98.)

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

This specimen agrees in many points with Ot. aculeatum of

Haase, but has some differences.

1901.) MYRIAPODA OF THE “‘ §KEAT EXPEDITION.” 531

Length about 50 mm. by 5. Anal legs 25. Head 4 mm. by 43.

Colour. Head and first segment ferruginous; rest dull olive-

brown. Legs very pale, almost white. Pleural appendages

ferruginous. Sterna pale.

Head. Length and breadth almost equal. Surface slightly

punctated. Antenne seventeen joints, reaching to four somites ;

end joints rather large, very distinct and pearl-like. The left-

hand antenna shows an individual malformation. The first four

joints are thick, then the antenna suddenly diminishes in size.

In the right antenna the diminution in size is gradual.

Maxillary teeth. The outside one on each coxal plate is large

and distinct; inside there are two fused and indistinct, and

showing further imperfect division. The basal projection is

indistinctly toothed and somewhat cut away at the base. The

maxilipede shows a ridge edged with bristles from the claw to

halfway up the first joint ; the second joint has a projection on

the underside (Pl. XXXII. fig. 94).

The pleural appendages are long and show three spines at the

end and two some way down. ‘The anal legs have spines

4,5, 1, 5. The last four sternal plates are prolonged in the

middle over the succeeding ones. ‘The differences in the colour

and proportion (great length of the anal legs) and in the arrange-

ment of the spines render it questionable whether this specimen

shonld not be regarded as a separate species.

There are two much younger specimens of the same species

from Tapelung and Bukit Besar. The anal legs of one have a

faint livid tinge at the end; the other has a dark greenish line

down its back.

MECISTOCEPHALUS PUNCTIFRONS Newp.

From Kuala Aring, Kelantan State.

ScuricgEeRiIDs.

ScuTIGERA LONGICORNIS Haase.

Bibliography.

The following is not an exhaustive bibliography, of which there

are several excellent ones in existence, but is merely a list of a

few of the principal works on the subject :—

Arrems. Myriapoden. Abb. Senckenbergischen naturforsch.

Gesellsch., 1897.

Boruman. Myriapoda of North America. Bull. U.S. Nat.

Mus., 1893. ] co

Butter. New Zephronix. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix., 1882.

Haase. Die Indisch-Australischen Myriapoden: Chilopoden,

1887. . ‘

Humpert. Essai sur les Myriapodes de Ceylan, 1865.

Humperr et Savssurp. Description de divers Myriapodes du

Muséum de Vienne: Polydesmides.

Kocu. Neuer Arachniden und Myriapoden, 1865,

Peters. Polydesmi. Kong]. Akad. der Wiss. Berlin, 1864.

532 MN. F. G, SINCLAIR ON THE (Dec. 3,

Pocock. Myriapoda of the Mergui Archipelago, 1887.

Supplement to the same, 1892.

——. Myriapoda of Burmah. Genova, 1893.

——. Chilopoda, Symphyla, and Diplopoda. Max Weber’s

Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederlandische Ost-Indien, 1893.

—. Myriapoda of Burmah: Polydesmoidea. Genova, 1895.

Report on the Millipedes and Centipedes collected by

Dr. Willey in the Solomon Islands, &e., 1898.

Sitvesrri. Chilopodi e Diplopodi della Papuasia. Genova, 1895.

I Diplopodi di Sumatra. Genova, 1895.

——. Diplopodi di Borneo. Genova, 1895.

—. I Diplopodi. Genova, 1896.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuLatE XXX.

Fig. 1. Siphonophora longirostris. Head from side, p. 598.

2. ae . Head and first tergite from above.

os Es Pe Tail from below.

4, Platydesmus kelantanicus. Segments 1, 2, 3, p. 508.

5. Siphonophora longirostris, Leg, p. 508.

6. Platydesmus kelantanicus, . Tail, p. 508.

ie * i Mandible.

8. : Hypostoma.

SP - 55 Antenna.

10, Platyrhacus humberti, var. Head and first tergite, p. 509.

j1. 5 Pe » Front of head.

12. 5 * », Tail from above.

13. ., - » ail from below.

Lae s marginellus, Copulatory foot, p. 511.

15. - humberti. Keel, p. 509.

16. Strongylosoma bipunetatwm. Copulatory foot, p. 519.

7. Platyrhacus margineilus. Head, first and second tergites, p. 511.

18. > aa Tail from below, p. 511.

19. e kelantanicus. Tail from above, p. 512.

20. . marginellus. Sixteenth keel, p. 511.

21. ae kelantanicus. Forehead, p. 512.

22. re marginellus. Tail from above, p. 511.

23. Strongylosoma fuscocollaris, Copulatory foot, p. 519.

24. Platyrhacus kelantanicus. Seventeenth keel, p. 512.

25. oF Head and first tergite.

26. Spirostreptus dorso-lineatus. a. Tail; b. Head, p. 523.

27. me vittatus. Head, p. 525.

28. - - Tail.

29. 3 rubripes. ‘Tail, p. 528.

30. oe a Head.

31. Platyrhacus kelantanicus. Copulatory foot, p. 512.

Prats XXXI.

Fig. 32. Platyrhacus kelantanicus, var. Forehead, p. 513.

33. 5 a5 » Head and first tergite.

34. * be », Seventeenth keel.

35 beccarvii, Head and first tergite, p. 514.

3 or ‘3 Tail from above.

St. a pfeitfere. Forebead, p. 515.

38. Otostigma aculeatum. Anal leg, p. 580.

39. Strongylosoma skeatti. Tail from above, p. 520.

40. Plat, rhacus insularis. Forehead, p. 516.

41. " Head and first tergite.

42, b kelantanicus, var. Copulatory foot, p. 5138,

43. Strongylosoma bipunetatum. Tail from aboye, p- 519.

1901.]

Fig

Fig.

. 44.

45.

MYRIAPODA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 533

Platyrhacus pfeiffere. Tail from above, p. 515.

* Head from above.

”?

. Scolopendra aringensis. Wegs from dorsal, p. 529.

. Platyrhacus insularis, Tail from below, p. 516.

3 preifere. Tail from below, p. 515.

. Ofostiqma orientale. Anal tergite, p. 530.

. Platyrhacus pfeiffere. Seventeenth keel, p. 515.

: becearti. Tail from below, p. 514.

, : : Pe

. insularis. Sixteenth keel, p. 516.

A Tail from above,

”

. Doratonotus cavernicola. Median tubercle from front, p. 521.

. Otostigma orientale. Maxillipede, p. 530.

. Platyrhacus kelantanicus, var. Tail from above, p. 513.

. Spheropeus evansi. Vulva, p. 526.

. Otostigma orientale, Anal leg, p. 530.

Pleural appendage.

” ”

. Platyrhacus beccarii. Fifteenth keel, p. 514.

. Strongylosoma bipunctatum. Head and first tergite, p. 519.

. Otostigma orientale. Poison-claw, basal projection, and maxillary

teeth, p. 530.

Prats XXXIT.

. Platyrhacus malaccanus. Forehead, p. 517.

s > Head and first tergite.

Tail from below.

; Scolopendra subspinipes. Maxillary teeth, p. 528.

aringensis. Femoral appendage, p. 529.

Platyrhacus malaccanus. Tail from below, p. 517.

. Doratonotus cavernicola, Whole animal, p. 521.

+E a First two segments.

Tail.

; Scolopendra subspinipes. Anal legs from below, p. 528.

. Doratonotus cavernicola, Keel, p. 521.

Sterna and spiracles.

: Scolopendra subspinipes. Femoral appendage, p. 528,

Pleural appendage.

” ”

. Spheropeus extinctus. Anterior copulatory foot, p. 527.

. Doratonotus cavernicola, Part of hypostoma (maxilla and maxillary

appendages), p. 521.

. Spheropeus evanst. Anterior copulatory foot, p. 526.

Leg

. Strongylosoma fuscocollarts. Segment showing patch, p. 519.

. Doratonotus cavernicola. Median tubercle from side, p, 521.

. Spheropeus evansi. Front of head, p. 526.

. Cambala calva. Head, p. 522.

5. Scolopendra aringensis. Basal projection and maxillary teeth, p, 529.

7 Maxillipede.

, Platyrhacus malaccanus. Keel, p. 517.

Hexagonal markings of surface magnified.

Strongylosoma nodulosum. Copulatory foot, p. 518.

“A bipunctatum, First three keels from below, showing

leural keels, p. 519.

Pre, wetness evansi. Posterior copulatory foot, p. 526.

. Otostigma aculeatum. Pleural appendage, p. 530.

. Scolopendra aringensis. Pleural appendage, p. 529.

. Otostigma aculeatum. Maxillary teeth and basal projection, p. 530,

. Strongylosoma bipunctatum. ‘Tail from below, p. 519.

Fe skeatii. nd of tail from above, magnified, p, 520.

4. Forehead.

. Otostigma aculeatum. Maxillipede, p. 530.

9. Scolopendra ps i Anal legs

rom above, p. 528.

Strongylosoma skeatti. Head and three tergites from side, p. 520.

Scolopendra hardwickii, Normal anal legs, p. 529.

x - Malformed anal legs.

534 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

2. On the Crustacea collected during the “ Skeat” Expedi-

tion to the Malay Peninsula, together with a Note on

the Genus Acteopsis. By W. FP. Lancuester, M.A.,

King’s College, Cambridge’.

Part L—BRACHYURA, STOMATOPODA, anp MACRURA.

[Received November 15, 1901.]

(Plates XX XIII. & XXXIV’)

Owing to the number of species that are represented, through

the different groups, in the Crustacea collected by the ‘ Skeat ”

Expedition, I have thought it best to divide the account of them

into two parts: the present paper dealing with the groups

mentioned above, the second paper to deal with the remaining

groups—namely, the Anomura, Arthrostraca, and Cirripedia.

The present part deals systematically with 90 species, comprised

in 48 genera, so that the collection may be seen to be very fairly

representative ; though the Oxyrhyncha, among the Brachyura,

are represented but poorly and the Leucosiid group of the

Oxystomata not at all. Of these 90 species, moreover, I have

found it necessary to describe 6 as new—2 among the Brachyura,

4 among the Macrura,—and to refer 2 forms among the Macrura

to new varieties of already-known species. Further, I will note

that 50 of the species were obtained from lecalities on the east

coast of the Peninsula, 29 from the west coast, 5 from localities

on either coast (7. ¢., common to both), and 6 of uncertain locality.

The small number of forms common to both coasts is not surprising ;

from two more closely situated localities, Singapore and Malacca,

I myself only succeeded in obtaining 12 common forms out of

120 species of crabs, and this I believe to be due very largely to

the differing nature of the sea-bottom, currents, &c., in different

parts of the same large area. Not that I wish to give undue promi-

nence to this particular reason: the amount of time spent or the

facilities available in different localities are varying ; and, if I may

judge from my own experience, there is a disposition in the

collector not to overload his probably limited stock of bottles with

specimens he remembers to have already collected elsewhere.

These causes may easily bring it about that the number of

“common ” forms is apparently so small. Notwithstanding this,

however, I am inclined to think that the smallness of the number

is not entirely apparent, but in part real; and what I would point

out is that the value of any collection from a given area would be

greatly enhanced were a species, or better a group of species,

dealt with distributionally, so that each specimen, or group of

specimens, collected might be accompanied by notes on the points

I have mentioned above (7. ¢., all details of habitat), in addition to

the note of simple locality. For,’ besides the broad areas of

distribution that may be peculiar to a species, there are again

? Communicated by Dr. S. F. Harmer, F.Z.S,

? For explanation of the Plates, see p. 574.

P.Z.S. 1901, vol. .Pl. XXXII. .

Edwin Wilson, Cambridge.

CRUSTACEANS FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

PZ.S. 1901, vol. Il. Pl. XXXIV.

Edaia Wiser, Combridge

CRUSTACEANS FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 535

smaller areas within the broad areas, and still smaller areas

(habitats) within these, peculiar to that species; and it is these

smallest, quite local, areas to which attention needs to be directed

in order to elucidate the causes of confinement toa special habitat,

or, on the other hand, to answer the question: Does the same

species adopt the same habitat in different distributional areas ?

1 have already noted (P. Z. S. 1900, “On Crustaceans from

Singapore and Malacca”) how certain Leucosuds were obtained

there from mud which had been found by Adams and White

(‘Samarang’ Crustacea) in the China Sea on a clean sandy or

rocky bottom. Such a difference of habitat is most striking and

seems to me to require explanation: this explanation, however,

ean hardly be arrived at until more data of a similar kind are

forthcoming.

I have taken my measurements of length and breadth in a

similar way to those given in my paper already cited (vide P. ZS.

1900, p. 720). In those cases, however, in which no supraocular

or preocular spine is present (Macrura &c.) 1 have measured from

the upper internal angie of the orbit. The units are in milli-

metres, and the first figure given in each case stands for the breadth.

I. Genus Docuna Leach.

1. Docrpa CANALIFERA Stimpson.

Doclea canalifera, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 217

(1857); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxiv. 2, p. 228 (1896).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A single male ; all the legs absent.

This individual agrees closely with Major Alcock’s description ;

but there are two small points which may be noticed in connection

with it, as neither Major Alcock nor Stimpson make any mention

of them. On the gastric region are “some minute tubercles

followed by a spine.” The number of the tubercles here in front

of the spine is five, of which the two anterior lie transversely close

to each other, exactly at the level of the back of the orbits, each

tubercle corresponding to one of the posteriorly coalesced rostral

spines, the distinction of the two being still indicated at this level.

Besides the oblique line of tubercles on the hepatic region,

moreover, there may be seen three more in front of this line, one

in front of, and the other two (transversely placed) behind, the

level of the first lateral spine.

Dim. 23 x 25°5.

II. Genus Scuizopurys White.

2, Scuizopurys Asppra M.-Edw.

Mithrax aspera, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 820 (1854),

Dione affinis, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 94, pl. xxii. fig. 4 (1839).

Schizophrys aspera, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch, Mus. viii. p. 231,

pl. x. fig. 1 (1872); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 22 (1881).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A female.

536 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

The points of the rostral horns are sharply curved upwards and

inwards in this specimen. A typical form, with a single spinule

at the base of each rostral spine.

Dim. 22x 25.

Breadth taken between bases of penultimate lateral teeth.

III. Genus Hyasrenvus White.

3. HYASTENUS DIACANTHUS de Haan.

Pisa (Navia) diacantha, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 86, pl. xxiv.

fig. 1 (1839).

Hyastenus diacanthus, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 194 (1884);

de Man, Arch. f. Naturg.. li. i. p. 220 (1887); Alcock, Journ. As.

Soc. Bengal, lxiy. 2, p. 210 (1896).

Loc. Trengganu.

A fine female with ova.

Carapace creamy-coloured, splashed with red; two, quite low,

tubercles on the gastric eminence, one in front of the other, and a

very low one, hardly distinct, on the uro-cardiac region. Also

another low tubercle, situate on the anterior branchial region a

little in front of a line joining the epibranchial spine and posterior

gastric tubercle, and lying a little nearer the former than the

latter.

Din, 26°5 x 345.

IV. Genus Micrppa Leach.

4. MICIPPA MASCARENICA Kossmann.

Micippa philyra, Leach, Zool, Mise. iii. p. 16 (1817) (nee J.

philyra, Herbst).

Micippa philyra, var. mascarenica, Kossm. Zool. Ergebn. p. 7,

pl. ii. fig. 2 (1877).

Micippa mascarenica, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xv. p. 7

(1885) ; Lanchester, P. Z.S. Lond. p. 725 (1900).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A full-grown male; of the legs only one chelipede remains.

There are six teeth present behind the postorbital tooth. Mobile

portion of antenna a little less than half the length of the carapace,

second joint just one-quarter breadth of rostrum at its own point of

origin. The single chelipede is quite smooth, except for a few

separate and minute granules on the distal portion of the upper

margin of the arm. The fingers meet along their distal half,

Dim, 24 x 28.

Breadth taken between bases of penultimate lateral teeth.

V. Genus Lamprus Leach.

5. LAMBRUS LONGIMANUS Linn.

Cancer longimanus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1047 (1766).

Lambrus longimanus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p.354 (1834);

Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 20 (1879); Alcock, Journ.

As. Soc. Beng. lxiy. 2, p. 260 (1896).

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 537

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

Two males.

Dimes Ss 25x 35.

6. LAMBRUS LippUS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIII. fig. 1.)

De. ? Amale.

A Lambrus with the walking-legs perfectly smooth, merus and

carpus rounded, propodus flattened. Carapace raised into four

prominences—one on the gastric region, one on the cardiac, and

one on each branchial. The gastric prominence is fattened above;

the cardiac is rather globular, bluntly pointed above; each

branchial forms an oblique ridge with very rounded upper edge.

Each of these prominences is covered with flattened raspberry-like

granules ; and each branchial bears, moreover, a large rounded

tubercle at the middle of its upper edge and a tall pedicled tubercle,

quite smooth, at the hinder portion of its upper edge where the

prominence ends, falling quite abruptly straight down to the

postero-lateral border of the carapace above the base of the third

pair of walking-legs. The depressions between these prominences

are deep, rather smooth, with scattered similar granules. The

rostrum is very prominent, vertically thick, with the tip slightly

deflexed, its upper surface deeply excavate as far back as the

gastric prominence, its sides coarsely wrinkled. Sides of carapace

edged with low raspberry-like tubercles, which are more distinct

behind ; just in front of the middle of the border is a deepish cleft,

which continues on to the carapace as a shallow basin-like hollow.

Pterygostomian regions flattened and smooth, but with a line of

tubercles parallel with, and similar to, those on the antero-lateral

border.

Chelipedes very long, with prominent granular tubercles, of

varying size, on their anterior and posterior borders, and much

lower similar tubercles on their lower borders. Upper surface of

arm with a prominent row of these tubercles, nearer the posterior

margin than the anterior; proximal half of the upper surface of

the hands with a similar row in a similar position, continued

distally, quite suddenly, as a double row of small tubercles.

General upper surface otherwise smooth; general under surface

also smooth, but with more frequent separate tubercles, which tend

to be arranged in longitudinal rows.

Sternal surface with irregularly scattered smooth granules, one

much larger on each side at the base of the chelipedes. Abdomen

with occasional smooth granules and a conical spine on the

penultimate joint.

Dim. 40 x 34.

VI. Genus Cryproropta M.-Edw.

7, Crypropopia rornioata Fabr.

Cancer fornicatus, Fabr, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 453 (1781),

Cryptopodia fornicata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 362

(1834); de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 90, pl. xx. fig. 2 (1839);

Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 37 (1582).

538 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE (Dee. 3,

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

A female with ova. The posterior portion of the upper and

under surfaces of the carapace are covered by an encrusting

Polyzoon, and the tube of a worm is to be seen on the under

surface about the level of the chelipedes.

Dim, 54:5 315.

VIL. Genus Atercatis de Haan.

8. ATERGATIS INTEGERRIMUS Lam.

Cancer inteyerrimus, Lam. Hist. An. sans Vert. v. p. 272 (1818).

Atergatis integerrimus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 45, pl. xiv.

fig. 1 (1839); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. 2, p. 95

(1898).

Loc, Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Four males and a female.

The characters given by Major Alcock as distinguishing this

species from A. dilatatus de Haan are not entirely satisfactory.

I have examined two dried specimens in the Natural History

Museum, however, which exhibited this distinction of characters

very well, excepting that both species possessed comb-like bristles

on the ischia and meri of the legs. Major Alcock’s four examples,

moreover, of A. dilatatus were quite distinct. But in dealing -

with the present individuals, although I can unhesitatingly refer

them to Lamarck’s species, still I find them in some instances

presenting characters referred by Major Alcock to A. dilatatus.

Of these characters two are very well marked. The one is the

presence of the comb-like bristles to which I have referred in the

case of the Natural History Museum specimen, which occurs in

four out of the five individuals; the other is the dense hairiness

of the outer surface of the third maxillipedes, which is found in two

instances, while in two others I should describe this surface as

moderately hairy.

I was able to find only one specimen of A. dilatatus at the

Natural History Museum, judging from which I should say that

the most marked points of difference between the two species were

the much closer pitting of carapace and legs, amounting even to

faint rugosity, and the crowded confluent granules on the sternum

in A, dilatatus; the greater relative breadth of the latter may

also be taken into account. As regards the greater or less defini-

tion of the cardiac region, it may be said that there is a slight

variation in this respect in these examples, though in none is the

region really well defined.

Dim. 6 40x24. § 834x205. 6 33x20. o 305x18°5.

2 41 x 25.

9. ATERGATIS FLORIDUS (Rumph.).

Cancer floridus Rumph., D’Amboin. Rariteitkamer, p. 16, pl. viii.

fig. 5 (1741); de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 46 (1839).

Atergatis floridus, de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 24 (1888); id. Zool.

Jahrb. Syst. viii. p. 498 (1895).

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 539

Loc. One very damaged male, just moulted, from Kelantan.

One male and three females from Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Dim. b 24x345. 2 305x44. 2 288x405. FO 20x28.

Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

10. ATERGATIS RosEUS Riipp.

Carpilius roseus, marginatus, Riipp. Beschreib. 24 Krabben,

p. 13, pl. iil. fig. 3 (1830).

Alergatis roseus, Kossm. Zool. Ergebn. pp. 19-21 (1877);

Lanchester, P. Z. 8S. Lond. p. 730 (1900).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Four males.

These all belong to Kossmann’s variety scrobiculatus. In the

two smallest the white portion is margined with a red line close to

and in line with the external edge of the sides and front; in the

other two this line is present but very faint. In the two smallest

examples the red colour of the carapace is lighter, with a tendency

to cream-yellow.

Dim. 19°5x12. 15x9. 14x7-75. 55x38.

Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

VIII. Genus Cutoroptivs Riipp.

11. Cuxoroptvs nicer Forskil.

Cancer niger, Forsk. Descr. Anim. p. 89 (1775).

Chlorodius niger, de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 32 (1888); id. Zool.

Jahrb. Syst. viii. p. 519 (1895).

Loc. Kelantan.

A male, damaged; only carapace and right chela present.

There are five teeth on the antero-lateral margins, including the

external orbital angle ; the last of these is obtusely spiniform on

the left side, but not on the right.

Dim. 12x 8.

IX. Genus CuLonopoprsis.

12. CHLORODOPSIS MELANOCHIRUS A. M.-Edw.

Chlorodopsis melanochirus, A. M.-Edw. Nouy. Arch. Mus. ix.

p- 228, pl. viii. fig. 5 (1873) ; de Man, Arch. Naturg. liii. i, p. 281

(1887); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 55 (1882).

Loc. Kelantan.

Five males and four females, the latter all bearing ova. They are

in a very broken state, a great many of the legs being missing.

Six of the chelipedes are present, three from the right and three

from the left side, and in these I note the following two points :—

a. The presence, in all, of 4-5 whitish spines on the posterior

border of the arms. ‘These are closely similar to those on the

antero-lateral borders ; they are, however, easily overlooked while

the chelipedes are yet attached to the carapace, both through the

nature of the background and the presence of longish brown hairs

on the border.

b, In only one does the black colour of the fingers extend

540 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE (Dec. 3,

laterally and beneath to the neighbourhood of the carpal articula-

tion; in the others it reaches quite a little way on to the lower

border of the hand.

Dim. 6.10 x 7... fF 1028, Mile) Ol) Kin eee

3 1x5. 2 10x1., PAVzL Sone: ome o.

X. Genus Lepropius A. M.-Edw.

13. Lerropius ExARatus M.-Edw.

Chlorodius exaratus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 402 (1834).

Xantho affinis, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 48, pl. xii. fig. 8

(1839).

Leptodius exaratus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix. p. 222

(1873); de Man, Zool. Jahrb. viii. p. 521 (1895).

Loe. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Two males and a female.

Dim. 6 16x10°%. $6 145x10. 92 10x77.

14, Lepropius cAvIrPes Dana.

Chlorodius cavipes, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 212, pl. xii. fig. 1

(1852); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 34 (1888) ; Alcock, Journ. As.

Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. 2, p, 122 (1898).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male and a small female.

The “ wrinkling ” on the chelipedes in the male tends to the

formation of deepish wide-mouthed pits on the carpus and toa

slight degree on the upper margin of the hand. In the female the

two lobes of the front are much more prominent near the middle

line than at the sides, giving it a cupid’s-bow-shaped appearance ;

the grooves, too, on the sides of the carapace are more marked

than in the male.

Dim. $ 205x135. 9 135x9.

XI. Genus XantuHo Leach.

15. XANTHO scABER Fabr.

Cancer scaber, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 336 (1798).

Xantho scaber, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. p. 890 (1834).

Loc. Kelantan.

One male.

This single individual agrees entirely with the descriptions cited,

so far as they go. The tubercles on the middle regions of the

carapace are smooth and rounded, on the sides and front they

become conical; those on the outer faces of the wrists and hands

are rounded, but larger than those on the middle regions of the

carapace, and pointed tubercles are present on the upper borders

of the carpus and propodus of the walking-legs. The pterygo-

stomian regions are covered with rather flattened granules and are

deeply grooved, the grooves being continuous with those between

the ill-defined lateral teeth ; these latter are four in number, of

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THD ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” a41

which the last is more pointed and more clearly defined than the

others. The carapace and the outer face of the wrists and hands of

the chelipedes are clothed with short bristles between and around

the tubercles, thickly on the chelipedes, but very scantily on the

carapace ; these bristles are also placed rather thickly on the upper

borders of the carpus and propodus of the walking-legs. Other

finer and somewhat longer hairs are scattered over the whole

animal, noticeably on the upper borders of the meropodites of all

the legs. The inner faces of the chelipedes and lower faces of the

legs are quite smooth, except for a few hairs. General colour, in

formol, pinkish red blotched with bluish white.

Dim. 30 x 27.

XII. Genus Errxantuus Heller.

16. Eprxanruvus Frontrais M.-Edw.

Ozius frontalis, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 406 (1834).

Kpixvanthus frontalis, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix. p. 241

(1873); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. 2, p. 185 (1898).

Loc. z

Two males.

Dim. 29°5x18. 205x183.

XIII. Genus Acrumyvs Dana.

17. Acrumnus setirer de Haan.

Cancer (Pilumnus) setifer, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 50, pl. ii.

fig. 3 (1839). f

Actumnus setifer, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. i. p. 287,

pl. xviii. fig. 5 (1865); Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 225 (1854).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male.

Dim, 20x 15.

XIV. Genus Prrumnus Leach.

18. PrrumMyus vesrEerriLio Fabr.

Cancer vespertilio, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 338 (1798).

Pilumnus vespertilio, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 418 (1834) ;

Aleock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixvii. 2, p. 192 (1898).

Loc. Kelantan. ‘Two from Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Twenty males and twenty-four females, one of the latter with

ova.

Dim. 6195x15. gf 24x19 fg 23x17. G18 x 4.

g 13:75x10. ¢10x®% 9220x155. 9 18x13. 2 16x12.

216x115. 2 135x9. 2 with ova 20x 15°5.

19. Prnumnus siurrers de Man.

Pilumnus sluiteri, de Man, Weber’s Zool Ergebn. ii. p. 283,

pl. i. fig. 2 (1892); Alcock, Journ. As, Soc. Bengal, Ixvii, 2, p. 194

(1898).

Proc. Zoon. Soc,—1901, Von. I. No. XXXVI. 36

542 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

Pilumnus forskalii, de Man (nec Edw.), Arch. f. Naturgesch.

lili. p. 295, pl. xii. fig. 1 (1887).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male and a female.

The carpopodites of the last four pairs of legs in these two

individuals have each a shallow, but very distinct, groove on their

upper outer surfaces.

Dim. $ 31x24. 2 30:5x 23°5,

20. PILUMNUS LZVIMANUS Dana.

Pilumnus levimanus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. Crust. i. p. 237,

pl. xiii. fig. 11 (1852); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix. p. 250,

pl. x. fig. 4 (1873); de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. hii. i. p. 301 (1887).

Loc. Kelantan.

A small damaged male.

The right chelipede only is present ; on the proximal half of the

anterior border of the merus are three or four minute, but sharp,

teeth as in P. nitidus, but none on the posterior border, which,

however, terminates in a very blunt low tooth a little before the

carpal articulation. The hairy growth on the proximal portion of

the hand is continued over the joint on to the external surface of

the carpus.

Dim. 55 x 3.

21. Prnumntvs nitipus A. M.-Edw.!

Pilumnus nitidus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix. p. 249,

pl. x. fig. 2 (1873) ; de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. lili. i. p. 305 (1887).

Loc. Kelantan.

A single female, rather damaged.

Besides the granular teeth on its anterior margin, the meri of

the chelipedes bear on their rather sharp posterior margin 4-5

inconspicuous blunt teeth, the most distal of which is sharper and

more prominent than the others, and is placed about 1 mm. behind

the carpal articulation.

Dim. 10x 7°5.

XV. Genus Errpnia Latr.

22, ERIPHIA LEVIMANA, var. SMITHII McLeay.

Eriphia smithii, McL. Annulosa in Smith’s Illustr. Zool. 8. Afr.

p- 69 (1838).

Eriphia levimana, var. smithii, Hilg. Monatsber. Ak. Berlin,

p. 797 (1878); Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 237 (1880).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Seven males and twelve females.

Dim. § 525x38. fg 51x38. 6 51x37. og 49°5x37°5,

? LT have since found that this form should be referred to Dana’s Pseudozius

dispar, with which P. n7tidus is synonymous (vide Calman, Trans. Linn. Soe.

ser. 2, Zool. viii. p. 14, 1900).

1901.) CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘“‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 543

3 47x34. 3g 47x33. ¢ 40x28. 2 60x43°5. 2 58x 42°5.

9 57x43. 9 46x34. 9 438x805. 9 32:5x 23.

Breadth taken is graatest breadth.

XVI. Genus Cymo de Haan.

23. CyMo ANDReOssyI Aud.

Pilumnus ? andreossyi, Audouin, Deser. de Egypte, p. 86, pl. v.

fig. 6 (1815).

Cymo andreossyi, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 22 (1839); Alcock,

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, p. 173 (1898).

Loc. Kelantan.

A female, rather damaged.

Dim. 10x 8°d.

Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

XVII. Genus THatamrra Latr.

24, THALAMITA CRENATA Latr.

Thalamita crenata (Latr.), M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 461

(1834); de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 79 (1888); Lanchester, P. ZS.

1900, p. 748.

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Five males and two females.

The following table serves to show the variation in respect to

the denticulation of the posterior border of the penultimate joint

of the natatory legs :—

3. oe

Mad -dentirMahe Oo ker eee 1 0

Right side only.... 1 1

Denticulate .. 4 Left side only .... | 1

Both sides)... 4. 2 0

The number, position, and size of these denticles is quite

inconstant.

Dim. 6 71x 46. § 68x 45. 3g 63x 40. o 555 x 36.

36 49x32. 9 57x37. 2 55x 35°5.

25. THALAMITA DAN Stimpson.

Phalamita crenata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. i. p. 282,

pl. xvii. fig. 7 (1852).

Thalamita dane, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 37

(1858); de Mau, Mergui Crust. p. 78 (1888).

Thalamita stimpsoni, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 362, pl. xxxv.

fig. 4 (1861).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male of the species and a female of the variety stimpsoni

In the latter the denticulations on the posterior border of the

penultimate joint of the natatory legs are more regular and more

marked, and the lobes at the upper internal angle of the eye are

straighter and more transverse.

Dim. go 39x25. 2 41x 25.

3ou*

544 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. 3,

XVIII. Genus Neprunvs de Haan.

26. NEPTUNUS PELAGICUS Linn.

Cancer pelagicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1042 (1766).

Portunus (Neptunus) pelagicus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 37,

pls. ix., x. (1839).

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan ; Trengganu.

Five males and four females. Of the latter one bears ova, and

in another the presence of a parasite in the left branchial cavity

goes with an abdomen approaching the male in form.

Dim. 8 1215 x 65. 3 98x 53. § 83x455. 83x45.

3 57 x 315. 91005 x 55. 9 125x 68. 9 665 x 37.

2 53x 28.

27. Neprunus (AMPHITRITE) GLADIATOR Fabr.

Portunus gladiator, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 368 (1798).

Lupea gladiator, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 456 (1834).

Neptunus gladiator, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 330 (1861);

de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 70 (1888).

Loc. Trengganu.

A very large male and a small female, in which the swimming-

legs only are present.

In the wale the median teeth of the front are much smaller than -

the submedians, and the lowest external carina on the hand is very

strongly developed, forming an obtuse ridge proximally; the

ridges on the second and third abdominal segments are also very

strong ; in these three points it resembles NV. argentatus White.

In the female the abdominal ridges are moderately prominent, aud

the median frontal teeth, though smaller in size thai, are equal in

length to, the submedians. In both there is a short blunt spine

over the eye as in NV. gladiator, and there are no traces of the

silver sheen found in NV. argentatus. They certainly belong to

N. gladiator Fabr., and it seems very possible that 1. argentatus

White is no more than a variety of this species.

The male bears on the legs, first two abdominal segments, and

the base of the left antenna some pedunculate Cirripedes, all

belonging to the genus Dichelaspis, and comprising two or possibly

three species.

Dim. 3 68x48. 9 23x14.

XIX. Genus Gontosoma A. M.-Edw.

28. GonrosoMA NATATOR Herbst.

Cancer natator, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. p. 156, pl. xl. fig. 1

(1795).

Goniosoma natator, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 370 (1861);

de Man, Arch, f. Naturg. liii. i. p. 334, pl. xiii. fig. 5 (1887).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male, of which the chelipedes are lost.

Tnis individual belongs, without doubt, to Herbst’s species. I

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘“ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 545

may note, however, that the frontal lobes are comparatively sharp,

though still with blunt points, and separated by rather deep wide

fissures—a character apparently correlated with age (vide de Man,

t. c. p. 335).

Dim. 80x 53°5.

29. GontiosoMa orNATUM A. M.-Edw.

Goniosoma ornatum, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 376 (1861);

Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soe. (2) Zool. v. p. 376 (1893).

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

Two males and two females, each with ova.

In one of the females with ova the second antero-lateral tooth

on the left side is very rudimentary, being only one-third the size

of the first and third.

Dim. 6 35x24. f¢ 35x24. 9 32x22. 9 29:5x20.

30. GoniIosoMa AFFINE Dana.

Charyhdis affinis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 286, pl. xvii.

fic. 12 (1852).

Goniosoma affine, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 384 (1861);

de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 80, pl. v. fig. 2 (1888).

Loc. Trengganu.

A male. All the legs absent.

Dim. 21°5x« 145.

31. Gonrosoma cruciFERUM Fubr.

Portunus crucifer, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 364 (1798).

Goninsoma cruciferum, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. p. 371 (1861);

de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 79 (1888)

Loc. Trengganu.

Three males and a female with ova.

Dim. ¢ 110x71. ¢ 40°5x27. ¢ 36x245. 2 90x60.

32. GoNIOSOMA CALLIANASSA A. M.-Edw.

Goniosoma callianassa, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. x. pp. 382, 385

(part.) (1861); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixviii. 2, p. 57

(1899).

Loc. Kota Bharn, Kelantan.

A female with ova.

The last antero-lateral spine is fully twice as long as that in

front of it.

Dim, 22x 16.

XX. Genus Poramon Say.

33. Poramon (PARATHELPHUSA) SINENSE M.-Edw.

Parathelphusa sinensis, M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. vii. p. 172, pl. xiii.

fig. 1 (1854); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soe. (2) Zool. v. p. 386

(18935).

Loe. Singora; Tale Sap.

Thirteen males and four females.

The rostrum projects less beyond the level of the external

546 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [Dec. 3,

orbital angles in the younger individuals, and its margin is a little

straighter.

One individual, from Kampong Pateling, is called, according to

the Jabel on it, by the name “ Ketam Kertak.” ‘ Ketam” is the

ordinary word for crab; I am unable to find a meaning for the

word “ Kertak”’’.

Dim. 3 475 x 89. 3 48x34. fg 43 x 35. fg 335 x 28.

36 27x23. of 205x118. 2 40x34. 940x335. 9 22°5x

19-5.

34. PoraMon (PARATHELPHUSA) IMPROVISUM’, sp. n. (Plate

XXXII. fig. 2.)

Loe. 2

One female.

In this species the carapace is very depressed posteriorly behind

the postfrontal ridge, but in front of this ridge it slopes down

rather steeply towards the frontal and antero-lateral margins.

The actual front, however, is directed nearly horizontally, and

presents a faintly concave upper surface; its anterior margin is

rather sharp and its course sinuous, this latter being due to the

presence of a broad and shallow notch in the median line, and to

the sloping away of its outer angles into the upper orbital borders.

The latter are very slightly swollen, noticeably at their internal

angles, hardly at all at their external angles, where these run into

the extra-orbital teeth; a shallow notch is discernible under the

lens at the middle of the border. The orbits themselves are deep,

their width is a little more than half that of the front, which is,

in turn, one-third of the width of the carapace at its widest point

(viz., between the last epibranchial teeth). The lower orbital

border, seen under the lens, is crenulate, and presents at its inner

angle a distinct tubercular tooth with two rounded heads, which

are placed so that the one lies above the other in the natural

position of the animal, and which are separated by a shallow

groove, the said groove being continued downwards and backwards

nearly to the anterior buccal angles.

The antero-lateral borders are about as long as the front is wide,

or two-thirds the length of the postero-lateral, and are armed with

four teeth, including the extra-orbital. Of these teeth the Ist is

forwardly directed, triangular, blunt, and broad at the base; the

2nd, separated by a very short rounded interval from the Ist, is

the smallest of all, forwardly curved, sharp, and conical; the 3rd,

separated from the 2nd by a slightly greater rounded interval, is

closely similar to the latter, but twice as big ; while the 4th, whose

tip is as far from that of the preceding tooth as the latter is from

the tip of the extra-orbital, is more outwardly directed, its anterior

* “ Kertak,” Mr. Laidlaw informs me, is an orthographical error; the word

should have been written ‘‘ Katak,” meaning ‘‘a frog.” ~

* A similar abbreviated metamorphosis is known for Potamon fluviatile,

a and Trichodactylus (cf. Ortmann, Bronn’s Thierreich, v. 2,

p. 1UU8).

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘‘SKBAT EXPEDITION.” 547

border being only slightly curved, and its posterior border practi-

cally straight and in line with the postero-lateral border of the

carapace ; it is also sharp, and a little smaller than the tooth in

front of it. The postero-lateral border is straight, inwardly

directed, and scored with irregular oblique rugosities, which

extend only the least distance on to the carapace.

The frontal ridge is very prominent and sharp, and composed of

two quite distinct portions: an outer, starting from the last epi-

branchial tooth, and exteuding inwards and slightly forwards, with

a faintly sinuous course, to within 2-3 mm. of the mesogastric

suture; and an inner, lying as far in front of the outer as this

does from the mesogastric suture, and starting internally from the

fore part, here rather deep, of the mesogastric suture, and extending,

faintly crescent-shaped with forwardly directed concavity, to the

level of the external angle of the front, its anterior border shelving

very sharply down to the front.

The surface of the carapace is everywhere punctate, the puncte

being distinct and fairly disparate; the cardiac suture is well

defined, and the gastric region in front of it is slightly tumid, and

a very broad distinct uro-cardial suture is also present. ‘The

mesogastric suture starts at the level of the inner frontal ridges,

and disappears just behind the level of the outer frontal ridges.

The chelipedes are quite smooth, with a small spine near the

distal end of the upper margin of the merus, and a strong spine

at the upper inner angle of the carpus ; the fingers are as long as

the palm, and slightly gaping, with a row of tubercular teeth on

their inner edges, two or three of which are bigger than the rest ;

their tips are somewhat hooked and cross each other.

The four posterior legs present no noteworthy features, ex-

cepting that the meri of all bear a fairly strong spine at the distal

ends of their upper edges, and the carpi carry a ridge along the

middle of their hinder surfaces; in the last pair, however, this

ridge is rounded and inconspicuous.

Special interest attaches to this species from the fact that this

individual carries beneath the abdomen, attached to the swim-

merets, a number (about 100) of young, all of which are fully

formed, 7. é. present the structure of the adult. Such an occurrence

has, I believe, never been observed in any other crab, and it points

to a quite unusual abbreviation of the metamorphosis, though tu

what exact extent it is, at present, impossible to say ; while the

causes of the abbreviation in this case are equally unknown.

Dim. 37 x 215.

35. Poramon (PoTAMONAUTES) SroLIcZzkANUM W.-Mason.

Telphusa stoliczkana, W.-Mason, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. x1. p. 199,

pl. xil. fig. 8 (1871).

Loc. Lacom.

Five females and a smaller male.

I have only to notice that the “baying” of the front is quite

inconsiderable in these specimens, though more apparent in some

548 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

than the others; this, however, appears to be a sexual difference,

as W ood-Mason, in giving dimensions of a male and female respec-

tively, adds “ the greater difference between the length and breadth

in the male specimen is only apparent, being entirely due to the

greater mesial excavation of the front.” I may add, however, that

in this male the front is hardly, if at all, more excavate than in

the females.

Dim. 614°75x12. 9315x235. 9 30°25x 23. 22 929:5x

22°5. Q 28:5 x 22°25.

Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

XXI. Genus Ocypover Fabr.

36. OcypopE CERATOPHTHALMA Pallas.

Cuncer ceratophthalmus, Pal. Spicil. Zool. ix. p. 83, pl. v. fig. 17

iW 9

Koa ceratophthalma, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) x.

p- 379, pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1882).

Loc. Trengganu; Kelantan.

Eight males and four females.

Tn two males of dimensions 27°5 x 23 the ocular styles are from

3-4 mm. in length; but in a female of 27 x 20°5 they are barely

1 mm.

Dim. 3 44x3725. 6 438:5x39. 6 48x39. fg 42538.

3405x465. $385x30. 25 6275x238. 240x35. 235x

SD, 9 21 xX205. 9 20nx 16.

37. OcYPODE CORDIMANA Latr.

Ocypoda cordimana (Latr.), M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. 11. p. 45

(1837); de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. iii. p. 248 (1881); Miers, Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) x. p. 387, pl. xvii. fig. 9 (1882).

Loc. Trengganu; Kelantan.

Three females.

Dim. 2 20x16. 9 18x15. 9 15x12.

38. OcYyPoDE CONVEXA Quoy et Gaimard.

Ocypoda convexa, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. ‘ Uranie,’ Zool. p. 525,

pl. xvil. fig. 2 (1824); Nobili, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, (2)

xx. p. 518 (1900).

Loc. Trengganu.

Four males and four females.

Dr. Nobili has recently (7. ¢.) amplified the original description

of this species; and in order to assure myself of the identity of tlie

present form with that species, I sent examples to Dr. Nobili,

who very kindly compared them for me with the specimens he had

described from Sarawak, and informs me that they are identical.

“The only difference,” he adds, “is that the greater hand is a little

more swollen, and the finger a little shorter, in the specimen ( ¢ )

from Sarawak, which is somewhat smaller.”

One of the females varies in that both the hands are of the same

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 549

size and shape, resembling the smaller chelipedes of the other

individuals, and I will also call attention to the rather noticeable

variation in the relative proportions of length and breadth.

Dimy dG, 26X21... g, 26-25%22.. Gf 275x21. . df lox It.

O 20x21. 9 28°5%21:25., 9 265x20.. 9 2419,

XXII. Genus Uca Leach.

39. Uca ANNULIPES M.-Edw.

Gelasimus annulipes, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 55, pl. xviii.

figs. 10-13 (1837); de Man, Merg. Crust. p. 118, pl. vili. figs. 6-7

(1888).

Loe. Singora; Trengganu.

Thirty-two males and three females.

Of the males sixteen have the large chela on the right side, and

the other sixteen on the left.

Din "SFO US. os VEST! O17 R10. | 1 dS ISS 10,

6165 %97 |. 9-1295% 8.» 9:115%7. 2 ELases:

40. Uca Terraconon ? Herbst.

Cancer tetragonon, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. i. p. 257, pl. xx.

fig. 110 (1790).

Gelasimus tetragonon, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) xviii. p. 147,

pl. iti. fig. 9 (1852); Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 143,

pl. ix. fig. 11 (1880).

Loc. Trengganu.

A single female, which I refer rather doubtfully to this species.

Dim. 17:5 x 12.

XXIII. Genus Varuna M.-Edw.

41. Varuna Lirrprata Fabr.

Cancer litteratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 342 (1798).

Varuna litterata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 95 (1837) ;

Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 103 (1852).

Loc. Kota Bbharu, Kelantan.

Two males and a female.

Din. g 205x195. f 215x221. Y 26°5 x 255.

XXIV. Genus Grarsus Lam.

42, Grapsus stricosus Herbst.

Cancer strigosus, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. iii. p. 55, pl. xvii.

fig. 7 (1799).

Grapsus strigosus, A. M.-Edw. Nouy. Arch, Mus. ix. p. 286

(1873); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 97 (1882).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Five males and a female.

Dim. 649x435. fo 41x37. 6 805xK28. fo 24x 21°65.

9 45x 40.

550 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [Dec. 3,

XXY. Genus Metroroeraprsus M.-Edw.

43. MpropoGRAPSUS MACULATUS M.-Edw.

Metopograpsus maculatus, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) xx. p. 165

(1853); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 145, pl. x. figs. 1-3 (1588).

Loc, Singora.

A single male, which accords in all points with Dr. de Man’s

description.

Dim. 27 x 22.

Width of front 18 mm.

XXVI. Gents SusaRrMA Say.

44, SusarmMa (SESARMA) LAFONDII Jacq. et Lucas.

Sesarma lafondii, Jacq. et Luc. Voy. Péle Sud, Crust. p. 70,

pl. vi. fig. 4 (Hombron et Jacq. t. iii.) (1853) ; de Man, Zool. Jahrb.

Syst. ii. p. 639 (1887).

Loc. Singora.

A female.

Dim. 28 x 25.

45, SusarMa (PARASESARMA) QUADRATA Fabr.

Cancer quadratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 341 (1798).

Sesarma aspera, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 169 (1883).

Sesarma quadrata, id. Weber's Zool. Erg. v. 2, p. 828 (1892) ;

id. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. ix. p. 182 (1897).

Loc. Trengganu.

One male and two females.

The pectinated ridges are less developed in the females, and

without black tips to the teeth. In the larger female, of which

only the right chelipede is present, the tubercles on the finger are

rather worn, and seem, in consequence, a little more confluent than

usual; they are 11-12 in number, the first two at the base of the

finger being very small. The carapace, moreover, in this individual

has a generally smoother aspect than in the other two, due to the

relative scantiness of the small hairs, notably on the fore part of

the carapace.

(N.B.—In regard to the wearing of the tubercles in the female,

compare de Man, Zool. Jahrb. ix. p. 183.)

Dim. g 16x12. 9 16x13. 9 15x11.

46. SesARMA (GEOSESARMA) MACULATA de Man.

Sesarma maculata, de Man, Weber’s Zool. Erg. v. 2, p. 347,

pl. xxi. fig. 19 (1892).

Loc. Lacom.

Four males and two females, one of the latter with ova. I have

little to add to Dr. de Man’s very complete description. One of

the larger males only shows ten sharp tubercles on the upper

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 551

margin of the movable finger of the right side (that on the left

being absent); the other has only seven on each side. In the two

smaller males these tubercles are very indistinct, and I can only

discern stx or, perhaps, seven. In cases where these teeth number

less thau ten, they occur on the proximal half, and cease at the

middle, of the finger.

Dr. de Man has noted the presence of fewer tubercles in the

female, and the two females here present accord with this feature.

Further I note that the dark spots described as occurring on the

chelipedes are present also on the abdomen and uncovered surface

of the sternum; in the female they even extend, on the sternum,

a little way under cover of the abdomen.

As regards the ova, I am able to confirm Dr. de Man’s reference

of the species to his subgenus Geosesarma; the eggs are few in

number (30-40) and rather large, being a trifle more than 1 mm. in

diameter. They tend to a coloration such that one hemisphere is

white, the other brown.

Dini, dG 115.¢11-755)\, nd 1030. Setar) cies

@ with ova 11x11°25. 9 9°75 x 9-75.

XXVII. Genus PINNOTHERES.

47. PrInnorHEneEs socius. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 3.)

Cf. Pinnotheres cardi, Birger, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. viii. p. 367,

pi. ix. fig. 4, pl. x. fig. 4 (1895).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

One female with ova.

I find the following note in the bottle with this specimen:

“This little crab was found inside the infra-branchial chamber of

a bivalve, the mantle of which fuses in the mid-ventral line.”

Cephalothorax, chelipedes, and legs in all respects as in P. cardiz,

except that the posterior border of the cephalothorax is faintly

hollowed. But the external maxillipedes differ in (a) their much

narrower meral joint and (6) the hollowing of the distal extremity

of the propodus (vide fig. 3).

XXVIII. Genus Marvuta Fabr.

48. Marura vicrrix Fabr.

Matuta victor, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 369 (1798).

Matuta victriv, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. i. p. 243,

pl. xxxix. figs. 1-3 (1877).

Matuta victor, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixy. 2, p. 160

(1896).

Loc, Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Fourteen males and eleven females.

Of the males, one (dim. = 29°5x 27) shows the female cha-

racteristic pointed out by Major Alcock (¢. ¢.), viz. a more

552 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. 3,

prominent ridging in the case of the second than of the third

segment of the abdomen. One female carries a stalked cirripede,

of the genus Dichelaspis, on the carapace just behind the front.

Dim. 3g 49x45. 3 485x40. § 39x36. o¢ 39x36.

$35 x 325. $295x27. 935x32°25. 935x325. 933°5~x

B15, «2 30.% 28. -2 29x 27-75) 9 22x26

49, Matura BANxKSII Leach.

Matuta banksii, Leach, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 14 (1817); Miers,

Trans. Linn. Soe. (2) Zool. i. p. 245, pl. xl. figs. 1-2 (1877); Lan-

chester, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 762.

Matuta picta, Hess. Arch. f. Naturg. xxxi. p. 158 (1865).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Seven males and nine females.

I have already (¢. ¢. supra) noted the absence, in some females

of this species from Malacca, of the crimson patches on the Ist,

2nd, and 4th pairs of ambulatory legs. Here, too, they are

absent in the females; but yellow patches, more or less distinct,

may be seen in the same positions ; so that it seems possible that

the crimson coloration fades in spirit more readily, for some

reason, in the females than in the males. One of the females

shows the reticulate markings, characteristic of M. picta Hess.,

very clearly; there is a slight tendency in another female and a male ~

to reticulation anteriorly. The strongly reticulated female has

the six tubercles on the carapace more rounded and obscure; the

others, too, show variation in a similar direction of this character.

The front J. should still describe (vide t. ¢.) as distinctly emar-

ginate.

Major Alcock has identified MW. picta, in his synonymy of

M. banksii, with the latter species (J. A. S. B. Ixv. 2, p. 158).

Dr. de Man (Notes Levd, Mus. iii. 1881, p. 116) has noted the

close similarity of the two species, apart from their coloration,

and has further mentioned the still closer similarity of female

M. picta with female M. banksii ; and Dr. Nobili considers VW. picta

as a variety of M. banks (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova,

xx. p. 251, 1899).

From what these authors have remarked with respect to the

markings of the carapace, it is evident that they are variable—

simple spots, groups of two or three spots, spots arranged in curved

lines, and so to definite reticulations. And the crimson patches

on the legs, which seem to be characteristic of M. banksii, are

also variable, the variation, however, being apparently confined

to the females, and perhaps not extending further than a relatively

readier solubility of the pigment under certain conditions—that,

at least, is as far as the evidence goes. I do not know how far

the sharpness or obtuseness of the fourth spine on the outer ridge

of the hand is a definite character (vide de Man, #. c. p. 116 and

p- 120); but the relative length of this spine to the second, and

consequently its own relative obtuseness, is distinctly different

in the different individuals of this series.

1901.) CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 553

For these reasons, then, I have included MW. picta uuder VM. banksii,

following Major Alcock and Dr. Nobili.

LI should add that there is a marked tendency of the epibran-

chial spines in these specimens to be bent slightly backwards in

their outer third.

3 31x 29°75. 3 30°5 x 29°75. 2 31x30. 9 31x 295.

9 29x28. 9 28x27. 9 26°75x25°5. 919x185.

XXIX. Genus Dorrpre Latr.

50. Dorippe porsrres Linn.

Cancer dorsipes, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) i. 2, p. 1053 (1766).

Dorippe quadridens, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 121, pl. xxxi.

fig. 3 (1839).

Dorippe dorsipes, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixy. 2, p. 277

(1896).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Two males and a female.

Dim. 6 24x25. 245 22-75. 9 1615.

51. Dortpre Faccuino Herbst.

Cancer facchino, Herbst, Naturg. d. Krab. i. 6, p. 190, pl. x1.

fig. 68 (1785).

Dorippe sima, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 157, pl. xx.

fig. 11 (1837).

Dorippe facchino, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxv. 2, p. 278

(1896); Lanch. P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 768.

Loc. Patani.

A small male.

This individual bears a small anemone on its back with a bi-

valve shell and ? Gastropod operculum interposed (cf. Lanch. t. ¢.

p- 769).

Dim. 11x 8°5.

XXX. Genus Seuirna Fabr.

52. SQUILLA RAPHIDEA Fabr.

Squilla raphidea, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 416 (1798).

Squilla harpax, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 222, pl. li. fig. 1

(1839).

Singora; Kota Bharu.

Two males; length 10 in, and 6 in,

53. SQUILLA NEPA Latr.

Squilla nepa, Latr. Encyel. Méth, x. p. 471 (1825); Miers, Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 25 (1850).

Patani; Trengganu; Kota Bharu.

Numerous examples, from 3-4 in. in length.

554 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

54. Squinta scorpio Latr.

Squilla scorpio, Latr. Encycl. Méth. x. p. 471 (1825).

Patani ? or Trengganu ?

A male and a female; length about 3 in.

XXXII. Genus Lystosgurnta Dana.

55. LyYSIOSQUILLA SPINOSA W.-Mason.

Lysiosquilla spinosa, W.-Mason, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,

p- 222 (1875); Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 12, pl. i.

figs. 10-12 (1880).

Squilla indefensa, Kirk, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ii. p. 466

(1878).

Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Five young specimens ; length about ? in.

These small individuals seem to belong to this species; the form

of the telson is quite in accordance with Mr. Miers’s description,

There are from twelve to fourteen spines on the dactyls of the

raptorial claws ; and a minute spine on the posterior part of the

base of each of the last three thoracic legs,

Exposed thoracic and abdominal segments suffused with rosy-red,

aggregated on the posterior segment into minute red spots; —

raptorial limbs with black spots; body with black spots, lying

superficially to the red coloration and tending to mass at the

postero-lateral angles of the abdomen ; they form, in particular,

two conspicuous black marks on the telson just over the sub-

median marginal spines. The gut appears through the body-wall,

in three individuals, as a median black line.

XXXII. Genus Cunoripenua Miers.

56. CHLORIDELLA CHLORIDA Brooks.

Squilla chlorida, Brooks, ‘ Challenger ’ Stomatopoda, p. 40, pl. ii.

figs. 1-5 (1886).

Kelantan.

A male; length about 3 in.

I note the presence in this specimen of submedian carine on all

the abdominal segments, fainter on the front segments than on

those behind, those of the sixth ending in a small sharp spine; the

inner margin of the inner spine of the ventral prolongation of the

uropods carries seven, instead of four or five, spines ; the tubercles

on the telson are clearly arranged in three curved rows on each

side of the dorsal median carina; the carapace bears a very faint

median carina. I will also add that the penultimate joint of the

exopodite of the uropods bears on its outer margin seven strongly

curved spines, of which the most distal is about twice as long as

the others.

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT DXPEDITION.” 555

XXXIII. Genus Gonopactrytus Latr.

57. GONODACTYLUS CHIRAGRA Fabr.

Squilla chiragra, Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 513 (1793).

Gonodactylus chiragra, Latr. Encvel. Meth. x. p. 473 (1825) ;

Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 118 (1880); Borradaile,

P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 34.

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang ; Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

A male and two females from Palau Bidan; four males and

seven females from Kelantan. A single male of the var. smith

Pocock from Kelantan.

Although the general colour of the latter has been much darkened

by the formol in which these specimens were preserved, it is still

guite possible to discern the five dark spots on the sides of the

abdomen that Borradaile has noted in his examples of var. smithii,

Length: ¢ 2} in., 2 44 in., Q 2? in., the smaller examples

ranging from 3 to 1 in.

58. GONODACTYLUS CULTRIFER White.

Gonodactylus cultrifer, White, P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 96 (Annulosa),

pl. xvi. fig. 1; Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 117 (1880).

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

A male without the raptorial limbs. Length 4} in.

I may note that the rostrum does not nearly reach the base of

the eye-peduncles as it appears to do in White’s figure. Further,

the number of spines on the outer edge of the penultimate joint

of the exopodite of the uropods is eight ; White’s figure represents

eight only, but both he and Mr. Miers give the number as nine in

the text.

The submedian spines of the telson consist of a short, fixed, basal

portion bearing a slightly longer movable spine.

XXXIV. Genus Gesropsis A. M.-Edw.

59. GEBIOPSIS INTERMEDIA de Man.

Gebiopsis intermedia, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 256 (1888).

Loc, Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Numerous examples; ranging from 42 mm. in length down-

wards. The long hairs on the lower margins of the meropodites

of the first two pairs of legs would appear to act as a sifting

(? sensory and selecting) apparatus for food; for if these legs be

thrust somewhat forwards and at the same time flexed upwards at

the mero-carpal joint, these hairs will be found to form a complete

guard to the buccal cavity.

XXXV. Genus CALIIANASSA.

60. CALLIANASSA SECURA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 2.)

Loe. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

556 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE { Dee. 3,

A female.

This species is closely related to C. pachydactyla A. M.-Edw.

(cf. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. vi. p. 86, pl. 1. fig. 1), while presenting

at the same time several differences which clearly mark it off as a

distinct species. It resembles that species chiefly by the extreme

shortness of the carpal joint in the Ist pair, and the general

smoothness of surface in that pair, and, as well, in the fairly

strong development of the telson; but differs notably in the fact

that the external maxillipedes are even more pediform, and that the

merus of the lst pairis quite unarmed, no trace of denticulation

being found anywhere on the leg.

The rostrum and eyes are as in C. pachydactyla, though the point

of the rostrum appears blunter in our species.

The eyes reach beyond the middle of the 1st antennular joint ;

the 3rd joint of the antennular peduncles is barely twice as long as

the 2nd, and their flagella 2-3 times as long as the 3rd joint and

about two-thirds the length of the carapace.

In the antennal peduncles, the 3rd joint is twice as long as the

2nd, and the latter twice as long as the 1st; the flagellum is a

little longer than the carapace. The 3rd maxillipedes are pediform,

the carpal joint alone being slightly dilated; the ischium is

regularly and evenly denticulated on its inner edge ; the denti-

culations being very small and best seen with a lens. :

The larger chelipede is entirely smooth, except for a well-marked

line of hairs on the inner upper edge of the hand and dactyl, a few

more scattered hairs on their under edge and outer surface, the

coarse denticulation of the fingers, on each of which one tooth is

more prominent than the rest, anda very short, bluntly 3-toothed,

forwardly directed ridge on the under distal angle of the carpus.

The ischium and merus are the same length (4 min.); the ischium

long and narrow, the merus broad and swollen, with a very blunt,

but still distinct, ridge on its outer surface. The carpus is much

shorter than the palm (carpus 1°75-2 mm., palm 5 mm.), but of

nearly the same depth vertically, = 3 mm.; the fingers are a littie

shorter than the palm, = 4mm. In the smaller chelipede, which

is longer and slender, the carpus is 3 mm. long, the palm 4 mm.,

and the fingers 2 mm.; this appendage also is quite smooth. The

2nd pair are as in C. pachydactyla ; in the 3rd pair, however, the

posterior edge of the propodite is not scooped out as in that species,

rather the joint is barrel-shaped (see fig. 2).

Of the abdominal segments, the 1st is the shortest, the 2nd and

3rd the longest, equal or nearly so, the 4th, 5th, and 6th a little

shorter than those preceding; the telson is the same length as the

1st abdominal segment, rounded and smooth above, and somewhat

shorter than the uropods, the inner joints of which bear a longi-

tudinal ridge down the middle of their upper surfaces.

From C. amboinensis de Man (cf. Arch. f. Naturg. liii. i. p. 480,

pl. xx. fig. 4), which is, again, a closely allied species, C. secura

differs: (@)in its much shorter carpus; (4) in the much shorter 3rd

joint of the antennular peduncle ; (¢) in the ridged surface of the

1901. ] CRUSLACEA OF THE ‘ SKEAT BXPEDITION.” D9T*

inner uropodal joint. It resembles it in the general smoothness of

the chelipedes, the length of the telson, and apparently the shape

of the propodite of the 3rd pair of legs (¢. c. p. 482, “ Das vorletzte

Glied des dritten Fusspaarer ist oval.”)

Length of animal 31:5 mm.; length of carapace 7°25 mm.

XXXVI. Genus Arcrus Dana.

61. ARcTUS TUBERCULATUS Sp. Bate.

Arctus tuberculatus, Sp. Bate, ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 70,

pl. x. figs. 1-2 (1888). ,

Loe. Kelantan.

A male and a female, quite agreeing in general with the original

description and figure ; but the following points may be noted :—

The tubercle on the 3rd abdominal segment is not quite so clearly

separated from its base as it is in Spence Bate’s figure; the coxal

plates of abdominal segments 3-5 bear a low ridge, lying trans-

versely to the long axis of the body—this is found down the middle

of the plate in segment 5, but in the anterior half in segments 3-4,

and divides an anterior smooth from a posterior, short-hairy,

surface. The smooth anterior surface plays under the posterior

surface of the preceding segment, and the ridge determines the limit

within which this play is possible in complete flexion of the tail.

In the 2nd abdominal segment this ridge is represented by a short

line of low tubercles, and the whole surface is hairy.

XXXVII. Genus Tuenus Leach.

62. THENUS ORIENTALIS Fabr.

Scyllarus orientalis, Fabr. Eut. Syst., Suppl. p. 399 (1798) ;

Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. 11. p. 286 (1837).

Loc. Kelantan; Trengganu.

Two males and a female; all three are infested with a stalked

Cirripede on the mouth-parts, notably on the exopodites of the 2nd

maxillipedes. This Cirripede belongs to the genus Dichelaspis, and

will be described, as a new species of that genus, in the second

part of this paper.

Length: g 134 mm., ¢ 120 mm., 2 104 mm.

XXXVIII. Genus Senex Pfeffer.

63, SENEX ORNALTUS Fabr., var. nov, LEVIS.

Cf. Senex ornatus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi. p. 34 (1592).

Loc. Singora. ji

One full-grown male, just over | foot in length.

Although undoubtedly referable to this species, this specimen

presents such well-marked differences that I have thought it worth

while detailing them and attaching a varietal name thereto. . The

amount of variation in the species of this genus is evidently very

Proc, Zoon. Soc,—1901, Von, LI, No. XXXVIL. 37

558 ME, W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [Dec. 3,

cousiderable, and it is therefore difficult to satisfactorily determine

the value of differences such as occur, as in the present instance,

in a single individual. But where the points of difference are as

distinctive as they are here, it does seem to me justifiable to put

forward a provisional name, rather as an expression of the

occurrence of such variations, than as a definite opinion on the

constancy of these variations. or, after having served the purpose

of calling the attention of future systematists to the variation

noted, the name may readily be dropped or retained according to

the results arrived at by the study of more ample material.

Most noticeable, then, in this specimen is the smoothness of the

carapace, a smoothness due to the general absence of teeth thereon ;

such teeth as are present are placed as follows :—'l'wo large supra-

orbitals, each with a smaller tooth, about one-quarter the size, close

behind at the base; behind these again are six teeth, quite rudi-

inentary, forming the angular points of three contiguous transverse

squares on the slightly swollen gastric region, Four transverse

teeth, just behind the broad and deep cervical suture, in pairs,

i.e. two close together on each side. Two strong teeth, one-third

size of supraorbitals, on the anterior margin of the carapace on

each side, above and below the attachment of the first antenne ;

behind the lower of these there is a small tooth on the carapace,

and behind and above the upper of these, and a little further

back on the carapace, another small tooth, Posterior to these

is an oblique furrow formed by a lateral extension of the cervical

suture, which is continued downwards and then forwards to a point

just below the antero-lateral angle of the carapace, and is here

very deep. On the oblique posterior border of this furrow may be

seen two small teeth some distance apart.

The abdominal segments are quite smooth, except for some

strong puncte, the first segment only bears a furrow, broad and

shallow, with faint traces of hairs. The telson is marked, as

customary in the group, with thick longitudinal ridgings, like the

rays of a fish’s fin, in its distal two-thirds; anterior to this are

many small horny spinules arranged in the arc of a circle, the

circumferential portion of which is delimited by a white line. The

uropods are armed with horny spinules on the posterior margin of

their proximal joints; and small closely-set horny spinules are

ranged also along the posterior margin of the sixth abdominal

segment,

As regards the colour (in formol) it may be noted that the

general basis is white, on the carapace, with regular brown patches,

which are again marbled with white. Down the middle aud on

each side the white basis forms three distinct white stripes ; these

are parallel and do not form a W asin S. demani Borrad. (vide

Willey’s Zool. Res. iv. p. 418, and S. polyphagus Ortmann, Semon’s

* Forschungsreise,’ vy. p. 19). The general basis of the abdomen isa

somewhat deeper white; the furrow of the first segment is brown

marbled with white; the hind borders of segments 1-4 have a

broad brown band with two narrow white bands which are nearly

1901.) CRUSTACEA OF VHE ** SKEA'E EXPEDITION.” 559

rectilinear; on segments 5-6 there is only one white band, which

in the latter is convex to the hind margin in the middle line. The

legs are longitudinally striped with white.

This individual presents all the characteristics of S. ornatus as

detined by Dr. Ortmann (J. ¢.); the points of difference may be

grouped under three headings :—

a. The small number of spines on the carapace.

5. The coloration, 7. ¢, the three distinct white bands,

running longitudinally on the carapace and parallel to each other.

Here, too, | may note that the coloration of the abdomen and

legs is that of S. fasciatus de Haan, but the number of teeth on

the antennal segment is that of iS. ornatus, viz. four.

c. A point I have not mentioned above, viz., that the inner

antenne exceed the outer considerably in length, namely, by the

last joint and one-third of the penultimate joint. In regard to this,

Dr. Ortmann says: “Stiele der inneren Antennen etwas liinger oder

so lang wie die der aiisseren.”

XXXIX. Genus Arya.

64. Arya armara A, M.-Edw.

Atya armata, A. M.-Edw. Ano. Soc. Entom. France, (4) ty.

p. 149 (1864); Lanchester, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 262

(1900).

Atya moluccensis, de Man, Weber's Zool. Ergebn. p. 3557, pl. xxi.

fig. 20 (1892).

Loc. Selama River, Perak. An adult male.

Belimbing. Three males and three females, all young.

The young forms agree entirely with the description given by

Dr. de Man (¢. c. p. 358); but the adult presents points of

difference, in regard to the spines on the last three legs, from the

individual examined by Dr. de Man. Inthe 3rd pair, the merus

of the right (larger) leg only bears a blunt tubercle near the

carpal joint, and the carpus bears on its under surface a much

swaller tubercle, which, in flexion, nearly meets that on the merus.

In the 4th pair, the merus of the right leg bears only one spine

instead of two, and the carpus one. ‘The left leg has one on the

merus, none on the carpus. The 45th pair are as described by

Dr. de Man,

The teeth on the under surface of the rostram number as

follows :-—

Adult ¢ Y.

Young ¢ 10, 13,11; Q 9, 13, 10.

The length of the adult is 81 mm.; the young specimens range

between 57 mm. to 47 mm.

XL. Genus CARIDINA.

65. CARIDINA MULTIDENTATA Stimpson.

Caridina multidentata, Stm, Proc. Ac, Nat. Sci. Philad, p. 29

3o7*

560 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

(1860); de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 380, pl. xxii. fig. 26

(1892). J

Loc. ——-?

A single female with ova; length 16 mm.

Of the teeth on the upper edge of the rostrum in this specimen,

only the proximal eight and distal three are clearly separate, the

intermediate teeth being represented by a rather ill-defined

serrated ridge; on the under edge are nine distinct teeth. The

whole rostrum is slightly curved downwards, and the tip is abrupt

and blunt. The eggs moderately large, about 1 mm. in length and

oval.

66. CARIDINA wyckil Hickson.

Caridina wyckii, Hickson, Ann. Mag. Nat. tia. p. 397, pls. xi.

xiv. (1888); de Man, Weber's Zool. be p- 386, pl. XXiv.

fig. 29 (1892).

Loc. River Petwi, Tale Sap.

Two specimens, very damaged, one without antenne, eyes, and

ouly one or two pereiopods, the other without pereiopods.

These two individuals seem to belong pretty certainly to this

species, though their mutilated condition causes some difficulty in

deciding their identity.

The rostrum reaches nearly to the end of the antennary es 5

its proximal portion is straight, its distal portion deflexed, rising

again at the tip; above are ‘15. small. forw ardly inclined teeth, of

which to or three are on the carapace, while the 15th stops short

of the tip by a considerable interval which is unarmed; the tip

itself is markedly bifid, and the under edge bears 6 teeth. Anten-

nary peduncle barely reaching the middle of scaphocerite; the

antennary tooth double, the lower portion being more prominent

and spiniform. The carpus of the 2nd leg is much longer than

broad and a little longer than the hand; the other legs are unfor-

tunately broken at the carpus. The telson appears to have only

four spines on its binder edge, of which the two outer are much

sinaller than the two inner.

67. CARIDINA GRACILLIMA sp.u. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.)_

Cf. Caridina gracilirostris, de Man, W eber’s co Ergebn.

p. 399, pl. xxv. fig. 31 (1892). ‘<

Loc. Inland sea near Singora. 250-300 individuals, mostly

females with ova.

In regard to the locality it is necessary to add that the label in

this instance was almost undecipher able, sufficient indications alone

remaining to show that the specimens caine from either Tale Sap

or Tale Nawi. ‘Tale Sap is an inland gen just above the town of

Singora, Tale Nawi a lake at the head of ale Sap, and connected

with the latter by a small strait. As regards the salinity of the

water, Mr. Laidlaw informed me that Tale Nawi is quite sweet,

1901. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE “* SKEAT EXPEDITION.” ° 561

but that Tale Sap, though quite or nearly sweet at its head, increases

gradually in salinity towards the mouth, where it is quite salt. In

view of the differences between this species and Car. gracilirostris

it is peculiarly unfortunate that the exact record of the locality

should have become, by mischance, obliterated.

The only distinction between this species and Car. gracilirostris

is found in the rostrum (and, in a small degree, in the telson and

Ist two pairs of legs). ‘The structure and relations of antennules,

antenne, mavxillipedes, and legs are the same asin C. gracilirostris,

save only that the 1st pair reach, not to the end of the penultimate

joint of the antennz, but barely to the middle of that joint, and

similarly the 2nd pair reach barely beyond the end of the penulti-

mate joint instead of nearly to the end of the last joint. The

telson again, though exactly similar in all other points, presents

only four pairs of teeth on the upper surface, not five or six.

The rostrum, however, is markedly different. Dr. Nobili has

recently described (Aun. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genoy. xx. p. 477,

1900) a new species, C. modiglianii, and the rostrum in our species

appears intermediate between those of this latter species and

C, gracilirostris. The number of the teeth on the upper margin

is nearly the same as in C. gracilirostris, viz. 6-9; these teeth are,

however, not nearly so widely separate distally, though the most

distal tooth is sometimes placed at a considerable distance from

the rest. At the same time the interspaces do increase distally,

probably more than in C. modiglianit (“ sono fitti e avvicinati nella

mia nuova specie”). The number of the teeth on the lower edge

approaches that of Dr. Nobili’s species, ranging from 12-23 as

extremes, 16-18, however, being the most common number; in

Dr. Nobili’s single specimen they numbered 17. As in his species,

too, the proximal teeth are better defined than the distal. The ros-

trum also agrees with those in both these species in being slender

and upwardly curved towards the tip; the amount of this curve,

however, varies from nearly straight to a strong upward bend.

The tip bears mostly a small tooth that gives it a bifid appearance ;

in a few cases, however, there are two such teeth, making it trifid.

But it is in the length of the rostrum that this variety shows its

distinctness, as the following table will show :—

Rostrum, Carapace.

Thin, mm,

G. gramhrostris. i.e. es ss 8 +

Cl, OMG a acd nk ie fA +

F, GEGOMNEE TS dans LORS, 3-6 +

That is, although in a few cases it exceeds the carapace by half

its length only (instead of being double, or nearly so, the length

of the carapace), it generally exceeds it by only one-quarter, or

equals it; while ina few cases yet it even falls short of it. I give

measurements (p. 562), taken from twenty-one individuals picked

out at random, together with the number of rostral teeth.

These resemblances and differences are, within the limits of

MR. W. PF. LANCHESTER ON THE | Dee. 8,

Table of measurements in millimetres.

Rostral Length with Length of Length of

formula. rostrum. rostrum. carapace.

9+1 Fs

s J a te

ae 22 4 4

74] |

cay 21 v0 4

8+1 2

= 195 5 3:5

&+1

= 25 6 4

6+1

a 21-5 4 as)

7+1

a 23-5 4 3:5

64+1 =

"5 20 4 BD

8+1 i =

_ 20 42 3°25

9+1

= 19°5 4 35

6+1 : - ee J

3 22:25 4-25 3°75

8+] = :

ix 20°5 + 3

i tee _ ae

i6 20°5 4:5 35

7+1 5

tu 18°5 + 3

7+1 i u I.

33 21°5 35

$+1

14 16 2°5 25

7+)

0 4:5 |

7+1

Ts 5°25 45

5+1

i4 4 4

a+]

4 3 4

[+1

[9 3 3

Proportions of joints in first two pairs.

Ist leg. 2nd leg.

Ischium 2, Ischium 4.

Merus 4°25-—4:5. Merus 4.

Carpus 3. Carpus 5.

Hand 2°25. Hand 2.

Fingers 2°65. Fingers 2°5,

1901.) CRUSLACEA OF THE * SKEAL EXPEDILION,” 563

variation I have indicated, quite constant in the numerous speci-

mens under review. The typical specimens of Dr. de Man’s species

were obtained from a tidal river at Balangnipa in Celebes; other

typical specimens were also obtained from brackish water in

Sumatra, and from fresh water at Maros in Celebes, and Pampanua

in Celebes. Fifteen young individuals from the river Lapa-lupa in

Celebes agree with the present form in the number of teeth=

5-7)+(1-2) ‘ us oP os

oe but ‘* Sie Stimmen, was Form und Liinge des Rostrums

’

betrifft, mit den von Balangnipa iiberein,” 7.¢. typical; so, too, with

ar The

number here seems to vary with age; the relative length of the

rostrum seems to be characteristic. In view of this latter fact, and

in view of the fact that Dr. de Man had specimens from both

brackish and fresh water which agree in this particular character.

in view, moreover, of the fact that the nature of the water in the

present case is uncertain, it seems necessary to dismiss the possi-

bility that this form is a variety of C. gracilirostris, characterized

by a rostrum shortened through relation to a somewhat different

environment, and to regard it as a distinct species, closely allied to

C. gracilirostris, but differing in (a) a shorter rostrum, with a conse-

quent diminishing of the lower row of teeth ; (6) a fewer number

of teeth on the dorsum of the telson; and (c) having the legs of

the 1st and 2nd pair relatively slightly shorter.

- : ° 6

a young specimen from Mbawa in Flores, with formula

XLI. Genus HipporysMara Stimpson.

68, H1rprpoLysMATA VITTATA Stimpson.

Hippolysmata vittata, Stm. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 26

(1860); de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. lili. i, p. 494 (1887).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Five males and six females, length from 25 mm. to 10 mm.

The rostral teeth are evidently very variable in this species. I

give the formula in each case ; in all but one the first tooth on the

carapace is separated from the second by a distance double that

between the other teeth, but in that one (a female with ova) all

the teeth are equidistant.

BOs Go. tie hb O

Rostral formule :-— PRPeRTR 7? 3 ey Pprs

XLII. Genus Arpunus,

69%, ALPHEUS LOBIDENS de Haan.

Alpheus lobidens, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 179 (1839); Ortmann,

Zool. Jahrb. v. p. 474, pl. xxxvi. fig. 13 (1891).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang; Kelantan, Sixteen individuals from

Pulau Bidan, three from Kelantan.

Length from 67 mm.

564 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON THE [Dec. 3,

70, ALPHEUS PARVIROSTRIS Dana.

Alpheus parvirostris, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 551,

pl. xxv. fig. 3(1852); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. y. p. 483 (1891).

Loc. Great Redangs.

One small female with ova; length 14 mm.

71. ALPHEUS ACANTIIOMERUS Ortmann, var. INERMIS nov.

Cf. Alpheus acanthomerus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. y. p. 474,

pl. xxxvi. fig. 12 (1891); Coutiére, Notes Leyd. Mus. xix. p. 202

(1899).

‘Loc. Kelantan. Four females, three with ova.

These specimens present all the characters of Dr. Ortmann’s

species, except one, which is the presence (in the species) of a

spine at the distal and inner under angle of the merus of the Ist

pair. This spine is absent in the only one of these specimens in

which the legs are present, and the difference is so marked that it

seems necessary to regard it as probably varietal. In this respect

it resembles A. hippothoe de Man; but may be easily distinguished

from that species by the different proportions of the carpal joints

of the 2nd pair, and by the presence of a small pleurobranch above

the arthrobranch of the 3rd maxillipede (cf. Coutiére 7. ¢.). The

outer surface of the hand of the large chelipede is smooth, but

the inner surface is slightly granulated, with longish, somewhat —

scattered hairs.

Leneth: 29 19mm., 9 15 mm., ¢ 18 mm., 2? 12 mm.

72. ALPHEUS crRINITUS Dana.

Alpheus crinitus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 548, pl. xxxiv.

fig. 8 (1852); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. v. p. 479 (1891),

Loe. ? A male; length 16°5 mm.

This specimen is without legs, but the same bottle contains also

a single large chelipede and two small chelipedes. The spine on

the under edge of the merus is situated at the iniddle of that edge

and not at the distal angle.

XLUI. Genus Avuromate de Man.

73. AUTOMATE DOLICHOGNATHA de Man. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3.)

Automate dolichognatha, de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. liii. i. p. 529,

pl. xxii. fig. 5 (1887).

Loe. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A single small example; length 20 mm.

In the same tube with this specimen are a pair of chelipedes

which I have little doubt belong to it. They conform to the

A!pheid type, and present no remarkabie features; but, as they

were wanting in Dr. de Man’s single specimen, I append a brief

description and figure. They are unequal in size; the ischium,

merus, and carpus generally similar in both (for differences vide

figs. 3, 3a), quite smooth ; ischium and carpus equal in length,

1901.} CRUSTACEA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 565

merus one and a quarter times the length of these jomts. Carpus

and merus each with a blunt tooth on the lower margins. The

hands, too, are generally similar, but that of the smaller chelipede

is more narrowed distally, owing to the greater obliquity of its

lower margin ; the fingers of both are short, but the dactyl of the

larger hand is more curved than that of the smaller; a few scattered

longish hairs are found on the fingers of both hands. The outer

and inner surfaces of both carpi and propodi have a brownish-red

basis of colouring (in formol) with white blotches or spots, the

white parts appearing under a lens rather as an incrustation on

the general surface.

XLIV. Genus Anouistus Borradaile.

74. ANCHISTUS INERMIS Miers.

Harpilius inermis, Miers, ‘ Alert’? Crustacea, p. 291, pl. xxxii.

fie. B (1884).

Anchistus inermis, Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) it. p. 387

(1898)

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A female with ova; length 24mm. A note in the bottle with

this specimen states that it was taken from the infra-branchial

chamber of a large Gastropod.

XLY. Genus Paumzmon Fabr.

75. PALMMON CARCINUS Fabr.

Palemon carcinus, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 404 (1798);

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 700 (1891).

Loe. Singora, twelve males, ranging from 150 mm. in length.

Kelantan, two males, length 90 mm.and73mm. Tale Sap,a male,

length 1045 mm.

P. carcinus, var. lamarrei. Loc. 2—A male of 43 mm. in length,

in which it is noticeable that the inner lateral spines of the telson

are longer than the tip of the telson itself. The tip is rounded,

and probably broken short at some period, but in any case the

lateral spines would be the same length as the tip. Carpus of 2nd

pair as long as hand; surface of 2nd pair smooth, punctate, with

short hair at intervals.

76. PALEMON EQUIDENS Dana. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 4.)

Palemow equidens, Dana, U.S. Exp]. Exp., Crust. D: 591, pl. 39.

fig. 2 (1852); de Man, W ae s Zool. odie p. 453, pl. xxvi.

fig, 36 (1892).

Loc, Kelantan, two males; length 100 mm, and 78:5 mm,

The larger male exhibits what is possibly a deformity of the

fingers of the 2nd pair. The index of the right hand is broken off

near the tip, but shows the regular light concavity of the lower

border ; that of the left hand, however, is only two-thirds the

length of the dactyl and is moderately conven along its lower border,

566 MR. W. PF. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. 3,

its tip overlapping the dactyl when the fingers are closed. In both

hands the dacty]s are strongly bent—almost to a right angle—at

their tips. The fingers in the other male are normal, the tips being

slightly bent and just crossing.

The rostrum of the larger male is broken off near the carapace ;

that of the smaller bears 12 teeth above and 4 below: in both the

first four teeth lie on the carapace. The latter is thickly covered

with small spines. The tips of the fingers are (in formol) violet-

coloured.

. PALEMON NIPPONENSIS de Haan.

P hide nipponensis, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 171 (1839);

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 713, pl. xlvii. fig. 4 (1891).

Loc. Tale Sap.

Four adult males and two adult females ; ten young specimens.

Length from 37 mm. to 17 mm.

I have not seen specimens of the P. acanthurus Wiegmann

from Brazil and Haiti, but, to judge from the description of this

species, it is a form very closely allied to that of de Haan (vide

P. forceps, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. p. 397; v. Martens, Arch.

f. Naturg. xxxv. p. 28: and P. acanthurus, Ortmannn, t. c. p. 720).

In comparing the specimens here dealt with with the different

descriptions of the two species it appears that the chief specific

differences may be arranged under four heads, thus :—

P. nipponensis. P, acanthurus.

i. 2-4 teeth on under edge of rostrum. 4-7 such teeth.

ii. 2nd Jegs in adults with irregular 2nd legs in adults with small teeth

small teeth ; fingers hairy. tending to be ranged in rows ;

fingers with thick pubescence.

iii. Telson with 2 lateral spines, of Inner lateral spines not more than

which the inner is about 5-6 times 5 times as long as outer; between

as long as outer; between the inner these several non-feathered hairs.

spines 2 feathered hairs.

iv. Distr, Japan, China. Distr. Brazil, Haiti.

I will take the first three points in order in their relation to

these specimens; the distribution, of course, agrees with that

of P. nipponensis.

i. I give the tooth-formula of the rostrum in each case, giving

that of the adults first :—

- i 11 10 6+41 Ge +1 : 6+1

, two : =, two G eh ek wag > thre = » two ——- ;

5+1 hi

ae two ere

From these formule it may be seen that the number of teeth

on the under edge is variable as between the two species, and

does not form any specific criterion. It also appears, and this

does not seem to have been mentioned by earlier authors, that in

the younger individuals the full number of teeth on the upper

1901. } CRUSTACEA OF THE ** SKBHAT BXPEDITION,” 567

edge is not always developed, there being an unarmed gap between

the tooth near the tip and a varying number proximally.

ii. Two of these individuals only show small teeth on the

2nd legs; in one they are irregular (? showing a tendency to

linear arrangement), in the other they are clearer and sharper,

and show an obvious arrangement in lines. In regard to this

point [ quote from vy. Martens (1. ¢.): “Scheeren..., Carpus...,

beide bei erwachsenen Exemplaren mit Dornen besetzt, welche

sich namentlich an der Beugeseite in einer regelmiissige Liingsreihe

ordnen.” Also Ortmann (/. ¢.): ‘‘ bei den iibrigen ¢ werden die

Dornen immer kriiftiger und zeigen eine fiir diese Art charak-

teristische Anordnung in Liingsreihen.” Both these descriptions

refer to P. acanthuris,

Also the 2nd leg of this same individual is covered with a fine

pubescence, which is dense and thick round the fingers in a little

more than half of their proximal portion, a character recognized

in P. acanthurus.

Here, then, it may be noted that in one out of sixteen chance

individuals the 2nd leg presents the characters of that of

P. acanthurus.

I will add that in one of the larger examples and in all the

smaller the palm of the hands is slightly swollen.

iii. In all these specimens the inner lateral spines of the telson

are from 4-5 times the length of the outer, and are relatively

longer in the younger individuals. All the latter have two

feathered plumes; but in the adults there is this difference, that

the two biggest have six plumes, the two next in size four plumes.

[ note here, then, that the inner lateral spines are generally as in

P. nipponensis, but perhaps a little shorter relatively to the outer.

P. nipponensis and P. acanthurus live in fresh water: these

particular individuals were captured in an inland sea, of which the

upper end, I am informed, is quite fresh, the lower brackish to

salt ; unfortunately there is no record as to the part of the sea in

which they were captured.

78. PALeMON PILIMANUS de Man.

Palemon pilimanus, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mu: p. 181 (1879);

id. Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 471, pls. xxvil. & xxv". fig. 44 (1892);

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 735, pl. xlvi. fir. 9 (1891).

Loc. Aving, Kelantan, ten individuals; Belimling River, one

male. Length from 44 mm. to 30 mm.

Rostral formule :—2 ¢ a 1 3 and 1 Q

5 ; the rest - i

In Dr. Ortmann’s figure of the telson the plumes between the

lateral spines are shown as being a little shorter than the inner

laterals; in these individuals they are longer, being in one

instance (= the largest male) nearly twice as long. ‘Three

specimens only possess the 2nd pair of legs; in two of these the

331d and 1 9

with ova

568 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 3,

fingers are longer than the palm, in the other the fingers are

shorter and the hand less compressed.

79, PatwemMon sunbaAicus Heller.

Palemon sundaicus, Heller, SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xlv. 1, p. 415

(1862); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 719 (1891); de Man,

Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 437, pl. xxvi. fig. 35 (1892).

Loc. River Patalong.

A male and a female with ova. Length, ¢ 245 mm., 9 28 mm.

The 2nd legs are quite smooth, without any signs of teeth even

at the base of the fingers.

80. PAL®MON LAMPROPUS de Man.

Palemon lampropus, de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. p. 493,

pl. xxix. fig. 49 (1892).

Loc. Aring, Kelantan.

A large female with ova; length 63 mm.

A male, length 38 mm. ; and a male, length 28 mm.

Some slight differences may be noted between these specimens

and the species as described (¢. c. supra). The rostrum in the

female has 13 teeth only above, 5 below; in the larger male 12

only above, 4 below; in the smaller male it is broken off at the

9th, but the 1st tooth is seen to be a little separate from the

rest. Moreover, while in the female the rostrum conforms to

Dr. de Man’s description in regard to its length, in the larger

male it reaches quite as far as the scaphocerites, and considerably

beyond the peduncle of the 1st antenne.

Of the legs, the 1st pair shows this difference, that the carpal

joint is quite twice as long, or even a little more than twice as

long, as the hand. Only the larger chelipede of the larger male

is present, and in this I note that the carpus equals the merus in

length, and bears, in addition to the spinules on the upper and

lower borders, a few similar spinules on its outer surface. There

is also considerable grooving of the carpus and hand in this

instance, but this, I have no doubt from its appearance, is due to

mechanical compression only. The under edges of the carpi of

the last 3 legs are armed with 10-12 spinules, of unequal size,

and somewhat widely separate.

81, PALEMON PAUCIDENS, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 4.)

Cf. Palemon ide (Heller), de Man, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. ix. p. 767

(1897); and P. cf. ide (Heller), Ortmann, Semon’s Forschungs-

reise, v. i. p. 18 (1894).

Loc. Singora ; numerous individuals of both sexes.

This species is a small form, allied to P. idw Heller by the

relative shortness and the slightly raised upper margin of the

rostrum, by the greater length of the carpus of the 2nd pair

relatively to the merus and chela, and the shortness of the fingers

relatively to the palm.

The rostrum, however, bears fewer teeth above, and the actual

1901.]. CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 569

relative proportions of the joints of the 2nd pair are notably

different.

The rostrum, then, is short and just reaches to the ends of the

antennal scales, or even falls a little short of them.

On its under edge it bears 3-4 teeth ; on its upper edge from

5-8 teeth, not including a very small tooth, which gives to the tip

a bifid appearance. In most cases the upper line of these teeth

is straight, but in a few cases it is markedly convex, owing to the

teeth that lie over the eyes (teeth 2-4) being raised above the level

of those before and behind them ; and in yet other cases the upper

line is curved, but not nearly so markedly. I summarize these

characters in 50 individuals :—

Upper Suse Upper line per line very

straight. convex. mo vie convex.

8 teeth.... 1 specimen 1 specimen 0 specimen

BA nyt tpi bi sea Oi). 4:45 ; 33

Bis da, cantit: Sikh sis ¥ att Bist: % daly

5) 39 8 ” 1 99 LU ”

Thus it appears that out of 5U individuals, 28 have 6

teeth, 11 have 7 teeth, 9 have 5 teeth, and 2 have 8 teeth; so

that 6 teeth may be considered the normal number for the species,

but a number tending to vary on either side of the norm; and

similarly with the straightness of the upper line of the teeth, this

character, however, varying only on one side of the norm. The

outer maxillipedes reach beyond the antennal peduncles by the:

last joint or-nearly the last joint; the 1st pair of legs reach

beyond the scaphocerites (7. e. beyond the anterior angle “of their

outer border) by the last joint, the 2nd pair by the last joint and

nearly half the carpus. ‘The carpus of the 2nd pair is thickened

at its distal articulation, and the proportions of the different

joints are as follows (in an individual 40 mm. long) :—

Merus. Carpus. Palm. Fingers.

Right leg.... o> min, 7 mm. 3°25 mm. 225 mm.

Left leg .... 5 al hae 8S 3°25 ,, 225'"..

The greater length of the carpus of the left side in this

specimen is, however, abnormal; in other specimens the pro-

portions are the same on both sides. The last three legs increase

in length from before backwards, the 4th pair reaching beyond the

3rd pair quite by the last joint, and the 5th pair reaching beyond

the 4th pair barely by the last joint; the 5th pair, moreover,

exceed the scaphocerites by the last joint and a third of the

penultimate joint. All the legs are slender and quite smooth; the

tingers of the 2nd pair are unarmed.

The internal antennz are a little longer than the animal itself

(47 mm.) and about half the length of the external antenna,

The telson ends in a sharp point, which is much shorter than the

internal of the two lateral teeth, the external of which is yery

small.

570 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON THE (Dec. 3,

Dr, Ortmann (J. c. supra) has given a very brief description of

a female, which he considers to be a young form of Heller’s species ;

and, from the description, I judge him to have been dealing with

a form the same as that here under consideration.

While not denying the possibility of this form being the young

of P. ide, I still think there is a strong probability that it is a

distinct species, on the ground of the following considerations.

There are, in this instance, quite 100 individuals before me, all

agreeing in the possession of characters distinct from those of the

adult P. ide; all were collected from the same locality, and there

are no specimens showing the size or characters of the adult

P. ide; moreover, in several instances, the females bear

numerous well-developed ova, these females ranging in length

from about 25-35 mm. These facts, indeed, are not sufficient to

create certainty ; I have at times noticed, for example, the com-

paratively small size of ova-bearing females in a species in which

a much greater size is the general adult condition, so that physio-

logical puberty may not necessarily indicate an arrival at the

morphological adult stage. But they do seem to point to a very

strong probability that we are dealing here with a distinct specific

form, and not merely with the young of an allied species.

XLVI. Genus PEN-rvs.

82. Pex xus SpMISULCATUS de Haan.

Penwus semisuleatus, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 191, pl. xlvi. fig. 1

(1839); Ortmaun, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 450 (1891).

Loc. Patani, six males and one female. Kelantan, two males.

Singora, one male.

Length from 7°65 in. to 3°5 in.

Rostral formula in all but two a3 in these two, which are males,

. 5 8 :

one has formula - the other 5. In the two (smaller) males from

Kelantan the rostrum is markedly deflected downwards at its

point, and does not curve up again as in those from Patani. The

ridge of the 6th abdominal segment is transversely notched just

behind the middle in one of these males.

83, Ppyeus VELUTINUS Dana.

Peneus velutinus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. p. 604,

pl. xl. fig. 4 (1852); Sp. Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 253,

pl. xxxiii. fig. 1 (1888); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 452,

pl. xxxvi. fig. 6 (1891).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A young male; length 41°5 mm.

Rostral formula To the youth of this individual may perhaps

be ascribed the two following points :—Firstly, the crest on the

last four segments of the abdomen is very strong and blunt, that

1901.) CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 571

part of it which lies on the first of these four segments being

grooved on its upper surface, those parts which lie on the last

three ending each in a very distinct tooth. Secondly, there are

only three lateral spines on the telson, of which the posterior two

are nearly three times as long as the first.

84. PENZUS CANALICULATUS Olivier, var.? (Plate XXXIV.

fig. 5.)

Penewus canaliculatus, Oliv. Encyel. Méth. viii. p. 660 (1807); Sp.

Bate, ‘ Challenger’ Macrura, p. 243, pl. xxxii. fig. 1 (1888).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

Two females and a male. Length: ¢ 583 mm., 2? 59 mm., 2

50°5 im.

The form of the petasma agrees with that of the species, but

the form of the thelycum differs from that of the species and of

the varieties figured by Spence Bate (¢. ¢. pl. xxxii. figs. 3 and 4).

The thelycum proper is nearly like that of the species, but there

is an additional plate between the 4th pair of legs and no plate

between the 3rd pair (ef. fig.5). I have not given a distinct name

to this form, as it has seemed to me that too little is known

about the thelycum, and its possibly seasonal varieties within

the same species, to justify the founding of a new variety on this

character.

The telson in these speciinens is armed laterally with three

teeth, as in P. caramote Risso, and in the varieties japonicus and

austvaliensis Spence Bate ; but the absence of a strong spine on the

3rd pair of legs distinguishes it from P. caramote, and the form of

the thelyeum from Spence Bate’s varieties.

85, Pex £us BREVICORNIS M.-Edw.

Peneus brevicornis, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 417 (1837);

Sp. Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) viii. p. 180, pl. xi. fig. 2

(1881).

Loc. Patani. A female; length 70 mm.

86, Panzus sp.? (Plate XXXIV. fig. 7.)

Loc. Patani.

A male, of 56 mm. length, whose specific position | cannot

determine with any certainty : for, though agreeing remarkably

with the last species (P. brevicornis), it still presents two features

which would seem sutlicient to separate it from the latter. Its

general form and the shape of the petasma, which agrees with the

tigure given by Spence Bate of that of P. brevicornis (1. c. supra),

led me at first to regard it as belonging to that species, but a closer

examination showed the following notable distinctions :—(qa) the

rostrum barely reaches the tips of the eyes, instead of being just

a little longer than these, and it is less raised in its proximal

portion over the base of the eye; (+) the peduncles of the anten-

nules reach to the ends of the antennal scales, and their flagella

572 MR, W. FE. LANCHESTER ON THE | Dee. 3,

are quite as long as the peduncles. In these respects it more

resembles the P. lysianassa de Man (Mergui Crust. p. 291),. but

in that species the rostrum is even shorter, nor do the antennulary

peduncles reach the ends of the antennal scales ; moreover, the

petasma, though somewhat similar, is still distinctly different.

87. PENZUS AFFINIS Sp. Bate.

Penwus affinis, Sp. Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) viii. p. 179,

pl. xii. fig. 6 (1881).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A female ; length 38 mm.

The apex, ¢.¢. anterior edge, of the heart-shaped thelyeum in

this specimen is, as it were, frayed out into very minute teeth,

only visible under a lens.

88. PENxUS MUTATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6.)

Cf. Penwus monoceros (Fabr.), de Man, Weber’s Zool. Ergebn.

p. 513, pl. xxix. fig. 54 (1892); and P. lysianassa, id. agra

Crust. p, 290, pl. xix. fig. 1 (1888).

Loe. ? A male and a female.

This species, although showing close affinities with Penwus

monocei'os by its general structure, yet presents in the male certain

modifications (in the form of the petasma, 5th pair of legs,-and

telson) that closely resemble similar modifications in P. lysianassa;

while the thelycum in the female, though very like that in P. mono-

ceros, yet again shows a modification in structure which, so far as

1 know, has hitherto been described in only one other species.

In regard to its general structure it agrees,as I have. said,

closely with P. monoceros, and the description given by Dr. de Man

(i. c. supra) for a female of that species apphes equally well to

these two individuals ; with the exception that the legs are shorter,

so that the 1st pair reach barely to the ends of the eye-stalks (7. e.

the eyes not included), the 2nd pair reach only to the middle of

the scaphocerites, the 3rd only to the tip of the spine at the outer

distal angle of the scaphocerites, the 4th are as long as the Ist ;

the 5th, however, are longer than the 2nd by their last joint.

The petasma is remarkably like that in P. lysianassa, and so

peculiar that I refer to the figure for its structure ; it appears to

differ chiefly in the structure of its anterior surface, which, instead

of bearing two pairs of dentiform prominences, one at its base and

one at its distal extremity, bears one pair at the base directed

towards the ventral surface of the abdomen, and just above this

pair another pair of low, bluntly triangular, prominences directed

inwardly towards each other (vide fig. 6 b).

The thelycum is shaped much as in P. monoceros (cf. de Man,

L.. 0. ‘fig. 54 a; Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. y. pl. xxxvi. fig. 3 b),

with some slight differences best brought out by the figure.

But, in addition to this, there are also a pair of small plate-like

structures which abut against the outer sides of that grooved

part of the thelyecum which extends forwards towards the

1901.] CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘“‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 573

bases of the 4th pair of legs, which structures are formed as a

backwardly directed process of the coxe of the 4th legs, and are

freely movable with them, as opposed to the fixity of the thelyeum

proper. A possibly (? and see below) analogous structure has

been described by Spence Bate (Chall. Macr. p. 247, pl. xxxii.

fig. +) in the var. japonicus of P. canaliculatus, as to which he says:

“ A large thelycum....which extends forwards as far as the base

of the antepenultimate pair of pereiopoda, whence project two

large leaf-like appendages.” In this variety they are, however

very large and foliaceous, and so quite different in appearance is

the small plate-like structures in the present species; moreover

Spence Bate adds the following remark to this description: “« They

appear to be connected with the internal organs by means of

foramina in the floor of the capsule, and have no connection what-

ever with the 5th pair of persiopoda.” I can find no trace of any

connection between the internal organs and this structure in the

present instance—the structure being, as I have said, freely

movable and apparently nothing more than an outgrowth of the

coxa of the 4th pair instead of the 3rd; its analogy, therefore, in

the two forms seems doubtful.

XLVI. Genus Sicronza M.-Edw.

89. SIcyYONIA LANCIFER Olivier.

Palemon laneifer, Olivier, Encyel. Méth. vi. p. 664 (1807);

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 453 (1891).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male; length 40 mm.

XLYIII. Genus Srenoruscunus Richters,

90. STENOPUSCULUS CRASSIMANUS Richters.

® Stenopusculus erassimanus, Richters, Beitr. z. Meeresfauna d. I,

Maurit. u. Seychellen, p. 168, pl. xviii. fig. 27 (1880); de Man,

Arch. f. Naturg. lili. i. p. 565 (1887).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

A male and four females (two with ova). Length from 12 mm,

Note on the Genus Actwopsis Lanchester.

(Vide P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 741.)

In this note I have corrections to make in regard to both species

aud genus; and I will take the species first.

I. In the paper cited above | referred the specimens on which

this genus was founded to a form that Mr. Borradaile was de-

scribing at the same time under the name Carpilodes pallidus. In

doing this I erred, for the two forms are quite distinct, as may

be readily seen on comparing the two figures (l. s. c. & Borr.

P. Z.8. 1900, pl. xl. fig. 3). It is due to Mr. Borradaile to say

that this mistake, which I regret exceedingly having made, was

entirely mine.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vor. Il No. XXXVIII. 38

574 ON THE ORUSTACEA OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [Dec. 3,

If. I have since found that the name Acte@opsis has already

been used to designate a fossil genus (Carter, Q. J. Geol. Soc. liv.

1898), and must therefore be dropped. Under these and the above

circumstances, I propose to rename the form Actites erythrus’.

Although, as Dr. de Man has kindly pointed out to me in cor-

respondence, this form is remarkably like the Carpilodes lophopus

of Alcock (Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1898, p. 84, and Illustr. Zool.

‘Investigator,’ 1899, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2), I still feel that I was right

in separating it from the genus Carpilodes.

It most obviously resembles Carpitodes in the smooth and even

lobulation and grooving on the carapace ; but it also most obviously

differs from that genus in its prominent front, shape of lateral

margins, and carinated legs. At the time I also saw what I

thought were palatal ridges, but, as Dr. de Man bas since pointed

out to me, these are not true palatal ridges, but the “ usual crests

situated at the antero-external angles of the endostome, as in

other species.” Even so, however, the points I have enumerated

above would still prevent me from considering the species as a

Carpilodes, the prominence of the front and the shape of the

lateral margins contribute to a facies so remarkably unlike that

of a true Carpilodes. As to whether Major Alcock’s species

should also be included in my genus, I am unwilling to express

i definite opinion, as I have not seen the type specimens; but,

judging from the description and figure given, it would seem to be

not unlikely.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate XXXITI.

Fig. 1. Lambrus lippus (p. 586), dorsal view.

2. Potamon improvisum (p. 546), dorsal view.

2a. Young from beneath abdomen.

. Pinnotheres socius (p. 551), 8rd maxillipede.

. Palemon paucidens (p. 568), from left side.

4a,4, 4c. Different types of rostrum.

we OO

Puate XXXIV.

1, Caridina gracillima (p. 560), from right side.

2. Callianassa secura (p. £55), from right side.

2a. Front of carapace.

3. Automate dolichognatha (p. 564), larger chelipede.

3a. Smaller chelipede.

4. Palemon equidens (p. 565), abnormal chelipede.

5. Peneus canaliculatus yar.? (p 571). Thelyecum.

6. Peneus mutatus (p. 572). Petasma, anterior and posterior views.

6a, Thelycum. °

6b. Anterior, 6c. Posterior views of petasma.

7. Peneus sp. (p. 571). Petasma, anterior and posterior views.

7a, Anterior, 7 4, Posterior views of petasma.

\ Actites,=‘‘a dweller by the shore,” will also, I hope, indicate the close

position of this genus to the Acteids,

POO. LIVL VOL. id ob sey,

Ley

eee

t699ne5

SS FS3

Phorm

teen Se.

S, ae

IFLA

begs

po22

eee:

SNAKES FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

1901.} ON THE REPTILES OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 578

3. List of a Collection of Snakes, Crocodiles, and Chelonians

from the Malay Peninsula, made by Members of the

*Skeat Expedition,” 1899-1900. By F. F. Latpiaw,

B.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator at Owens

College. With an Appendix containing a list of the

names of the places visited by the “ Skeat Expedition.”

By W. W. Sear.

{Received November 25, 1901.]

(Plate XXXV.')

Order OPHIDIA.

Fam. TYPHLOPID ®.

1. TyPpHLops BraMiInus Daud.

2. TypHLops NIGROALBUS Dum. et Bibr.?

Typhlops nigroalbus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 24; 8. S.

Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 653.

Several specimens, agreeing closely with the example described

by Boulenger in the ‘ Cata'ogue,’ from Jalur and Kuala Aring. In

none of these, however, does the rostral shield extend to the level

of the eye. In this respect it agrees with TZ. muelleri Schleg.

from Sumatra, but differs from this latter in having the breadth of

the rostral shield as in T. nigrovalbus. Our specimens seem, then,

to be intermediate between these two species. Largest specimen

424 mm. in total length.

Fam. Boip &.

3, PyrHon rericoLatus (Schneid.).

Fam. ILYSIID &.

4. CYLINDROPHIS Rurus (Laur.).

Cylindropis rufus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 185; id. Faun,

Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 250; &. S. Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1899, p. 656,

pl. xxxvil. fig. 3.

One specimen from Biserat, lacking the vermilion colour on the

tail, Called * Ular gelenggang ” (sugar-mill snake).

Fam. XENOPELTID &.

5. XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR Reinw.

Xenopeltis unicolor, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 168 (skull

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 583,

* Since this paper was read I find that Werner (Zool. Jahrb, Syst. xiii. p. 438)

is of opinion that 7. nigroalbus D. et B.= 7’. muelleri Schleg.

33”

576 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE [ Dee. 3,

figured); id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 276; 8.8. Flower, P.Z. 5.

1899, p. 657.

Two specimens from Kuala Aring. One, an adult, had de-

youred another snake (Zycodon laoensis, apparently) about as long

as itself. The other, immature, had the head of a pale yellowish

colour. Malay name: “ Ular ekor merak” (peacock’s-tail snake).

Fam. COLUBRID.

Series Aglypha.

Subfam. ACROCHORDIN ®.

6. ACROCHORDUS JAVANICUS Hornstedt,

Acrochordus javanicus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 173; 8. S.

Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 658.

A female from Biserat. Total length 1700 mm. Called by

the Malays the elephant’s-trunk snake (“ Ular belalei gajah ”).

Subfam. CoLUBRIN &,

7. POLYODONTOPHIS GEMINATUS (Boie).

8. TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGERUS Boie.

9. TROPIDONOTUS PISscATOR (Schneid.).

10. TRopIpONOTUS INAS, sp.n, (Plate XXXV. fig. 2a, 5.)

Internasal shield broadly truncate, hinder maxillary teeth

gradually enlarged, anal shield divided, one anterior temporal

scale ; nine upper labials, 143 ventrals, 96 subcaudals ; outer scales

smooth. Colour above brownish black; a lateral line of ill-

defined yellowish spots on either side; ventrals white, with a

square black spot on the outer margins. Head dull brown above,

with a yellowish-white streak running from under the eye on

either side, passing back into the lateral lines. Allied to 7’. con-

spicillatus of Borneo. A single specimen from Gunong Inas.

Length ; body 272 mm., tail 125.

11. TROPIDONOTUS SUBMIN1ATUS Schl.

Biserat.

12. MACROPISTHODON RHODOMELAS Bole.

Kuala Aring.

13. Lycopon LAOENSIS Giinth.

Lycodon laoensis, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 354; S.S. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 665.

A specimen from Kota Bharu, Raman, found under a charred

log. Called ‘* Ular kapak malas” (lazy axe-snake ; any snake with

the head well defined is called an axe-snake).

1901.] REPTILES OF THE ‘“*SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 577

14, Zamenis Kornos Schleg.

Zamenis korros, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, i. p. 384; id. Faun.

Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 324; S. S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 666.

Very common near Kota Bharu, Raman, and all over the State

of Patani. It is called ‘ Ular liar” (the wild snake). Its food

consists largely of frogs.

15. CoLuBnRyrEeNnruRvs (Cope).

Coluber teniurus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 47; id. Faun.

Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 333 ; S. 8. Flower, P. Z. S. 1899, p. 668.

This species is the cave-snake of Selangor and Johor. Two

specimens were caught by Mr. Annandale in a cave near Biserat,

about a quarter of a mile from its mouth. They were quite

purblind in a bright light.

16. CoLuBnrR rapriatus Schleg,

Coluber radiatus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 61; id. Faun.

Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 333; S. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8, 1899, p. 669.

Common in houses in Patani, where it is called the rat-snake,

“ Ular tikus.”

17. DenDRopuis pictus (Gmel.).

Dendrophis pictus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, 11. p.78; S.S. Flower,

P. Z.S. 1899, p. 669.

This species seems to make considerable leaps from branch to

branch. Mr. Annandale caught a specimen at Kuala Aring in a

butterfly-net, in the act of jumping,

18. Denpropuis rormosvs Boie.

Kuala Aring.

19. DenDROLAPHIS CAUDOLINEATUS (Gray).

20. Srmores PURPURASCENS (Schleg.).

Kota Bharu, Raman.

21. ABLABES TRICOLOR (Schleg.),

Kuala Aring.

22, CALAMARIA PAVIMENTATA Dum. et Bibr.

Kota Bharu, Raman.

Series Opisthoglypha.

Subfam. HoMALopsin ®.

The members of this subfamily are commonly known to the

Malays as “ Ular ayer,” or water-snakes ; they appear to leave the

water frequently and are often found some distance from it,

578 MR, F. F. LAIDLAW ON ''HE [ Dec. 3,

especially Hypsirhina enhydris, which I found on Gunong Inas far

away from the river.

23. HypsIRHINA PLUMBEA (Boie).

Biserat.

24. Hypsrruina penuypris (Schneid.).

Biserat, Kekabu, Gunong Inas.

25. HypsIrHINA BOCOURTII Jan.

Hypsirhina bocourtii, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 10; 5. 8.

Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 676.

At the hottest part of the year this snake, according to the

Malays, leaves the swamps and goes out to deep water. A speci-

men was taken at Biserat along with Acrochordus javanicus.

26, Homa opsis puccata (Linn.).

27. CenbBERUS RUYNCHOPS (Schneid.).

Malacca.

Subfam. DirsapOMORPHIN&.

28. DIPSADOMORPHUS DENDROPHILUS (Boie).

Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p.70;

8. S. Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 889; id. P. Z.S. 1899, p. 680.

This species is nocturnal and much feared by the Malays, who

at the same time do not consider it particularly poisonous. In

the stomach of one of our specimens another snake was found, a

second had been feeding on large slugs. The Malays call this

species “ Ular katam tebu” (“ katam tebu” are the little pieces of

sugar-cane peeled and stuck on skewers for sale in the markets) ;

the name obviously refers to the yellow rings on the body. Mr.

Annandale tells me that the same name is given to Bungarus

fasciatus and sometimes to the sea-snake. Common at Patalung,

Jalor, and Kuala Aring. It thumps the ground with its tail when

alarmed, making a loud knocking sound.

29. DipsapOMORPHUS CYNODON (Boie).

Kuala Aring.

30. DRrYOPHIS PRASINUS Boie.

Biserat, Kuala Aring, Ulu Selama.

31. PsAMMODYNASTES PICTUS Ptrs.

Bukit Besar.

32. CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA (Shaw).

Chrysopelea ornata, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 196; id.

1901.] _ REPTILES OF THE “ SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 579

Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 371; S.S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1896,

p- 890; id. P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 682.

Malay name “ Ular jelotong” (“ jélotong-coloured snake ”)'.

Var. A. 1 from Biserat.

1 from Penang.

Var. D. 1 from Singgora.

3 from Naun Chik.

Series Proteroglypha.

Subfam. HypRorHin ®.

All the sea-snakes mentioned below were collected by Mr.

Annandale at Patani from the seine-nets of the fisher-folk, with

the exception of two, which he picked up on the beach at Singgora.

The collection at Patani was made within a week, and the large

numbers of some of the commoner species, especially Enhydrina

valakadien, show how very numerous these creatures are in the

Malayan waters. A single specimen of a species hitherto un-

described, to which I have given the name of Distira annandalei, is

of interest on account of the way in which the scales on the head

are subdivided, and also because of the great number of rows of

scales round the body; in these respects it is the most specialized

member of the genus known. The water from which these

specimens from Patani were taken was fresh to the taste. The

Malays informed Mr. Annandale that during the monsoon, when

the salt water is blown across the bar and into the estuary of the

river, they are far more poisonous than at other times. Three

men were said to have died from bites of sea-snakes recently in a

single monsoon-season. They are so abundant that one or more

are taken in every haul of the net. The native name for the

snakes belonging to this family is “ Ular berang,” or “ gerang,” and

sometimes the rough-keeled larger species are known as “ Ular

gelireh.”

33. Hypropuis nicRocinctus Daud.

34. Distma ornata (Gray).

35. DistTrra JERDONIL (Gray).

Distira jerdonii, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 229; S.S. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 688.

Several specimens of this very handsome species were collected.

It appears to be rare.

36. Distrra wrayi Boulenger.

37. DistiRA ANNANDALEI, sp. n. (Plate XXXYV. fig. la, b.)

Body short, much compressed; head moderate ; scales juxtaposed,

1 The ‘“‘jélotong” is a kind of tree with slate-coloured bark; = Dyera

maingayi or D, costulata.—F, F. L

580 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON THE [Dee. 3,

smooth or feebly tuberculate anteriorly, very small; 76 rows

round the neck, 89-90 round the body. One pair of chin-shields ;

frontal shield longer than broad, longer than the parietals, which

are separated from the frontal and from each other by small scales.

Rostral broader than deep ; prefrontals small. The front end of

the frontal is segmented off to form a small median scale ; 10 or 11

labials, fifth in contact with the orbit on one side, but not on the

other; one or two preoculars, asubocular, and two or three post-

oculars. Ventral shields feebly enlarged, 310 in number.

Colour olive-grey above, with transverse bands of a darker shade,

broadest above, fading away on the sides, which, like the belly, are

yellowish white.

‘ Total length 500 mm., tail 70.

One specimen from Patani.

38. ENHYDRIS CURTUS.

Enhydris curtus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 800; id. Faun.

Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 396.

Apparently not recorded hitherto from these waters. Two

specimens from Singgora.

39, ENHYDRIS HARDWICKI (Gray).

40. ENHYDRINA VELAKADIEN (Boie).

Subfam. Exapin x.

41. Buycarvs Frascratus (Schneid.).

Bungarus fasciatus, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 366; id. Faun.

Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 388; 8. 8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 689.

The Malays of Biserat call this snake by the same name as

Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus (i. e., “ Ular katam tebu). They

appear, however, to distinguish between the two to some extent,

regarding Dipsadomorphus as non-poisonous, or at any rate not so

poisonous as the Bungarus.

42. NAIA TRIPUDIANS Merr.

Naia tripudians, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, ui. p. 380 (skull fig.

p- 372); id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 391; 8. 8. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 690.

Malay name “ Ular tedong sendok” =turmeric-coloured spoon-

snake. A young specimen from Biserat belonged to var. B of the

‘Catalogue,’ having dark rings on a dark brown ground-colour. An

adult specimen from Raman agrees in colour with the specimen

described by Mr. Flower from Perak, except that its under surface

has no darker markings.

43. CALLOPHIS MACULICEPs Giinth.

Biserat, Gunong Inas.

1901.] REPTILES OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 581

44, DoLioPHis BIVIRGATUS (Boie).

Raman, Kelantan, Gunong Inas.

Fam. AMBLYCEPHALIDS,

45. AMBLYCEPHALUS LEVIS Boie.

Amblycephalus levis, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 441; id.

Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 415; 8.8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899,

p- 694.

Mr. Annandale collected a single specimen of this rare snake on

the boundary between Ligeh and Raman. In colour it is greyish

brown above, with darker, almost black, cross-bars, which run down

the sides ; the sides between these are dull orange. Lower parts

yellowish, thickly dusted over with brown spots. The orange and

dark markings on the sides of the body account for the native

name “ Ular kapak rimau,” or tiger axe-snake.

46, AMBLYCEPHALUS MOELLENDORFFI (Boettg.).

Amblycephalus moellendorffii, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 443 ;

id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 415; S.S. Flower, P.Z.8. 1899,

p- 694.

An adult female and a young individual from Biserat. Called

“ Ular kapak” by the Malays. The name “ Ular kapak,” or axe-

snake, is given to any small snake with a well-marked neck. This

species has not, I believe, been recorded hitherto south of Tenas-

serim.

Fam. ViPERID&.

Subfam. CroraLin 2,

47, LACHESIS GRAMINEUS (Shaw).

Gunong Inas.

48, LACHESIS WAGLERI (Boie).

Lachesis wagleri, Boulenger, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 552; 8.8. Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 696.

Singapore. A young individual of var. A. Perhaps this

variety is merely the young stage of var. D.

Order EMYDOSAURIA.

Fam. CROCODILID.

1. CrocopiLus PoRosus Schn.

2. CrocopiLus PALUstTRIS Lesson,

Crocodilus palustris, Boulenger, Cat. Chel, &c. p, 284 ; id. Faun,

582 ON THE REPTILES OF THE “SKEAT EXPUDITION.” [Dec. 3,

Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 5 (fig. p. 2); 8. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899,

p- 620.

A single small specimen, some 7 feet long, from Biserat in Jalor.

This species is apparently very rare in the Peninsula, and it does

not range further east.

Order CHELONIA.

Fam. TESTUDINIDS.

1. Damonta suprrisuea (Schleg. & Miill.).

Damonia subtrijuga, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &c. p. 94; 8. S.

Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 610.

Several young from Lampan in Patalung and an adult from

Biserat. The length of the carapace of the latter following the

curve is 165 mm.

2, BELLIA CRASSICOLLIS Gray.

Patalung, Raman.

3. CycLEMYS PLATYNOTA Gray.

Belimbing in Legeh.

4, CYCLEMYS AMBOINENSIS (Daud.).

Cyclemys amboinensis, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &e. p. 133 (skull

fig. p. 128, shell fig. p. 129); id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 31 ;

S.S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 614.

Our largest example of this species, from Biserat, had no nuchal

plate.

5. GEOEMYDA SPINOSA Gray.

Geoemyda spinosa, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &c. p. 187; id. Faun.

Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 25; 8. 8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 614.

One specimen from a hill near Kuala Aring and several from

the flat swampy country round Kota Bharu, the capital of Kelantan.

It would seem thus to inhabit plains or hills up to 2000 feet or so

indifferently.

6. GEOEMYDA GRANDIS Gray.

Biserat.

7. Testupo EMyYs Schleg. & Mill.

Testudo emys, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &c. p. 158 (skull fig.

p- 150) ; id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Reptiles, p. 22; 8.8. Flower, P. Z.8.

1899, p. 616.

Native name (Kelantan) “ Kura kura anam kaki” (six-legged

tortoise). This name is easily intelligible if the hind legs of a

living example be examined. The Malays say that this species is

, only found in the hills, that the male ean roar loudly like a tiger, and

1901.] Lis? OF PLACES VISITED BY THE “‘SKBAT EXPEDITION.” 583

that the female buries her eggs under a mound of dead leaves and

soil. Mr. Annandale obtained a very fine specimen at Biserat. Its

carapace was 500 mm. long, following the curve ; he was told that

still larger specimens are to be met with.

8. Txestupo pLoneara Blyth.

Fam. CHELONID&.

9. CHELoNE mMypas (L.).

Fam. TRIONYCHID 2S.

10. Trionyx suBPLANUS Geoffr.

Trionyx subplanus, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. &e. p. 246 (skull

fig. p. 247); S. 8S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 619, pl. xxxvi.

Fairly common in the Krian River of Upper Perak. The speci-

mens obtained were caught in fish-traps in a place where the river

was practically a cataract.

Malay name “ Labi-labi” (applied also to the next species).

11, Trionyx cartiLacineus (Boddaert).

Kelantan and Patani Rivers.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Fig. 1a. Distira annandale?, p. 579.

1b. Head of do. from above.

2a. Side view of head of Tropidonotus inas, p, 576.

2b. View of do. from above.

APPENDIX,

List of Place-names in the Siamese Malay States visited by Members

of the ** Skeat Expedition”. :

The following List, comprising the names of places at which

collecting was done in the course of the recent Malay-States

Expedition, has been compiled by request, in the hope that it may

afford some sort of a guide to the localities in which the collecting

was carried out and at the same time make it easier to arrive at

uniformity in the matter of spelling.

The accented, or “ stressed,” syllable is, as a rule, the penultimate

(in the case of words of more than one syllable).

The vowels and diphthongs are pronounced much as in Italian,

the diphthongs being, if anything, a trifle shorter. The chief ex-

ception to this rule (in standard Malay) is the sound written “ é,”

which represents what is called the “ indeterminate ” vowel. The

? Drawn up by Mr. W. W. Sknat (June, 1901),

524 MR. W. W. SKHAT’S LIST OF [ Dec. 3,

following is a general list of the letters here used and their

equivalents :—

A. Vowels and diphthongs :—

as in Eng. “ facade.”

as in last syllable of Eng. “ Africa.”

as in Eng. “ féte.”

as in Eng. “ the” when unaccented, ¢. g. “thé man,”

or=short 4 in “ machine,”

as in Eng. “‘ machine.”

as in Eng. ‘ it.”

as in Eng. “ note.”

as in Eng. “ got.”

as in Eng. “ rule.”

as in Eng. “ bull.”

au as ow in Eng. “lout.”

ei as in Eng. “ height.”

Oc 1 Cw

eceroco.men

B. Consonants :—

B, D, P, T, H, J, L, M, N, R, as in English.

CH always as in Eng. “church”; 8 as in Eng. “ sin”

(never as z); G always hard; medial NG always

as in Eng. “ singer,” never as in Eng. “ stronger,”

“longer,” which sound is always written NGG.

K initial as in Eng. “kite,” but at the end of a word it is

always a “‘ click,” formed by sharply closing the throat.

The place-names which follow are taken in order, commencing

at the northernmost point of the East Coast visited by us and

working southwards.

I, Licor een in Siamese “ Lakhawn”). Small East Coast

State, S. of 9° 20’ (N. latitude).

Chief village : Ligor.

(Part of the Tale Noi or Little Lake at the N.end of the Inland

Sea is in Ligor.)

Il. Srnecora (correctly as spelt, but often written Singora).

Small East Coast State lying S. of 7° 20' parallel of N.

latitude ; headquarters of the Siamese High Commissioner

for the East Coast States.

Chief village : Singgora (called in Siamese “ Sung-K1a”), situated

at the entrance to the Tale Sap, or “ Inland Sea.”

Other village visited: Lam Lom.

Inland Sea, or Big Lake, called Tale Sap.

Little Lake (at N. end of Tale Sap) called Tale Noi (“« Nawi it

Islands in Inland Sea: “ Birdsnest Islands” (Ko $i Ha).

1901,] PLACES VISITED BY THE “‘ SKEAT BXPHDITION.” 585

III. PArAtune. Small East Coast State, 8. of 7°50’ (N. latitude).

Chief village: Lampam (also occasionally called “ Patalung”).

Other villages visited: Ban Nah, Ban Kong Rak, Ban Kong

Kram, Ko Mu Rah, Ko Tom, Ko Nam Kam (all in the

interior).

TV. [Caana and Tura, two small districts lying between Singgora

and Patani, were not visited. |

V. PArAni. Formerly the most important and flourishing of the

Malay East Coast States. Subdued by Siam and subdivided

into seven provinces or districts under separate Governors, as

follows :—

(1) District of Patani. S. of 6° 55' (N, latitude).

Chief town: Patani (seat of a Siamese Governor and Malay

Raja).

(2) District of Nawng Chik. §. of 6° 55’ (N. latitude); north

of Patani District.

Chief village: Ban Nawng Chik (lit. “ N. Ch. Village ”).

Mountain visited: Bukit Bésar (2. e. Big Mountain) or Indra-

girl (“ Negiri ”); village at foot, Ko Sai Khan.

(3) District of Jering. S. of 6° 55’ (N. latitude); south of

Patani District.

Chief village: Jambu.

Other village visited : Péngarik.

(4) District of Teluban or Sai (lit.=“ sands”). 8. of 6° 55’

(N. latitude) ; south of Jering District.

Chief village: Télaban.

Chief river: Téluban.

(5) District of Jalaé (often written Jalor). S. of 6° 40' (N.

latitude); west of Patani District.

Chief village: Bisérat, on the left bank of the Patani.

Limestone Caves: Gua Gambar, or “ Image” (7. e. “ Statue”),

“Cave”; Gua G’lap=“ Dark Cave,” and others.

(6) District of Raman (or Réman). 8. of 6° 35' (N. latitude) ;

south of Jala District.

Chief village: Kota Bharu or “ New Fort.”

Other village visited: K. Kekabu.

Chief river: Patani.

(7) District of Ligeh (called in Siamese * Ranga”). S. of

6° 30' (N. latitude) ; south of Raman District.

Chief village: Tanjong ’Mas (lit. ‘ Golden Cape”).

Other village visited; Tremangan ; Tomoh; Belimbing.

VI. Kittantan. Now the largest and most important of the East

Coast States. 8. of 6°15’ (N. latitude); south of Teluban

and Ligeh.

Chief town: Kota Bharu (lit. New Fort), seat of the Sultan of

Kelantan,

586 THE PLACES VISITED BY THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [Dec.3,

Chief river: the Kelantan,

Tributaries of the Kélantan: the Pergau (the village at con-

fluence with the Kelantan R. is “ Kuala P.”); the Galas;

the Lébih (village on the Lebih R.—Aur Gading); the ’Sam.

Tributary of the Lébih: the Aring.

N.B.—The village at the mouth of the Aring was called Kam-

pong Kuala Aring; that upstream was Kampong Buntal.

VIL. Treyecanv. S. of 5° 50' (N. latitude); south of Kelantan.

Chief town: Trengganu, on a river of the same name.

Coral Islands off the coast: the Redangs, called in Malay

«Pulau Rédang Besar,” or the ‘Great Rédang,” and P. Pinang

(S. of 5° 50’) ; visited by Messrs. Evans and Yapp.

West Coast.

VIII. Képan, or Sart Buri. S. of 6° 40’ (N. latitude): Siamese

Dependency on mainland, running N.E. from the Islaud of

Penang, which is leased from its Sultan.

Chief town: Alor Sétar (“ S’tar”), on the Kedah River.

Mountains: Gunong Jérai or “ Kedah Peak” and Bukit Perak

(“ Silver Mountain ”).

Islands: Pulau Bidan, one of the “ Nine Islands” group off

the coast of Kedah (visited by Mr. Evans only).

[N.B.—Two small districts N. of Kédah were called Sétul*

(S. of 7° 8') and Perlis (S. of 6° 55').]

1X. PErax. S. of 6° (N. latitude). Northernmost British Pos-

session, forming part of the Federated Malay States.

Chief town: Taiping.

Mountain visited: Gunong Inas (visited by Messrs. Yapp and

Laidlaw). Encampment at foot, Sira (not Sirih) Rimau.

Jtiver : the Sélama River ( ‘ Sungei Sélama ”)

“ilages visited : K. Selama and K. Ulu Selama.

Notes on the prefixes to Malay place-names :—

Ginong: a “crag” or rocky peak; a hill with crags or

boulders.

Bukit: a forest-clad hill or mountain (with few or no exposures);

called ‘* Ko ” in Siamese.

Sungei: a river or stream.

Tanjong : a cape or point of land,

7Télok: an inlet or bay.

Ulu: the headwaters or upper reaches of a river.

Kuala (pr. Quolla): the mouth or estuary of a river; the point

ot confluence of two rivers or streams.

Kampong: a (Malay) village or hamlet, called “ Ban” in

Siamese.

Pilau: an island.

Sira: a‘ salt lick” (formed by hot springs). Ww. 8,

} Not Sétal, as previously printed.

1901.] ON THE ANATOMY OF RHYNCH#A. 587

4. Notes upon the Anatomy and Systematic Position of

Rhynchea. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-

Secretary and Prosector to the Society.

[Received November 19, 1901.]

(Text-figures 56-63.)

The acquisition by the Society of three living examples of the

‘** Indian Painted Snipe” and the death of them has enabled me

to add something to the existing knowledge of Rhynchea. This

bird is usually arranged by authors of to-day in the immediate

neighbourhood of the Snipes and Woodcocks. It is so placed, for

example, by the late Mr. Seebohm' and by Dr. Blanford *. Those

who know the bird wild are often disposed to deny its Snipe-like

characters, while Dr. Elliott Coues regards it as “exactly between the

true Snipe and the Godwits.” Prof. Fiirbringer’, influenced mainly

by the condition of certain muscles of the wing, by the number

of the rectrices, and by the form of the wing and its capabilities

of flight, is inclined to place the bird nearer to the Parride, and,

in fact, to make for it a special subfamily of Limicoline birds—

Rhynchezine, equivalent to his two other subfamilies, viz. Chara-

driine and Scolopacine. The last-mentioned author points out that

others have been struck with certain Rail-like characters in this,

at least aberrant, genus of Scolopacidee. My own investigations

into the anatomy of this bird lead me in the first place to entirely

deny any close affinity to the Scolopacine (in the sense adopted by

Dr. Blanford, 2. ¢. as including Rhynchea, Gallinago, and Scolopax),

and to agree to some extent with Dr. Fiirbringer’s opinion that

an alliance with the Parride is not at all unreasonable. As a

inatter of fact, Fiirbringer does not seem to be correct in his state-

ment as to the rectrices. But I shall consider this matter under

the

External Characters.

Nitzsch, who examined the pterylosis of this bird, found it to

differ in a number of peculiarities from the Woodcock. He stated,

among other facts, that the number of rectrices was only 10, the

prevalent number being 12 to 16 and even more in the Snipes. Dr.

Blanford allows no less than 14 rectrices. I can only find 12 in

the two examples which I have examined tor this purpose. A

special resemblance therefore to the Parride falls to the ground.

As to the remiges, I agree with Nitzsch that 20 is the right

number.

The oil-gland of course is tufted. The dorsal pterylosis seems

to me to have been correctly described by Nitasch. L would add that

the strong feathering of the dorsal tract ends abruptly just where

! *The Geographical Distribution of the Charadriidx ’ (London, 1887).

2 Fauna of British India: Birds, vol. iv. p. 283.

3 ‘Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Systematik der Vogel’ (Amsterdam,

1889).

588 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dee. 3,

the single tract divides between the shoulders. This division is

only just recognizable ; it extends for such a very short way, that

on a superficial inspection one might be disposed to deny that the

tract did divide at all. The rest of the dorsal tract does not, as

Nitzsch correctly states, enclose any space. It begins close up to

the first part of the dorsal tract, and consists of soft feathers

scattered irregularly over the back. Just in front of the oil-gland,

however, there is a short row of stiff feathers, but not such strong

feathers as those which form the first part of the dorsal tract.

The ventral tracts are double on each side, and the outer half of

each is rather wider and composed of somewhat stronger feathers

than the more ventrally placed row.

Alimentary Viscera,

The gizzard of this bird is strong and muscular, with 'extensive

tendinous sheets on either side. It is altogether quite a typical

gizzard of a grain-eating bird. The intestine is 16 inches long, of

which 2 inches lie between the caecum and the cloaca. The ceca

are 13 inch long. The proportions of the various sections of the

gut differ from thoseof many Limicolz. But it must be admitted

that they are not far from those of the Jack Snipe (Gallinago

gallinula). In that bird the intestines are one foot in length

and the ceca 1 inch each. Scolopax, on the other hand, is very

different, with an intestine of 4 feet and ceca of only half an

inch in length. Tringa canuta agrees almost exactly in the lengths

and proportions of intestine and ceca: it has an intestine of 18}

inches and ceca of 14 inches.

The liver-lobes differ greatly in size, the right being quite twice

the size of the left; they are, moreover, of a different shape, the

right being broader in proportion to its length than is the left.

In these proportions of the liver-lobes Rhynchea differs from

both Scolopaw and Gallinago, where the two lobes are subequal,

but, it must be noted, different in shape. In Tringa canu'a and

Charadrius pluvialis the same proportions of the liver-lobes as in

Ithynchea obtain, also, it may be observed, in the Parride.

Muscular Anatomy.

Firbringer has dealt in detail with the wing musculature of

Ethynchea, I have only concerned myself with the muscles of the

hind limb, which show some differences in the various genera of

Limicole. In the majority of genera, as Garrod pointed out’, the

formula is the reduced one, 7. ¢e. A.X.Y., the ambiens being also

present in all Limicoline birds. This is the formula of Sco/opax and

Gallinago; and it must be noted that in these two genera, the

supposed allies of Hhynchea, the femoro-caudal is reported by

Garrod to be “small.” hynchewa agrees with the genera “yialitis,

Himantopus, Hematopus, Recurvirostra, and Numentus in having

the full muscle-formula of the hind limb, viz., A.B.X.Y., and the

femoro-caudal is a large and strong muscle.

* Collected Papers edited by W. A. Forbes (London, 1881), p. 203,

1901.) ANATOMY OF RHYNCH FA. 589

Syrink.

The windpipe of this genus was investigated by the late Mr.

Wood-Mason, who published an account ’," illustrated by a plate and

two woodcuts, of the main features in the structure of that tube.

Text-fig. 56. Text-fig. 57. Text-fig. 58.

Text-fig. 56.— Portion of windpipe of Rhynchea capensis, 2.

‘Text-fig. 57.— ” ” Woodeock (Scolopax rusticula),

Yext-fig. 58.— “) e Cominon Snipe (Ga/linago calestis).

He pointed out that in this species the windpipe of the female is

slightly convoluted and that that of the male is perfectly straight.

1 “On the Structure and Development of the Trachea in the Indian Painted

Snipe (Rhynchea capensis),” P, Z. 8. 1878, p. 745.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Von, II. No. XXXIJX. 39

590 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 3,

I can confirm this statement. As the accompanying figure (text-

fig. 56) shows, the windpipe is slightly convoluted in a female bird

which I dissected, while I found it to be straight in the male. I

have thought it worth while, however, to have a special figure

prepared, inasmuch as those of Mr. Wood-Mason do not show with

great plainness the remarkable asymmetry of the extrinsic muscles

of the syrinx. It will be noted in the accompanying figure that

the two muscles, instead of arising on opposite sides of the wind-

pipe, arise close together and on the left side. This asymmetry

reminds one of that of the Pigeons,a group which is by some

considered to be allied to the Limicole. I think also that my

figure is a little clearer in the details of the rings which constitute

the syrinx.

As to the intrinsic muscles, there are a slender pair which are

shown in my figure. These muscles seem to be inserted, as is

shown in that figure, into the interspace between two rings of the

syrinx, and not into one of the rings themselves. For purpose of

comparison, I have had sketches made of the windpipes of the two

birds, which have been generally supposed to be near allies of the

genus ERhynchea, but which I do not regard as nearly akin to that

Limicoline. Text-fig.57 represents the windpipe in the neighbour-

hood of, and including, the syrinx in the Common Woodcock, while

text-fig. 58 is a corresponding figure of the syrinx of a Common -

Snipe (Gallinago celestis). In both of these birds the syrinx has

a more regular shape than it has in the rather exaggerated case of

Rhynchea. The two genera with which I compare Rhynchea have

syringes which are quite like those of the Ardeide, for example,

and of many birds whose syringes are not greatly modified from

the common ground-plan of that organ among birds. It is not

necessary for me to go into detail in my comparisons of the organ

in the three types ; my object is rather to point out the several

salient differences that have been indicated. I may remark, how-

ever, that in the Snipe there are but slight intrinsic muscles.

In Scolopax rusticula, on the other hand, the syrinx has a pair

of better developed intrinsic muscles, which, however, differ from

those of Rhynchea in the fact that their lower ends are not

attached to an interspace between two syringeal rings, but to one

of those rings themselves. The difference is not an important one,

but, such as it is, it exists. Nor, indeed, can I, in view of the great

differences in details of anatomy which distinguish the syringes

of closely allied forms in some cases, lay too much weight upon

the contrasting facts which I here bring together. But in any case

I am justified in pointing out that, while the genera Scolopax and

Gallinago (if we allow them to be distinct genera, which everyone—

for example the late Mr. Seebohm—does not) possess syringes

which are very much alike even in details, both of these genera

differ markedly in the syringes from their supposed ally Rhynchea.

The Skull.

The skull in its general aspects is quite typically Limicoline.

1901.1 ANATOMY OF RHYNCH#A, 59]

But it nevertheless presents certain small differences from the

various genera with which I have been able to compare it. The

proportions of the cranial to the facial regions of the skull are

much those of Himantopus. Two features of some systematic

importance can be noted on a dorsal inspection of the skull of

Text-tig. 59. Text-fig. 60.

‘Yext-fig. 59.—Skull of Rhynchea capensis, ventral aspect. x

Text-fig. 60.— __,, p = dorsal aspect. x 2.

Rhynchea. In the first place, the region of the skull lying between

the orbits is narrow, the frontals being here much reduced in

breadth. Nor can any impressions of the supraorbital glands be

seen upon these bones. Such impressions are universal among the

Limicole, if we omit certain forms whose exact position in the

39*

592 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dee. 3,

series is debatable, such as Dromas and Glareola, Even in Tringa,

where they are perhaps least observable, a careful inspection of

the bones shows the shallow furrows which indicate the existence

of the structures in question. I cannot therefore agree with Dr.

Shufeldt*, who remarks that in Aphriza virgata,“ again agreeing in

this respect with most if not all true Tringe, they are entirely

absent.” I confess, however, that in 7ringa cinclus, a small species

and thus not easy of study, these furrows are so ill-impressed

that they are not plain; they are, however, definitely stated by

Mr. Forbes to be present, and I can confirm the accuracy of his

observations. They are plainly to be seen in Tringa canuta. But

I cannot see these furrows in either Scolopaw or Gallinago.

The second peculiarity of the skull of Rhynchea, which is evi-

dent on the dorsal view, is the condition of the nostrils. As is

well known, the Limicoline birds are schizorhinal for the most

part, though the GZdicnemide are purely holorhinal, and in certain

outlying genera, such as 7’inocorus, the schizorhiny approaches

holorhiny. Ahynchea is to some extent also an intermediate type

in the nature of its bony nostrils. As will be seen from the

accompanying figure (text-fig. 60) the extent of the nostril is that of

schizorhinal birds, 7. ¢. they extend back beyond the end of the

premaxille. But instead of their ending gradually in a gradually

narrowing chink between the two halves of the nasal bone, their _

posterior outline is distinctly rounded. They belong, in fact, rather

to that group of Limicoline birds which contains the generaCursorius,

Dromas, and Thinocorus, &c., than to the more typical family

Charadriide or its immediateallies (including Snipe and Woodcock),

in this particular. It is noteworthy also that in this particular, as

in the absence of supraorbital impressions, the genus Lhyncheea is

not far removed from the Parride, with which family Fiirbringer

has on other grounds suggested a resemblance. Both Garrod and

Forbes refer to the Parride as being schizorhinal; Forbes speaks

of them as “strongly schizorhinal.” This expression appears to

me to be too emphatic; for in Hydrophasianus, of which 1 have

a skull before me, there is precisely the same ‘“ pseudoholorhiny ”

that is met with in Dromas, Thinocorus, &c., a little more pro-

nounced than in Lhynchea.

The Limicoline birds differ characteristically in the number and

arrangement of the nerve-foramina at the end of the bony bill. In

Lihynchea (text-fig. 63) there are four regular rows of four or five

largish foramina. In Yringa (and the same applies to Aphriza,

which hardly differs generically) the end of the bill is beset with

closely-set and very numerous foramina, which give a sculptured

appearance to this region of the premaxille. This is much exag-

gerated in Scolopav and Tringa (text-figs. 61, 62). In Vanellus

the foramina are as few as in Rhynchea, but less regular in their

' “On the Affinities of Aphriza virgata,’ Journ. Morph. ii, 1888, p. 314.

‘Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Jacanas (Parridz),”

P. Z.8. 1881, p. 644.

1901. ] ANATOMY OF RHYNCH A, 593

arrangement. These differences are correlated with - different

habits in feeding.

Text-fig. 61. Text-fig. 62. Text-fig. 63.

Text-fig. 61.—Extremity of bony bill of Scolopax rusticula. x 3.

Text-fig. 62.— » * Tringa canutus. X 3.

Text-fig. 63.— i 5 Rhynchea capensis.

On the ventral aspect ot the skull various features call for notice.

The shape of the foramen magnum is as in T’ringa, Scolopaw, and

Gallinago ; it is, that is to say, somewhat heart-shaped, the pos-

terior margin being bayed out between the occipital foramina at

the sides. It is interesting to notice that in Hydrophasianus there

is, just above the foramen magnum, a small perforation which seems

to possibly represent in a rudimentary way this baying out of the

foramen magnum itself; it cannot be, I think, a vestige of the

lateral occipital foramina. The latter are well developed in

Rhynchea as in all typical Limicolines, with, as it appears, the

occasional exception of Machetes’.

' Shufeldt states that the occipital foramina are absent in Hematopus, while

Forbes asserts their presence. Tn view of this conflicting testimony, I may

remark that in one of two examples of 7. ostraleqgus the foramina were present

and conspicuous ; in the other thes were represented by minute perforations,

which might readily be missed.

594 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 3,

The pterygoids are slightly different in form trom those of some

other Limicole. In Rhynchawa (text-fig. 59, p. 591) these bones

are provided, as in other genera, with facets for articulation with

the basis cranii: but the facet does not stand out from the rest of

the bone as it does in other genera that I have examined. The

distal part of the bone, z. ¢. the end nearest to the palatine articula-

tion, is broader than the proximal end, and the broadening com-

mences with the facet and is carried on at its level. The quadrate

shows certain recognizable differences in the different genera of

Limicoline birds. In Rhynchea the anterior condyle on the

mandibular articular surface is not bevelled off into a trochlea:

in Hematopus, Himantopus, Gallinago, Scolopax, and Vanellus

there is a long trochlea, most developed perhaps in Hamatopus.

On the other hand, Tringa agrees with Rhynchea and so too does

Hydrophasianus.

L need not enter into the varying form of the maxillo-palatines

in the Limicolines, as the main differences have been pointed out by

Dr. Shufeldt. I may observe, however, that in the two species of

Tringa which | have examined the maxillo-palatines do fuse with

the palatines. hey are undoubtedly quite separate in Hamatopus

and some other genera. The maxillo-palatines of Rhynchea are

peculiar on account of their small size; they are represented

merely by a thin bar of bone on each side, which is not fused with -

the palatine, and is, indeed, bowed in form, the concavity lying on

the palatine side. There is no extension of the maxillo-palatine

upwards to form a thin shell-like, concave lamina, such as occurs,

for example, in Vanellus. The shape and extent of the maxillo-

palatines are exactly parallel in Hydrophasianus. In the Snipe and

Woodcock the maxillo-palatines are equally small but fused with

the palatines.

It is well known that the vomer of Limicoline birds varies in

form, in breadth, and as to whether the end is cleft or not. In

Rhynchea the anterior end of this bone ends in a deeply cleft

extremity. It is not cleft in Scolopaw and barely cleft in Gallinago.

On the ventral aspect of the skull there is yet another ossification

to be noticed the homologies of which are rather doubtful. In

front of the vomer and resting upon the premaxille is a scutcheon-

shaped piece of bone of which the two lateral wings are visible

when the skull is viewed trom above. I have not been able to see

this bone in such other Limicoline skulls as I have had the oppor-

tunity of inspecting. But it might be, I imagine, readily detached

and so lost in maceration. If the two lateral pieces of bone which

are visible on the dorsal view of the skull were extended so as to

join the maxillz, the structure would recall the plate of bone which

forms the ‘ desmognathous ” palate of the American Vultures, or

the apparently corresponding transverse plate of bone in the

Cariamide*. In Scolopax and Gallinago this region of the skull is

produced downwards into a thick keel.

* See Beddard, “On the Anatomy of Burmeister’s Cariama (Chunga hurmeis-

teri),” P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 596, figs. 1, 2. The bone in question lies just behind

the separation of the two halves of the upper jaw.

1901.} ANATOMY OF RHYNCH FA. 595

Among the characteristic features of Limicoline birds, which

distinguish them from their nearest allies, is the ring of bone formed

at the anterior end of the orbit by the junction of the descending

process of the lachrymal with the rather massive ectethmoid

(“pars plana”). The relative proportions of these two bones and

their mode of junction offer distinctive points of difference between

different genera.

In Rhynchea the descending process of the lachrymal is rather

massive, and is attached to the also rather massive eetethmoid on

the front side of that bone and some little way beyond the actual

outer termination of that bone. The arrangement and proportions

of these two bones are more like those which obtain in Hydro-

phasianus than in any other genus with which I have compared

Rhynchea.

Rhynchea is particularly unlike Scolopaw and Gallinago in this

region of the skull; for in those two genera the much more com-

pletely fused lachrymal and ectethmoids form a massive plate of

bone which extends downwards to join the posterior wall of the

orbit at the squamosal.

This wall of bone bounding the orbit below is thicker in

Scolopax than in Gallinago. This junction of the ectethmoids

with the posterior wall of the orbit may perhaps be correlated with

the fact that in the Snipe and Woodcock the organ of hearing, as

is well known, and duly referred to by Dr. Blanford in character-

izing the groups and subfamilies of the Limicole'’, has come to lie

directly beneath the orbit. This is a further difference between

the true Snipes and the wrongly called Painted “ Snipe”; for in

Rhynchea the auditory cavity is quite normal in its position, A

shortening of the quadrato-jugal arch also follows this shifting of

the auditory organ ; in Rhynchea this bone is much longer than in

its erroneously supposed allies Scolopax and Gallinago. I may

finally remark that the interorbital septum is much more fenes-

trate in Rhynchea than in Gallinago or Scolopax; in the latter

genus, indeed, it is almost complete.

Vertebral Column and Ribs.

The cervical vertebre of Ahynchea are exceptionally few for a

Limicoline bird. There are only fourteen, instead of the usual

fifteen. But in this feature Rhynchwa agrees with Scolopax and

Gallinayo. Of these, the last two bear movable incomplete ribs,

that borne by the last of the series being, as is usual, much larger

than that which precedes, Then follow six free dorsal vertebre,

all of which are provided with complete ribs reaching the sternum.

Of these the first five pairs are provided with uncinate processes.

The first of the lumbar vertebrie possesses an incomplete pair of ribs,

which, as well as the pair in front, are overlapped by the ilia

There are seven free caudal vertebra in addition to the pygostyle.

' Fauna of British India; Birds, vol. iy. p. 288.

596 MR, F. BE, BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 3,

Sternum and Shoulder- Girdle.

The sternum among Limicoline birds shows some variability as

to the number of notches present. We find sterna of closely

allied forms which have respectively two and four notches. It is

not therefore of great importance to note that in Rhynchea, as in

Gallinago celestis and Scolopax, the sternum is but two-notched.

It seems to be rather narrower than is often the case; but in spite

of this the two coracoids do not overlap, or even come into contact

at their articulation with its anterior border. The spina externa

is small and, as in other limicolous birds, the spina interna is not

present. Of some systematic importance is the fact that the

clavicles articulate with the acrocoracoid and the acromion only,

and not with the procoracoid. The typical Limicoline birds possess

all three articulations ; it is only some of the aberrant groups, such

as the Thinocoride and the Parrid, which agree with Rhynchea in

this fact of structure.

But neither in the sternum, pelvis, or appendicular skeleton

are there such wide differences from Scolopax and Gallinago as are

shown in the skull.

5. On some Anatomical Differences between the Common —

Snipe (Gallinago celestis) and the Jack Snipe (Galli-

nayo gallinula). By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.,

Vice-Secretary and Prosector to the Society.

[Received December 3, 1901.]

(Text-figures 64-69.)

As is well known, the Jack Snipe differs from the Common

Snipe of this country in the tact that it has only twelve rectrices

and a double-notched sternum; whereas G. celestis has fourteen

rectrices and a sternum with only a single pair of notches. The

sterna have been figured by Seebohm', and the facts have been

noted by many previous observers, such as Macgillivray, Yarrell,

Newton, and others.

Prof. Garrod, who dissected examples of both species, found such

characters as he examined to be identical, excepting of course the

two features already mentioned.

With regard to the sternum, | may observe that one side (the

left) of that bone ina skeleton of G. celestis that | examined had a

swwall oval foramen, in addition, of course, to the lateral notch. It

is, however, to the skull and the windpipe that I wish to direct

attention in the present communication. Both of these portions

of the body offer easily recognizable differences in the two birds

under consideration.

In the skull the much greater length of the beak-region in the

* «The Geographical Distribution of the Family Charadriida’ (London, 1887),

pp. 481 & 485.

1901.} COMMON AND JACK SNIPES.

Common Snipe is a distinguishing feature, buf one which is well

known ; also the fact that in both birds, as in many Limicoline

types (e. g. Scolopax, Tringa), the extremities of the premaxillaries

and dentary bones are covered with a honeycomb-like reticulation

of the surface of the bone in correspondence with a pitting of the

horny beak. This is rather more developed in G. celestis than in

G, gallinula ; the pitting extends farther back in the former species".

The chief difference between the two Snipes observable on the

dorsal aspect of the skull concerns the nasal bones. Both are of

course schizorhinal; but while G. celestis is typically so, the

space between the two parts of that bone gradually diminishing to

a mere chink, G. gallinula shows the same “ attempt” at holorhiny

which occurs in Rhynchea, Hydrophasianus, and some other

Limicoline birds *.

Text-fig. 64. Text-fig. 65,

F.M.

‘Lext-fig. 64.— Base of the skull of the Common Snipe (@adlinago celestis). X 3.

F.M., foramen magnum.

‘Text-fig. 65.—Base of the skull of the Jack Snipe (Gadlinago gallinula). xX 3,

F.M., foramen magnum,

On the under surface of the skull two structural features can

' Beyond the symphysis in the lower jaw.

* This fact, of course, lessens the value of the character as a point of

difference between I?hynchea and its supposed allies Gallinago and Scolopax.

See my paper upon the first-named bird, P. Z. S. 1901, vol. ii. p. 592, where

his structural peculiarity is further referred to.

598 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE | Dec. 3,

be noted which serve further to distinguish the two species. In

Gallinago cclestis the foramen magnum is somewhat heart-shaped,

but also constricted in the middle, which gives to it an appearance

Text-fig. 66. Text-fig. 67.

Text-fig. 66.—Skull of the Common Snipe (G@. celestis), lateral aspect. x 2.

A, external auditory meatus,

Text-fig, 67.—Skull of the Jack Snipe (G. gallinula), lateral aspect. x 2.

A, external auditory meatus. |B, interorbital foramina.

1901. | COMMON AND JACK SNIPES. 599

very ditferent from that shown by the quite heart-shaped foramen

magnum of G. gallinula. Moreover, the foramen in the first-

named bird is slightly longer than it is broad, while the reverse

is the case in G. gallinula, This very striking difference is shown

in the drawings (see text-figures 64 & 65, p.597). A more striking

difference, perhaps, is shown in the condition of the maxillo-palatine

plates in the two birds. In both species the plates in question are

firmly ankylosed to the palatines without a trace of division.

But while in G. celestis these projecting plates are thin and bent

downwards at the free edge, they are large swollen bulle in the

Jack Snipe.

A final difference in the skull structure of these two birds

appears to me to be, although but slightly marked, of some little

importance. It is well-known that the Scolopacine differ from

other Limicoline birds in the fact that the auditory meatus lies

below the orbit, and even rather in front instead of rather behind

it as is the more normal arrangement in birds. Gallinago ccelestis

shows in this character the typical Scolopacine arrangement ; but

in the species G. gallinula the auditory meatus is definitely

although slightly farther back, and thus approaches the more usual

oruithic arrangement. This is quite obvious when the skulls are

placed one below the other, or side by side as in the sketches (text-

figs. 66, 67, p. 598).

It becomes a matter of interest to enquire how these various

characters apply when the genus Scolopaw (sensu strictiore) is taken

into account. The skull of the Woodcock (S. rusticula) is

considerably more massive than that of the Common Snipe; but

apart from that it agrees very closely with the skull of Gallinago

celestis, The position of the external auditory meatus is precisely

as it is in that Snipe. The foramen magnum is of exactly the

same form, though the occipital foramina are rather farther away

from the foramen magnum than is the case with either of the two

species of Snipe.

The schizorhiny of Scolopax rusticula is as pronounced as in

Gallinago celestis, and therefore more pronounced than in

G. gallinula. The maxillo-palatine plates in the Woodcock are so

much reduced, that there is hardly the slightest projection of bone

that can be identified with them. This state of affairs is in

reality an exaggeration of what is to be seen in the skull of

G. celestis, where the bones in question are narrow shelf-like

processes. The large swollen bulle of G. gallinula are almost

equally different from the maxillo-palatines of both Woodcock and

Common Snipe.

The syrinx of Gallinago gallinula is represented in the accom-

panying drawings (text-figs. 68, 69, p. 600), from which it will be

seen that it is very different in detail from that of G. ca@lestis.

The difference is mainly caused by the laterally bowed syringeal

semirings at the commencement of that organ, which cause the

syrinx to project at this point very far beyond the level of the

trachea. This is, of course, merely an exaggeration of the usual

F Mee ne ge) ed

600 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 3,

Text-fig. 68.

Syrinx of Gallinago gdlinula g, front view. X 3.

-Text-fig. 69.

Syrinx of G. gallinula G, lateral view. X 3.

A, C, two parts of intrinsic syringeal muscle.

B, extrinsic syringeal muscle.

1901. | COMMON AND JACK SNIPES. 601

structure of the avian syrinx, but it is so far a valid distinction

between the two species of Snipe. The protuberance of this part

of the syrinx is further increased by the considerable development

of the intrinsic syringeal muscles. In Gallinago ceelestis these

muscles are thin and narrow slips, which are attached to the

membranous interval between the first two syringeal rings; these

band-like muscles are so slightly marked that they are not visible

in a badly preserved syrinx of that bird which I have in my

possession.

G. gallinula shows the greatest contrast in these muscles. In

the first place, it has distinctly two pairs of intrinsic muscles.

I do not think that the existence of two pairs of intrinsic syringeal

muscles has been recorded in any other genus of Limicoline birds.

In any case it is certain that the majority of the genera have either

a single pair only of intrinsic muscles, or that these muscles are

entirely absent. This comparatively complex musculature of

G. gallinula is to be seen in the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 69,

p- 600), which represents a lateral view of the syrinx. It will be

uoticed from that drawing that the most purely lateral in position

of the two muscles is the larger and that it spreads out in a fan-

shaped way at its insertion. Which of the two muscles corre-

sponds to the single one of G. celestis does not seem to be so

certain ; but I am inclined to regard the larger of the two muscles

as the one. The other muscle lies more posteriorly.

Now of all the features that have been dwelt upon in comparing

G. coelestis and G. gallinula, the syrinx of Scolopaw rusticula most

nearly resembles that of the Common Snipe, G*. celestis. I need

not enter into details since the drawings illustrating a former

paper * clearly show the closeness of the correspondence °.

The few points with which I have dealt in the present communi-

cation obviously reopen the question of generic separation among

the members of this large genus Scolopaw or subfamily Scolopacine’®,

Mr. Seebohm stands at the one extreme of ornithological opinion,

since he includes all the 23 species of Snipe and Woodcock in the

genus Scolopax, though admitting possible subgeneric divisions.

On the other hand, many persons separate Gallinago (Snipe) from

Scolopav (Woodcock), while others retain Limnocryptes for the

Jack Snipe and still further subdivide generically the remaining

members of the group.

So little is known at the present time concerning the anatomy

of the numerous species of birds which are undoubtedly Snipes or

Woodecocks, that it is really premature to attempt any final settle-

ment of the question. 1 have not attempted to prejudge it in the

foregoing pages, and have therefore used Gallinago tor the Snipes,

1 Above, p. 589.

* Since reading this paper I find that it is only the male Jack Snipe which

has the more complex syrinx ; the syrinx of the female is like that of the male

G, celestis, and with but a single pair of slender muscles.

* From which Rhynchea is of course to be remoyed.

602 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dec. 3,

as | think that the prevailing opinion is in favour of retaining

that genus. Now, however, I may be allowed to point out that

in the three Scolopacine birds considered in the present com-

munication the line of division is rather between the Jack Snipe

and the remaining two, than between the Snipes and the Woodcock.

I would rather, in fact, refer Gallinago ceelestis to the genus

Scolopax, retaining Gallinago for G. gallinula.

6. On the Collection of Birds made by Dr. A. Donaldson

Smith on his last Expedition to Lake Rudolf and the

Nile. By R. Bowpnuer Suarpe, LL.D., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received November 16, 1901.]

(Plate XXX VI.")

Dr. Donaldson Smith’s adventurous journey may be traced on

the excellent map which accompanies his paper in the ‘ Geo-

graphical Journal’ for December, 1990 (vol. xvi. pp. 600-624).

A remarkable point of interest for Ornithologists is that insisted

upon by the traveller, namely, that on reaching the Omo River he

found a great change in the aspect of the Fauna. This is confirmed

by the species of birds which he obtained on the marches between

the Mursu country and the Nile. A West-African element, already

known to exist on the Upper Nile through the collections made

by Emin Pasha at Redjaf and Lado, was here traceable farther

eastward to the Omo River, as proved by such species as Platystira

albifrons, Cossypha verticalis, Lybius cequatorialis, and Cossypha

omoensis, a near ally of C. giffardi of the Niger. A species

of Barbet (Hrythrobucco rolleti) was obtained near the Nile, to

which region it seems to be strictly confined, as is probably also

vateropus tenebrosus. A certain Abyssinian element is also present

among the birds collected between the Omo and the Nile, viz.,

Cryptorhina afra, Oriolus auratus (vice O. notatus), Laniarius

erythrogaster, Lybius abyssinicus. On the other hand, a number of

Somali-land and East-African forms extend beyond the Omo River

district, with a slight admixture of Uganda species. Perhaps the

most remarkable of these is Phyllostrophus strepitans, an East-Coast

Bulbul, of which examples were obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith,

which I have not been able to distinguish from the typical form.

On the Omo River, likewise, the species of Heterhyphantes is H.,

melanoxanthus, which is the East-African, not the West-African

form. Ploceipasser donaldsoni, a remarkable new species discovered

by Dr. Donaldson Smith on his first expedition, appears to be

confined to the hilly region near Lake Stefanie.

FRANCOLINUS GRANT.

Francolinus granti Hartl.; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 28 (1899);

' For explanation of the Plate, see p, 622,

1901. ] FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE, 603

id. antea, p. 315; Reichenow, Vég. Afrikas, Bd. i. p. 496 (1901) ;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 334, 1901, p. 299; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901,

p- 698.

a. ¢ ad. Near Okatela Villages, Feb. 26, 1900.

VINAGO WAALIA.

Vinago waaha (Gm.); Sharpe, antea, p. 314; Reichenow, Vég.

Afrikas, i. p. 392 (1901); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 331, 1901, p. 298 ;

id. & Reid, ¢. c. p. 695.

a. g ad. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.

TURTUR SEMITORQUATUS.

Turtur semitorquatus (Ripp.); Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, i.

p. 409 (1901); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 332, 1901, p. 298; id. &

Reid, ¢. c. p. 696; Sharpe, aniea, p. 315.

a. Ad. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.

HOPLOPTERUS SPINOSUS.

Hoplopterus spinosus (.); Salvad. Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv.

p. 563 (1894; Gurat); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p.514; Peel, Somali-

land, p. 331; Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, p. 186 (1900); Grant,

This, 1900, p. 328, 1901, p. 297.

a. g ad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 10, 1899.

+-HBLODROMAS OCHROPUS.

Heiodromas ochropus (L.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p- 437 (1896); Peel, Somali-land, p. 332; Grant, Ibis, 1900,

p-. 329; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 692.

Totanus ochropus (L.); Reichenow, Vog. Ostafr. i. p. 222 (1900).

a. 2 imm. Jira, Oct. 26, 1899.

RHINOPTILUS CINCTUS.

Rhinoptilus cinctus (Heugl.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 170

(1899): id. antea, p. 314; Reichenow, Vég. Afrikas, i. p. 160

(1900).

a. Ad. Edjo, 2100 feet, Feb. 20, 1900.

MELIBRAX GABAR.

Micronisus gabav (Daud.); Sharpe, antea, p. 312; Reichenow,

Vog. Afrikas, i. p. 565 (1901); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 319; id.

& Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 682.

a. 2 ad. Magois country, Jan. 25, 1900.

LOPHOAETUS OCCIPITALIS.

Lophoaétus occipitalis (Daud.); Salvad. Mem. R. Acead. Sci. Tor.

(2) xliv. p. 553; Peel, Somali-land, p. 326; Reichenow, Vég.

Afrikas, i. p. 582; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 321, 1901, p, 293.

a. (Head.)

604 DR. R, BOWDLER SHARPH ON BIRDS [ Dec. 3,

CERCHNEIS NAUMANNI,

Cerchneis naumanni (Fleisch.) ; Reichenow, Vég. Afrikas, i.

p. 644 (1901): Grant, Ibis, 1901, p. 294.

Cerchneis cenchris, Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 79.

a. 6 ad. Jira, Oct. 23, 1899.

This is a very old male of the Lesser Kestrel, in somewhat

worn plumage, and doubtless on its southward journey. On com-

paring the series of C. nawmanni and C. pekinensis in the British

Museum Collection, I am still of opinion that the latter must be

kept distinct, although it may not be more than a race. The

African specimens mentioned by Mr. Gurney in his critique of

my first volume of the ‘ Catalogue’ (Ibis, 1881, p. 471) may after

all be C. pekinensis, which is just as likely to occur in Africa as

Erythropus amurensis. In fact, | now consider that the male

Lesser Kestrel procured by Dr. Hindeat Machakos (ef. Ibis, 1898,

p- 583) is C. pekinensis, and not C. nawmanni, as the lesser wing-

coverts are commencing to become grey. It is, however, somewhat

difficult to decide, as the individual still retains some traces of

immaturity.

ASIO NISUELLA.

Asio nisuella (Daud.); Sharpe, Hand-list B. i. p. 200 (1899) ;

Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, i. p. 659 (1901).

a. 2 ad. Hills between Lakes Stefanie and Rudolf, Dee. 8,

1899.

BUBO ABYSSINICUS.

Bubo abyssinicus (Guér.) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1898, p. 289 ; id. Hand-l.

B. i. p. 283 (1899).

Asio abyssinicus, Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, i. p. 661 (1901).

a. 9 ad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 9, 1899.

This is a very dark specimen and very rufous in tint, but seems

to me to be of the same species as the birds from Jifa Uri in

Somali-land obtained by Mr. Hawker. The exact status of the

species remains to be determined, and it is desirable that the type

should be compared. Professor Reichenow considers that it is an

Asio ; but the wing-formula given by him does not agree with that

of any one of our series, the 4th primary being of about the same

length as the 2nd and 3rd, while the 1st is much shorter than the

5th, and is, in fact, about equal in length to the long inner

secondaries.

BuBO LACTEUS.

Bubo lacteus (Temm.); Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 392; Oust. Bibl.

Hautes-Etudes, xxxi. Art. 10, p. 3 (1886); Salvad. Mem. Accad.

Torino, (2) xliv. p. 550 (1891; Warandab) ; Sharpe, P.:Z. 8. 1895,

p. 503 ; id. Hand-l. B. i. p. 283 (1899) ; Peel, Somali-land, p. 323 ;

Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, i. p. 650 (1901): Grant, Ibis, 1900,

p. 319, 1901, p. 292; id. & Reid, z.c. p. 680.

a. g¢ ad. Omo River, Dec. 29, 1899.

1901.) FROM LAKH RUDOLF AND THH NILE 605

SCOPS LEUCOTIS.

Scops leucotis (Temm.); Salvad. Mem. Acead. Torino, (2) xliv.

p. 991 (1894 ; Duxi Katabel); Sharpe, Hand-l. B.i. p. 287 (1899).

Asio leucotis, Reichenow, Vig. Afrikas, i. p. 661 (1901).

a. g ad. Akara country, Feb. 21, 1900.

GLAUCIDIUM PERLATUM.

Glaucidium perlatum (V.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 504;

Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 77; Peel, Somali-land, p. 323; Sharpe,

Hand-l. B. i. p. 298 (1899); Reichenow, Vog. Afrikas, i. p. 674

(1901); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 319, 1901, p. 292; id. & Reid,

t. c. p. 680.

a,b. 6 9 ad. Mursu, Dec. 28, 1899.

CORACIAS GARRULUS.

Coracias garrulus L.; Salvad. Mem. Acead. Torino, (2) xliv.

p. 554 (1894 ; Warandab); Lort Phillips, Ubis, 1896, p. 74; Peel,

Somali-land, p. 323; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p.47 (1900).

a,b. 6 9 ad. Jira, Oct. 23, 1899:

The female has a much smaller bill than the male.

CORACIAS ABYSSINICUS.

Coracias abyssinicus Bodd.; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 46 (1900) ;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 317, 1901, p. 291; id. & Reid, t. ¢. p. 678.

a. Ad. Akara country, Feb. 12, 3900.

ISPIDINA PICTA.

Ispidina picta (Bodd.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 497; Peel,

Somali-land, p. 323 ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 54 (1900).

a. Ad.;6. 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 28, 1899.

HALCYON SEMICHRULEA.

Haleyon semicerulea, Oust. Bibl. Haut.-Etudes, xxxi. Art. 10,

p- + (1886); Salvad. Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 553 (1894) ;

Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 497; Peel, Somali-land, p.322; Sharpe,

Hand-l. B. ii. p. 57 (1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 317, 1901,

p. 291; id. & Reid, t. ¢. p. 677.

a. 3 ad. Lario, March 1, 1900.

HALCYON CHELICUTENSIS.

Halcyon chelicutensis (Stanl.); Oust. Bibl. Haut.-Etudes,

xxxi. Art. 10, p. 3 (1886); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 497;

Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p.52; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,

p. 76; Peel, Somali-land, p. 322; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 57

(1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 317, 1901, p. 291; id. & Reid, t. ¢.

p. 678,

a. 2 ad. Magois country, Jan, 21, 1900,

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1901, Vou, IL, No, XL. LU

606 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dec. 3,

HALCYON CYANOLEUCUS,

Halcyon cyanoleucus (V.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 57 (1900).

a. ¢ ad. Omo River, Dee. 22, 1899.

b. g ad. Mursu country, Dec. 29, 1899.

BYCANISTES CRISTATUS.

Bycanistes cristatus (Rupp.); Sharpe, Haud-l. B. ii. p. 69 (1900);

_ Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 316.

a. 2 ad. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1899.

LopHOCEROS NASUTUS.

Lophoceros nasutus (Linn.) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 68 (1900) ;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 315, 1901, p. 291; id. & Reid, ¢. c. p. 675.

a. 9 ad. Magois country, Jan. 28, 1900.

IRRISOR HRYTHRORHYNCHUS.

Lrrisor erythrorhynchus (Lath.); Shelley, Lbis, 1885, p. 390;

Sharpe, P.Z.S. 1895, p.500; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p.72; Elliot,

Field Columb. Mus. 1. no. 2, p. 54; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 76;

Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 71 (1900); Peel, Somali-land, p. 321;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 314, 1901, p. 290; id. & Reid, ¢. ¢. p. 674.

a. fo ad. Mursu country, Dec. 30, 1899.

b. g ad. Maursu country, Jan. 2, 1900.

MELILTOPHAGUS CYANOSTICTUS.

Melittophagus cyanostictus (Cab.); Sharpe, Hand-l, B. il. p. 237

(1900); id. antea, p. 311.

Melittophagus sharpei, Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 313, 1901, p. 290;

id. & Reid, ¢. c. p. 672.

a,b. Ad. Akara country, Feb. 12, 1900.

MELITTOPHAGUS BULLOCKI.

Melittophagus bullocki (V.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 73 (1900) ;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 313.

a,b,c. g ad.; d. 2 ad. Magois country, Feb. 2-3, 1900,

MBELITVOPHAGUS FRENATUS.

Melittophagus frenatus (Hartl.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii, p. 73

(1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 3138.

«w. g ad. Magois country, Feb. 3, 1900.

M®ROPS NUBICUS.

Merops nubicus Gmww.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 397; Oust. t. ¢.

p. 4; Salvad. Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 552 (1894) ; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 73; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 75 (1900); Peel,

Soinali-land, p. 321; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 314, 1901, p. 290; id. &

Reid, t. ¢ p. 673.

a,b, Gade; ¢ 2 ad. Mursu country, Jan. 1, 1900,

1901.] FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILFs 607

ScoroRNIS CLIMACURUS.

Scotornis climacurus (Vieill.); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 312, 1901,

p- 290.

a. 9. Fort Berkeley, March 28, 1900.

MACRODYPTERYX MACRODIPTERUS.

Macrodypteryx macrodipterus (Atzel.) ; Hartert, Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xvi. p. 594 (1892).

a. 2. Magois country, Feb. 4, 1900.

CoLIUS LEUCOTIS,

Colius leucotis Riipp. ; Oust. ¢. c. p. 3; Salvad. Mem. R. Accad.

Sci. Tor. (2) xliv. p. 552; Peel, Soinali- land, p. 320; Sharpe, Hand-l.

B. ii. p. 145 (1900); Grant, ‘Ibis, 1900, p. 310, 1901, p- 289 ; id.

& Reid, ¢. c. p. 670.

a,b. ¢ 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 24, 1899.

ce. Q ad. Mursu country, Dec. 28, 1899.

COLIUS MACRURUS.

Colius macrurus (Linn.) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. 1. p. 146 (1900) ;

id. antea, p. 311; Grant, Ibis, 1901, p. 289; id. & Reid, ¢. ¢.

p. 670.

a,b. Qad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 9, 1899.

TURACUS LEUCOLOPHUS.

Luracus leucolophus (Heugl.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 153

(1900).

a,b. ¢ Q ad. Fort Berkeley, March 10, 1900.

SCHIZORHIS ZONURA.

Schizorhis zonura Riipp.; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 154 (1900) ;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 309.

a. Q ad. Lukoyo, 2000 ft. March 10, 1900.

CENTROPUS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Centropus superciliosus H. & E.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 494;

Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 75: Peel, Somali-land, p. 320;

Sharpe, Hand-]. B. ii. p. 168 (1900) ; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 310,

190], p. 289; id. & Reid, t. ¢. p. 670.

a. Qad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 25, 1899.

INDICATOR INDICATOR.

Indicator indicator (Gm.); Sharpe, antea, p. 309 ; id. Hand-l. B.

ii. p. 176 (1900); Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 667.

a. 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1809.

bh. g ad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900,

ERYLPHROBUCCO ROLLNTI.

Evythrobucco rolleti (De Fil.); Sharpe, Hand-1. Die ip. 178

(1900).

a,b. Ad. Near Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1900,

so*

608 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dee. 3,

LYBIUS EQUATORIALIS,

Lybius equatorialis (Shelley); Sharpe, Hand-]. B.ii. p.178 (1900).

Melanobucco equatorialis, Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 308.

a. 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1899.

b. g ad. Omo River, Dec. 28, 1899.

Tris black, eyelid yellow.

c do ad.; d,e,f,g. 2. Omo River, Dec. 29, 1899.

LYBIUS ABYSSINICUS.

Lybius abyssinicus (Lath.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 178 (1900).

Melanobucco abyssinicus, Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 307 ; id. & Reid,

ibis, 1901, p. 667.

a. gad. Lario, Feb. 28, 1900.

TRICHOLEMA STIGMATOTHORAX,

Tricholema stigmatothorax Cab.; Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 394;

Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 493: Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2,

p. 50; Peel, Somali-land, p. 320; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 179

(1900).

a. dad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

be 6 ; d. Q ad. Mursu country, Dec. 26-31, 1899.

e,f. Qad. Magois country, Feb. 2, 1900.

BARBATULA CENTRALIS,

Barbatula chrysocoma pt., Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 42

(1891).

Barbatula ecntralis, Reichen. Orn. MB. viii. p. 40 (1900);

Sharpe, Hand-l. B.ii. p. 181 (1900).

a. Q ad. Fort Berkeley, March 12, 1900.

As Professor Reichenow (/. c.) has surmised, the specimen d of

Shelley’s B. chrysocoma (1, c.) from Kibiro is B. centralis, and is

of the same species as that now procured by Dr. Donaldson Smith

at Fort Berkeley. It is distinguished from the true B. chrysocoma

by its sulpbur-yellow under surface, in which respect it resembles

B, wanthosticta Blundell & Loyat, but it has the outer aspect of

the quills yellow, and not so golden as in B. wanthosticta.

TRACHYPHONUS VERSICOLOR.

Trachyphonus versicolor Hartl.; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 186

(1900).

a. 3 ad. Mursu country, Jan. 2, 1900.

b, Qad. Akara country, Feb. 16, 1900.

‘TRACHYPHONUS BOEHMI.

Trachyphonus bochmi F. & R.; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 311; id.

Hand-]. B. ii. p. 186 (1900).

Trachyphonus uropygialis, Salvad. Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xliy.

p. 551 (1894) ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 493.

a. 9 ad. Webi Dawa, Oct. 3, 1899.

1901.) FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE, 609

The specimen agrees with the series in the Museum from Teita,

Kilimanjaro, and Paré. Count Salvadori’s diagnosis of his 7. wro-

pygialis (Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xlvi. p. 551) is not borne out

by our series of specimens, all of which have the lateral upper tail-

coverts crimson, and the two forms must be united. We have a

specimen of 7. uropygialis from the Webe Shebeli, presented by

Mr. F. Gillett.

TRACHYPHONUS ARNAUDI.

Trachyphonus arnaudi (Des Murs) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 187

(1900).

a. gad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

b. dad. Edjo, 2100 ft., Feb. 20, 1900.

CAMPOTHERA NUBICA,.

Campothera nubica (Gm.); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 205 (1900) ;

id. antea, p. 308; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 304, 1901, p. 288; id. &

Reid, ¢. ¢. p. 666.

a. dg ad. Mursu country, Dec. 28, 1899,

b, gad. Mursu country, Jan. 2, 1900.

DENDROPICUS HARTLAUBI.

Dendropicus zanzibari Malb.; Hargitt, Oat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii.

p- 297 (1890).

Dendropicus hartlaubi Malh.; Reichen. J. f. O. 1887, p. 304;

Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 218 (1900),

a. 9 ad. Mursu country, Dec. 31, 1899.

THRIPIAS SCHOENSIS.

Thripias schoensis (Riipp.); Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 491; Peel,

Somali-land, p. 319; Grant, Lbis, 1900, p. 305, 1901, p. 288; id.

& Reid, ¢. c. p. 666 ; Sharpe, Hand-]. B. ii. p. 219 (1900).

a. Qad. Mursu country, Dec. 30, 1899.

BRADYORNIS PUMILA.

Bradyornis pumilus Sharpe ; id. antea, p. 305 ; id. Hand-l. B. iii.

p-. 209 (1901); Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 648.

a. 9 ad. Lake Rudolf, Dee. 9, 1899.

bh. g ad. Musha country, Jan. 11, 1900.

EMPIDORNIS KAVIRONDENSIS.

Bradyornis kavirondensis, Neumann, J. f. O. 1890, p. 256.

Empidornis kavirondensis (Cass.) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B, iii. p. 210

(1901).

Cussinia kavirondensis, Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 94.

a. Qad. Magois country, Feb. 11, 1900,

bh. 9 ad. Lumin, Feb. 24, 1900,

Mr. Oscar Neumann separates Kavirondo birds from the true

E. semipartita Riipp., of the mountains of Abyssinia, on account

of their much purer coloration, | have no Abyssinian specimens

610 DR, R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [Dec. 3

for comparison, but I must say that all the examples before me

from Mr. Jackson’s and Dr. Donaldson Smith’s collections seem to

me to belong to one and the same race, identical with others in the

Museum from the White Nile, Lado, and the Zeraf River (Capt.

H. W. Dunn). Strict comparison will be necessary with typical

examples of FH. semipartita; but there is also some variation to be

seen in the shade of the grey on the rump and wings, as well as of

the orange of the under surface; and the characters of EF. kavi-

rondensis do not seem to me to be very forcible ones,

MUSCICAPA GRISOLA.

Muscicapa grisola L.; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 490; Peel,

Somali-land, p. 318; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 173; Sharpe, Hand-l. B.

iii. p. 211 (1901).

a. Gad. Lake Stefanie, Noy. 29, 1899,

BATIS ORIENTALIS.

Pachyprora orientalis (Heug].) ; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76,

1898, p. 444; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 74; Peel, Somali-land,

p. 317. }

Batis orientalis( Heugl.); Oust. Bibl. Haut.-Etudes, xxxi. Art. 10,

p- 5 (1888); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. iii. p. 244 (1901); Grant, Ibis,

1900, p. 172; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 662.

a. dad. Akara country, Feb. 21, 1900.

bh. g ad. Lumin, Feb. 24, 1900.

PLATYSTIRA ALBIFRONS.

Platystira albifrons Sharpe; id. Hand-l. B. iii. p. 246 (1901)

Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 90.

a,b. g Qad.; ¢ 2 imm. Loker, March 12, 1900.

d. 2 ad. Near Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1909.

‘TERPSIPHONE CRISTATA,

Terpsiphone cristata Sharpe; id. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 490; Lort

Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. 76; Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2,

p. 48; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898, p. 414; Peel, Somali-land, p. 318 ;

Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 264 (1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 174,

190], p. 288; id. & Reid, t. c. p. 663.

a. g ad.; b. dg imm. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.

PHYLLOSTROPHUS STREPITANS.

Phyllostrophus strepitans Reichenow ; Sharpe, Hand-l, B. iii.

p- 327 (1901).

a. g ad. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.

b. Qad. Omo River, Dec. 24, 1899.

c. Ad. Maursu country, Dee. 29, 1899.

d. 2 ad. Mursu country, Jan. 2, 1900.

__ These specimens are very rufous in tint, and agree with Captain

Shelley’s type of P. sharpei from Dar-es-Salaam. This species he

1901. ] FYROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE. 611

has since identified with P. strepitans of Reichenow; and I think

that, on a comparison of the type, P. rufescens of Hartlaub (Orn.

Centralbl. 1882, p. 91) will likewise be found to be identical.

My P. pauper may also turn out to be the same; but it is not so

rufous in tint and rather more of a vinaceous brown; this difference,

however, may be only seasonal.

PYCNONOTUS DODSONT.

Pycnonotus dodsoni, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 488; Elliot, Field

Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 47; Peel, Somali-land, p. 317; Sharpe,

Hand-l. B, iti. p. 328 (1901).

a,b,c. 3; d. Q ad. Webi River, Oct. 16, 1899.

ec. Qad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

ARGYA AYLMERI,

Argya aylmeri, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 404, pl. xi. fig. 1 ; Elliot,

Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 47; Peel, Somali-land, p. 317 ;

Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 73.

a. dad. Webi River, Oct. 15, 1899.

This species seems to me to have a seasonal plumage, as

Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimen is so very much darker than

the types and Mr. Hawker’s example from Daraweina. The chin

is nearly black, and the dusky bases to the feathers of the throat

and fore-neck are much more pronounced and have the edges sandy

buff, so that the whole appearance is much more scaly. The

colour of the abdomen and the brown of the upper surface

are much darker.

ARGYA RUFULA.

Argya rufula Heugl.; Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 488.

a. Q ad. Magois country, Feb. 3, 1900.

b,c. g Qad. Magois country, Feb. 4, 1900,

d. Q ad. Omin, Mareh 1, i900.

Specimen d is paler above and below than the other three,

which agree with the series in the Museum collected at Lado by

Emin Pasha. The wing is given by me (I. ¢.) as 3°5 inches, and

this I find to be the largest dimension in the Lado series, the

wing ranging from 3°2 to 3°35 in the five specimens before me.

In the female from Magois the wing is 3°4 inches, and in the Omin

bird 3°5, these dimensions approaching those of the true A. rubi-

ginosa, the wing of which is given by me (1. ¢.) as 3-8 inches.

CRATEROPUS TENEBROSUS,

Crateropus tenebrosus, Hart]. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 312, pl. xii. fig. 4

(1887).

a,b. ¢ Qad. Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1900.

This very distinet Crateropus was discovered by Emin Pasha at

Lado. Hartlaub’s description leaves no doubt as to the identifi-

cation; but the species can hardly be recognized from his figure,

612 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dee. 3,

which represents a bird rufous-tinted below. The colour of the

species is in reality a dark brown, with darker brown wings and

tail. The black spotting on the throat has grey edgings, and

resembles the marking of other species of Crateropus.

TURDUS PELIOS.

Turdus pelios Bp. ; Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p.73; Grant, Ibis, 1900,

p. 163; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 655.

a,b. gad. Magois country, Feb. 2, 1900.

MOonvTICcOoLA SAXATILIS.

Monticola savatilis (Linn.); Sharpe, antea, p. 306; Grant, Ibis,

1900, p. 163, 1901, p. 288; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 655.

a. 9 ad. Magois country, Jan. 21, 1900.

RUTICILLA PH@NICURA.

Ruticiila phenicura (l.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. y. p. 336

(1881); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 164.

a, Ad. Akara country, Feb. 12, 1900.

A male in spring plumage, commencing to lose the light edges

to the feathers, heralding the assumption of the breeding-dress, in

which the species arrives in Europe.

SAXICOLA NANTHE.

Sawicola enanthe (.) ; Oust. Bibl. Hautes-Etudes, xxx. Art. 10,

p- 7 (1886); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 486; Peel, Somali-land,

p- 316; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 165; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 658.

a. Ad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 12, 1899.

SAXICOLA ISABELLINA.

Savicola isabellina Ritpp.; Sharpe, antea, p. 307; Grant, Ibis,

1900, p. 166, 1901, p. 288; id. & Reid, t. c. p. 658.

a,b. g ad. Webi Dawa, Oct. 8, 1899.

c. 92 ad. Webi River, Oct. 20, 1899. ,

die. $2 ad. 25 miles west of Egder, Nov. 8, 1899.

f. 9 ad. Hills west of Lake Stefanie, Dec. 6, 1899.

g- dad. Lario, March 1, 1900.

SAXICOLA PLESHANKA.

Sawicola pleshanka (Lepech.); Sharpe, antea, p. 307.

a. Gad. El Dere, Oct. 31, 1899.

b,c. Q ad. Magois country, Jan. 28, 1900.

d,e. Qad.; f. g ad. Akara country, Feb. 11-12, 1900.

Mr. Ogilvie-Grant gives his opinion that my Sawicola somalica

(P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 486) is Saaicola vittata Hempr. & Ehr., of which

there was no specimen in the Museum when I described the

species. I think this is very probable, although the three speci-

mens from the Seebohm Collection are black and white, and very

different from the type of S. somalica,

1901. } FROM LAKB RUDOLE AND THE NILF, 613

ERYTHROPYGIA LEUCOPTERA.

Erythropygia leucoptera (Riipp.); Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 70;

Sharpe, antea, p. 306; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 170; id. & Reid,

This, 1901, p. 660.

a. gad. Akara country, Feb. 16, 1900.

CossYPHA OMOENSIS. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.)

Cossypha omoensis, Sharpe, Bull. B.O. C. xi. p. 28 (1900).

a. gad. Omo River, Dec. 22,1899. (Type of species.)

b. 9 ad. Mursu country, Dec. 29, 1899.

c,d. Qad. Mursu country, Dec. 31, 1899.

This species has the same squamated white head as C. giffardi

(Hartert, Bull. B. O. C. x. p. v, 1899; C. albicapilla giffardi

Hartert, Noy. Zool. vi. p. 420), but differs in its much’ darker

chestnut under surface and tail, the outer feathers of the latter

having a black edging near the tip.

CossYPHA VERTICALIS.

Cossypha verticalis Hartl.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 45

(1883).

a. ¢ ad. Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1900.

Not to be separated from Niger specimens, and identical with

one from Tamaja obtained by Emin Pasha.

CossYPHA HEUGLINI.

Cossypha heuglhini Hartl.; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 84; Jackson,

Ibis, 1901, p. 72.

a. 2 ad. Omo River, Dec. 30, 1899.

CICHLADUSA GUTTATA.

Cichladusa guttata Heugl.; Oust. Bibl. Haut.-Etudes, xxxi.

Art. 10, p. 6 (1886); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 484; Peel, Somali-

land, p. 318.

a. Ad. Mursu country, Dec. 30, 1899.

bh, Q ad. Magois country, Feb. 3, 1900,

c,d. 3 Gad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900.

These specimens are the true OC. guttata, and agree with one

from Lado collected by Emin Pasha. Those from Lamu and the

coast-region are somewhat smaller and much brighter rufous on

the quills, and have been separated as Cichladusa rufipennis

(cf. Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C, xii. p. 35).

Hyponats PALLIDA.

Hypolais pallida (H. & E.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. \

p. 82 (1881); Reichen. Vog. Deutsch-Ost-A frikas, p. 232 (1894);

Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no, 2, p. 46; Lort Phillips, Lbis,

1898, p. 408; Peel, Somali-land, p. 315; ’@rant & Reid, Ibis,

1901, p. 647.

a. 9 ad. Akara country, Feb, 18, 1900,

614 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dec. 3,

SYLVIELLA MICRURA.

Sylviella micrura Riipp.; Sharpe, antea, p. 306; Grant, Ibis,

1900, p. 154; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 647.

«a. Ad. Magois country, Feb. 11, 1900.

CAMAROPTERA TINCTA,

Camaroptera brevicaudata Cretschm. ; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,

. 409 ; Peel, Somali-land, p. 315.

a 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 23, 1899.

bc. ¢ Gad. Mursu country, Dec. 26, 1899.

PRINIA MYSTACEA.

Prinia mystacea (Riipp.); Reichenow, Vig. Deutsch-Ost-A frikas,

225; Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 63.

a. 29 ad. Omo River, Jan. 5, 1900. Iris red.

b. 9 ad. Magois country, Jan. 27, 1900.

c,d. Q ad. Magois country, eb. 11, 1900.

CISTICOLA SUBRUFICAPILLA,

Cisticola subruficapilla (Smith); Grant, [bis, 1900, p. 162;

Jackson, [bis, 1901, p. 57.

a. 2 ad. Magois country, Jan. 27, 1900.

CALAMONASTES SIMPLEX.

Calamonastes simplex (Cab.); Sharpe, antea, p. 305; Grant &

Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 649.

a. 9 ad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

b. 2 ad. Between Lakes Stefanie and Rudolf, Dec. 4, 1899.

'TELEPHONUS SENEGALUS,

Telephonus senegalus (Linn.); Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 45.

a,b. gad. Fort Berkeley, March 13, 1900.

DRyYOSCOPUS FUNEBRIS.

Dryoscopus funebris Hartl.; Sharpe, antea, p. 304: Grant, Ibis,

1900, p. 147, 1901, p. 287; id. & Reid, ¢.c. p. 637.

a,b. 6 9 ad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

c. 9 ad. Akara country, Feb. 16, 1900.

LANIARIUS CHRYSOGASTER.

Laniarius chrysogaster (Sw.); Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 42.

a. 9 ad. Mursu country, Dec. 28, 1899.

LANIARIUS ERYTHROGASTER.

Laniarius erythrogaster (Cretzschin.); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 148;

Jackson, Ibis, 1901, p. 42.

a. Qad. Omo River, Dec. 22, 1899.

b. 9 ad, Mursu country, Dec. 29, 1899.

1901.) FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE. 615

LANIUS ANTINORII.

Lanius antinorit Salvad.: Sharpe, antea, p. 304; Grant, Ibis,

1901, p. 287; id. & Reid, t. c. p. 642.

a, 6. $2 ad. Gorili, 3000 feet, 25 miles west of Egder,

Nov. 8, 1899.

ce. Q ad. Lake Stefanie, Dec. 12, 1899.

LANIUS NUBICUS.

Lanius nubicus Licht.: Grant, Ibis, 1900,p. 149, 1901, p. 288.

a. 2 imm. Magois country, Feb. 8, 1900.

A female of the last year in very worn plumage. It is in full

moult.

LANIUS EXCUBITORIUS.

Lanius exculntorius Des Murs ; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 148, 1901,

p- 287; id. & Reid, ¢. c. p. 641.

a. gad. North end of Lake Rudolf, Dec. 15, 1899.

b, gad. Magois country, Jan. 30, 1900.

ce do; d,e. Q ad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900.

f. Qad. Akara country, Feb. 12, 1900.

LANIUS PARADOXUS.

Lanius pomeranus (nec Scop.), Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 68.

Lanius senator paradovus (Brehm), Hartert, Noy. Zool. vi.

p. 417 (1899); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 150.

a. gad. Magois country, Jan. 28, 1900,

b. g ad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900.

c. ¢ imm. Akara country, Feb. 12, 1900.

d. 9. Lario, March 1, 1900.

Mr. Hartert (/. c.) has written a very interesting account of the

forms of the Woodchat Shrike and its allies. He recognizes four

races of Lanius senator,as he calls the European Woodchat Shrike,

all of which races are well represented in the series in the British

Museum, and [ am thus able to appreciate the value of Mr. Hartert’s

remarks. The Mediterranean form, which he calls ZL. senator

pectoralis, has, as a rule, a lighter chestnut head and more buff on

the under surface and on the ramp. This is the Woodechat which

goes to Senegambia, but I doubt very much whether, when a full

series is compared, any permanent difference will be found between

the buff-breasted L. pectoralis and the white-breasted ZL, pomeranus

vel Z. senator: the buff tint may alter all be an evanescent character

as the season wears on. Lanius badius seems to me quite re-

cognizable as a species, though Mr. Hartert’s mention of a

Corsican Woodchat without a white speculum is rather puzzling.

Lanius paradowus Brehm, which is reinstated as a distinct form

by Mr. Hartert, turns out to be quite a recognizable species, with

a white base to the centre tail-feathers. We have a good series of

this bird in the British Museum, but the specimens have been

616 DR. R, BOWDLER SHARPE ON BIRDS [ Dee. 3,

confounded with Z. pomeranus by myself and all recent writers,

except Mr. Hartert. The range of LZ. paradowus appears to be

from Persia to Palestine and south into Equatorial Africa, as

is evidenced by the series in the British Museum from the

following localities :—

Persia (Mus. Brit.), Niriz, east of Shiraz (W. 7’. Blanford),

Shiraz (Six O. St. John), Mohammerah (K. Loftus), Bushire

(A. J. V. Palmer), Fao (W. D. Cumming), Mount Carmel,

Palestine, Safed, and River Kishon (H. B. Tristram), Egypt,

Nubia, and Korusko (G@. EF. Shelley), Fashoda (. M. Hawker),

Bogos-land (Hs/er), Amba (W. Jesse), Halai, Abyssinia (W. 7.

Blanford), Gadaburka, Abyssinia (H. Weld Blundell § Lord Lovat),

Mackanis, Somali-land (#. WM. Hawker). The specimen from

Dowlutpur in Sind, in the Hume Collection, said to have been

procured there by Mr. J. A. Murray, is, like some other supposed

Sind examples, doubtless from the Persian Gulf.

EUROCEPHALUS RUEPPELLI.

Eurocephalus rueppelli Bp.; Sharpe, antea, p. 305; Grant,

Ibis, 1901, p. 288; id. & Reid, t. ¢ p. 643.

Bradyornis rueppelli, Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no, 2,

p. 43.

a,b. 6 Q ad. Magois country, Feb. 7, 1900.

ce. Q ad. Magois country, Feb. 11, 1900.

ZOSTEROPS FLAVILATERALIS.

Zosterops flavilaieralis, Reichenow, J. f. O. 1892, p. 193.

Zosterops senegalensis pt., Shelley, B. Africa, ii. pt. 2, p. 178

(1900).

a,b. 3; c Q<ad. River Omo, Mursu country, Dec. 28, 29,

1899.

It is scarcely surprising to find that Captain Shelley has united

Z. flavilateralis, Z. superciliosa, and Z. stuhlmannii, all species

described by Dr. Reichenow, with Z. senegalensis. The differences

of shade of colouring are very slight, and consist of a yellower or

greener tint. I can, however, see that 7. flavilateralis, as deter-

mined for me by Mr. Oscar Neumann, is a greener bird than

Z. senegalensis. The same is the case with the Omo River birds,

which are duller green above and more sulphur-yellow below than

Z. fluvilateralis; but I cannot bring myself to consider them

distinct, though Mr. Oscar Neumann believes them to be so.

PARUS THRUPPI.

Parus thruppi Shelley; Sharpe, antea, p. 304; Shelley, B.

Africa, il. p. 244; Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 637.

a. Qad. Gof, Noy. 1,1899.

Captain Shelley has united Parus barake of Jackson to P.

thruppi; but it seems to me that the latter is much more buif

1901.] FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE. 617

below, and Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimen agrees with the

Somali birds and not with P. barake.

NECTARINIA PULCHELLA.

Neetarinia pulchella (L.); Shelley, B. Africa, ii. p. 23 (1900) ;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 143; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 634.

a. Qad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

b,c. 3S juv. Omo River, Mursu country, Dec. 29-30, 1899.

CINNYRIS FALKENSTEINI.

Cinnyris falkensteint Fischer & Reichen. ; Shelley, B. Africa, 11.

p- 66, pl. 3. fig. 3; Sharpe, Ibis, 1900, p. 496.

a. dad. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

b. gad. Musha country, 5000 feet, Jan. 5, 1900.

ANTHOTHREPTLES ORIENTALIS.

Anthothreptes orientalis Hart].; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 475;

Klliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 41; Lort Phillips, Ibis,

1898, p. 404; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 67; Peel, Somali-land,

p. 311; Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 636.

a,b. 33 ¢. Qad. River Omo, Mursu country, Dec. 26-31, 1899.

MoracI“Lna VIDUA,

Motacilla vidua Sund.; Shelley, B. Africa, ii. p. 261, pl. 12.

fig. 1 (1900); Peel, Somali-land, p. 311; Grant, Ibis, 1900,

p- 139; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 630.

a. 9 ad. Omo River, Dec. 30, 1899.

MOovracrnna FLAVA.

Motacilla flava L.: Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 473; Hawker,

Ibis, 1899, p. 66; Peel, Somali-land, p. 311; Shelley, B. Africa,

il, p. 286 (1900); Grant & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 631.

a. Qjuv. Akara country, Feb. 12. 1900.

ANTHUS SORDIDUS.

Anthus sordidus Riipp. ; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1896, p. $1; Elliot,

Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 4; Lort Phillips, Ibis, 1898,

p- 402; Hawker, Ibis, 1899, p. 66; Peel, Somali-land, p. 311 ;

Shelley, B. Africa, ii. p. 314 (1900); Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 141;

id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 632.

a. gad. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 10, 1899.

PYRRHULAUDA SIGNATA.

Pyrrhulauda signata, Oust. Bibl. Hautes-Etudes, xxxi. Art. 10,

p. 9.(1886).

Pyrrhulauda harrisoni, Ogilvie Grant, Bull. B. O. C. xi. p. 30

(1900) ; id. Ibis, 1901, p. 286, pl. vii.

a. 2. Lake Stefanie, Dee. 4, 1899.

618 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPH ON BIRDS [ Dec. 3,

PErRONIA PYRGITA.

Petronia pyrgita (Heugl.); Sharpe, antea, p. 302; Grant &

Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 624.

a. &. EH. of Boran country, Oct. 18, 1899.

b. Q@. Akara country, 2330 feet, Jan. 21, 1900,

PASSER GONGONENSIS,

Passer diffusus gongonensis (Oust.); Hartert, Noy. Zool. vii.

p. 43.

a. 2. Omo River, Dec. 24, 1899.

bc. 6 Q. Akara country, Feb. 16, 1900.

EMBPRIZA POLIOPLEURA.

Emberiza polioplewra Salvad.; Sharpe, antea, p. 802; Grant &

Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 626.

a. Ad. Lake Rudolf, Dee. 9, 1899.

FRINGILEARIA SATURATIOR.

Fringillaria saturatior, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. xi. p. 47 (1901).

a. 9. Lake Stefanie, Dec. 4, 1899.

This appears to bea very dark form of F. striolata, much

darker brown above, and with the head brown, not grey, the throat

and chest dull ashy brown, and the breast, abdomen, thighs, and

under tail-coverts rufescent, not isabelline.

TEXTOR SCIOANUS.

Textor scioanus Salvad.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 508.

a,b. g. Magois country, Jan. 28, 1900.

ce 92. <Akara country, Feb. 21, 1900.

These specimens seem to be referable to 7’. sctoanus, but have

scarcely any perceptible pale lining to the primaries, and even the

black-plumaged birds have no sign of any swelling at the base of

the culmen.

HYPHANTORNIS TENIOPTERA,

Hyphantornis tenioptera Reichenb. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xiii, p. 467.

a-f. SQ ad. Magois country, Jan. 27, 1900.

Six specimens, all more or less out of plumage, procured in the

Magois country on the 27th of January, 1900. Two of these

birds are apparently adult females, and two are males about to

assuine their full plumage; and, although it is very difficult to

determine specimens in such incomplete dress, I refer them

to H. tenioptera mainly on account of the coarse blackish striping

on the back, which seems to be one of the distmguishing characters

of the species.

1901. - FYROM LAKE RUDOLY AND THE NILE, 619

HYPHANTORNIS ABYSSINICUS,

Hyphantornis abyssinicus (Gm.); Jackson, Lbis, 1899, p. 616;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 133; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 622.

a. ¢o; 6,c. Q. Omo River, Dec. 23-30, 1899.

d. Q. Akara country, Feb, 21, 1900.

The birds killed in December are all more or Jess out of

plumage.

HYPHANTORNIS ULUENSIS.

Hyphantornis vitellinus (nee Licht.) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 254;

Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 616.

Hyphantornis vitellinus uluensis, Oscar Neumaun, J. f, O. 1900,

p- 282.

a, gad. Bend of Omo River, Dee. 31, 1899.

b. gad. Bend of Omo River, Jan. 2, 1900.

c. 9 ad. Magois country, 1500 feet, Jan. 27, 1900.

d, Q ad, Akara country, 1700 feet, Feb. 21, 1900.

SITAGRA LUTEOLA.

Sitagra luteola (Licht.) ; Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 615.

a,b. g 2. Bend of the River Omo, Dec. 31, 1899.

Both birds out of plumage.

ANAPLECTES MELANOTIS.

Anaplectes melanotis (Lafr.); Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 610;

Sharpe, antea, p. 301; Grant, Ibis, 1901, p. 285; id. & Reid, t. ¢.

p. 620.

a. od. Omo River, Dec. 25, 1899.

hb. 3. Magois country, bend of Omo River, Dec. 30, 1899,

c. gd. Lukoyo country, 2600 feet, 30 miles E. of Fort Berkeley,

March 13, 1900.

HETERHYPHANTES EMINI.

Heterhyphantes emini (Hartl.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii.

p. 420 (1890); id. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 468; Peel, Somali-land,

p. 308.

a,b. 9. Thirty miles east of Fort Berkeley, March 13,1900.

HErBRHYPHANTES MELANOXANTHUS.

Heterhyphantes imelanowanthus (Cab.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xiii. p. 416 (1890),

a,b. 3; c 9. River Omo, Mursu country, Dec. 26-31,

1899,

These specimens seem to be identical with others from Lamu

and the coast-region of East Africa. They are not the West-

African H. nigricollis, which Mr. Jackson got in Kakamega,

Kavirondo, a species distinguished by its olive-yellowish upper tail-

coverts.

620 DR, R, BOWDLER SHARPH ON BIRDS | Dec. 3,

EstriLpDA PH@®NICOTIS.

Estrilda phenicotis (Sw.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1398, p. 467; Peel,

Somali-land, p. 808; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 131; id. & Reid, Ibis,

1901, p. 619.

a,b. 6 9. Bend of Omo River, Dec. 30, 1899.

c. ¢. Magois country, 1500 feet, Jan. 26, 1900.

d. &. Okatela Mountains, 1700 feet, Feb. 24, 1900.

JEDEMOSYNE CANTANS.

Aidemosyne cantans (Gm.); Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 466 ;

Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. i. no. 2, p. 34; Hawker, Ibis, 1899,

p. 62; Peel, Somali-land, p.307 ; Grant, [bis, 1900, p. 151; id. &

Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 618.

a,b. $3; ¢ 2. Magois country, 1500 feet, Feb. 16, 1899.

ZONOGASTRIS SOUDANENSIS,

Zonoygastvis soudanensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xtii. p. 298

(1890).

a. &. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 29, 1899.

LAGONOSTICTA BRUNNEICEPS.,

Layonosticta brunneiceps Sharpe; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 127,

1901, p. 285; id. & Reid, ¢. c. p. 617.

a-d. ¢d. Bend of Omo River, Dec. 25-29, 1899.

(JUELHA MTHIOPICA,

Ploceus sanguinirostris, var. wthiopicus (Sund.); Oust. ¢, c. p. 10

(1886).

Quelea ewthiopica, Sharpe, P. ZS. 1895, p. 465; Elliot, Field

Columb. Mas. i. no. 2, p. 34 (1887); Peel, Somali-land, p. 307;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 126; id. & Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 616.

a. 3d. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 10, 1899.

PLOCEIPASSER DONALDSONI. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)

Ploceipasser donaldsoni, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. y. p. xiv (1895).

a. 2. Hills west of Lake Stefanie, Dec. 6, 1899.

The female differs from the type specimen in having distinct

brown centres to the feathers of the chest and flanks, which are

consequently more spotted than in the male. Total length

6:5 inches, culmen 0°8, wing 3:5, tail 1°95, tarsus 0°95.

PLOCEIPASSER MELANORHYNCHA.

Ploceipasser melanorhyncha (Riipp.) ; Grant, Ibis, 1901, p. 285 ;

id. & Reid, t. c. p. 616. =

a. 63 b,c. 9. Lake Stefanie, Nov. 21-29, 1899.

2. Musha Mountains, 2330 feet.

1901.) FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE. 621

PLOCEIPASSER SUPERCILIOSUS.

Ploceipasser superciliosus (Cretzschm.); Jackson, Ibis, 1899,

p. 603; Grant, Ibis, 1900, p, 126.

a. 3. Tarangole, March 1, 1900.

PYROMELANA TAHA.

Pyromelana taha (Smith); Jackson, [his, 1899, p. 602; Grant

& Reid, Ibis, 1901, p. 615.

a. 3. Lake Rudolf, Dec. 12, 1899.

The specimen is out of plumage, but seems certainly to belong

to this species.

URoOBRACHYA PHENICHA.

Urobrachya phoenicea (Heugl.) ; Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 600.

a. Q. Tarangole, March 5, 1900.

A female bird and therefore difficult to determine, but agreeing

with the hens of U. phenicea in the British Museum.

BUCHANGA ASSIMILIS.

Buchanga assimilis (Bechst.) ; Sharpe, «tea, p. 801; Grant, Ibis,

1900, p. 122, 1901, p. 284; id. & Reid, t. c p. 6138.

a. 2 ad. Country between Lakes Stefanie and Rudolf, Dec. 30,

1899.

ORIOLUS ROLLETI.

Oriolus rolleti Salvad.; Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 595; Grant,

Ibis, 1901, p. 284.

a. g. Bend of Omo River, Jan. 2, 1900.

}. gad. Mountains near Omo River, Jan. 19, 1900.

c 9 ad. Akara Hills, 1800 feet, Feb. 18, 1900,

ORIOLUS AURATUS.

Oriolus auratus Vieill. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 195; Grant, Ibis,

1900, p. 122.

a. 2. Magois country, Feb. 2, 1900.

The tail has been shot away, excepting for three middle feathers.

‘hese answer to the figure of O. auratus in the third volume of the

‘Catalogue,’ and the bird appears undoubtedly to belong to that

species,

LAMPROTORNIS BREVICAUDA.

Lamprotornis brevicauda Sharpe ; Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 591;

Neum. J. f. O. 1900, p. 281.

a. g. Omo River, Dee. 22, 1899 [tail 5:2 inches |.

bh. 2. Omo River, Dec. 24, 1899 [tail 4°7 inches}.

c. 2. Magois country, Jan. 27, 1900 [tail 4:9 inches |.

The differences in the metallic shades of these Glossy Starlings

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1901, Vo. IT. No. XI. 41

oT — = ~ Oi va

622 ON BIRDS FROM LAKE RUDOLF AND THE NILE. [ Dec. 3

are very perceptible, and the shades of green, steel-blue, and

purple vary considerably. These shades of blue and green require

very careful consideration in a study of these Glossy Starlings, as

I believe that the differences of metallic shade are often caused by

the wear and tear of the plumage.

With regard to Lamprotornis viridipectus of Salvadori (Mem.

Accad. Torino, (2) xliv. p. 560, 1894), I may remark that his

belief that spec. 2 of L. porphyropterus in the ‘Catalogue of Birds’

(p. 157), from the Adi River, would turn out to belong to

L. viridipectus, was justifiable; but I believe the specimen in

question to be a young bird of my ZL. brevicauda. It has no

coppery patch on the abdomen, is steel-green on the chest, and

has a dull purplish-bronzy crown.

Two specimens from Gelidi in Somali-land, presented to the

Museum by Mr. F. Gillett, are very green on the chest, and agree

with Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimens from the Omo River. They

vary in the amount of purple and bronze on the breast, these shades

not being so fully developed as in the type of L. brevicauda.

I believe, however, that they are all of the same species, and it is

doubtful whether Count Salvadori’s LZ. viridipectus will turn out

to be different. In case of their identity, the latter name has

precedence.

PPRISSORNIS CARUNCULATA.

Dilophus carunculatus (Gm.); Salvad. Mem. Acead. Sci. Torino,

(2) xliv. p. 563 (1894); Sharpe, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 459; Elliot, t. ¢.

p. 3; Shelley, B. Afr. i. p. 46 (1896); Peel, Somali-land, p. 305 ;

Grant, Ibis, 1900, p. 121, 1901, p. 283.

Perissornis carunculata, Oberh. Proc. Acad. Philad. 1899, p. 216.

a 92 ad. Lario, March 1, 1900.

CRYPTORHINA AFRA.

Cryptorhina afra (L.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ui. p. 75

(1877); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 47 (1896).

a. 3; 6c. Q ad. Akara country, Feb. 21,1900. Iris bright

blue.

According to Mr. Fraser’s determination of the sexes, it is the

female which has the bill entirely black, and the male that has the

flesh-coloured bill. This is contrary to my determination of

the sexes in the ‘Catalogue.’ Heuglin believes that the birds

with the light-coloured bills are the young, and this is, perhaps,

the case with Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimen, which may be

a young male,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI.

Rig. 1. Cossypha omoensis, p. 613.

2. Ploceipasser donaldsoni, p. 620,

PZ S- 19 Of lwo ise ly oe sea

< Ne ry)

? 9,

J. Green, del.

NEW WEST-AFRICAN FISHES.

14, PHRACTURA ANSORGII. 2. FUNDULUS GULARIS, male.

3. FUNDULUS GULARIS, female.

7. Descriptions of two new Fishes discovered by Dr. W. J.

Ansorge in Southern Nigeria. By G. A. BouLencer,

F.R.S.

[Received November 15, 1901.]

(Plate XXXVII.’)

PHRACTURA ANSORGII. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 10 times in total length, length of head 5 times.

Head 13 as long as broad; skull rugose, covered with thin

skin; a median ridge on the snout, bifurcating towards the

interorbital region ; snout a little longer than the postocular part

of the head, pointed, projecting beyond the mouth; anterior

nostril three times as distant from the end of the snout as the

posterior from the eye ; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 7 times in

length of head, 12 in interocular width; maxillary barbel } length

of head, mandibulars shorter. Occipital process twice and a half

as long as broad, narrowly separated from interneural shield.

Dorsal I 6, first ray longest, as long as head ; second dorsal very

small. AnalI10. Pectoral as long as head, nearly reaching base

of ventral ; latter a little shorter, nearly reaching anal. Caudal

with crescentic notch. Caudal peduncle a little depressed, } total

length. 26 dorsal and 22 ventral scutes, the last 11 on the

caudal peduncle. Pale brownish above, speckled with blackish,

white beneath ; two small blackish spots on the dorsal and two

blackish streaks along the caudal.

Total length 46 millim.

A single specimen from Agberi, obtained in September 1901,

along with other small fishes, by means of a native fishing-basket

dipped in shallow creeks and flooded yam-plantations.

This is the third species of the genus Phractura Blgr., previously

known from the Congo only. It differs from both P. bovet

Perugia, and P. scaphirhynchura Vaill., in the greater number of

rays to the anal (11 instead of 8), and of scutes on the body and

caudal peduncle, and in the posterior nostril being much nearer the

eye; from P. bovei in the much larger eye.

Funpunus @unaRis. (Plate XX XVII. figs. 2 & 3.)

Depth of body equal to, or a little less than, length of head,

31 to 4 times in total length. Snout as long as eye; lower

jaw but feebly projecting beyond the upper; diameter of eye

33 to 4 times in length of head, twice in interorbital width.

Dorsal 15-16, originating at nearly equal distance from the

head and from the base of the caudal, longest rays about

length of head in females, | to ? in males. Anal 16-18, opposed

to dorsal, the rays about as long as those of the latter. Pectoral

nearly ? length of head, in males reaching beyond base of ventral

' For explanation of the Plate,‘see p. 624.

624 ON THE RNPRODUCTION OF THE DUCKBILL. — [ Dec. 17,

latter very small, with 6 rays. Caudal rounded, ? or + length of

head; one of the upper rays may be produced in the males.

Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. 30 or 31 scales in a

longitudinal series, 12 or 13 ina transverse series ; a series of pits

represents the lateral line. Pale olive-brown above, white below ;

females uniform, or with a few reddish-brown dots on the dorsal

and on the base of the anal. Males with a purple band on each

side of the head, passing round to the other side over the lower

jaw, and a median band of the same colour behind the chin, on

the branchiostegal membrane; small carmine-red spots or vermi-

culations on the side of the head behind the eye, and often small

spots of the same colour on the body; a streak or a series of

spots of crimson along the dorsal and anal and usually two,

converging behind, on the caudal, the latter fin being grey

between the streaks and pure white outside them ; lower border

of pectoral sometimes crimson.

Total length 63 millim. No difference in size between the

SEXES.

Numerous specimens were obtained in September 1901 at

Agberi in shallow creeks and flooded yam-plantations.

This species is most nearly related to F. sjoestedti Linnberg,

from Camaroon, which has 17 or 18 rays to the dorsal fin, 35 scales

in the lateral line, and the posterior dorsal and anal rays much

produced and filamentous in the males. The rudimentary pseudo-

branchie, which exist in the East-African F. orthonotus Peters

and F. guenthert Pfeff., and on which Peters’s genus Nothobranchius

is founded, are not to be found in F, qularis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Phractura ansorgii, with enlarged wpper view of head, p. 625.

2. Fundulus gularis, male, with enlarged lower view of head, p. 625.

3. Ditto, female,

December 17, 1901.

Prof. G. B. Howns, LL.D., .R.S., Vice-President.

in the Chair.

A communication was read from Mr. G. Metcalfe, M.A..

drawing attention to the following entry in the ‘ Proceedings’ for

1893 (p. 505) :—‘ The Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., exhibited

and made remarks upon ....a specimen of the egg of the Duck-

bill (Ornithorhynchus anatinus) stated to have been taken out of

the pouch of the mother in Queensland.” A statement that the

Duckbill laid its eggs in its burrow had also been placed on the

label of the specimens in the Natural History Museum.

1901. | ON A NUW FOSSIL MAMMAL FROM SARDINIA. 625

Mr. Metcalte asserted that, after living many years in a region

inhabited by these animals, making special enquiries of the

authorities of the Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, and Hobart

Museums, and publishing questions on the subject in Australian

newspapers, he had been unable to obtain any evidence that eggs

of Ornithorhynchus had ever been obtained except by dissection

of the mother. He therefore did not believe that the eggs were

laid at all, but that they were hatched before extrusion. It was

also to be noted, in connection with Mr. Rothschild’s exhi-

bition, that Ornithorhynchus did not possess a pouch.

In reference to Mr. Metcalfe’s communication, Mr. Oldfield

Thomas drew the attention of the Meeting to the accounts given

by Mr. Caldwell in his paper on the Embryology ot the Mono-

tremata ', to the instances of the laying of eggs recorded by? Prof.

Spencer *, and to the following statement* in Mr. J. Douglas

Ogilby’s work on the Mammals of Australia:—‘“*The Platypus forms

a nest in its burrow on which to deposit its eggs, and hatched

them out by the warmth of its body in the same manner as birds

do.”

It was upon this evidence that Mr. Lydekker had based the

Museum-labels referred to by Mr. Metcalfe.

But from Mr, Metcalfe’s communication it was evidently still

thought doubtful by some persons whether the Duckbill really

laid its eggs; and Mr. Thomas expressed the hope that further

enquiries might be made by naturalists in Australia as to the

actual finding of such eggs in the burrows, so that this most

interesting point might be finally settled.

The comparative hardness of the egg-shell, in which Mr. Caldwell

had detected calcic salts, was in favour of the more usually received

opinion, for, in Mr. Boulenger’s words, “ Viviparous reptiles ‘have

practically no shell to their eggs—it is a mere membrane.”

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.S., exhibited the skull of a fossil

aquatic Musteline animal proposed to be called Lnhydrictis

galictoides, from the Pleistocene ossiferous breccia of Sardinia, and

made the following remarks :——

When exploring, several years ago, a Pleistocene ossiferous

Breccia at San Giovanni, near Iglesias, in the south-east of

Sardinia, I came upon the skull of a Carnivore which, in the

general shape of its upper contour, the only part at first exposed,

presented absolute analogy with that of a Lutra, Both the facial

and the cranial portions are extremely flattened, the latter besides

considerably expanded laterally ; the frontal region behind the

' Phil. Trans. vol. 178, p. 468 (1887); see especially p. 463, bottom para-

graph, and page 473, second paragraph.

* Nature, xxxi. p. 162 (1854).

1 P, 1 (Sydney, 1892).

626 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [ Dec. 17,

postorbital processes is elongate and contracted, the rostrum short

and broad, the orbits elevated, the infraorbital foramen large.

The ventral region of the skull was at first concealed by strongly

adhering stalagmitic matrix ; when this was disengaged, remarkable

divergences from the Lutra became apparent. The posterior

portion of the region still recalls Zutra by its lateral expansion,

Hattened hulle osseew, and broad basioccipital and basisphenoid.

But the broad palatal region between the teeth, and the very

elongate bony palate behind the tooth-series, are in striking

contrast with all known species of Zutra, and approach on the

other hand to some genera of the Musteline, viz. Putorius and

Galictis.

The dentition is undoubtedly that of a member of the Muste-

lide. There appears to be no trace of a fourth, anterior, premolar,

another agreement with the two last-named genera. The most

striking peculiarity of the upper dentition is in the shape of the

carnassial, the one on the left side being fortunately almost

completely preserved.

Tn the Lutrine the heel of the carnassial is a broad, approxi-

mately semicircular lobe, either embracing the whole of the blade,

or leaving free not more than the posterior third. In the Musteline

the heel is generally represented by a comparatively small cusp

near the anterior end of the tooth, from which it is well separated

by a constriction. The fossil tooth holds an intermediate position.

The heel is broad as compared with the majority of the Musteline

and shows throughout a raised margin encircling a cup-shaped

area; starting anteriorly from the small antero-external cusp of

the blade, it embraces not more than about the anterior half of

the latter. ©

The only recent Mustelines presenting a similar carnassial are

those of the Galictis group (Galictis, Galera, Lyncodon), and more

than the other species, the Galictis vittata, in which the heel

ewtends less medially than in the larger species. The only

appreciable difference from the fossil is the slightly stronger

antero-external cusp, which makes the heel of the Galictis carnassial

appear to be situated more backward.

The molar of the fossil is only preserved on the right side; it

is much worn and slightly damaged near the antero-internal corner.

Although this tooth, placed as it is at the end of the series in the

Mustelide, varies much in this family, even from one species to

the other, it is noteworthy that the molar of the fossil again comes

nearest to the smaller species of Galictis. It is a narrow tooth, in

which the length of the external border is equal to that of the

internal, and the anterior margin runs approximately parallel to

the posterior.

From the description and comparisons it results that the

Sardinian fossil belongs to an amphibious member of the Mus-

teline, coming nearest among recent forms to the South-American

Galictis, It is abundantly entitled to constitute a separate genus,

and I have accordingly called it

1901. } NEW FOSSIL MAMMAL FROM SARDINIA. 627

Enhydrictis galictoides, gen. et sp. nov.

At various times I have dealt with the remarkable Pleistocene

Mammalia of Corsica and Sardinia, and pointed out their absolute

distinctness from those of the Continental Pleistocene fauna, as

well as the affinities of some of the insular forms with Tertiary

European mammals. More recently, Depéret has expressed partly

similar views’.

It was therefore natural to search for related forms with

Enhydretis amongst the Tertiary Carnivora, with the result that

the Middle Miocene Trochictis is the only known Tertiary genus

in which the upper carnassial is almost identical with those of

Enhydrietis and Galictis.

The recorded species of Zrochictis are based on more or less

perfect mandibular jaws, and the genus has been classed with the

Meline. An imperfect skull with a mandibular ramus attached,

obtained by me in the quarries of La Grive-Saint-Alban, which

is now in the British Museum, shows that the upper jaw of

this genus has already been described under various names, from

Steinheim by O. Fraas (Palewomephitis jaegert*, Lutra dubia)’,

and from La Grive by Depéret and Gaillard (Mustela filholi

Dep.)*. Trochictis has on the whole less affinities with the Meline

than with the Muasteline, and amongst the latter especially with

Galictis and Enhydrictis; to judge from the comparatively small

infraorbital foramen and the largely developed bullz ossez, it was

not amphibious.

Carnivora still more closely related to Hnhydrictis may be

expected from later Tertiary deposits. Mustela majort Weith.,

from the lower Pliocene of Montebamboli (Tuscany )—which, by the

way, is not a Mustela—shows some approach to Enhydrictis in the

shape of the upper carnassial, the heel of which is not separated

by a constriction from the blade, but largely developed ; it is even

longer antero-posteriorly than in the latter genus. The tooth of

M. majori is not inserted obliquely in the jaw as in Enhydrictis,

but parallel to the palate, apparently in connection with the

different insertion and direction of the zygoma. The upper molar

(m.1) of M. majori approaches more that of Mustela ; its transverse

diameter being less, its long axis greater than in Anhydrictis ; the

postero-internal angle is still more developed than in Mustela, and

the transverse diameter shorter even than in the latter. The

lower carnassial (m.1) of M. majori is conspicuous by the small

development of the heel, which conversely is very long in Enhy-

drictis ; the internal cusp of the median tubercle is larger in the

tooth of the latter genus.

1 Charles Depéret, “ Etude de quelques gisements nouveaux de Vertébrés

pléistocénes de Tile de Corse,” Ann. Soc, Linn. Lyon, xliv. p. 111 (1897).

2 Wiirtt. Nat. Jahresh xviii. pp. 129, 130, pl. ii. fig. 18 (1862),

' Th. xxvi. pp. 164, 165 (1870).

* Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Lyon, iv. p. 129, pl. xiii. fig. 55 (1887); v. p. 24.

pl. i. figs. 8, 9 (1892).

628 ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE LARVAL PoLyPrerus. [Dec.17,

Dimensions of the skull of Enhydrictis in millim.

Basilar length (henselion) .............. 99-0

Upper length ~. 2... swe ee pee renee 97°6

Cranial breadth behind zygomatic arches and

above meat. audit. ....20....-eseree- 52°5

(Greatest breadth .~ oe. 2... fe. et apes oc 66:0

Breadth of occiput’ ........¢-..-2505--- ca. 60-0

Interorbital breadth .........--+-.0--+-+> 1

Breadth between procc. postorb. .......- 33:0 (!)

Breadth between outer margins of alveoli of

BPEL COMMON. 2.5.) sivas prac tee ca, 26°0

Palate 1Epg0R on oe in hk = oo eee ca, 54°0

Length from anterior margin of aly. of upper

canine to post. margin of aly. of m.1.... ca, 32°5

Length of sagittal crest ..........------ ca. 63°0

Height of mandibular ramus between p. 1

1 conclude with a general remark on the Pleistocene Mammalia

of Corsica and Sardinia. They are essentially the same in both

islands and, with the exception of the Moufion, 1 have not met

with a single recent species amongst the fossil forms. This is

as much as to say that, so far as the Mammals are concerned, I

cannot endorse the following statement by Depéret, referring to

the Corsican Pleistocene fauna:—“ Le caractére quaternaire de

Yensemble de cette faune ressort déji de la présence d’un grand

nombre d’espéces actuelles, telles que le Loir, le Mulot, le Lievre,

le Mouflon de Corse, l’Aigle pygargue”’. On this topic I shall

have something more to say at an early opportunity.

Mr. Budgett read a paper on the Structure of the Larval

Polypterus, in which he described the urino-genital system and

skeleton of a very young larva 30 mm. in length. The following

is an abstract of this communication :—

The pronephros, consisting of the greatly coiled anterior end of

the archinephric duct, was very large and lies close under the skin

on either side behind the gills ; the coiled portion of the pronephros

communicated with a small pronephric chamber at the side of the

dorsal aorta by a very fine duct, the extreme anterior end of the

archinephric duct. The chamber contained at this stage a very

small glomus and did not appear to communicate with the body-

ee The pronephros of Polypterus closely resembled that

Or AM.

The mesonephros in the hinder end of the body was simple,

consisting in each segment of a glomerulus, from which there

passed a short broad nephrostome-canal opening into the rudiment

of the genital duct and a coiled kidney-tubule ending in the seg-

mental duct.

1 Op. cit. p. 122.

1901.) ON THE ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 629

The genital ducts were regarded as being quite distinct from

Miillerian ducts in the Ganoidei, Crossopterygii, and Teleostei,

and to have been developed from a condition like that in the

Cyclostomata, by a folding-off of a portion of the body-cavity.

In those forms in which a connection occurs between the testis

and the kidney, the male genital duct was regarded as having been

converted into the longitudinal canal of the testicular network.

The skeleton was entirely cartilaginous at this stage. The

chondrocranium and visceral arches were described, and shown

to resemble in some respects those of Elasmobranchi, though

Amphibian resemblances were also pointed out. It was shown

that this larva possesses a segmented rod of cartilage attached

to the hyoidean arch and forming the axis of the base of the large

external gill.

The development of the vertebral column was shown to be very

peculiar, there being at first three series of cartilaginous processes

abutting on the notochord on either side. Later, the ventral

series lose their connection with the notochord, and become the

heads of the ventral ribs.

The condition of the pectoral fins at this stage was shown to

support the view that these have been derived from a uniserial

fin of the Elasmobranch type, rather than from a biserial

archipterygium.

In general, the structure of this larva was regarded as showing

that the Crossopterygii at the present day are a central group

intermediate between the Elasmobranchi, the Teleostei, and the

Amphibia.

This Memoir will be published entire in the ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Anatomy of Gruiform Birds; with special reference

to the Correlation of Modifications. By P. Cuatmurs

Mircnett, M.A., D.Sc. Oxon., F.Z.S., Lecturer on

Biology at the London Hospital Medical College,

University of London.

{Received December 17, 1901.]

(Text-figures 70-85.)

In this memoir I use the term Gruiform, descriptively, in the

sense of Gadow (4) to denote the Rallide, Gruide, Dicholophide,

Otididwe, Rhinochetide, Eurypygide, and Heliornithide. I have

been able to dissect members otf all these groups in the Prosectorium

of this Society; and I am specially indebted to my friend Mr, F.

E. Beddard, F.R.S., the Prosector, not only for the kindness

with which he has given me his personal assistance in verifying

many doubtful points, but for the complete manner in which he

630 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [ Dec. 17,

has placed material (some of it belonging to the Society, and some of

it his own) at my disposal. 1 have actually dissected the following

forms :—

Rallide .... <Aramides cayennensis.

ypecaha.

Fulica leucoptera.

Gallinula chloropus.

» pheenicurus.

Hypotenidia philip pensis.

Porzana carolina’.

Rallus celebensis.

, longirostris.

> maculatus.

Gruide .... Balearica chrysopelargus (Gruine).

Aramus scolopaceus (Aramine).

Psophia leucoptera (Psophiine).

; obscura (id.).

Dicholophide. Cariamea cristata.

Otidide .... Otis tarda.

Rhinochetide. /hinochetus jubatus.

Eurypygide.. Hurypyga helias.

Heliornithide. Heliornis fulica (seu Podou surinamensis).

J have, moreover, made full use of the published observations

of Beddard (1), Gadow (4), and Fiirbringer (3) on these and

allied forms, but any detailed statements which I make in this

paper I have myself observed or verified unless I cite them on the

authority of their author.

The direct object of the enquiry the results of which are now to

be set out, was a prosecution of investigations to which my

discovery of the eutaxy in the wing of certain Pigeons (8) led me.

I came to the conclusion that in the Columbide the diastataxic

condition of the wing was primitive, and that the eutaxic condition

was derived therefrom by a secondary closing up of the diastema

in the ranks of feathers. I found that there was a general

coincidence between the specialized condition of the wing and

specialized conditions of other anatomical structures, and a similar

general coincidence between the primitive condition of the wing

and less specialized conditions of other anatomical structures.

Later on I studied the structure of Kingfishers, a group in which

the occurrence of both conditions of the wing was known, and I

was able to show (9) that also in that group there existed a

correlation between specialization of the wing and specialization of

other anatomical structures. In a later memoir (10) dealing with

the modifications presented by the Alimentary Canal in the whole

group of birds, I had occasion to employ a precise terminology for

> Beddard (1) states that P. carolina is exceptional in having a nude oil-

gland; in the specimen I examined the gland was definitely tufted, and the

same was true of some chicks that 1 examined along with Mr. Pycraft at

the British Museum.

” 1901.] ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 631

degrees of specialization of anatomical conditions. I distinguished

one condition of character found in a group as being, with regard

to that group, archecentric, that is to say as most nearly representing

the ancestral condition or common heritage of the group; while

the other conditions were distinguished as apocentric, that is to

say as having moved outwards along some radius from the arche-

centric condition. In this terminology, I regard the diastataxic

condition of the wing as archecentric, the eutaxic condition not

only as apocentric but as multiradially apocentric—that is to say, as

being an instance of such a simple and direct change as we may

imagine to have occurred independently in different cases. In

Columbide and Alcedinide there is a general coincidence of this

apocentricity of the wing with apocentricities of other structures.

The problem of the present research was to see to what extent

and in what structures there was a similar correlation of apo-

centricities in Gruiform birds. It is clear that the field of the

problem is essentially different ; there is no doubt as to the close

genetic affinity of the different Doves and Pigeons, and the King-

fishers are a group at least equally coherent. In the case of the

birds here associated as Gruiformes, there are many taxonomic

uncertainties, among which the least uncertain point is, that

even if the assemblage be natural, many of the groups assigned to

it stand far apart.

Euraxy AND DIASTATAXY IN THE GRUIFORMES.

Rallide.—AIl the Rails that I have examined have the wings

typically diastataxic. The condition in Rallus longirostris (text-

fig. 70) may serve asatype. The primary quills have major coverts

Text-fig, 70.

° 2 e

Wing-structure of Rallus longirostris.

Diagram of the distal secondary quills and coverts, showing the diastadaxic

condition. The quills are in outline; the major coverts and “ third-

series” feathers are in black: the transverse rows are represented by

dotted lines with larger black dots showing the positions of feathers.

S. First secondary. P. First primary. «. Diastataxie gap. CR.

Carpal remex, C.C, Carpal covert.

632 DR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Dec. 17,

placed distally and bound closely to them. At the carpal angle of

the wing, the transition to the secondaries is made and the carpal

remex with the carpal covert lie in this region. Since Degen (2)

drew attention to these feathers a good deal has been written

about them by various authors, and when I wrote my paper on the

Columbide (8) I was unacquainted with Degen’s work. I urged

the view, against later writers, that the carpal covert and remex

belonged morphologically to the secondaries and not to the

primaries. Iam glad to find that this was Degen’s view. In the

Rallide the carpal covert crosses the carpal remex precisely as the

major coverts cross the secondary quills, and the remex is frequently

tied to the first large secondary by a plica of membrane similar to

that which I described in the Columbide. I think that there can

be no doubt as to the homology of these feathers, and that

morphologically the diastataxic gap should be counted as coming

after the fifth secondary. The carpal remex and covert are in

process of reduction. In the Rallide this has not proceeded far,

and the carpal remex, in most cases, as in the figure, lies very

close to the first primary, so that it appears rather like a proximally

placed, primary major covert. The four large distal quills of the

secondary series are crossed by their major coverts ; then comes

the wide diastataxic gap (w) occupied by a teather in series with the

major coverts, and then follow the more proximal secondaries with

their coverts in even series. The transverse rows of minor coverts

are not well marked in the Rallide; the coverts just above the

major coverts are large, and, as frequently happens in birds, owing

to the large size of the quills and major coverts these third-series

feathers have been pushed forwards so that they appear to lie in

between the rows; their true position will be at once plain if one

imagine the quills and major coverts reduced to the same size as

those of this third series. In the figures, which naturally are

somewhat diagrammatic, these feathers are represented rather

more nearly in their morphological position than in their actual

position. ‘They are the feathers that I termed third-series feathers

in my paper on the Columbide. The higher members of the

transverse rows are fairly well marked in some Rails; in others

they are reduced to small, almost downy feathers without con-

spicuous transverse or horizontal arrangement.

Gruide.—The Gruine and Aramine are diastataxic, and, except

that the transverse rows are rather better marked in Aramus, there

is no point of importance to distinguish the condition of the wing

in these from the condition in the Rails. As in some Rails, the

carpal remex is not so close to the first primary as in Rallus longi-

rostris. The Psophiine (text-fig. 71, Psophia obscura) display the

eutaxic arrangement of the wing-feathering. The primary quills

with their distally placed major coverts meet the secondary quills,

which, as usual, are crossed by their major coverts, at the carpal

angle. The secondary quills occur in even series, there being no

trace of the diastataxic gap. The transverse rows are fairly well

marked, the third-series feathers, as in the diastataxic forms, being

1901.) ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 633

displaced forwards and so lying in the interspaces of the secondary

quills. There are several small feathers in the carpal angle of the

Text-fig. 71.

Wing-structure of Psophia obscura.

Diagram of the distal secondary quills and coyerts, showing the eutavic

condition. General description and lettering as in .text-figure 70.

I. Quills on first digit.

wing, but none of these can be identified with certainty in the

adult condition as carpal remex or carpal covert. The degeneration

of these feathers is an apocentric modification, and it is interesting

to find it associated with the eutaxic arrangement.

Dicholophide.—These are known to be eutaxic, and there is

nothing in the arrangement of the feathers to distinguish it from

the condition in Psophia. In the carpal angle there is an obvious

carpal covert, recognized by its position. Under it is a very small

and degenerate representative of the remex. A. plica binds these

two to the first large secondary quill. The degeneration of the

carpal remex is here, as in Psophia, to be associated with eutaxy,

but it has not proceeded so far.

Otididee.—In the wings of these (text-fig. 72, Otis tarda) the condi-

tion is markedly diastataxic. The primary coverts are distad of their

quills, there is a good carpal covert crossing the carpal remex, the

latter being bound to the first large secondary by a plica, and the

carpal remex with its covert being in plain sequence with the

secondaries and their major coverts. ‘The transverse rows over

the secondary quills are plain. The diastema (wv) is wide, and in

it lies a major covert at the base of a normal transverse row.

Rhinochetide.—In these (text-fig. 73, p, 634, Rhinochetus jubatus)

the wing shows the eutaxic condition. The only difference between

the wing of these and that of Psophia is that the carpal remex is

not so degenerate. It is bound to the first secondary quill by a

strong plica and is crossed in normal fashion by a small covert.

Eurypygide.—lt is curious that the references in the literature

to the condition of the wing in Zurypyga differ. Gadow (4) and

Beddard (1) state that it is diastataxic, Pyeraft (11) places it in

634 DR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [ Dec. 17,

Text-fig. 72. :

Wing-structure of Ofis tarda.

Diagram of the distal secondary quills and coverts, showing the diastataxic

condition. General description and lettering as in text-figure 70.

PL. Plica, or membranous fold binding the carpal remex to the distal secondary.

Text-fig. 12.

Wing-structure of Rhinochetus jubatus.

Diagram of the secondary quills and coverts, showing ewtazic condition.

General description and lettering as in text-figure 70.

1901. | ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS, 635

a list of eutaxic forms ; and Seebohm (12) not only places it among

eutaxie forms but adds a footnote stating that “‘ having very care-

fully examined the wings he found no trace of surplus wing-coverts

to indicate the loss of a fifth secondary.” Along with Mr. Pycraft

1 examined carefully a well-preserved spirit-specimen in the

British Museum. The wing was normally diastataxic. The

feathering was of the normal type, except that while the carpal

covert was large and bound down to the first large secondary quill

by a plica, the carpal remex was vestigial, an exception to its usual

condition among the diastataxic Gruiformes. I therefore do not

hesitate to say that Seebohm was mistaken, and that the

Eurypygide are diastataxic, as stated by Beddard and Gadow and

as shown by the specimens I examined. It is of course conceivable

that individual variations occur; the Columbide and Alcedinidze

show closely allied species with both conditions. However, the

circumstance that Seebohm was mistaken about the condition in

the next group, makes it more probable that he was mistaken here

than that Lurypyga presents individual variations.

Heliornithide.—These are eutaxic. It is impossible to mistake

the Ameriean Fin-foot, as its smaller size and feet with transverse

zebra-like black bars distinguish it plainly from the African forms.

1 have examined a number of specimens, well preserved in spirit,

both at the British Museum and in Mr. Beddard’s collection.

The primaries with their distally placed major coverts are as in

other Gruiformes ; the carpal covert crosses in normal fashion a

carpal remex, and the latter, as in other eutaxic Gruiform birds

except Ihinochetus, is vestigial. The secondary quills, crossed by

their major coverts, lie in even series with no trace of a diastema.

None the less Seebohm (12) wrote as follows :—* Heliornis has

always: been regarded as the New World representative of the Old

World genus Podica. The theory that the resemblance is only

accidental, and that Podica is the Old World representative of the

New World Psophiz, is supported by several tacts. In spite of

statements to the contrary, there can be little doubt that Podica is

quincubital (eutaxic) and belongs to the Galliformes, whilst Heli-

ornis is aquincubital (diastataxic) and belongs to the Ralliformes.

Three specimens (two of them in spirit) of Podica senegalensis, and

one of Heliornis fulica, have been most carefully examined for me

by experts at the British Museum.” Podica seneyalensis is certainly

eutaxic, as Seebohm states, but the same condition exists in Heli-

ornis. I can only suggest that in the one specimen examined, the

“experts,” fearing to disturb the feathers too much, looked only

in the space proximad of the fourth quill, and, seeing there one of

the third-series feathers, mistook it for the major covert of a

diastataxic form. Especially in the case of a small wing with

closely-set feathers, it is necessary to examine the whole series to

be certain as to the condition, as the forwardly displaced “ third-

series” feathers, if only a single interspace be examined, look

remarkably like diastataxic additional coverts.

The Gruiform® assemblage, then, like the Columbide and the

636 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Dec. 17,

Alcedinide, has some members with the wing in the diastataxic

condition and some members with the wing eutaxic, and there is

no direct relation between the distribution of these conditions and

the accepted classifications. On the assumption that eutaxy is an

apocentric modification of the archecentric diastataxy, it is plain

that it must be what I term a multiradial apocentricity, a condition

that has been produced several times independently. How far is

this apocentricity found associated with other apocentricities ? In

the wing-feathering generally there is an association between

eutaxy and the degeneration of the carpal remex. Rhinochetus is

the only eutaxic form in which the degeneration of this feather

has not been carried far; Hurypyga is the only form of those

that I have examined in which diastataxy is associated with a

great degeneration of the carpal remex.

Tue Gut-PaTTEeRNs.

I have recently (10) described and discussed the patterns dis-

played by the convolutions of the Intestinal Tract among the

Gruiformes. They are all modifications of a metacentral condition

closely resembling that found underlying the modifications of the

Charadriiformes. It is enough to say here that Aramus appears

to show the most primitive condition in the group, a condition in

which there is little trace of the special Ralline pattern. The

Ralline pattern is very definite, and the patterns found in the

Gruinz, Psophiine, and Heliornithide are practically identical with

it. Lhinochetus, Dicholophus,and Otis show apocentric modifications

of the Ralline type. Hurypyga stands out from the others,

showing, in this respect, only an extremely generalized relationship

with the group.

The divergence of patterns among the Gruiformes is certainly

not great, but none the less is iu striking contrast with the

practically complete identity of pattern found among the different

members of the Columbidex or of the Alcedinide, the state of

affairs pointing out that the Gruiform assemblage is far from

coherent. Aramus and Hurypyga, two diastataxic forms, display

the most archecentric patterns found in the group; the others,

eutaxic or diastataxic, are all apocentric, that is to say are far

modified from the Avian archecentric condition.

Muvscurar ANATOMY.

Latissimus dorsi anterior et posterior.—The conditions of these

muscles present a considerable range of variation among the

Gruiformes.

In the Rallidee (when I use family names in this memoir I mean to

imply only those examples mentioned as having been dissected) both

divisions of the muscle are large and unusually strong, with a wide

origin from the dorsal vertebral spines extending from the posterior

cervicals to the ilium. The posterior margin of the anterior

division is in contact with the anterior margin of the posterior

1901. | ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 637

division throughout the greater part of the extent of the muscle,

and, save in Gallinula phenicurus and Porzana carolina, they are

actually in continuity. The posterior part, corresponding to the

posterior division in most birds, is enormously strong and large,

and its origin has spread distally until it has reached a considerable

portion of the ilium and the musculature of the thigh. At the

insertion, the fleshy and broad insertion of the anterior portion

(text-fig. 74, Z.A.) is superficial, and its proximal edge is in contact

Shoulder-muscles of Rallus longirostris. Shoulder-muscles of Psophia obscura.

Musculature of right shoulder, external view.

2. Tendon of supra-coracoideus A,S. Anconzeus scapularis, cut short,

and in text-fig. 75, reflected. S..4. Scapuli-humeralis anterior. S.P. Scapuli-

humeralis posterior. S. Expansorsecundariorum. JL.P. Latissimus dorsi

posterior. Z,P.A. Slip of lat. dorsi post. to anconxus scapularis, L.A.

Latissimus dorsi anterior. 4.4. Anconzus humeralis. S.C. Sub-scapuli-

coracoideus.

3, Humeral anchor of ancorzeus. 4 Humeral insertion of lat. dorsi ant.

The tendinous areas are dotted.

and partly fused with the tendinous insertion of the posterior division

(text-tig. 74, 4). The latter runs to the humerus, in close associa-

tion with the humeral anchor of the anconzus scapularis (text-

tig. 74, 3). It also sends proximally a remarkable muscular slip

(text-fig. 74, L.P.A.) which is fused with the chiet origin of the

anconeeus scapularis. The condition of this muscle offers three

points of special note. The great size and backward extension of

the muscle with its iliac origin are certainly apocentric. The fusion

of the two divisions along a great part of their course, from

origin to insertion, is possibly archecentric, and brings to mind

the single latissimus dorsi of Apterya, a condition possibly arche-

centric for Aves, and to be compared with the single muscle in

Reptiles. The muscular attachment to the anconeeus of the inser-

tion of the posterior division possibly is archecentric : in any case

the only parallel to it with which 1 am acquainted is the similar

condition described by Fiirbringer in the case of Casuarius.

In the Gruidee the conditions differ. In the Gruine the two

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1901, Vou. Il, No, XLII. 42

638 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELT, ON THE [Dec. 17,

divisions are relatively narrow and do not touch at origin or

insertion; the posterior division is in tendinous degeneration, an

apocentricity different from that found in the Rallide. Im Aramus

the condition is more Ralline, the posterior portion being extremely

large and reaching to the ilium, although the two divisions are not

in contact either at origin or insertion. In Psophia both divisions

are large, the posterior division having spread backwards so as to

take extensive origin from the ilium and from the thigh musculature.

At their insertions (text-fig. 75) they are far apart and quite free,

and along their course the edges are not in contact. In the Dicho-

lophide both divisions are of fair size, the posterior division

possessing a backward extension to the ilium. Throughout their

course they are not in contact, and the insertions of the two

divisions are very far apart. In the Otidide the anterior division

resembles that in other Gruiformes, but the posterior division has

cowpletely disappeared. In Rhinochetus both divisions are strong,

the posterior having the Ralline backward extension to the ilium,

while the insertions are well separated, that of the posterior

division being in common with the insertion of the humeral anchor

of the anconeus. In Hurypyga the condition is more archecentric

than that in Rhinochetus ; the backward extension has not reached

the ilium, and the insertions are much more nearly in contact.

The Heliornithidz display the enormous backward extension and

great size of the posterior division common in the group. The

two divisions are free from one another and their insertions are

well separated.

So far as this muscle is concerned, it is plain that the Gruiformes

do not display the exact coincidence of apocentricities found in a

compact group such as the Columbide or the Alcedinide. The

most striking apocentricity is the enormous backward extension of

the posterior division. This is best marked in the Rails, which

are diastataxic, and in //eliornis, which is eutaxic, but it appears in

all the eutaxic forms. In Hurypyga, which is diastataxic, it does

not occur; in the Crane, which is diastataxic, another apocentric

condition occurs, consisting in the reduction of the posterior

division, and this is carried to the extent of complete loss in Ofis,

another diastataxic form. Among the diastataxic Rails two

conditions occur for which parallels have to be sought among the

Ratites.

Latissimus dorsi metapatayialis.—This muscular slip is present

in all the Gruiformes. It is superficial to the posterior division of

the latissimus dorsi and runs to the skin in the region of the axilla.

Owing to its superficial position, it is easy to overlock it, or to

remove it accidentally in process of skinning the region.

Rhomboideus superficalis et profundus.—Both muscles are

present in all the Gruiformes, and the general course of the fibres

is that those of the superficial muscle run nearly transversely from

the scapula up towards the vertebral spines, but show a tendency

to slope backwards from below upwards. The fibres of the deep

musele run upwards and forwards from the scapula to the vertebre,

1901.]} “ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 639

The superficial muscle shows a marked tendency to increase in

its anterior region and to decrease in its posterior region. In Otis,

a diastataxic form, it is extremely long. arising from eight or nine

vertebre, and covering the deep muscle completely. In Hurypyga,

a diastataxic form, it is thick in front, but thins out posteriorly ;

in Rhinochetus, a eutaxic form, it is almost separated into a thick

proximal and a thin distal portion. In the others, eutaxic or

diastataxic, except the Gruine, its proximal portion extends

beyond the deep muscle, and it thins out and disappears some

distance in front of the posterior end of the scapula, this condition

being best marked in the eutaxic Psophia, where it takes origin

only from three to four vertebre. As an exception to the general

trend of modification within the group, the Gruine present the

peculiar feature that it is the distal portion of the superior muscle

which is best developed; this completely conceals the shorter

portion of the deep muscle, while that again extends further

forwards than the superficial muscle anteriorly and is left exposed.

The conditions of the deep muscle, except in Gruine, are less

irregular. In all the others it begins at the distal extremity of

the scapula and reaches forwards along the scapula to a less

extent in the diastataxic forms and in Heliornis, and to a much

greater extent in the eutaxic forms, especially in Psophia and

Dicholophus, where it is extremely long, extending practically the

whole length of the scapula and a portion of the clavicle. The

deep muscle is certainly phylogenetically newer than the super-

ficial muscle (Fiirbringer) and is in process of growing forwards

along the scapula. There is a coincidence between this apocentricity

and eutaxy ; the apocentricity is least in the diastataxic Zurypyga,

greatest in the eutaxic Psophia and Dicholophide.

Biceps brachialis—In the Gruiformes, with the exception of

Rhinochetus, the biceps muscle of the arm does not present

variations of importance. Its chief origin is from the acrocoracoid,

but it has the usual secondary origin from the humerus, the latter

being weaker. It runs undivided in most of the members of the

group until close to its insertion, by tendons of nearly equal

thickness, to the opposite sides of the radius and ulna. In some of

the Rallide the radial portion shows signs of doubling. In Rhino-

chetus, as has been described by Beddard (1), there is a curious acces-

sory biceps (text-fig. 76, B.a.); Beddard described it as arising from

the humerus immediately below the insertion of the deltoid muscle ;

I found a much more extensive origin beginning on the scapula,

close to the insertion of the subscapularis internus and thence

passing down the humerus, receiving fibres from Beddard’s point

of origin. It is inserted to the radius close to the insertion of the

radial fork of the biceps. Cases are known in which the normal

biceps is divided, the radial tendon coming from the humeral or

coraco-humeral portion of the muscle, Scopus even having a double

origin and insertion to the radius and ulna; and a tendency to the

doubling of the coraco-humeral portion appears in some Rallide.

It seems most probable that this accessory biceps in Rhinochetus is

12*

Dec. 1

[

DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE

640

; “pa}jOp o1v svare sNOTTpPUey

ay, ‘styerBuzed saproyep ay} Jo uovjoopop og} Aq opqisia epBLL BAW SAMMY OU} WoAy SNSUO] oq} 0} sdijs *Qy -HY-9x09 UL *T “q’"q zopuy

‘SITVUIUTOPAE SITVAO jeg “D'q “SIY} JO HVJaNs ot} Jo Haruto9 was st stpersujed stpeaozood ony + rofeat sipRaoyood

Wng ‘g ‘Wopus, snSuory “7 ‘stperpea davowjout Aosue GY 7 ‘auyed “Weg poyayop pur yng "T‘q'q ‘syerseyed saproyed ‘dd

‘aofeur soproypaqy “q@ “wopuer staaaq Jo sdiyps waurxoad pa ‘uurpout ‘eysip oy, “A ‘gf = “mopto} staotg “vg = “uMITaeyed ay] 0} srpeLdeyed

sdaoigq jo dyg -v ‘sypetsugud sdoaig ‘dg ‘sdoo1qg Atosso00y (94 “Sy-9x0} Ul) ‘wg “Uyoutq sdeorg ‘gq ‘siuujndvos snauoouy "7

“DHNE SUbLOYATT JO SoPOSUUL IVY ‘seugsolrbuo) snjjeYy Fo SopSNU ABpy ‘sngngnl snjayouiyy JO Sa[OsSNUL LLY

So.

: — sg

SOAS

===

—————

ays

sates

—=

Se I

OEE

—

dq a dts ad. 0

“op eS , ‘ : -

SL OY-FXO 7 e)s “‘SY-4Xa], 190d “OU-4XOL,

SSS

1901, ] ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS, G41

to be compared with a separated portion of a doubled coraco-

humeral-radial division of the biceps, but the extension of the

origin to the scapula is very peculiar. The condition is of course

markedly apocentric.

Deltoides patagialis.—-This muscle is relatively narrow in all

the Gruiformes, being most narrow in the Gruinz and Psophiine.

The tendons termed longus and brevis arise from its distal extremity,

directly in the Rallide (text-fig. 77, Z., br.) in Otis and in Eury-

pyga; or after a very short common tendon, as in Aramus, the

Dicholophidse, and Heliornis (text-fig. 78); or after a long common

tendon, as in the Gruine and Psophiine; or the muscle itself may

fork into peaks for the two tendons, as in /thinochetus (text-fig. 76).

The existence or length of the common tendon seems correlated

with the size of the bird or of the wing, and to be of minor

importance; the conditions vary in individuals and in forms so

closely allied as Chunga and Cariama. With the exception of

Rhinochetus, all the members of the group may be taken as displaying

the muscle in an archecentric condition. The peaked condition

suggested in some of the Rallide, and fully exhibited in the eutaxic

Rhinochetus, is undoubtedly apocentric and approaches the extreme

apocentricity of a completely divided muscle, a condition that I have

shown to exist in the eutaxic Alcedinide and in other modified

forms of birds.

The longus tendon is single in most of the Gruiformes (text-

figs. 76, 77, 78, Z.), but is doubled in the distal elastic portion in

Aramus, Cariama, Chunga, and Otis, and in the latter two it is

bound down to the brevis tendon by a forearm anchor near where

the brevis is inserted to the fascia over the extensor metacarpi

radialis. | have not the materials to estimate the values of

these slight modifications.

The brevis tendon displays the most simple condition in the

Gruine, where it is a straight, wide band running down to the

tendinous portion of the extensor metacarpi radialis, without

complication of any kind. In many of the Rallidee the condition is

similar (text-fig. 77, br.), but the tendon is rounder and more sharply

separated from the fascise of the patagial membrane, while in other

members of the family the insertion end shows signs of differen-

tiation into the distal slip termed a by Fiirbringer and the proximal

slip termed y by the same authority. In Aramus the tendon is

broad and rather diffuse, but at its insertion it divides into a well-

marked distal slip (a) and a diffuse median slip (;3), which is inserted

to the extensor tendon and passes in addition over that towards

the ulnar edge of the forearm to form a well-marked fan-shaped

extension. In the Psophiine the condition of the tendon is

rounder and better separated from the fascia of the patagium, but

the insertion end with its proximal slip and median slip with a

fan-like extension is like the arrangement in Aramus. In Chunga

and Cariama the tendon is broad and diffuse, but distally shows

traces of the distal and median slips, of the fan, and of a proximal

slip (y of Fiirbringer) running in towards the elbow. The conditions

642 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE | Dec. 17,

in Otis are practically identical. In Rhinochetus (text-fig. 76) the

distal slip (a), the median slip with its fan (8), and the proximal

slip (y) are all distinct. In Hurypyga the condition is very like

that in Rhinochetus, the three slips and the fan all being present,

and in Heliornis (text-fig. 78) a similar arrangement exists.

Here agaiu the conditions of the brevis tendon show that the

(Gruiformes are not a closely coherent group and do not show any

close correlation of apocentricities. The broad, diffuse condition of

the tendon, little separated from the fascize between the dorsal and

ventral portions of the patagium, is probably the more archeceutric,

and occurs in the diastataxic Gruine and Aramine, but also in

the eutaxic Dicholophine. The others, eutaxic and diastataxic, show

the more apocentric condition of a well rounded tendon. The

extent to which the proximal, median, and distal slips of insertion

(y, B,and a) are developed has no correlation with the eutaxy and

diastataxy ; the extension of the median slip (8) to form a fan

reaching towards the ulnar edge of the wing is almost certainly

apocentric, and is absent in the diastataxie Rallide, present in the

others, eutaxic or diastataxic.

Pectoralis propatagialis——In Kurypyga alone there are separate

slips running to the longus and brevis tendons from the pectoralis

major. In all the others there is a reduced slip, chiefly tendinous,

from the pectoralis running either to the common portion of the

longus and brevis or to the longus tendon alone. Possibly repre-

senting the brevis portion, there is present in Hehornis (text-fig. 78,

p. 640) one (or in individual cases two) tendinous slips stretching

from the edge of the humerus to the common tendon of the longus

and brevis. In the figure, the deltoides propatagialis muscle is

represented as divided and turned backwards to show these.

Biceps propatagialis—This muscular slip is completely absent

in the Otidide and Dicholophide, an obviously apocentric modifi-

cation, as the slip is present in all the other members and in the

most nearly allied groups. Garrod (6) attached great taxonomic

importance to the presence or absence of this slip ; but its presence

appears to be an Avian archecentric character and therefore of no

direct value as a guide to affinity ; its loss is an occurrence that

night well have occurred repeatedly and independently. Thus

Fiirbringer found it absent in certain members of the Steganopodes,

Pelargi, Galli, Parride, and Megapodide, and in individuals ot Sula

and of Talegallu. Its loss is therefore to be regarded as what I

term a multiradial apocentricity aud is no direct indication of

affinity.

Apart from the Otididz and the Dicholophide, in the other

members of the Gruiform assemblage the biceps slip is always

present and arises as a bundle of fibres which, separating from the

biceps brachii, ran outwards on to the patagium in the direction of

the longus tendon. The insertion displays differences. In Eury-

pyga and in Rhinochetus' (text-fig. 76, B.P.) it occurs in the form

' Mr. Beddard has failed to find this is one specimen, but mentions that

Garrod had recorded its presence ; there was no doubt about its presence in my

specimen,

1901. } ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 645

anatomically most simple; the whole muscle is fleshy and short

and is inserted directly to the longus tendon rather high up. In

Psophia the origin and insertion to the longus are also fleshy, but

the whole slip is much longer, so that the insertion is more distally

placed, on the elastic portion of the tendon. In the others the slip

terminates in a tendon which fuses with the /ongus tendon after a

short separate course in Aramus, and after a very long course parallel

with the /ongus in the Rallide (text-fig. 77, p. 640) and in Helornis

(text-fig. 78, p.640). The Rails, except Porzana and Heliornis, show

an additional peculiarity. The tendon of the biceps propatagialis

forks, the outer fork running to the 7ongus as I have described, while

the inner fork spreads out on the patagial membrane, as the whole

biceps slip does in Pterocles (Fiirbringer). Beddard (1) figured the

arrangement in Heliornis differently ; but after a careful comparison

of his sketch with several dissections, [ am satisfied that the tendon

marked «x in his figure is in reality the junction with the longus

displaced in dissection, while the other tendon in the specimens

I examined ended on the patagium (as Beddard stated to be the case

in Podica), and did not end on the brevis.

T have not yet sufficient information to place these variations of

the biceps slip in order of apocentricity and archecentricity. It

appears to me to be probable that the biceps slip was originally a

cutaneous slip, and that a condition in which it spread out on the

patagium without definite connection with the longus and brevis

tendons is archecentric. Were this established, the condition

described by Beddard for Podica, a eutaxic form, would be arche-

centric, while Hekornis and the Rallide would stand next to it—

there being thus no correlation whatever between the condition

of this muscle and the condition of the feathering in the wing.

I may point out, also, that on this hypothesis the curious resem-

blance between the arrangements in Heliornis and the Rallide, at

first sight so suggestive of affinity, could not bear such an inter-

pretation, as the common possession of an archecentric character

does not afford a direct clue.

Deltoides major et minor.—In all the Gruiformes both these

muscles are present and the minor presents no variations of

importance. The major is a progressive muscle in most groups of

birds, its insertion gradually creeping down the humerus, a relatively

long extension being apocentric, a relatively short archecentrie.

Of the Gruiformes the Gruine display it in the most archecentric

condition, the extension of its insertion not amounting to more

than the proximal third of the humerus; in the Otidide, also a

diastataxic group, the insertion extends over the proximal half of

the humerus. In Ihinochetus, a eutaxic form, it is also relatively

short (text-fig. 76, D.), but its length is interfered with by the curious

accessory biceps. Among the Gruiformes it reaches its maximum

length in eutaxic forms such as Psophia, where it extends over

six-sevenths of the humerus, and in the Dicholophidw, where one

portion extends to about the end of the third quarter of the

humerus, but another portion, separated from the first by the

nerve running to supply the forearm, reaches the distal extremity

644 DRy P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [ Dee. 17,

of the humerus. In the other forms, eutaxic or diastataxic, the

muscle reaches to the end of the third quarter (text-figs. 77 &

78, D.). Thus there exists a general correlation between the

apocentricity of the wing and the apocentricity of this muscle.

It is least apocentric in certain diastataxic forms, most apocentric

in certain eutaxic forms, intermediate in others.

Scapuli-humerales anterior et posterior—The posterior muscle,

commonly termed the teres major, is present in all the Gruiformes.

Tt is much larger than the anterior muscle and runs from an

extensive origin on the scapula to converge ina tendon which is in-

serted to the median process of the humerus (text-figs. 74 & 75,S.P.).

Its size apparently is subject to individual variation ; for in Aramus

and in Psophia Fiirbringer found it relatively small, while in my

specimens of these birds I found it very large, at least as large as

in any other members of the group. In Balearica alone 1 found

it small. Upon its size, no doubt, depends its contact with or

distance from the anterior muscle, conditions the varying nature

of which have been described by Fiirbringer.

The anterior muscle arises from the proximal portion of the

scapula and runs across the angle between the scapula and the

humerus to its insertion on the humerus near the forked origin of

the anconeus humeralis. Its maximum development in the group

appears in the Rallide (text-fig. 74, S.A.), where, although much

narrower than the posterior muscle, it is a good strap of fleshy tissue.

In the Gruine it is relatively as large as in the Rallide, and its fibres

converge to a strong tendon. In the other diastataxic forms it is

much reduced: thus in Aramus and Eurypyga, Fiirbringer found it

present but well separated from the posterior muscle, and small,

while in my specimens the muscle was represented only by a few

fibres. In Otis it is much reduced, and is attached to the humeral

anchor of the anconezus scapularis. In all the eutaxic forms either

it displays a very marked reduction or is absent. Thus in Psophia

obscura (text-fig. 75, S.A.) I found it much reduced and chiefly

tendinous; in Psophia leucoptera it was absent, and Fiirbringer

states that it is missing in the genus. In Cariama and Chunga

and in Rhinochetus it is absent; in Hehornis it is present, but

much reduced.

It is probable that the existence of a separate anterior and

posterior scapuli-humeralis is due to the segmentation of a primitive

Reptilian single muscle, and the absence of one of the portions

normal in birds might therefore be ancestral or archecentric, the

single muscle being the undivided representative of the Reptilian

prototype. The series of conditions among the Gruiformes, how-

ever, make it plain that the presence of both muscles is the normal

and archecentrie condition for the assemblage, and that the loss,

partial or complete, of the anterior muscle is an apocentric

modification. It is to be noticed, therefore, that here is a fairly

definite case of correlation of apocentricities. The anterior division

is small or absent in all the eutaxic forms; it is well developed

only in the diastataxic forms ; but the correlation is not exact, for

1901.) ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS, 645

the apocentrie reduction occurs also in two diastataxic forms—

Aramus and Otis,

Serratus superficialis, Serratus profundus, Sterno-coracoideus,

Supra-coracoideus, Coraco-brachialis externus, Coraco-brachialis

internus, Brachialis inferior, Sub-coraco-scapuluris, and Anconcwus

are present in all: in most cases they do not present variations of

importance; in some cases I have not materials to justify any

comment on the differences that I have noted. The portion of

the anconeus described by Garrod and others as the Expansor

secundariorum presents in all what Garrod called the Ciconine

conditions ; arising from a triangular Jigament in the axilla, it is

inserted to several of the proximal secondary quills. It is feeblest

in Rhinochetus and in Kurypyga ; in the latter the tendon disappears

without actually reaching the secondaries, although at its origin

it has the strong Ciconine character found in the whole group.

Ilio-tibialis internus seu sartorius.—In all the Gruiformes this

muscle is practically identical. It arises (text-fig. 79, L.-TJB.L.)

from one or two vertebre at the proximal end of the ilium, and from

the ilium itself with a varying extent from the anterior vertical edge

and from the fascie over the ilio-trochanterici ; in most instances

(not in the Gruine) it is united with the proximal border of the ilio-

tibialis and it is inserted to the fasciz over the knee-capsule.

Ilio-tibialis.—This large muscle arises by aponeuroses from the

dorso-lateral edge of the ilium in front and behind the acetabulum,

and is inserted along with the femoro-tibialis to the knee-capsule

(text-fig. 79, 7Z.-T/B.). An anterior, a median, and a post-ace-

tabular region may be distinguished in it. The post-acetabular

portion, the most variable in birds generally, is very large and strong

inalltheGruiformes. The median portion is reduced to a tendinous

sheet except in Zurypyga, where, after the origin, it is fleshy. The

anterior portion is tendinous in Balearica, but is fleshy after the

origin in the others. The extent of its fusion with the deeper

muscles of the thigh varies irregularly, but in many, as in Psophia

(text-fig. 79, JZ.-T/B.), it is practically separate right down to the

knee. The special features of this muscle, the great development

of the post-acetabular portion, the reduction of the middle portion,

and the relative reduction of the anterior portion are common

properties of the group.

Llio-trochanterici posterior, anterior, et medius.—T hese three muscles

appear in their maximum and typical development in Psophia.

The dorsal or posterior muscle (gluteeus secundus) arises from nearly

all the pre-acetabular part of the ilium (text-fig. 79, ZZ.7'R.P.).

It is much the largest of the three and runs straight to its insertion,

by a strong short tendon, on the trochanteric surface of the femur.

The most ventral or anterior muscle (gluteus tertius) is next in

size; it arises (text-fig. 79, JZ.-7'R.A.) from the anterior or ventral

edge of the pre-acetabular ilium, and its tendon of insertion is the

most distal of those on the trochanteric surface of the ilium. The

median muscle (gluteus quartus) is much smaller; it lies between

the others (text-fig. 79, /Z.-72.M.)inits origin, course, and insertion,

646 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [ Dec. 17,

but is partly covered by the fleshy belly of the posterior muscle.

Practically the same condition exists in Cariama and in Eurypyga,

although in the latter the medius is extremely small. In the

Gruine the anterior and posterior muscles are as in Psophia, but

the medius is absent in Grus, according to Gadow, while in Balearica

1 found it present although small. In Otisa single very broad muscle

represents the anterior and medius, and there is just a trace of

Text-fig. 79.

ML -T/8 / 2

wi De . FIN = —— /L.-TIG.

CAUVO-IL-FLEX

deesapal

i lg

ISC-FLEX.

imme PUB-ISCIEM,

/L- 1/8 |e

=. SAY \

Thigh-muscles of Psophia leucoptera ; right thigh, external view.

/L.-TIB. Mio-tibialis, JZ.-TIB.L, Tlio-tibialis internus. /L.7R., A., M.,

P. Ilio-trochanterici, anterior, medius, and posterior. /L.TR.E. Mlio-

femoralis externus seu ilio-trochantericus externus, seu gluteus anterior.

l'EM.-TIB. Femoro-tibialis, the distal portion cut and reflected. /#M.-

TIB.E. External deep slip of femoro-tibialis. J.-F /B. llio-fibularis seu

biceps. JSC.-FEM. Ischio-femoralis seu obdurator externus. (CAUD)-

IL-FEM, Iliac division of the caud-ilio-femoralis (accessory femoro-

caudal). CAUD.-IL.-FLEX. Caud-ilio-flexorius. ISC.-FLEX. Ischio-

flexorius. PIB-ISC.-FEM. Pub-ischio-femorales seu adductores longus

et magnus.

The tendinous areas are dotted.

division in the tendon of insertion. In the Rallide, Aramine,

Rhinochetid, and Heliornithide the posterior and anterior muscles

are as in Psophia, but there is no separate medius. This apparent

absence may be due to disappearance of a separate medius ; and the

1901.) ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 647

conditions in the Gruins, where the medius is small in one form,

although quite separate, and absent in another, point towards such

a cause. On the other hand, the condition in Otis suggests that

the absence of a separate medius may be due either to a secondary

fusion of the medius and anterior, or to the anterior being a

primitive muscle in process of subdivision. However, whatever

view may turn out to be best founded, there is certainly no

correlation between the absence of the muscle, whether such

absence be archecentric or apocentric, and the archecentric and

apocentric conditions of the wing.

llio-femoralis externus seu Gluteus anterior. — This variable

muscle is present in all the Gruiformes (text-figs. 79 & 80, JZ.-

TR.E.) and is double in Cariama.

Ilio-femoralis internus seu pectineus.—This is present and fleshy

in all the Gruiformes.

Ambiens.—This notable muscle is present in all the Gruiformes,

with the customary origin from the ilium, course down the back

of the thigh, passage through the knee-capsule, and insertion to

the flexors of the digits. In Cariama, however, what may be a

stage in reduction exists ; the tendon is immovably fixed in the

knee-capsule. ‘This condition points in the direction of many

cases where the ambiens ceases at the knee-capsule, and it is to be

noted that this apocentricity occurs in a eutaxic member of the

Gruiformes. Below the knee the distal extremity of the ambiens

tendon forms the “ ambiens head ” of the perforated flexor muscles

of the toes. I have already figured (7. fig. 1) the arrangement of

these in Balearica, and in the other Gruiformes the arrangement

is similar except that the ambiens head is reinforced by a strong

tendinous anchor from the head of the fibula.

Femori-tibiales seu Crureus and Vastus.——The deep muscular

masses arising from the femur and passing to the tibia, or at least

to the knee-capsule, are present and well developed in all the

Gruiformes. The separate portion at the back of the thigh is in all

strong (text-figs. 81, 82, 83, 84, FEM.-TIB.1.). It is what is

usually termed the vastus internus. The mass of the muscle (text-

fig. 79, FEM.-TIB.) which lies immediately under the ilio-tibialis,

with which, as I have mentioned, it is frequently fused towards

the knee, is practically identical in all; but there is specially to be

noted the distinctness of a deep slip of the muscle-mass (text-fig. 79,

PEM,-TIB.F.) with a separate origin and insertion. This slip,

frequently absent in birds, is present in all the Gruiformes, but is

much smallest and weakest in Heliornis.

Caud-ilio-femoralis ( femoro-caudal and accessory). — The re-

searches of Garrod, Beddard, Gadow, and others have made it

plain that the presence of two divisions of this muscle is the

archecentric condition for birds, and that deviations from this,

consisting of the reduction of either or of both, are apocentric.

Among the Grniformes, the Rallidw, Heliornithide, and some

Cranes alone display both muscles. In Hurypyga Garrod (5)

found both present, but in the specimen that I examined the iliac

648 DR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [ Dec. 17,

(accessory) was absent on both sides, and such individual variation

may be taken as evidence that in Kurypyga the iliac division is in

process of disappearing. In the genus Balearica it may be present

orabsent. In Psophia(text-fig.79, (CAUD.)-IL.-FEM.) itis present

and normal. In Avamus and in Otis it is present, but shows de+

generation in the form of a large tendinous area nearly in the middle

of the muscle (text-fig. 80, (C_AUD.)-IL.-F EM.) ; and Beddard states

Text-fig. 80.

ie £18

X(CA UO)-/L-FEM

CAUD-LL-FLEX

ca a i

az, (SC-FLEX

NG 7 PUB-ISC-FEM

Thigh -muscles of Aramus scolopaceus ; right thigh, external view.

Lettering as in text-figure 79.

FEMTIBE.

that a similar condition exists in Oariama, a bird in which Garrod

found the muscle absent and in which therefore it must be taken

as disappearing. It isabsent in Rhinochetus. The division of the

muscle with caudal origin (femoro-caudal) is, as | have mentioned,

present in the Rallide and Heliornithide and in some Cranes.

It is absent in the genus Balearica, and, according to Beddard, in

Grus leucogeranos. It is present, although small, in Zurypyga and

Rhinochetus. It is absent in the Araminz, Psophiine, Dicho-

lophide, and Otidide. It is plain that a tendency to apocentric

modification, consisting of reduction or disappearance of one or

of both divisions of this muscle, is a character of the Gruiform

assemblage, and the incoherent nature of the group is shown by

the chaotic incidence of the apocentricities. The archecentrit

condition is shown by the Rallide and by some Cranes, these

being diastataxic forms, but also by the eutaxie Heliornithide; a

1901. ] ANATOMY OF GRULFORM BIRDS, 649

slight degree of apocentricity is shown by the diastataxic Eury-

pygide. The apocentric loss of one division or the other is shown

by the remaining groups, eutaxic or diastataxic; while diastataxic

Cranes may show the final apocentricity of complete loss of both

divisions, and by individuals at least of the eutaxie Dicholophide.

Caud-ilio-fleworius (semitendinosus and accessory semitendinosus).

Ischio-flexorius. Gastrocnemius, middle or posterior-femoral head.—

In all the Gruiformes the two first-mentioned constituents of this

muscle-complex are present and have a similar origin and general

course. The caud-ilio-flexorius (text-figs.’ 79 & 80, CAUD.-IL.-

FLEX.) arises from the distal surface of the ium, distal and super-

ficial to the iliac portion of the caud-ilio-femoralis, and with a

varying extension to the lateral fasciz over thetail. It lies superficial

to the caudal portion of the origin of the caud-ilio-femoralis when

that is developed, and at its origin it may be forked to allow the

passage of that muscle. The ischio-flexorius arises from the

distal and lateral surface of the ischium, and runs nearly parallel

with the caud-ilio-flexorius, but separated from it by the cand-ilio-

femoralis when that is present. The insertions and relations

with the gastrocnemius show considerable differences among the

Gruiformes, but these fall readily into four types :—

(1) Ralline type. In Rallus longirostris (text-fig. 81)—and_ the

other Rails examined are similar—the caud-ilio-flexorius has a

well-marked and broad insertion to the distal end of the femur

(accessory semi-tendinosus, C.J.Z. 7 in the figure), the fibres of

which meet at an angle with the fibres coming from the iliac origin,

forming a tendinous raphe. This tendon, and with it a good body

of muscular fibres, runs distally to join the tibial head of the

gastrocnemius. The junction occupies the position of the usual

posterior femoral or middle head of the gastrocnemius, but this

head either is absent or is indistinguishably fused with the

femoral insertion of the caud-ilio-flexorius. Moreover, a well-

marked flat tendon (text-fig. 81, A.) runs straight to the tibia

from the proximal portion of the raphe, independent of and

partly under the larger flat tendon (text-fig. 81, A.2) by which

the ischio-flexorius is inserted in normal fashion to the tibia.

From the proximal portion of the tendon of the ischio-flexorius a

stout branch is given off to the gastrocnemius, meeting that muscle

near the similar branch from the caud-ilio-flexorius.

(2) Aramus type. This type (text-fig. 82) may be described most

simply as a modification of the Ralline type, differing from that

chiefly in two points: the femoral insertion of the caud-ilio-

flexorius (C.J.Z. /) is equally broad, but is immediately superficial

to a well-marked posterior femoral head of the gastrocnemius.

This is shown in the figure at Ge. 2, a portion of the caud-ilio-

flexorius being represented as cut away. The two join the tibial

head of the gastrocnemius together, almost at the same point as

the gastrocnemial insertion of the ischio-flexorius, but the ar-

rangement is such that the latter muscle might be described as

joining the tibial head of the gastrocnemius superficial to the

650 DR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [ Dec. 17,

middle head. Secondly, the special tendon from the raphe of the

caud-ilio-flexorius seen in the Ralline type (text-fig. 81, A. 7) is

absent in the Aramus type.

Text-tig. SI. Text-fig. 82.

Knee-museles of Rallus lonyirostris. Knee-muscles of Aramus scolopaceus.

Musculature of knee; right leg, internal view.

FEM.-TIB.-I. Internal separate slip of femoro-tibialis (vastus internus).

x. Tigament from femur to tibia.

P.J.F. Pub-ischio-femorales (adductors).

of caud-ilio-flexorius (accessory semi-tendinosus).

IF. Ischio-flexorius (semi-membranosus).

A, 1. Anchor to tibia of C.Z.L.

A, 2. Anchor to tibia of LF.

Ge. 1, External femoral division of gastrocnemius.

Ge. 2. Internal femoral division of gastrocnemius.

Ge. 3. Tibial division of gastrocnemius.

SOL. Soleus.

In text-figure 82 the caud-ilio-flexorius has bad a piece removed to

exhibit the deeper lying Ge. 2.

The tendinous areas are dotted.

(3) Otis type. This (text-fig. 83) differs from the Aranwus type

first in that the femoral insertion of the caud-ilio-flexorius is much

narrower than, proximal to, and parallel with, the posterior temoral

head of the gastrocnemius, so that there is no longer need of cutting

the former to display the latter (text-fig. 83, CI.Z.1 & Gc. 2). Its

fibres meet the fibres of origin at a raphe as in the others, and the

ischio-flexorius fibres join the muscle-mass at the lower half of the

raphe. From this meeting-point a broad tendon (A. 2) runs to the

tibia, obviously corresponding to the normal insertion of the ischio-

flexorius, while the muscular masses along with the posterior femoral

head of the gastrocnemius converge to a round tendon that joins

1901.) ANATOMY OF @RULFORM BIRDS, 651

the tibial belly of the gastrocnemius after a short separate course.

The Otis type occurs in Otis, in the Gruine, Psophiine (but in the

latter the middle head of the gastrocnemius is double), in the

Dicholophide, in Rhinochetus, and in Eurypyga, except that the

ischio-flexorius in most cases is better separated from the under-

lying masses and appears to run straight to the tibia, merely

receiving on its way a tendinous slip from the raphe of the two

portions of the caud-ilio-flexorius.

Text-fig. 83. Text-tig. 84.

FEMTIB I

Knee-muscles of Otis tarda. Knee-muscles of Heliornis fulica.

Description and lettering as in text-figures 81 & 82.

(4) Heliornis type. This type is peculiar to the group. IL

describe it from Heliornis (text-fig. 84), but I gather from Beddard’s

description that the condition in Podica is similar. ‘The caud-ilio-

flexorius is devoid of the normal femoral insertion, and the

gastrocnemius has no posterior femoral head. ‘The caud-ilio-

flexorius and the ischio-flexorius end in flat tendous to the tibia

inserted very closely together.

In most respects the final interpretation of these four

types in terms of archecentricity and apocentricity must await

further knowledge. It is clear, however, that the condition in

Heliornis, a eutaxic form, is the most apocentric. Comparative

anatomy shows plainly that the existence of a femoral insertion

of the caud-ilio-flexorius (accessory semi-tendinosus) is arche-

centric im birds, and its loss must be regarded as an apocentric

modification. The great width of this femoral insertion in

Rallus and Aramus, two diastataxic forms, would appear to

be archecentric. ‘The placing of the Otis type and its modifica-

tions depends partly on the interpretation of the morphological

yature of the posterior femoral head of the gastrocnemius. On

652 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [ Dec. 17,

my present knowledge | am inclined to think that that head

is a separated pertion of the femoral insertion of the caud-ilio-

flexorius ; and that therefore the Ralline type is more archecentric

in this respect than the type of Vt. But however further

knowledge may lead us to interpret this, it is again plain that the

specialization of the different members of the Gruiform assemblage

has proceeded on lines of considerable independence.

Iho-fibularis—In most of the Gruiformes this muscle (text-

fig. 79, IZ.-FIB.) in its origin, passage through a sling at the knee,

and insertion to the fibula is similar to the condition found in the

majority of Avian groups. Beddard (1) has described a peculiarity

of insertion in the Heliornithide ; in Podica there are, in addi-

tion to the normal insertion, a second insertion to the leg and an

insertion to the fascia covering the gastrocnemius. The latter

insertion he found also in Heliornis, but in my specimens of that

bird it was represented only by a very slight band of fascia devoid

of muscular fibres. Such additional insertions plainly are apo-

centric modifications. I have found the gastrocnemial insertion in

the Ostrich and in some Anatide, and it has been described in the

case of the Alcidw. It is a multiradial apoceutricity, and there is

to be noted about it only that among the Gruiformes it occurs in

eutaxic forms.

Ischio-femoralis (obdurator externus), Obdurator (obdurator in-

ternus), Accessorii obduratoris (gemelli).—In all these are present,

but I have no peculiarities to note.

Pub-ischio-femoralis (adductors).—In most of the Gruiformes

both adductors are present, and in these cases the superficial

adductor is entirely fleshy and is much narrower than the deep

adductor. The latter is wide and strong in all but the Rallide

and Heliornithide ; in Otis (text-fig. 83, PJ.) and in Eurypyga

it shows an attachment to the middle head of the gastrocnemius.

In the Rallide it shows tendinous degeneration, in many forms

being reduced to a thin although wide sheet of fascia. In the

Heliornithide (at least in Heliornis, text-fig. 84) only one of the two

muscles is present, and this muscle is entirely fleshy and very

narrow. It appears to be the superficial muscle, the representative

of the deep muscle, which in the Rails is tendinous, having been

lost. It is to be noted that this apocentricity occurs in a eutaxic

form.

Tibialis anticus, Popliteus, Extensor digitorum communis, Peroneus

superficialis (with slip to the perforated flexor of digit iii.).—These

are all present and practically identical in the Gruiformes, the

tibialis anticus passing through only a fibrous bridge.

Peroneus profundus.—This muscle is present and strong in all

the Gruiformes except the Aramid, Dicholophide, and Otidide,

I am able to corroborate Gadow’s statement that it is absent in

Otis. 1 found no trace of it in Aramus and in Cariama, but

Beddard (1) affirms its presence in the Dicholophide. The

absence must be regarded as an apocentric modification, and the

incidence of this is not correlated with eutaxy and diastataxy.

1901.) ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS. 653

Gastroenemtus.—Apart from the middle or posterior femoral

head, which I have discussed above in connection with the femoral

insertion of the caud-ilio-flexorius, the archecentrie condition of

the gastrocnemius in birds appears to be the existence of a strong

anterior femoral head, with which the short arm of the biceps-

sling is connected, and a very strong tibial (inner) head, the

tendons from the two heads uniting and running down to the

ankle-capsule. The anterior femoral head is double in Cariama,

there being, in addition to the normal head to which the biceps-

sling is attached and which lies under the separate deep slip of the

femori-tibialis, a head passing external to that muscle. In Otis

both these heads are present, and there is a third head to which

the biceps is superficial. In Hurypyga there are three heads with

similar relations. In Heliornis the anterior femoral head is

enormous, but I found no trace into the two or three divisions

found respectively in Cariama and Otis,

The middle and outer heads of the gastrocnemius show marked

variations amongst the Gruiformes, but these do not present any

definite correlation with the apocentric and archecentric conditions

of the wing.

Soleus.—This muscle is present in all, and has the origin (text-

figs. 81, 82, 83, 84, SOL.) normal in birds ; its tendon passes down

to the ankle-capsule without fusing with that of the gastrocnemius.

Flexores perforantes et perforati—The superficial flexors of

digits ii. and ili. are present in all the Gruiformes and have the

relations normal in birds. In Balearvica the tendon for the second

digit fuses with the tendon of the perforated flexor of the same

digit for some distance along the tarsus, but the two separate

before insertion, Except in Psophia obscura and Heliornis, the

tendon of digit iii. is connected with that of the perforated flexor

of the same digit by a strong slip near the insertion. Such a

connection is common in birds, and may be an archecentric

remnant of the original unspecialized condition of these tendons.

Flexores perforati.—The perforated flexor muscles of digits ii.,

iii., and iv. are closely similar in all these birds to the condition

that I have already figured (7. fig. 1) in Balearvica. The only

points to mention are that the ambiens head in most cases is tied

to the head of the fibula by a strong ligament absent in Balearica,

and that in Otis the external head is very weak.

Flexor profundus seu perforans and Flewvor longus hallucis.—These

are present and are of the normal origin and general course in all

the Gruiformes including Ofis, in which the hallux is absent.

The modes of junction of the tendons, however, are not all alike.

The condition found in Eurypyga (text-fig. 85, VIL) appears to

me to be the most archecentric. The longus hallucis, as it does in

all the Gruiformes in which a hallux is present, sends a slip to the

hallux, and distal of this blends completely with the profundus

tendon in such a fashion that both tendons supply each of the

three digits.

The condition in Heliornis (text-fig. 85, VITI) is an apocentric

Proc. Zoor. Soc,—1901, Vor, I. No, XLII, 43

654 DR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE {Dec. 17,

modification in one direction of the Hurypyga type. Its peculiarity

is that the divisions of the ballucis tendon for the digits unite with

the similar divisions of the profundus tendon only very close to

the insertions. The conditions in the other members of the

Gruiformes, as will be apparent without description from the

drawings in text-fig. 85, can easily be explained as apocentric modi-

fications in a different direction, consisting in further specialization

Text-fig. 85.

Deep plantar tendons of Gruiformes.

I. Rallus and Psophia. U1. Balearica, V1. Aramus. TV. Cariana.

V. Otis, VI. Rhinochetus, VU. Eurypyga. VAT. Heliornis.

The hallux in all is to the left ; the arabic numerals represent the digits ;

the flexor longus hallucis is in white; the flexor perforans seu profundus

is deeply shaded.

of the hallucis tendon and withdrawal from supply to the digits

other than the hallux. The vinculum seen in the case of Rallus

and Psophia (text-fig. 85, 1), and which is found in a large number

of birds, appears to be a Jate stage in the withdrawal of the hallucis

tendon from the other digits, and not, as it often has been regarded,

as a simple condition. It is plain, however, that these junctions

show in the same fashion as many of the other structures I have

passed in review, that while there is a general similarity among

the members of the Gruiform assemblage, there is little close

coherence in the group.

1901. | ANATOMY OF GRUIFORM BIRDS, 655

CONCLUSIONS.

The most salient generalization that may be drawn from the

series of facts described in this paper is that, if one of the Grui-

formes shows the eutaxic or apocentrie arrangement of the wing,

it is more likely also to show apocentric conditions of the other

structures examined. Of the apoceutrie modifications discussed

(and I discussed each that came within the range of my investi-

gations), there is none found in a diastataxic bird that does not

oceur also in eutaxic forms. The archecentric or primitive condi-

tions similarly are more abundant in the birds which show the

archecentric or diastataxic condition of the wings. Apart from

this general correlation of apocentricities, however, there is not

the same close and definite incidence of modifications among the

(rruiformes that there is to be found in the Alcedinide and

Columbidee. I hope in later communications to extend these

observations to a number of forms allied with the Gruiformes, and

for the present [ wish to reserve more detailed conclusions and

especially the interpretation of the series of facts in terms of

taxonomy.

REFERENCES,

(1) Benpanp, F. E,-——The Structure and Classification of

Birds. 1898.

(2) Decay, E.—‘* On Some of the Main Features in the Evolu-

tion of the Bird’s Wing.” Bull. Brit. Ornith. Club, ii.

1894. :

(3) Firerincur, M.—Uutersuchungen zur Morphologie und

Systematik der Vogel. 1888.

(4) Gapow, H.—* Aves” in Bronn’s Thierreich.

(5) Garrop, A. H.—*“ On certain Muscles of Birds.” P. Z.5.

1873, p. 626, & 1874, p. 111.

(6) Garrop, A. H.—* On the Anatomy of Chauna derhiana.”

P.Z. 8. 1876, p. 189.

(7) Cuatmers Mirenent, P.—“On the Perforated Fiexor Muscles

in some Birds.” P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 495.

(8) Cuanmers Mircneny, P.—* Quintoeubitalism in the Wing

of Birds.” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 237.

(9) Cuatmers Mironeni, P.—* Anatomy of Kingfishers.” The

Ibis, Jan. 1901,

(10) Cranmers Mrreneii, P.—* On the Intestinal Tract of Birds,

with Remarks on the Valuation and Nomenclature of

Zoological Characters.” Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool.

vol. vili. part 7. =

(11) Pycrary, W. P.—* Aquintocubitalism in the Wing of Birds.”

Journ, Linn. Soce., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 236.

(12) Srenoum, H,—Classification of Birds. Supplement, L895.

43*

G56 MESSRS. B.C. A, WINDLE AND F, G. PARSONS ON [{ Dee. 17,

2. On the Muscles of the Ungulata. By Berrram C. A.

Winnie, D.Sc., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of

Anatomy in the University of Birmingham, and F. G.

Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Lecturer on Human

and Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital, and

Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons,

England. ’

Parr I.—Muscies oF THE Heap, Neck, AND FORE-LIMB.

[Received November 6, 1901.|

(Text-figures 86-91.)

This paper has been carried out on the same lines as those on

the Rodentia, Carnivora, and Edentata which have preceded it’.

We have as far as possible carefully compared and incorporated

the existing literature, and have checked and supplemented it by

a series of dissections of our own. In deference to the suggestion

of several critics whose opinion we value, we have patd special

attention to the nerve-supply of the muscles, though here the

literature helped us very little, and we would like to point out

that, while there is sufficient material to make us pretty sure of

eliminating the effects of variation on the attachments of muscles

in the Orders reviewed, any accurate records of dissections of

nerve-supplies, however incomplete, would be of great value to

future reviewers.

As in former papers, small numerals refer to the list of animals

at the commencement of the paper, and Roman figures to the

bibliography at its end. Those animals in the list against which

no author’s name is placed have been dissected by ourselves. All

general observations on the Order we shal] reserve until the trunk

and hind-limb have been described. In conclusion, we beg to thank

those gentlemen, especially Prof. Howes and Mr. Beddard, who

have so kindly helped us with material, and Prof. Macalister,

Prof. Paterson, Dr. Dun, and Dr. Thompson, who have placed

hitherto unpublished notes at our disposal.

List of Animals.

Division A. UNGULATA VERA,

Suborder ARTIODACTYLA.

Family Hreroporamip®.

1. Mippopotamus amphibius. Gratiolet et Alix (II1.).

2. “4 vf Humphry (IV.).

3. ¥ is Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).

‘ See P. Z. S. 1894, p. 251: 1896, p. 159: 1897, p. 370: 1898, p. 152: 1899

pp. 314, 990, P ] ‘,p : p. 15 2

THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 65

Family Suip2,

+, Sus scrofa (Domestic Pig). Lesbres (V.).

aa ‘s * Chauveau (II.).

Ge 7” " Bronn (VI.).

Re ee ass 9 Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).

Pere a sg * Macalister (unpublished).

eee - Meckel (VIT.).

Be gs »» (Wild Boar). Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).

ll. ,, porcus (Red-River Hog).

12. Babirusa. Vrolik (VILL).

13. Dicotyles (Peccary). Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).

ls eae »

Family CaMELip&.

15. Camelus dromedarius. Chauveau (1I.).

16. - - Lesbres (V.).

ys Ba A Walton (IX.).

18. bs 4 Meckel (VIL.).

19. oi 53 P. Thompson.

Family TRaGunip27.

20. Tragulus javanicus (Chevrotain). Kinberg (X.).

21. hanchil,

22. * stanleyanus. Macalister (unpublished).

23. Dorcatherium (Water-Chevrotain). Chatin (X1.).

Family Cervip2.

24. Cervus avis. Macalister (unpublished).

2s » manchuricus.

26. Cervulus muntjac. Macalister (unpublished).

27. Cariacus rufus (Brocket).

28. » mexicanus ( Brocket ).

Family GrrarFip2.

29. Camelopardus yiraffu. Joly et Lavocat (XII).

30. = a Murie (XXXII.).

31, be ss Owen (XIIT.).

Family Bovips.

32. Bos taurus. Chauveau (II.).

$3. ;, Pe Lesbres (V.).

a4. ne Meckel (VIL.).

35, - Bronn (V1I.).

a a R.C.S. Museum.

37. Ovibos moschatus (Musk-Ox). Bell (XLV.).

658 MESSRS, B. C, A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON’ [ Dec. 17,

38. Ovis aries. Lesbres (V.).

>) a Chauveau (IL.).

1 lees sf Bronn (V1.).

rN ee a Meckel (VLI.).

42, ,, ‘2 R.C.S. Museum.

43. 4, . steatopyga (Fat-tailed Sheep).

44, ,, ,, (Syrian Sheep).

45. ,, mustmon (Moufion).

46, Capra hircus. Lesbres (V.).

i or ‘ Chauveau (LI.).

ie wee tw Haughton (XV.).

49, Cephalophus grimmi (Duiker-bok ).

Suborder PERISSODACTYLA.

Family Taprrrip2.

50. Tapirus americanus. Turner (XVI).

51, Mi és De Longchamps (XVIII.).

Be. Pi m Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).

Bag... ole Vrolik (VIII.).

53. e = Lesbres (V.).

54. ry) ”

55, » indicus. Murie (XVII.).

Family Equip.

56, Equus caballus, Chauveau (LI1.).

By. & m5 Bronn (VI.).

ise ec “ Lesbres (V.).

Ho, vy, : Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).

GCOiw 2,; i Meckel (VII.).

61. ,, asinus, Cuvier et Laurillard (1.).

Ge. Ss Steel (XIX.).

Family Rainocerorrp«.

63, Rhinoceros sumatrensis. Beddard & Treves (XX.).

64, ‘ ? sp.- Haughton (XX1.).

65. ‘ » Owen (XXII).

66. % » Macalister (XXIII.).

Division B. SUBUNGULATA.

Family Procaviip«,

67. Procavia dorsalis (Hyvax). Mivart & Murie (XXLV.).

68, 5 capensis.

69. fe ?sp. Brandt (XXV.).

70, ” » George (XXVL).

7hibe v3 ” Meckel (VIT.).

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 659

Family Everuanrip2.

72. Elephas indicus. Anderson (XXVIL.).

ft # Mayer (XXVLIT.).

74. os bs Miall & Greenwood (XXIX.).

75. “i : Watson (XXX.).

4 teeaiate 9 Young (XXXI_).

77. E - Cuvier & Laurillard (L.).

78. 4, africanus, R.C.S. Museum.

79. 4, tndicus, Paterson & Dun (unpublished),

Panniculus carnosus.—The dorso-humeral part of the panniculus

is well developed in all Ungulates except the Tapir, but is not so

clearly separated from the abdowino-humeralis as is the case in

many other orders of Mammals ; indeed, the latter muscle is often

only indifferently represented.

The posterior attachments of the dorso-humeralis are from the

fascia over the buttocks and outer side of the thigh as well as from

the mid-line of the lumbar and thoracic regions of the back, and

the fibres run downward and forward to be partly inserted into the

spine of the scapula and the fascia near it, and partly with the

latissimus dorsi tendon into the humerus, helping to form a fleshy

floor to the axilla.

The abdomino-humeralis, as we have said, tends to blend with

the last muscle posteriorly, though it may, as in the case of the

Elephant (77), be attached down the front of the thigh as far as

the knee; its anterior attachment is to the mid-ventral line partly

superficial and partly deep to the pectoral mass. From the records

of Cuvier and Laurillard (1.), Miall and Greenwood (XXIX.), and

Anderson (XXVII.), we believe that the abdomino-humeralis must

be better developed in the Elephantids than it is in other families,

although it was very well marked in our specimen of Hyrax.

It is important to state here that we have no knowledge of the

condition of the panniculus in the Rhinoceros or Hippopotamus,

or it would have been interesting to have noticed whether the thick

skin of their backs is coincident with small size of the dorso-

humeralis, as in the case of the Tapir.

The Equide are remarkable for a vertical bundle of pannicular

fibres situated over the shoulder, which is doubtless of value, by its

twitching, in driving off flies from this region, It is present both

in the Horse (59) and Ass (61).

In male animals, especially of the Bovide, Tragulide, and

Cervide families, some portions of the ventral panniculus are

modified for moving the prepuce.

In the neck-region of Ungulates the platysma is always present,

but it seems to reach its maximum in the Suid. In our specimen

of the Peccary (14) there were three distinct sheets—one from the

deep fascia covering the mid-line of the dorsum of the neck as far

back as the first thoracic spine and curving round the base of the

ear, another thin sheet from the fascia over the scapula, and a

third, thicker one from the shoulder-region lower down,

660 MUSSRS. B, C. A. WINDLE AND F.G, PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

The sterno-facialis is well-marked in the Suide—Pig (5, 7), Wild

Boar (10), Red-River Hog (11), Babirusa (12), and Peceary (13,

14); but a curious point about it is that it hes superficial to the

platysma instead of deep to it, as in most mammals.

In the Tragulide (20, 21) the muscle is generally absent.

In the Cervide we only have records of it in two dissections of

Brocket Deer; in one (Cariacus rufus, 27) the muscle was absent,

but in the other (C. meatcanus, 28) it was present.

In the Giraffe we can find no specific mention of the muscle,

but we feel sure that if it bad been present, either Owen (XIII.),

Murie (XXXIJII.), or Joly & Lavocat (XII.) would have taken some

notice of it, as the attention of all these writers had been specially

directed to the neck-muscles.

Among the Bovide, Chauveau (II.) says the sterno-facialis is

present in the Ox; but there seems little doubt that it is absent in

the Sheep (39, 438, 45), as it was also in our Duiker-bok (49)

among the Antelopes. Chauveau (II.) notices the feebleness of

the cervical panniculus in the Sheep.

In the Perissodactyla the sterno-facialis was absent in our Tapir

(54), and Murie makes no mention of it in his (55), while in the

Horse, and especially the Ass, it is present, but not distinct from

the platysma.

Of the Rhinoceros we have no records.

Among the Subungulata the muscle is certainly absent in the

Hyrax (68), and no mention is made of it by any writer on the

Elephant, nor do Cuvier and Laurillard figure it in that animal

(77).

Summing up, we feel justified in saying that the Ungulates as

an order do not show a high development of the panniculus car-

nosus, that the platysma and sterno-facialis are much more highly

developed in the Suide than in the other families, and that the

latter muscle is sometimes present, but more often absent through-

out the order.

Facial Muscles.

Orbicularis palpebrarum closely resembles the same muscle in

Man; as a rule the part below the eye is better developed than

that above, this is especially the case in the Elephant (74, 75, 77).

Watson (X XX.) describes elaborate details which possibly are not

coustant as they were unnoticed by Miall and Greenwood and

Cuvier.

Orbicularis oris has no bony attachments, but is continuous with

the various muscles acting on the mouth. In those animals, such

as the Elephant and the Tapir, which possess a trunk, the muscle

is prolonged into the lateral longitudinal bundle of that organ.

Zygonvaticus—A. well-marked and very constant muscle, which

rises from the malar bone below the orbit and runs to the angle of

the mouth. The only Ungulate in which we failed to find this

muscle was the Hyrax.

Superficialis faciei— We have ventured to suggest this name for

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 661

a thin sheet of muscle which we found in the Pig and Mouflon,

and which is figured by Cuvier and Laurillard in the Wild Boar

(1.). We are unable to homologize it with any of the facial

muscles of human anatomy, but we have little donbt that it is

present in more than the two animals in which we have recorded

it, and that its thinness and superficial situation have caused it to

escape our notice as well as that of other writers. The fibres

cover the whole of the side of the snout and run downward and

slightly forward to the upper lip.

Levator labit superioris.—The nomenclature of the lip and nose-

muscles of Ungulates is extremely diflicult, owing to the fact that

the veterinary writers have names of their own, while human

anatomists have tried to trace homologies with the muscles of

Man’s face; the matter is still further complicated when one

realizes that there is almost as much difference between the nose-

and lip-muscles of the Horse and the Pig as there is between

either of these animals and Man. In the Horse and Ass the

muscle, which is usually called levator labii superioris, rises from

just in front and below the orbit, and runs down to the upper lip,

its tendon passing with that of the other side between the two

nostrils. Physiologically the muscle well deserves its name, but

it is clearly not the same muscle as the levator labii superioris of

Man.

In the Ox (32) the same muscle is seen, but its origin is much

lower down on the maxilla. In other members of the Bovide,

such as the Mouflon Sheep (45) and the Duiker-bok (49) (see

text-figs. 86 aud 87), this muscle ends in the nose just above the

nostril instead of being continued on to the upper lip, and now

the name of levator labii superioris becomes objectionable because

it is misleading. We should like to suggest that this and the

other muscles which run from the maxilla to the nose should be

called naso-maxillary muscles, and be identified as superior, middle,

and inferior, but experience in this direction has shown us the

risk of adding to the existing confusion by giving fresh names

(see text-fig. 86).

Levator labii superioris aleque nasi.—This muscle is well named

in the Horse, and rises from above and in front of the orbit;

below it divides for the side of the nostril and angle of the mouth,

In the Tapir (55) the muscle is extremely well developed, and

in the Ox (32) it is also well-marked. In the Deer and Antelopes

it is suppressed, owing to the great development of the suborbital

glands ; and in the Sheep (39) and Mouflon (45), where rudiments

of this gland persist, the muscle is also absent. In the Suid, too

(5, 7, 10, 11, 13, 14), the muscle is absent, unless its rudiments are

present as the superficialis faciei already described.

Dilator naris (retractor naris)—There are usually two fleshy

bellies rising close together from the canine fossa of the maxilla

below the infraorbital foramen, and ending by a number of fine

tendons in the skin of the side of the nostril and of the upper lip

(see text-fig. 87). As we have already pointed out, in the Bovide,

“Os MESSRS. B. C, A. WINDLE AND F, G. PARSONS ON. [Dec. 17,

Cervide, and Suide the so-called levator labii superioris proprius

rises with and just above these, and its tendon ends also in the

nostril. These muscles are very constant, as might be expected

when one remembers how regularly they are found throughout

the Mammalia’.

Text-fig. 86.

‘

eat.

“

sain

Rahs

eae:

he Pee

SSS

yy)!

Facial muscles of the Duiker-bok,

1. Levator labii superioris and Dila- 8. Attrahens aurem anterior.

tores naris (Naso-maxillaris), 9. = superior.

2. Zygomaticus. 10. % », inferior.

3. Orbicularis oris. 1]. Parotido-auricularis.

4. Depressor labii inferioris. 12. Masseter.

5. Depression for suborbital gland, 13, Sterno-massetericus,

6. Orbicularis palpebrarum. 14, Parotid gland.

7. Triangularis frontis.

Lachrymalis—A small fan-shaped muscle rising from the

anterior or internal margin of the orbicularis palpebrarum, of

which it is probably*a detached portion ; the fibres run down and

spread out over the face. It is best seen in the Bovide (Ox,

Sheep, Mouflon), and is small or absent in the Equide, Tapiride,

and Suide (see text-figs. 86 and 87).

Triangularis frontis.— A small fan-shaped muscle which we have

* A description of the musculature of the trunk will be found in Watson’s

paper on the Elephant (XXX.) and in Murie’s on the Tapir (XVIL.),

1901.) THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 663

met with among the Bovide and Cervide, and which rises by its

apex from the same point as the last muscle, but the diverging

fibres ran up instead of down. We hesitate to homologize this

with Man’s corrugator supercilii because it is very superficial and

is not covered by the orbicularis palpebrarum (see text-figs. 86

and 87).

Text-fig. 87.

Facial muscles of the Mouflon.

1. Levator labii superioris. 10. Orbicularis palpebrarum.

: } Retractores naris. a Brontalis,

1. Zygomaticus. | 13. } Attrahens aurem superior.

5. Buccinator. | 14. sy »» medius.

6. Orbicularis oris. 15, FF »» inferior.

7. Depressor labii inferioris. 16. Parotido-auricularis.

8. Lachrymalis. 17. Triangularis frontis.

9. Rudimentary suborbital gland.

Occipito-frontalis.—The frontalis portion of this muscle is always

feeble, and in horned animals is often suppressed ; the occipitalis,

on the other hand, rises from the occipital crest and, if looked for,

can usually be satisfactorily displayed.

Depressor labii inferioris forms a single sheet, rising from the

mandible and being inserted into the lower lip.

Muscles of the Ear.

The most satisfactory method of describing these muscles seems

to be to follow Watson’s example, and to divide them, as he did in

the Indian Elephant (XXX.), into an anterior group of attrahentes,

a superior of attollentes, and a posterior of retrahentes. A detailed

description of them in all the Ungulates which have come under

our notice would need a special paper, but we have satisfied our-

selves that they not only vary a good deal in different animals, but

in different specimens of the same animal,

664 MESSRS. B.C. A, WINDLE AND F. G, PARSONS ON {| Dec. 17,

In the Suide, Cuvier and Laurillard (7) figure three distinct

attrahentes and three retrahentes, and there can be little doubt

that it would be most convenient to name these superior, middle,

and inferior from their position. In addition to these three attra-

hentes there is another, which, from its anterior position, is best

named attrahens anterior, and which rises from the upper and

back part of the orbicularis palpebrarum. Cuvier and Laurillard

also show the attollens divided into an anterior and posterior

bundle. There is another bundle which rises from the fascia over

the parotid gland and is inserted into the lower part of the auricle,

and which evidently corresponds to the hippotomists’ parotido-

auricular, a name which seems perfectly satisfactory. Our own

specimens of Suide (11, 14) agreed fairly well with Cuvier and

Laurillard’s plates, but the different divisions of the muscles were

not so distinct as in the drawings. The attollens nearly reached

its fellow in the mid-line, and we failed to make out any division

into anterior and posterior parts, while the attrahens anterior

rose from the temporal fascia close to the posterior margin of the

orbit.

In the family of Tragulide, a very detailed description of the

ear-muscles of the Javan Chevrotain is given by Kinberg (X.),

though, owing to the absence of illustrations, it is difficult to

follow his terminology ; it is interesting to notice that he describes

the following intrinsic muscles in addition to the extrinsic—

antitragicus, helicus major et minor, and transversus.

Tn the Mouflon (45) the attrahens anterior was absent in our

specimen, but the superior was subdivided into two bundles, one

above the other (see text-fig. 87). In this animal and the Duiker-

bok (49) the parotido-auricularis was short but perfectly distinct.

In the Horse (56) the parotido-auricularis reaches its maximum

of development. For the details of the muscles of the Elephant’s

ear, we must refer the reader to Watson’s careful paper (XXX.),

with the nomenclature of which we have tried to make our fore-

going remarks agree.

Muscles of Mastication.

Buceinator.—This muscle rises from the alveolar margins of

both jaws and from the pterygo-mandibular ligament. As Chauveau

(IL.) and Lesbres (V.) have noticed, it is divisible into two planes,

of which the superficial is the more bipenniform. It is this plane

apparently which Kinberg (X.) describes in the Chevrotain as a

separate muscle and calls m. molaris.

Temporal.—This muscle is always small, though it is com-

paratively larger in the Equide than in the other families. The

fibres are much more nearly horizontal than vertical, and probably

act much more as opponents of the pterygoids in retracting one

side of the jaw during rumination than as closers of the mouth.

This seems the more likely as the fibres are more nearly horizontal

in the Bovidee, Cervide, and Tragulide than in the Equide, Suide,

1901.] "HE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 665

Hippopotamide, Tapiride, and Elephantide. Bronn (VI.), pro-

bably on the authority of Bendz, says that two layers may always

be made out in Ungulates, and Chauveau notices the same in the

Horse. Our own experience is that these two planes require some

little care to display satisfactorily; and authors such as Miall

and Greenwood in the Elephant (XXIX.), and Kinberg in the

Chevrotain (X.), make no mention of any bilamination, although

they have evidently dissected the muscle with care. The temporal

never seems to be large enough to meet its fellow in the sagittal

line of the skull, although in the Camel (17) the two approach

very closely.

Masseter.—This muscle is always very well developed, and has

the usual origin from the zygomatic arch and insertion into the

outer surface of the ramus of the mandible.

The chief interest of various writers seems to centre in the

number of layers into which the muscle may be divided, and we

have no hesitation in saying that these are by no means constant,

and probably mean very little.

In the Horse, for example, Bendz and Liesering say there are

two lamine. y. Teuteleben three, while Chauveau says that there

are several laminz of which two are very distinct.

In the Ruminants, again, v. Teuteleben says there are three

laminz, but Allen says six.

In the following animals there are two layers which correspond

with the arrangement found in man :—Hippopotamus (3), Pig (6),

Red-River Hog (11), Peccary (14), Red Brocket (27), Mexican

Brocket (28), Sheep (43), Mouflon (45), Elephant (74, 77). In

the Duiker-bok (49), Chevrotain (21), Hyrax (68), and Tapir (54,

55) no lamination was present; while in the fat-tailed Sheep (43)

and Kinberg’s Chevrotain three layers were made out, the deepest

one being the most posterior. We are therefore inclined to agree

with Lesbres, on whose opinions we place a good deal of reliance,

that two layers are usually found in the masseter of Ungulates

but that occasionally the muscle may be trilaminar or unilaminar.

Pterygoids.—Throughout the Order the internal is a much larger

muscle than the external, and arises from the posterior part of the

alisphenoid and anterior part of the pterygoid bone as well as

slightly from the palate. On their way to be inserted the fibres

diverge somewhat, and the muscle, becoming fan-shaped, is attached

to the mandible between the angle and the inferior dental canal,

but more strongly near the lower border. There can be no doubt

that in animals which chew the cud the internal pterygoid acts as

a powerful lateraliser of the Jaw, and it is noticeable that in these

the fibres of the muscle are directed outwards more than they are

in the Perissodactyla. Lesbres says that in the Horse, and to a

less degree in the Pig, the muscle is bilaminar, but that this is not

the case in the Bovide. Our own experience does not support

this generalization, for neither in the Red-River Hog (11) nor the

Peccary (14) which we dissected did we find any bilamination ;

while in the specimen of the Sheep’s masticatory muscles in

666 MESSRS, B,C, A. WINDLE AND F, G, PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17:

the Museum of the College of Surgeons (42) there is a feeble

though distinct bilamination exactly corresponding with that of the

masseter. The external pterygoid rises from the alisphenoid above

and in front of the origin of the internal, it has only one head and

is always the smaller of the two muscles. The fibres run hori-

zontally backward and outward, and are inserted into the inner

side of the neck of the condyle. The internal maxillary artery

runs below the muscle in the groove between it and the internal

pterygoid, indeed in our specimen of Duiker-bok (49) the artery

lay between the two muscles.

The nerve-supply of all the preceding muscles has been carefully

looked for and in most cases found in all the animals which we have

dissected. In every case it was as in Man.

Depressor mandibuli (Digastric).—As a rule this muscle rises from

the paroccipital process on its anterior border, in some cases it also

comes from the paramastoid process, though in the literature of

the subject these two processes are often confounded with one

another. The central tendon and anterior attachments vary, as will

be seen from the following details.

In the Hippopotamide, Humphry (2) says that the anterior

belly is connected with the hyomental muscle, while in Cuvier and

Laurillard’s plate (3) there is apparently only an anterior belly, the

muscle rising by tendon from the paroccipital process and being

inserted into the middle of the body of the jaw.

In the Suid, Lesbres (4) says that there is only one belly which

rises from the paroccipital, and this agrees with Vrolik’s de-

scription of the Babirusa (VIII.).

In our Red-River Hog (11) we found that the posterior belly

was absent and that no nerve was supplied to it by the facial. In

Cuvier and Laurillard’s Pig (7), however, two distinct bellies are

figured.

In the Peccary (13, 14) two bellies and a distinct central tendon

are found, and the nerves from the facial and mylo-hyoid are both

present (14).

In the Camel (19) we are indebted to the kindness of Dr. Peter

Thompson, who has placed some unpublished notes and drawings

at our disposal. In his specimen two bellies with the usual nerve-

supply were found, the posterior rising from the paroccipital, the

anterior, much larger, being inserted by a thin flattened tendon near

the insertion of the internal pterygoid and extending some distance.

In the Tragulide we found (21) the usual attachments from the

paroccipital to the mandible and a very slight central tendon, while

in Kinberg’s specimen (20) the central tendon was evidently longer

and the anterior belly attached to the third quarter of the lower

border of the mandible, 7. e. just behind the middle.

In the Cervide (25, 27, 28) the central tendon is very distinct,

bat, as in all the preceding animals, there is no attachment to the

hyoid bone. In Cariacus rufus (27) the two anterior bellies are

connected by a muscular layer supplied by the mylo-hyoid nerve.

In the Bovide (32, 35, 36, 39, 40, 42, 43, 45, 47, 49) the central

1901,} THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 667

tendon is present but unattached to the hyoid. Bronn (VI.) says

that the anterior bellies are always connected with one another in

Ruminants ; and Chauveau (I1.) describes a small square muscle in

the Ox which passes transversely across, uniting the two digastrics

by passing beneath the base of the tongue. Our own experience,

based on the Ox (36), Sheep (42, 48, 45), and Duiker-bok (49),

shows us that this union across the middle line is not a charac-

teristic mark of the Bovide as a family,

In the Tapirids (52, 52 a, 54) the muscle is very strong and is

inserted into the posterior half of the lower border of the mandible,

but there is no central tendon at all,

In the Equide (56, 57, 58, 61) the muscle divides immediately

after its origin from the paroccipital: one part goes to the border

of the ramus of the mandible just above the angle, while the other

forms the normal posterior belly of a typical digastric and is sepa-

rated from the anterior belly by a definite central tendon. The

insertion of the anterior belly is 2 good deal nearer the symphysis

than it is in most other Ungulates. Among the Subungulata the

Hyrax (67, 68) has the origin of the digastric chiefly from the

paramastoid ; as it goes forward the muscle spreads out like a fan

to be inserted into the greater part of the lower margin of the

body of the mandible from the angle forward. About two thirds

of the way from the origin is a narrow zigzag tendinous streak,

the only representative of a central tendon.

In the Indian Elephant (73, 74, 75, 76,77) the muscle runs

from the paroccipital to the jaw in front of the angle, but there

is some difference of opinion about the central tendon. Mayer

(XXVIII.), Watson (XXX.), and Young (XXXT.) found one, but

Miall and Greenwood (X XIX.) and Cuvier and Laurillard (I.) did

not see it. Miall and Greenwood’s description seems somewhat

complicated, but we have little doubt that they have included the

stylo-hyoid and masto-styloideus with the digastric.

From the foregoing description it will be seen that the digastric,

as in other orders, is of some classificatory importance: thus in the

Hippopotamus and Suide the posterior belly is often suppressed.

In the Tapiride the central tendon is absent. In the Hyracoidea

it is a mere zigzag streak. In the Elephantide it may be present

or absent. Inthe Equide a part of the posterior belly is inserted

into the ramus of the jaw, while in the Cervide the tendon is

better developed than in any other family.

Muscles attached to the Hyoid Bone.

Mylo-hyoid.—This muscle has the usual attachments, though it

does not in all cases run vehi > far as the symphysis; this is

especially seen in the Suide (11,12,14). In the E ephant, Miall

and Greenwood (74) say that the ‘muscle is attached to the great

cornu of the hyoid and to a tendinous arch which crosses the thyro-

hyoid membrane, Chauveau (II.) and Lesbres (YV.) notice that in

Ruminants two planes are found, and our own dissections bear this

668 MESSRS. B, C. A, WINDLE AND F,G, PARSONS ON [Dec. 17,

out; we have noticed, too, that the fibres of the more superficial

layer run forward and outward, while those of the deeper layer

run backward and outward.

In the Ass (62), Steel points out that the muscle is often divided

anteriorly into two lamine.

In the Horse (56), Chauveau says that a delicate slip lies super-

ficial to the mylo-hyoid, but from the antero-posterior direction of

its fibres it probably represents a mento-hyal muscle. We have

some little doubt as to whether the superficial layer in the Rumi-

nants may not represent a mento-hyal muscle the fibres of which

have become deflected, but this is a mere speculation; and the

occasional presence of these two layers is probably a repetition of

the splitting tendency of the mylo-hyoid, which formerly gave rise

to the anterior belly of the digastric.

The nerye-supply is from the mylo-hyoid branch of the

fifth.

Genio-hyoid and Genio-hyoglossus.—These two see. have the

usual mammalian attachments throughout the Order, except that in

the Equide, where the glosso-hyal process of the hyoid bone is

very large, they are attached to it. In the Red-River Hog (11),

owing to the imperfect development of the mylo-hyoid already

alluded to, the genio-hyoid is seen before removing that muscle.

In the Ass (62), Steel points out that the genio- hyoid sometimes

sends a distinct band to the genio- -hyoglossus opposite the middle

of the intermaxillary space.

In the Giraffe (31), Owen points out that both these muscles

rise by tendon.

The nerve-supply was the hypoglossal in all the animals which

we dissected.

Ayoglossus.—This is the hyoglossus brevis of many veterinary

surgeons, it rises from the basi- and thyro-hyals, and in the Equide

from the glosso-hyal process as well; the fibres run much more

forward than upward, and in some cases—e. g. the Moufion (45)

and Elephant (74, 75, 77)—the fibres coming from the basi-hyal are

quite distinct and have a somewhat more vertical direction than

those coming from the thyro-hyal. We would prefer to speak of

the fibres coming from the basi-hyal as the basi-glossus, but

Watson (XXX.) calls them hyoglossus anterior, and Miall and

Greenwood (X XIX.) hyoglossus minor, while Steel (XTX.) intro-

duces a novelty by speaking of them as hyoglossus brevis. In

Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (I.) the Elephant’s basi-glossus is

larger than the rest of the hyoglossus, and in the Giraffe Joly and

Lavocat (XII.) say that the basi-glossus is the only part present.

In the Ass, Steel describes the basi-glossus as sometimes getting an

origin from the stylo-hyoid element, though this is not the normal

arrangement ; and Kinberg in the Chevrotain describes the “* baseo-

glossus”” as coming from the anterior part of the body and styloid

cornu (cerato-hyal).

The nerve-supply seems always to be the hypoglossal.

Masto-styloideus.—This muscle is apparently present in all

1901.) HE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 669

Ungulates except Hyrax (see text-fig. 88)'; it rises from the

paramastoid and outer side of the base of the paroccipital pro-

cesses, and is inserted into the posterior projection at the upper

end of the stylo-hyal bone. In the Horse (56, 57) the muscle

covers the outer side of the eustachian air-pouch.

In the Camel (19), Thompson says that its fibres seem to be

continued into the stylo-pharyngeus muscle, but this we did not

notice in any other animal.

’ The nerve-supply is the facial.

Text-fig. 88.

Hyoid muscles of the Duiker-bok.

Ll. 6. Digastric (Depressor mandibuli).

a} Double Stylo-glossus, 7 Stylo-hyal ac

3. Stylo-pharyngeus. 8. Tympanic bone.

4, Stylo-hyoid. 9. Paroecipital process.

5. Masto-styloideus.

Stylo-hyoid.—This muscle usually rises by tendon from the

posterior tuberosity at the upper end of the stylo-hyal, and runs

downward and forward to be inserted into the base of the cerato-

hyal. In the Hippopotamus, Gratiolet and Alix (LLI.) say that it

rises from the paramastoid process, and in Cuvier and Laurillard’s

plate of this animal (I.) it apparently has the same origin. In

the Hyrax also we (68) agree with Mivart and Murie (67) that it

arises from the paramastoid process. It is always supplied by

the facial nerve, and we believe that the masto-styloideus is the

proximal part of this muscle, which is cut off by the projection of

the stylo-hyal bone so characteristic of most Ungulates (see

text-fig. 88). This belief is strengthened by the fact that in the

Hyracoidea, where the stylo-hyoid rises from the paramastoid

process, the masto-styloideus is absent, and we await future in-

vestigations of the muscles of this region of the Hippopotamus

with interest. Thompson's assertion that some of the fibres of

the masto-styloideus are continued into the stylo-pharyngeus in

| We have no definite account of it in the Hippopotamus.

Proc, Zoon, Soc, —1901, Vou. IL. No. XLLY. i4

670 MESSRS.,B..C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Dec.17-

the Camel inust be borne in mind; but he lays stress on the fact

that the two muscles have different nerve-supplies, the stylo-

pharyngeus being as usual supplied by the glosso-pharyngeal

nerve.

In the following animals the stylo-hyoid splits to enclose the

digastric :—Peccary (13), Red-River Hog (11), only on one side,

Chevrotain (20), Brocket (28), Mouflon (45). In the other

animals which we dissected, or of which details are available, the

muscle passes deep to the digastric, with the exception of the

Giraffe (31) and Hippopotamus (3), where it is superficial. In

the Elephant we have already remarked that Miall and Greenwood

apparently described the stylo-hyoid as part of the digastric; but

Young (XXX1J.) failed to find any separate stylo-hyoid.

Styloglossus.—This muscle usually rises from the lower end of

the stylo-hyal bone, and runs along the outer surface of the hyo-

glossus to the tongue. In the Ox (32), Duiker-bok (49), and

Brocket (28) the muscle was double, and we are inclined to think

that this was the condition in Kinberg’s Chevrotain, although he

uses a different terminology (see text-fig. 88).

‘The nerve-supply is the hypoglossal.

Stylo-pharyngeus rises from the stylo-hyoid bone beneath the

backwardly-projecting tuberosity, and is inserted into the posterior

margiu of the thyroid cartilage very much as in Man (see text-

fig. 88). The only points about it to which we wish to draw

attention are that Mivart and Murie were doubtful about its

presence in Hyrax (67), but it was undoubtedly present in our

specimen (68); and that Steel (XIX.) says that in the Ass the

hyo-pharyngeus, which we presume is synonymous with the stylo-

pharyngeus, has often an extra head from the inferior third of

the stylo-hyoid, in addition to the normal head from the superior

third.

The nerve-supply is the glosso-pharyngeal.

Hyoideus latus——This muscle, which is sometimes called the

hyoideus parvus or cerato-hyoideus parvus, is usually present in

Ungulates ; at least it is present in the following fairly repre-

sentative series :--Hippopotamus, Pig, Chevrotain, Brocket, Ox,

Sheep, Mouflon, Duiker-bok, Horse, and Ass (see text-fig. 89);

it passes from the thyro-hyal to the cerato- and epihyals, thus

connecting and approximating the second and third arches. Bronu

(V1.) says that it is supplied by the facial nerve ; but up to the

present we regret that we have failed to find the nerve to it.

In the Ass, Steel (XIX.) says that the muscle is sometimes

absent.

Hyoideus transversus.—This muscle connects the cerato- and

epihyal of one side to those of the other across the mid-line. It

is found in the Hippopotamide, Tragulide, Cervidw, Bovide, and

Equide as far as our present knowledge goes, but not the Suide,

Of the other families we have no satisfactory records. According

to Bronn (VI.) it is supplied by the facial nerve.

Hyo-epiglottideus runs from the basihyal, and slightly from the

1901.] " * - THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 671

ceratuhyal, to the front of the epiglottis. It is present in the

Tragulide and Bovide and possibly in other families.

Sterno-hyoid.—In the Hippopotamus the sterno-hyoid rises as

usual from the deep surface of the manubrivm sterni in its

anterior part, and runs forwards to be closely connected with the

cephalo-humeralis, so that Cuvier (XX -XIIT.) describes it as part

of the ‘ deltoido trapeze”; it can, however, be traced forward,

and it is then found to divide into two layers, of which the more

superficial continues forward to near the symphysis of the

mandible, and is sometimes called mento-hyal, while the deeper

layer is inserted into the basihyal.

Text-fig. 89.

Hyoid apparatus of the Duiker-bok.

4, Cerato-hyal bone.

1, Hyoideus latus.

5, Thyro-hyal bone,

2. Stylo-hyal bone,

3. Epi-hyal bone.

In the Suidee (4, 6,7, 11, 12, 13, 14) the muscle is very well

developed; and in our specimens it was supplied by the ansa

cervicis as in Man.

In the Tragulide (21) the two muscles of opposite sides are

closely connected, and they are also fused with the sterno-

thyroids in the posterior part of the neck (20).

Among the Cervide the muscle is yery slight in the Deer (25)

and Brocket (28).

In the Giraffide the muscles of opposite sides are fused near

672 MESSRS. B.C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Dec. 17,

the sternum and for 15 inches from it (31). Owen (XILL.)

describes two distinct tendons and three fleshy bellies in the

interval between the sternum and hyoid, while Joly and Lavocat

(XI1.) say that there are many tendinous intersections.

In the Bovide the arrangement is inconstant in the Ox and

Sheep. Chauveau (II.) says there is no tendinous intersection ;

but in the Duiker-bok (49) we found the sterno-hyoid and sterno-

thyroid united into a single muscle with a short central tendon.

Near the thyroid cartilage a small slip was delaminated from the

main mass for the hyoid bone. In the Mouflon (45) and Fat-

tailed Sheep (43) we failed to find any trace of the sterno-hyoid.

In the 'lapiride (52, 54) the muscle was separate and human

in its attachments.

In the Equide (56, 61) the sterno-hyoids of opposite sides are

fused with the two sterno-thyroids, and have the same arrangement

that we have already described in the Duiker-bok, ouly the central

tendon is much longer. In the Ass (61) the fused mass is pro-

portionally much slighter than in the Horse. ,

In the Procaviide (68) the muscles are quite distinct from one

another and from the sterno-tbyroids and rise from the dorsal

surface of the triangular cartilaginous forward projection of the

sternum. ‘The insertion is normal (67, 68).

In the Elephantide (74, 76) the sterno-hyoid is absent.

From the foregoing it will be seen that in the Hyrax and Tapir,

which are regarded as archaic types, this muscle has the general-

ized mammalian arrangement ; but in the more specialized Ungu-

lates the sterno-hyoid tends to fuse with its fellow and with the

sterno-thyroid, and in some instances, such as the Elephant and

Sheep, to be altogether absent as a separate muscle. In animals

with long necks, such as the Giraffe, Horse, and Antelope, one or

more tendons are developed in the course of the muscle.

Sterno-thyroid.—It has already been pointed out how often the

sterno-hyoid and thyroid are fused, and in these cases the sterno-

thyroid seems to form by far the greater part of the combined

muscle. In the Pig (4, 6) the sterno-thyroid is sometimes a

double muscle, at other times it splits to be inserted into the

thyroid cartilage in two bundles. It is supplied by the ansa

cervicis.

Thyvo-hyoid.—This muscle always seems to have the usual

inammalian attachments from the thyroid cartilage to the thyro-

hyal. Its nerve-supply is the hypoglossal.

Ono-hyoid.—Ilu the Hippopotamus (1, 2) the omo-hyoid runs

from the hyoid bone to blend with the cephalo-humeral muscle in

the neck. In the Pig (4, 5, 11) among the Suide the hinder

attachment of the muscle is, as in so many Ungulates, from the fascia

attaching it to the transverse processes of the middle cervical

vertebree. In the Babirusa (12) and Peccary (14), however, a more

generalized arrangement is found, and the muscle is continued on to

the venter of the scapula. In the Tragulide (20, 21), Cervide (25,

7,25), Giraffidee (29, 31), and Bovide (32, 33, 35, 39, 40, 46, 47,

1901. } THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 678

49) the posterior part of the muscle is suppressed, and the anterior

belly spreads out into fascia over the carotid artery and deep to

the cephalo-humeral, so that it depends a good deal on the tancy

of the observer whether he describes the attachment to the middle

cervical transverse processes through fascia, or to the deep surface

of the cephalo-humeral. It is apparently not an unusual thing for

this partial suppression of the omo-hyoid to become complete, as

we failed to find it in the Mouflon (45) and the Fat-tailed Sheep

(43), and Macalister records its absence in a Chevrotain (22), It

is interesting to notice that in these two sheep the sterno-hyoid

was also absent.

In the Tapiride (52, 52a) the whole muscle is present and is

attached to the scapula.

In the Equide (56, 57, 59, 61) the origin is from some part of

the scapula, though authorities differ as to the exact attachment

for instance, Chauveau (II.) says it comes from the surface of the

scapularis ; Owen, from the coracoid process ; and Bendz, from the

first rib. In any case the omo-hyoid is a very well-developed

muscle in the Equide.

Lesbres (V.) points out that in both the Ruminants and Solipeds

the two muscles of opposite sides tend to fuse close to the hyoid

bone and to cover the insertion of the sterno-hyoid. We cannot,

however, agree that this is always the case.

In all the foregoing animals it will be noticed that the origin, as

in so many other muscles elsewhere, is the variable part, while the

insertion is constant; it seems to us that this is one of those

examples of the dependence of structure on function, for the

function of a muscle is to move a certain point in a given direc-

tion, and it does not matter where it does this from so long as the

origin is in the right direction and fairly fixed.

In the Procaviidee (67, 68, 71) the omo-hyoid is absent.

In the Elephantide it is also absent.

Muscles of Ventral Surface of Neck unconnected with Hyoid Bone.

Sterno-mastoid and Cleido-mastoid.—These muscles vary very

much in different Ungulates. It will be seen that there is a con-

stantly recurring tendency to become partially inserted into the

lower jaw in the region of the masseter, and on this account part

of the muscle is often described as the sterno-maxillaris; but this

practice leads to much confusion, since the name of sterno-maxil-

laris is also given to the forward extension of the sterno-hyoid

muscle to the symphysis of the jaw—an arrangement which is

frequently found in the Edentata, and has also been already

described in the Hippopotamus, cf. Sterno-hyoid. We think,

therefore, that it will be advisable, if possible, to limit the name of

sterno-maxillaris to the ventro-median muscle, which is the continu-

ation of the sterno-hyoid ; and if a name is required for the facial

insertion of the sterno-mastoid, we would suggest that of sterno-

massetericus (see text-fig. 86, p. 662). In the Hippopotamus the

674 MESSRS. B. C, A. WINDLE AND F, G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

sterno-mastoid runs from the sternum to the paramastoid process

(1, 3), and in (1) sends a fibrous expansion to the posterior border

of the ramus of the mandible. The cleido-mastoid is blended

with the cephalo-humeral posteriorly, but anteriorly it is inserted

into the paramastoid and paroccipital processes (3), or into the

occipital curved line (1). Beyond the fibrous expansion already

noticed there is no attachment to the masseter.

In the Suide (4, 7, 8, 11, 12, 138, 1s), the muscles are of the

generalized mammalian type, and there is no masseteric attach-

ment. The sterno-mastoid runs from the sternum to the para-

mastoid process, while the cleido-mastoid rises from the tendinous

intersection in the cephalo-humeral muscle marking the site of

the clavicle, and runs up to be inserted into the same place as the

sterno-mastoid, but deep to it. Between these two muscles runs

the spinal accessory nerve, by which they are supplied.

In the Camel (18) the two sterno-mastoids are fused in the

posterior third of the neck, anteriorly there is an insertion into

the angle of the lower jaw as well as into the paramastoid process

(16, 13).

In the Tragulide (20, 21) the sterno-mastoids are connected

with one another in the lower third of the neck, and there is a

distinct masseteric imsertion into the fascia over the masseter

by means of which the muscle acts upon the zygomatic arch. The

cleido-mastoid, as usual, is more or less fused with the cephalo-

humeral.

In the Cervide (24, 25, 27, 28) the sterno-masseteric portion of

the sterno-mastoid ends in A thin tendon, which fuses with the

anterior border of the masseter and so reaches the zygomatic

arch. Macalister says that the sterno-mandibularis (sterno-mas-

setericus) takes the place of the sterno-mastoid ; this we do not

think is the case, as we have always been able to find a para-

mastoid insertion in addition to the masseteric, although it is a

good deal hidden by the latter. The cleido-mastoid is, as usual,

blended with the cepbalo-humeral in the posterior part of the

neck.

In the Giraffidee (29, 31) the sterno-maxillaris is present. Owen

says (31) that it is fleshy all the way to the angle of the jaw,

while Joly and Lavocat say (29) that it is inserted into the angle

of the jaw and the surface of the masseter.

Among the Bovide the sterno-mastoid is inserted into the

paramastoid process and into the basioccipital with the rectus

eapitis ventralis (anticus) major in the Ox (32, 33, 35), Sheep (38,

39, 40, 41, 43), and Goat (46), though in the Duiker-bok (49) we

failed to find the basioccipital insertion. The sterno-masseteric

insertion is present in the Ox (32, 33), Goat (46), and Duiker-

bok (49) (see text-fig. 86), and combines with the anterior part of

the masseter just as it does in the Cervide; but in the Sheep

(38, 41, 48, 45) (see text-fig. 87) the masse teric insertion is absent,

and this seems to be one of the few myological points of distinction

between the Sheep and the Goat,

1901.] HE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 675

Among the Perissodactyla the Tapir (52, 53, 54, 55) has a

masseteric insertion into the angie of the mandible, and Lesbres

(V.) also found a basioceipital insertion, though in our specimen

we failed to find this (54).

In the Equide (56, 58, 59, 61) the masseteric attachment is

also into the posterior border of the ramus just above the angle, but

there is no basioceipital nor paramastoid (59) insertion. The two

sterno-mastoids of opposite sides blend in the mid-line of the

posterior part of the neck. In all the above-mentioned families

where it is not specially mentioned, the cleido-mastoid rises from

the clavicular tendinous intersection in the cephalo-humeral, and

is inserted into the paramastoid process deep to the insertion of

the sterno-mastoid.

In the Procaviide (67, 68) the sterno-mastoid, sterno-masseteric,

and cleido-mastoid elements are present, but the cleido-mastoid is

attached to the occipital crest instead of the paramastoid process,

and the masseteric portion is a huge muscular mass rising from

the manubrium and its fellow of the opposite side in the mid-

ventral line of the caudal half of the neck, and being inserted into

the angle of the mandible and the fascia over the masseter. The

sterno-mastoid element to the paramastoid process is very small.

The Elephantide are remarkable for having two masseteric

insertions (74, 76, 77), one into the posterior part of the zygoma,

and the other into the body of the mandible just in front of the

insertion of the digastric. The latter part is a separate muscle in

its whole extent, and according to Anderson (XXVIT.) rises by

three heads, two from the first rib and one from the sternum.

The cleido-mastoid has the usual ungulate attachments; but in

Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (I.) seems to send a slip to the basi-

occipital.

From the above it will be seen that the masseteric portion of

the sterno-mastoid is a very characteristic ungulate arrangement,

which is wanting in the Suide and in the Sheep, and, if present,

is only feebly developed in the Hippopotamus. It varies in its

exact attachment in different families; but its presence in Hyrax

is of interest as pointing to the ungulate affinities of that animal.

The nerve-supply of the sterno-mastoid, sterno-masseteric, and

cleido-mastoid portions of the muscle is the spinal accessory and

cervical nerves in the Sheep, Pig, Chevrotain, and Antelope.

Omo - trachelian Musele—This muscle seems fairly constant

throughout the Order, and runs from the transverse process of the

atlas to the acromial end of the spine of the scapula, as well as to

the fascia over the infraspinatus and scapular part of the deltoid.

It becomes superficial by passing between the occipital and cervical

portions of the trapezius, which as a rule are very distinct. Many

authors describe the omo-trachelian as fusing posteriorly with the

cephalo-humeral, and in two or three of our own dissections we

have thought that it ended in this way ; but more careful dissection

enabled us to trace the muscle to the region where the acromial

process ought to be, so that although we shall divide the material

676 MESSRS, B.C. 4, WINDLE AND F,G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

at our disposal into two groups according to the insertion of the

muscle, the reader must bear in mind that many of the cases in

which the insertion is said to be into the cephalo-humeral are

possibly the result of imperfect dissections, and this applies to

some of our own dissections as well as to those of other observers,

for at first we failed to realize the amount of careful cleaning which

is necessary to satisfactorily display the posterior attachment of the

omo-trachelian. On the other hand, we do not feel justified in

asserting that the muscle never ends by completely fusing with

the cephalo-humeral.

In the following animals the omo-trachelian was traced to the

fascia over the scapula and the scapular spine—Hippopotamus

(1, 3), Pig (4, 5, 7, 11), Peccary (14), Ox (33), Sheep (38),

Moufion (45), Goat (46), Duiker-bok (49), Tapir (52), Hyrax

(68).

In the following the muscle is said to blend with the cephalo-

humeral :—Pig (6), Chevrotain (21), Brocket (27, 28), Ox (35),

Sheep (40, 43), Tapir (54, 55), Rhinoceros (64). In the whole of

the above two groups of animals the origin was from the trans-

verse process of the atlas, except in the Duiker-bok (49), in which

a small slip came from the basioccipital in addition.

In the Muntjac (26) among the Cervide, Macalister says that

the muscle was absent, and in our own specimen of Cervus (25)

we failed to find it ; possibly in these animals the incorporation of

the omo-trachelian with the cephalo-humeral has become complete

and the origin from the atlas suppressed.

In the Giraffe (29), Joly and Lavocat point out that the length

of the neck has caused the origin of the muscle to shift back to

the transverse processes of the sixth and seventh cervical vertebree ;

and there is every reason to believe that Murie (XX XII.) verified

this, since he carefully studied the above authors’ paper, and only

drew attention to points in which his animals differed from theirs

or to facts which they had omitted.

In the Equide (56, 57, 58, 59) the origin is from the anterior

four cervical transverse processes, and the muscle in this case

certainly does fuse posteriorly with the cephalo-humeral in a very

complete manner.

In the Elephant, Miall and Greenwood(X XIX.) apparently failed

to notice the muscle, but we believe it is there because Anderson

(XX VII.) describes a part of the masto-humeral (cephalo-humeral)

which he says may be regarded as a separate muscle, and which

rises from the basioccipital to be inserted into the anterior border

of the scapular spine as well as into the fascia covering the

deltoid. This insertion is clearly that of the omo-trachelian, and

the origin from the basioccipital we have already shown exists

in the Duiker-bok (49), but further details of the muscle are badly

wanting in the Elephant.

In the Pig, Peccary, Brocket, Sheep, Duiker-bok, and Hyrax

we found the nerve-supply coming from the spinal accessory.

Scalenus ventralis——The arrangement of parts in the Ungulates

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 677

makes it necessary to define what is meant by the scalenus anticus,

or ventralis as we prefer to call it. If it is a scalene which passes

ventral to the subclavian artery, as in Man, there is no such

muscle among the Ungulates as far as we know. If, on the other

hand, it is a scalene which passes ventral to the brachial plexus,

the Ungulates have it often enough. It rises from the lower three

or four cervical transverse processes and is inserted into the first

rib. It is present in the following animals :—-Hippopotamus (1),

Pig (9, 11), Peccary (13, 14), Tragulus (20, 21), Camel (18),

Brocket (27), Giraffe (29, 30, bone Ox (33), Sheep (88, 41, 43,

45), Goat (46), Antelope (49), Tapir (52, 54), Horse (56, 58, 60),

Hyrax (67, 68).

In the Elephant we are unable to find any definite statement as

to whether the scalenus ventralis was present or absent, but the

foregoing list is a very representative one and, in the absence of

any definite statement that the muscle was absent in any animal,

justifies us in generalizing and saying that the Ungulates, as an

Order, are characterized by having a scalene muscle which is

inserted into the first rib dorsal to the subciavian artery and

ventral to the brachial plexus; but whether this applies to the

Elephant or not must be left for future observation.

Scalenus longus et brevis. —These two muscles are both dorsal to

the brachial plexus, and they are so closely connected at their

anterior attachment that it is very difficult to say to how many

cervical transverse processes each is attached ; nor does there seem

any object in trying to do so, for in different specimens of the

same animal the attachments vary markedly, and this is the case

even when they are recorded by the same observer. The lower

attachment ot the scalenus brevis is into the first rib, while the

longus usually lies ventral and near to it; it is inserted into a

variable number of anterior ribs on their outer surface.

The upper attachment of the conjoined muscles is into a variable

number of lower cervical vertebrae, occasionally even reaching the

atlas ; the strongest and most constant fasciculi are fastened to the

4th and 5th as a rule.

The following are some records of the number of ribs into

which the sealenus lougus is inserted :—Hippopotamus (1), ribs 1

2, and 3; Pig (4, 7, 11), ribs 1, 2, and 3; Pig (9), ribs 3 and 4;

Peccary (13), ribs 1, 2, and 3; Peccary (14), ribs 1, 2, 3, 4;

Camel (18), only to Ist rib; Chevrotain (20), ribs 1, 2, and 3;

Cervus (25), only to Ist rib; Brocket (27), only to Ist rib;

Giraffe (29, 30), ribs 1 and 2; Ox (33), ribs 1, 2, 3, and 4;

Sheep (38, 41, 43, 45), only to Ist rib; Goat (46), ribs 1, 2, 3.

and 4; Antelope (49), ribs 1, 2, and 3 (quite a small muscle) ;

Tapir (52, 54), ribs 1 ?, 2, siti 3; Horse (56, 58, 60), only to 1st

rib; Ass (62), usually as in Horse, but se casionally reaches to the

2nd and 3rd ribs ; Hy rax (67), ribs 1, 2, and 3; Hyrax (68), ribs

3 and 4; Hyrax (71), ribs 3, 4, 5, and 6; Elephant (74), ribs 2,

3, and 4.

In the foregoing descriptions we fear that the posterior attach-

678 MESSRS, B.C, A. WINDLE AND F,G, PARSONS ON {| Dec. 17,

meuts of the scalenus longus and brevis are more or less confused,

and that the attachment of the longus to the first mb might, in

many cases, be more fitly described as brevis ; but the difficulty of

satisfactorily separating the two muscles is such, that those who

have dissected most will be least inclined to eriticize our inability

to be definite. One way out of the difficulty would be to only

call those fibres which pass to ribs behind the first as scalenus

longus ; but this would only be meeting one difficulty with another,

since, in some cases, there are distinctly two insertions into the

first rib dorsal to the brachial plexus.

Summing up, we may say that the Camelide (we have no

records of the Llama), the Cervide, the Sheep, and the Equide

have no prolongation of the scalenes beyond the first rib ; while in

the other families (? Rhinocerotide) the scalenus longus usually

reaches the third rib, and in the Procaviidee may be prolonged

back as far as the sixth. The arrangement in the Sheep, of which

we have many records, is especially interesting, since it forms

another sharp myological contrast with the Goat. Steel’s observa-

tion (XIX.) that the Ass has occasionally a prolongation of the

scalenus longus to the third rib, points to the fact that that

animal is less highly specialized than the Horse. We are more

than ever convinced of the futility of attempting to homologize

the scalenus longus and brevis individually with the scalenus

medius and posticus of Man, since the brevis in its dorsal position

corresponds to the Man’s posticus, but the longus is the muscle

which goes beyond the first rib, as does the scalenus posticus of

Man. The nerve-supply of the scalenes is from the upper trunks

of the brachial plexus.

Rectus capitis ventralis (anticus) major rises from the transverse

processes of the third and two or three succeeding cervical vertebree

and is inserted into the basioccipital. There is nothing special to

remark about it.

Rectus capitis ventralis (anticus) minor.—Chauvean (II.) in the

Horse and Kinberg (X.) in the Chevrotain point out that this

muscle lies external to the last, and we found the same muscle

rising from the atlas and axis in the Pig (11) and the Brocket

Deer (27). Unfortunately we failed to look carefully for this

in the other animals we dissected, but the records we have

show that it is at least of frequent occurrence in the Ungulates.

We have some little doubt as to whether this muscle can be

homologized with the r. c. v. minor of other mammals, or whether

it would not be advisable to speak of it as r. c. v. externus.

In Hyrax (67), Mivart and Murie failed to find the minor in its

usual place, but we found a few fibres running from the ventral

arch of the atlas to the basioccipital (68).

Longus colli.—Lesbres (V.) and Kinberg (X.) point out that the

vertical fibres of this muscle are absent and only the two oblique

parts present. The lower oblique portion usually comes from the

anterior six thoracic vertebre, though in the Camel (18) and

Moution (45) it only reached the fourth, Steel (XIX.) points

out that in the Ass it sometimes only reaches the fifth. Meckel

(VI.) says that in the Sheep the muscle is bilaminar, but this was

not so in our Mouflon (45).

Muscles connecting the Fore-limb with the Trunk.

Cephalo-humeralis.—-This is a combination of the anterior part

of the trapezius, the cleido-mastoid, and the clavicular part of the

deltoid, and it has already been pointed out that the omo-hyoid

and omo-trachelian occasionally become blended with these. No

Ungulate possesses a clavicle, but in most cases there is a fibrous

intersection marking its site and indicating the place where the

trapezius ends and the deltoid begins.

The part of the trapezius which forms the cephalo-humeral

rises from the occipital crest in the Hippopotamide (3), Suide

(7, 11, 13, 14), Tragulide (20, 21), Cervide (25, 26, 27, 28),

Bovide (32, 33, 38, 39, 46, 49), Tapiride (52, 54, 55), Equide

(56, 58), Procaviidee (67, 68), and Elephantide (72). In the

Camelidee and Giraffide apparently it rises from further back in

the neck. Meckel (VII.) says that in the Camel it comes from

the posterior third of the ligamentum nuchex, while Murie in the

Alpaca (XX XII.) found it rising from the transverse processes of

the fifth and sixth cervical vertebre. In the Giraffe (29, 30) it

had the same origin. We have stated that the anterior part

of the trapezius and cleido-mastoid are continued into the fore-

limb by the clavicular part of the deltoid, aud this is usually

inserted into the lower part of the humerus, at least this is

the case in the following animals :—Suide (7, 11, 12, 14),

Tragulide (20, 21), Brocket Deer (27, 28), Giraffe (29, 30),

Duiker-bok (49), Tapir (52, 52 a, 55). In the Hippopotamus (1)

and Elephant (74, 77, 79) the cephalo-humeral is inserted into

the upper part of the humerus, while in the Horse (56) and Ass

(61) it is attached just below the remainder of the deltoid. In

the Sheep (48, 45), Goat (48), and Hyrax (68) the insertion blended

with that of the biceps and was carried down into the forearm,

and in one specimen of Tapir (54) there was an insertion into the

forearm as well as one into the lower part of the humerus. The

nerve-supply of the muscle corresponds with its compound nature ;

the trapezius part is supplied by the spinal accessory and upper

cervical nerves, the deltoid part by the circumflex.

Trapezius.—The posterior portion of the trapezius is in some

animals, especially the Suids, separated by a marked interval from

the cephalo-lumeral; in others, such as the Brocket Deer, the two

muscles are only separable in their lower parts. It has already

been pointed out that the omo-trachelian usually appears on the

surface between the cephalo-humeral and the trapezius to reach

the fascia over the scapula. In other orders of Mammals the

second and third parts of the trapezius are often quite distinct,

but in Ungulates this is seldom the case, and in many cases it is

quite difficult to separate the part of the musele which is inserted

680 MESSRS. B,C, A, WINDLE AND F,G, PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

into the spine from that which ends in the root of the spine.

When a separation is either naturally or artificially made, it is

found that the second part (counting the cephalo-humeral as the

first) rises from the posterior half or two-thirds of the ligamentum

nuche and from two or three anterior thoracic spines, while the

Text-fig. 90.

——————

Say

Shoulder-muscles of the Hyrax. (Dorsal view.)

1. Trapezius. 7. Teres minor.

2. Supraspinatus. 8. Dorso-epitrochlearis,

5. Omo-trachelian. 9. Latissimus dorsi.

4. Infraspinatus. 10. Teres major.

5 & 6. Deltoid. 11 & 12. Triceps.

third or posterior part comes from a very variable number of

thoracic spines behind the third, usually reaching for about the

anterior two-thirds of the thoracic region of the vertebral column.

1901.) THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 681

In the Pig (8) it reaches to the 9th, in the Tapir (55) to the 8th,

in the Horse (57) to the 10 or 11th, and in the Elephant (74) to

the 14th thoracic spine. It is noticeable that in many animals the

posterior fibres are not only inserted into the root of the scapular

spine, but also for some distance along the posterior (caudal)

margin.

Latissimus dovsi.—This muscle rises from a variable number of

posterior thoracic spines, from the lumbar aponeurcsis, and usually

from some of the posterior ribs. Its insertion is into tbe shaft of

the humerus below the neck with the teres major, and very often

some of its fibres pass across the axilla in front of the vessels and

join the insertion of the pectorals (see text-fig. 91). Lesbres (V.)

points out that in the Ruminants and Solipeds the insertion is

lower down on the humerus than in most Mammals, but that in

the Pigs this is not the case. In most Ungulates the latissimus

dorsi is a feeble muscle, but in the Tapiride it is very well

developed. The exact number of thoracic vertebre from which

the muscle rises varies sometimes in different records of the same

animal and is often extremely difficult to determine; still, we

tabulate the origins for what they are worth :—

Thoracic vertebrez. Ribs.

Hippopotamus (1). ? number, Posterior ones.

ELS). ote es x tg Posterior 4.

Pig (11) ........ 5th to last. None.

Peceary (13) .... ? Posterior 4.

Peceary (14) .... 4th to last. ?

Chevrotain (20)... Last 5 (9-13) None.

Chevrotain (21).. Last 7 (7-13). Posterior ribs.

Brocket (28) .... ? Last 4 ribs.

Giraffe (30) .... ? Last 4 ribs.

Sheep (40) ...... Last 4. ?

Sheep (43) ...... Last 8. Last 3.

Sheep (45) ......

Antelope (49)....

Tapir (54)

Heres (Si ) "02.

Horse (p6) .. 22)"

Last 4 (10-13).

Feeble costal origins.

Last 6 (9-14).

Feeble costal origins.

? Last 10,

Last 4. ?

Last 14 or 15. 12th and 13th.

Hyrax (67)...... ? No ribs.

Hyrax (68) Last 11 (10-20), No ribs.

Hyrax (71) ? No ribs.

Elephant (74)

Last 6 (9-14).

With regard to the insertion, slips were found crossing the axilla

in front of the great vessels in the following animals :—Brocket

(27), Sheep (41, 45), Antelope (49), Hyrax (G8) (see text-fig. 91),

and apparently Elephant (74, 79).

The nerve-supply in the Pig, Deer, Sheep, Antelope, Elephant,

aud Horse is from the long subscapular nerve.

the latissimus dorsi.

682 MESSRS. B,C, A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [Dec. 17,

Dorso-epitrochlearis (Latissimo-olecranalis).—This muscle - tends

to vary from the typical mammalian arrangement in shifting its

origin from the latissimus dorsi to the axillary border of the

scapula or the surface of the infraspinatus; its insertion, however,

is into the inner side of the olecranon as usual.

SS =z

ace

mill ie

iN G

21S 6S:

a =

fit gilt

Qn ty

WY’

Arm- and shoulder-musceles of the Hyrax.

(Ventral view. )

1. Supraspinatus. | 12, Flexor carpi radialis.

2. Subscapularis. | 13, Flexor sublimis digitorum.

3. Serratus magnus. | 14. Palmaris longus.

4, Coraco-brachialis. | 15, Flexor carpi ulnaris.

5. Biceps. | 16. Index-slip of Flexor brevis digi-

6. Cephalo-humeral. torun.

7. ‘[riceps. 17.1.7 ;

S Latent done, 18. } Lumbricales.

9. Dorso-epitrochlearis.

10. Slip passing over vessels.

_ 19. Double tendon of profundus to

11. Teres major.

minimus.

20. Flexor carpi radialis.

In the Suide, Lesbres (V.) says the muscle is very well developed,

but in our specimen of the Red-River Hog (11) it was small. Its

origin is from the axillary border of the scapula close to the origin

of the triceps and from the fascia over the infraspinatus (11, 13),

but in Macalister’s specimen (8) it was also connected with the

latissimus dorsi. In the Babirusa (12) it is small and attached to

In the Cheyrotain (20) it rose from the infraspinatus, but

in the Water-Cheyrotain (23) from the latissimus dorsi. In

1901.) . tHE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 683

the Deer (25) the origin was from the latissimus dorsi, but in

the Brocket (28) the place of the muscle was taken by a slip of

what appeared to us as dorsi-humeral panniculus coming off from

the main panniculus over the teres major and being inserted into

the inner side of the olecranon. We also found some connection

wih the panniculus in the Pig (11); and on this account have

asked ourselves whether, in spite of the nerv e-supply always

coming from the musculo-spiral or circumflex, the dorso-epi-

trochlearis might not originally be a specialized portion of the

panniculus, but we do not feel justified in doing more than making

the suggestion at present.

In the Bovide, Bronn (VI.) says that the muscle rises from the

axillary border of the scapula, but Lesbres (V.) found it connected

with the latissimus.

In the Ox (36) at the R.C.S. Museum it rose trom the latissimus

aud teres major, and so it did in our specimens of Sheep (48, 45),

but it was very feeble and blended with the triceps below.

In the Antelope (49) it was altogether absent.

In the Tapiride (52, 53, 55) it is very well developed and rises

fleshy from the latissimus.

In the Horse (57) and Ass (61) from the axillary border.

In the Hyrax (67) from the infraspinatus and in (68) from

there and slightly from the latissimus dorsi (see text-tig. 90).

In the Indian Elephant (74) from the latissimus and the axillary

border of the scapula near the angle; in (79) from the latter

origin only ; while in the African species (78) it was large and

rose entirely from the latissimus dorsi.

The generalization which we would make from the preceding is

that the Ungulates have as a group an ill-developed latissimus

dorsi, and that as an effect or coincidence the dorso-epitrochlearis

is teeble and tends to shift its upper attachment, but that in

the Tapirs, where the latissimus is very well developed, the

dorso-epitrochlearis is also large and has the usual mammalian

attachments.

Rhomboids.—In the Hippopotamide (1, 3), Suide (4, 6, 8, 11,

13, 14), and Procavude (67, 68, 71) the capitis is well developed.

In the Tragulide (20, 21), Camelide (18), Cervide (25, 27, 28),

Giraffidee (29, 30, 31), Bovidee (32, 33, 35, 38, 39, 40, 41, 43, +4,

45, 46, 49)', Tapiride (54, 55), Equide (56, 57, 58, 60), and

Klephantide (74) there is no capitis.

The rhomboideus colli et thoracis are usually blended into one

sheet, which stretches-from the middle of the ligamentum nuche,

from the fourth to the seventh thoracic spines, though in Hyrax

(67, 68) it reaches the tenth. The insertion is into the ventral

surface of the suprascapular cartilage where that exists. In the

Ilorse, Lesbres (V.) points out that the rhomboid sheet is

strengthened on its deep surface by an elastic lamina, but this is

not found in other Ungulates.

684 MESSRS. B. C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

In the Camel (18) and Giraffe (30, 31) the rhomboids are very

small and only reach the second or third thoracic spine; indeed,

in the latter animal Joly and Lavocat (XII.) deny its existence.

The nerve-supply of the thoracic portion of the muscle is from

the 6th cervical in the Horse (57) and Hyrax (68); in the latter

animal the rhomboideus capitis et colli was supplied by the 4th

and possibly 5th cervical.

Subclavius and Sterno-scapularis.— As the clavicle is always

wanting, the subclavius, if it is present at all, is always continued

from the junction of the first or more ribs with the sternum to

the fascia over the supraspinatus. It is present in the Hippo-

potamide (1, 3), Suide (4, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14), Tragulide (21)

(not mentioned by Kinberg (20)), Cervide (24, 27), Tapiride (50,

52, 54, 55), Equide (57,58), Rhinoceros (64), Procaviide (67, 68),

and Elephantide (72, 76).

In the Tragulide and Cervide the muscle is small aud possibly

often absent, as no mention is made of it in many of these animals.

In the Tapiride, Equide, and Procaviide the origin is from the

sternum and first three costal cartilages.

In the Bovide the muscle inay be present or absent, but if it is

present it is always very small. Chauveau (II.) found it in the Ox

(32), but not in the Sheep (39) or Goat (47). Lesbres (V.) says

it is present in Ruminants as a small bundle which joins the

cephalo-humeral at the clavicular intersection, while Bourgelat

(quoted by Lesbres) describes it as absent, and Rigot (also quoted

by Lesbres) as fused with the pectoralis quartus. In our own

dissections it was fully developed though small in the Antelope

(49), rudimentary in the Fat-tailed Sheep (43), and altogether

absent in the Mouflon (45).

We have unfortunately no records of it in the Camelide and

Giraftide, but if it had been at all well marked its presence would

probably have been noticed. In consulting the literature of this

muscle the reader should bear in mind that it has many synonyms

and that only recently has it been recognized as a distinct muscle ;

it is most often found with the description of the pectoral group.

The nerve-supply comes from the 5th and 6th cervical in the

Pig (9) and Peccary (14), from the second root of the phrenic in

the Pig (8), from the phrenic and 7th cervical in the Duiker-

bok (49).

Levator anguli scapule and Serratus magnus (Serratus ventralis

colli et thoracis)—The following origins of these muscles are

recorded by ourselves and other obseryers : —

Cervical

Lransverse process. Ribs,

Hippopotamus (1). 1-7. 1-8.

Hippopotamus (3). oy 1-1].

Pay Se 1-7

1901. | TUE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 685

Cervical

; transverse process... EL erat faded

PREGLED Sele Sins 1-7. 1-8.

Peccary (13) 2... _. 3-7. 1-8*.

Peccary (14)...... 3-7. 1-8.

Chevrotain (21) .. 2-7. 1-10,

a3) 5 hs 1-8.

Brocket (28) ... 3-7. 1-8.

'. Giraffe (80) .... 5-7. 1-1], .

SC) ee ay 2-7. 1-10,

Sheep (40) ...... 3-7,

Sheep.(41) 20. 2:. 3-7. 1-8.

Sheep (43) ...... 3-7. 1-9.

Sheep (44) ...... 4-7, 1-8.

Sheep (45) ...... 3-7. 1-9,

Antelope (49) .. 3-7. 1-8,

Papen FOS) ecie sie 3's 3-7...

Pager (52). ce. a 3-7. 1-7.

Tapir (54) 22: isn; : 1-7.

Horse (56) ...... 3-7. 1-8.

HMorse:( 57 ).v .c45% & 5-7... 1-9,

Horse (60) ...... 3-7. ; _ 1-9..

3 Ane (GA). ie. ois. 3-T (sometimes 2-7),

at RT 6 24 07 9 Wee o-L. 1-1L5.

A yrax.( 68) .60:0%". a-7 1-11

Pests S28 eres 3-7 1-14. z

_ Elephant (74)... 3-7 1-L0*,

Elephant (77) 3-9 1-12

In the two animals (Peecary and Elephaut) against which an

asterisk is placed there was a perfectly distinct slip from the

transverse process of the atlas, and in a great many others it will

be seen that- the -serratus ventralis colli or levator anguli scapulie

extends up to the atlas. We have little doubt that this is the same

muscle which we have already described in the Mustelidee (X XXIV.)

under the name of rhombvideus profundus, though in the Ungu-

lates it is much more closely blended with the serratus than

with the rhomboid sheet. It is quite possible that we were wrong

in associating it by name so closely with the rhomboid lamina,ana

that-it should be looked upon more as a connecting-link between

the rhomboid and serratus sheets. The nerve-supply of the costal

portion-of the serratus ventralis sheet-(serratus magnus of duman

anatomy) is, as usual, the posterior thoracic.» The part from the

transverse processes of the cervical vertebrw-is supplied-from.some

of the cervical nerves—in-the Pig, Peccary, and Duiker-bok from

the 4th and 5th, in the Brocket Deer from the 5th and 6Gth.. -

The insertion is into the ventral surface of the suprascapular

cartilage, closely blended with the insertion of the rhomboids, and

also slightly to the adjoining part of the bony subscapular fossa.

Pectorals.—All authors seem to agree in describing two main

Proc, Zoot, Soc.—1901, Vou. II, No, XLY. 45

686 MESSRS, B,C. A, WINDLE AND F. G, PARSONS ON Dee. 17,

sheets, a superficial and a deep, but the subdivisions of these vary

immensely, and it would be impossible to quote all the combinations

which are described, nor do we think it desirable to do so as the

arrangements are not even constant for the same animal.

The superficial sheet rises from the pre- and mesosternum, and

usually consists of a main quadrilateral part which is inserted

into the pectoral ridge and greater part of the shaft of the humerus ;

in addition to this there is usually an insertion into the fascia of

the forearm near the elbow which rises from the mesosternum

behind the last but in many cases overlaps or is overlapped

by it.

The oblique superficial band running from the presternum to

the lower part of the insertion of the muscle, which is so frequently

found in the Rodents, seems only to be present in the Procaviida,

where it comes from the cartilaginous omesternum and goes to

the lower halt of the humerus. The deep layer consists of the

pectoralis quartus which rises from the posterior part of the meso-

sternum and from the linea alba and which runs forward,

narrowing as it goes, to the region of the great tuberosity of the

humerus and blending with the panniculus. Cephalad of this is

often another slip, which is the pectoralis minor of most authors,

coming from the mesosternum and being inserted with the last-

named into the fascia over the front of the shoulder-capsule.

These two deep slips are in the same plane as the sterno-scapular

muscle which is often included in their description.

Roughly speaking, the pectoral mass of the Ungulates bears out

the usual mammalian tendency, which is for the most superficial

fibres to be drawn towards the lower part of the arm, while the

deeper ones concentrate their action on the upper part. The

uerve-supply of the pectoralis minor, quartus, and ventral panni-

culus is from the great internal anterior thoracic nerve ; the more

superficial layer is partly supplied by the external anterior thoracic,

partly by the internal. There is therefore a sharp demarcation in

the nerve-supply between the pectoralis minor and the sterno-

scapularis.

Muscles of the Fore-limb.

Deltoid.—Vhe clavicular portion of this muscle has been already

described with the cephalo-humeralis. The acromial part is usually

absent owing to the suppression of the acromion process, but in

the Elephant (77, 78, 79), in which the acromion is found, this

part of the muscle is well developed and rises from the fork

between the two processes. In the Hippopotamus (3) and

Tragulus (20, 21) the acromial part is well developed, but in the

Tapir (54, 55), although present, it is feebly developed. In the

Hyrax (67), Mivart aid Murie describe the acromial part as rising

from the great tuberosity of the humerus, but in our specimen (68)

it was entirely absent.

The spinous portion is a very thin sheet which rises not only

from the spine of the scapula but also from the fascia over the

1901. ] THE MUSCLES OF LHE UNGULATA. O37

infraspinatus. Lesbres (V.) says that in the Horse and Pig a slip

comes from the dorsal angle of the scapula. We have never found

a separate slip of the deltoid from the angle, but the origin

from the infraspinatus fascia is so extensive that it reaches the

dorsal (posterior) angle, and in Lesbres’s specimens was probably

thickened there. The nerve-supply is in all cases the circumflex.

Subscapularis.—This is a comparatively small muscle seldom

covering more than two-thirds of the ventral surface of the

scapula, it usually rises by a series of fleshy digitations with

fibrous septa between them; in the Hyrax (68) there are four or

five of these, in the Hippopotamus (1) three. The insertion as

usual is into the lesser tuberosity.

Bronn (VI.) describes a muscle in the Horse and Pig which be

calls “ subscapularis accessorius,” and he says that it is inserted

into the posterior aspect of the head of the humerus and capsule

and is supplied by the circumflex nerve (n. axillaris). The nerve-

supply and insertion show that this is not the axillary bundle of

the subscapularis, which in some animals is very distinct.

Paterson and Dun noticed a muscle in the Indian Elephant

(79) which rose from the axillary part of the subscapular fossa

anterior to the triceps and passed below the capsule of the

shoulder to be inserted into the posterior surface of the humerus

just below the head; it was supplied by the circumflex nerve, and

it is evidently the same as the muscle quoted above from Bronn,

These authors call it the subglenoid muscle, and we think that

this name had better be retained, since it corresponds with nothing

we have hitherto met with in mammalian myology. It is appar-

ently a muscle which occurs occasionally in Ungulates and is not

confined to any one family.

The subscapularis is usually supplied by two nerves from the

upper part of the brachial plexus.

Supraspinatus.—This is a larger muscle than the infraspinatus,

aud rises not only from the supraspimous fossa but from a fibrous

septum between it and the cephalic edge of the subscapularis. At

its insertion it usually divides to embrace the long tendon of the

biceps. In the Brocket Deer (27), Antelope (49), and Horse (56)

the insertion was entirely fleshy, but in the Pigs (11, 14) it was

tendinous. In the Horse, Ox, Sheep, Antelope, and Pig it is

supplied by the suprascapular nerve.

Infraspinatus.—This is smaller than the last and is chiefly

remarkable for having a small bundle of fibres near the axillary

border separated from the rest. ‘This bundle is said by Chauveau

and Lesbres to be peculiar to the Solipeds, but Murie (XVII.)

describes what is evidently the same thing in the Tapir (55) as an

extra teres minor, aud Haughton (XV.) says it is present in the

Goat.

In the Horse this muscle has received many names, the chief

being scapulo-humeralis posticus, flexor brachii minimus, abductor

trochiterien, and infraspinatus secundus. We should prefer. to

use the last of these, but we are not sure of the nerve-supply ;

688 MESSRS. B.C. A, WINDLE AND F.G, PARSONS ON { Dec. 17,

it it is from the suprascapular, infraspinatus seeundus will be a

good name, but if it is supplied by the circumflex some other may

be desirable. ito

Steel points out that in the Ass (62) this muscle-is sometimes

almost obsolete. —- eee

-. Téves minor presents little of special interest ; it rises usually

from the middle third of the axillary border of the scapula, and is

inserted just below the infraspinatus into the great-tuberosity.

We have already pointed out that Murie has described this muscle

as double in the Tapir, and Mayer does the same in the Elephant

(73), though whether this is another example of an infraspinatus

secundus or not depends on its nerve-supply. In any case no

other author seems to have noticed it in the Elephant. The nerve-

supply is always the circumflex, but there is apparently no gangli-

form enlargement. on the nerve, at least we looked for it in the

Hog (11), Peceary (14), Brocket (27), Duiker-bok (49), and

Hyrax (68) without success. wa :

Teres major rises from the dorsal third of the axillary border of

the scapula, but only very slightly from the suprascapular cartilage ;

it is inserted into the neck of the humerus, and is always very

closely connected here with the latissimus dorsi. In the Elephant,

judging from Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (1.) and the specimen

in the R. College of Surgeons Museum, the teres major at its

insertion lies dorsal to the latissimus dorsi, but in all the other

Ungulates of which we bave records (3, 7, 36, 45, 49, 52, 55, 61,

53) the teres major is ventral. The nerve-supply is from the

lowest subscapular.

Biceps (Flexor longus eubiti).-—Only one head of the biceps is

present, and this we believe is always the long head, in spite of

the fact that it often rises from the coracoid process and is some-

times altogether outside the shoulder-capsule. Our reasons for

believing this are that in other Mammals it is always the short

head which disappears, and that the tendon in the Ungulates

always occupies the bicipital groove. The insertion is chiefly into

the upper part of one or both forearm-bones ; but as these are so

closely connected, very careful cleaning is required to -be sure of

its exact attachment. Often when we thought the insertion was

into the radius, careful dissection has shown us that this was only

apparent and that the tendon really went on to the ulna, and

this probably accounts for some of the discrepancies found in the

literature of the subject. In many cases a fibrous expansion is

given off before the main insertion which goes into the fascia on

the extensor surface of the forearm; this may or may not be

homologous with the semilunar fascia of human anatomy, but it

is very different in direction-and does not pass inward superficial

to the brachial artery as in Man. Welker (XXXV.) has pointed

out that in the Tapir and Horse the tendon-lies altogether outside

the shoulder-capsule, and it would be interesting to know whether

this is also the case in the Rhinoceros, as it would then be a

characteristic of the Perissodactyla. We believe that in the

1901. | : THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, N 689

Artiodactyla the tendon always lies in the shoulder-capsule (it

certainly does in the Ox, Sheep, Antelope, and Elephant); but

unfortunately we read Welker’s paper too late to pay special

attention to this point, and we must reserve the question for

future investigation.

The following table gives the recorded attachments of the biceps

in Ungulates ; but in using it it should be remembered that the

stunted coracoid and the top of the glenoid cavity are close

together and very likely to be confused, and that some of the

insertions recorded as radial possibly went on to the ulna. In

this way many of the apparent discrepancies may he harmonized.

Origin. Insertion.

Hippopotamus (1) .... Coracoid. Radius and fascia of

forearm.

Hippopotamus (3) .... Coracoid.

SY ig a ee re ee Radius and ulna.

LOLS RE aA SEE ate eRe Oe Radius and ulna.

A asi 5 shi hotel at Bien 3s Radius and ulna.

LTA | Ee Pee ae eee Soe Radius and ulna.

UY sel hace & toniae Glenoid. Ulna.

Babirussa (12) ...... Glenoid. Radius.

Peecary (14)... ania... Glenoid. Ulna.

Tg |) a any ee ae Radius and fascia.

2 a) ee Glenoid.

Chevrotain (20) ...... Coracoid. Radius and ulna.

Chevrotain (21) ...... Glenoid. Radius.

Water-Chevrotain(23). ...... Radius and fascia.

PRS. beni ont ee nl Glenoid. Radius.

BSCQERCE (AL). ire 585. - Glenoid. Ulna and fascia.

Brocket (28) ....... . Coracoid and Ulna.

glenoid.

RARE GCE df schnct: ms mrea ed unt ane Shs Radius.

GRIP BIEC (BO) a. wpe coors vie 4a eis Ulna and fascia.

STS NE dren tual gon Glenoid. Radius.

OED), sh enack gists inves gy CIPRO. Radius.

OR sth sarin. AG cal aunties Apparently to radius.

really to ulna,

CUTS & |) a Glenoid. Radius.

Sheep (44) .......... Glenoid. Radius.

COT AY 3) oer Glenoid. Ulna.

Sheep.(45) 5. vsias es Glenoid. Ulna and fascia.

OES En ee Radius.

Antelope (4/))..... .. Glenoid. Ulna and fascia,

Der (BO). foie a8 we ofn Coracoid. Radius.

fc AS ee Coracoid..

Tapir (Welker) ...... Ceracoid. Shediac Mia

Iorse-(56) .......3.. -Glenoid... .. >, Radius...” ;

Parga Fite Ye. ni tiicack % LCST area ening <7” ies ee cies

690 MESSRS, B.C, A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [{ Dec. 17,

Origin. Insertion.

darse'(G8) i532. Aees Glenoid. Radius.

Pihinocerds (63) 2s SE as Radius and fascia.

Rhinoceros (66) ...... Coracoid. Radius.

Hyrax (67) «202.5056: Glenoid. Ulna.

Hyrax (68) ....@..+. Glenoid. Ulna.

PUGTAR (7 Dh eis oh eee thar. Ulna.

Elephant (74) ........ Glenoid. Ulna.

Elephant (77) ........ Glenoid, Ulna.

Elephant (78) ..:..... Glenoid.

Elephant (79) ........ tlenoid andsmall Radius and ulna.

coracoid.

In the Camel (18) and the Brocket Deer (28) the tendon of

origin was thick at the margins and very thin in the centre, giving

the appearance of a fusion of two tendons. It has been suggested

that this points to the conclusion that the long and short heads

have fused together instead of the short one disappearing. Until

some intermediate stages are found we think that this should

remain a mere suggestion. In the Water-Chevrotain (23) Chatin

notices some tendinous intersections in the muscle, but we have

not seen them in any other animal.

The nerve-supply is from a branch of the external head of the

median, which corresponds to the musculo-cutaneous of human

anatomy.

Coraco-brachialis—Various authors state that the first, second,

or third parts of this muscle are present, but it is very difficult to

be sure what they mean by it. Our own experience makes us

insist very strongly that the position of the musculo-cutaneous

nerve does not necessarily mark out the division between any

two parts of the muscle. The first part is the coraco-brachialis

brevis or rotator humeri, and is always inserted into the neck of

the humerus above the tendon of the latissimus dorsi. The second

part is inserted into the middle of the shaft, and passes ventral to

the latissimus dorsi. It is true that in most Mammals the nerve

passes above this part, that is, between it and the brevis ; but, as

we shall see, it is not at all uncommon for the nerve to sink into

the coraco-brachialis medius in the same way that the whole or

part of the great sciatic nerve occasionally perforates the pyri-

formis. Between the second and third parts (medius and longus)

there is no definite demarcation; whenever the muscle reaches

the lower extremity of the humerus, it is usual to say that a

coraco-brachialis longus is present.

It is greatly to be desired that anatomists in the future should

record in connection with this muscle not only the amount of

the humerus to which it is attached, but also its relation to the

latissimus dorsi tendon and to the musculo-cutaneous nerve.

In the Hippopotamus, Alix and Gratiolet (IIT.) say that the

Jongus alone is present; but in Cuvier and Laurillard’s plate (1.)

there are no signs of any part of the muscle.

1901.) THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 691

In the Suide (4, 7, 11, 12, 14) the medius alone is present.

In our specimen of the Pig (11) the nerve passed entirely above

the muscle; but in the Pececary a small part of the muscle was

above the nerve.

Bronn says, apparently on the authority of Bendz, that the

brevis and medius are present; but from our experience we are

entirely unable to agree with this. In the Camel (18) Meckel

says that the muscle is inserted into the upper half of the humerus,

but whether the brevis is present or not we have no knowledge.

In our Chevrotain (21) only the middle part was present ; but

Kinberg deseribes internal, middle, and external portions in his

(20); as these all seem to be inserted below the upper third of

the humerus, and none of them reach the lower extremity of the

bone, we presume that they are component parts of the medius,

and it is possible that one of the separations was formed by the

nerve.

In the Cervide (25, 27, 28) and Bovida (38, 36, 38, 44, 43,

45, 49) we believe that the medius or medius and longus are the

only parts present, and that the medius is always pierced by the

nerve to the biceps. Bronn says that in the Ox and Sheep the

longus and brevis are present ; but apparently this generalization

is taken from other authors, and no details of the exact attach-

ments or the relations to the latissimus dorsi or nerve are given.

In the Giraffe, Murie (XXXII.) and Joly and Lavocat (XII.)

describe a brevis and longus, but exact details are wanting.

In the Tapir (50, 52, 54, 55) our specimen agrees with the

descriptions of three other observers, that the insertion is into the

lower three quarters of the humerus, that is to say that the

medius and longus are present.

In the Horse, Bronn (VI.), Chauveau (II.), Lesbres (V.), and

Meckel (VII.) describe a brevis and medius between w? ich the

musculo-cutaneous nerve passes, and in Cuvier and Laurillard’s

plate these two parts are clearly shown in the Ass (I.).

In the Rhinoceros (64), Haughton (XXI.) describes 1 medius

inserted into the middle of the shaft of the humerus for three

inches ; but in Beddard and Treves'’s animal (63) the longus was

alone present and was inserted just above the internal condyle.

In the Hyrax (67, 68) the medius alone was found (see text-

fig. 91), but in (71) there seems to have been a longus as well.

In the Elephant (72, 74, 76, 77, 78, 79) the insertion extends

from the level of the attachment of the Jatissimus dorsi to the

internal condyle, so that, although the position of the nerve is not

given, it is pretty evident that in this animal the medius and

longus are the two parts normally found.

Brachialis anticus ( flevor brevis cubiti),—In Ungulates only the

outer head of this muscle is present: it rises from the back of

the surgical neck of the humerus, winds spirally round that bone,

and is inserted into one or both bones of the forearm:a little below

the insertion of the biceps. In all the animals in which we care-

fully examined the insertion—Pig (11), Peceary (14); Brocket (27),

692 MESSRS, B.C, A, WINDLE AND F, G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

Ox (36), Mouflon (45), Duiker-bok (49), and Hyrax (68)—we

found that it was into the ulna; but the exact attachment of this

muscle, like that of the biceps, can only be clearly seen after

careful dissection. There are many records of its insertion into

the radius which we dare not contradict; but we can affirm that

in most of the animals in which we carefully dissected the muscle

it seemed at first to be fixed to the radius, and careful cleaning

was necessary to show that the real attachment was entirely into

the ulna. The only animal in which we found a distinct short

head from the front of the lower half of the humerus was the

Hyrax (68), but it was not present in Mivart and Murie’s spe-

cimen (67). In Paterson’s and Dun’s Elephant (79) a slip of the

muscle rose separately from the front of the upper tubercle of

the external condyle and continued separate to its insertion; it

was supplied by the musculo-spiral nerve.

The nerve-supply in the Pig (11), Peccary (14), Brocket (27),

Mouflon (45), and Duiker-bok (49) was entirely from the median,

not from the musculo-spiral or musculo-cutaneous.

Triceps (Eatensor longus cubiti).—The usual three parts of this

muscle are always present, but they are liable to more or less sub-

division. The long or scapular head rises from half to nearly the

whole of the axillary border of the scapula, and is the largest of

all the heads; sometimes it can easily be separated into a ventral

and dorsal plane, the latter being the broader of the two; this

occurred in the Syrian Sheep (44), Mouflon (45), Duiker-bok-(49),

and Elephant (77). The external head is small, and rises from

the posterior part of the neck of the humerus just under cover of

the origin of the brachialis anticus. Meckel (VIL) says that this

head is divided into two in Ruminants. The inner head rises

from the greater part of the posterior surface of the humerus.

Murie, in the Tapir (55) and Hyrax (57), found this head double,

and in the Giraffe (29) the same thing occurred. In Cuvier and

Laurillard’s plates of the Pig (7) and Peccary (13), a separate

slip from near the angle of the scapula is figured; but we failed

to observe this in our specimens of these animals, nor have we

found any other records of it.

The nerve-supply of the triceps is entirely by the musculo-

spiral.

Anconeus.—In spite of Lesbres’s opinion that the anconeus is

always present in Ungulates, we believe that it is very rarely seen

as a distinct muscle. The only two animals in which it is at all

well marked are the Hippopotamus (1, 3) and the Elephant (74,

78, 79). We presume that the nerve-supply is the musculo-

spiral.

: Epitrochleo-anconeus.—This muscle is also wanting in the Ungu-

lates. The only record of it we can find is that Testut says it is

present in the Elephant; but this specimen was probably an

individual variation, since Miall and Greenwood and the other

writers on the Elephant make no mention of it.

Pronator radia teres.—This muscle is often absent, but when

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 698

it is present it is usually merely a fibrous band stretching from

the internal condyle to the middle of the shaft of the radius on

its anterior surface.

In the Hippopotamus (1, 3) it is absent.

In the Suidz it may be present as a small fleshy muscle (5, 6,

7. 14) or absent (11, 12).

In the Camelide (18) it is rudimentary.

In the Tragulidee (20, 21) it is small but fleshy.

In the Cervide (25, 26, 27, 28) absent.

In the Bovide it is absent according to Chauveau (IT.) and

Bronn (VI.), feeble according to Lesbres (V.). We found it as a

fibrous band in the Ox (36), Sheep (45), and Antelope (49); and

Meckel ( VII.) says it is rudimentary in the Goat.

In the Tapiride a feeble muscle was present in 50, 52a, and

55, but not in 52 or 54,

In the Equide, Chauveau (II.) and Bronn (VI.) say that it is

absent ; but Lesbres (V.) describes an occasional fibrous rudi-

mentary band.

In the Rhinoceros (63) it is absent.

In the Hyrax (67, 68) it is present but rudimentary (see text-

fig. 91).

In the Elephant (72, 74, 77, 78, 79) there is always a strong

fibrous band running from the internal condyle to the middle of

the radius, but this is usually reinforced by some fleshy fibres.

Cuvier says that this fleshy part is only found close to the flexor

carpi radialis; but Anderson (XXVII.) and Paterson and Dun

(79) describe it as lying deep to the fibrous band, and having an

attachment to the radius about 5 in. long. The specimen of the

African Elephant in the Roy. Coll. Surg. Museum (78) agrees

with Anderson’s description. From the foregoing it will be seen

that the muscle is best marked in the Suide and Tragulide, and

least well-marked in the Cervide# and Perissodactyla. In the Pig

it is supplied by the median nerve.

Flexor carpi radialis.—This is the radialis internus of many of

the veterinary authors; it rises from the internal condyle, and,

after a short, fusiform, fleshy belly, ends in a long tendon which

runs in a fibrous canal in the lower half of the radius. The

insertion is into the palmar surface of the base of the metacarpal

bone of the index or medius, or both, according to their develop-

ment. In the Elephant the fleshy belly of the muscle is very

remarkable; between the fleshy bundles are a number of longitu-

dinal planes of yellow elastic tissue, which in a transverse section

have a coarse network appearance. There is a good specimen of

this in the Roy. Coll. Surg. Museum. The nerve-supply in the

Pig (11), Peccary (14), Brocket (27), Sheep (45), Antelope (49),

and Elephant (79) is the median,

Palmaris longus —Although this muscle is often described in

the scattered literature of the subject, we believe that it is only

present in the Subungulata, « e. in the Procaviide and Elephan-

tide, The confusion as a rule is due to mistaking the extensor

69-4 MESSRS, B.C, A, WINDLE AND FP, G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17.

carpi ulnaris for the flexor and in calling the flexor carpi ulnaris

the palmaris longus. Space does not allow us to discuss in detail

the so-called palmares longi of different authors; but in each

case we have gone carefully into the question, and, with the

exceptions above given, have always found that what is described

as a palmaris longus is in reality some other, or part of some

other muscle.

In Hyrax (67), Mivart and Murie say that the muscle ends in a

broad flat tendon which divides into four slips for the digits, and

in the palmar portion of which a flat cartilaginous disk is present.

Our own specimen (68) agrees with this, but we found no palmar

cartilage (see text-fig. 91). In Meckel’s specimen (71) the whole

muscle seems to have been replaced by a broad tendon.

In the Elephant (73, 74, 77, 78, 79) the muscle is well deve-

loped and passes into the palmar fascia, after which its distribution

seems to depend a good deal on the taste of the dissector, as is

so often the case with fibrous planes.

The nerve-supply in our specimen of Hyrax (68) was the

ulnar.

Flevor sublimis digitorwn.—This muscle rises from the internal

condyle and sometimes from the surface of the flexor profundus.

The muscular belly may or may not divide into two distinct slips,

and when this is the case the two slips are sometimes connected

lower down. The muscle may end in tendons for one, two, three,

or four toes, but those for the medius and annularis are of course

the most constant. The insertion is into the second phalanx,

and the tendon is perforated by that of the profundus in the

usual mammalian manner; but the fibrous loops which we have

noticed in other orders of the Mammalia passing round the pro-

fundus before the perforation of the sublimis are, if present at all,

very feebly developed. In many cases the sublimis in encircling

the profundus forms a complete tunnel for it, so that if a section

is made the profundus looks like a solid circular fibrous rod which

accurately fits into the ring-like sublimis.

In the Hippopotamus (1) tendons pass to the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and

Sth toes.

In the Suide (4, 6, 14) the usual insertion is only into the

medius and annularis ; but in our specimen of the Red-River Hog

(11) there were tendons to all four toes. Lesbres (V.) points out

that in the Pigs the two muscular bellies separate early and end

in tendons for their respective digits, without any further con-

nection with one another.

In the Camelide, Tragulide, Cervide, Giraftide, and Bovidee

there are only tendons for the medius and annularis; in the latter

family, as Lesbres (V.) points out, the two fleshy bellies reunite

before giving off the two tendons; but this is not the case in the

Cervidee or Tragulide.

In the Tapir (52, 54, 55) and Rhinoceros (63) there are three

tendons, for the index, medius, and annularis respectively. In the

Horse, of course, there is only one for the medius. In the Hyrax

1901.) THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 695

(67, 68) there are tendons for the index, medius, and anunularis,

but they sometimes join the flexor brevis digitorum mantis, as

will be pointed out under that muscle. In the Elephant we believe

that the flexor sublimis is absent. The muscle which Miall and

Greenwood (X XIX.) describe as sublimis is evidently profundus,

for it goes to the terminal phalanges and has the lumbricals rising

from it. In the other two Elephants of which we have clear

records (77, 78) there is no flexor sublimis. The nerve-supply is

the median in the Deer, Sheep, and Hyrax.

Flexor brevis digitorum manis.—Vhis muscle was first noticed by

Mivart and Murie in Hyrax, but since then it has been described

by us in many mammals. It is possibly a slip of the flexor sub-

limis which has acquired a new origin from the annular ligament

and palmar fascia, and its tendons of insertion either join the flexor

sublimis or form perforated tendons replacing that muscle. In

the Ungulates it is found in the two archaic types Hyrax and

Tapir and in the Elephant. In the Tapir (55) Murie found it

passing to all four digits; but we failed to find it in our specimen

(54), nor do Cuvier and Laurillard figure it in theirs (52). In

Hyrax (67), Mivart and Murie found it going to the 2nd, 4th, and

Sth digits, but it only formed a flexor perforatus in the 4th ; the

tendon to the index joined the flexor perforans, while that to the

minimus joined the flexor sublimis and with it formed a flexor

perforatus. In our specimen of Hyrax (68) tendons passed to the

index, medius, and annularis; the index-slip joined the tendon of

the flexor sublimis (see text-fig. 91), but those for the medius and

annularis formed independent flexores perforati.

In Miall and Greenwood’s Elephant (74) there were slips to the

sheath of the annularis and minimus, and in Cuvier and Laurillard’s

specimen (77) the insertion was apparently the same. In the

College of Surgeons preparation (78) there is only one tendon for

the medius. The nerve-supply is the median.

Flewor carpi ulnaris.—This is also called the oblique flexor of

the metacarpus, the anterior ulnaris, and the ulnaris internus.

In many Ungulates it has the usual origin from the internal con-

dyle and olecranon, and is inserted into the pisiform; but the

olecranal head is seldom as well developed as in more generalized

mainmals, and in many cases is absent altogether.

In the Hippopotamus (1, 3) the two heads are separable as far

as the pisiform.

In the Suide (4, 7, 11, 14) the olecranal head is absent. In

the Camel (17) both heads are present.

In the Tragulide the olecranal head was present though feeble

in our specimen (21°), but it is not mentioned by Kinberg (X.).

In the Cervide the Brockets (27, 28) have both heads. In the

Giraffe, Joly and Lavocat (XII.) neither figure nor mention the

olecranal head.

In the Bovide, Lesbres points out that the olecranal head is

feeble; it is present in the Ox (42), Sheep (45), and Goat (48),

but not in the Duiker-bok (49). In the Tapiride, Lesbres says

696 MESSRS, B, C, A. WINDLE AND F,G, PARSONS ON ! Dec. 17,

that it is almost fibrous ; but in other specimens (52, 54, 55) both

heads seem present though small.

In the Horse neither Bronn (VI.) nor Chauveau (II.) mention

the olecranal head, while Lesbres says that it is very slight.

In the Rhinoceros (63, 64) both heads are present.

Among the Subungulata also both heads are present and well

developed in Hyrax (67, 68) (see text-fig. 91) and Elephas (74,

78, 79).

Flevor profuadus digitorwm—As we have pointed out else-

where, the flexor profundus of a generalized mammal consists of

three heads from the internal condyle—condylo-radial, condylo-

central, and condylo-ulnar—and one each from the radius and

ulna. In Man the condylar heads are usually suppressed ; but

in Ungulates the ulnar and especially the radial heads are feebly

developed. In the Hippopotamus (3) the three condylar heads

are distinct, and there is a small ulnar origin from the olecranon.

In (1) Gratiolet and Alix only mention one condylar origin and

one from the ulna; but in addition it is very interesting to note

that they found a continuation from the triceps to the muscle,

winding round the internal condyle in the same way that we have

already recorded among the Edentata in Myrmecophaga, Tamandua,

Cyclothurus, and Orycteropus (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 330), The musele

divides into four tendons for the index, medius, annularis, and

minimus.

In the Suide (11, 14), as one would be inclined to expeet, all

the five origins of the generalized muscle are present, and the

insertion is into all four digits.

In the Tragulide our specimen (21) showed only one large

condylar head, an ulnar from the olecranon, and a yery small

radial, but Kinberg made out two condylar origins in his speci-

men (20). The insertion is into the medius and annularis. In

the Water-Chevrotain (Dorcatherium) Chatin found one condylar,

one ulnar, and one radial origin, and tendons passed to all four

digits.

Among the Cervide, the Deer (26) had a condyiar, olecranal,

and radial head, while in the Brocket (27) there were : (1) con-

dylo-ulnaris, which was the largest ; (2) condylo-radialis, next in

size; (3) ulnaris, from olecranon only; and (4) radialis, smallest

of all. Tendons only passed to the medius and annularis digits.

In the Giraffe (29) the origin seems to correspond with that of

the Brocket.

In the Bovide (35, 36, 37, 40, 44) there are either one or two

condylar origins as well as a radial and ulnar. The Duiker-bok

(49), however, is remarkable for having all three condylar origins

and no radial. The insertion in this family is into the medius

and annularis only, except in the Musk-Ox (37), where there are

two very small tendons for the lateral digits. In the Tapir Murie

(XVII.) notices the presence of the condylo-ulnar slip, and the

insertion is into all four digits (52,55). In our specimen (54)

there were (1) condylo-ulnar, (2) condylo-central, (3) ulnar

1901.) THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 697

(oleeranal), and (4) radial origins. In the Horse (56, 58) there

are condylar, radial, and olecranal heads, and the insertion of

course is only into the medius.

‘The Rhinoceros (63) apparently has two condylar heads, one of

which Beddard and Treves call palmaris longus. The insertion 1 is

into all three digits.

In the Hyrax (68) we found one condylar head rising in common

with the flexor sublimis and probably corresponding to the con-

dylo-radialis, there were also radial and ulnar heads. The inser-

tion (67, 68) is into all four digits.

Iu the Elephant (77, 78) there are radio-condylar, radial, and

ulnar heads and the insertion is into all five digits (74). Ander-

son (XXVIT.) describes a radio-carpeus rising from the anterior

surface of the radius, external to the attachment of the pronator

radii teres, and corresponding to the origin of the flexor longus

pollicis in Man ; it is inserted into the anterior annular ligament

and is apparently also present as the muscle marked é in Cuvier

aud Laurillard’s plate (I.).

We are able to give the followi ing details of the nerve- supply.

In the Pig (11) and Peccary (14) the condylo-radialis, condylo-

centralis, and radialis slips are supplied entirely by the median,

the ulnaris entirely. by the ulnar, while the condylo-ulnaris gets a

twig from both the median and ulnar.

In the Brocket (27) the condylo-radialis and radialis are sup-

plied by the median, the ulnaris by the ulnar, and the condylo-

ulnaris by the median aud ulnar.

In the Duiker-bok (49) the condylo-radial and condylo-central

heads were supplied by the median, the ulnaris by the ulnar,

while the condylo-ulnar was entirely supplied by the ulnar.

Lumbricales—In the Hippopotamus (1) there was only one

lumbrical rising from the annularis tendon. In the Suide (4, 6,

11) one from the index tendon of the flexor profundus. In the

Tragulide, Kinberg’s Chevrotain (20) had one evidently belonging

to the annularis, but i in Chatin’s Water-Chevrotain (XJ.) the index

one was apparently alone present. In the Cervide (25, 26, 27, 28)

and the Bovide (33, 35, 36, 37,38, 40, 48, 49) no lumbricals are

present. In the Tapiridx (54, 55) there are three, for the index,.

medius, and annularis. In the Equide (56, 57, 58) two, one from.

each side of the single profuodus tendon, corresponding therefore

to medius and annularis.

In the Rhinoceros there are none according to Beddard and

Treves (XX.).

In the Hyrax (67, 68) the medius and annularis are present,

but Meckel failed to find any in his specimen (71) (see text-fig. 91).

In the-Elephant (7+) there were four, but in (73) and ig the

ulnar one was wanting..

Pronator quadratus. — The only ungulate in w hich we have

been able to find any notice of this musele is the Tapir (55), in

which Murie says that it occupies the lower quarter of the

forearm.

698 MESSRS. B.C. A, WINDLE AND F,G, PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

In our Tapir (54) and in all the other Ungulates we examined

the muscle is ubsent.

Supinator longus.—This muscle was found in the Hippopotamus

(1) but not in (3), in the Tapir (52, 53, 54, 55), in the Rhinoceros

(63, 64), and in the Elephant (73, 74, 78, 79); in the latter

animal it is prolonged beyond the styloid process of the radius to

one of the carpal bones, apparently the lunare; in Cuvier and

Laurillard’s specimen (77), however, it is absent. In our Hyrax

(68) it was entirely wanting, but in Mivart and Murie’s (67) it is

described as very diminutive and inserted into the radius near

its neck *.

In other Ungulates the muscle is absent. When it is present

it is doubtless supplied by the musculo-spiral; our reason for

thinking this is that we know that the extensor carpi radialis

longior is so supplied.

Extensor carpi radiales longior J brevior.—It is only occasionally

that these two muscles are found distinct in the Ungulates,

more frequently they are either fused or the extensor longus is

suppressed. In the Hippopotamus there is only one muscle which

is inserted into the metacarpal bone of the medius (1, 3), but in (3)

a slip is given off which joins the extensor communis tendon to

the index. In the Suide (4,5, 7, 10, 11, 13,14) the brevis only is

present aud is inserted into the metacarpal bone of the medius.

In the Camelide (17, 18), Tragulidz (20, 21), with the exception

of Dorcatherium, Cervidee (25, 26, 27, 28), Giraftide (29), Bovide

(33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 43, 49), Equide (56, 58), and Rhino-

cerotide (63, 64) there is only one muscle, which at least is chiefly

composed of the brevior; itis very large and forms a broad strap-

like tendon, which plays over the lower end of the extensor

surface of the ulna and is inserted into the dorsal surface of the

base of the large canon-bone, which is composed of the third or

third and fourth metacarpals ; it is the important extensor of the

carpus, and reminds one of the ligamentum patelle in the knee

except that no sesamoid bone (patella) is developed in it. In

the Water-Chevrotain (Dorcatheriwm 23), which, possibly as an

adaptation to its swimming-habits, retains a more generalized

arrangement of its forearm musculature, the extensor longior is

also present. In the Tapiride there may be a single insertion

into the third metacarpal (54), or a small slip may be given off for

the second as well (55). In the Procaviide (67, 68, 71) the

longior and brevior are distinct and separate muscles. In the

Elephantide (73, 74, 77, 78, 79) there is one muscle but it ends

in two tendons for the second and third metacarpals.

With regard to the nerve-supply, the musculo-spiral supplies it

in the Pig (11), Peccary (14), Brocket (27), and Elephant (79),

the posterior interosseous in the Duiker-bok (49).

Extensor communis digitorum.—This has the usual origin from

the external condyle and is usually inserted into the middle and

' Possibly this is supinator brevis.

1901.) YHE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA. 699

distal phalanges of a variable number of digits. In the Hippo-

potamus (1,3) tendons pass to all four digits. Gratiolet (II1.

pl. v.) draws and describes two distinct fleshy bellies which unite

below the dorsal annular ligament and again divide for the four

digits. In the Suid the number of digits supplied varies a good

deal : for instance in the Domestic Pig (4, 5, 6, 7) there are three

fleshy bellies which are distributed with varying detail to all four

digits ; in the Red-River Hog (11) no tendon goes to the minimus ;

in one Peccary (13) there are four fleshy bellies which altogether

divide into eight tendons for the four toes in such a way that the

medius has one tendon for each phalanx, the annularis also three

tendons, while the index and minimus have one each ; in another

Peccary all the tendons are distributed to the medius and

annularis.

In the Camelidie (15, 17, 18) there are slips for the medius and

annularis, the former having two.

In the Tragulide (20, 21, 23) all four toes are supplied, though

here again the medius has two tendous.

In the Cervide (25, 26, 27, 28) and Giraffidie (29) only the

inedius and annularis are provided with tendons. In (25) and

(28) we found an extra small origiu from the ulna.

In the Bovide (52, 33, 36, 38, 39, 43, 44, 45, 49) there are

two tendons for the medius and one for the annularis; the muscle

is double almost from its origin, the more ulnar of the two

dividing for the medius and annularis, while the radial one passes

to the medius only and in many cases at all events ends in the

middle phalanx of that digit. The Musk-Ox (87) differs from

the rest of the Bovide in having a tendon to the index from the

radial of the two fleshy bellies.

The Tapir (53, 54, 55) has tendons for the index, medius, and

annularis, and our specimen (54) had in addition a slender slip

for the minimus. Murie (X VII.) noticed a small origin from the

ulna in his animal (55).

In the Equide (56, 58, 60) there is a small origin from the

radius as well as the usual one from the external condyle; the

muscle divides into the usual two fleshy bellies, one of which

passes to the terminal phalanx of the medius, while the other joins

the so-called extensor minini digit.

In the Rhinoceros (63) there are tendons for all three digits,

In the Procaviide (67, 68, 71) all four digits have tendons, and

the same observation applies to the Elephant (74, 77, 78).

Two points strike one in reviewing this muscle in the Ungulata,

The first is that an extra origin from one of the forearm-bones is

often found ; the other that the muscle divides high up and forms

many tendons for few toes, so that two or more phalanges of one

toe may each be acted upon by its own tendon. This is the more

curious when one thinks of the one function which the fore-foot

of an ungulate is called upon to play; but the possible expla-

nation is that the muscle acts chiefly from the foot, and that when

this is planted on the ground the different slips-act one after

700 MESSRS. B. C. A, WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

another-in pulling the forearm and arm forwards over the foot, as:

the varying position of the phalanges gives each one a tempor ary .

advantage.

Katensor minini digiti (Extensor digitorum lateralis).— This

muscle rises from the external condyle and deep fascia and occa-

sionally gains some fibres from the upper end of the radius; Its

usual insertion is either into the annularis or minimus or both

digits. We have often noticed that the tendon to the annularis

is inserted into the middle phalanx, leaving the extensor com-

munis to supply the terminal phalanx, but whether this is the

normal arrangement or not our material does not allow us to say.

In the Hippopotamus tendons may pass to the 4th and 5th

digits (1) or to the 5th only (3). In the Suide it is usually the

4th and 5th (annularis and minimus) (5, 6, 7, 13, 14), but some-

times the minimus only (4, 11). In the Camel (15, 17) annularis

only. In the Chevrotain (20) and Water-Chevrotain (23) annu-

Jaris and minimus. In the Cervide usually to the annularis only

(Bell XIV. 27, 28), but Lesbres found it going to annularis and

minimus. In the Giraffe (29) and all the Bovide (32, 33,34, 35,

36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 40, 41, 49) to the annularis only. In this last

family Chauveau describes an extra origin from the upper end of

the radius. In the Tapir (52, 54, 55) there are slips to the annu-

laris and minimus. Murie found i in his animal (55) three muscles

coming from the external condyle in addition to the extensor

communis, two of these went to the annularis and minimus and

one to the minimus only; he homologizes these muscles with the

peroneals.

In the Equide (56, 58, 60) the muscle is very small and has

lost its condylar attachment and slipped down to the external

lateral ligament and upper part of radius and ulna. Its inser-

tion is into the proximal phalanx of the medius. In the Rhino-

ceros (63, 64) the insertion is into the medius and annularis.

In the Hyrax (67, 68) there were tendons for the annularis and

minimus, the annularis going to the proximal phalanx in (67 ), ‘and

to the head of the metacarpal according to Mivart and Murie

(XXIV.) in (68). In Meckel’s specimen (71) there was only one

tendon, which went to the proximal phalanx of the minimus.

In the Elephant the muscle rises from the condyle and wna

(74, 78), it is inserted into the annularis and minimus (7+, 77) or

into the minimus alone (78). The nerve-supply is from the

posterior interosseous.

Extensor carpi ulnaris; also called posterior ulnuris, ulnaris

ewternus, and flexor metacan ‘pi externus.—This muscle in the

Ungulates is in most instances a powerful flexor of the carpus,

and passes from the external condyle to the pisiform bone, just

before which it often joins the tendon of the flexor carpi ulnaris ;

it also usually gives off a slip to be inserted into the fourth or

fifth metacarpal, if it is present. The muscle is well developed

in the Hippopotamus (1,°3), but in the Suid (4, 5, 7, 11, 13, 14)

it is small and in some cases almost entirely tendinous. In the

1901.] THE MUSCLES OF VHE UNGULAYA, TOL

Tragulide (20, 21, 23), Cervide (25, 26, 27, 23), and Bovide (32,

33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40, 41, 48, 48, 49) it is very well marked

and forms the chief flexor of the carpus. In the Tapir (54) it is

chietly inserted into the metacarpal bone of the minimus. In the

Equide (56, 58, 59, 61) one part goes as usual to the pisiform

with the flexor carpi ulnaris, the other is inserted into the rudi-

mentary fourth metacarpal. In the Rhinoceros (63) it is figured

but not described, it seems to be largely inserted into the meta-

carpal bone of the annularis. In the ‘Hyrax (67) and Elephant

(74, 77, 78, 79) the muscle, though still an important flexor, is

chiefly inserted into the metacarpal of the minimus. The con-

version of this muscle from an extensor to a flexor is correlated

with two compensatory changes: firstly, the extensor carpi radialis

is much enlarged and does all the extension of the carpus; secondly,

the flexor carpi ulnaris is reduced in importance and its olecranal

head is often absent.

The nerve-supply is the posterior interosseous in the Pig, Duiker-

bok, Sheep, Hyrax, and Elephant.

Supinator brevis—This muscle is described by Bronn as

entirely absent in the Ungulata, and with two exceptions we can

confirm his statement. In the Pig (V.) Lesbres found it once,

and Chauveau (II.) says that in this animal it is extremely thin.

In our specimens of Suid (11, 14) no trace of it could be found.

In the Hyrax (68) we found it as a mere tendon, which is con-

tinued into the superficial plane of the extensor ossis metacarpi

pollicis ; but in Mivart and Murie’s animal (67) there is no men-

tion of it, though possibly the muscle which these authors describe

as supinator longus may, in reality, be supinator brevis. The

muscle was so aborted that we could trace no nerve to it.

Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis—In the Hippopotamus (+)

this rises from the shaft of the ulna, and is inserted (1) into the

radial side of the carpus.

In the Suide (4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 14) it is small, and rises from

below the middle of both forearm bones to be inserted into the

proximal end of the metacarpal bone of the index.

In the Tragulidee (20, 21, 22, 23) it rises from the ulna, and

has the same insertion as in the Suide ; in our specimen (21) it

was almost entirely tendinous, but in Kinberg’s (20) seems to be

well developed, since it rises from the lower half of the ulna. In

the Camelide (15, 16), Cervidie (26, 27, 28), Giraffidee (29), and

Bovide: (32, 33, 36, 38, 39, 43, 48, 49) it is inserted into the

canon-bone (3rd and 4th fused metacarpals), but sometimes (26,

27, 28, 49) a sesamoid bone is found in its tendon which, from

careful examination of the Duiker-bok (49), we believe is the

vestige of the index metacarpal. In the Tapir (54, 55) it is

well “developed, rises from almost the whole length of the radius

and ulna, and is inserted into the index metacarpal. In the

Horse, Bronn (VI.) says it is absent, but Chauveau (II.) and

Lesbres (V.) agree that it is present, though feeble, and inserted

into the rudimentary index metacarpal. In the Rhinoceros (63,

Proc, Zoou, Soce,—1901, Von. Il. No, XLVI. 46

702 MESSRS, B.C. A. WINDLE AND F.G. PARSONS ON [ Dec. 17,

64) it has the same attachments, but in 63 an extra head was

found coming from the external condyle ; there is just a possi-

bility that this is really supinator brevis.

In the Hyrax (67, 68, 71) the extensor pollicis is largé and is

inserted into the rudimentary metacarpal bone of the pollex ; in

our specimen, as we have mentioned before, the supinator brevis

is continued into it, and this we think may account for the

condylar head_ in Beddard and Treves’s Rhinoceros. In the

Elephant (74, 77, 78) the muscle runs from the radius and ulna

to the metacarpal bone of the pollex. and in 78 to that of the

index also. In Paterson and Dun’s Elephant (79) the muscle

was inserted into the trapezium and Ist metacarpal. The nerve-

supply is the posterior interosseous.

Extensores primi et secundi internodit pollicis.—The only record

of these muscles which we have been able to find is in the

Elephant (74), where Miall and Greenwood found a slip from the

extensor profundus digitorum going to the pollex, but this was not

seen in 77 or 78.

Extensor profundus digitorum. — This muscle includes the

extensor indicis. In the Pig (5, 6) it was found passing from the

forearm below the origin of the ext. oss. metacarpi to the index

and medius digits, but we did not find it in our Pig "(1 1)"pr

Peccary (14), In the Elephant (74, 77, 78) there is one tendon

to the index. In no other ungulate was any trace of it found.

Thenar Muscles..—In only three U ngulates are there any traces

of these muscles. In the Pig (7) Cuvier and Laurillard figure an

abductor indicis which, from its position, may be an abductor

pollicis which has shifted its insertion. In the Hyrax (67)

Mivart and Murie found two muscles, possibly abductor and flexor

brevis; in our specimen (68) there was only one rudimentary

one, ene Meckel (71) did not find any at all. In the Elephant

(7 74) I Miall and Greenwood found a muscle running from the os

magnum to the sesamoid bone on the a perhaps a flexor

brevis pollicis; while Paterson and Dun (79) found two distinct

muscles-—an abductor rising from the Aer and a flexor

brevis rising by two heads, from the trapezoid and the shaft of

the 1st metacarpal respectively, and being inserted into the

sesamoid bones at the head of the metacarpal. Both were supplied

by the median nerve. These muscles are not recorded in other

Elephants, nor are they present in the College of Surgeons

specimen (78).

Hypothenar Muscles—An abductor minimi digiti rising from

pisiform is present in the following animals :— Hippopotamus (1).

Pig (4, 6, 7, 11), Peceary (14), Chevrotain (20), Water-Chevrotain

(23) (apparently), Tapir (55), Rhinoceros (63), Hyrax (67, 68),

Elephant (74, 77, 78,79). In the last animal (79) there is also

a flexor brevis minimi digiti.

Oblique Adductor Muscles.—This layer of muscles is found only

in the Pig (4, 6, 11, 14), the Chevrotain (20), and the Elephant

(74, 79); in most of these there are adductores indicis et minimi,

1901.) THE MUSCLES OF THE UNGULATA, 703

but in (74) only an adductor minimi. In (79) there was also an

adductor quarti digiti.

Interossei ov Flevores breves—In the Pig (4, 6), Chevrotain

(20), Water-Chevrotain (23), Tapir (55), and Hyrax (67, 68)

there are four double-headed muscles corresponding to those of

more generalized mammals. In the Horse (56, 57, 58) there are

three, but Chauveau points out that the one belonging to the

medius has been transformed into the ‘ suspensory ligament ” of

the fetlock.

In the Rhinoceros (63) Beddard and Treves (X.X.) deScribe four,

but there are only three toes, and in their figure (fig. 5, p. 15) one

muscle labelled interosseous clearly rises from the pisiform, and is

probably an abductor minimi which has shifted its attachment to

the annularis. In the Elephant (74) Miall and Greenwood

describe three palmar and three dofedl interossel.

In the Bovide (32, 33, 35, 38, 39, 40, 49) there are two flexores

breves, but they are entirely ligamentous.

Unfortunately, we know very little definitely about the nerve-

supply of the hand-muscles of the U ngulates, but the researches

of Paterson and Dun make us suspect that, in the Elephant at

least, the median nerve plays a much larger part than it does in

Man and, so far as we know, most other mammals. We hope that

at some future date these authors will publish the result of their

dissections.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Cevrer et Lauritnarn.— Planches de Myologie,

1849,

II. Cuavveav’s ‘Comparative Anatomy,’ Fleming, 2nd ed.

1891.

III. Gravroner et Anix.— Recherches sur l’Anat. de

l Hippopotame,’ 1867.

IV. Humpury.— Observations in Myology,’ 1872.

V. Lespres.—‘ Myologie Comparée. Lyon, 1897.

VI. Bronn.— Classen und Ordnungen des Thiert elchis.”

VI. Mrcxer.— Manuel d’Anatomie omparée,’ vol. vi.

VIII. Vrori.—‘ Recherches d’Anat. Comp. sur le Babirussa.’

Amsterdam, 1844.

IX. Wattron.—‘ The Camel, its anatomy, proportions, and

paces,’ 1865.

X. Kiyperc.—‘ De Tragulo Javanico.” Lunde, 1849.

XI. Caarry.—Annales de Sci. Nat.—Zoologie, scr. 5,

vol. xv. Art. no. 12.

X11. Jory et Lavocar.—Mém. de la Soe. des Sci. Nat. de

Strassbourg, 1846, vol. 11.

XII. Owrn.—Trans. Zool. Soc. vols. ii, & iii.

XIV. Brru.—Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 184.

XV. Havenvon.—Proc. Irish Acad. vol. ix. p. 527.

XVI. Tornur.—Proe. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 102.

XVIL. Muriw.—Journ. Anat. vol. v. p. 181.

46%

Tu4 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON SHE (Deo.k7;

XVIII. De Lonecnamps.—Mém. de la Soc. Linn. de Nor-

mandie, vol. vill.

XIX. Srrev.—Proe. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 2,

XX. Bepparp & Trrves.— Proc. Zool. Soc, 1889, p. 7.

XXI. Havenroy.—Proe. Irish Acad. vol. ix. p. 515.

XXII. ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates.’

XXIII. Macatisrnr.—‘ Flexor Muscles of Vertebrate Limbs,”

Journ. Anat. vol. ii. p. 283.

XXIV. Mrivarr & Murre.—Proe. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 329.

XXV. Branpv.— Mém. de l’Acad. des Sciences de St. Pétersb.

vol. xiv. 1&69,

XXVI. Georer.—Ann, de Sci. Nat.—Zoologie, sér. 6, vol. i.

Art. no. 9, p. 123.

XXVII. Anprerson.—Journ. of Anat. vol. xvii. (1882) p. 491.

XXVIII. Mayrr.—Verhand. Leopold.-Carolin. Akad. d. Natur-

forscher, vol. xxii. (1847) p. 1.

XXIX. Mistn & Greenwoop.—Studies in Comp. Anat.

no. i. (1878); also Journ. of Anat. vols. xii., xiii.

XXX. Warson.—Journ. of Anat. vol. ix. p. 118.

XXXI. Youne.—Journ. of Anat. vol. xiv. p. 289.

XXXII. Muriz.—aAnn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. 1872, p. 177.

XXXII. Cuvrer.—Lecons d’ Anatomie Comparée.

XXXIV. Winpte & Parsons. -—‘ Myology of Terrestrial

Carnivora,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 370.

XXXY. Werker.—Archiv fiir Anat. 1878, p. 20.

3. On the Spermatophores of the EKarthworms of the Genus

Benhamia. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.

[ Received November 19, 1901.]

(Text-figures 92-94.)

At the present moment little is known of the spermatophores

in this genus, except the fact that they occur in several species.

So far as I am aware the following is the extent of our knowledge

on this matter. Dr. Michaelsen has reported upon the structure

of the spermatophore of Benhamia monticola’ in the following

words :—‘‘ Fast jede der untersuchten Samentaschen enthielt eine

grosse Spermatophore, die den grdssten Theil des Raumes der

Tasche in Anspruch nahm. Hine solch2 Spermatophore hat die

Gestalt einer langhalsigen Karaffe. Der Bauch derselben liegt

in dem Hauptraum der Samentasche, der réhrenformige Hals in

dem Ausfiihrungsgang. Das aussere Ende des Halses schien bei

den herausprepiirirten Spermatophore offen zu sein; doch ist es

moéglich das ein Verschluss abgefallen ist.” A briefer note in the

same memoir concerns the spermatophore of Benhamia itiolensis.

" “Die Regenwiirmer Ost-Afrikas,” in Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, pp. 27 & 28, pl. i.

figs. 1 & 4.

1901. ] SPERMATOPHORES OF BENHAMIA. 705

In the spermathecal pouch of that species is found—* ein festerer.

mit hornartiger Wandung versehener Kérper, den ich fiir eine

Spermatophore halte.” Of both these structures are figures given.

Finally I have myself called attention to the spermatophore of a

species of Benkamia, which I have called B. moore’. This sperma-

tophore is of large size and lies chiefly in the long and thick

muscular duct of the spermatheca. I have recently studied the

spermatophores in a new species of the genus Benhamia kindly

collected for me in tropical Eastern Africa by Mr. Austen, and

which I have proposed to call Benhamia austeni*. The spermato-

phores were studied in situ by means of glycerine preparations of

Text-fig. 92. Text-fig. 93.

Text-fig. 92.—Spermatheca of Benhamia austeni.

Text-fig. 93.—Spermatheca of Benhamia austeni with an incompletely

formed spermatophore (C).

A, diverticulum of spermatheea.

the spermathecw mounted entire or teased, and by longitudinal

sections of the entire spermatheca. The spermathece of this species

(see text-fig. 92), like those of some others, consist of a large

thin-walled sac, which is divided by a constriction into a larger

distal and a smaller proximal portion. The latter is followed by a

thick-walled duct leading to the exterior, At the junction of the

duct with the smaller of the thin-walled pouches opens a single

' P.Z.8. 1901, ii. p. 197.

2 Loe, cit. p. 20%,

706 MR, F. BE. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dee. 17,

oval-contoured diverticulum by means of a short and slender duct.

The latter, as is the rule with the diverticula of the Megascolicide,

is filled with a felted mass of spermatozoa. In no one instance

out of the many spermathece which I have examined did I find

an entire absence of spermatophores ; but they were fully developed

in but few. The spermatophore of this worm has a remarkable

form and mode of origin. The muscular duct of the spermatheca

was sometimes quite empty of any traces ofa spermatophore. In

other specimens it was occupied (see text-fig. 92) by a body of

apparently chitinous structure and of a trumpet-shape, as is shown

in the figure referred to. This body contains a lumen which

appears to be open at both ends. The upper end is like the mouth

of atrumpet, and is wider than the section which follows. It is

closely applied to the walls of the spermatheca, and its shape is

indeed an expression of this close contact. The trumpet-shaped

extremity corresponds to the widening of the duct to form the

thin-walled pouch of the spermatheca; the edges of the sperma-

tophore are here curved outwards, and again slightly downwards.

At the opposite end there is no diminution of calibre until the

very end. At this extremity the spermatophore ends before the

end of the spermathecal duct in which it lies, and apparently by

an open mouth, as is figured by Michaelsen in the spermatophore

of Benhania monticola. A closer examination of this trumpet-

shaped or quiver-shaped tube, by compression in glycerine, and by

sections (text-fig. 94, p. 707), enables the structure to be seen.

It is hardly at al] staimed by the carmine which was used ; a fact

which shows its likeness to chitin, of which I cannot doubt that

it isformed. It has, however, a definite and characteristic minute

structure. The walls are very thick in the shaft region, and thin

out considerably as the case widens eut to form the trumpet-

shaped mouth with its slightly-recurved edges. The thick part of the

walls consists of two layers. ‘The inner layer which borders upon

the lumen appears to be quite structureless, and it resembles

exactly the thick chitinous lining of the gizzard of earthworms.

Outside of this the spermatophoral walls are composed of a

parallel series of obiong pieces closely adpressed, but tending to

come apart in sections. These correspond, I take it, to the

individual cells of the lining membrane of the spermathecal duct.

The separation of the individual contributions of these cells may

be a mark of fatigue, so to speak, on the part of the cells after

throwing out the abundant matter required to form the inner half

of the spermatophoral case. They are an indication that the

secretion of chitinous matter is getting less active. When the

spermatophore is viewed from the outside, these brick-like con-

stituents form a kind of mosaic upon its surface. I have found

no variation in the form of this half of the spermatophore ;

indeed the identical form of the spermatheca leaves no room for

variation. It must be noted that there can be no doubt that this

chitinous case is formed where it is found; it is altogether too

large to have been produced by the thin duets of the spermiducal

1901.) SPERMATOPHORES OF BENHAMIA. 707

glands and then to have been transferred to where it is found.

This structure, however, is not all of the spermatophore. The

fully-developed spermatophore is built up of two pieces, of which

the second has apparently the following origin, and has certainly

the following characters. Very constantly I have found in one

or other (not in both) division of the spermathecal pouch, in the

thin-walled portion into which the duct expands (or rather opens,

for the minute structure of the two divisions is different), a small

chitinous case. This appears to have been seen and figured by

Michaelsen in Benhamia itiolensis. The structure in question has

an outline like a tear-drop (see text-fig. 93, p. 705) or the pendant

Text-tig. 94.

Sp.

Longitudinal section through duct of spermatheca of Benhania auslen,

tu show portion of spermatophore in position.

Sp., wall of spermathecal duct.

Ch., chitinous wall of spermatophore.

of acut-glasschandelier, It is usually, in fact, broaderat one end and

narrower at the other, which is widely open. This small chitinous

case is gorged with sperm, and it has been somewhat of a problem

to me to understand how it is that the sperm remains inside.

For in many instances these small cases were so widely open at

the bottom—at the end, that is to say, which is turned towards the

spermathecal duct, Why the sperm is not shed through sheer

708 ON THE SPERMATOPHORES OF BENHAMIA,. | Dee. 17,

force of gravity, if for no other reason, is impossible for me to

explain. The fact that these small cases are found in both the

upper, larger, and the Jower, smaller, half of the spermathecal

pouch seems to me to show that they are formed in the first-named

division of the spermatheca, and gradually make their way down-

wards. The cells which line the spermathecal pouch are tall and

columnar, and may easily be responsible for the formation of the

chitinous case, though I have no positive facts at my disposal

which allow me to assert this mode of origin for the cases. The

case itself does not show the complication of structure that is

exhibited by the quiver-like case within the duct of the sperma-

theca. It is not thick, and shows no structure except some

stratification. Now so far Il have mentioned no connection

between the small pear-shaped chitinous cases found in the

spermathecal pouch and the large long case found in the sperma-

thecal duct. There is, however, a connection which is in my

opinion quite extraordinary. In specimens with what I consider

to be fully-formed spermatophores, the top of the lower case, ifs

trumpet-shaped funnel, is plugged by these small pear-shaped

sases, by one of them at least, which, as it is pear-shaped and

the mouth of the trumpet-like case gradually diminishes in calibre,

completely closes its orifice, and possibly fits in and remains in

position by the simple process of being jambed tight within the tube.

In any case | have (as is shown in text-fig. 92, p. 705) found the

two in this juxtaposition. It seems to me that the small sperm-

holding case gradually falls down, and therefore must end by

falling into the widely open mouth of the chitinous tube below,

as that tube completely blocks the orifice of the spermatheca.

It exactly suggests a cup and ball.

J. can see no other interpretation of the facts at my disposal

than that which has been suggested. But in any case we have

here, as apparently in other species of Benhamia, a spermatophore

undoubtedly formed in the spermatheca, and not possibly to be

accounted for by the activity of the glandular epithelium of the

spermiducal glands ; that is to say, the moulding at Jeast must be

accomplished within the spermatheca, though it is conceivable that

the material may be derived from the spermiducal glands. But

even this amount of share appears to me to be doubtful by reason

of the apparent correspondence of the outer layer of the sperma-

tophoral case with the epithelium of the spermathecal duct.

What is the ultimate fate of these spermatophores must for the

present be left undetermined. They have never been observed

adherent to the body externally as in the case of the Lumbricid

and the Geoscolecid genus /ma. If they are transferred to the

cocoon along with the ripe ova, the formation of such an elaborate

case appears to be a work of unnecessary activity. The unprotected

sperm could, one would be disposed to consider, be conveyed

thither without any difficulty or risk of Joss. We are, however,

totally unacquainted with the mode of copulation and fertilization

of these Annelids. The occurrence of spermatophores in those

P.Z.S.1901,vol.I .P]. XXXVI.

, ae

J.Green del. et lth. . Nbntern Bros.imp.

1. TRICHOBATRACHUS ROBUSTUS. 2,8.GAMPSOSTEONYX BATESI.

1901.] 9 -MR.G A. BOULENGER ON AFRICAN BATRACHIANS. 709

earthworms which do not possess spermathece is intelligible

enough, as some place is required for the storage of sperm, and

the male ducts are not furnished with glandular or atrial appendices

of sufficient roominess to enclose the liberated sperm. The

question, however, raises the larger question of the meaning and

homologies of the spermathecze, which is one that is hardly ripe

for discussion at present.

4. Further Notes on the African Batrachians Tricho-

batrachus and Gampsosteonye. By G. A, BouLuncer,

F.R.S.

[Received November 19, 1901.]

(Plate XXXVIIL.)

Since the publication, in the Society’s Proceedings ', of the account

of the Batrachians and Reptiles obtained in the Gaboon district by

Mr. G. L. Bates, further collections have been received at the

Natural History Museum, made by that energetic collector in

the same district and also in the Bulu Country, Camaroons.

Among the Batrachians sent from the latter country, [ was happy

to find further examples of the two Frogs which have been de-

scribed as T'richobatrachus robustus and Gaimpsosteonyx batesi, the

former upon two specimens, the latter upon a single one, and this

fresh material adds much to our knowledge of these extraordinary

Batrachians.

Trichobatrachus is now represented by seven further specimens.

With reference to the villose dermal papillie, from which the name

is derived, I observed in the original description that 1 suspected it

to be a mere seasonal peculiarity, which, far from being a nuptial

attribute of the males, as one might have been inclined to suppose

from analogy with various fishes, is more strongly developed in

the female than in the male. Dr. Gadow, who, with the assist-

ance of Mr. F. F. Laidlaw, has since made an examination of the

histological structure of these hait-like appendages, remarks * that

they consist of finger-shaped prolongations of the skin with an

axis of fibrous connective tissue which is a little denser than

the neighbouring skin ; small, very insignificant blood-vessels and

lymph-spaces are present, but no nerves or nerve-terminations

could be detected ; they are therefore not sensory organs. We

possess no clue whatever to their physiological signification. Now,

of the five adult new specimens, two are males and three are

females, evidently obtained during the breeding-season, as evidenced

by the nuptial asperities on the inner finger of the males and by

the state of the oviducts of one of the females, filled with very

large ova 4 millim. in diameter; and these males have the hair-like

' P.Z.8, 1900, p. 433

* Anat. Anz. xvill, 1900, p. 588.

710 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON AFRICAN BATRACHIANS. { Dec. 17,

papilla much more developed than in the original specimens, whilst

the females show no trace of them. The larger male, which is

figured here (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 1), measures "107 millim. from

snout to vent, and the villosities measure up to 7 millim. on the sides

of the body, 5 on the sides of the thighs; the second male measures

100 millim, from snout to vent, and the villosities of the body

and thighs 15 and 12 millim. respectively. I have also ascertained

that the claw-shaped phalanx of the toes is present as in Gamps-

osteonya, but does not always project through the skin.

Four specimens of Gampsosteconye were obtained in the Bulu

Country. These further substantiate the comparison which I

established between the exposed extremity of the claw-like phalanx

of the toes and the end of the ribs in Plewrodeles, since here like-

wise the character is not an attribute of all individuals; in two

out of the five specimens examined, the curious conformation could

not be detected externally. One of these specimens I have had

prepared as a skeleton, and, to my great surprise, it was found

that distally and dorsally to the “claw” there is a small detached

ossification, which is also well shown in a sciagraph of another

specimen, kindly taken for me by Mr. Gardiner, to whom I am

indebted for similar favours in the past. ‘This unique feature is a

great puzzle. Is it to be looked upon simply as an additional

ossicle, or are we to assume that the intercalary ossification which

occurs between the penultimate and distal phalanges of many

Ranid genera has here attained an exceptional hypertrophy, whilst

the distal has undergone atrophy? Another very peculiar feature

of the limb-skeleton of Gampsosteonyx is the presence of large

sesamoid bones under the articulations of the metacarpals with

the basal phalanges of all four fingers and of the first and second

phalanges of the two outer fingers. Smaller sesamoid bones are

present in the pes. ce number of phalanges in the manus is

the same asin Rana, viz. 2, 2,3, 3. The whole skeleton is typically

Ranid, but the so- -called sternum is only strongly calcified, not

bearing a true bony style, as stated in the original description ;

the omosternum, on the other hand, is supported by a bony

style, which is forked at the base.

As in Trichobatrachus, the ova are of great size. A female

measuring 80 millim. from snout to vent contains about 15 ripe

ova on the right side and 30 on the left, each Shoda gee 4 millim.

in diameter. A breeding male, measuring 52 millim. from snout

to vent, is provided with an internal gular vocal sac, and the inner

surface of the inner metacarpal joit is covered with a black layer

formed of crowded minute horny asperities.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIILI.

Fig. 1. Trichobatrachus robustus, breeding male.

2 Gampsosteonyx batesi, lower aspect of skeleton of right manus, x 14.

8. Side view of skeleton of left foot of same, x 14.

1901.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM ST. LUCIA. ran

5. On some Butterflies from St. Lucia, W. Indies, coilected

by Major A. H. Cowie, R.E., F.Z.S. By Arruur G.

Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &e.

[Received November 20, 190i.|

The collection of which the following is an account was for-

warded to me by our Secretary on September 4th of the present

year, with a request that I would send him a list of the species for

publication.

The series of insects forwarded consists of 149 Butterflies,

2 Moths, a Locust, 2 Dragonflies, and an Ant-lion. The Moths

are identified by Sir George Hampson as Mulelocha sp. and Ther-

mesia gemmatalis. Respecting the Orthoptera and Neuroptera,

Mr. W. F. Kirby reports that “they are all widely distributed

species in Tropical America, except Myrincleon leachii, which

appears to be confined to the West Indies.”

Orruorrera (Fam. Phasgonuride).

Conocephalus macropterus Redtenbacher, Verh. z.-b. G. Wien,

xli, p. 402 (1891).

unas Fam. Ug wie

(Fam. Myr lee ca

Myrmeleon leachit (Formicaleo 1.) Guilding, 'T. Linn. 8. Lond. xvi.

p. 49. Originally described from St. Vincent. It also occurs in

Bermuda and Jamaica, and doubtless in other islands.”

The Butterflies now sent by Major A. H. Cowie, R.E., F.ZS.,

consist of examples of twenty-one species, of which one— Cystinens “tl

cowiana—is new. There seems to be a considerable resemblance

between the Butterfly-fauna of this island and that of Dominica.

Lhe following is a list of the Butterflies :—

NYMPHALID,

1, ANOSIA ARCHIPPUS, var. MEGALIPPE Hiibn.

The specimens show considerable variation in the black

bordering to the veins.

PRECIS GENOVEVA Cram.

Both sexes agreeing perfectly with those from other West

Indian islands.

ANarria Tarropn® Linn., and var, SATURATA Stgr.

pac from analogy the variety named by Staudinger should

be the wet phase of the species ; those received in the present

collection are rather intermediate in character, the orange suffusion

on the outer areas of the wings being very slightly indicated,

though the markings below are well-defined and the ocelli large

712 DR. A. G. BULLER ON [ Dec. 17,

and distinct. Iam inclined to conclude therefore that such differ-

ences as occur in St. Lucia may be purely varietal and not subject

to seasonal influence.

4. MARpEsIA PELEUS Sulzer.

5, CYSTINEURA COWIANA (new species).

6. Dione VANILL& Linn.

This appears to be very common in the island.

7. Drone aunt Fabr.

LYCENIDE,

8, SYNTARUCUS CAssIUs Cram.

The New World forms of Syntarucus differ from those of the

Old World in the absence of a tail to the secondaries, but in all

other structural characters they agree: the general pattern is very

similar; and, if all the forms referred to S. cassius are re eally

modifications of one species, the variability of that butterfly must

be quite equal to that of S. telicanus. I have not, however, seen any

Continental examples so boldly marked or with so few bands on

the under surface of the primaries as in the examples occurring in

St. Lucia and Dominica.

9, CHILADES HANNO Stoll.

I have been unable to find any structural difference between the

Old and New World forms of this genus.

10, CaLnicisra SALONA 2 Hewits.

The genus Callicista was founded by Grote for a little group of

hairy -eyed Thecline of dull colouring, the males of which show a

conspicuous black sexual braud at the end of the discoidal cell of

primaries; the first two subcostal branches of these wings are

emitted well before the end of the cell, the third branch and the

upper radial being emitted almost from one point at the superior

angle of the cell.

PAPILIONID 2.

1. Terras venusta Boisd.

A common species both in St. Lucia and Dominica.

2. CALLIDRYAS SENN-E var. Fabr.

The West Indian form appears constantly to differ at all seasons

from typical C. senne 2 in the smaller marginal spots and absence

of the biangulated discal series of the primaries on the upper

surface ; that sex also seems to be invariably either sulphur-yellow

or whitish, occasionally with a weak buffish tinge, but never golden

yellow as in some females of C. senna. I doubt, however, whether

the dry phase of the West Indian form can be separated from

C. drya, the dry phase of C. sennee.

1901. | BUTTERFLIES FROM Si. LUCIA. 713

This is the only species of the group in the present consignment,

but one previously sent included three other species belonging to

as many genera. A list of all the additional species then received

will be added at the end of the present paper.

13. Preris PHILera Fabr., vars. ewhotea Godart & evonima Boisd.

14. GLuropHRissa Poryt Butl.

A male of the dry phase in poor condition.

15. PAPInio XENODAMAS Hiibn.

HesPeriip®,

16. Eupamus Proteus Linn.

17. Evpamus sant1aGo Lucas.

18. Pyrevs syricatus Fabr.

19, Hytepnima pHyrnecs Drury.

20, Caria RAVOLA Godm.

21, Catropes pranrus Cram.

New Species.

CYSTINEURA COWIANA, sp. n.

Nearest to C. cana, from which it differs constantly in the fact

that the broad white belt across the disk of the primaries’ is

represented by a trifid oblique bar beyond the cell ; an ill-defined

conical belt crossed and interrupted by the median branches ; and

a discal series of small spots varying in number, sometimes reduced

to three on the upper surface of the female: on the upper surface

of the secondaries the broad central belt is ochraceous excepting

above the subcostal vein, and the white belt which follows it is

much divided up by the nervures or suffused with fuscous; on

the under surface the reduction to spots of the white belt of the

primaries represents the chief difference between the two species.

Expanse of wings 44-52 mm.

St. Lucia and Trinidad. B.M.

Had we only possessed one or two examples of this species, I

should have thought it possible that it might be a variety of

C. cana; but Major Cowie sends seven examples (one shattered),

and we previously possessed four from Trinidad; it thus becomes

clear that we have to do here with a constant West Indian type

related to but distinct from C. cana,

Specimens of the following additional species, mostly in poor

condition, had been previously received through our Secretary from

St. Lucia.

' The white markings on the upper surface are sometimes obliterated in the

female, but on the under surface they are always distinct,

714 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE SPAWN [ Dec. 17,

NYMPHALID ®.

22, PYRAMEIS CARDUI Linn.

23. HypoLIMNAS MISIPPUS Linn.

24, CYMATOGRAMMA DOMINICANA Godm. (A mere fragment.)

25. AGANISTHOS OpIUSs Fabr.

26. Dionpn suNo Cram.

PAPILIONID#.

27. RHABDODRYAS TRITE Linn,

28. PH@BIS AGARITHE Boisd.

29, APHRISSA STATIRA var. Cram.

30, PAPILIO PIRANTHUS Cram.

6. On the Spawn and Young of a Polychzete Worm of the

Genus Marphysa. By L. A. Borravaire, M.A. F.Z.S.,

Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cam-

bridge.

{Received July 27, 1901. |

(Plate XXXIX.')

The Jafna district in the extreme north of Ceylon presents a

striking contrast to the rest of the island. Instead of the rainy

hills of the south central districts, the jangle of the centre, or

the swampy plains of the south and west, all equally covered with

luxuriant vegetation, there are here flat, dry, sandy plains of

coral-limestone, endowed with the lowest rainfall in the island

and bearing a scanty growth of palmyra-palms, /?icinus-bushes,

aloes, and cactus. These plains ure intersected by a system of

shallow salt-water iagoons, communicating with the sea at three

points only—on the west at Jafna, on the east at Chundikulam,

and on the north near the little native village of Tondimanar.

From the Tondimanar entrance a lagoon runs southward for

some half-dozen miles inland and then breaks into two arms,

extending south-east and south-west at an obtuse angle. The

western arm finally ends by joining the large expanse of water

south-east of Jafna, which, opening to the sea both on the east

and on the west, makes the Jafna district anisland. The seaward

opening at T’ondimanar is narrow and is almost closed by a sand-

bank at low tide. At high water there is free communication, and

the level of the lagoon of course rises and falls with that of the

sea, the water running out with a strong current at the ebb. The

bottom is of white sandy mud covering darker greyish mud, with

patches of weed in parts. The depth at low water is nowhere

more than three feet.

‘ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 720,

PZS 1901, vol. Il. Pl.XXXIX.

Bale & Damelsson L'!

YOUNG OF A WORM OF THE GENUS MARPHYSA

1901.) AND YOUNG OF A POLYCH ELE WORM, Tis

In the month of May, 1899, 1 spent a fortnight at Kan-

kesanturai, a small native town situated on the north coast five or

six miles west of Tondimanar. From here it was easy to reach

the lagoon at its southward entrance, and I naturally made

excursions thither, exploring the shallow waters on a native raft

or catamaran. Punting along in one of these, with the midday

sun blazing overhead and the water swirling up, hot and salt and

stinging to the ankles, between the logs of the raft, my attention

was caught by large numbers of little pear-shaped masses of jelly,

attached to the bottom by their narrow ends and swinging to and

fro with the movements of the water. The native fishermen told

me that these were “ the eggs of prawns,” indicating a species of

Penceus which is common in the sea near the mouth of the lagoon,

and enters the latter at gh tide, and of course no subsequent

demonstration was of the least avail to shake this belief, which is

entirely erroneous. Digging in the sandy bottom reveals the fact

that the objects in question are spawu-masses of u polycheete worm

of the genus Marphysa', which lies in its burrow* in the sand

head downwards and sets free its eggs. These, with the jelly in

which they are imbedded, pass upwards and form the pear-shaped

mass.

The fully-formed spawn-mass (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 1) is about

four inches in length, of which more than one inch is due to the

stalk, It consists of a colourless translucent mucus, in which

are imbedded small yellowish eggs, the whole being covered with

a delicate transparent pellicle. How this pellicle is formed I did

not discover, but would suggest that it is due to some change

undergone by the surface-layer of the mucus. When it is torn

the enclosed substance has a tendency to bulge out, as though it

were under a slight tension within (Pl. XXXIX. fig.2). The end

of the stalk, which is inserted into, and fills, the opening of the

burrow, contains a blackish or greenish mass of oval pellets, which

seem to be the dung of the worm. The mucus, which is not

divided into areas corresponding to the eggs, appears structureless

under the microscope and contains numerous Infusorians. The

enclosed eggs and young are in various stages, the older ones being

generally on the outside and at the free end of the mass.

1 Owing to an unfortunate accident to a portion of my material on the way

from Ceylon to England, only one damaged specimen of this werm is in my

possession. Dr. A. Willey has kindly identified this for me as a species of

Murphysa allied to, or identical with, teretiuscula, Schmarda. Similar

spawn-masses are also found in the lagoon at Minikoi on the sand-flat at the

south end, in a spot where the conditions are not unlike those at Tondimanar

in some respects—-namely, in that there is a shallow sheet of water, fully

exposed to the sun’s rays, with a sandy bottom and with but a narrow opening

to the sea. A few spawn-masses were found on a stretch of sand just outside

the bar of the Tondimanar lagoon, but I did not meet with them either at

Kankesanturai or on the south coast of Ceylon.

2 This burrow, which extends to some distance in the sand, is perfeetly

definite, but has not very strong walls. In it there are often to be found,

besides the Marphysa, specimens of » small Nereid closely allied to Nereis

lrevicirris Grube, 1867.

716 MR. LL. A, BORRADAILE ON THE SPAWN [ Dec. 17,

Several of these spawn-masses were brought ina vessel of water

to the rest-house at Kankesanturai, where, when they had been

placed in shallow glass dishes, a number of larve hatched out of

them and passed through the successive stages of their develop-

ment until, as I was on “the point of leaving for the south of the

island, the observations were unfortunately broken off. The

progress of the larve was, however, so rapid that, starting as

spherical ciliated objects, they had, in the few days during which

they were under observation, assumed a completely worm-like

appearance. Their history, which I propose to describe in as

great detail as my information will allow ', shows an interesting

feature in the secretion by the larvee, after they have for some

time been free-swimming, of a second mucous matrix, in which

they live gregariously, much as some caterpillars do in the web

which they spin.

1. The youngest embryo observed (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 3) was very

nearly spherical in shape, about ‘2 mm. in diameter, without eye-

spots or cilia, and almost filled with a mass—presumably endo-

dermal—of protoplasm containing yolky granules and droplets.

Viewed with reflected light, this mass was yellow while the outer

layer was white. The whole was enclosed in a thick radially-

striated membrane.

2. To these succeeds a stage (Pl. XXXIX. fig. +4) in which the

young, while still enclosed in the spawn-mass, develop two eye-

spots in the anterior half of the sphere and a complete covering of

cilia, by means of which they rotate in the mucus. The cuticle

is thinner and its striation is less obvious. This ‘ atrochal ” or

“ holotrochal”’ stage resembles the pelagic larva described by

Krohn and Schneider (5) as probably belonging to a Eunicid.

The body of the latter larva, however, was more elongate, and

the Hie ‘al tuft longer.

At the hatching-stage the young larva (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 5)

is sas with a broad anterior end and a somewhat narrower hinder

end. Round its middle is a broad ciliated band, separated by

narrow gap from a tuft of longer cilia at the apical pole and =

a wider gap from a patch of medium length at the hinder end.

These are the characters of Haecker’s ‘* Prototrochophora,” which

thus follows an atrochal stage in the present instance. In front,

just within the anterior boundary of the ciliated band, is on each

side a conical black eye-spot, with the apex of the cone directed

backwards and inwards and its base hollowed for the reception of

the—as yet indistinct—refractive body. The greater part of the

interior of the body is filled by a yolky mass—the rudiment of the

future mid-gut,—but at each end is a clearer granular area. The

mid-gut rudiment projects backwards in the axial line towards

the anal region, with which it seems to be already in connection

by a narrow non-yolky passage, although, as no outward opening

' The same accident which deprived me of specimens of the adult worm

having also destroyed my preserved material of the developmental stages, I am

unable to deal with any but the outward features of the young and those

which may be seen, when they are mounted whole, as transparent objects.

1901. ] AND YOUNG OF A POLYCHETE WORM. 717

can be seen, this passage is probably only the space between the

masses of mesoblast. A clearer area of squarish shape marks the

position of the fore-gut.

The mouth cannot yet be seen in a surface view, and its relation

to the ciliated band is therefore uncertain, but the fore-gut rudi-

ment stands in the middle of the band.

On each side of the backward projection of the mid-gut rudi-

ment is a space in which the first seta-sac will shortly arise.

Behind this, on each side of the anal site, is a small mass of meso-

blast, in the middle of which lies a rounded object, perhaps a

pole-cell. The larve now work their way out of the mass of

mucus, and swim about in a lively manner in the surrounding

water by means of their cilia.

4, Very shortly after hatching (P]. XXXIX. fig. 6) the first

pair of seta-sacs appear towards the hinder end of the body. The

sete are at first only two in number and of simple form, one pointed

at the end and the other somewhat blunter.

5. To these two set there is added, in the course of an hour or

two, a third of a different form. This is a compound seta, having

at its free end an oval swelling, flattened at one side, and bearing

on the flattened surface a triangular end-joint, articulated to the

seta by one angle of its base. When placed under a coverslip

the larve now show movements of the body of an “ euglenoid ”’

nature, and protrude the sets on a parapodium-like prominence,

which, however, is very contractile and can be completely with-

drawn. The form of the body is already more elongate than at

hatching, owing to the gradual lengthening of the region between

the main band of cilia and the perianal patch. It is in this region

that the successive bundles of set will arise, the latest always at

the hind end. As this process continues, the ciliated band becomes

narrower and narrower, both absolutely and relatively to the whole

length of the body, and is thus less and less eflicient as an organ

of locomotion.

6. About eighteen hours after hatching’ (Pl. XX XIX, fig. 7)

a second pair of seta-sacs appears behind the first, with a single

seta in each. This seta is of the same compound form as the

third one of the antericr sac. The body is steadily elongating,

and the hind end is now no longer rounded but truncated. The

larvee begin to show a preference for the sides and bottom of the

vessel, and have a power of adherence to objects due, as it seems,

to the secretion of a sticky mucus by the epidermis, which contains

numerous unicellular glands for this purpose. They show a strong

tendency to swarm together, and such swarms are beginning to

secrete webs of mucus *, in which they lie nearly motionless.

7. About forty hours after hatching (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 8) the

' The times given throughout this paper for the appearance of various

organs are only approximate and refer to specimens in captivity, Of course,

it by no means follows that they hold good under natural conditions.

2° That this is a normal and not a pathological phenomenon I am convinced

by the fact that it occurred in every batch of larve under observation, and by

the perfectly regular progress of the subsequent development.

Proc, Zoor. Soc,—1901, Von. IT. No. XLVIL. 47

718 MR, L. A. BORRADAILE ON THE SPAWN [ Dec. 17,

first traces of a third seta-sac with a partly-formed compound seta

were observed. The second seta-sac has now three compound

sete. The body is much elongated, and the unciliated region

preponderates greatly over the ciliated band, which les wholly

in front of the mouth. The apical tuft is lost. Rudimentary

parapodia bear the two anterior pairs of seta-bundles. At the

hind end a small blunt knob appears on each side of the anus.

The pharynx is elongating, and a faint double line runs down

its long axis, diverging into two at the anterior end and thus

forming a Y. This is the rudiment of the lower jaws (Unter-

kiefer, inferior maxillary plates).

8. Sixty hours after hatching (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 9) the embryo

has elongated until its form may be said to be definitely worm-

like. There are now three seta-bundles raised on low parapodial

eminences. The first has two compound and two simple sete,

the second three compound, the third two compound. Behind

these may be seen rudiments of a fourth pair of seta-sacs. The

anal processes are larger but still rounded. All the cilia have

disappeared. The mid-gut has the form of an elongated isosceles

triangle, with the apex, which is truncated, situate at the anus,

and the base rounded and placed just behind the eyes ; it is still

very yolky. In the fore gut (pharynx) the lower jaws are better

formed, and their diverging limbs bear each three blunt teeth.

Rudiments of the large toothed plates of the upper jaws have

appeared. But the most important feature of this stage is the

beginning of the segmentation of the region in front of the first

pair of parapodia. In this region, which has hitherto formed

a large unsegmented “head,” there now appears a low bulging

of the body-wall on each side just before the first parapodium.

Thus the segment bearing the latter becomes the second after the

head, and eventually, as we shall see, the third. The new segment

is unprovided with sete. It is interesting to notice that the two

segments which thus arise so differently from the rest are, in the

adult Marphysa, as in various other Polychetes, distinguished

by not having parapodia. The exact meaning of the process is

doubtful ; but it must be of canogenetic origin, for Salensky (7)

has shown that. this portion of the body belongs to the trunk, not

to the head.

9. Twenty-four hours later (7. ¢., eighty-four hours after hatching)

asecond segment without sete has appeared in front of the first, so

that the body now shows a rounded head followed by two seg-

ments without sete, three with sete, and a hinder portion from

which the fourth seta-bearing segment has not yet differentiated

itself. All the segments are better marked off from one another

than on the preceding day, and the parapodia stand out more

sharply from the body. The anal processes are longer, taper

slightly towards the tip, and curve outwards.

10, In the course of the next twenty-four hours the body

elongates somewhat, the fourth pair of parapodia appear with two

compound sete, and the food-yolk grows considerably less.

11, The oldest larvee examined by me (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 10)

1901.] AND YOUNG OF A POLYCHETE WORM, 719

had been hatched about 150 hours. They measured about ‘75 mm.

in length, and were ‘16 mm. in breadth at the broadest part—the

first pair of parapodia. There were four seta-bearing segments,

each with a pair of parapodia, the latter growing progressively

smaller from before backwards. The first parapodium bears two

simple and two compound sete, the rest have only compound. Of

these there are two kinds—those with a triangular end-piece like

the first-formed ones, and others with a narrower sabre-like appen-

dage. With the two setaless segments in front and the terminal

segment (bearing traces of the fifth seta-sac) there is a total of

seven, exclusive of the head. Each is separated from its neighbours

by a well-marked annular depression, and the parapodia, which

are still uniramous, stand up sharply above the general surface of

the body. At the hind end the anal processes or cirri are longer

than the terminal segment, taper to a point, and are directed

outwards. In front of them a pair of small knobs arise froin the

hinder angles of the terminal segment, apparently the rudiment

of a second pair of cirri.

In the interior of the body there is now a distinct body-cavity

surrounding the gut, into which project the seta-sacs provided

with well-developed muscles. The gut consists of a pharynx, a

dilated stomach, a narrower intestine, and a_ ciliated rectum.

The jaws are well developed and amount to seyen pieces at least.

Of the several parts of this apparatus in an adult Eunicid the

forceps alone appear to be wanting.

It is interesting to compare the larval history just described

with those of the other Eunieids in which oe same processes have

been followed. These fall into three groups '

i. The free-swimming larve, all of unknown 2 ate described

by Miiller (6), Krohn and Schneider (5), Claparéde and

Metschnikoff (1), and Haecker (3).

ii. The larve of Lumbriconereis sp. and Diopatira imagna,

described by Fewkes (2) and Wilson (9, 10) respectively.

These pass through the whole of their earlier stages in the

spawn-jelly, and leave as young worms with several pairs

of parapodia. There is no free-swimming stage.

ili, The embryos of Adarphysa sanguinea described by Koch (4)’,

which pass through their earlier stages in the body-cayity

of the mother and are born as young worms.

The larvee of the present species of Marphysa are clearly allied

with the first of these groups rather than with either of the others.

This is shown by the form of the body, the arrangement of the

ciliation and its successive phases, the presence of two eye-spots

and only two, and the early hatching-stage. Also the course of

development differs in no important feature in the two cases, so

far as they are known. But it would appear that the same cause,

! Ophryotrocha would form a fourth group, independent of the others, poly-

trochal and free-swimming.

* For the later stages, see Webster (8).

47°

720 ON THE SPAWN AND YOUNG OF A POLYCHETE WORM, [Dec,17.

whatever it be, which makes it undesirable for so many other

Eunicid larve to pass through a pelagic stage, is at work here

also; only that, instead of the early development being accom-

plished in the spawn-jelly, as in group ii., or in the body-cavity

of the mother, as in Marphysa sanguinea, the larvee make use of

the power, which they share with those of various other Poly-

chetes, of secreting mucus in quantities from their epidermal

glands, to attain the same end of providing a fixed resting-place

during the formation of the more important organs of the body.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) Crapankpr (£.) und E. Merscnyixorr.— Beitriige zur

Kenntnis der Entwicklungsgeschichte der Polychiiten.”

Zeit. f. wiss. Zool, xix. (1869).

(2) Fewxns (J. W.).—‘ On the Development of certain Worm-

Larve.”’ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoo]. Harvard, xi. (1885).

(3) Harcxmr (V.).—‘“ Pelagische Polychiitenlarven.” Zeit. f.

wiss. Zool, lxii. (1897).

(4) Koon (H.).—“ Einige Worte zur Entwickelungsgeschichte von

Eunice.” Neue Denkschr. Allg. schweiz. Ges. Naturw.

viii. (1846).

(5) Kroun (A.) und A. Scuneipnr.— Ueber Annelidlarven mit

pordsen Hiillen.” Arch. f. Anat. 1867.

(6) Muxier (J.).—‘* Ueber die Jugendzustiinde einiger Seethiere.”

Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1851.

(7) Sauensky (W.).—* Etudes sur le développement des Anné-

lides,” deuxiéme partie. Arch. Biol. vi. (1887).

(8) Wesster (H. E.).—“On the Annelida Chetopoda of the

Virginian Coast.” Trans. Albany Inst. ix. (1879).

(9) Witson (E. B.).—‘‘ Preliminary Abstract of Observations

upon the Early Stages of some Polychetous Annelides.”

Zool. Anz. ii. (1880).

(10) Wison (E. B.).—‘* Observations on the Early Developmental

Stages of some Polychztous Annelides.” Stud. Biol. Lab.

Joh. Hopk. Univ. ii. (1882).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.

Spawn and young of a Polychete Worm of the genus Marphysa.

Fig. 1. Spawn-mass, unbroken, somewhat reduced, p. 715.

2. Spawn-mass, broken, showing embryos and_ pellicle, somewhat

reduced, p. 715.

3. Embryo in striated coat, greatly enlarged. The outline of the

ectoderm underlying the coat is not shown, p. 716.

4. Young, stage 2, greatly enlarged, p. 716.

D. a Seine: ater : p. 716.

6. - oak, eats = oun

fee is iG: ae p pitiie

8. : ERT ESS ‘ De te

%). ’ ” 8, ” ” p. 718.

10. a 5 lat pons, % p- 718.

10a, Jaws of stage 11, more highly magnified, p. 719.

10d. Setee a - on p. 719.

The figures, which are copies of working drawings of the living objects, are

not drawn to seale; but nos, 4-10 are very roughly so,

Ablabes

tricolor, 577.

Acanthodactylus

hoskianus, 144.

— aspera, 144.

cantoris, 148,

Acanthodon, 230,

Acanthodrilus, 190.

Accipiter

nisus, 316, 326.

Acipenser, 404, 405,

497.

Aclis

atemeles, 357.

calotropis, 357, 460.

enilda, 357, 460.

coa, 329, 358.

loveniana, 397.

Acrochordus

javanicus, 576, 578.

Actzon

exilis, 452,

flammeus, 452.

nitidus, 452.

pudieus, 452.

steboldi, 452.

Actwopsis, 573, 574.

Acteopyramis

fulva, 392.

gavisa, 392.

granulata, 392.

psyche, 392.

speciosa, 392.

Actites, gen. noy., 574.

erythrus, STA.

Actumnus

selifer, 541,

Adeorbis

clausus, 373.

placens, 375, AGO,

—- complanata, 373.

vanikoroides, 878.

Agialitis, 588.

dubia, 314.

INDEX,

Elurosaurus, 185.

.Ksopus

urania, 407, 460.

— athens, AUT.

Aétosaurus, 182.

Agama

sinaita, 139.

Agamodon

anguliceps, 141, 142, |

145.

arabicus, 140, 141, 142, |

143, 152.

compressus, 141, 142.

Aganippe, 229, 231,

232.

subtristis, 231, 232.

Aganisthos

odius, 714.

Aidemosyne

cantans, 620.

Akera

soluta, 456.

Alactagulus

acontion, 472.

Allactaga

aralychensis, 472:

elater caucasica, 472.

williamsi, 472.

Alpheus

acanthomerus, 564,

— inermis, 564.

crinitus, 564.

hippothoe, 54.

lobidens, 563.

parvirostris, 564.

Alvania

sp., 566.

australis, 366,

didyma, 366.

robusta, 366.

Amathina

tricostala, 362.

Amathis

filia, 391.

Amblycephalus

levis, 581.

moellendorfiii, 581.

Amia, 494, 495.

Ammomanes

akeleyi, 303.

deserli, 805.

Ammophila

atripes, 2),

Ainphiperas

adaimsi, 384.

dorsuosus, 385.

nubeculatus, 385.

obtusus, 585.

ovoideus, 584.

pudicus, 384.

pulchellus, 384.

punctatus, 384.

pyriformis, 885.

stviatulus, 385.

(Cyphoma) indicus,

38d.

(--) traillii, 385.

(Neosimnia) spe/ta, 385.

(Volva) lanceolatus,

385.

Awphiporus, LOO, L035,

agilis, 101.

algensis, 101,

amboinensis, 101.

angulatus, 101,

areticus, 90, 93, 94,

101, 107.

himaculatus, 101,

bioeulalus, LOL.

carinelloides, 93, LOL,

cruciatus, 101.

cruentatus, 101,

dissimulans, 101,

dubius, 1O1,

evilis, 101.

frontalis, 101.

glandulosus, \O1.

glutinosus, 101,

Amphiporus

greenmani, 101,

hastatus, 101.

heterosorus, 101.

lactifloreus, 101.

langiegeminus, 101.

leuciodus, 95, 101.

marioni, 101, 106.

marmoratus, 94, 101.

mesorus, 101,

moseleyi, 101.

multisorus, 101.

nelulosus, 101.

ochraceus, 101.

oligoommatus, 101.

paulinus, 90, 92, 98,

101, 107.

polyommatus, 101.

pugnax, 101.

pulcher, 101.

reticulatus, 101.

spinosissiinus, 101.

spinosus, 101.

staminsi, 101.

tetrasorus, 101.

thompsoni, 90, 91, 93,

95, 101, 104, 107.

tigrinus, 101,

validissimus, 101.

virgatus, 101, 102.

Ampullaria, 461, 462,468.

Amyciea

Sorticeps, 63.

Amycle

Sorticeps, 63.

Amycus

albomaculaius, 74.

Amydrus

blythi, 300.

Aname, 251, 257, 261.

arborea, 251, 252, 254,

256.

grisea, 252, 258, 255,

258.

pallida, 251, 252, 255.

pellucida, 251, 252, 255,

256.

Anaplectes

blundelli, 301.

melanotis, 801, 619.

rubriceps, 301.

Anartia

iatrophe, 711.

— saturata, 711.

Anas

boschas, 324.

Anchistus

inerimis, 565.

Ancilla

albifasciata, 427.

ampla, 427.

INDEX,

Ancilla

castaned, 427.

cinnamomed, 427.

— albisulcata, 427.

eburnea, 427.

Sasciata, 427.

lineolata, 427.

tindalli, 427.

ventricosa, 427.

Ancylus, 468.

Andasta

cyclosina, 62.

Anepsia

depressa, 61.

Ffuscolimbata, 61.

Anidiops, 229, 251.

manstridgei, 231.

Anoka

moneagua, b.

peckhami, 6, 7.

Anosia

archippus imegalippe,

mule

Anthothreptes

orientalis, 617.

Anthus :

sordidus, 617.

Aphrissa

statira, 714.

Aphriza

virgata, 592.

Aplysia, 116.

Aporrhais, 465.

Apteryx, 637.

Aquila

albicans, 512.

rapax, 312.

Ara

macao, 279.

militaris, 279.

Arachnura

melanura, 59.

Aramides

cayennensis, 630,

ypecaha, 630.

Aramus, 636, 638, 641, |

648, 644, 645, G49,

650, 651, 652, 654.

scolopaceus, 630, 648,

650.

Avanea

venatoria, 64.

Araneus

caput-lupi, 59.

de haant, 59.

laylaizei, 60.

nauticus, 60.

submucronatus, d9.

Arbanitis, 230, 233.

gilliesii, 233, 284, 235,

236.

Arbanitis

huttonii, 233, 284,

236.

hirkii, 233, 236.

longipes, 233, 236.

Archisometrus

scutatus, 78.

Arctus

tuberculatus, 557.

Ardea

cinerea, 324.

purpurea, S24.

Argiope

pulchella, 58.

Argonauta

hians, 348.

Argya

ayleri, 611.

rubiginosa, 611.

rufula, 611.

Argyrodes

Jissifrons, 51, 52.

inguinalis, 52.

miniaceus, 1,

nigra, 52.

procrastinans, 52.

Argyroepeira

elegans, 57.

fastigata, 57.

gemmea, 57.

tessellata, 57.

ventralis, 57.

Argyropeza, gen. nov.,

divina, 372, 459.

Ariammes

Jlagellum nigritus, 51.

Aristodesmus, 186,

Asio

abyssinicus, 604.

Teucotis, 605.

nisuella, 604.

otus, 321.

Astralium

stellatum, 852.

Atanyjoppa, gen. noy.,

vl.

Jlavomaculata, 37.

rujomaculata, 38.

Atelodus, 157, 158.

Atergatis

dilatatus, 538.

jloridus, 538.

integerrimus, 538.

voseus, 539.

scrobiculatus, 539.

Atlanta

peronit, S87.

Atrax, 272.

modesta, 272, 274.

robustus, 272, 2738.

Atya

armata, dd9.

moluccensis, 559.

Atys

elongata, 45-4.

solida, 454.

(Alicula) adicula, 454.

(—) amygdala, +54.

(—) cylindrica, 454.

(—) isseli, 456.

(—) suecisa, 454.

Automata

dolichognatha,

574.

oF,

Babirusa, 657.

Balzna, 126.

mysticetus, 131, 132.

Balenoptera, 125.

Balanta, 191.

Balearica, 644, 645, 646,

647, 648, 655, 654.

chrysopelargus, 630,

Barbatula

centralis, 608.

chrysocoma, 608.

vanthosticta, 608.

Bathanalia, 461, 46d.

howesii, 465.

Batis

orientalis, 610.

Bayania, 372.

Belangeria

scabrosa, 348.

Belisana, 51.

Bellia

erassivollis,

Beluga, 152.

Bembex

horneana, 26.

lactea, 25.

latitarsis, 25.

melancholica, 26.

pinguis, 26.

Benhamia, 190.

582.

austent, 206, 208, 200,

705.

heddardi, 210, 213,

215.

holaui, 191.

hudgetti, 210, 211, 218,

215.

huetlikoferi, 210,

ewrulea, 202, 203.

Crass, 207.

gambiana, 210, 212,

213, 215, 216.

horsti, 210, 212, 215,

215.

itiolensis, 197, 201, 202,

203, 704, 707.

INDEX.

Benhamia

itiolensis carulea, 201,

202.

Jchnstoni, 198, 200,

201, 202, 2038, 204,

205, 206, 211.

liberiensis, 206, 210,

215.

michaelseni, 213, 214,

215, 216.

mollis, 203, 205.

monticola, 197, 704,

706.

moorii, 191, 198, 197,

198, 199, 201, 202,

203, 204, 206, 209,

Ss hlegelii, 210, 215.

stampflii, 210, 215,

viridis, 191, 201.

Bianor

diversipes, 73.

Bittium

atramentarium,

460.

reticulatum, 375.

tenthrenois, 375.

Bos

taurus, 657.

Brachypternus

aurantius, \.

Brachythele, 251, 256,

272,

tcterica, 251, 256.

platipus, 257,

Bradyornis

havirvondensis, 609.

pumilus, 305, 609.

DTO,

Bramatherium, 481, 483.

perimense, 48), 482.

Bubalis

swaynei, 499.

Bubo

abyssinic us, 604,

cinerascens, 311,

lacteus, G04.

Buchanga

assimilts,

Bufo

andersoni, 152.

pentoni, 152.

Bulla

ampulla, 456.

vewvillum, 456.

Ballia

helangeri, 408.

( eroplasta, 351 ; $35.

kurrachensis, 331, 355.

malabarica, 336,

nitida, 334, 335.

persica, 408.

301, 621.

Bullia

(Pseudostrombus)

ceroplasta, 407.

(—) cumingiana, 107.

(—) tndusica, 408.

(— kurrachensis, 408.

(—) lineolata, 408.

(—) malabarica, 408,

3 mauritiana, 408.

(—) nitida, 408.

(—) persica, 408.

(—) taheitensis, 408.

(—) vitiata, 409.

Bullina

seabra, 452.

Bungarus

fasciatus, 578, 580.

Bunopus

spatalurus, 137, 152.

Bupbaga

erythrorhyncha, 300,

Bycanistes

cristalus, 606.

Bythinia, 462, 467, 468.

Bythoceras, 463, 464.

Sp., 461.

aaa 464,

in idescens, 461, 464.

Cadulus

euloides, 459, 460,

gadus, 459,

Cerostris

paradowa, 60.

Calamaria

pavimentata, 577.

Calamonastes

simplex, 305, 614.

Calapnitia

vermiformis, D1,

Callianassa

amboinensis, 556.

pachydactyla, 5d.

securd, 599, 556, 574,

Callicista

salona, 712.

Callidryas

drya, 712.

senne, 712.

Calligonum

polygonoides, 284,

Callinethis

elegans, OT.

tessellata, 57.

Calliostoma

duricastelhin, 350.

fraguin, 350,

Suniculare, 850,

laugiert, 350.

polychroma, 850,

724

Calliostoma

scobinatum, 3dU.

Callophis

maculiceps, 580.

Caloctenus

oreus, 67.

Calpodes

ethlius, 715.

Caly ptreea

edgariana, 302.

pellucida, 362.

(Trochita) spinifera,

362.

Camaroptera

hrevicaudata, 614.

tincta, 614.

Cambala

calua, 507, 522, 533.

Camelopardalis

giraffa, 657.

Camelus

dromedarius, 657.

Cam pothera

nubica, 308, 609.

Cancellaria

antiquata, 450,

crenifera, 451.

goniostoma, 450.

macrospira, 451.

oblonga, 450.

paucicostata, 3d4.

scalarina, 451.

(Merica) asperella,

450. ‘

(—) — elegans, 450.

(—) bifasciata, 450.

(‘Trigonostoma)

agalma, 450, 460.

(—) bicolor, 450.

(—) costifera, 451.

(—) crenifera, 451.

(—) — serrata, 451.

(—) crispata, 451.

(—) hystria, 451.

(—-) lamellosa, 451.

(—) paucicostata,

451.

(—) scalarina, 451.

(—) wiimeri, 451.

Cancer

ceratophthal mus, 548.

dorsipes, 553.

= Jacchino, 553.

floridus, 538.

fornicatus, 537.

integerriius, 538.

litteralis, 549.

longimanus, 536.

natator, BAA.

niger, 539.

pelagicus, 5A.

INDEX,

Cancer

quadratus, 550,

scaber, 540.

strigosus, 549,

fetragonon, 549,

vespertilio, D41.

simensis, 283.

Cantharidus

kotschyi, 348.

Capra

hircus, 6D8.

nubiana, 285.

sthirica, 283.

walie, 281,

Caprimulgus

mornatus, 311,

nubicus, 311.

Capulus

lissus, 362.

violaceus, 362.

Cariacus

mexicanus, 697, G60.

rufus, 657, 660.

Cariama, 641, 644, 646,

647, 648, 652, 655,

654.

cristata, 630.

Caridina

gracilirostris, 560, 561,

563.

gracillima, 560, 561,

574.

modighanti, 561.

multidentata, 559.

wyckii, 560.

Carinaria sp., 387.

Carine

sptlogaster, 511.

Carpilius

marginatus, 589,

roseus, 539.

Carpilodes

lophopus, 574.

nro

pallida, 575.

Cassinia

kavirondensis,

610.

609,

Casuarius, 637.

Catagzeus

rimosus, "77.

Catia

ravola, 713.

Cavolinia

longirostris, 457.

Centropus

superciliosus, 607.

| Cephalophus

sp., 499.

grimmi, 658.

(Pilumnus) sefifer, 541.

Canis

_ Cephalophus

johnstoni, 89.

nigrifrons, 90.

rubidus, 89.

rufilatus, 279.

spadia, 89.

weynsi, 89.

Cerastes

cornulus, 151,

Ceratodus, 493.

| Ceratorhinus, 157,

blythii, 155.

niger, 155, 156.

Ceratotherium, 158.

Cerberus

rhynchops, 578.

Cerchneis

cenchris, 604,

Sjieldi, 313.

naumanni, 604.

pekinensis, 604,

tinnunculus, 312.

Cercopithecus

pluto, 86.

stuhlmanni, 86.

Cerebratulus

greenlandicus, 90, YY,

107.

Cerithiopsis

angasi, 377.

clathrata, 377.

hinduorum, 329,

pagodulus, 377.

pulcherrima, 377.

rubricincta, 377.

sinon, 372.

sykesii, 377.

(Seila) handorensis,

377.

(—) hinduorum, 377.

Cerithium

adenense, 373.

bornii, 378.

ceruleum, 373.

clypeomorus, 375.

columna, 374.

lemniscatum, 378.

longicaudatum, 374.

mamillatum, 375.

morus, STA.

— patiens, 374.

rubus, 374.

rugosum, 374.

scabridum, 374.

lorresi, 374.

vulgatum, 465,

yerburyi, 374.

(Colina) macrostoma,

374.

(—) pingue, 374.

(—) — teniatum, 374.

Cerithium

(Vertagus) affenuatum, |

374

(—) fasciatum, 374.

(—) — martinianum, |

374.

(— ) kochi, 374.

(—) obeliseus, 374.

Cervicapra

bohor, 297, 501.

Cervulus

muntjae, 657.

Cervus

axis, 657.

manchuricus, 657.

Cethegus, 250, 265,

lugubris, 265.

Cheerilus

truncatus, 79.

Chalcides

ocellatus, 148.

Chamzleon

calearifer, 149.

ellioti, 185.

Jischeri, 135.

jacksoni, 136.

Johnstoni, 136.

wenorhinus, 130,

136.

Charadrius

pluvialis, 326, 588.

Charybdis

affinis, 545.

Chelifer

cocophilus, 79.

javanus, 79.

(Lamprochernes) ja-

vanus, 79.

Chelone

mydas, 583.

Chenistonia, gen. nov.,

251, 261.

maculata, 262.

major, 263, 264.

Chettusia

coronata, 514.

Chilades

hanno, 712.

Chilobrachys

annandalei, 46,

Chiracanthium

caudatum, 67.

melanostoma, 67.

Chloridella

chlorida, 5bA.

Chlorodius

cavipes, DAD.

exaratus, 540.

niger, 530.

Chlorodopsis

melanochirus, 539.

INDEX.

Chrysilla

versicolor, 72, 73.

Chrysopelea

ornata, 578.

Chrysotis

augusta, 279.

bouqueti, 279.

guildingi, 279.

versicolor, 279.

Chunga, 641, 644.

burmeisteri, 594.

Cichladusa

guttata, 613.

rufipennis, 615,

Cingulina

archimedea, 394.

isseli, 594, 442.

spina, 395.

Cinnyris

albiventris, 303.

talkensteini, 617.

habessinica, 303.

hawkeri, 304.

mariquensis hawkeri,

304.

osivis, 304,

Cisticola

subruficapilla, 614.

Clanculus

atropurpureus, 348.

ceylanicus, 348,

depictus, 348.

microdon, 348.

pharaonius, 348.

, Clarias

lazera, 161.

Clathurella

alhicaudata, 444.

asperulata, 450,

hicolor, 444.

carinulata, 448.

erebrilirata, 450.

foraminata, 444.

— camacina, 444.

hindsii, 448.

horneana, 333, 444,

lemniscata, 3338.

macandrewi, 450.

munda, 453.

o maleyi, 445,

perpleaa, 338, 445,

polynesiensis, 445.

pyramidula, 445, 446.

reticulosa, 450,

smithi, 333, 445.

tenuilirata, 445.

thalta, 445, 460,

tineta, 446.

— lemniscata, 446,

tricarinata, 448,

Cleopatra, 468.

725

Closterochilus, 219,

Clypidina

notata, dA4.

Cobus

defassa, 294, 500,

leucotis, 295, 297,

maria, 294, 295, 297,

472.

Coceystes

glandarius, 509.

Cvelodonta, 157. 158,

Ceelopeltis

motlensis, 150,

Cogia

breviceps, 1O7-134.

Colius

leucotis, 607.

macrurus, 311, GOT.

Colobus

angolensis, 85.

matschiei, 86.

occidentalis, 86.

palliatus, 85, 86.

rufomitratus, BO.

ruwenzorit, 85.

Coluber

radiatus, 577

teniurus, O77.

Columba

arquatria, S\A.

Columbella

alizone, 402.

astolensis, 403.

atomella, 405.

atraéa, 406.

cribraria, 404,

diminuta, 407.

dunkeri, 402.

elata, 404.

euterpe, 328, 329.

Alavilinea, 329,

Juscata, 401.

lincolnensis, 403.

melitoma, 405.

mindoroensis, 403,

miser, 404.

nigricans, 406,

nivosa, 404.

ornata, 406, 407.

ostreicola, 406, 407.

pardalina, 401.

propinquans, 401,

pudica, 402.

puella, 405,

selasphora, 405,

terpsichore, 404,

troglodytes, 406, 407,

varians, 402,

versicolor, 401,

(Anachis) rugu/osa,

404.

726

Columbella

(Anachis) ‘erpsichore,

O4.

(Atilia) albinodulosa,

404,

(—) compressa, 404.

(—) couspersa, 404.

(—) elata, 404.

(Mitrella) agnesiana,

401, 460.

(—) alizone, 402, 459.

(—) asto/lensis, 403,460.

(—) dlanda, 403.

(—) — candidans, 403,

(—) cartwrighti, 403.

(—) dorie, 403.

(—) dunkeri, 402.

(—) euterpe, 403.

(—) flavilinea, 403.

(—) marquesa, 403,

(—) miser, 404.

(—) nomadica, AO4,

459.

(—) zebra, 404.

(Seminella) a/omella,

405.

(—-) melitoma, 405,

460.

(—) phaula, 405, 460.

(—) selasphora, 406,

()

460.

Conocephalus

macropterus, 711.

Conus

aculeiforimis, 431.

acuminatus, 431.

acutangulus, 431.

clytospira, 3832,

459.

elegans, 334, 340,

episcopus, 431.

erythreensis, 439.

flavidus, 429.

JFulgurans, 432.

gloria-maris, 431,

longurionis, 451.

milesi, 339.

milne-edwardsi, 430.

nigropunctatus, 453.

quercinus, 338.

sumatrensis, 482.

terebra, 433.

tessellatus, 338.

(Chelyconus) achatinus,

433.

(—) monachus, 4338.

(—) piperatus, 433.

(Coronaxis) fulgetrum,

429

ate

townsendi,

406, |

4350, —

INDEX,

Conus

(Coronaxis) hebreus,

429.

(—) minimus, 430.

(—) teniatus, 430,

(Cylinder) eliste, 483.

(—) omaria, 488.

(—) pennaceus, 433.

(—) textile, 433.

(—) — verriculum, 433: |

(Dendroconus) betu-

linus, 430.

(—) quercinus, 430.

(—) spurius, 450.

(Leptoconus) acutun-

gulus, 430.

(—) elytospira, 430.

(—) dictator, 431.

(—) elegans, 431.

(—) trseulptus, 451.

(—) lentiginosus, 451.

(—) longurionis, 451,

(—) milesi, 431.

(—) orbignyi, 431.

(—) planiliratus, 431.

(—) secularis, 482.

(—) semisulcatus, 432.

Se era flavidus,

430.

(—) tessellatus, 430.

(Hermes) thomasii,

433.

(Rhizoconus) bayani,

482. |

(—) capitaneus, 482.

‘—) eximius, 432.

(—) magus, 452.

(—) maldivus, 482.

(—) monile, 482.

(—) mutabilis, 482.

(—) nemocanus, 482.

(—) punctatus, 452

(—) tegulatus, 432.

(—) traversianus, 439.

(Stephanoconus)

dus, 429.

Coprocrossa

politiventris, 71.

Coracias

abyssinicus, 609.

garrulus, 605.

nevius, 309.

Coralli ophila

Jebreysii, 400.

persica, 401,

pubro-coccined,

401, 459.

Corvus

affinis, 299.

Cosmopsarus

regius, 299,

331,

livi- |

ae pha

bicapilla gifurdi, 613,

gifardi 602, 613.

heuglini, 613.

omoensis, 602, 615,

622

verticalis, 602, 615.

Crabro

impeluosus, 28,

Crateropus

smithi, 308.

tenchrosus, GO2, 611.

Crepidula

(Siphopatella) wadshi,

362.

Creseis

acicula, 457.

striata, 457.

virgula, 407.

Cricetulus

pheus, 472.

Crocodilus

pulustris, 581,

porosus, O81.

Crucibulum

scutellatum, 302.

— pectinatum, 362.

— verrucosuin, 362.

— violaceum, 362.

Cryptocynodon, 181.

Cryptolopha

umbrivirens, 308.

Cryptopodia

fornicata, 537.

Cryptor hina

afra, 602, 622.

Cteniza, 265.

antipodum, 265, 267.

hexops, 265, 266, 267,

268.

Ctenus

valvularis, 67.

Cuma

carnifera, A400.

rugosa, 399.

Cursorius, 592.

gracilis somalensis,

314.

somalensis, B14,

Cybele

albopalpis, 6,9, 15.

grisea, 6, 8, 15.

Cyclemys

amboinensis, 582,

platynota, 582.

Cyclosa

bifida, 60.

insulana, 60.

Cyclostrema

anaglyptum, 346.

cancellatum, 346.

INDEX. 727

| Dentalium

eburneum, 408,

javanum, 458.

longitrorsum, 458.

oclogonuin, 458.

politum, 458.

porcatum, 458,

pseudohexagonum, 499.

quadriapicale, 459.

semipolitum, 459.

subtorquatum, 459.

Cyclostrema

carinatum, 345.

cingulatum, 345.

cinguliferum, 345.

eburneum, 346.

micans, 346.

ocrinium, 546, 460.

quadricarinatum, 346,

460.

solartellum, 328, 347,

tricarinatum, 347.

| Cypreea

ovata nivea, d84.

pallida, 336, 585.

princeps, 384.

pulchella, 383.

pulchra, 884.

teniatus, 337.

turdus, 336, 337, 341,

384.

valentia, 584.

ziezac, 884.

(Daronia) suddisyunc- | Cyrtophora | Diacria

tum, 347. cicatrosa, 59. | trispinosa, 457.

Cyclothurus, 696. unicolor, 59. Diala

Cylichna

brevissima, 454.

bushirensis, 454, 460.

consanguined, 455.

Cystineura

cana, 715.

cowiana, 711,712, 718.

pagodula, 372.

Dicerorhinus, 157.

sumatrensis, 157.

-— lasiotis, 157.

crenilabris, 455, 460.

cylindracea, 455.

faoensis, 455, 460.

perpusilla, 459.

pumilissima, 459.

Cythara

| cithara, 446.

edithe, 446, 460.

éelevata, 450.

gradata, 333, 446.

hypercalles, 446.

| Diceros, 157.

antiquitatis, 157.

bicornis, 157, 158.

simus, 157, 158.

| Dichogaster, 191.

(Sao) pellyi, 454. striatula, 450. | Dicholophus, 636, 639.

Cylindrobulla tenuilirata, 446. | Dicotyles, 657.

fragilis, 456. typhonota, 446, 460. | Dicynodon, 162, 163, 166,

Cylindrophus 167, 169, 176, 180,

rufus, O75. Damaliscus 181, 183, 184, 188,

Cyllene | téang, 292. / 189.

JFuseata, 414. | Damonia | Dilophus

grayi, 415. | subtrijuga, 582. | _ carunculata, 622.

Cymatogramma Daphnella | Dimetrodon, 183.

dominicana, 714. | areta, 450. | Dinemellia

Cymo axis, 447. dinemelli, 302.

andreossyi, S40. cecilia, 447, 460. | Dione

Cynodraco, 186.

Cynognathus, 183, 184,

compsa, 448.

delicata, 450.

affinis, 535,

Julia, 712.

185, 188. evergestis, 447, 460. juno, 714.

Cypriava flammea, 450. vanille, 712.

annulus, 382.

arabica, 336, 337, 382.

— histrio, 382.

— reticulata, 382.

carneola, 382.

caurica, 382.

churned, 384.

crosa, 382.

Selina, 382.

— fabula, 382.

Simbriata, 341, 382.

— macula, 382.

lamarckii, 383.

lentiginosa, 341, 383.

listeri, 383.

mauritiana, 383.

minimus, 337.

moneta, 883.

ocellata, 336, 383.

— calophthalma, 385.

onyx, 383.

ovata, 384,

fragilis, 450.

lymneiformis, 450,

patula, 450.

receptoria, 448, 460.

trivaricosa, 448.

veneris, 449, 460.

wylois, 449, 460.

Dendrophis

caudolineatus, 577.

Sormosus, 577.

pictus, S77.

Dendropicus

hartlaubi, 609.

hemprichi, 808.

minor, 328.

canzibari, GOO.

Dendryphantes

prudens, 7, 15, 16.

taylori, 7, 14, 16.

Dentalium

altenuatum, 458.

conspicuum, 458.

Diopatra

magna, 719,

_ Diplura, 250.

macrura, 201,

Dipsadomorphus

cynodon, 578.

dendrophilus, 578,

Discoglossus, 495.

Discognathus

blanfordi, 160.

chiarinii, 160.

imberbis, 160.

johnstoni, 159.

lamta, 152, 160.

rossicus, 160.

variabilis, 160.

vinciguerre, 100.

Distira

annandalei, 579, 583.

Jerdonii, 579,

ornata, S79.

728

Distirva

wrayi, 579.

Distorsio

cancellinus, 387.

— decipiens, 587.

Doclea

canalifera, 5305.

Doliophis

bivirgatus, 581.

Dolium

dunkeri, 885.

galea, 585.

— luteostomum, 385.

maculatum, 885.

olearium, 385.

— cumingii, 385.

Dolomedes

albocinctus, 68.

longimanus, 68.

paroculus, 68.

Donax

townsendi, 354.

Donoyania

bicolor, 446.

Doratonotus

cavernicola, 507, 521,

533.

Dorcatheriuim,

698.

Dorippe

dorsipes, 553.

Ffacchino, 553.

quadridens, 558.

sima, 553.

Drepanophorus

albolineatus, 103.

borealis, 99, 95, 97, 98,

104, 106, 107.

cerinus, 106.

crassus, 106.

lankesteri, 96.

rubrostriatus, 96.

spectahilis, 96.

willeyanus, 99.

Drillia

aeyonea, 435, 460,

angriasensis, 459,

athyrma, 436, 488,

460.

haynhami, 436.

cecchi, 436, 440.

circumvertens, 436, 460.

438,

clydonia,

460.

crassa, 335.

crenularis, 487.

— athinsoni, 437.

— griffithii, 437.

disjecta, 437.

elevata, 437.

Alavidula, 437.

437,

697, 696,

INDEX,

Drillia

sfucata, 438.

incerta, 438, 439.

incoustans, 438,

intertincta, 438.

loprestiana, 437.

lucida, 333, 438, 440.

nitens, 438, 442.

obliquata, 438.

omanensis, 438, 460.

persica, 437, 439, 459.

port id, 333, 450.

prunulum, 439, 460,

pupiforimis, 333, 450.

re splendens, 439, 459,

robusta, 489.

sacra, 439,

scitula, 333.

sinensis, 439.

spectrum, 439).

tasconiui, 440, 460,

tayloriana, 440.

theoreta, 440.

topaza, 440, 460.

turris, 441.

variabilis, 441.

(Clavus) crassa, 441.

(—) preclara, 441.

Dromas, 592.

Dryodromas

smithi, 806.

Dryophis

prasinus, 578.

Dryoscopus

ethiopicus, 304.

Sfunebris, 80d, 614.

Eburna

molliana, 417.

Echidna, 172, 173, 177.

Echis

carinatus, 151.

Eglisia

‘leptomita, 35 BOT

tricarinata, BOT ;

| Elaphurus

davidianus, 472.

- Elephas

africanus, 279, G59.

indicus, 699.

Elis

(Dielis) aglea, 19.

(—) thoracica, 19.

Ellobius

lutescens, 472.

Elusa

Lrunneomaculata, 391.

strigillata, 391.

subulata, 391,

Emarginula

elongata, SA.

Emarginula

radiata, ds.

Emberiza

poliopleura, 802, 618.

Empidornis

kavirondensis, 609.

semipartita, 609, 610.

Encyocrypta, 239, 240.

aussercri, 240, DAL,

fuliginata, 241.

fusca, 240, 241.

meleagris, 240.

reticulaia, 240, 242.

Engina

epidromidea, 332, 416.

zed, 828, 416,

(Plusiostoma) imendi-

caria, +16.

Enhydrictis, gen. noy.,

627, 628.

galictoides, 625, 627.

Enhydrina

velakadien, 579, O80.

/ Enbydris

Enida

curtus, 580.

hardwickii, 580.

townsendi, B34.

| Entittha

caudata, 67.

melanostoma, 67.

Epeira

laglaizci, 60.

macrura, GO,

salehrosa, 59.

serrata, 5.

stigmatisata, 59.

subinucronata, 59,

thelura, 60.

thomisvides, 60,

(Nephila) e/eatrosu, 59,

Episinopsis

rhomboidalis, 52.

Epixanthus

Frontalis, 541,

Equus

asinus, 658.

hurchelli, 503,

— foe, 503.

-—— granti, 503.

— zambesiensis, 503,

caballus, 658.

granti, 503,

grevyi, 1, 2, 5038.

Johnstoni, 3, 4, 281.

pryevalskii, 505.

Erato

olivaria, 885.

pellucida, 385.

Eremias

guttulata, 145.

Eremias

heterolepis, 145.

Evemomela

Hlavicrissalis, 305.

Erinaceus

Whulus, 284, 285, 287

290,

auritus, 28-4, 285, 286,

287, 288, 289, 290

291.

calligoni, 284,

290, 472.

dauuricus, 287.

dealbatus, 286.

europeéus, 285,

287,/290, 291.

hypomelas, 288, 289,

~t .

macracanthus, 287, 288,

289, 290, 291.

megalotis, 291,

Eriodon, 219.

erassum, 220, 221, 222.

Jormidabile, 220, 222.

graniosum, 220, 222.

incertum, 220, 223, 224,

227,

insigne, 220, 223, 225,

226, 2277.

nigripes, 220, 227.

occatorium, 220, 222,

225, 226.

rubrocapitatum, 220,

221, 223, 225, 226,

228.

rufipes, 220.

rugosum, 220, 223, 225,

semicoccineum, 220,

223, 228,

Eriphia

levimana smithii, 542.

smithii, 542.

Eryops, 185,

Erythrobucco

rolleti, 602, 607.

Erythropus

amurensis, 604.

Erythropygia

leucoptera, 306, 613,

Estrilda

phenicotis, 620,

Ethalia

carneolata, 351,

minolina, B51,

Huchelus

aaper, 350.

atratus, 350,

clathratus, 350,

Soveolatus, 350,

angulatus, 350,

horridus, 351,

288,

286,

INDEX,

Euchelus

indicus, 351.

persicus, 351.

proatmus, 351.

quadricarinatus, 351,

Eueta

istdis, 56.

Eucyrtops, 229, 232.

latior, 232.

Eudamns

proteus, 713.

santiago, 713.

| Eudothiodon, 180, 188.

Eulima

acicula, 388.

australasiaca, 389.

augur, 388.

cumingi, 388.

dens-colubri, 388.

eptphanes, 388.

gentilomiana, 388.

inflexa, 389.

latipes, 389.

martinii, 888.

nitidula, 388.

shoplandi, 388.

solida, 389.

slyliferoides, 388, 460.

(Apicalia) holdsworthi,

(Liostraca) arabica,389,

(—) hivitiata, 389,

(—) wntlineata, 389,

Eulimella

cingulata, 394,

kaisensis, 394.

Kumenes

circinalis, 30.

Eunemertes, 93.

gracilis, 104,

marioni, 1038.

neest, 99,

Euphysetes, 132.

Euprepes

purrhocephalus, 147,

Eurhinoceros, 157,

Eurocephalus

rueppelli, 305, 616.

Eurypyga, 635, 636, 688,

639, 641, 642, 644,

645, 646, 647, 648

652, 653, 654,

helias, 680.

Evania

princeps, 44.

shelfordi, 43,

Fairbankia, 331.

bombayana, 369,

Fasciolaria

trapecinum, 418,

Fenella

cerithina, 870.

— scahra, 370.

pupoides, 370.

— fusco-apicala, 370.

reticulata, 370.

tanyspira, 870, 460,

virgata, 370,

Fissurella

Jimbriata, 344.

Jukesii, 344.

Forskalia, 349.

FPossarus

bicarinatus, 364.

Senestratus, 364.

stoliczkanus, 364.

sulcatus, 364.

tornatilis, 364.

trochlearis, 364.

(Conradia) adamsiana,

565.

(—) doliaris, 365,

(—) — minor, 365,

(Couthouyia) —appres-

sus, 565.

(—) reticulatus, 365.

(—) — delicatula,

365.

(—) solutus, 365.

(—) styliferinus, 365,

(—) subreticulatus,

365,

Francolinus

granti, 315, 602,

kirki, 315.

Fringilla

canariensts, 319,

celebs, 319.

maderensis, 319,

— canariensis, 819,

— moreleti, 319,

— pala, 319,

montifringilla, 319,

spodiogenys, 319.

teydea, 319,

Fringillaria

saturation, 618,

striolata, 618.

Fuliea

leucoptera, 630,

Fundulus

quentheri, 624,

qudaris, 623, 624,

orthonotus, O24,

sjoestedti, 624,

Fusus

arabicus, 418,

assimilis, 418,

Soreeps, 418.

founsendi, 418,

turrieula, ALB.

750

Gagrella

atrorubra, Ss | - 83.

hicornigera, 80, 51.

hiseriata, 81, 82.

illusa, 81.

patalungensis, 81, 82.

semigranosa, 80, 83.

Galera, 626.

Galerita

cristata, 302.

senegalensis, 303.

Galictis. 626, 627.

Gallinago, 587, 588, 592,

593, 594, 595.

celestis, 589, 590, 596,

597, 598, 599, 601,

G02.

gallinula, 588, 596,

597, 598, 599, 600,

601, 602.

Gallinula

chloropus, 630.

phenicurus, 630, 637.

Gampsosteonyx

hatesii, 709, 710.

Garypus

personatus, 79.

Gasteracantha

annamita, 61,

arcuata, 60.

fornicata-jalorensis,

60.

globulata, 61,

hasselti, 60.

leucomelas, 61.

perakensis, 60.

Gazella

granti, 501.

pelzelni, SOL.

ruficollis, 472.

rufifrons, 297, 472.

semmerring?, SOL,

Gea

decorata, 58.

festiva nigrifrons, 59,

nocticolor, 59.

Gebiopsis

intermedia, 5D.

Gelasimns

annulipes, 549.

tetragonon, 549.

Genetta

victoria, 87.

Geoemyda

grandis, 582.

spinosa, 582.

Gibbula

declivis, 348.

fanuloides, 348.

pulcherrima, 349.

stoliczhana, 349,

INDEX,

Gibbula

(Cantharidella)

dra, JAD.

(Bnida) fownsendi, 549.

Giraffaz 280, 281.

camelopardalis, 471,

475.

— capensis, 479.

— peralta, 476.

— reticulata,

476.

capensis, 475.

reticulata, 475, 476.

schillingsi, 475.

tippelskirchi, 475.

Giraudia, 465.

Glareola, 592.

Glaucidium

perlatum, 605.

Globicephalus, 121.

melas, 132.

phe-

475,

Glomeris

infuscatus, 507, 528,

Glutophrissa

poeyi, 718.

Glyphis

bombayana, 343.

corbicula, 344.

JSuniculata, 344.

— dactylon, 344.

— indusica, 344.

Jukesii, 344.

lima, 344.

ritppelliz, 344.

salebrosa, 344.

subrostrata, 344.

tenuistriata, 344.

townsendi, 344.

Gobius

Jjayokari, 154.

percivali, 152, 158.

Gomphognathus, 184,

188, 189.

Goniosoma

affine, 545.

callianassa, 545.

cruciferum, 545.

natator, 544.

ornatum, BAD.

Gonodactylus

chiragra, 55d.

cultrifer, 555.

Gorgonops, 183.

Grampus, 126, 128.

| Granatina

hawkeri, 301.

ianthinogastra, 301.

Grapsus

strigosus, 549.

Grus

leucogeranos, 648,

}

Gyimnorbis

pyrgita, 302.

Gyrineum

abhivaricosuin, dS.

crumend, S87.

spinosuil, B87.

subgranosum, B87.

(Argobuceinum)

anceps, 387.

(—) hituberculare, 587.

(—) pusillum, 587.

(—) tuberculatum,

387.

(Lampas) graniferum,

wn .

(—) lampas, 587.

(—) ranelloides, 387.

Hadronyche, 250, 272,

274.

cerberea, 274, 275.

Hematopus, 588, 591,

594.

ostralegus, 593.

Halcyon

chelicutensis, 605.

cyanoleucus, 606.

semicerulea, 605.

Haliotis, 331.

rifescens, 345,

Haminea

equistriata, 456,

crocata, 456.

curta, 456.

galba, 456.

Hapalothele, 257.

reutert, 257.

Harmochirus

malaccensis, 76.

Harmonicon, 251,

| Harpa

conoidalis, 424,

ventricosa, 424.

Harpilius

inermis, 56D.

Hedydipna

metallica, 303.

Helcioniscus

novem-radiatus, 343,

lestudinarius, 343.

Heliornis, 638, 639, 641,

642, 643, 644, 647,

651, 652, 653, 654.

fulica, 630, 635, 640,

651.

Helladotherium, 4, 280,

281, 473.

Helodromas

ochropus, 603.

Hemichromis

serranus, 161.

Hemidactylus

yerburyi, 139.

Hemiechinus

alhulus, 287.

Hemitragus

hylocrius, 471.

Tlersilia

calcuttensis, 49.

savignyi, 49.

Heterhyphantes

emini, 619.

melanoxanthus, G02,

619.

nigricoilis, 619.

Heteropoda

leprosa, G4.

regia, O4.

sexpunctata, 65.

venatoria, GA.

Heteropsar

albicapillus, 300.

Tleterotetrax

humilis, 313.

Heterotis

humilis, 313.

Hexathele, 276.

hochstetteri, 276, 277.

petreti, 278.

petrerii, 278.

Hexops, 265, 268.

whitei, 265, 267.

Himantopus, 588, 594.

Hippolysmata

vittata, 563.

Hippopotamus

amphibius, 656.

Hippotragus

equinus hakeri, 298.

Homalopsis

buceata, 578.

Hoplopterus

spinosus, 608.

Tlormurus

australasie, 79,

caudicula, 79.

Hyastenus

diacanthus, 535.

Hydaspitherium, 280.

Hydatina

physis, 456.

velum, 456.

Hydrophasianus, 592,

593, 594, 595, 597.

Hydrophis

nigrocinctus, 579,

Hygropoda

longimanus, 68.

Hylephila

phyleus, 715.

Hyllus

ianthinus, 74.

INDEX.

Hylobius, 278.

Hyphantornis

abyssinicus, 619,

galbula, 302.

‘enioptera, 618,

uluensis, 619.

vitellinus, 619.

— uluensis, 619.

_ Hypoctonus

kraepelini, 77.

Hypolais

pallida, 613.

| Hypolimnas

misippus, 714.

Hypotienidia

philippensis, 630.

| Hypsirhina

hocourtiz, 578.

enhydris, 578.

plumbed, 578.

| ‘Hystrix

galeata, 87.

Tanthina

communis, 853.

fragilis, 353.

globosa, 353,

learia

leptogaster, 29.

sulciscutis, 29, 30.

Ichthyosaurus, 183.

letidosuchus, 183,

186, 188.

primevus, 165, 189.

Tdioctis, 241.

helva, 241, 242.

palmarum, 242,

Idiommata, 239,

241,

aussereri, 241,

blackwalli, 239, 240.

Suliginata, 241.

Jusca, 241.

reticulata, 239, 240.

Idiops

sigillatus, 230.

| Idiosoma, 229, 230.

sigillatum, 230.

Indicator

indicator, 309, 607.

Tphiaulax

malayanus, 43.

Irawadia, 331.

trochlearis, 369.

Irrisor

erythrorhynchus,

606.

minor, 310.

Tsanda

crenellifera, 351.

184,

240,

310,

731

_ Ischnocolus, 244.

holosericeus, 244,

lucubrans, 244.

Isodora, 462, 468.

Tsometrus

messor, 78.

phipsoni, 78.

weberi, 78.

Ispidina

picta, 605.

Ixalus, 257.

Txamatus, 251, 257.

broomi, 258, 260.

gregorii, 258, 259,

varius, 257, 258,

Jopas

sertum, 399.

— francolina, 399.

Julus

birmanus, 507, 525.

Keirognathus

cordylus, 162, 189.

Keitloa, 158.

Kobus

thomasi, 90,

| Koptorthosoma

estuans, 34.

cerulewm, 34.

latipes, 34.

| Kytra, 461, 464, 465,

kirkii, 465,

| Labeo

forskalii, 159,

victorianus, Lh,

Lacerta, 185,

| Lachesis

bicolor, 446.

gramineus, 581,

wagleri, 581,

Lacuna

indica, 338.

tenuistriata, 364.

_ Lagenorhynchus

albirostris, 132.

_ Lagonosticta

brunneiceps, 620.

Lambrus

lippus, 536, STA,

longimanus, 536,

Lamprocolius

chalybeus, 800,

Lamprotornis

brevicaudata,

622,

porphyropterus, 622.

superbus, 300,

viridipectus, 622,

621,

732

Laniarius

chrysogaster, 614.

cruentus, 304.

erythrogaster, G02,

614.

Lanistes, 461, 462, 468.

Lanius

antinori, 804, 615.

badius, 615.

excubitorius, 615.

nubicus, 615.

paradoxus, 615.

pectoralis, 615.

phenicuroides, 304.

pomeranus, 615, 616.

senator, 615.

—— paradovus, 615.

Latastia

hardeqgeri, 145.

longicaudata, 144.

neumanni, 145.

Latiaxis

diadema, 842, 399.

Latirus

arabicus, 418.

filosus, 418.

(Peristernia) xassatula,

418.

(—) pagodeformis,

418.

(—) pulchellus, 418.

Latruveulus

spiratus, 417.

valentianus, 417.

Lepidosiren, 484, 485,

486, 488, 489, 490,

491, 493, 494, 495,

497, 498.

Lepidosteus,

497,

Leptodius

cavipes, 5A,

exaratus, 540.

Leptothyra

jilifera, 352.

leta, 352.

pilula, 352.

yemenensis, 352,

Leucotina

amena, 452.

eximia, 452.

gratiosa, 452.

jaskensis, 452.

Libytherium, 280.

Limnea, 462, 467, 468.

Limnocryptes, GOL.

Linnotrochus, 461,

465.

thomsoni, 464, 465.

Linus

Sfimbriatus, 7 ),

494, 495,

INDEX.

Linyphia

beccarii, DD.

passercula,

54.

phyllophora, 5,

Liotia

cidaris, 347.

puichella, 846.

Liphistius, 218.

Lippistes

grayi, 361.

heltcotdes, +

Lithocranius

61.

walleri, 5O1,

Litiopa

macula, 371.

ventrosa, 371.

(Alaba) Dlanfordi, 371.

(—) rectangulata, 571.

(Diala) /eithi, 371.

(—) semistriata, 371.

(—) sulcifera, 371.

(Styliferina) fulva,

ov.

(—) savignyi, 371.

Littorina

ventricosa, 363.

(Melaraphe) scabra,

364

(—) — carinifera, 364.

(—) — intermedia, 364.

(—) — newconli, 364.

(—) — punctata, 364.

(

Lollianus

perakensis,

Lophoaétus

) undulata, 864.

75.

occipitalis, 608.

Lophoceros

erythrorhynchus, 310.

Havirostris,

310.

medianus, 310.

nasutus, 606.

Lophogyps

occipitalis, 313.

Lophotis

gindiana, 315.

Lotorium

olearium, 886.

(#pidromus)

bractea-

tum, 336.

(—) ceylonense, 3886.

(—) distortum, 386.

(—) testaceum, 386.

(Gutturnium) retuswi,

386.

(—) trilineatuin, 586.

(—) vespaceum, 386.

(Lagena)

386.

cingulatum,

Lotorium

(Simpulum)

386.

(—) lahiosum, 586.

(—) pileare, 386.

Loxonema, 372.

Tumbriconereis

sp., 719.

Lupea

gladiator, 544,

Lutra, 626.

dubia, 627.

Lybius

abyssinicus, 602, GOS.

equatorialis, 608,

Lychas

scutatus, 78.

seutillus, 78.

Lycodon

laoensis, 576.

Lyncodon, 626,

Lysiosquilla

spinosa, 554.

aquatile,

Mabuia

brevicollis, 146.

pulchra, 147.

Machetes, 593.

Macrodypteryx

macrodipterus, 607.

Macropisthodon

rhodomelas, 576.

Macrothele, 265, 266, 267,

270, 272.

aculeata, 266.

antipodiana, 267.

calpetana, 266.

huttoni, 265, 267.

insignipes, 207.

Madoqua

phillipsi, 500.

saltiana, 500.

_ Meevia

picta, 73.

Malacobdella, 103.

grossa, 103.

Mangilia

albolahiata, 450.

averina, 441, 460,

bascauda, 442.

cardinalis, 441.

chilosema, 329, 441,

442.

crassilabrum, 441,

decipiens, 441.

Jairbanki, 338, 442.

JSortisiridta, 335, 442.

Sulvocincta, 833, 442.

galigensis, 442.

himerodes, 441.

himerta, 441.

Mangillia

horneana, 329, 442.

lucida, 442.

muyrmecodes, 442, 460.

obtusicostata, +47.

opalus, 442.

pellyi, 442.

perlonga, 442.

phea, 442, 460.

pulehripicta, 443, 460.

recta, 333, 450.

scitula, 450.

spurca, 447.

subula, 445.

terpnisma, 443, 460.

theskela, 444.

theskeloides, 444.

townsendi, $28, 3834,

444.

vauguelini, 441.

(Glyphostoma) obtusz-

costata, 444, 459.

(—) rugosa, 444.

(—) soror, 444.

(—) spurea, 444.

Maoriaua, gen. nov., 230,

236.

dendyi, 237.

Margiuella

inconspicua, 333, 425.

mazagonica, 328.

monilis, 424.

oblonga, 425,

pygmed, 426.

(Cryptospira) mabelle,

425, 460.

(—) quingueplicata,

425

(Gibberula) charbar-

ensis, 424.

(—) fusiformis, 425.

(—) mazagonica, 4295.

(—) monilis, 425.

(—) — terverviana,

425.

(—) nevilli, 425.

(—) shoplandi, 425.

(Glabella) faba, 424.

(—) obtusa, 424.

(—) quilonica, 424.

(Persicula) dens, 425.

(—) isseli, 426.

(—) oodes, 426.

(—) pisum, 426.

(Volvaria) attenuata,

26.

(—) effulgens, 426,

(—) obscura, 426,

(—) verdensis, 426.

Marpesiu

peleus, 712.

Proc, Zoon, Soc.— 1901, Von. LL. No. XLVILL.

INDEX.

Marphysa, 714, 715, 718,

719.

sanguinea, 719, 720.

teretiuscula, 715.

Maurptusa

melanognathus, 6, 7.

Mathilda

gracillina, 378, 469.

zmitampis, 379, 460.

Matidia

aeria, 67.

Matuta

banksit, 552, 553.

picta, 552, 553.

victor, DOL.

victrix, 551.

Mecistocephalus

punctifrons,

53l.

Megachile

bicanaliculata, 35.

dimidiata, 35.

erythropoda, 34.

Frederici, 35.

Megascolex, 206.

Melania, 461, 462, 467,

468.

admirabilis, 461, 464.

amarula, 465,

Melanobucco

abyssinicus, 608.

equatorialis, 602, 608.

Melanoides

asperata, 372.

dactylus, 372.

Melierax

gabar, 312, 603.

niger, 312,

poliopterus, 312.

Melittophagus

bullocki, 606.

cyanostictus, 310, 311,

606.

507,

JSrenatus, 606.

pusillus cyanostictus,

310.

revoili, 311,

shar pet, 311, 606.

Melodeus, 251.

Melongena

bucephala, 417.

Meretrix

tumida, 334, 835.

Merops

cyanostictus, 311.

nubicus. 606,

revoili, 311.

(Melittophagus) revoili,

ov .

Merula

ludovicie, 306,

Mesocricetus

koenigi, 472.

raddei, 472.